mirror of https://git.door43.org/BSA/en_tn
See in Reader
Put spaces around ellipsis
This commit is contained in:
Robert Hunt
parent
ff9c79c649
commit
6cbd6cc19f
364
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
364
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
|
|
@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ MAT 1 1 y31w βίβλος γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 The b
|
|||
MAT 1 1 vpg1 Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 of Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham There were many generations between Jesus, David, and Abraham. Here the word **son** means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, a descendant of David, who was a descendant of Abraham”
|
||||
MAT 1 1 tka3 υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ 1 son of David Sometimes the phrase **son of David** is used as a title, but here it seems to be used only to identify Jesus’ ancestry.
|
||||
MAT 1 2 ejp6 Ἀβραὰμ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαάκ 1 Abraham became the father of Isaac “Abraham had a son Isaac” or “Abraham had a son named Isaac.” There are different ways you could translate this. Whichever way you translate it here, it would be best to translate it the same way throughout the list of Jesus’ ancestors.
|
||||
MAT 1 3 g8y6 translate-names Φαρὲς…Ζάρα…Ἑσρώμ…Ἀράμ 1 Perez…Zerah…Hezron,…Ram These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 1 5 q5bd Βόες…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωβὴδ ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ 2 Boaz…became the father of Obed by Ruth “Boaz was the father of Obed, and Obed’s mother was Ruth” or “Boaz and Ruth were the parents of Obed”
|
||||
MAT 1 3 g8y6 translate-names Φαρὲς…Ζάρα…Ἑσρώμ…Ἀράμ 1 Perez … Zerah … Hezron, … Ram These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 1 5 q5bd Βόες…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωβὴδ ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ 2 Boaz … became the father of Obed by Ruth “Boaz was the father of Obed, and Obed’s mother was Ruth” or “Boaz and Ruth were the parents of Obed”
|
||||
MAT 1 6 bp35 τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου 1 the wife of Uriah “the widow of Uriah.” Solomon was born after Uriah died.
|
||||
MAT 1 10 bh7r τὸν Ἀμώς 1 Amon Sometimes this is translated “Amos.”
|
||||
MAT 1 11 dk1j Ἰωσίας…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεχονίαν 1 Josiah became the father of Jechoniah A more specific term for **father** can also be used, particularly if the word **father** would only be used for someone who lived before one’s grandparents. Alternate translation: “Josiah was a grandfather of Jechoniah”
|
||||
|
|
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ MAT 1 22 p39k figs-explicit τοῦ προφήτου 1 the prophet There were ma
|
|||
MAT 1 23 q19h ἰδοὺ, ἡ παρθένος ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει καὶ τέξεται υἱόν, καὶ καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ 1 Behold, the virgin will have in her womb and bear a son, and they will call his name Immanuel Here Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
MAT 1 23 dw7z ἰδοὺ, ἡ παρθένος 1 Behold, the virgin “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: the virgin”
|
||||
MAT 1 23 sln1 translate-names Ἐμμανουήλ 1 Immanuel This is a male name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 1 23 lm6t ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός 1 which is translated,…God with us This is not in the book of Isaiah. Matthew is explaining the meaning of the name “Immanuel.” You could translate it as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “This name means ‘God with us.’”
|
||||
MAT 1 23 lm6t ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός 1 which is translated, … God with us This is not in the book of Isaiah. Matthew is explaining the meaning of the name “Immanuel.” You could translate it as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “This name means ‘God with us.’”
|
||||
MAT 1 24 iue3 0 Connecting Statement: The author concludes his description of the events leading up to the birth of Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 1 24 iz4r ὡς προσέταξεν…ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου 1 as the angel of the Lord commanded The **angel** had told Joseph to take Mary as his wife and to name the child Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 1 24 nr5e παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 took her as his wife “he married Mary”
|
||||
|
|
@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ MAT 1 25 jtz8 καὶ ἐκάλεσεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, Ἰησ
|
|||
MAT 2 intro dz1c 0 # Matthew 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “His star”<br><br>These words probably refer to a star that the learned men believed to be the sign of a new king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Learned men”<br><br>English translations use many different words to translate this phrase. These words include “magi” and “wise men.” These men could have been scientists or astrologers. If you can, you should translate this with the general word “learned men.”
|
||||
MAT 2 1 j9yn 0 General Information: A new part of the story begins here and continues through the end of the chapter. Matthew tells about Herod’s attempt to kill the new King of the Jews.
|
||||
MAT 2 1 k518 Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 Bethlehem of Judea “the town of Bethlehem in the province of Judea”
|
||||
MAT 2 1 id55 ἐν…ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως 2 in…the days of Herod the king “when Herod was king there”
|
||||
MAT 2 1 id55 ἐν…ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως 2 in … the days of Herod the king “when Herod was king there”
|
||||
MAT 2 1 kf5g Ἡρῴδου 1 of Herod This refers to **Herod** the Great.
|
||||
MAT 2 1 p6gc μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν 1 learned men from the east “men from the east who studied the stars”
|
||||
MAT 2 1 ft22 ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν 1 from the east “from a country far east of Judea”
|
||||
|
|
@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ MAT 2 12 dr1p figs-quotations κατ’ ὄναρ μὴ ἀνακάμψαι πρ
|
|||
MAT 2 13 brp5 0 General Information: In verse 15, Matthew quotes the prophet Hosea to show that the Christ would spend time in Egypt.
|
||||
MAT 2 13 iw8p ἀναχωρησάντων…αὐτῶν 1 after they had departed “when the learned men had departed”
|
||||
MAT 2 13 zwj5 φαίνεται κατ’ ὄναρ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ 1 appears to Joseph by means of a dream “came to Joseph while he was dreaming”
|
||||
MAT 2 13 u4a4 figs-you ἐγερθεὶς, παράλαβε…φεῦγε…ἴσθι…σοι 1 Get up, take…flee…remain…you God is speaking to Joseph, so these should all be singular forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 2 13 u4a4 figs-you ἐγερθεὶς, παράλαβε…φεῦγε…ἴσθι…σοι 1 Get up, take … flee … remain … you God is speaking to Joseph, so these should all be singular forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 2 13 v88f figs-explicit ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι 1 until I tell you The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 2 13 g3t7 εἴπω σοι 1 I tell you Here, **I** refers to God. The angel is speaking for God.
|
||||
MAT 2 15 ft3a figs-explicit ἦν 1 he was It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. Alternate translation: “they remained” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ MAT 2 16 dr3r κατὰ τὸν χρόνον 1 according to the time “based o
|
|||
MAT 2 17 q1y9 0 General Information: Matthew quotes the prophet Jeremiah to show that the death of all of the male children in the region of Bethlehem was according to scripture.
|
||||
MAT 2 17 l8g5 figs-activepassive τότε ἐπληρώθη 1 Then was fulfilled You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled” or “Herod’s actions fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 2 17 v6a1 figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου 1 what had been spoken through Jeremiah the prophet You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke long ago through the prophet Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 2 18 p9gk φωνὴ…ἠκούσθη…οὐκ εἰσίν 1 A voice was heard…they are no more Matthew is quoting the prophet Jeremiah.
|
||||
MAT 2 18 p9gk φωνὴ…ἠκούσθη…οὐκ εἰσίν 1 A voice was heard … they are no more Matthew is quoting the prophet Jeremiah.
|
||||
MAT 2 18 k91t figs-activepassive φωνὴ…ἠκούσθη 1 A voice was heard You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People heard a voice” or “There was a loud sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 2 18 zm17 Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς 1 Rachel weeping for her children **Rachel** lived many years before this time. This prophecy shows Rachel, who has died, weeping for her descendants.
|
||||
MAT 2 18 rgg1 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 not willing to be comforted You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one could comfort her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ MAT 3 7 h7ac figs-metonymy φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀ
|
|||
MAT 3 8 s8ac figs-metaphor ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας 1 Therefore produce fruit worthy of repentance The phrase **produce fruit** is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Alternate translation: “Let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 9 q7b1 figs-explicit πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 We have Abraham as father “Abraham is our ancestor” or “We are descendants of Abraham.” The Jewish leaders thought that God would not punish them since they were descendants of **Abraham**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 3 9 r29p λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This adds emphasis to what John is about to say.
|
||||
MAT 3 9 k843 ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 God…to raise up children to Abraham from these stones “God is able to make physical descendants even out of these stones and give them to Abraham”
|
||||
MAT 3 9 k843 ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 God … to raise up children to Abraham from these stones “God is able to make physical descendants even out of these stones and give them to Abraham”
|
||||
MAT 3 10 ls7m 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist continues to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
MAT 3 10 ke4s figs-metaphor ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 But already the ax is placed against the root of the trees. So every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire This metaphor means God is ready to punish sinners. Alternate translation: “As a person gets his axe ready to cut down and burn a tree that grows bad fruit, God is ready to punish you for your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 10 d4j5 figs-activepassive ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 But already the ax is placed against the root of the trees. So every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has his axe and he is ready to cut down and burn any tree that grows bad fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ MAT 3 12 sq4p figs-idiom οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτ
|
|||
MAT 3 12 b5m4 translate-unknown τὸ πτύον 1 winnowing fork This is a tool for tossing wheat up into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down and the unwanted chaff is blown away by the wind. It is similar in shape to a pitchfork but with wide tines made of wood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 3 12 yw29 διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 he will thoroughly clear off his threshing floor Christ is like a man with a winnowing fork who is ready to clear off his threshing floor.
|
||||
MAT 3 12 r2ua τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 his threshing floor “his ground” or “the ground where he separates the grain from the chaff”
|
||||
MAT 3 12 av8l figs-metaphor συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην…τὸ…ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ 1 gather his wheat into the storehouse.…he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire This is a metaphor showing how God will separate righteous people from evil people. The righteous will go to heaven like **wheat** into a farmer’s **storehouse**, and God will **burn up** the people who are like **chaff** with a **fire** that will never be put out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 12 av8l figs-metaphor συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην…τὸ…ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ 1 gather his wheat into the storehouse. … he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire This is a metaphor showing how God will separate righteous people from evil people. The righteous will go to heaven like **wheat** into a farmer’s **storehouse**, and God will **burn up** the people who are like **chaff** with a **fire** that will never be put out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 12 bdb7 figs-activepassive πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ 1 with unquenchable fire You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “fire that will never burn out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 13 vl93 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a later time when John the Baptist baptizes Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 3 13 zbj9 figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 to be baptized by him You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -170,12 +170,12 @@ MAT 3 16 sf5w ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay att
|
|||
MAT 3 16 jh1v figs-activepassive ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί 1 the heavens were opened to him You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus saw the sky open” or “God opened the heavens to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 16 e3na figs-simile καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν 1 coming down like a dove This could mean: (1) Matthew is simply saying that the Spirit was in the form of a **dove**. (2) This is a simile that compares the Spirit coming down upon Jesus gently, the way a **dove** would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 3 17 m2wk figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα 1 a voice from the heavens saying “Jesus heard a voice from heaven saying.” Here, **voice** refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 3 17 myz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my…Son This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 3 17 myz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my … Son This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 4 intro hgw2 0 # Matthew 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6, 15 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation in verse 10.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “the kingdom of heaven has come near”<br><br>No one knows for use whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when Jesus spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phase “is coming near” and “has come near.”<br><br>### “If you are the Son of God”<br><br>The reader should not understand these words in verses 3 and 6 to mean that Satan did not know whether Jesus was the Son of God. God had already said that Jesus was his Son ([Matthew 3:17](../../mat/03/17.md)), so Satan knew who Jesus was. He also knew that Jesus could make stones become bread and could throw himself off of high places and not be hurt. He was trying to make Jesus do these things and so disobey God and obey Satan. These words can be translated as “Because you are the Son of God” or “You are the Son of God. Show me what you can do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]])
|
||||
MAT 4 1 k51m 0 General Information: Here Matthew begins a new part of the story in which Jesus spends 40 days in the wilderness, where Satan tempts him. In verse 4, Jesus rebukes Satan with a quotation from Deuteronomy.
|
||||
MAT 4 1 aq3s figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη…ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Jesus was led up by the Spirit You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 1 wy4b figs-activepassive πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 to be tempted by the devil You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so the devil could tempt Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 2 iw2i νηστεύσας…ἐπείνασεν 1 having fasted…he was hungry These refer to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 4 2 iw2i νηστεύσας…ἐπείνασεν 1 having fasted … he was hungry These refer to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 4 2 cft7 translate-numbers ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα 1 40 days and 40 nights “forty days and forty nights.” This refers to 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 4 3 vl86 ὁ πειράζων 1 the tempter These words refer to the same being as “the devil” (verse 1). You may have to use the same word to translate both.
|
||||
MAT 4 3 l1lk εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ 1 If you are the Son of God, speak It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the **Son of God**. This could mean: (1) This is a temptation to do miracles for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “You are the Son of God, so you can command” (2) This is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by speaking”
|
||||
|
|
@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ MAT 4 6 fa8l εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν
|
|||
MAT 4 6 x2vg guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 4 6 c5kr βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 throw yourself down “let yourself fall to the ground” or “jump down”
|
||||
MAT 4 6 a5h2 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γὰρ 1 for it is written You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for the writer wrote in the scriptures” or “for it says in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 6 ebc9 figs-quotations τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, καὶ 1 He will command his angels concerning you,…and “God will command his angels to take care of you, and” You can translate this with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “God will say to his angels, ‘Take care of him,’ and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 4 6 ebc9 figs-quotations τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, καὶ 1 He will command his angels concerning you, … and “God will command his angels to take care of you, and” You can translate this with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “God will say to his angels, ‘Take care of him,’ and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 4 6 f1mm ἀροῦσίν σε 1 They will lift you up “The angels will hold you”
|
||||
MAT 4 7 j6cb 0 General Information: In verse 7, Jesus rebukes Satan with another quotation from Deuteronomy.
|
||||
MAT 4 7 u5jp figs-ellipsis πάλιν γέγραπται 1 Again it is written It is understood that Jesus is quoting scripture again. Alternate translation: “Again, it is written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ MAT 4 9 eas8 translate-symaction πεσὼν 1 having fallen down “putting you
|
|||
MAT 4 10 s91r 0 General Information: In verse 10, Jesus rebukes Satan with another quotation from Deuteronomy.
|
||||
MAT 4 10 h8fd 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about how Satan tempted Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 4 10 k49q figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For Moses also wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 10 rig8 figs-you προσκυνήσεις…λατρεύσεις 1 You will worship…you will serve Both instances of “you” are singular, a command to everyone who hears it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 4 10 rig8 figs-you προσκυνήσεις…λατρεύσεις 1 You will worship … you will serve Both instances of “you” are singular, a command to everyone who hears it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 4 11 s49z ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the important new information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 4 12 v7p4 writing-background 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Matthew describes the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses explain how Jesus came to be in Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 4 12 wib2 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
|
|
@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ MAT 4 12 d1vi figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη 1 John had bee
|
|||
MAT 4 13 hpm4 figs-explicit ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ 1 in the territories of Zebulun and Naphtali **Zebulun** and **Naphtali** are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier before foreigners took control of the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 4 14 n85z 0 General Information: In verses 15 and 16, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ ministry in Galilee was a fulfillment of prophecy.
|
||||
MAT 4 14 tj7c figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 what was spoken You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 15 egx6 γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ…Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali,…Galilee of the Gentiles These territories describe the same area.
|
||||
MAT 4 15 egx6 γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ…Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali, … Galilee of the Gentiles These territories describe the same area.
|
||||
MAT 4 15 bmz6 ὁδὸν θαλάσσης 1 toward the sea Here, **sea** is the Sea of Galilee.
|
||||
MAT 4 16 e278 ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος 1 the people who are sitting These words can be combined with the sentence beginning with “The land of Zebulun” (verse 15). Alternate translation: “In the territory of Zebulun and Naphtali … where many Gentiles live, the people who are sitting”
|
||||
MAT 4 16 h2xr figs-metaphor ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα 1 the people who are sitting in darkness have seen a great light Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for not knowing the truth about God. And **light** is a metaphor for God’s true message that saves people from their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ MAT 4 19 n9h3 figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπ
|
|||
MAT 4 21 pcg6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus calls more men to be his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 4 21 utn4 ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 he called them “Jesus called John and James.” This phrase also means that Jesus invited them to follow him, live with him, and become his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 4 22 dlk3 οἱ…εὐθέως ἀφέντες 1 immediately, they, having left “at that moment they left”
|
||||
MAT 4 22 gr2i ἀφέντες τὸ πλοῖον…ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 having left the boat…followed him It should be clear that this is a life change. These men are no longer going to be fishermen and are leaving the family business to follow Jesus for the rest of their lives.
|
||||
MAT 4 22 gr2i ἀφέντες τὸ πλοῖον…ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 having left the boat … followed him It should be clear that this is a life change. These men are no longer going to be fishermen and are leaving the family business to follow Jesus for the rest of their lives.
|
||||
MAT 4 23 y3qe writing-endofstory 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses summarize what he did and how the people responded. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
MAT 4 23 ztr8 διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν 1 teaching in their synagogues “teaching in the synagogues of the Galileans” or “teaching in the synagogues of those people”
|
||||
MAT 4 23 jt3m figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 preaching the gospel of the kingdom Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -288,17 +288,17 @@ MAT 5 19 bg2v figs-metonymy ἐλάχιστος…ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία
|
|||
MAT 5 19 u5kp ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ 1 might do and might teach them “obeys all these commandments and teaches others to do the same”
|
||||
MAT 5 19 nk9n μέγας 1 great most important
|
||||
MAT 5 20 jwm9 λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 5 20 vsc5 figs-you ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν 1 to you…your These are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 20 l3lv figs-doublenegatives ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη…οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 that unless your righteousness might abound…you may certainly not enter You can state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “that your righteousness must exceed … Pharisees in order to enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 5 20 vsc5 figs-you ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν 1 to you … your These are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 20 l3lv figs-doublenegatives ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη…οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 that unless your righteousness might abound … you may certainly not enter You can state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “that your righteousness must exceed … Pharisees in order to enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 5 21 x5vy figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The understood “you” is singular in “Do not kill,” but in some languages it may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 21 us5a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about murder and anger.
|
||||
MAT 5 21 t6k5 figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 it was said to the ancients This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 21 mij2 figs-explicit ὃς…ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 Whoever might kill will be held for the judgment Here, **the judgment** implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. Alternate translation: “A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 21 y44x οὐ φονεύσεις…φονεύσῃ 1 Do not kill,…might kill Both instances of the word **kill** refer to murder, not to all forms of killing.
|
||||
MAT 5 21 y44x οὐ φονεύσεις…φονεύσῃ 1 Do not kill, … might kill Both instances of the word **kill** refer to murder, not to all forms of killing.
|
||||
MAT 5 21 r2k4 figs-explicit ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 will be held for the judgment It seems here Jesus is not referring to a human judge but rather to God condemning the person who is angry with his brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 22 e9gg ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The **I** is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis.
|
||||
MAT 5 22 d5nl τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 with his brother This refers to a fellow believer, not to a literal brother or a neighbor.
|
||||
MAT 5 22 w721 ῥακά…μωρέ 1 Fool!…You fool These are insults for people who cannot think correctly. A **fool** is one who disobeys God.
|
||||
MAT 5 22 w721 ῥακά…μωρέ 1 Fool! … You fool These are insults for people who cannot think correctly. A **fool** is one who disobeys God.
|
||||
MAT 5 22 s89d Συνεδρίῳ 1 council This was likely a local council, not the main Sanhedrin in Jerusalem.
|
||||
MAT 5 23 msz4 figs-you προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, κἀκεῖ μνησθῇς ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ 1 you may be offering your gift at the altar and there may remember that your brother has something against you Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 23 r49y προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου 1 you may be offering your gift “you may be giving your gift” or “you may be bringing your gift”
|
||||
|
|
@ -348,24 +348,24 @@ MAT 5 33 tk9y οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ
|
|||
MAT 5 34 mpk1 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I tell Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The **I** is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 34 u7su figs-metaphor θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 it is the throne of God Because God reigns from heaven, Jesus speaks of heaven as if it were a **throne**. Alternate translation: “it is from here that God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 35 c8lx 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes his words from verse 34, telling the people not to swear.
|
||||
MAT 5 35 v2hf μήτε ἐν τῇ γῇ…πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως 1 nor by the earth,…it is the city of the great King Here Jesus means that when people make a promise or when they say that something is true, they must not swear by anything. Some people were teaching that if a person swears by God that he will do something, then he must do it, but if he swears by something else, such as by heaven or **earth**, then it is less offensive if he does not do what he swore to do. Jesus says that swearing by heaven or earth or Jerusalem is just as serious as swearing by God because those things all belong to God.
|
||||
MAT 5 35 v2hf μήτε ἐν τῇ γῇ…πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως 1 nor by the earth, … it is the city of the great King Here Jesus means that when people make a promise or when they say that something is true, they must not swear by anything. Some people were teaching that if a person swears by God that he will do something, then he must do it, but if he swears by something else, such as by heaven or **earth**, then it is less offensive if he does not do what he swore to do. Jesus says that swearing by heaven or earth or Jerusalem is just as serious as swearing by God because those things all belong to God.
|
||||
MAT 5 35 e7z8 figs-metaphor ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 it is the footstool for his feet This metaphor means the earth also belongs to God. Alternate translation: “it is like a footstool where a king rests his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 35 e6zn ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως 1 for it is the city of the great King “for it is the city that belongs to God, the great King”
|
||||
MAT 5 36 kr2d 0 General Information: Previously Jesus told his hearers that God’s throne, footstool, and earthly home are not theirs to swear by. Here he says that they may not swear even by their own heads.
|
||||
MAT 5 36 l9c8 figs-you μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς, ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν ποιῆσαι ἢ μέλαιναν 1 Neither should you swear by your head, for you are not able to make one hair white or black Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of the words **you** and **your** are singular, but you may have to translate them as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 36 z5vu ὀμόσῃς 1 should you swear This refers to taking an oath. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:34](../05/34.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 37 tke6 ἔστω…ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν, ναὶ ναί, οὒ οὔ 1 let your word be…Yes, yes,…or…No, no “if you mean ‘yes,’ say ‘yes,’ and if you mean ‘no,’ say ‘no.’”
|
||||
MAT 5 37 tke6 ἔστω…ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν, ναὶ ναί, οὒ οὔ 1 let your word be … Yes, yes, … or … No, no “if you mean ‘yes,’ say ‘yes,’ and if you mean ‘no,’ say ‘no.’”
|
||||
MAT 5 38 quy6 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The “you” in “whoever strikes you” and the understood “you” in “turn to him” are both singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 38 s39u 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about retaliating against an enemy.
|
||||
MAT 5 38 zar1 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 that it was said You can state this in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:27](../05/27.md). Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 38 w53l ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος 1 An eye in exchange for an eye, and a tooth in exchange for a tooth The law of Moses allowed a person to harm a person in the same way he had harmed him, but he could not harm him worse.
|
||||
MAT 5 39 x2y9 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I tell Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The **I** is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis.
|
||||
MAT 5 39 qrx1 τῷ πονηρῷ 1 the evil person “an evil person” or “someone who harms you”
|
||||
MAT 5 39 ec5y ῥαπίζει…τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα 1 strikes…your right cheek To strike the side of a man’s face was an insult in Jesus’ culture. As with the eye and the hand, the **right cheek** is the more important one, and striking that cheek was a terrible insult.
|
||||
MAT 5 39 ec5y ῥαπίζει…τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα 1 strikes … your right cheek To strike the side of a man’s face was an insult in Jesus’ culture. As with the eye and the hand, the **right cheek** is the more important one, and striking that cheek was a terrible insult.
|
||||
MAT 5 39 d5xg ῥαπίζει 1 strikes hits with the back of an open hand
|
||||
MAT 5 39 wz54 στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην 1 turn to him the other also “let him hit your other cheek also”
|
||||
MAT 5 40 gr2x figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular, including the understood “you” in the commands “let,” “go,” “give,” and “do not turn away.” In some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 40 t9f4 τὸν χιτῶνά…ἱμάτιον 1 coat,…cloak The **coat** was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The **cloak**, the more valuable of the two, was worn over the **coat** for warmth and also used as a blanket for warmth at night.
|
||||
MAT 5 40 t9f4 τὸν χιτῶνά…ἱμάτιον 1 coat, … cloak The **coat** was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The **cloak**, the more valuable of the two, was worn over the **coat** for warmth and also used as a blanket for warmth at night.
|
||||
MAT 5 40 p5m2 ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον 1 let him also have your cloak “give also to that person your cloak”
|
||||
MAT 5 41 i867 figs-explicit ὅστις 1 whoever “anyone who.” The context implies that he is speaking about a Roman soldier. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 41 i86s μίλιον ἕν 1 one mile This is one thousand paces, which is the distance a Roman soldier could legally force someone to carry something for him. If **mile** is confusing, it can be translated as “one kilometer” or “a distance.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ MAT 6 13 l8u6 figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς
|
|||
MAT 6 14 ns3m figs-you 0 General Information: All instances of “you” and “your” are plural. However, Jesus is telling them what will happen to them as individuals if each person does not forgive others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 14 z79a figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν 1 their trespasses The abstract noun **trespasses** can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 6 14 v7ne guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 15 pi3z figs-abstractnouns τοῖς ἀνθρώποις…τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 those of men,…your trespasses The abstract noun **trespasses** can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “men when they trespass against you … when you trespass against God” or “men when they do things that harm you … when you do things that make your Father angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 6 15 pi3z figs-abstractnouns τοῖς ἀνθρώποις…τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 those of men, … your trespasses The abstract noun **trespasses** can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “men when they trespass against you … when you trespass against God” or “men when they do things that harm you … when you do things that make your Father angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 6 16 j7xg figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. In verse 16 all occurences of “you” are plural. In verses 17 and 18 where Jesus teaches them how to behave when they fast, all occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular. In some languages those occurences of “you” may also need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 16 q19r 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about fasting.
|
||||
MAT 6 16 xv6b ἀφανίζουσιν…τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 they disfigure their faces The hypocrites would not wash their faces or comb their hair. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting.
|
||||
|
|
@ -442,10 +442,10 @@ MAT 6 19 enl6 βρῶσις 1 rust a brown substance that forms on metals
|
|||
MAT 6 20 v5tn figs-metaphor θησαυρίζετε…ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 store up for yourselves treasures in heaven This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in **heaven**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 21 b74q figs-metonymy ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου 1 there will your heart be also Here, **heart** means a person’s thoughts and interests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 22 g215 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 22 sbl1 figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός…φωτεινὸν ἔσται 1 The lamp of the body is the eye.…is full of light This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase “bad eye” to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 22 sbl1 figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός…φωτεινὸν ἔσται 1 The lamp of the body is the eye. … is full of light This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase “bad eye” to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 22 r4d1 figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός 1 The lamp of the body is the eye This metaphor means the eyes allow a person to see just as a **lamp** helps a person see in the dark. Alternate translation: “Like a lamp, the eye allows you to see things clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 22 u47q ὀφθαλμός 1 eye You may have to translate this as plural, “eyes.”
|
||||
MAT 6 23 dl86 figs-metaphor ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου…τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 But if your eye…how great is that darkness This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase “bad eye” to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 23 dl86 figs-metaphor ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου…τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 But if your eye … how great is that darkness This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase “bad eye” to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 23 p231 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ᾖ 1 if your eye is evil This does not refer to magic. Jewish people often used this as a metaphor for someone who is greedy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 23 n42m εἰ…τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 if the light that is in you is darkness, how great is that darkness “if that which is supposed to cause light in your body causes darkness, then your body is in complete darkness”
|
||||
MAT 6 24 ijn3 figs-parallelism ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει 1 for either he will hate the one and will love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and will despise the other Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that a person cannot love and be devoted both to God and money at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -495,41 +495,41 @@ MAT 7 2 kj24 figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ…κρίματι κρίνετε, κρ
|
|||
MAT 7 2 mt3d ᾧ μέτρῳ 1 the measure This could mean: (1) This is the amount of punishment given. (2) This is the standard used for judgment.
|
||||
MAT 7 2 wgh2 figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be measured to you You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure it out to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 3 hzb4 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural.
|
||||
MAT 7 3 em5r figs-rquestion τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος…τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς? 1 Now why do you look at the speck…but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for paying attention to other people’s sins and ignoring their own. Alternate translation: “You look at the speck … but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye.” or “Do not look at the speck … and ignore the log that is in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 7 3 em5r figs-rquestion τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος…τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς? 1 Now why do you look at the speck … but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for paying attention to other people’s sins and ignoring their own. Alternate translation: “You look at the speck … but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye.” or “Do not look at the speck … and ignore the log that is in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 7 3 ctb3 figs-metaphor τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 the speck that is in the eye of your brother This is a metaphor that refers to the less important faults of a fellow believer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 3 r9jf κάρφος 1 speck “splinter” or “bit of dust.” Use a word for the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person’s eyes.
|
||||
MAT 7 3 d2qc τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 of your brother All occurrences of **brother** in 7:3-5 refer to a fellow believer, not to a literal brother or a neighbor.
|
||||
MAT 7 3 q1z4 figs-metaphor τὴν…ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν 1 the log that is in your own eye This is a metaphor for a person’s most important faults. A **log** could not literally go into a person’s eye. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 3 xdcg figs-hyperbole τὴν…ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν 1 the log that is in your own eye Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize that a person should pay attention to his own more important faults before he deals with another person’s less important faults. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 7 3 cgc6 δοκὸν 1 the log the largest part of a tree that someone has cut down
|
||||
MAT 7 4 k58h figs-rquestion ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ? 1 Or how will you say to your brother,…Let me take out the speck from your eye,…while behold, the log is in your own eye Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person’s sins. Alternate translation: “You should not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck from your eye,’ while behold, the log is in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 7 4 k58h figs-rquestion ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ? 1 Or how will you say to your brother, … Let me take out the speck from your eye, … while behold, the log is in your own eye Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person’s sins. Alternate translation: “You should not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck from your eye,’ while behold, the log is in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 7 6 av85 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all plural.
|
||||
MAT 7 6 arm9 figs-metaphor τοῖς κυσίν…τῶν χοίρων 1 to the dogs,…the pigs Jews considered these animals to be dirty, and God told the Jews not to eat them. They are metaphors for wicked people who do not value holy things. It would be best to translate these words literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 6 arm9 figs-metaphor τοῖς κυσίν…τῶν χοίρων 1 to the dogs, … the pigs Jews considered these animals to be dirty, and God told the Jews not to eat them. They are metaphors for wicked people who do not value holy things. It would be best to translate these words literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 6 xy2e figs-metaphor τοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 pearls These are similar to round, valuable stones or beads. They are a metaphor for the knowledge of God or precious things in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 6 vt72 καταπατήσουσιν 1 they will trample “the pigs will trample”
|
||||
MAT 7 6 y5mm στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς 1 having turned, they might tear you to pieces “the dogs may then turn and tear you apart”
|
||||
MAT 7 7 j1qa figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 7 7 ut6i figs-metaphor αἰτεῖτε…ζητεῖτε…κρούετε 1 Ask,…Seek,…Knock These are metaphors for praying to God. The verb form shows that we are to keep praying until he answers. If your language has a form for continuing to do something over and over, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 7 ut6i figs-metaphor αἰτεῖτε…ζητεῖτε…κρούετε 1 Ask, … Seek, … Knock These are metaphors for praying to God. The verb form shows that we are to keep praying until he answers. If your language has a form for continuing to do something over and over, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 7 fh57 αἰτεῖτε 1 Ask request things from someone, in this case God
|
||||
MAT 7 7 tv49 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be given to you You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will give you what you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 7 cs5b ζητεῖτε 1 Seek look for someone, in this case God
|
||||
MAT 7 7 rt8g κρούετε 1 Knock To knock on a door was a polite way to request that the person inside the house or room open the door. If knocking on a door is impolite or not done in your culture, use the word that describes how people politely ask for doors to be opened. Alternate translation: “Tell God you want him to open the door”
|
||||
MAT 7 7 zxs3 figs-activepassive ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be opened to you You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will open it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 9 mq14 figs-rquestion ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Or what man is there from among you, of whom his son will ask for bread…he will not give him a stone, will he Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “There is not one person among you, of whom his son will ask for bread, and he will give him a stone.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 7 9 mq14 figs-rquestion ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Or what man is there from among you, of whom his son will ask for bread … he will not give him a stone, will he Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “There is not one person among you, of whom his son will ask for bread, and he will give him a stone.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 7 9 n5s1 figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 bread This refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “for some food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 7 9 cq8h λίθον 1 a stone This noun should be translated literally.
|
||||
MAT 7 10 ht1m ἰχθὺν…ὄφιν 1 a fish…a snake These nouns should be translated literally.
|
||||
MAT 7 10 y9q5 figs-ellipsis ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Or he will also ask for a fish…he will not give him a snake, will he It is understood that Jesus is still referring to a man and his son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 7 10 t19o figs-rquestion ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Or he will also ask for a fish…he will not give him a snake, will he Jesus asks another question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “And there is not one person among you, if his son asks for a fish, will give him a snake.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 7 10 ht1m ἰχθὺν…ὄφιν 1 a fish … a snake These nouns should be translated literally.
|
||||
MAT 7 10 y9q5 figs-ellipsis ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Or he will also ask for a fish … he will not give him a snake, will he It is understood that Jesus is still referring to a man and his son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 7 10 t19o figs-rquestion ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Or he will also ask for a fish … he will not give him a snake, will he Jesus asks another question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “And there is not one person among you, if his son asks for a fish, will give him a snake.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 7 11 h3k6 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 7 11 pk31 figs-rquestion πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν? 1 how much more will your Father who is in the heavens give good things to those asking him Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “then your Father in heaven will most certainly give good things to those who ask him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 7 11 z8zr guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 7 12 wr93 ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 whatever you might want that men would do to you “whatever way you want others to act toward you”
|
||||
MAT 7 12 b1x2 figs-metonymy οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 for this is the law and the prophets Here, **law** and **prophets** refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. Alternate translation: “for this is what Moses and the prophets teach in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 13 uhb3 0 General Information: This image of walking through a wide gate to destruction or a narrow gate to life represents how people live and the results of how they live. When you translate, use appropriate words for “wide” and “broad” that are as different as possible from “narrow” in order to emphasize the differences between the two sets of gates and ways.
|
||||
MAT 7 13 dgr2 figs-metaphor εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης…πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς 1 Enter through the narrow gate.…there are many who are entering through it This is an image of people traveling on a road and going through a **gate** into a kingdom. One kingdom is easy to enter; the other is hard to enter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 13 dgr2 figs-metaphor εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης…πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς 1 Enter through the narrow gate. … there are many who are entering through it This is an image of people traveling on a road and going through a **gate** into a kingdom. One kingdom is easy to enter; the other is hard to enter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 13 j8xn εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης 1 Enter through the narrow gate You may need to move this to the end of verse 14: “Therefore, enter through the narrow gate.”
|
||||
MAT 7 13 y9ru τῆς στενῆς πύλης…ἡ ὁδὸς 1 the narrow gate.…the way This could mean: (1) The **way** refers to the road that leads to the **gate** of a kingdom. (2) The **gate** and **way** both refer to the entrance to the kingdom.
|
||||
MAT 7 13 y9ru τῆς στενῆς πύλης…ἡ ὁδὸς 1 the narrow gate. … the way This could mean: (1) The **way** refers to the road that leads to the **gate** of a kingdom. (2) The **gate** and **way** both refer to the entrance to the kingdom.
|
||||
MAT 7 13 zv24 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 to destruction This abstract noun can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “to the place where people die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 7 14 x8u9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak of people choosing how they are going to live as if they are choosing whether to go on one path or another.
|
||||
MAT 7 14 wlr9 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ζωήν 1 to life The abstract noun **life** can be translated using the verb “live.” Alternate translation: “to the place where people live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -588,8 +588,8 @@ MAT 8 7 r3sx ἐγὼ ἐλθὼν, θεραπεύσω αὐτόν 1 I, when I
|
|||
MAT 8 8 p7p4 figs-idiom μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην 1 under my roof This is an idiom that refers to inside the house. Alternate translation: “into my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 8 8 hig7 figs-metonymy εἰπὲ λόγῳ 1 speak a word Here, **word** represents a command. Alternate translation: “give the command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 8 rk1z figs-activepassive ἰαθήσεται 1 will be healed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “will become well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 9 ds2m figs-activepassive ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας 1 I…am a man placed under authority, having soldiers under me You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I … am a man who is under the authority of someone else, and I have been given authority over a group of soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 9 da25 figs-idiom ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν…ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν 1 under authority,…under me To be **under** someone means to be less important and to obey the commands of someone more important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 8 9 ds2m figs-activepassive ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας 1 I … am a man placed under authority, having soldiers under me You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I … am a man who is under the authority of someone else, and I have been given authority over a group of soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 9 da25 figs-idiom ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν…ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν 1 under authority, … under me To be **under** someone means to be less important and to obey the commands of someone more important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 8 10 rc1h ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 8 10 c7y6 figs-explicit παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον 1 I have found such great faith from no one in Israel Jesus’ hearers would have thought that the Jews in **Israel**, who claim to be children of God, would have greater **faith** than anyone. Jesus is saying they are wrong and that the centurion’s faith was greater. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 11 xee4 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you Here, **you** is plural and refers to “those who were following him” in [Matthew 8:10](../08/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ MAT 8 20 ub5o figs-explicit αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσ
|
|||
MAT 8 20 tp9s translate-unknown αἱ ἀλώπεκες 1 Foxes **Foxes** are animals like dogs. They eat nesting birds and other small animals. If foxes are unknown in your area, use a general term for wild dog-like creatures that burrow in the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 8 20 rrb5 φωλεοὺς 1 holes Foxes make **holes** in the ground to live in. Use the appropriate word for the place where the animal you use for “foxes” lives.
|
||||
MAT 8 20 qqvq figs-ellipsis τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις 1 the birds of the sky, nests Jesus leaves out the verb “have” in this sentence. You can supply it. Alternate translation: “the birds of the sky have nests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 8 20 qvm5 figs-123person ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 2 Jesus…Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 8 20 qvm5 figs-123person ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 2 Jesus … Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 8 20 yl4s figs-idiom οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ 1 does not have where he might lay his head This refers to a place to sleep. Alternate translation: “has no place of his own to sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 8 21 hlx9 ἐπίτρεψόν μοι πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου 1 permit me first to go away and to bury my father It is unclear whether the man’s **father** has died and he will **bury** him immediately, or if the man wants to stay for a longer amount of time until his father dies so he can bury him then. The main point is that the man wants to do something else first before he follows Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 8 22 h7fb figs-metaphor ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς 1 allow the dead to bury their own dead Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Here, **the dead** could mean: (1) It is a metaphor for those who will soon die. (2) It is a metaphor for those who do not follow Jesus and are spiritually dead. The main point is that a disciple must not let anything delay him from following Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -635,8 +635,8 @@ MAT 8 23 sl7v ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτ
|
|||
MAT 8 24 j55j ἰδοὺ 1 behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “suddenly” or “without warning”
|
||||
MAT 8 24 x7k1 figs-activepassive σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 a great storm happened on the sea You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a powerful storm arose on the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 24 m6w8 figs-activepassive ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων 1 so that the boat was covered by the waves You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that the waves covered the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 25 k2hd ἤγειραν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα! 1 they woke him, saying,…Lord, save us…we are perishing This could mean: (1) They first woke Jesus and then they said, “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!” (2) As they were waking Jesus up, they were saying “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!”
|
||||
MAT 8 25 b2wh figs-exclusive Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα! 1 Lord, save us…we are perishing If you need to translate these words as inclusive or exclusive, then inclusive is best. The disciples probably meant they wanted Jesus to save the disciples and himself from drowning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 25 k2hd ἤγειραν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα! 1 they woke him, saying, … Lord, save us … we are perishing This could mean: (1) They first woke Jesus and then they said, “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!” (2) As they were waking Jesus up, they were saying “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!”
|
||||
MAT 8 25 b2wh figs-exclusive Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα! 1 Lord, save us … we are perishing If you need to translate these words as inclusive or exclusive, then inclusive is best. The disciples probably meant they wanted Jesus to save the disciples and himself from drowning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 25 xf5d ἀπολλύμεθα 1 we are perishing “we are about to die”
|
||||
MAT 8 26 jmt8 αὐτοῖς 1 to them “to the disciples”
|
||||
MAT 8 26 g8p7 figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 Why are you cowardly, you of little faith Jesus was rebuking the disciples with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “You should not be cowardly, you of little faith!” or “There is nothing for you to be afraid of, you who have little faith!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ MAT 8 27 k5mk figs-personification καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θά
|
|||
MAT 8 28 g6mr 0 Connecting Statement: Here the author returns to the theme of Jesus healing people. This begins an account of Jesus healing two demon-possessed men.
|
||||
MAT 8 28 iy7a εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee”
|
||||
MAT 8 28 yzi6 translate-names τὴν χώραν τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν 1 the country of the Gadarenes The **Gadarenes** were named after the town of Gadara. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 8 28 hz5n figs-activepassive δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι 1 two men…being possessed by demons You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “two men … whom demons possessed” or “two men … whom demons were controlling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 28 hz5n figs-activepassive δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι 1 two men … being possessed by demons You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “two men … whom demons possessed” or “two men … whom demons were controlling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 28 ylu6 χαλεποὶ λείαν ὥστε μὴ ἰσχύειν τινὰ παρελθεῖν διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐκείνης 1 very violent, so that no one was strong enough to pass through that road The demons that were controlling these two men were so dangerous that no one could go through that area.
|
||||
MAT 8 29 v9mp ἰδοὺ 1 behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. Your language may have a way of showing this.
|
||||
MAT 8 29 gr2p figs-rquestion τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 What to us and to you, Son of God The demons use a question but they are being hostile toward Jesus. Alternate translation: “Do not bother us, Son of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -683,19 +683,19 @@ MAT 9 4 u643 ἰδὼν…τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν 1 having k
|
|||
MAT 9 4 n4yl figs-rquestion ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 For what reason do you think evil in your hearts Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 4 qg52 πονηρὰ 1 evil This is moral evil or wickedness, not simply error in fact.
|
||||
MAT 9 4 d499 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here, **hearts** refers to their minds or their thoughts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 j716 figs-rquestion τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 For which is easier, to say,…Your sins have been forgiven,…or to say,…Get up and walk Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive **sins**. Alternate translation: “I just said ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal the man will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” or “You may think that it is easier to say ‘Your sins are forgiven’ than it is to say ‘Get up and walk.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 mk14 figs-quotations τί…ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 which is easier, to say,…Your sins have been forgiven,…or to say,…Get up and walk The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “which is easier, to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?” or “you may think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 j716 figs-rquestion τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 For which is easier, to say, … Your sins have been forgiven, … or to say, … Get up and walk Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive **sins**. Alternate translation: “I just said ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal the man will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” or “You may think that it is easier to say ‘Your sins are forgiven’ than it is to say ‘Get up and walk.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 mk14 figs-quotations τί…ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 which is easier, to say, … Your sins have been forgiven, … or to say, … Get up and walk The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “which is easier, to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?” or “you may think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 g88p figs-you ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Your sins have been forgiven Here, **Your** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 x05v figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Your sins have been forgiven You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 gk68 figs-you ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you might know “But I will prove to you.” The “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 n5sf figs-you σου τὴν κλίνην…τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 your mat,…your house Here, **you** and **your** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 n5sf figs-you σου τὴν κλίνην…τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 your mat, … your house Here, **you** and **your** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 td1z ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 go to your house Jesus is not forbidding the man to go elsewhere. He is giving the man the opportunity to go home.
|
||||
MAT 9 7 uwq4 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the account of Jesus healing a paralyzed man. Jesus then calls a tax collector to be one of his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 9 8 u8qu τὸν δόντα 1 who had given “because he had given”
|
||||
MAT 9 8 x71s ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην 1 such authority This refers to the **authority** to declare sins forgiven.
|
||||
MAT 9 9 fkr2 καὶ παράγων ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐκεῖθεν 1 And as Jesus is passing on from there This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
MAT 9 9 g4r4 παράγων 1 as…is passing on “as … was leaving” or “as … was going”
|
||||
MAT 9 9 jc18 Μαθθαῖον…αὐτῷ…ἠκολούθησεν 1 Matthew…to him,…he followed Church tradition says that this Matthew is the author of this Gospel, but the text gives no reason to change the pronouns from “him” and “he” to “me” and “I.”
|
||||
MAT 9 9 g4r4 παράγων 1 as … is passing on “as … was leaving” or “as … was going”
|
||||
MAT 9 9 jc18 Μαθθαῖον…αὐτῷ…ἠκολούθησεν 1 Matthew … to him, … he followed Church tradition says that this Matthew is the author of this Gospel, but the text gives no reason to change the pronouns from “him” and “he” to “me” and “I.”
|
||||
MAT 9 9 t5ip λέγει αὐτῷ 1 he says to him “Jesus says to Matthew”
|
||||
MAT 9 9 q438 ἀναστὰς, ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ 1 having gotten up, he followed him “Matthew got up and followed Jesus.” This means Matthew became Jesus’ disciple.
|
||||
MAT 9 10 h7u9 0 General Information: These events occur at the house of Matthew the tax collector.
|
||||
|
|
@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ MAT 9 15 p6hz figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμ
|
|||
MAT 9 15 u8er ἀπαρθῇ 1 may be taken away Jesus is probably referring to his own death, but this should not be made explicit here in the translation. To maintain the imagery of a wedding, it is best to just state that the bridegroom will not be there any longer.
|
||||
MAT 9 16 v4a1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to answer the question that the disciples of John had asked. He did this by giving two examples of old things and new things that people do not put together.
|
||||
MAT 9 16 yf98 οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ 1 Now no one puts a patch of new cloth on an old garment “But no one sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment” or “But people do not sew a piece of new cloth as a patch an old garment”
|
||||
MAT 9 16 bk47 ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ…τοῦ ἱματίου 1 an old garment,…the garment “old clothing … the clothing”
|
||||
MAT 9 16 bk47 ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ…τοῦ ἱματίου 1 an old garment, … the garment “old clothing … the clothing”
|
||||
MAT 9 16 x752 αἴρει…τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου 1 his patch tears away from the garment If someone were to wash the **garment**, the **patch** of new cloth would shrink, but the old garment would not shrink. This would tear the patch off the garment and leave a bigger hole.
|
||||
MAT 9 16 rem6 τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ 1 his patch “the piece of new cloth.” This is the piece of cloth used to cover a hole in the old garment.
|
||||
MAT 9 16 t71t figs-activepassive χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται 1 a worse tear happens You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this will make the tear worse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ MAT 9 20 etd3 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** alerts us to a new person
|
|||
MAT 9 20 gv15 figs-euphemism αἱμορροοῦσα 1 suffering from a discharge of blood “who had been bleeding” or “who frequently had a flow of blood.” She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for it. Some cultures may have a polite way of referring to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 9 20 na37 translate-numbers δώδεκα ἔτη 1 for 12 years “for twelve years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 9 20 m9zq τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 of his garment “of his robe” or “of what he was wearing”
|
||||
MAT 9 21 eb6t figs-events ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι. 1 for she was saying to herself,…If only I might touch his garments, I will be made well She said this to herself before she touched Jesus’ garment. This tells why she touched Jesus’ garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 9 21 eb6t figs-events ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι. 1 for she was saying to herself, … If only I might touch his garments, I will be made well She said this to herself before she touched Jesus’ garment. This tells why she touched Jesus’ garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 9 21 ukb8 figs-explicit ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 If only I might touch his garments According to Jewish law, because she was bleeding she was not supposed to **touch** anyone. She touches his clothes so that Jesus’ power would heal her and yet (she thought) he would not know that she touched him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 9 22 vi84 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς 1 But Jesus “The woman was hoping she could touch him secretly, but Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 9 22 x398 θύγατερ 1 Daughter The woman was not Jesus’ real daughter. Jesus was speaking to her politely. If this is confusing, it can also be translated “Young woman” or even omitted.
|
||||
|
|
@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ MAT 9 34 q623 ἐκβάλλει 1 he casts out The pronoun **he** refers to Jes
|
|||
MAT 9 35 z6ya 0 General Information: Verse 36 begins a new part of the story where Jesus teaches his disciples and sends them to preach and heal as he has done.
|
||||
MAT 9 35 xpp4 writing-endofstory 0 Connecting Statement: Verse 35 is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 8:1](../08/01.md) about Jesus’ healing ministry in Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
MAT 9 35 x9ck figs-hyperbole τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 all the cities The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize how very many cities Jesus went to. He did not necessarily go to every one of them. Alternate translation: “many of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 9 35 ehx5 πόλεις…κώμας 1 cities…villages “large villages … small villages” or “large towns … small towns”
|
||||
MAT 9 35 ehx5 πόλεις…κώμας 1 cities … villages “large villages … small villages” or “large towns … small towns”
|
||||
MAT 9 35 uz5e figs-abstractnouns τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 the gospel of the kingdom Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. See how you translated this in [Matthew 4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 9 35 e7at πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 every disease and every sickness “every disease and every sickness.” The words **disease** and **sickness** are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. **Disease** is what causes a person to be sick. **Sickness** is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
|
||||
MAT 9 36 t47i figs-simile ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 like sheep not having a shepherd This simile means they did not have a leader to take care of them. Alternate translation: “as people without a leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ MAT 10 6 b6i2 figs-metonymy οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 of the house of Israel T
|
|||
MAT 10 7 uff2 figs-you πορευόμενοι 1 as you are going Here, **you** is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 7 w59i figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens has come near The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “Our God in the heavens will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 e13x 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 8 v5sp figs-you θεραπεύετε…ἐγείρετε…καθαρίζετε…ἐκβάλλετε…ἐλάβετε…δότε 1 Heal…raise…cleanse…and cast out…you have received,…give These verbs and pronouns are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 v5sp figs-you θεραπεύετε…ἐγείρετε…καθαρίζετε…ἐκβάλλετε…ἐλάβετε…δότε 1 Heal … raise … cleanse … and cast out … you have received, … give These verbs and pronouns are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 bb4d figs-idiom νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε 1 raise the dead This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 ilj9 figs-ellipsis δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε 1 Freely you have received, freely give Jesus did not state what the disciples had received or were to give. Some languages may require this information in the sentence. Here, **Freely** means that there was no payment. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received these things, freely give them to others” or “You received these things without paying, so give them to others without making them pay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 ls6j figs-metaphor δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε 1 Freely you have received, freely give Here, **received** is a metaphor that represents being made able to do things, and **give** is a metaphor that represents doing things for others. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received the ability to do these things, freely do them for others” or “Freely I have made you able to do these things, freely do them for others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -837,20 +837,20 @@ MAT 10 10 ei4d ὁ ἐργάτης 1 the laborer a worker
|
|||
MAT 10 10 m97h figs-synecdoche τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ 1 of his food Here, **food** refers to anything a person needs. Alternate translation: “of what he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 10 11 dk1r 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 11 b7ig εἰς ἣν δ’ ἂν πόλιν ἢ κώμην εἰσέλθητε 1 But whatever city or village you might enter into “But whenever you enter a city or village” or “But when you go into any city or village”
|
||||
MAT 10 11 p4ln πόλιν…κώμην 1 city…village “large village … small village” or “large town … small town.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 9:35](../09/35.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 11 p4ln πόλιν…κώμην 1 city … village “large village … small village” or “large town … small town.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 9:35](../09/35.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 11 r7kj figs-you εἰσέλθητε 1 you might enter This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 11 c3uf ἄξιός 1 worthy A **worthy** person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples.
|
||||
MAT 10 11 a41d figs-explicit κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε 1 and stay there until you might leave The full meaning of the statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and stay in that person’s house until you leave the town or village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 10 12 n6cm figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν 1 Now entering into the house, greet it The phrase **greet it** means greet the **house**. A common greeting in those days was “Peace be to this house!” Here, **house** represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 12 k1xk figs-you εἰσερχόμενοι 1 entering This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 qip2 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 your…your These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 kc9m figs-metonymy μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 1 the house might be worthy,…it might not be worthy Here, **the house** represents those who live in the house. A **worthy** person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples. Jesus compares this person to one who is not worthy, a person who does not welcome the disciples. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well” or “the people who live in that house treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 qip2 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 your … your These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 kc9m figs-metonymy μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 1 the house might be worthy, … it might not be worthy Here, **the house** represents those who live in the house. A **worthy** person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples. Jesus compares this person to one who is not worthy, a person who does not welcome the disciples. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well” or “the people who live in that house treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 q75a figs-metonymy ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 let your peace come upon it The word **it** refers to the house, which represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “let them receive your peace” or “let them receive the peace that you greeted them with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 ha8f figs-metonymy ἐὰν…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 2 if…it might not be worthy The word **it** means the house, and “house” refers to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “if they do not receive you well” or “if they do not treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 ha8f figs-metonymy ἐὰν…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 2 if … it might not be worthy The word **it** means the house, and “house” refers to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “if they do not receive you well” or “if they do not treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 my3y ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω 1 let your peace be returned to you This could mean: (1) If the household was not worthy, then God would hold back peace or blessings from that household. (2) If the household was not worthy, then the apostles were supposed to do something, such as asking God not to honor their greeting of peace. If your language has a similar meaning of taking back a greeting or its effects, that should be used here.
|
||||
MAT 10 14 yn9k 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 14 m8e9 καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται ὑμᾶς, μηδὲ ἀκούσῃ 1 And whoever might not receive you nor listen to “And if no people in that house or city will receive you or listen to”
|
||||
MAT 10 14 w5py figs-you ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν 1 you…your This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 14 w5py figs-you ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν 1 you … your This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 14 z826 figs-metonymy ἀκούσῃ τοὺς λόγους ὑμῶν 1 listen to your words Here, **words** refers to what the disciples say. Alternate translation: “listen to your message” or “listen to what you have to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 14 hi3i πόλεως 1 city You should translate this the same way you did in [Matthew 10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 14 i5mc translate-symaction ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν 1 shake off the dust from your feet “shake the dust off your feet as you leave.” This is a sign that God has rejected the people of that house or city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -872,12 +872,12 @@ MAT 10 18 p74k ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake “because you belong to
|
|||
MAT 10 18 u5wc αὐτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 to them and to the Gentiles The pronoun **them** refers either to the “governors and kings” or to the Jewish accusers.
|
||||
MAT 10 19 ksi4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 19 e5t6 ὅταν δὲ παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς 1 But when they might deliver you up “But when people take you to the councils.” Here, **they** are the same people as in [Matthew 10:17](../10/17.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 19 qcs3 figs-you ὑμᾶς…μὴ μεριμνήσητε…λαλήσητε…δοθήσεται…ὑμῖν…λαλήσητε 1 you…you should not be anxious about…you should speak,…you should say will be given to you All instances of **you** are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 qcs3 figs-you ὑμᾶς…μὴ μεριμνήσητε…λαλήσητε…δοθήσεται…ὑμῖν…λαλήσητε 1 you … you should not be anxious about … you should speak, … you should say will be given to you All instances of **you** are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 qzd2 μὴ μεριμνήσητε 1 you should not be anxious about “you should not worry about”
|
||||
MAT 10 19 ien3 figs-hendiadys πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε 1 how or what you should speak “how you are to speak or what you are to say.” The two ideas may be combined: “what you are to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 l7rb figs-activepassive δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τί λαλήσητε 1 for what you should say will be given to you in that hour You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for at that time, the Holy Spirit will tell you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 cm7h figs-metonymy ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in that hour Here, **hour** means “right then.” Alternate translation: “right then” or “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 yuk1 figs-you ὑμεῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν 1 you…your…you These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 yuk1 figs-you ὑμεῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν 1 you … your … you These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 v9tm τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 the Spirit of your Father If necessary, You can translate this as “the Spirit of God your heavenly Father” or a footnote can be added to make it clear that this refers to God the Holy Spirit and not to the spirit of an earthly father.
|
||||
MAT 10 20 k3xr guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 of your Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 zxd8 ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in you “through you”
|
||||
|
|
@ -938,12 +938,12 @@ MAT 10 30 cih3 figs-activepassive ὑμῶν…καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆ
|
|||
MAT 10 30 nb7b ἠριθμημέναι 1 numbered “counted”
|
||||
MAT 10 31 n2tz πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς 1 you are more valuable than many sparrows “God values you more than many sparrows”
|
||||
MAT 10 32 jtw9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
|
||||
MAT 10 32 ntt9 πᾶς…ὅστις ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ…ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 everyone who will confess in me…I will also confess in him “whoever confesses me … I will also confess” or “if anyone confesses me … I will also confess him”
|
||||
MAT 10 32 ntt9 πᾶς…ὅστις ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ…ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 everyone who will confess in me … I will also confess in him “whoever confesses me … I will also confess” or “if anyone confesses me … I will also confess him”
|
||||
MAT 10 32 yj44 ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 will confess in me before men “tells others that he is my disciple” or “acknowledges before other people that he is loyal to me”
|
||||
MAT 10 32 j4dh figs-ellipsis ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 I will also confess in him before my Father who is in the heavens You can make explicit the information that is understood. Alternate translation: “I will also acknowledge before my Father who is in the heavens that that person belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 10 32 kdd2 τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 my Father who is in the heavens “my heavenly Father”
|
||||
MAT 10 32 n1nb guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 10 33 sx8g ὅστις…ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με…ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν 1 whoever would deny me…I will also deny him “whoever denies me … I will also deny” or “if anyone denies me … I will also deny him”
|
||||
MAT 10 33 sx8g ὅστις…ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με…ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν 1 whoever would deny me … I will also deny him “whoever denies me … I will also deny” or “if anyone denies me … I will also deny him”
|
||||
MAT 10 33 d15s ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 would deny me before men “denies to other people that he is loyal to me” or “refuses to acknowledge to others that he is my disciple”
|
||||
MAT 10 33 cnu3 figs-ellipsis ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 I will also deny him before my Father who is in the heavens You can make explicit the information that is understood. Alternate translation: “I will deny before my Father who is in the heavens that this person belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 10 34 bx73 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
|
||||
|
|
@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ MAT 10 41 yj1q μισθὸν προφήτου 1 a reward of a prophet This refe
|
|||
MAT 10 41 x483 εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου 1 in the name of a righteous man “because he is a righteous man”
|
||||
MAT 10 41 qfv7 μισθὸν δικαίου 1 a reward of a righteous man This refers to the **reward** God gives to **a righteous** person, not a reward that a righteous person gives to another person.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 wx4a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes instructing his disciples about what they should do and expect when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 v6jg ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ 1 whoever might give…to drink “anyone who gives … to drink”
|
||||
MAT 10 42 v6jg ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ 1 whoever might give … to drink “anyone who gives … to drink”
|
||||
MAT 10 42 z8tk ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 to one of these little ones “to one of these lowly ones” or “to the least important of these.” The phrase **one of these** here refers to one of Jesus’ disciples.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 lza6 εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ 1 in the name of a disciple “because he is my disciple”
|
||||
MAT 10 42 wx29 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1002,16 +1002,16 @@ MAT 11 5 k796 figs-activepassive νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται 1 the dead
|
|||
MAT 11 5 g3k4 figs-activepassive πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται 1 the poor are being told the gospel You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I am preaching good news to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 5 l443 figs-nominaladj πτωχοὶ 1 the poor This nominalized adjective can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 11 7 g2q8 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 7 ysq6 figs-rquestion τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον? 1 What did you go out in the wilderness to see…a reed being shaken by the wind Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the wilderness to see a reed being shaken by the wind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 11 7 ysq6 figs-rquestion τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον? 1 What did you go out in the wilderness to see … a reed being shaken by the wind Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the wilderness to see a reed being shaken by the wind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 11 7 pc6c figs-metaphor κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 a reed being shaken by the wind This could mean: (1) Jesus be referring the literal plants by the Jordan River. (2) Jesus is using a metaphor to mean a kind of person. Alternate translation: “a man who easily changes his mind and is like a reed blowing back and forth in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 11 7 w269 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 being shaken by the wind You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “swaying in the wind” or “blowing in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 8 n5hx figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον? 1 But what did you go out to see…a man dressed in soft clothing Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “And, surely you did not go out to the desert to see a man dressed in soft clothing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 11 8 n5hx figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον? 1 But what did you go out to see … a man dressed in soft clothing Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “And, surely you did not go out to the desert to see a man dressed in soft clothing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 11 8 y24r ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον 1 dressed in soft clothing “wearing expensive clothing.” Rich people wore this kind of **clothing**.
|
||||
MAT 11 8 tmb9 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold This word adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
|
||||
MAT 11 8 v9k2 τοῖς οἴκοις τῶν βασιλέων 1 the houses of kings “kings’ palaces”
|
||||
MAT 11 9 cgm4 0 General Information: In verse 10, Jesus quotes the prophet Malachi to show that the life and ministry of John the Baptist fulfilled prophecy.
|
||||
MAT 11 9 w9su 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 9 gm97 figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν 1 But what did you go out to see…a prophet Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 11 9 gm97 figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν 1 But what did you go out to see … a prophet Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 11 9 nkd4 ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Yes, I say to you “I say to you yes,”
|
||||
MAT 11 9 fb75 figs-ellipsis περισσότερον προφήτου 1 much more than a prophet You can translate this as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “he is not an ordinary prophet” or “he is more important than a normal prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 11 10 de17 figs-activepassive οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται 1 This is he concerning whom it is written You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “This is what the prophet Malachi wrote long ago about John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1038,20 +1038,20 @@ MAT 11 16 mp8g figs-rquestion τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰ
|
|||
MAT 11 16 yat1 τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην 1 this generation “the people living now” or “these people” or “you people of this generation”
|
||||
MAT 11 16 l7km ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 the marketplace a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items
|
||||
MAT 11 17 wn37 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues the parable that begins with the words “It is like” in verse 16.
|
||||
MAT 11 17 ai4e figs-parables λέγουσιν…οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 saying,…you did not weep Jesus uses a parable to describe the people who were alive at that time. He compares them to a group of children who are trying to get the other children to play with them. However, no matter way they do, the other children will not join them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 rbzf figs-simile λέγουσιν…οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 saying,…you did not weep Jesus means that it does not matter if God sends someone like John the Baptist, who lives in the desert and fasts, or someone like Jesus, who celebrates with sinners and does not fast. The people, most specifically the Pharisees and religious leaders, still remain stubborn and refuse to accept God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 ai4e figs-parables λέγουσιν…οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 saying, … you did not weep Jesus uses a parable to describe the people who were alive at that time. He compares them to a group of children who are trying to get the other children to play with them. However, no matter way they do, the other children will not join them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 rbzf figs-simile λέγουσιν…οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 saying, … you did not weep Jesus means that it does not matter if God sends someone like John the Baptist, who lives in the desert and fasts, or someone like Jesus, who celebrates with sinners and does not fast. The people, most specifically the Pharisees and religious leaders, still remain stubborn and refuse to accept God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 d916 figs-you ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν 1 We played a flute for you **We** refers to the children sitting in the marketplace. Here, **you** is plural and refers to the other group of children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 j5jd καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε 1 and you did not dance “but you did not dance to the happy music”
|
||||
MAT 11 17 t723 figs-explicit ἐθρηνήσαμεν 1 We mourned This means they sang sad songs like women did at funerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 f87l καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 and you did not weep “but you did not cry with us”
|
||||
MAT 11 18 svc9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes talking to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 18 qe7y figs-explicit μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων 1 neither eating nor drinking This does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat good, expensive food. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting and not drinking alcohol” or “not eating fancy food and not drinking wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 11 18 p4ql figs-quotations λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει. 1 they say,…He has a demon You can translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon” or “they accuse him of having a demon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 11 18 p4ql figs-quotations λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει. 1 they say, … He has a demon You can translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon” or “they accuse him of having a demon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 11 18 kd4q λέγουσιν 1 they say All occurrences of **they** refer to the people of that generation, and most specifically to the Pharisees and religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 11 19 iwk8 figs-123person ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man came Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 11 19 gs6z ἦλθεν…ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων 1 came eating and drinking This is the opposite of John’s behavior. This means more than just consuming the normal amount of food and drink. It means Jesus celebrated and enjoyed good food and drink like other people did.
|
||||
MAT 11 19 x4ec figs-quotations λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν! 1 they say,…Behold a man, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners You can translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard and a friend of tax collectors and sinners.” or “they accuse him of eating and drinking too much and of being a friends of tax collectors and sinners.” Alternate translation: “they say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard and a friend of tax collectors and sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 11 19 cqv7 figs-123person λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν! 1 they say,…Behold a man, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners If you translated “The Son of Man” as “I, the Son of man,” you can state this as an indirect statement and use the first person. Alternate translation: “they say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard and a friend of tax collectors and sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 11 19 x4ec figs-quotations λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν! 1 they say, … Behold a man, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners You can translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard and a friend of tax collectors and sinners.” or “they accuse him of eating and drinking too much and of being a friends of tax collectors and sinners.” Alternate translation: “they say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard and a friend of tax collectors and sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 11 19 cqv7 figs-123person λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν! 1 they say, … Behold a man, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners If you translated “The Son of Man” as “I, the Son of man,” you can state this as an indirect statement and use the first person. Alternate translation: “they say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard and a friend of tax collectors and sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 11 19 d6gu ἄνθρωπος, φάγος 1 a man, a glutton “he is a greedy eater” or “he continually eats too much food”
|
||||
MAT 11 19 pv4n οἰνοπότης 1 a drunkard “a drunk” or “he continually drinks too much alcohol”
|
||||
MAT 11 19 vwk4 writing-proverbs καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 But wisdom has been justified by her children This is a proverb that Jesus applies to this situation, because the people who rejected both him and John were not being wise. Jesus and John the Baptist are the wise ones, and the results of their deeds prove it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1064,8 +1064,8 @@ MAT 11 20 t51a figs-activepassive ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλε
|
|||
MAT 11 20 wh1g αἱ…δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 his miracles “his mighty works” or “his works of power”
|
||||
MAT 11 21 xxb3 figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida Jesus speaks as if the people of the cities of **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida** were there listening to him, but they were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 tv81 figs-you οὐαί σοι 1 Woe to you “How terrible it will be for you.” Here, **you** is singular and refers to the city. If it is more natural to refer to the people instead of a city, you could translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 y9d3 figs-metonymy Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδάν…Τύρῳ…Σιδῶνι 1 Chorazin!…Bethsaida!…Tyre…Sidon The names of these cities are used as metonyms for the people living in these cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 lh46 figs-hypo εἰ…αἱ δυνάμεις…πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ 1 if the miracles…they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could have happened in the past, but it did not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 y9d3 figs-metonymy Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδάν…Τύρῳ…Σιδῶνι 1 Chorazin! … Bethsaida! … Tyre … Sidon The names of these cities are used as metonyms for the people living in these cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 lh46 figs-hypo εἰ…αἱ δυνάμεις…πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ 1 if the miracles … they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could have happened in the past, but it did not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 tm59 figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 if the miracles had happened in Tyre and Sidon which happened in you You can translate this with active forms. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 k3in figs-you αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 which happened in you Here the **you** is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual **you** to refer to the two cities, or a plural **you** to refer to the people of the cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 bqi8 πάλαι…μετενόησαν 1 they would have repented long ago The pronoun **they** refers to the people of Tyre and Sidon.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@ MAT 11 22 ibpo figs-explicit ἢ ὑμῖν 1 than for you The implied informati
|
|||
MAT 11 23 udw1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the people of the cities where he previously did miracles.
|
||||
MAT 11 23 vpz6 figs-you καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ; ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 And you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? You will be brought down to Hades. For if the miracles that happened in you had happened in Sodom, it would have remained until today The pronoun **you** is singular and refers to Capernaum throughout this verse and the next. If it is more natural to refer to the people of the city, you could translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 l8h3 figs-apostrophe σύ, Καφαρναούμ 1 you, Capernaum Jesus now speaks to the people in the city of **Capernaum** as if they were listening to him, but they were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 fj7d figs-metonymy Καφαρναούμ…Σοδόμοις 1 Capernaum,…Sodom The names of these cities refer to the people living in Capernaum and in Sodom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 fj7d figs-metonymy Καφαρναούμ…Σοδόμοις 1 Capernaum, … Sodom The names of these cities refer to the people living in Capernaum and in Sodom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 aa7t figs-activepassive μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you will not be exalted to heaven, will you “do you think you will be raised up to heaven?” You can state this in active form: Alternate translation: “God will not raise you up to heaven, will he?” or “the praise of other people will not raise you up to heaven, will it?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 nddz figs-rquestion μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you will not be exalted to heaven, will you Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride. You can state this in active form: Alternate translation: “God will not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 d54d figs-activepassive ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down to Hades You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will send you down to Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ MAT 11 24 yk3z figs-explicit ἢ σοί 1 than for you The implicit information
|
|||
MAT 11 25 f57a 0 General Information: In verses 25 and 26, Jesus prays to his heavenly Father while still in the presence of the crowd. In verse 27, he begins to address the people again.
|
||||
MAT 11 25 h5x4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 11 25 u9cy figs-merism Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς 1 Lord of heaven and earth “Lord who rules over heaven and earth.” The phrase **heaven and earth** is a merism that refers to all people and things in the universe. Alternate translation: “Lord who rules over the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 11 25 p1gl ἔκρυψας ταῦτα…καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ 1 you concealed these things…and revealed them It is not clear what is meant by **these things**. If your language needs to specify what is meant, an alternative translation might be best. Alternate translation: “you concealed these truths … and revealed them”
|
||||
MAT 11 25 p1gl ἔκρυψας ταῦτα…καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ 1 you concealed these things … and revealed them It is not clear what is meant by **these things**. If your language needs to specify what is meant, an alternative translation might be best. Alternate translation: “you concealed these truths … and revealed them”
|
||||
MAT 11 25 lk8f ἔκρυψας ταῦτα ἀπὸ 1 you concealed these things from “you hid these things from” or “you have not made these things known to.” The verb **concealed** is the opposite of “revealed.”
|
||||
MAT 11 25 qw5c figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 from the wise and discerning These nominal adjectives can be translated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “from people who are wise and who discern” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 11 25 las9 figs-irony σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 the wise and discerning Jesus is using irony. He does not think these people are really **wise and discerning**. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and discerning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1141,7 +1141,7 @@ MAT 12 6 ji7a λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what J
|
|||
MAT 12 6 k4mn figs-123person τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν 1 greater than the temple “someone who is more important than the temple.” Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 7 rh53 0 General Information: In verse 7, Jesus quotes the prophet Hosea to rebuke the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 7 vye2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 7 ypj7 figs-explicit εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 But if you had known what this is,…I desire mercy and not sacrifice,…you would not have condemned the innocent Here Jesus quotes scripture. Alternate translation: “The prophet Hosea wrote this long ago: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice.’ If you had understood what this meant, you would not have condemned the innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 7 ypj7 figs-explicit εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 But if you had known what this is, … I desire mercy and not sacrifice, … you would not have condemned the innocent Here Jesus quotes scripture. Alternate translation: “The prophet Hosea wrote this long ago: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice.’ If you had understood what this meant, you would not have condemned the innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 7 e1ju ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy and not sacrifice In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This means God considers **mercy** more important than the **sacrifice**.
|
||||
MAT 12 7 jw57 θέλω 1 I desire The pronoun **I** refers to God.
|
||||
MAT 12 7 s23l figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 the innocent You can translate this as an adjective. Alternate translation: “those who are not guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1152,14 +1152,14 @@ MAT 12 9 hns8 καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν 1 And having departed fr
|
|||
MAT 12 9 y4me τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 their synagogue This could mean: (1) The word **their** refers to the Jews of that town. Alternate translation: “the synogogue” (2) The word **their** refers to the Pharisees that Jesus had just spoken to, and this was the synagogue that they and other Jews in that town attended. The word **their** does not mean that the Pharisees owned the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the synagogue that they attended”
|
||||
MAT 12 10 kjf6 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 12 10 xb13 ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν 1 there was a man having a withered hand “there was a man who had a paralyzed hand” or “there was a man with a crippled hand”
|
||||
MAT 12 10 t948 ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 they questioned him, saying,…Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbaths?…so that they might accuse him “the Pharisees wanted to accuse Jesus of sinning, so they asked him, ‘Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?’”
|
||||
MAT 12 10 t948 ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 they questioned him, saying, … Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbaths? … so that they might accuse him “the Pharisees wanted to accuse Jesus of sinning, so they asked him, ‘Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?’”
|
||||
MAT 12 10 gdj6 εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? 1 Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbaths “According to the law of Moses, may a person heal another person on the Sabbaths?”
|
||||
MAT 12 10 c1cc figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him They did not just want to **accuse** Jesus in front of the people. The Pharisees wanted Jesus to give an answer that contradicted the law of Moses so they could take him before a judge and legally charge him with breaking the law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 11 g98l 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus responds to the Pharisees’ criticism.
|
||||
MAT 12 11 ng4j figs-rquestion τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? 1 What man will there be among you, who, will have one sheep, and if it might fall into a pit on the Sabbaths, will not grasp hold of it and lift it out Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and if it might fall into a pit on the Sabbaths, would grab the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 12 s2tu πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 How much more valuable, then, is a man than a sheep The phrase **How much more** adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “Obviously, a man is much more valuable than a sheep!” or “Just think about how much more important a man is than a sheep.”
|
||||
MAT 12 12 a9ld ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν καλῶς ποιεῖν 1 it is lawful to do good on the Sabbaths “those who do good on the Sabbaths are obeying the law”
|
||||
MAT 12 13 be8u figs-quotations τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. 1 Then he says to the man,…Stretch out your hand You can translate this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus commanded the man to stretch out his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 12 13 be8u figs-quotations τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. 1 Then he says to the man, … Stretch out your hand You can translate this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus commanded the man to stretch out his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 12 13 ljl6 τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 to the man “to the man with the paralyzed hand” or “to the man with the crippled hand”
|
||||
MAT 12 13 fm9r ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα 1 Stretch out your hand “Hold out your hand” or “Extend your hand”
|
||||
MAT 12 13 s5ep ἐξέτεινεν 1 he stretched it out “the man stretched it out”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1170,22 +1170,22 @@ MAT 12 15 d4lk 0 General Information: This account explains how the actions of
|
|||
MAT 12 15 d5l9 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς γνοὺς, ἀνεχώρησεν 1 But Jesus, having perceived this, withdrew “But Jesus was aware of what the Pharisees were planning, so he withdrew”
|
||||
MAT 12 15 hw22 ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν 1 withdrew from there “departed from there” or “left that place”
|
||||
MAT 12 16 bk1n μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν 1 they might not make him known “they would not to tell anyone else about him”
|
||||
MAT 12 17 dc7z ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 so that what had been said…might be fulfilled You could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “This was so that what had been said”
|
||||
MAT 12 17 dc7z ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 so that what had been said … might be fulfilled You could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “This was so that what had been said”
|
||||
MAT 12 17 mcd7 τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 what had been said through Isaiah the prophet You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God had said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
|
||||
MAT 12 18 zkt7 0 Connecting Statement: Here Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ ministry fulfilled scripture.
|
||||
MAT 12 18 f5kz ἰδοὺ 1 Behold “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MAT 12 18 fjw6 μου…ᾑρέτισα…μου…μου…θήσω…μου 1 my…I have chosen…my…my…I will put my All occurrences of these words refer to God. Isaiah is quoting what God said to him.
|
||||
MAT 12 18 fjw6 μου…ᾑρέτισα…μου…μου…θήσω…μου 1 my … I have chosen … my … my … I will put my All occurrences of these words refer to God. Isaiah is quoting what God said to him.
|
||||
MAT 12 18 yv4f ὁ ἀγαπητός μου εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 my beloved, in whom my soul is well pleased “he is my beloved one, and I am very pleased with him”
|
||||
MAT 12 18 s6a4 figs-synecdoche εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 in whom my soul is well pleased Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 18 jh8p figs-explicit κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ 1 he will announce justice to the Gentiles The means that God’s servant will tell the **Gentiles** that there will be **justice**. You can state this clearly that God is the one who will bring about justice. Alternate translation: “he will announce to the nations that God give them justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 18 tum1 figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ 1 he will announce justice to the Gentiles The abstract noun **justice** can be expressed as “what is right.” Alternate translation: “he will announce to the nations that God will do for them what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 12 19 me7p 0 Connecting Statement: Matthew continues to quote the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
MAT 12 19 hb2m figs-metonymy οὐδὲ ἀκούσει τις…τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 neither will anyone hear his voice Here people not hearing **his voice** represents him not speaking loudly. Alternate translation: “he will not speak loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 19 gj1p οὐκ ἐρίσει…αὐτοῦ 1 He will not strive…his Both **He** and **his** refer to God’s chosen servant.
|
||||
MAT 12 19 gj1p οὐκ ἐρίσει…αὐτοῦ 1 He will not strive … his Both **He** and **his** refer to God’s chosen servant.
|
||||
MAT 12 19 jr87 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις 1 in the streets This is an idiom that means “publicly.” Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 12 20 ii4c οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει, ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 He will not break…and he will not quench a smoking flax, until he might lead justice to victory All occurrences of **He** and **he** refer to God’s chosen servant.
|
||||
MAT 12 20 kbu9 figs-parallelism κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 He will not break a bruised reed…and he will not quench a smoking flax Both of these statements mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 12 20 cdk2 figs-metaphor κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 He will not break a bruised reed…and he will not quench a smoking flax Both of these statements are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If the metaphor is confusing, you could translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people, and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 20 ii4c οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει, ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 He will not break … and he will not quench a smoking flax, until he might lead justice to victory All occurrences of **He** and **he** refer to God’s chosen servant.
|
||||
MAT 12 20 kbu9 figs-parallelism κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 He will not break a bruised reed … and he will not quench a smoking flax Both of these statements mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 12 20 cdk2 figs-metaphor κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 He will not break a bruised reed … and he will not quench a smoking flax Both of these statements are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If the metaphor is confusing, you could translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people, and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 20 m4uz κάλαμον συντετριμμένον 1 a bruised reed “a damaged plant”
|
||||
MAT 12 20 y8mn λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 he will not quench a smoking flax “he will not put out any smoking flax” or “he will not stop any smoking flax from burning”
|
||||
MAT 12 20 bjg2 λίνον τυφόμενον 1 a smoking flax This refers to a lamp wick after the flame has gone out and when it is only smoking.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1194,7 +1194,7 @@ MAT 12 20 b6tw figs-abstractnouns ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴ
|
|||
MAT 12 21 w3rq figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his name Here, **name** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 22 nba2 0 General Information: Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees accuse Jesus of healing a man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
MAT 12 22 e1g4 figs-activepassive τότε προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 Then someone was brought to him, being demon - possessed, blind and mute You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone brought to Jesus a man who was blind and mute because a demon was controlling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 22 k2vt προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ…τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 someone was brought to him,…blind and mute “a person was brought to him who could not see and could not talk”
|
||||
MAT 12 22 k2vt προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ…τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 someone was brought to him, … blind and mute “a person was brought to him who could not see and could not talk”
|
||||
MAT 12 23 gy5z ἐξίσταντο πάντες οἱ ὄχλοι 1 all the crowds were amazed “all the people who had seen Jesus heal the man were greatly surprised”
|
||||
MAT 12 23 ink7 ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the Son of David This is a title for the Christ or Messiah.
|
||||
MAT 12 23 h8kf υἱὸς 1 Son Here this means “descendant of.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1239,11 +1239,11 @@ MAT 12 32 hfs4 οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will not be forgiv
|
|||
MAT 12 32 lw5j figs-metonymy οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 neither in this age, nor in the one coming Here, **this age** and **the one coming** refer to the present life and the next life. Alternate translation: “in this life or in the next life” or “now or ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 33 d73d 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 33 bi8z writing-proverbs ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν 1 Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad This could mean: (1) If you make a tree good, its fruit will be good, and if you make the tree bad, its fruit will be bad. (2) This is a proverb that means if you consider a tree to be good, it will be because its fruit is good, and if you consider it tree to be bad, it will be because its fruit is bad. People were to apply its truth to how they can know whether a person is good or bad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 12 33 kl16 καλὸν…σαπρὸν 1 good…bad “healthy … diseased”
|
||||
MAT 12 33 kl16 καλὸν…σαπρὸν 1 good … bad “healthy … diseased”
|
||||
MAT 12 33 kz12 figs-metaphor ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 for the tree is recognized by its fruit Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for what a person does. Alternate translation: “people know whether a person is good or bad by looking at the results of that person’s activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 33 nx9n figs-activepassive ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 for the tree is recognized by its fruit You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 34 r1uv figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 You offspring of vipers Here, **offspring** means “having the characteristic of.” The **vipers** are poisonous snakes that are dangerous and represent evil. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 34 pl4g figs-you γεννήματα…δύνασθε 1 You offspring…are you able Both **You** and **you** are plural and refer to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 12 34 pl4g figs-you γεννήματα…δύνασθε 1 You offspring … are you able Both **You** and **you** are plural and refer to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 12 34 e7x3 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ ὄντες? 1 being evil, how are you able to say good things Jesus uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “you cannot say good things because you are evil” or “you can only say evil things because you are evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 34 i7c6 figs-synecdoche ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ 1 out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. Alternate translation: “what a person says comes from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 34 e9bg figs-metonymy ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ 1 out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks Here, **heart** is a metonym for the thoughts in a person’s mind. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what is in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1252,13 +1252,13 @@ MAT 12 36 jvg6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his response to the Pha
|
|||
MAT 12 36 era6 λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 36 f1wh figs-metonymy πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν ὃ λαλήσουσιν 1 every idle word that they will speak Here, **word** refers to something that someone says. Alternate translation: “every harmful thing they will have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 36 t2pj οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον 1 men will give an account concerning it “God will ask people about it” or “people will have to explain it to God”
|
||||
MAT 12 37 qw5e figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσῃ…καταδικασθήσῃ 1 you will be justified,…you will be condemned You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 37 qw5e figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσῃ…καταδικασθήσῃ 1 you will be justified, … you will be condemned You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 38 x4le 0 General Information: In verse 39, Jesus begins to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 38 mec3 0 Connecting Statement: The dialogue in these verses happens immediately after Jesus responded to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed a man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
MAT 12 38 aiu6 θέλομεν 1 we wish “we want”
|
||||
MAT 12 38 ikg2 figs-explicit ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν 1 to see a sign from you You can make explicit why they want **to see a sign**. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that proves what you say is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 d8b9 figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, but no sign will be given to it Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me, but no sign will be given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 a5di figs-metaphor γενεὰ…μοιχαλὶς 1 An…adulterous generation Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. Alternate translation: “An … unfaithful generation” or “A … godless generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 a5di figs-metaphor γενεὰ…μοιχαλὶς 1 An … adulterous generation Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. Alternate translation: “An … unfaithful generation” or “A … godless generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 c6hy figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 no sign will be given to it Jesus would not give them a **sign** because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 j21p εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου 1 except the sign of Jonah the prophet “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”
|
||||
MAT 12 40 vh9i figs-merism τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας 1 three days and three nights Here, **days** and **nights** mean complete 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1288,7 +1288,7 @@ MAT 12 42 yra5 figs-explicit Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 than Solomon is here
|
|||
MAT 12 43 ve5x 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees. He begins to tell a parable.
|
||||
MAT 12 43 f5jr ἀνύδρων τόπων 1 waterless places “dry places” or “places where no people live”
|
||||
MAT 12 43 x2ur οὐχ εὑρίσκει 1 not finding it Here, **it** refers to rest.
|
||||
MAT 12 44 gey7 τότε λέγει, εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον. 1 Then it says,…I will return to my house from which I departed You can translate this as a statement rather than a quotation. Alternate translation: “So, the unclean spirit decides to return to the house from which it departed”
|
||||
MAT 12 44 gey7 τότε λέγει, εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον. 1 Then it says, … I will return to my house from which I departed You can translate this as a statement rather than a quotation. Alternate translation: “So, the unclean spirit decides to return to the house from which it departed”
|
||||
MAT 12 44 ty9b figs-metaphor εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου…ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 to my house from which I departed This is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Alternate translation: “to the person I left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 44 cd4f figs-activepassive εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 it finds it empty, having been swept out and put in order You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the unclean spirit finds that someone has swept the house clean and has put everything in the house where it belongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 44 s6jf figs-metaphor σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 empty, having been swept out and put in order Here, **swept out and put in order** suggests that no one is living in the house. Jesus means when an unclean spirit leaves a person, the person must invite the Holy Spirit to live in him or else the demon will come back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ MAT 12 46 ahx7 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** alerts us to a new peopl
|
|||
MAT 12 46 mh5f ἡ μήτηρ 1 his mother This is Mary, Jesus’ human mother.
|
||||
MAT 12 46 dq8m οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers These are probably other children born to Mary, but it is possible that the word **brothers** here refers to Jesus’ cousins.
|
||||
MAT 12 46 z97j ζητοῦντες…λαλῆσαι 1 seeking to speak “wanting to speak”
|
||||
MAT 12 47 qd32 figs-quotations εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι. 1 Now someone said to him,…Behold, your mother and your brothers stand outside, seeking to speak to you You can translate this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Someone told Jesus that his mother and brothers were outside and wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 12 47 qd32 figs-quotations εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι. 1 Now someone said to him, … Behold, your mother and your brothers stand outside, seeking to speak to you You can translate this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Someone told Jesus that his mother and brothers were outside and wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 12 48 q1cd 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 12:1](../12/01.md), where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus’ ministry.
|
||||
MAT 12 48 jm1y figs-ellipsis τῷ λέγοντι αὐτῷ 1 to the one saying to him The details of the message the person told Jesus are understood and not repeated here. Alternate translation: “to the one who told Jesus that his mother and brothers wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 12 48 e535 figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? 1 Who is my mother and who are my brothers Jesus uses these questions to teach the people. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ MAT 13 7 ugc9 ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκάνθας 1 fell among the t
|
|||
MAT 13 7 vt8z ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά 1 choked them “choked the new sprouts.” Use your word for the way weeds prevent other plants from growing well.
|
||||
MAT 13 8 iwv2 ἐδίδου καρπόν 1 produced fruit “grew more seeds” or “gave fruit”
|
||||
MAT 13 8 e91e figs-ellipsis ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 some 100 times as much, and some 60, and some 30 The words “seeds,” “produced,” and “crop” are understood from the previous phrase. These can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “some seeds produced 100 times as much crop, some seeds produced 60 times as much crop, and some seeds produced 30 times as much crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 13 8 ph2p translate-numbers ἑκατὸν…ἑξήκοντα…τριάκοντα 1 100 times as much,…60,…30 “one hundred times as much … sixty … thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 13 8 ph2p translate-numbers ἑκατὸν…ἑξήκοντα…τριάκοντα 1 100 times as much, … 60, … 30 “one hundred times as much … sixty … thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 13 9 q2e2 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **having ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 9 gkv1 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears, let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 13 10 p8yc 0 General Information: Jesus explains to his disciples why he teaches with parables.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1343,18 +1343,18 @@ MAT 13 11 rcd3 figs-you ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι 1 To you has bee
|
|||
MAT 13 11 ah6u figs-metonymy τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** occurs only in the book of Matthew. If possible, try to keep it in your translation. Alternate translation: “the secrets about our God in heaven and his rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 12 j3rl ὅστις…ἔχει 1 whoever has “whoever has understanding” or “whoever receives what I teach”
|
||||
MAT 13 12 v61y figs-activepassive δοθήσεται 1 it will be given You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will give him more understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 12 xsr5 ὅστις…οὐκ ἔχει 2 whoever…does not have “whoever does not have understanding” or “whoever does not receive what I teach”
|
||||
MAT 13 12 xsr5 ὅστις…οὐκ ἔχει 2 whoever … does not have “whoever does not have understanding” or “whoever does not receive what I teach”
|
||||
MAT 13 12 bl5s figs-activepassive καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 even what he has will be taken away from him You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away even what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 13 wc3u 0 General Information: In verse 14, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that the people’s failure to understand Jesus’ teaching is a fulfillment of prophecy.
|
||||
MAT 13 13 hm4t 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain to his disciples why he teaches in parables.
|
||||
MAT 13 13 v6pb αὐτοῖς…οὐ βλέπουσιν…οὐκ ἀκούουσιν 1 to them…they do not see…they do not hear All occurrences of **them** and **they** refer to the people in the crowd.
|
||||
MAT 13 13 uk7j figs-parallelism ὅτι βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδὲ συνίουσιν 1 because seeing, they do not see…and hearing, they do not hear nor understand Jesus uses this parallelism to tell and emphasize to the disciples that the crowd refuses to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 13 v6pb αὐτοῖς…οὐ βλέπουσιν…οὐκ ἀκούουσιν 1 to them … they do not see … they do not hear All occurrences of **them** and **they** refer to the people in the crowd.
|
||||
MAT 13 13 uk7j figs-parallelism ὅτι βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδὲ συνίουσιν 1 because seeing, they do not see … and hearing, they do not hear nor understand Jesus uses this parallelism to tell and emphasize to the disciples that the crowd refuses to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 13 ae8k βλέποντες 1 seeing This could mean: (1) This refers to them **seeing** what Jesus does. Alternate translation: “though they see what I do” (2) This refers to their ability to see. Alternate translation: “though they are able to see”
|
||||
MAT 13 13 nbi3 figs-metaphor οὐ βλέπουσιν 1 they do not see Here, **see** represents understanding. Alternate translation: “they do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 13 j4bg ἀκούοντες 1 hearing This could mean: (1) This refers to them **hearing** what Jesus teaches. Alternate translation: “though they hear what I say” (2) This refers to their ability to hear. Alternate translation: “though they are able to hear”
|
||||
MAT 13 13 gq65 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἀκούουσιν 1 they do not hear Here, **hear** represents listening well. Alternate translation: “they do not listen well” or “they do not pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 jz9n καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα 1 And to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled, which says You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And they are fulfilling what God said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
|
||||
MAT 13 14 z2es figs-parallelism ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand…and seeing, you will see, but you may certainly not perceive This begins a quote from the prophet Isaiah about the unbelieving people of Isaiah’s day. Jesus uses this quote to describe the very crowd that was listening to him. These statements are again parallel and emphasize that the people refused to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 z2es figs-parallelism ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand … and seeing, you will see, but you may certainly not perceive This begins a quote from the prophet Isaiah about the unbelieving people of Isaiah’s day. Jesus uses this quote to describe the very crowd that was listening to him. These statements are again parallel and emphasize that the people refused to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 a1im figs-explicit ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε 1 In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand “You will hear things, but you will not understand them.” You can make explicit what the people will hear. Alternate translation: “You will hear what God says through the prophets, but you will not understand its true meaning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 emu1 figs-explicit βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 seeing, you will see, but you may certainly not perceive You can make explicit what the people will **see**. Alternate translation: “you will see what God does through the prophets, but you will not understand it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 e8r5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes quoting the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1367,13 +1367,13 @@ MAT 13 15 sr25 figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν 1 might underst
|
|||
MAT 13 15 ps56 ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 they might turn back “they might turn back to me” or “they might repent”
|
||||
MAT 13 15 q1h9 figs-metaphor ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 I will heal them “have me heal them.” This means God would **heal them** spiritually by forgiving their sins and receiving them again as his people. Alternate translation: “have me receive them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 dc9t 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes explaining to his disciples why he teaches with parables.
|
||||
MAT 13 16 yhe4 figs-parallelism ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 But blessed are your eyes, for they see…and your ears, for they hear Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that they have pleased God because they have believed what Jesus has said and done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 yhe4 figs-parallelism ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 But blessed are your eyes, for they see … and your ears, for they hear Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that they have pleased God because they have believed what Jesus has said and done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 glp8 figs-synecdoche ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν 1 But blessed are your eyes, for they see Here, **eyes** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because your eyes are able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 rlt3 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 your…your Both occurrences of **your** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 rlt3 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 your … your Both occurrences of **your** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 jp32 figs-synecdoche τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 your ears, for they hear Here, **ears** refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “you, for you hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 xczh figs-ellipsis τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 your ears, for they hear You can also make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “you are blessed because your ears are able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 13 17 mg58 ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 For truly I say to you “For I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 13 17 bsj7 figs-you ὑμῖν…βλέπετε…ἀκούετε 1 to you…you see,…you hear All occurrences of **you** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 13 17 bsj7 figs-you ὑμῖν…βλέπετε…ἀκούετε 1 to you … you see, … you hear All occurrences of **you** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 13 17 e6ci figs-explicit ἃ βλέπετε 1 the things you see You can make explicit what they have seen. Alternate translation: “the things you have seen me do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 17 q14w figs-explicit ἃ ἀκούετε 1 the things you hear You can make explicit what they have heard. Alternate translation: “the things you have heard me say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 18 w35t 0 Connecting Statement: Here Jesus begins to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds, which he began in [Matthew 13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@ MAT 13 28 r83z ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς 1 But he was saying to them “
|
|||
MAT 13 28 num8 θέλεις οὖν 1 Therefore, do you want us The word **us** refers to the servants.
|
||||
MAT 13 29 shs3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes the parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it.
|
||||
MAT 13 29 c9jc ὁ δέ φησιν 1 But he says “But the landowner said to his servants”
|
||||
MAT 13 30 z36a figs-quotations ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου. 1 I will say to the reapers,…First gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them up, but gather the wheat into my barn You can translate this as an indirect quote (AT): “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 13 30 z36a figs-quotations ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου. 1 I will say to the reapers, … First gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them up, but gather the wheat into my barn You can translate this as an indirect quote (AT): “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 13 30 ll14 τὴν ἀποθήκην 1 barn a farm building that can be used for storing grain
|
||||
MAT 13 31 tdf4 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 31 jw7u figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ MAT 13 33 w8sb figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶ
|
|||
MAT 13 33 r88g translate-bvolume ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία 1 three measures of flour Say “a large amount of flour” or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 c35r figs-explicit γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον 1 a woman mixed with three measures of flour until it all was leavened The implied information is that the yeast and the three measures of flour were made into dough for baking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 34 f9gl 0 General Information: Here the author quotes from the Psalms to show that Jesus’ teaching in parables fulfilled prophecy.
|
||||
MAT 13 34 nt7u figs-parallelism ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 All these things Jesus spoke in parables to the crowds…and he was speaking nothing to them without a parable Both sentences mean the same thing. They are combined to emphasize that Jesus taught **the crowds** only with **parables**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 34 nt7u figs-parallelism ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 All these things Jesus spoke in parables to the crowds … and he was speaking nothing to them without a parable Both sentences mean the same thing. They are combined to emphasize that Jesus taught **the crowds** only with **parables**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 34 n54e ταῦτα πάντα 1 All these things This refers to what Jesus taught beginning at [Matthew 13:1](../13/01.md).
|
||||
MAT 13 34 a5c7 figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 he was speaking nothing to them without a parable “he taught them nothing except by parables.” The double negative can be expressed in a positive way. Alternate translation: “everything he taught them he said in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 13 35 ybq5 figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος 1 what had been said through the prophet might be fulfilled, saying You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God told one of the prophets to write long ago might come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1482,7 +1482,7 @@ MAT 13 47 kbz2 βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 having been
|
|||
MAT 13 47 t9v6 ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ 1 having gathered from every kind “having caught all kinds of fish”
|
||||
MAT 13 48 kf47 ἀναβιβάσαντες ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν 1 they drew up on the beach “they pulled the net up onto the beach” or “they pulled the net ashore”
|
||||
MAT 13 48 cnp7 τὰ καλὰ 1 the good things “the good fish”
|
||||
MAT 13 48 qi2z τὰ…σαπρὰ 2 the…worthless things “the bad fish” or “the inedible fish”
|
||||
MAT 13 48 qi2z τὰ…σαπρὰ 2 the … worthless things “the bad fish” or “the inedible fish”
|
||||
MAT 13 48 aqu2 ἔξω ἔβαλον 1 they threw away “they did not keep”
|
||||
MAT 13 49 nql6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains the parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish.
|
||||
MAT 13 49 q1ms ἐξελεύσονται 1 will come “will come out” or “will go out” or “will come from heaven”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@ MAT 13 50 hwv1 βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς 1 they will throw them “the a
|
|||
MAT 13 50 j8nf figs-metaphor τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός 1 the furnace of fire This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term **furnace** is not known, “oven” can be used. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:42](../13/42.md). Alternate translation: “the fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 50 mc8t translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of the teeth Here, **grinding of teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 13 51 d3wg 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who manages a household. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus teaching the crowds about the kingdom of heaven through using parables.
|
||||
MAT 13 51 p5ej figs-quotations συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί. 1 Have you understood all these things?…They say to him,…Yes If necessary, both direct quotations can be translated as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 13 51 p5ej figs-quotations συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί. 1 Have you understood all these things? … They say to him, … Yes If necessary, both direct quotations can be translated as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 13 52 g4dd figs-metonymy μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 having been discipled for the kingdom of the heavens Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “has learned the truth about our God in heaven, who is king” or “has submitted himself to God’s rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 52 gr36 figs-parables ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά 1 is like a man, an owner of a house, who draws out new things and old things from his treasure Jesus speaks another parable. He compares scribes, who know very well the scriptures that Moses and the prophets wrote, and who also now accept Jesus’ teachings, to a **house** **owner** who uses both **old** and **new** treasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 52 g59c τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 his treasure A **treasure** is a very valuable and precious thing or a collection of things. Here it may refer to the place where these things are stored, the “treasury” or “storeroom.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1523,8 +1523,8 @@ MAT 14 3 y57m 0 General Information: Matthew recounts the story of John the Ba
|
|||
MAT 14 3 zgp9 figs-events 0 Connecting Statement: Here the author begins to tell about how Herod had executed John the Baptist. These events occur some time before the event in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 14 3 h466 figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 For Herod, having arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison It says that **Herod** did these things because he ordered others to do them for him. Alternate translation: “Herod ordered his soldiers to arrest and bind John the Baptist and put him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 14 3 lr92 translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου 1 the wife of Philip **Philip** was Herod’s brother. Herod had taken Philip’s wife to be his own **wife**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 14 4 d3gp figs-events ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. 1 For John was saying to him,…It is not lawful for you to have her If needed, you can present the events of 14:3-4 in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 14 4 n1t6 figs-quotations ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. 1 For John was saying to him,…It is not lawful for you to have her This can be expressed as an indirect quote, if needed. Alternate translation: “For John had said to Herod that it was not lawful for Herod to have Herodias as his wife.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 14 4 d3gp figs-events ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. 1 For John was saying to him, … It is not lawful for you to have her If needed, you can present the events of 14:3-4 in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 14 4 n1t6 figs-quotations ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. 1 For John was saying to him, … It is not lawful for you to have her This can be expressed as an indirect quote, if needed. Alternate translation: “For John had said to Herod that it was not lawful for Herod to have Herodias as his wife.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 14 4 r8lh ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 For John was saying to him “For John had kept saying to Herod”
|
||||
MAT 14 4 nb2j figs-explicit οὐκ ἔξεστίν 1 It is not lawful Philip was still alive when Herod married Herodias. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 14 5 hg9f ἐφοβήθη 1 he feared “Herod feared”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1614,13 +1614,13 @@ MAT 15 7 tn3b 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his response to the Phar
|
|||
MAT 15 7 wv77 καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν περὶ ὑμῶν Ἠσαΐας 1 Well did Isaiah prophesy about you “Isaiah told the truth in this prophecy about you”
|
||||
MAT 15 7 n4ti figs-explicit λέγων 1 saying It is implied that Isaiah is speaking what God told him. Alternate translation: “when he told what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 8 qw69 figs-metonymy ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ 1 This people honors me with their lips Here, **lips** refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “These people say all the right things to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 8 bz91 με…ἐμοῦ 1 me…me Both occurrences of **me** refer to God.
|
||||
MAT 15 8 bz91 με…ἐμοῦ 1 me … me Both occurrences of **me** refer to God.
|
||||
MAT 15 8 wuw3 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far away from me Here, **heart** refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 8 q7vm figs-idiom ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far away from me This phrase is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 15 9 jf93 μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με 1 But they worship me in vain “But their worship means nothing to me” or “But they only pretend to worship me”
|
||||
MAT 15 9 vvb9 ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 the commandments of men “the rules that people make up”
|
||||
MAT 15 10 ti4w 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach the crowd and his disciples about what defiles a person and why the Pharisees and scribes were wrong to criticize him.
|
||||
MAT 15 11 s28y figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα…ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 enters into the mouth…comes out from the mouth Jesus is contrasting what a person eats to what a person says. Jesus means that God is concerned with what a person says rather than what a person eats. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 11 s28y figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα…ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 enters into the mouth … comes out from the mouth Jesus is contrasting what a person eats to what a person says. Jesus means that God is concerned with what a person says rather than what a person eats. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 12 l2uj figs-activepassive οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν 1 the Pharisees, having heard this word, were offended You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this statement made the Pharisees angry” or “this statement offended the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 13 n5ij figs-metaphor πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be uprooted This is a metaphor. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not actually belong to God, so God will remove them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 15 13 j49e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 my heavenly Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1663,7 +1663,7 @@ MAT 15 29 np6e writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give back
|
|||
MAT 15 30 c8td χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς 1 the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute “those who could not walk, those who could not see, those whose arms or legs did not function, those who could not talk”
|
||||
MAT 15 30 yf7i ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 they laid them at his feet Apparently some of these sick or crippled people were unable to stand up, so when their friends brought them to Jesus, they placed them on the ground in front of him. Alternate translation: “the crowds placed the sick people on the ground in front of Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 15 31 pi52 figs-activepassive κυλλοὺς ὑγιεῖς 1 the crippled made well You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the crippled become well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 31 be52 figs-nominaladj κυλλοὺς…χωλοὺς…τυφλοὺς 1 the crippled…the lame…the blind You can state these nominal adjectives as adjectives. Alternate translation: “people who were crippled … people who were lame … people who were blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 15 31 be52 figs-nominaladj κυλλοὺς…χωλοὺς…τυφλοὺς 1 the crippled … the lame … the blind You can state these nominal adjectives as adjectives. Alternate translation: “people who were crippled … people who were lame … people who were blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 15 32 z28i 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus feeding four thousand people with seven loaves of bread and a few small fish.
|
||||
MAT 15 32 efc2 νήστεις…μήποτε ἐκλυθῶσιν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 hungry, lest they might faint on the way “without eating because they might faint on the way”
|
||||
MAT 15 33 uhi3 figs-rquestion πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον? 1 From where would be to us in a wilderness enough bread so as to satisfy so large a crowd The disciples use a question to state that there is nowhere to get food for the **crowd**. Alternate translation: “There is nowhere in this wilderness where we can get enough bread for such a large crowd.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@ MAT 16 1 t249 0 General Information: This begins an encounter between Jesus an
|
|||
MAT 16 1 t7p5 πειράζοντες 1 testing him Here, **testing** is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “challenging him” or “wanting to trap him”
|
||||
MAT 16 4 jl3e figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 An evil and adulterous generation Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation” See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 fhx6 figs-metaphor γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 An evil and adulterous generation Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “An unfaithful generation” or “A godless generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 d9eq figs-activepassive σημεῖον…οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 2 a sign,…will not be given to it Jesus would not give them **a sign** because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. You can state this in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 d9eq figs-activepassive σημεῖον…οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 2 a sign, … will not be given to it Jesus would not give them **a sign** because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. You can state this in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 dep2 εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ 1 except the sign of Jonah “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md).
|
||||
MAT 16 5 ii6j 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus uses an opportunity to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
MAT 16 5 si9k figs-ellipsis τὸ πέραν 1 the other side You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the other side of the lake” or “the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1740,7 +1740,7 @@ MAT 16 26 eqe8 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρω
|
|||
MAT 16 26 q7x1 figs-hyperbole ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ 1 if he would have gained the whole world The words **the whole world** are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: “if he would gain everything he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 16 26 b34q τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ 1 but would have forfeited his life “but he would lose his life”
|
||||
MAT 16 26 eck5 figs-rquestion ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 Or what will a man give in exchange for his life Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “There is nothing that a person can give to regain his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 16 27 iyu1 figs-123person μέλλει…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…αὐτοῦ…ἀποδώσει 1 the Son of Man is about…his…he will recompense Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of man, am about … my … I will repay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 16 27 iyu1 figs-123person μέλλει…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…αὐτοῦ…ἀποδώσει 1 the Son of Man is about … his … he will recompense Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of man, am about … my … I will repay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 16 27 ie16 μέλλει…ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 is about to come in the glory of his Father “will come, having the same glory as his Father,”
|
||||
MAT 16 27 k4q4 figs-123person μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ 1 with his angels “and the angels will be with him.” If you translate the first part of the sentence with Jesus speaking in the first person, you can translate this as “and my Father’s angels will be with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 16 27 vk5y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 of his Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and the Son of Man, Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1773,7 +1773,7 @@ MAT 17 9 y9rq figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son
|
|||
MAT 17 10 nwt5 figs-explicit τί οὖν οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον? 1 Why then do the scribes say that it is necessary for Elijah to come first The disciples are referring to the belief that **Elijah** will come back to life and return to the people of Israel before the Messiah comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 17 11 xbs2 ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα 1 will restore all things “will put things in order” or “will get the people ready to receive the Messiah”
|
||||
MAT 17 12 whp9 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν 1 But I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 17 12 a4h7 ἐποίησαν…αὐτῶν 1 they did…them Here, **they** and **them** could mean: (1) These refer to the Jewish leaders. (2) These refer to all the Jewish people.
|
||||
MAT 17 12 a4h7 ἐποίησαν…αὐτῶν 1 they did … them Here, **they** and **them** could mean: (1) These refer to the Jewish leaders. (2) These refer to all the Jewish people.
|
||||
MAT 17 12 i74i figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 17 14 t687 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of Jesus healing a boy who had an evil spirit. These events happen immediately after Jesus and his disciples descend from the mountain.
|
||||
MAT 17 15 ufb4 figs-explicit ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν 1 have mercy on my son It is implied that the man wants Jesus to heal his son. Alternate translation: “have mercy on my son and heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1792,7 +1792,7 @@ MAT 17 22 n2xs συστρεφομένων…αὐτῶν 1 as they are gathered
|
|||
MAT 17 22 ff8x figs-activepassive μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι 1 The Son of Man is about to be delivered You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 mmk2 figs-metonymy παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 to be delivered into the hands of men The word **hands** here is a metonym for the power that people use hands to exercise. Alternate translation: “to be taken and put under the power of people” or “to be taken and given to people who will control him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 i5rb figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 17 23 hl6j figs-123person αὐτόν…ἐγερθήσεται 1 him,…he will be raised up Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 17 23 hl6j figs-123person αὐτόν…ἐγερθήσεται 1 him, … he will be raised up Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 17 23 b6g3 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day The word **third** is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 17 23 fni4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται 1 he will be raised up Here to be **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 17 23 fjac figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσεται 1 he will be raised up You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will cause him to become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@ MAT 17 25 y26n τὴν οἰκίαν 1 the house “the place where Jesus was s
|
|||
MAT 17 25 yp5h figs-rquestion τί σοι δοκεῖ, Σίμων? οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, ἀπὸ τίνων λαμβάνουσιν τέλη ἢ κῆνσον? ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων? 1 What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth receive taxes or tolls? From their sons or from strangers Jesus asks these questions to teach Simon, not to gain information for himself. Alternate translation: “Listen, Simon. We know that when kings collect taxes, they collect it from people who are not members of their own family.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 17 26 fb1c 0 General Information: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 13:54](../13/54.md), where Matthew tells of continued opposition to Jesus’ ministry and teaching about the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
MAT 17 26 j3g4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach Peter about paying the temple tax.
|
||||
MAT 17 26 w75w figs-quotations εἰπόντος δέ, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων, ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 But when he said,…From strangers,…Jesus said to him If you translated Jesus’ questions as statements in [Matthew 17:25](../17/25.md), you may need to give an alternate response here. You could also state it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But when Peter said, ‘Yes, that is true. Kings collect taxes from foreigners,’ Jesus said” or “But after Peter agreed with Jesus, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 17 26 w75w figs-quotations εἰπόντος δέ, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων, ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 But when he said, … From strangers, … Jesus said to him If you translated Jesus’ questions as statements in [Matthew 17:25](../17/25.md), you may need to give an alternate response here. You could also state it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But when Peter said, ‘Yes, that is true. Kings collect taxes from foreigners,’ Jesus said” or “But after Peter agreed with Jesus, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 17 26 uh6y ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων 1 From strangers In modern times, leaders usually tax their own citizens. But, in ancient times, the leaders often taxed the people they had conquered rather than their own citizens.
|
||||
MAT 17 26 u6xx οἱ υἱοί 1 the sons people over whom a ruler or king rules
|
||||
MAT 17 27 mwa6 ἵνα δὲ μὴ σκανδαλίσωμεν αὐτούς, πορευθεὶς 1 But in order that we might not cause them to sin, having gone “But we do not want to make the tax collectors angry. So, go”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1830,14 +1830,14 @@ MAT 18 6 ghp3 figs-activepassive ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικ
|
|||
MAT 18 6 w3uz μύλος 1 a millstone This is a large, heavy, circular stone used for grinding wheat grain into flour. Alternate translation: “a very heavy stone”
|
||||
MAT 18 7 cl5i 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to use a little child to teach the disciples and warns against the terrible consequences of causing children to sin.
|
||||
MAT 18 7 ees6 figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 to the world Here, **world** refers to people. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 7 y7vh figs-metaphor τῶν σκανδάλων…ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα…τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται 1 the stumbling blocks!…that those stumbling blocks come,…to the man through whom the stumbling block comes Here, **stumbling** is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “things that cause people to sin … that things come that cause people to sin … to any person who causes others to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 18 7 y7vh figs-metaphor τῶν σκανδάλων…ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα…τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται 1 the stumbling blocks! … that those stumbling blocks come, … to the man through whom the stumbling block comes Here, **stumbling** is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “things that cause people to sin … that things come that cause people to sin … to any person who causes others to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 18 8 vad7 figs-hyperbole εἰ δὲ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 Now if your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw it away from you Jesus exaggerates here to emphasize that people must do anything necessary to remove from their lives what causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 18 8 gqi3 figs-you σου…σε…σοῦ…σοί 1 your…you…you.…for you All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 8 gqi3 figs-you σου…σε…σοῦ…σοί 1 your … you … you. … for you All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 8 pc4d εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 into life “into eternal life”
|
||||
MAT 18 8 lhk9 figs-activepassive ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα, βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον 1 than to be thrown into the everlasting fire having two hands or two feet You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 xad4 figs-hyperbole καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 And if your eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it away from you The command to destroy the **eye**, perhaps the most important part of the body, is probably an exaggeration for his hearers to do anything necessary to remove from their lives anything that causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 q7tw figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 causes you to stumble Here, **stumble** is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 eii2 figs-you σου…σε…σοῦ…σοί 1 your…you…you.…for you All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 eii2 figs-you σου…σε…σοῦ…σοί 1 your … you … you. … for you All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 m8as εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 into life “into eternal life”
|
||||
MAT 18 9 r1ie figs-activepassive ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός 1 than to be thrown into the Gehenna of fire having two eyes You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both eyes when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 10 qnc6 ὁρᾶτε 1 See that “Be careful that” or “Be sure that”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1849,7 +1849,7 @@ MAT 18 10 iq8j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 of my
|
|||
MAT 18 12 xhq2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to use a little child to teach the disciples and tells a parable to explain God’s care for people.
|
||||
MAT 18 12 idl5 figs-rquestion τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 What do you think Jesus uses this question to get people’s attention. Alternate translation: “Think about how people act.” or “Think about this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 18 12 dm8u figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you This word is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 12 cv92 translate-numbers ἑκατὸν…ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα 1 100…99 “one hundred … ninety-nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 12 cv92 translate-numbers ἑκατὸν…ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα 1 100 … 99 “one hundred … ninety-nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 12 t5h4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἀφείς τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, καὶ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ τὸ πλανώμενον? 1 having left the 99 on the hillside and having gone out, does he not seek the one wandering Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “he will always leave the 99 where they are and go out so seek the one that has gone astray.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 18 13 j5d8 figs-parables καὶ ἐὰν γένηται εὑρεῖν αὐτό, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι χαίρει ἐπ’ αὐτῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα τοῖς μὴ πεπλανημένοις 1 And if he might happen to find it, truly I say to you that he rejoices over it more than over the 99 that have not gone astray This is the end of the parable that begins with the words “If anyone” in verse 12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 18 13 at4s figs-you ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. The word **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1865,12 +1865,12 @@ MAT 18 17 g3aj ἐὰν…παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν 1 if he might refuse
|
|||
MAT 18 17 kx28 τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 the church “the whole community of believers”
|
||||
MAT 18 17 xf1a figs-explicit ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης 1 let him be to you even as the Gentile and the tax collector “treat him as you would treat a Gentile or tax collector.” This implies that they should remove him from the community of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 18 u2kl ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 18 18 qzq7 figs-you ὑμῖν…δήσητε…λύσητε 1 to you,…you may bind…you may release All occurrences of **you** are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 18 bu6i figs-metonymy ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 whatever you may bind on the earth will be bound in heaven…and whatever you may release on the earth will be released in heaven Here, **in heaven** is a metonym that represents God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 18 qrfh figs-metaphor ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 whatever you may bind on the earth will be bound in heaven…and whatever you may release on the earth will be released in heaven Here, **bind** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **release** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. See how you translated similar phrases in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 18 18 qzq7 figs-you ὑμῖν…δήσητε…λύσητε 1 to you, … you may bind … you may release All occurrences of **you** are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 18 bu6i figs-metonymy ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 whatever you may bind on the earth will be bound in heaven … and whatever you may release on the earth will be released in heaven Here, **in heaven** is a metonym that represents God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 18 qrfh figs-metaphor ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 whatever you may bind on the earth will be bound in heaven … and whatever you may release on the earth will be released in heaven Here, **bind** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **release** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. See how you translated similar phrases in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 18 18 l7na λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 18 19 cal4 figs-explicit ἐὰν δύο…ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 if two of you It is implied that Jesus means “if at least two of you” or “if two or more of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 19 c3lf ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται…αὐτοῖς 1 they might ask,…for them These refer to the “two of you.” Alternate translation: “you might ask … for you”
|
||||
MAT 18 19 c3lf ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται…αὐτοῖς 1 they might ask, … for them These refer to the “two of you.” Alternate translation: “you might ask … for you”
|
||||
MAT 18 19 gs8w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 18 20 kv9z figs-explicit δύο ἢ τρεῖς 1 two or three It is implied that Jesus means “two or more” or “at least two.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 20 s5rx συνηγμένοι 1 gathered together “meeting together”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1880,7 +1880,7 @@ MAT 18 22 b19x translate-numbers ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 seven
|
|||
MAT 18 23 n44s 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus uses a parable to teach about forgiveness and reconciliation.
|
||||
MAT 18 23 rqp1 figs-parables ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens may be compared to This introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 18 23 bp72 συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ 1 to settle accounts with his slaves “his slaves to pay him what they owed”
|
||||
MAT 18 24 d6ne figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ 1 one…was brought to him You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought one of the king’s servants to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 24 d6ne figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ 1 one … was brought to him You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought one of the king’s servants to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 24 w3nr translate-numbers μυρίων ταλάντων 1 of 10,000 talents “of ten thousand talents” or “more money than the servant could ever repay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 24 bihe translate-bmoney μυρίων ταλάντων 1 of 10,000 talents A *talent* was equal to one day's wage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 18 25 nmz8 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι 1 the master commanded him to be sold, together with his wife and children and everything, as much as he had, and repayment to be made You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the king commanded his servants to sell the man along with his wife and children and everything that he had, and to pay the debt with the money from the sale” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1910,7 +1910,7 @@ MAT 18 34 e95u figs-explicit παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν 1 handed him over
|
|||
MAT 18 34 j7s3 τοῖς βασανισταῖς 1 to the torturers “to those who would torture him”
|
||||
MAT 18 34 e14m figs-activepassive τὸ ὀφειλόμενον 1 that is owed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the first slave owed the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 35 pm1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 my heavenly Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 18 35 q8p9 figs-you ὑμῖν…ἕκαστος…ὑμῶν 1 to you,…each of you…your All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 35 q8p9 figs-you ὑμῖν…ἕκαστος…ὑμῶν 1 to you, … each of you … your All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 35 c4fw figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν 1 from your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 35 mzn6 figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν 1 from your heart The phrase **from your heart** is an idiom that means “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely” or “completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 19 intro ewl5 0 # Matthew 19 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Divorce<br><br>Jesus taught about divorce because the Pharisees wanted people to think Jesus’ teachings about divorce were wrong ([Matthew 19:3-12](./03.md)). Jesus talked about what God had first said about marriage when he created it.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Jesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([Matthew 1:12](../../mat/01/12.md)).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1922,8 +1922,8 @@ MAT 19 3 gl85 προσῆλθον αὐτῷ 1 approached him “came to Jesus
|
|||
MAT 19 3 s8jq πειράζοντες αὐτὸν καὶ λέγοντες 1 testing him and saying Here, **testing** is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “and challenged him by asking him” or “and wanted to trap him by asking him”
|
||||
MAT 19 4 ncb6 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς 1 Have you not read that the one who made them from the beginning made them male and female This rhetorical question continues to the end of the next verse. Jesus uses this question to remind the Pharisees of what the scripture says about men, women, and marriage. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read that in the beginning when God created people he made them male and female,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 19 5 n8zn 0 General Information: In verse 5, Jesus quotes from Genesis to show that a husband and wife should not divorce.
|
||||
MAT 19 5 xc7a figs-rquestion καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 and said,…On account of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh This verse is the second part of the rhetorical question that Jesus began in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 19 5 q71w figs-quotations καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 and said,…On account of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh The direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and said that this is the reason that a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 19 5 xc7a figs-rquestion καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 and said, … On account of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh This verse is the second part of the rhetorical question that Jesus began in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 19 5 q71w figs-quotations καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 and said, … On account of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh The direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and said that this is the reason that a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 19 5 phz3 ἕνεκα τούτου 1 On account of this This is a part of the quotation from Genesis story about Adam and Eve. In that context the reason a man will leave his father and mother is because God created a woman to be the man’s companion.
|
||||
MAT 19 5 af1r κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ 1 will be joined to his wife “will stay close to his wife” or “will live with his wife”
|
||||
MAT 19 5 m83j figs-metaphor ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν 1 the two will be one flesh This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: “they will become like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@ MAT 19 7 jxs2 λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 They say to him “The Pharisees sa
|
|||
MAT 19 7 ugf4 Μωϋσῆς ἐνετείλατο 1 has Moses commanded us “has Moses command us Jews”
|
||||
MAT 19 7 xml9 βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 a certificate of divorce This is a document that legally ends the marriage.
|
||||
MAT 19 8 zu87 figs-metaphor πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 For your hardness of heart The phrase **hardness of heart** is a metaphor that means “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “Because of your stubbornness” or “Because you are stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 8 ve9e figs-you τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν…ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν…τὰς γυναῖκας ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart,…allowed you…your wives Here, **you** and **your** are plural. Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees, but Moses gave this command many years earlier to their ancestors. Moses’ command applied to all Jewish men in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 19 8 ve9e figs-you τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν…ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν…τὰς γυναῖκας ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart, … allowed you … your wives Here, **you** and **your** are plural. Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees, but Moses gave this command many years earlier to their ancestors. Moses’ command applied to all Jewish men in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 19 8 mgx9 figs-metonymy ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς δὲ 1 but from the beginning Here, **beginning** refers to when God first created man and woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 9 eq8z λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 19 9 yl3x figs-ellipsis γαμήσῃ ἄλλην 1 might marry another You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “may marry another woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1961,8 +1961,8 @@ MAT 19 21 zic9 figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 to the poor You can state this
|
|||
MAT 19 21 e4vs figs-metaphor ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 you will have treasure in the heavens The phrase **treasure in the heavens** is a metaphor that refers to a reward from God. Alternate translation: “God will reward you in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 23 ass2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains to his disciples the rewards of giving up material possessions and relationships to follow him.
|
||||
MAT 19 23 r93j ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 19 23 ean2 figs-metonymy εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 will enter…into the kingdom of the heavens Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “to accept … our God in heaven as their king” or “to enter … into God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 24 c8l5 figs-hyperbole ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν ἢ πλούσιον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 it is…for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God Jesus uses an exaggeration to illustrate how very difficult it is for **rich** people to enter the **kingdom of God**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 19 23 ean2 figs-metonymy εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 will enter … into the kingdom of the heavens Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “to accept … our God in heaven as their king” or “to enter … into God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 24 c8l5 figs-hyperbole ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν ἢ πλούσιον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 it is … for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God Jesus uses an exaggeration to illustrate how very difficult it is for **rich** people to enter the **kingdom of God**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 19 24 dip3 τρήματος ῥαφίδος 1 the eye of a needle the hole near one end of a needle, through which thread is passed
|
||||
MAT 19 25 sl38 figs-explicit ἐξεπλήσσοντο σφόδρα 1 were very astonished “the disciples were amazed.” It is implied that they were astonished because they believed having riches was proof that God approved of someone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 19 25 d389 figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 Who then is able to be saved The disciples use a question to emphasize their surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2020,23 +2020,23 @@ MAT 20 17 b6ia ἀναβαίνων ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυ
|
|||
MAT 20 18 d3ig ἰδοὺ, ἀναβαίνομεν 1 Behold, we are going up Jesus uses the word **Behold** to tell the disciples the must pay attention to what he is about to tell them.
|
||||
MAT 20 18 nf34 figs-exclusive ἀναβαίνομεν 1 we are going up Here, **we** refers to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 20 18 b2f2 figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 the Son of Man will be delivered You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 20 18 rbl4 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…αὐτὸν 1 the Son of Man…him Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 20 18 rbl4 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…αὐτὸν 1 the Son of Man … him Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 20 18 s8uh κατακρινοῦσιν 1 they will condemn The chief priests and scribes will condemn Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 20 19 rjq7 καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, εἰς τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι 1 and will deliver him to the Gentiles for them to mock The chief priests and scribes will deliver Jesus to the **Gentiles**, and the Gentiles will **mock** him.
|
||||
MAT 20 19 a9k5 μαστιγῶσαι 1 to flog “to whip him” or “to beat him with whips”
|
||||
MAT 20 19 pn84 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day The word **third** is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 20 19 c6q1 figs-123person αὐτὸν…σταυρῶσαι…ἀναστήσεται 1 him…to crucify him.…he will be raised up Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 20 19 c6q1 figs-123person αὐτὸν…σταυρῶσαι…ἀναστήσεται 1 him … to crucify him. … he will be raised up Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 20 19 kr7a figs-activepassive ἀναστήσεται 1 he will be raised up The words **be raised up** are an idiom for “be made alive again.” You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will make him alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 20 20 u67i 0 Connecting Statement: In response to the question that the mother of two of the disciples asks, Jesus teaches his disciples about authority and serving others in the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
MAT 20 20 sx75 τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου 1 of the sons of Zebedee This refers James and John.
|
||||
MAT 20 21 b8xs figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν…ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου 1 at your right hand…at your left hand These refer to having positions of power, authority, and honor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 20 21 b8xs figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν…ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου 1 at your right hand … at your left hand These refer to having positions of power, authority, and honor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 20 21 i9n6 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου 1 in your kingdom Here, **kingdom** refers to Jesus ruling as king. Alternate translation: “when you are king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 20 22 gx17 figs-you οὐκ οἴδατε 1 You do not know **You** is plural and refers to the mother and the sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 20 22 i8nx figs-you δύνασθε 1 Are you able Here, **you** is plural, but Jesus is only talking to the two sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 20 22 f9cy figs-idiom πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν 1 to drink the cup that I am about to drink To **drink the cup** or “drink from the cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “to suffer what I am about to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 20 22 d4rf λέγουσιν 1 They say “The sons of Zebedee said” or “James and John said”
|
||||
MAT 20 23 m4d2 figs-idiom τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε 1 My cup you will drink To **drink** a **cup** or “drink from a cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “You will indeed suffer as I will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 20 23 aq1v figs-metonymy δεξιῶν…εὐωνύμων 1 right hand…my left hand These refer to having positions of power, authority, and honor. See how you translated this in [Matthew 20:21](../20/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 20 23 aq1v figs-metonymy δεξιῶν…εὐωνύμων 1 right hand … my left hand These refer to having positions of power, authority, and honor. See how you translated this in [Matthew 20:21](../20/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 20 23 sj51 figs-activepassive οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 to those who have been prepared by my Father You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “my Father has prepared those places, and he will give them to whom he chooses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 20 23 x5f4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 20 24 qxl4 ἀκούσαντες 1 having heard this “having heard what James and John had asked Jesus”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2048,7 +2048,7 @@ MAT 20 25 gu83 οἱ μεγάλοι 1 the great ones “the important men among
|
|||
MAT 20 25 nb3r κατεξουσιάζουσιν αὐτῶν 1 exercise authority over them “have control over the people”
|
||||
MAT 20 26 y4qw ὃς ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 whoever might desire “whoever wants”
|
||||
MAT 20 27 j3ms εἶναι πρῶτος 1 to be first “to be important”
|
||||
MAT 20 28 m27d figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 the Son of Man…his life Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate this in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 20 28 m27d figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 the Son of Man … his life Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate this in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 20 28 iz71 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι 1 did not come to be served You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “did not come so that other people would serve him” or “did not come so that other people would serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 20 28 c7r9 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι 1 but to serve You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “but to serve other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 20 28 zh3k figs-metaphor καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 and to give his life as a ransom in exchange for many Jesus’ **life** being a **ransom** is a metaphor for his being punished in order to set people free from being punished for their own sins. Alternate translation: “to give his life as a substitute for many” or “to give his life as a substitute to set many free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2076,7 +2076,7 @@ MAT 21 4 n979 figs-activepassive τοῦτο…γέγονεν, ἵνα πληρ
|
|||
MAT 21 4 x3up figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 through the prophet There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking of Zechariah. Alternate translation: “the prophet Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 21 5 whn7 τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών 1 the daughter of Zion The **daughter** of a city means the people of the city. Alternate translation: “the people of Zion” or “the people who live in Zion”
|
||||
MAT 21 5 jzz6 Σιών 1 of Zion This is another name for Jerusalem.
|
||||
MAT 21 5 fx3v ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου 1 on a donkey…and on a colt, the foal of a beast of burden The phrase **on a colt, the foal of a beast of burden** is explaining that the donkey is a young animal. Alternate translation: “on a young, male donkey”
|
||||
MAT 21 5 fx3v ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου 1 on a donkey … and on a colt, the foal of a beast of burden The phrase **on a colt, the foal of a beast of burden** is explaining that the donkey is a young animal. Alternate translation: “on a young, male donkey”
|
||||
MAT 21 7 y6en τὰ ἱμάτια 1 cloaks These were outer clothing or long coats.
|
||||
MAT 21 8 t29s translate-symaction ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 the crowd spread their cloaks on the road, and others were cutting branches from the trees and were spreading them in the road These are ways to show honor to Jesus as he was entering Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 21 8 gbn8 figs-explicit ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 the crowd spread their cloaks on the road, and others were cutting branches from the trees and were spreading them in the road You can state clearly that they did this to honor Jesus. Alternate translation: “the crowd spread their cloaks on the road, and others were cutting branches from the trees and were spreading them in the road in order to show honor to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2104,27 +2104,27 @@ MAT 21 15 fqr9 ὡσαννὰ 1 Hosanna This word means “save us” but can a
|
|||
MAT 21 15 c6k8 τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ 1 to the Son of David Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the children were probably calling Jesus by this title. See how you translated this in [Matthew 21:9](../21/09.md).
|
||||
MAT 21 15 r3bs figs-explicit ἠγανάκτησαν 1 they became very angry It is implied that they were **angry** because they did not believe Jesus was the Christ and they did not want other people praising him. Alternate translation: “they became very angry because people were praising him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 21 16 zx4a figs-rquestion ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν? 1 Do you hear what they are saying The chief priests and scribes ask this question to rebuke Jesus because they are angry with him. Alternate translation: “You should not allow them to say these things about you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 16 luy1 figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον? 1 Have you never read,…From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise Jesus asks this question to remind the chief priests and scribes of what they had studied in the scriptures. Alternate translation: “I hear them, but you should remember what you read in the scriptures, ‘From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise’?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 16 luy1 figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον? 1 Have you never read, … From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise Jesus asks this question to remind the chief priests and scribes of what they had studied in the scriptures. Alternate translation: “I hear them, but you should remember what you read in the scriptures, ‘From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise’?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 16 qa9u figs-metonymy ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον 1 From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise **From the mouths** refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “You caused little children and nursing infants to prepare to give praise to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 17 kag5 καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς 1 having left them “after Jesus left the chief priests and scribes”
|
||||
MAT 21 18 l3bi 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus uses a fig tree to teach his disciples about faith and prayer.
|
||||
MAT 21 18 q488 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew explains that Jesus is hungry and that is why he stops at the fig tree.
|
||||
MAT 21 19 h2la ἐξηράνθη 1 withered died and dried up
|
||||
MAT 21 20 q81g figs-rquestion πῶς παραχρῆμα ἐξηράνθη ἡ συκῆ? 1 How did the fig tree immediately wither away The disciples use a question to emphasize how surprised they are. Alternate translation: “We are astonished that the fig tree has dried up so quickly!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 20 sk1g ἐξηράνθη 1 did…wither away “did … dry up and die”
|
||||
MAT 21 20 sk1g ἐξηράνθη 1 did … wither away “did … dry up and die”
|
||||
MAT 21 21 nd3y ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 21 21 mwl5 figs-doublet ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε 1 if you have faith and would not doubt Jesus expresses the same idea both positively and negatively to emphasize that this faith must be genuine. Alternate translation: “if you truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 21 21 jf9h figs-quotations κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, 1 even if you might say to this mountain,…Be taken up and be thrown into the sea You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you will even be able to tell this mountain to be taken up and be thrown into the sea,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 21 21 erml figs-activepassive κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, 1 even if you might say to this mountain,…Be taken up and be thrown into the sea You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you will even be able to tell this mountain to get up and throw itself into the sea,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 21 jf9h figs-quotations κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, 1 even if you might say to this mountain, … Be taken up and be thrown into the sea You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you will even be able to tell this mountain to be taken up and be thrown into the sea,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 21 21 erml figs-activepassive κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, 1 even if you might say to this mountain, … Be taken up and be thrown into the sea You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you will even be able to tell this mountain to get up and throw itself into the sea,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 23 yi7j 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of the religious leaders questioning Jesus’ authority.
|
||||
MAT 21 23 uge9 figs-explicit ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 when he had come into the temple It is implied that Jesus did not enter the actual **temple**. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 21 23 s1w6 ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to Jesus teaching and healing in the temple. It probably also refers to Jesus driving out the buyers and sellers the previous day.
|
||||
MAT 21 25 dau4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 21 25 k1a7 πόθεν ἦν? 1 from where was it “where did he get the authority to do that?”
|
||||
MAT 21 25 vvt5 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 If we would say,…From heaven,…he will say to us,…Why then did you not believe him This has quotes within a quote. You could translate the direct quotations as an indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 vvt5 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 If we would say, … From heaven, … he will say to us, … Why then did you not believe him This has quotes within a quote. You could translate the direct quotations as an indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 xx3b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here, **heaven** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 jmg7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 Why then did you not believe him The religious leaders know that Jesus could scold them with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “Then you should have believed John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 26 zxn4 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, 1 But if we would say,…From men This is a quote within a quote. You could translate the direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 21 26 zxn4 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, 1 But if we would say, … From men This is a quote within a quote. You could translate the direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 21 26 vn6j φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον 1 we fear the crowd “we fear what the crowd would think or even do to us”
|
||||
MAT 21 26 q1r1 πάντες…ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 they all regard John as a prophet “they believe John is a prophet”
|
||||
MAT 21 28 u56n figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about two sons to rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2134,7 +2134,7 @@ MAT 21 31 hl72 λέγουσιν 1 They say “The chief priests and elders said
|
|||
MAT 21 31 au13 λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus says to them “Jesus said to the chief priests and elders”
|
||||
MAT 21 31 er5s ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 21 31 ec9f figs-metonymy οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 the tax collectors and the prostitutes enter into the kingdom of God before you Here, **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when God establishes his rule on earth, he will agree to bless the tax collectors and prostitutes by ruling over them before he agrees to do that for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 31 pd34 προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς 1 enter…before you This could mean: (1) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes sooner than he will accept the Jewish religious leaders. (2) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes instead of the Jewish religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 21 31 pd34 προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς 1 enter … before you This could mean: (1) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes sooner than he will accept the Jewish religious leaders. (2) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes instead of the Jewish religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 21 32 a8z8 figs-you ἦλθεν…Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 John came to you Here, **you** is plural and refers to all the people of Israel not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “John came to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 32 n2ve figs-idiom ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης 1 in the way of righteousness This is an idiom that means John showed the people the right way to live. Alternate translation: “and told you the way God wants you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 21 32 c5t4 figs-you οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 you did not believe him Here, **you** is plural and refers to the religious leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2152,7 +2152,7 @@ MAT 21 41 ss2m λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 They say to him Matthew does not m
|
|||
MAT 21 42 z9tm 0 General Information: Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that God will honor the one whom the religious leaders reject.
|
||||
MAT 21 42 x8zh 0 Connecting Statement: Here Jesus begins to explain the parable of the rebellious servants.
|
||||
MAT 21 42 kk7e λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus says to them It is unclear to whom Jesus asks the following question. If you need to make **them** specific, use the same audience as you did in [Matthew 21:41](../21/41.md).
|
||||
MAT 21 42 me7g figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν? 1 Did you never read in the scriptures,…The stone which the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This came about from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes Jesus uses a question to make his audience think deeply about what this scripture means. Alternate translation: “Think about what you have read in the scriptures, ‘The stone which the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This was from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 42 me7g figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν? 1 Did you never read in the scriptures, … The stone which the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This came about from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes Jesus uses a question to make his audience think deeply about what this scripture means. Alternate translation: “Think about what you have read in the scriptures, ‘The stone which the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This was from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 42 mcm8 figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The stone which the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner Jesus is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, will reject Jesus, but God will make him the most important in his kingdom, like the cornerstone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 42 uid2 figs-activepassive ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 has become the head of the corner You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “is now the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 42 b1sr παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη 1 This came about from the Lord “The Lord has caused this great change”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2174,8 +2174,8 @@ MAT 22 1 bc6y αὐτοῖς 1 to them “to the people”
|
|||
MAT 22 2 xps3 ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md).
|
||||
MAT 22 3 wur1 figs-activepassive τοὺς κεκλημένους 1 those who had been invited You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the people the king had invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 l896 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 c7x4 figs-activepassive δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις 1 servants, saying,…Tell those who have been invited You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “servants, saying, ‘Tell those whom I have invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 arqx figs-quotations δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις 1 servants, saying,…Tell those who have been invited You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “servants, ordering them to tell those whom he invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 c7x4 figs-activepassive δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις 1 servants, saying, … Tell those who have been invited You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “servants, saying, ‘Tell those whom I have invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 arqx figs-quotations δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις 1 servants, saying, … Tell those who have been invited You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “servants, ordering them to tell those whom he invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 iq6y ἰδοὺ 1 Behold “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MAT 22 4 xu4t figs-activepassive οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα 1 My oxen and fattened calves have been killed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed my oxen and my fattened calves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 ro9h figs-explicit οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα 1 My oxen and fattened calves have been killed It is implied that the animals are cooked and ready to eat. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed and cooked my oxen and my fattened calves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2200,7 +2200,7 @@ MAT 22 14 hy3a figs-activepassive πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν κλητοὶ
|
|||
MAT 22 14 yz5f γάρ 1 For This marks a transition. Jesus has ended the parable and will now explain the point of the parable.
|
||||
MAT 22 15 y826 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of the religious leaders trying to trap Jesus with several difficult questions. Here the Pharisees ask him about paying taxes to Caesar.
|
||||
MAT 22 15 u2mj ὅπως αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ 1 how they might entrap him in his words “how they could cause Jesus to say something wrong so they could arrest him”
|
||||
MAT 22 16 eae4 figs-explicit τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτῶν…τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 their disciples…the Herodians The **disciples** of the Pharisees supported paying taxes only to Jewish authorities. The **Herodians** supported paying taxes to the Roman authorities. It is implied that the Pharisees believed that no matter what Jesus said, he would offend one of these groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 22 16 eae4 figs-explicit τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτῶν…τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 their disciples … the Herodians The **disciples** of the Pharisees supported paying taxes only to Jewish authorities. The **Herodians** supported paying taxes to the Roman authorities. It is implied that the Pharisees believed that no matter what Jesus said, he would offend one of these groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 22 16 rf66 translate-names Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 Herodians These were officials and followers of the Jewish king Herod. He was friends with Roman authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 22 16 t2qa οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 for you do not look at the face of men “you do not show special honor to anyone” or “you do not consider anyone more important than anyone else”
|
||||
MAT 22 17 a9by figs-explicit δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι 1 to give a poll tax to Caesar People did not pay taxes directly to **Caesar** but to one of his **tax** collectors. Alternate translation: “to pay the taxes that Caesar requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2212,11 +2212,11 @@ MAT 22 21 yd84 figs-ellipsis Καίσαρος 1 Caesar ’ s You can make clear
|
|||
MAT 22 21 i6g5 τὰ Καίσαρος 1 the things of Caesar “the things that belong to Caesar”
|
||||
MAT 22 21 l3dh τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the things of God “the things that belong to God”
|
||||
MAT 22 23 wqg2 0 Connecting Statement: The Sadducees try to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about marriage and the resurrection of the dead.
|
||||
MAT 22 24 xl5f figs-quotesinquotes Διδάσκαλε, Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ 1 Teacher, Moses said,…If someone might have died The religious leaders were asking Jesus about what **Moses** had written in the scriptures. If your language does not allow quotes within quotes, you could state this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Teacher, Moses said that if a man dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 22 24 u7dm ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ…τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ…τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 his brother…his wife…for his brother Here, **his** refers to the dead man.
|
||||
MAT 22 24 xl5f figs-quotesinquotes Διδάσκαλε, Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ 1 Teacher, Moses said, … If someone might have died The religious leaders were asking Jesus about what **Moses** had written in the scriptures. If your language does not allow quotes within quotes, you could state this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Teacher, Moses said that if a man dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 22 24 u7dm ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ…τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ…τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 his brother … his wife … for his brother Here, **his** refers to the dead man.
|
||||
MAT 22 25 kjf5 0 Connecting Statement: The Sadducees continue asking Jesus a question.
|
||||
MAT 22 25 ag5z translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first “the oldest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 22 26 r6bq translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος…ὁ τρίτος…τῶν ἑπτά 1 the second…the third,…the seventh “the next oldest … the next oldest … the youngest” or “his oldest younger brother … that brother’s oldest younger brother … the youngest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 22 26 r6bq translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος…ὁ τρίτος…τῶν ἑπτά 1 the second … the third, … the seventh “the next oldest … the next oldest … the youngest” or “his oldest younger brother … that brother’s oldest younger brother … the youngest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 22 27 t7md ὕστερον…πάντων 1 last of all “after every brother had died”
|
||||
MAT 22 28 wbd1 οὖν 1 Therefore Here the Sadducees shift from the story about the seven brothers to their actual question.
|
||||
MAT 22 28 s743 ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 in the resurrection “when dead people come back to life”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2249,21 +2249,21 @@ MAT 22 42 xhwj figs-ellipsis τοῦ Δαυείδ 1 Of David In this reply, it i
|
|||
MAT 22 43 dpp5 0 General Information: Jesus quotes from the Psalms to show that the Christ is more than just “the son of David.”
|
||||
MAT 22 43 cu3h figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν 1 How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord Jesus begins to ask a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. The question continues into the next verse. Alternate translation: “Then, tell me why David in the Spirit calls him Lord, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 43 yu5m Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι 1 David in the Spirit “David, whom the Holy Spirit is inspiring.” This means the Holy Spirit is influencing what David says.
|
||||
MAT 22 43 dn9y καλεῖ…αὐτὸν 1 does…call him Here, **him** refers to the Christ, who is also the descendant of David.
|
||||
MAT 22 43 dn9y καλεῖ…αὐτὸν 1 does … call him Here, **him** refers to the Christ, who is also the descendant of David.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 wy85 εἶπεν Κύριος 1 The Lord said Here, **Lord** refers to God the Father.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 k3f7 τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 to my Lord Here, **Lord** refers to the Christ. Also, **my** refers to David. This means the Christ is superior to David, because he is David’s “Lord.”
|
||||
MAT 22 44 dz2a translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 22 44 e59n figs-idiom ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I might put your enemies under your feet This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies” or “until I make your enemies bow down before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 22 45 l962 0 General Information: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 19:1](../19/01.md), that tells of Jesus ministering in Judea.
|
||||
MAT 22 45 e2wd 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the account of the religious leaders trying to trap Jesus with several difficult questions.
|
||||
MAT 22 45 d8gl figs-rquestion εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 If David therefore calls him…Lord,…how is he his son Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “David calls him ‘Lord,’ so the Christ has to be more than just a descendant of David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 45 x9uh εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, 1 If David therefore calls him…Lord **David** referred to Jesus as **Lord** because Jesus was not only a descendant of David, but he was also superior to him.
|
||||
MAT 22 45 d8gl figs-rquestion εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 If David therefore calls him … Lord, … how is he his son Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “David calls him ‘Lord,’ so the Christ has to be more than just a descendant of David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 45 x9uh εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, 1 If David therefore calls him … Lord **David** referred to Jesus as **Lord** because Jesus was not only a descendant of David, but he was also superior to him.
|
||||
MAT 22 46 n3hw figs-metonymy ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον 1 to answer him a word Here, **word** refers to what people say. Alternate translation: “to answer him anything” or “to answer him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 22 46 c1f2 figs-explicit ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν οὐκέτι 1 to question him any longer It is implied that no one asked him the kind of questions that were intended to make him say something wrong so the religious leaders could arrest him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 23 intro m99i 0 # Matthew 23 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hypocrites<br><br>Jesus calls the Pharisees hypocrites many times ([Matthew 23:13](../../mat/23/13.md)) and carefully tells what he means by doing that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey the rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God’s original commands in the law of Moses.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Name calling<br><br>In most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them “hypocrites,” “blind guides,” “fools,” and “serpents” ([Matthew 23:16-17](./16.md)). Jesus uses these words say that God would surely punish them because they were doing wrong.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “He who is greatest among you will be your servant” ([Matthew 23:11-12](./11.md)).
|
||||
MAT 23 1 skq4 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 25:46](../25/46.md), where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment. Here he begins to warn the people about the scribes and Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 23 2 dnu3 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν 1 sat in the seat of Moses Here, **seat** represents the authority to rule and make judgments. Alternate translation: “have authority as Moses had” or “have authority to say what the law of Moses means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 3 q336 πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἐὰν…ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε 1 Therefore all, whatever…do and keep “all the things … do them and observe them” or “everything … do it and observe it”
|
||||
MAT 23 3 q336 πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἐὰν…ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε 1 Therefore all, whatever … do and keep “all the things … do them and observe them” or “everything … do it and observe it”
|
||||
MAT 23 4 xce6 figs-metaphor δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά 1 And they tie up loads, heavy and difficult to carry, and they put them on the shoulders of men, but they themselves are not willing with their finger to move them Here, **bind heavy burdens … put them on people’s shoulders** is a metaphor for the religious leaders making many difficult rules and making the people obey them. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow, but they do not lift a finger to help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 4 xtr1 figs-idiom δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά 1 And they tie up loads, heavy and difficult to carry, and they put them on the shoulders of men, but they themselves are not willing with their finger to move them Here, **will not move a finger** is an idiom that means the religious leaders will not help the people. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow. But they do nothing at all to help the people follow the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 23 5 nw4y figs-activepassive πάντα δὲ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν, ποιοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 But they do all their deeds to be seen by men You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “They do all their deeds so that people can see what they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2271,16 +2271,16 @@ MAT 23 5 ln6j figs-explicit πλατύνουσι γὰρ τὰ φυλακτήρ
|
|||
MAT 23 5 gcv7 φυλακτήρια 1 phylacteries small leather boxes containing paper with scripture written on it
|
||||
MAT 23 5 h2qj μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα 1 they lengthen their tassels The Pharisees made the tassels on the bottom of their robes especially long to show their devotion to God.
|
||||
MAT 23 6 i6ec 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowds and disciples about the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 23 6 arf1 τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν…τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας 1 the chief places…the chief seats Both of these are the places where the most important people sit.
|
||||
MAT 23 6 arf1 τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν…τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας 1 the chief places … the chief seats Both of these are the places where the most important people sit.
|
||||
MAT 23 7 cp2m ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 the marketplaces large, open-air areas where people buy and sell items
|
||||
MAT 23 7 cbe8 figs-activepassive καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥαββεί 1 to be called…Rabbi…by men You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for people to call them ‘Rabbi.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 7 cbe8 figs-activepassive καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥαββεί 1 to be called … Rabbi … by men You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for people to call them ‘Rabbi.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 8 uk5v figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε 1 But you should not be called You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But you must not let anyone call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 8 ru2b figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 you All occurrences of “you” are plural and refer to all of Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 23 8 s5du ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 you are brothers Here, **brothers** means “fellow believers.”
|
||||
MAT 23 9 l33f figs-hyperbole Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; 1 you should not call any of you on the earth…father Jesus is using hyperbole to tell his hearers that they must not allow even the most important people to be more important to them than God is. Alternate translation: “do not call any man on earth your father” or “do not say that any man on earth is your father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 23 9 l33f figs-hyperbole Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; 1 you should not call any of you on the earth … father Jesus is using hyperbole to tell his hearers that they must not allow even the most important people to be more important to them than God is. Alternate translation: “do not call any man on earth your father” or “do not say that any man on earth is your father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 23 9 any8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος 1 heavenly Father **Father** here is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 23 10 b8ua figs-activepassive μηδὲ κληθῆτε 1 And you should not be called You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Also, do not let anyone call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 10 lp5f figs-123person ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός 1 for your teacher is one…the Christ When Jesus said **the Christ**, he was speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “for I, the Christ, am your only teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 23 10 lp5f figs-123person ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός 1 for your teacher is one … the Christ When Jesus said **the Christ**, he was speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “for I, the Christ, am your only teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 23 11 d62b ὁ…μείζων ὑμῶν 1 the greatest among you “the person who is most important among you”
|
||||
MAT 23 11 d9xw figs-you ὑμῶν 1 among you Here, **you** is plural and refers to Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 23 12 x187 ὑψώσει ἑαυτὸν 1 will exalt himself “makes himself important”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2312,7 +2312,7 @@ MAT 23 19 gt4d τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶ
|
|||
MAT 23 20 x4q4 ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 by everything that is on top of it “by all the gifts that people have placed on it”
|
||||
MAT 23 21 m21b τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν 1 the one inhabiting it God the Father
|
||||
MAT 23 22 ejw9 τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 the one sitting on it God the Father
|
||||
MAT 23 23 lg3r οὐαὶ ὑμῖν…ὑποκριταί! 1 Woe to you,…hypocrites “How terrible it will be for you … hypocrites!” See how you translated this in [Matthew 11:21](../11/21.md).
|
||||
MAT 23 23 lg3r οὐαὶ ὑμῖν…ὑποκριταί! 1 Woe to you, … hypocrites “How terrible it will be for you … hypocrites!” See how you translated this in [Matthew 11:21](../11/21.md).
|
||||
MAT 23 23 n94y translate-unknown τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον 1 the mint and the dill and the cumin These are various leaves and seeds people used to make food taste good. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 23 23 hga6 ἀφήκατε 1 you have neglected “you have not obeyed”
|
||||
MAT 23 23 c8bb τὰ βαρύτερα 1 the weightier matters “the more important matters”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2324,12 +2324,12 @@ MAT 23 24 g87t figs-hyperbole οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα
|
|||
MAT 23 24 xgoa figs-hyperbole οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες! 1 who are straining out the gnat but swallowing the camel It is not possible for a person to swallow a camel. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize how the Pharisees and scribes are ignoring thing that should be obvious to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 23 24 sn3z οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα 1 who are straining out the gnat This means to pour a liquid through a cloth to remove a **gnat** from a drink.
|
||||
MAT 23 24 whk2 κώνωπα 1 gnat a small flying insect
|
||||
MAT 23 25 ns27 οὐαὶ ὑμῖν…ὑποκριταί! 1 Woe to you,…hypocrites “How terrible it will be for you … hypocrites!” See how you translated this in [Matthew 11:21](../11/21.md).
|
||||
MAT 23 25 ns27 οὐαὶ ὑμῖν…ὑποκριταί! 1 Woe to you, … hypocrites “How terrible it will be for you … hypocrites!” See how you translated this in [Matthew 11:21](../11/21.md).
|
||||
MAT 23 25 ru45 figs-metaphor ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας 1 For you clean the outside of the cup and of the plate, but inside they are full of greed and self - indulgence This is a metaphor that means the scribes and Pharisees appear pure on the **outside** to others, but on the **inside** they are wicked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 25 tz8h γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας 1 they are full of greed and self - indulgence “they want what others have, and they act in the interest of the self”
|
||||
MAT 23 26 lb5j figs-metaphor Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ! 1 You blind Pharisee The Pharisees were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 26 f9p8 figs-metaphor καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς αὐτῶν καθαρόν 1 Clean first the inside of the cup and of the plate, so that the outside of it might become clean also This is a metaphor that means that if they would become pure in their inner being, then the result is that they would be pure on the **outside** as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 27 kry1 figs-simile παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις…ἀκαθαρσίας 1 you are like whitewashed tombs,…uncleanness This is a simile that means the scribes and Pharisees may appear to be pure on the outside, but they are wicked on the inside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 23 27 kry1 figs-simile παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις…ἀκαθαρσίας 1 you are like whitewashed tombs, … uncleanness This is a simile that means the scribes and Pharisees may appear to be pure on the outside, but they are wicked on the inside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 23 27 ta1f figs-explicit τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις 1 whitewashed tombs “tombs that someone has painted white.” The Jews would paint **tombs** white so that people would easily see them and avoid touching them. Touching a tomb would make a person ceremonially unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 23 29 tse6 figs-nominaladj τῶν δικαίων 1 of the righteous You can state this nominal adjective as an adjective. Alternate translation: “of the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 23 30 kkf2 ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν 1 in the days of our fathers “during the time of our forefathers”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2345,8 +2345,8 @@ MAT 23 34 an97 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the religious
|
|||
MAT 23 34 rq8c ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω πρὸς ὑμᾶς προφήτας, καὶ σοφοὺς, καὶ γραμματεῖς 1 I am sending to you prophets and wise men and scribes Sometimes the present tense is used to show that someone will do something very soon. Alternate translation: “I will send prophets, wise men, and scribes to you”
|
||||
MAT 23 35 l7ya figs-idiom ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 might come upon you all the righteous blood being shed on the earth The phrase **come upon you** is an idiom that means to receive punishment. Alternate translation: “God will punish you for all the righteous blood being shed on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 23 35 h5n7 figs-metonymy ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 might come upon you all the righteous blood being shed on the earth To shed **blood** is a metonym meaning to kill people, so “righteous blood that being shed on the earth” represents **righteous** people who are being killed. Alternate translation: “God will punish you for the murders of all the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 35 b3a7 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος…ἕως τοῦ αἵματος 1 from the blood…as far as the blood Here the word **blood** represents a person being killed. Alternate translation: “from the murder … to the murder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 35 z95g figs-merism Ἂβελ…Ζαχαρίου 1 of…Abel,…of Zechariah **Abel** was the first righteous victim of murder, and **Zechariah**, who was murdered by Jews in the temple, was probably thought to be the last. These two men represent all the righteous people who have been murdered. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 23 35 b3a7 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος…ἕως τοῦ αἵματος 1 from the blood … as far as the blood Here the word **blood** represents a person being killed. Alternate translation: “from the murder … to the murder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 35 z95g figs-merism Ἂβελ…Ζαχαρίου 1 of … Abel, … of Zechariah **Abel** was the first righteous victim of murder, and **Zechariah**, who was murdered by Jews in the temple, was probably thought to be the last. These two men represent all the righteous people who have been murdered. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 23 35 cbq9 Ζαχαρίου 1 of Zechariah This **Zechariah** was not the father of John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 23 35 s11l ὃν ἐφονεύσατε 1 whom you killed Jesus does not mean the people to whom he is speaking actually **killed** Zechariah. He means their ancestors did.
|
||||
MAT 23 36 ut4l ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2404,8 +2404,8 @@ MAT 24 22 p6m8 figs-activepassive κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέρα
|
|||
MAT 24 23 avv5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 24 23 avm2 μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 you may not believe it “do not believe the false things they have said to you”
|
||||
MAT 24 24 n744 figs-metaphor ὥστε πλανῆσαι εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect Here, **lead astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. You can translate this as two sentences. Alternate translation: “so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect” or “so as to deceive people. If possible, they would even deceive the elect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 fmx1 figs-quotations ἐὰν…εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ ἐξέλθητε 1 if they might say to you,…Behold, he is in the wilderness,…you may not go out there You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do not go out there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 zxg2 figs-quotations ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 Or,…Behold, in the inner rooms You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Or, if someone tells you that the Christ is in the inner rooms,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 fmx1 figs-quotations ἐὰν…εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ ἐξέλθητε 1 if they might say to you, … Behold, he is in the wilderness, … you may not go out there You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do not go out there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 zxg2 figs-quotations ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 Or, … Behold, in the inner rooms You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Or, if someone tells you that the Christ is in the inner rooms,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 n2pt ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 in the inner rooms “he is in a secret room” or “he is in secret places”
|
||||
MAT 24 27 j1w1 figs-simile ὥσπερ…ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ φαίνεται ἕως δυσμῶν, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία 1 just as the lightning comes out from the east and shines as far as the west, in the same way will be the coming This means that the Son of Man will come very quickly and will be easy to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 24 27 za8b figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 of the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2439,7 +2439,7 @@ MAT 24 36 f4s2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an imp
|
|||
MAT 24 37 hf51 ὥσπερ γὰρ αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 For just as the days of Noah were, thus will be the coming of the Son of Man “For at the time when the Son of Man comes, it will be like the time of Noah.”
|
||||
MAT 24 37 cpn8 figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 of the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 39 ffa6 καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 and they did not understand You can translate this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “and the people did not realize anything was happening”
|
||||
MAT 24 39 ah5v ἦρεν ἅπαντας; οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 took them all away…thus also will be the coming of the Son of Man You can translate this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “too them all away. This is how it will be when the Son of Man comes”
|
||||
MAT 24 39 ah5v ἦρεν ἅπαντας; οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 took them all away … thus also will be the coming of the Son of Man You can translate this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “too them all away. This is how it will be when the Son of Man comes”
|
||||
MAT 24 40 ksk6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to tell his disciples to be ready for his return.
|
||||
MAT 24 40 hth3 τότε 1 Then This is when the Son of Man comes.
|
||||
MAT 24 40 gt4l figs-activepassive εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται 1 one is taken, and one is left This could mean: (1) The Son of Man will take one away to heaven and will leave the other on earth for punishment. (2) The angels will take one away for punishment and leave the other for blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2535,7 +2535,7 @@ MAT 25 32 kd14 ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ 1 before him “in front of him
|
|||
MAT 25 32 ndf5 figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations Here, **nations** refers to people. Alternate translation: “all people from every country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 32 nk18 figs-simile ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων 1 just as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats Jesus uses a simile to describe how he will separate the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 25 33 pbq9 figs-metaphor καὶ στήσει τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τὰ δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων 1 And he will place the sheep on his right, but the goats on his left This is a metaphor that means the Son of Man will separate all people. He will put the righteous people at his right side, and he will put the sinners at his left side. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 t8pp figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς…αὐτοῦ 1 the King…his Here, “the King” is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the King, … my right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 t8pp figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς…αὐτοῦ 1 the King … his Here, “the King” is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the King, … my right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 ze81 figs-activepassive δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Come, you who have been blessed by my Father You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Come, you whom my Father has blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 h2k9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 by my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 b57r figs-activepassive κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν 1 inherit the kingdom prepared for you You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “inherit the kingdom that God has made ready for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2600,7 +2600,7 @@ MAT 26 15 lyl7 translate-numbers τριάκοντα ἀργύρια 1 30 shekels
|
|||
MAT 26 16 w1e4 ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ 1 in order that he might betray him “so that he would give him over to them”
|
||||
MAT 26 17 e7wc 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus celebrating the Passover with his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 26 17 f3s2 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 26 18 hc78 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου. 1 And he said,…Go into the city to such a man and say to him,…The Teacher says,…My time is near. I am doing the Passover at your house with my disciples This has quotations within quotations. You can state some of the direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “But he told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and tell him that the Teacher says to him, ‘My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples.’” or “But he told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and say to him that the Teacher’s time is at hand and he will keep the Passover with his disciples at that man’s house.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 26 18 hc78 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου. 1 And he said, … Go into the city to such a man and say to him, … The Teacher says, … My time is near. I am doing the Passover at your house with my disciples This has quotations within quotations. You can state some of the direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “But he told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and tell him that the Teacher says to him, ‘My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples.’” or “But he told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and say to him that the Teacher’s time is at hand and he will keep the Passover with his disciples at that man’s house.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 26 18 r4tg ὁ καιρός μου 1 My time This could mean: (1) The is the time that Jesus told them about. (2) This is the time God has set for Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 26 18 a4i5 figs-idiom ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 is near This could mean: (1) It “is near.” (2) It “has come.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 18 j9pz ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα 1 I am doing the Passover “I am eat the Passover meal” or “I am celebrating the Passover by eating the special meal”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ MAT 26 24 hai5 figs-activepassive τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’
|
|||
MAT 26 25 vpq1 figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί? 1 Surely it is not I, Rabbi “Rabbi, am I the one who will betray you?” Judas may be using a rhetorical question to deny that he is the one who will betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, surely I am not the one who will betray you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 25 y9lk figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 You have said it yourself This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 26 qh16 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus institutes the Lord’s Supper as he celebrates the Passover with his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 26 26 mr5u λαβὼν…εὐλογήσας ἔκλασεν 1 having taken…having blessed it, he broke it See how you translated these words in [Matthew 14:19](../14/19.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 26 mr5u λαβὼν…εὐλογήσας ἔκλασεν 1 having taken … having blessed it, he broke it See how you translated these words in [Matthew 14:19](../14/19.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 27 tn39 figs-metonymy ποτήριον 1 a cup Here, **cup** refers to both the cup and the wine in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 27 zb1i ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς 1 he gave it to them “he gave it to the disciples”
|
||||
MAT 26 27 a9me πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 Drink from it “Drink the wine from this cup”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2631,10 +2631,10 @@ MAT 26 30 ed5k καὶ ὑμνήσαντες 1 And having sung a hymn a song of
|
|||
MAT 26 31 v8yl σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 will be caused to stumble in me “will leave me”
|
||||
MAT 26 31 iap6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 for it is written You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for the prophet Zechariah wrote long ago in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 31 u1t5 figs-explicit πατάξω 1 I will strike Here, **I** refers to God. It is implied that God will cause or allow people to harm and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 31 mc1e figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα…τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 the shepherd…the sheep of the flock These are metaphors that refer to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 31 mc1e figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα…τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 the shepherd … the sheep of the flock These are metaphors that refer to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 31 rvk1 figs-activepassive διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 the sheep of the flock will be scattered You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they will scatter all the sheep of the flock” or “the sheep of the flock will run off in all directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 32 pj2u figs-idiom μετὰ…τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 after I am raised up Here to be **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 32 xuyz figs-activepassive μετὰ…τὸ ἐγερθῆναί 1 after…am raised up You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after God raises me up” or “after God brings me back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 32 xuyz figs-activepassive μετὰ…τὸ ἐγερθῆναί 1 after … am raised up You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after God raises me up” or “after God brings me back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 33 m2un σκανδαλισθήσονται 1 will be caused to stumble See how you translated this in [Matthew 26:31](../26/31.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 34 sf9x ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 26 34 ui4y figs-metonymy πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 before the rooster crows A **rooster** often **crows** about the time the sun comes up, so the hearers might have understood these words as a metonym for the sun coming up. However, the actual crowing of a rooster is an important part of the story later on, so keep the word **rooster** in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2651,7 +2651,7 @@ MAT 26 39 f254 figs-metaphor παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτ
|
|||
MAT 26 39 i7rr figs-metonymy τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 this cup Here, **cup** is a metonym that stands for the cup and the contents within it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 bcn2 figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 this cup The contents in the cup are a metaphor for the suffering that Jesus will have to endure. Jesus is asking the Father if it is possible for him not to have to experience the death and suffering that Jesus knows will soon happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 k5in figs-ellipsis πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ 1 Yet, not as I will, but as you This can be expressed as a full sentence. Alternate translation: “But do not do what I want; instead, do what you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 26 40 ev7s figs-you λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ, οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε…γρηγορῆσαι 1 he says to Peter,…So, were you not able to watch Jesus is speaking to Peter, but the **you** is plural, referring to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 40 ev7s figs-you λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ, οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε…γρηγορῆσαι 1 he says to Peter, … So, were you not able to watch Jesus is speaking to Peter, but the **you** is plural, referring to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 40 c11a figs-rquestion οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ? 1 So, were you not able to watch with me for one hour Jesus uses a question to scold Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you could not stay awake with me for one hour!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 41 buv4 figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 you might not enter into temptation You can state the abstract noun **temptation** as a verb. Alternate translation: “no one tempts you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 26 41 ny5w figs-metonymy τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak Here, **spirit** is a metonym that stands for a person’s desires to do good. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2675,7 +2675,7 @@ MAT 26 47 hsv7 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of when Judas b
|
|||
MAT 26 47 rlp9 καὶ ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 And as he is still speaking “And while Jesus was still speaking”
|
||||
MAT 26 47 e26h ξύλων 1 clubs large pieces of hard wood for hitting people
|
||||
MAT 26 48 qb4y writing-background δὲ 1 Now Here, **Now** is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about Judas and the signal he planned to use to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 26 48 gw8m figs-quotations λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν. 1 saying,…Whomever I might kiss is him. Seize him You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was the one they should seize.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 26 48 gw8m figs-quotations λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν. 1 saying, … Whomever I might kiss is him. Seize him You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was the one they should seize.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 26 48 m23z ὃν ἂν φιλήσω 1 Whomever I might kiss “The one I kiss” or “The man whom I kiss”
|
||||
MAT 26 48 nr34 φιλήσω 1 I might kiss This was a respectful way to greet one’s teacher.
|
||||
MAT 26 49 uig8 προσελθὼν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 having come up to Jesus “when Judas came up to Jesus”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2705,7 +2705,7 @@ MAT 26 59 i8jw δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main s
|
|||
MAT 26 59 jwz5 αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 they might put him to death Here, **they** refers to the chief priests and the members of the council.
|
||||
MAT 26 59 u6v9 αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 they might put him to death “they might have a reason to execute him”
|
||||
MAT 26 60 m6n5 προσελθόντες δύο 1 two, having come forward “two men who had come forward” or “two witnesses who came forward”
|
||||
MAT 26 61 a8lf writing-quotations εἶπον, οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι. 1 said,…This man said,…I am able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days If your language does not allow quotes within quotes you can rewrite it as a single quote. Alternate translation: “This man said that he is able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 26 61 a8lf writing-quotations εἶπον, οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι. 1 said, … This man said, … I am able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days If your language does not allow quotes within quotes you can rewrite it as a single quote. Alternate translation: “This man said that he is able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 26 61 i5n4 οὗτος ἔφη 1 This man said “This man Jesus said”
|
||||
MAT 26 61 mbq1 διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν 1 in three days “within three days,” before the sun goes down three times, not “after three days,” after the sun has gone down the third time
|
||||
MAT 26 62 v6j9 τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 What is it that they are testifying against you The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: “What is your response to what the witnesses are testifying against you?”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2733,12 +2733,12 @@ MAT 26 70 sp1t οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις 1 I do not know what you are
|
|||
MAT 26 71 ief5 ἐξελθόντα δὲ 1 But when he had gone out “But when Peter went out”
|
||||
MAT 26 71 gyw8 τὸν πυλῶνα 1 the gateway opening in the wall around a courtyard
|
||||
MAT 26 71 s7c4 λέγει τοῖς ἐκεῖ 1 says to those there “said to the people who were sitting there”
|
||||
MAT 26 72 e5xl καὶ πάλιν ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 1 And he again denied it with an oath,…I do not know the man “And he denied it again by swearing, ‘I do not know the man!’”
|
||||
MAT 26 72 e5xl καὶ πάλιν ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 1 And he again denied it with an oath, … I do not know the man “And he denied it again by swearing, ‘I do not know the man!’”
|
||||
MAT 26 73 hde3 ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 from among them “one of those who were with Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 26 73 w8ww καὶ γὰρ ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ 1 for even your speech makes you evident You can translate this as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “We can tell you are from Galilee because you speak like a Galilean”
|
||||
MAT 26 74 edd8 καταθεματίζειν 1 to curse “to call down a curse on himself”
|
||||
MAT 26 74 w87b ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 a rooster crowed A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. The sound a rooster makes is called “crowing.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 26:34](../26/34.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 75 nx3j figs-quotations καὶ ἐμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ῥήματος Ἰησοῦ εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 And Peter remembered the words of Jesus that he had said,…Before the rooster crows you will deny me three times You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter remembered that Jesus told him that before the rooster crowed, he would deny Jesus three times.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 26 75 nx3j figs-quotations καὶ ἐμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ῥήματος Ἰησοῦ εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 And Peter remembered the words of Jesus that he had said, … Before the rooster crows you will deny me three times You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter remembered that Jesus told him that before the rooster crowed, he would deny Jesus three times.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 27 intro deu4 0 # Matthew 27 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Delivered him to Pilate the governor”<br><br>The Jewish leaders needed to get permission from Pontius Pilate, the Roman governor, before they could kill Jesus. This was because Roman law did not allow them to kill Jesus themselves. Pilate wanted to set Jesus free, but they wanted him to free a very bad prisoner named Barabbas.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 27:60](../../mat/27/60.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers said, “Hail, King of the Jews!” ([Matthew 27:29](../../mat/27/29.md)) to mock Jesus. They did not think that he was the king of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 27 1 hvr4 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus’ trial before Pilate.
|
||||
MAT 27 1 qe1s δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2796,7 +2796,7 @@ MAT 27 25 k1cb figs-idiom τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς κα
|
|||
MAT 27 26 yb5y τότε ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Then he released Barabbas to them “Then Pilate released Barabbas to the crowd”
|
||||
MAT 27 26 m63d figs-explicit τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 but having scourged Jesus, he handed him over so that he would be crucified It is implied that Pilate ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 26 n421 figs-metaphor τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 but having scourged Jesus, he handed him over so that he would be crucified It is implied that Pilate ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus. Handing Jesus over to be crucified is a metaphor for ordering his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus and to crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 27 26 y3kf τὸν…Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 2 Barabbas…having scourged Jesus “having beaten Jesus with a whip” or “having whipped Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 27 26 y3kf τὸν…Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 2 Barabbas … having scourged Jesus “having beaten Jesus with a whip” or “having whipped Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 27 27 zz45 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus’ crucifixion and death.
|
||||
MAT 27 27 bn22 ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν 1 the whole cohort “the entire group of soldiers”
|
||||
MAT 27 28 nx81 καὶ ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν 1 And having stripped him “And having pulled off his clothes”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2818,14 +2818,14 @@ MAT 27 38 zq4b figs-activepassive τότε σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐ
|
|||
MAT 27 39 d4fm translate-symaction κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν 1 shaking their heads They did this to make fun of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 27 40 t23i figs-explicit εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross They did not believe that Jesus is **the Son of God**, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. Alternate translation: “If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 40 b5lw guidelines-sonofgodprinciples υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for the Christ that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 27 42 ff4d figs-irony ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι 1 He saved others…he is not able to save himself This could mean: (1) The Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus **saved others** or that he can **save himself**. (2) They believe he did save others but are laughing at him because now he cannot **save himself**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 27 42 ff4d figs-irony ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι 1 He saved others … he is not able to save himself This could mean: (1) The Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus **saved others** or that he can **save himself**. (2) They believe he did save others but are laughing at him because now he cannot **save himself**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 27 42 j6l7 figs-irony Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν, 1 He is the King of Israel The leaders are mocking Jesus. They call him **King of Israel**, but they do not really believe he is king. Alternate translation: “He says that he is the King of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 27 43 w46n 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders continue mocking Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 27 43 cl97 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός. 1 For he said,…I am the Son of God This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Jesus even said that he is the Son of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 27 43 cl97 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός. 1 For he said, … I am the Son of God This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Jesus even said that he is the Son of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 27 43 uw85 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ…Υἱός 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 27 44 e26y figs-activepassive οἱ λῃσταὶ, οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ 1 the robbers who were being crucified with him You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the robbers that the soldiers crucified with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 45 e7z4 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 27 45 s2l7 ἀπὸ…ἕκτης ὥρας…ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 from the sixth hour…until the ninth hour “from about noon … for three hours” or “from about twelve o’clock midday … until about three o’clock in the afternoon”
|
||||
MAT 27 45 s2l7 ἀπὸ…ἕκτης ὥρας…ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 from the sixth hour … until the ninth hour “from about noon … for three hours” or “from about twelve o’clock midday … until about three o’clock in the afternoon”
|
||||
MAT 27 45 pi8e figs-abstractnouns σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν 1 darkness happened over all the land The word **darkness** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “it became dark over the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 27 46 qyp7 ἀνεβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus cried out “Jesus called out” or “Jesus shouted”
|
||||
MAT 27 46 xub2 translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει 1 Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani These words are what Jesus cried out in his own language. Translators usually leave these words as is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2854,11 +2854,11 @@ MAT 27 61 ihr8 ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου 1 opposite the tomb “acro
|
|||
MAT 27 62 qj59 τὴν παρασκευήν 1 the Preparation This is the day that people got everything ready for the Sabbath.
|
||||
MAT 27 62 j57n συνήχθησαν…πρὸς Πειλᾶτον 1 were gathered together with Pilate “met with Pilate”
|
||||
MAT 27 63 sc6y ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος…ἔτι ζῶν 1 that deceiver, yet living “Jesus, the deceiver, when he was alive”
|
||||
MAT 27 63 ri5s figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν…μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι. 1 said,…After three days I am being raised up This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he said that after three days he will rise again.” or “he said that after three day he would rise again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 27 63 ri5s figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν…μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι. 1 said, … After three days I am being raised up This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he said that after three days he will rise again.” or “he said that after three day he would rise again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 b8n2 figs-activepassive κέλευσον…ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον 1 command the tomb to be made secure You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “command your soldiers to guard the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 hbh8 translate-ordinal τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας 1 the third day (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 pwc8 ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν 1 his disciples, having come, might steal him “his disciples may come and steal his body”
|
||||
MAT 27 64 t78s figs-quotesinquotes εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ 1 might say to the people,…He has been raised up from the dead,…and This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “might tell the people that he has been raised from the dead, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 t78s figs-quotesinquotes εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ 1 might say to the people, … He has been raised up from the dead, … and This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “might tell the people that he has been raised from the dead, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 c7bf ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead “from among all those who have died.” This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
MAT 27 64 u5tg figs-ellipsis καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης 1 and the last deception will be worse than the first You can state the understood information clearly. Alternate translation: “and if they deceive people by saying that, it will be worse than the way he deceived people before when he said that he was the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 27 65 dkq9 κουστωδίαν 1 a guard This consisted of four to sixteen Roman soldiers.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2879,10 +2879,10 @@ MAT 28 3 bzow figs-simile τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς
|
|||
MAT 28 4 b1ic figs-simile ἐγενήθησαν ὡς νεκροί 1 became like dead men This is a simile that means the soldiers fell down and did not move. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground and lay there like dead men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 28 5 q8dd ταῖς γυναιξίν 1 to the women “to Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary”
|
||||
MAT 28 5 tbd8 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 who has been crucified You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the people and the soldiers crucified” or “whom they had crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 sp2a figs-quotesinquotes εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε. 1 tell his disciples,…He has been raised up from the dead. And behold, he is going ahead of you to Galilee. There you will see him This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “tell his disciples that he has risen from the dead and that Jesus has gone ahead of you to Galilee where you will see him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 sp2a figs-quotesinquotes εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε. 1 tell his disciples, … He has been raised up from the dead. And behold, he is going ahead of you to Galilee. There you will see him This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “tell his disciples that he has risen from the dead and that Jesus has gone ahead of you to Galilee where you will see him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 r5cw ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised up “He has come back to life”
|
||||
MAT 28 7 a1ir ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld.
|
||||
MAT 28 7 ljb2 figs-you προάγει ὑμᾶς…αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε 1 he is going ahead of you…you will see him Here, **you** is plural. It refers to the women and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 ljb2 figs-you προάγει ὑμᾶς…αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε 1 he is going ahead of you … you will see him Here, **you** is plural. It refers to the women and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 hf9i figs-you εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 I have told you Here, **you** is plural and refers to the women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 28 8 j2sv καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ταχὺ 1 And having quickly left “And after Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary quickly left”
|
||||
MAT 28 9 s393 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2894,12 +2894,12 @@ MAT 28 11 ktu5 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main s
|
|||
MAT 28 11 mu4l αὐτῶν 1 they Here this refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary.
|
||||
MAT 28 11 rnr3 ἰδού 1 behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 28 12 ht82 συμβούλιόν τε λαβόντες 1 and having taken counsel “decided on a plan among themselves.” The priests and elders decided to give the money to the soldiers.
|
||||
MAT 28 13 kn8i writing-quotations εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ…ἐλθόντες…ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων. 1 Say,…His disciples, having come…while we are sleeping If your language does not allow quotations within quotations you may translate this as a single quote. Alternate translation: “Tell others that Jesus’ disciples came … while you were sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 28 13 kn8i writing-quotations εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ…ἐλθόντες…ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων. 1 Say, … His disciples, having come … while we are sleeping If your language does not allow quotations within quotations you may translate this as a single quote. Alternate translation: “Tell others that Jesus’ disciples came … while you were sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 28 14 n8xy καὶ ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 And if this report would be heard by the governor “If the governor hears that you were asleep when Jesus’ disciples took his body”
|
||||
MAT 28 14 u13q τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor “Pilate” ([Matthew 27:2](../27/02.md))
|
||||
MAT 28 14 x57k ἡμεῖς πείσομεν καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν 1 we will persuade him and keep you free from care “do not worry. We will talk to him so that he does not punish you.”
|
||||
MAT 28 15 yu3c figs-activepassive ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν 1 did as they had been instructed You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “did what the priests had told them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 28 15 cp7r ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 this report…among the Jews even until today “Many Jews heard this report and continue to tell others about it even today”
|
||||
MAT 28 15 cp7r ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 this report … among the Jews even until today “Many Jews heard this report and continue to tell others about it even today”
|
||||
MAT 28 15 vp3a μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 even until today This refers to the time Matthew wrote the book.
|
||||
MAT 28 16 h1ln 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus meeting with his disciples after his resurrection.
|
||||
MAT 28 17 pze9 προσεκύνησαν, οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν 1 they worshiped him, but some doubted This could mean: (1) They all worshiped Jesus even though some of them doubted. (2) Some of them worshiped Jesus, but others did not worship him because they doubted.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2908,6 +2908,6 @@ MAT 28 18 v37p figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1
|
|||
MAT 28 18 sm35 figs-merism ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 in heaven and on the earth Here, **heaven** and **earth** are used together to mean everyone and everything in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 28 19 yz6q figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 of all the nations Here, **nations** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “of all the people in every nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 28 19 l5b5 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα 1 in the name Here, **name** refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 28 19 kwa3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς…τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 of the Father,…of the Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 28 19 kwa3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς…τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 of the Father, … of the Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 28 20 mz6f ἰδοὺ 1 behold “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MAT 28 20 si8z ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 even to the end of the age “until the end of this age” or “until the end of the world”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
110
en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
110
en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
|
|
@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ MRK 1 intro c6ep 0 # Mark 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<
|
|||
MRK 1 1 s8qp 0 General Information: The book of Mark begins with the prophet Isaiah’s foretelling of the coming of John the Baptist, who baptizes Jesus. The author is Mark, also called John Mark, who is the son of one of the several women named Mary mentioned in the four Gospels. He is also the nephew of Barnabas.
|
||||
MRK 1 1 i3bc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 1 2 gu7i figs-idiom πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 before your face This is an idiom that means “ahead of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 1 2 s28q figs-you προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 your face,…your way Here the words **your** refer to Jesus and are singular. When you translate these, use the pronoun “your” because this is a quote from a prophet, and he did not use Jesus’ name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MRK 1 2 s28q figs-you προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 your face, … your way Here the words **your** refer to Jesus and are singular. When you translate these, use the pronoun “your” because this is a quote from a prophet, and he did not use Jesus’ name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MRK 1 2 wry5 ὃς 1 who This refers to the messenger.
|
||||
MRK 1 2 kl12 figs-metaphor κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 will prepare your way Doing this represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. Alternate translation: “will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 3 lkm3 φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 a voice crying out in the wilderness This can be expressed as a sentence. Alternate translation: “The voice of one crying out in the wilderness is heard” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness”
|
||||
MRK 1 3 v3n3 figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord…make his paths straight These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 1 3 v3n3 figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord … make his paths straight These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 1 3 peh5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord “Get the road ready for the Lord.” Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord’s message when he comes. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 3 xlxd figs-explicit ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord People prepare for the Lord by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: “Repent and be ready for the Lord to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 4 j798 0 General Information: In these verses the words **he**, **him**, and **his** refer to John.
|
||||
|
|
@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ MRK 1 24 m8gz figs-rquestion ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς 1 Have you
|
|||
MRK 1 26 ar6h σπαράξαν αὐτὸν 1 having thrown him down Here the word **him** refers to the demon-possessed man.
|
||||
MRK 1 26 u7rn φωνῆσαν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 having cried out with a loud voice The demon is the one who is crying out, not the man.
|
||||
MRK 1 27 lqm1 figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν τοῦτο? διδαχὴ καινή κατ’ ἐξουσίαν! καὶ τοῖς πνεύμασι τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις ἐπιτάσσει, καὶ ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ! 1 What is this? A new teaching according to authority! He even commands the unclean spirits and they obey him The people used the two questions to show how amazed they were. The questions can be expressed as exclamations. Alternate translation: “they said to each other, ‘This is amazing! He gives a new teaching, and he speaks with authority! And when he tells the demons what to do, they obey him!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 1 27 nfv2 ἐπιτάσσει 1 He…commands **He** refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 27 nfv2 ἐπιτάσσει 1 He … commands **He** refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 29 ybs7 0 Connecting Statement: After healing the demon-possessed man, Jesus healed Simon’s mother-in-law and many other people.
|
||||
MRK 1 30 ng3t writing-participants ἡ δὲ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 Now the mother - in - law of Simon was lying down, being sick with a fever The word **Now** introduces Simon’s mother-in-law to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
MRK 1 30 bvvl writing-background ἡ…πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 the mother - in - law of Simon was lying down, being sick with a fever This gives background information about Peter's mother-in-law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ MRK 2 2 d3iy figs-explicit καὶ συνήχθησαν πολλοὶ 1 And many
|
|||
MRK 2 2 e7d4 figs-explicit μηκέτι χωρεῖν…τὰ 1 there was no more space This refers to there being no space inside the house. Alternate translation: “there was no more room for them inside the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 2 dps4 ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον 1 he began to speak the word to them “Jesus was speaking his message to them”
|
||||
MRK 2 3 n643 αἰρόμενον ὑπὸ τεσσάρων 1 being carried by four men “and four of them were carrying him.” It is likely that there were more than four people within the group that brought the man to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 2 3 c1vr φέροντες…παραλυτικὸν 1 bringing…a paralytic “bringing a man who was unable to walk or use his arms”
|
||||
MRK 2 3 c1vr φέροντες…παραλυτικὸν 1 bringing … a paralytic “bringing a man who was unable to walk or use his arms”
|
||||
MRK 2 4 h3yn μὴ δυνάμενοι προσενέγκαι αὐτῷ 1 not being able to approach him “they could not get close to where Jesus was”
|
||||
MRK 2 4 v6ma ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες, χαλῶσι 1 they removed the roof where he was, and having dug an opening, they lower Houses where Jesus lived had flat roofs made of clay and covered with tiles. The process of making a hole in the roof can be explained more clearly or made more general so that it may be understood in your language. Alternate translation: “they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered” or “they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered”
|
||||
MRK 2 5 trg9 figs-explicit ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 having seen their faith “Having seen the men’s faith.” This could mean: (1) Only the men who carried the paralyzed man had **faith**. (2) The paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had **faith**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ MRK 2 8 niy6 τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit “in his inne
|
|||
MRK 2 8 t87i οὕτως διαλογίζονται ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 they are thinking in this manner within themselves Each of the scribes was thinking to himself; they were not talking to each other.
|
||||
MRK 2 8 wga7 figs-rquestion τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 Why are you thinking these things in your hearts Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. Alternate translation: “What you are thinking is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 8 s3m6 figs-metonymy ταῦτα…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 these things in your hearts The word **hearts** is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 2 9 wv5d figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει? 1 Which is easier to say to the paralytic,…Your sins are forgiven…or to say…Get up and take up your mat, and walk Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: “I just said to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up, take up your bed, and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal him will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” or “You may think that it is easier to say to the paralyzed man ‘Your sins are forgiven’ than it is to say ‘Get up, take up your bed, and walk.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 9 wv5d figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει? 1 Which is easier to say to the paralytic, … Your sins are forgiven … or to say … Get up and take up your mat, and walk Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: “I just said to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up, take up your bed, and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal him will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” or “You may think that it is easier to say to the paralyzed man ‘Your sins are forgiven’ than it is to say ‘Get up, take up your bed, and walk.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 10 g4jn ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may know “But so that you may know.” The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 2 10 jw9z figs-123person ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 that the Son of Man has authority Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man.” Alternate translation: “that I am the Son of Man and I have authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 2 12 ki94 ἔμπροσθεν πάντων 1 in front of everyone “while all the people there were watching”
|
||||
|
|
@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ MRK 2 18 z394 ἔρχονται 1 they come “some men are coming.” It is be
|
|||
MRK 2 18 vl3z ἔρχονται καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 they come and say to him “they came and said to Jesus”
|
||||
MRK 2 19 eke3 figs-rquestion μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? 1 The sons of the wedding chamber are not able to fast while the bridegroom is still with them, are they Jesus uses this question to remind the people of something they already know and to encourage them to apply it to him and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Wedding attendants do not fast while the bridegroom is with them. Rather they celebrate and feast.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 20 vg2u figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ…ὁ νυμφίος 1 the bridegroom may be taken away You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 2 20 c7ik ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν…νηστεύσουσιν 1 may be taken away from them,…they will fast The word **them** and **they** refer to the wedding attendants.
|
||||
MRK 2 20 c7ik ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν…νηστεύσουσιν 1 may be taken away from them, … they will fast The word **them** and **they** refer to the wedding attendants.
|
||||
MRK 2 21 v6xc figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν 1 No one sews a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garment Sewing a piece of new **cloth** on an old garment will make the hole on an old garment worse if the piece of new cloth has not yet shrunk. Both the new cloth and **old garment** will be ruined. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 22 dw15 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to tell another parable. This one is about putting new wine into old wineskins rather than into new wineskins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 2 22 y7rw οἶνον νέον 1 new wine “grape juice.” This refers to **wine** that has not fermented yet. If grapes are unknown in your area, use the general term for fruit juice.
|
||||
|
|
@ -151,11 +151,11 @@ MRK 2 24 h41a figs-rquestion ἴδε, τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββ
|
|||
MRK 2 24 bf8w ἴδε 1 Look “Look at this” or “Listen.” This is a word used to get the attention of someone to show them something. If there is a word in your language that is used to draw a person’s attention to something, you could use that here.
|
||||
MRK 2 25 dd1z 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to scold the Pharisees by asking them a question.
|
||||
MRK 2 25 g1xw λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 he says to them “Jesus said to the Pharisees”
|
||||
MRK 2 25 d236 figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ…οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ? 1 Have you never read what David did…the ones with him Jesus asks this question to remind the scribes and Pharisees of something **David did** on the Sabbath. The question is very long, so it can be divided into two sentences. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 25 d236 figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ…οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ? 1 Have you never read what David did … the ones with him Jesus asks this question to remind the scribes and Pharisees of something **David did** on the Sabbath. The question is very long, so it can be divided into two sentences. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 25 g8sf figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ 1 Have you never read what David did You can state this as a command. Alternate translation: “Remember what you read about what David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 25 r14d figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ 1 Have you never read what David did Jesus refers to reading about David in the Old Testament. You can translate this showing the implicit information. Alternate translation: “Have you not read in the scriptures what David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 26 x3bb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes asking the question he began in verse 25.
|
||||
MRK 2 26 zmd3 figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ…τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ οὖσιν? 1 how he went into the house of God…to those being with him This can be expressed as a statement separate from verse 25. Alternate translation: “He went into the house of God during Abiathar the high priest, and ate the bread of the presence, which is not lawful to eat, except for the priests, and he also gave some to those being with him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 26 zmd3 figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ…τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ οὖσιν? 1 how he went into the house of God … to those being with him This can be expressed as a statement separate from verse 25. Alternate translation: “He went into the house of God during Abiathar the high priest, and ate the bread of the presence, which is not lawful to eat, except for the priests, and he also gave some to those being with him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 26 al82 πῶς εἰσῆλθεν 1 how he went The word **he** refers to David.
|
||||
MRK 2 26 y57j τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 the bread of the presence This refers to the 12 loaves of **bread** that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times.
|
||||
MRK 2 27 i374 figs-activepassive τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο 1 The Sabbath was made for man Jesus makes clear why God established the Sabbath. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -168,8 +168,8 @@ MRK 3 2 v2yj παρετήρουν αὐτὸν, εἰ τοῖς Σάββασι
|
|||
MRK 3 2 n5iz παρετήρουν αὐτὸν 1 they were watching him closely “some of the Pharisees were watching him closely.” Later, in [Mark 3:6](../03/06.md), these people are identified as Pharisees.
|
||||
MRK 3 2 vr25 figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him If Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would **accuse him** of breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 3 3 nm6w εἰς τὸ μέσον 1 in our midst “in the middle of this crowd”
|
||||
MRK 3 4 mh3z figs-rquestion ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm…to save a life, or to kill Jesus said this to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to heal people on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 3 4 i71v figs-parallelism ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 to do good, or to do harm…to save a life, or to kill These two phrases are similar in meaning, except that the second is more extreme. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 3 4 mh3z figs-rquestion ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm … to save a life, or to kill Jesus said this to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to heal people on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 3 4 i71v figs-parallelism ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 to do good, or to do harm … to save a life, or to kill These two phrases are similar in meaning, except that the second is more extreme. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 3 4 vz6c figs-ellipsis ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 to save a life, or to kill It may be helpful to repeat “is it lawful,” as that is the question Jesus is asking again in another way. Alternate translation: “is it lawful to save a life, or to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 3 4 nut4 figs-metonymy ψυχὴν 1 a life This refers to physical life and is a metonym for a person. Alternate translation: “someone from dying” or “someone’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 3 4 w683 οἱ δὲ ἐσιώπων 1 But they were keeping silent “But they refused to answer him”
|
||||
|
|
@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ MRK 3 31 gef8 καὶ ἔρχονται ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ ο
|
|||
MRK 3 31 h5zr ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτὸν καλοῦντες αὐτόν 1 they sent to him, summoning him “they sent someone inside to tell him that they were outside and to have him come out to them”
|
||||
MRK 3 32 wms6 ζητοῦσίν σε 1 seek you “asking for you”
|
||||
MRK 3 33 qe8c figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? 1 Who are my mother and my brothers Jesus uses this question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 3 35 dr45 ὃς…ἂν ποιήσῃ…οὗτος…ἐστίν 1 whoever may do…this is “those who do … they are”
|
||||
MRK 3 35 dr45 ὃς…ἂν ποιήσῃ…οὗτος…ἐστίν 1 whoever may do … this is “those who do … they are”
|
||||
MRK 3 35 yr9i figs-metaphor οὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 this is my brother, and sister, and mother This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: “that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 intro f5ua 0 # Mark 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Mark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parables<br><br>The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.
|
||||
MRK 4 1 a6pk figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: As Jesus taught from a boat at the seaside, he told them the parable of the soils. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -239,21 +239,21 @@ MRK 4 1 i95e τὴν θάλασσαν 1 the sea This is the Sea of Galilee.
|
|||
MRK 4 3 vqh3 ἀκούετε! ἰδοὺ…ὁ σπείρων 1 Listen! Behold, the sower “Pay attention! A farmer”
|
||||
MRK 4 4 si37 ἐν τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 as he sowed, some fell beside the road “as he threw seed over the soil some fell along the path.” In different cultures people sow seeds differently. In this parable the seeds were sown by throwing the seeds over the land that was prepared for growing.
|
||||
MRK 4 4 s95n κατέφαγεν αὐτό 1 devoured it Here, **it** refers to all of the the seeds that the farmer sowed as if they are one seed. Alternate translation: “devoured them”
|
||||
MRK 4 5 w853 οὐκ εἶχεν…ἐξανέτειλεν…τὸ μὴ ἔχειν 1 it did not have…it sprang up,…it did not have Here, **it** refers to all of the the seeds that the farmer sowed as if they are one seed. “they did not have … they sprang … they did not have”
|
||||
MRK 4 5 w853 οὐκ εἶχεν…ἐξανέτειλεν…τὸ μὴ ἔχειν 1 it did not have … it sprang up, … it did not have Here, **it** refers to all of the the seeds that the farmer sowed as if they are one seed. “they did not have … they sprang … they did not have”
|
||||
MRK 4 5 px9w ἐξανέτειλεν 1 it sprang up “the seed that landed on the rocky soil began to grow quickly”
|
||||
MRK 4 5 le2a γῆν 1 soil This refers to the loose dirt on the ground in which you can plant seeds.
|
||||
MRK 4 6 ee49 figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 it was scorched This refers to the young plants that sprouted from the seeds. You can state this phrase in active form. Alternate translation: “it scorched the young plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 4 6 hht3 διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη 1 because it had no root, it was dried up “because the young plants had no roots, they dried up”
|
||||
MRK 4 7 bw62 συνέπνιξαν αὐτό…οὐκ ἔδωκεν 1 choked it,…it did not produce Here, **it** refers to all of the the seeds that the farmer sowed as if they are one seed. See how you translated this in [Mark 4:3](../04/03.md). “choked them … they did not produce”
|
||||
MRK 4 7 bw62 συνέπνιξαν αὐτό…οὐκ ἔδωκεν 1 choked it, … it did not produce Here, **it** refers to all of the the seeds that the farmer sowed as if they are one seed. See how you translated this in [Mark 4:3](../04/03.md). “choked them … they did not produce”
|
||||
MRK 4 8 v3sr figs-ellipsis αὐξανόμενα, καὶ ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 being increased and yielding one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100 The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore 30 times as much as the seed that the man had planted, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 100 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 4 8 u327 translate-numbers τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν 1 30,…60,…100 “thirty … sixty … a hundred.” These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 4 8 u327 translate-numbers τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν 1 30, … 60, … 100 “thirty … sixty … a hundred.” These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 4 9 p2us figs-metonymy ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to listen, listen” or “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 4 9 qxy4 figs-123person ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 4 10 u2nj ὅτε ἐγένετο κατὰ μόνας 1 when he was alone This does not mean that Jesus was completely **alone**; rather, that the crowds were gone and Jesus was only with the twelve and some of his other close followers.
|
||||
MRK 4 11 t9ee figs-activepassive ὑμῖν…δέδοται 1 To you has been given You can state this in active form. “God has given you” or “I have given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 4 11 q2az ἐκείνοις…τοῖς ἔξω 1 to those who are outside “but to those who are not among you.” This refers to all the other people who were not among the twelve or Jesus’ other close followers.
|
||||
MRK 4 11 daw3 figs-ellipsis ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται 1 everything is in parables You can state this that Jesus gives the **parables** to the people. Alternate translation: “I have spoken everything in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 aj7t figs-explicit βλέποντες…ἀκούοντες 1 looking,…hearing It is assumed that Jesus is speaking about the people **looking** at what he shows them and **hearing** what he tells them. Alternate translation: “when they look at what I am doing … when they hear what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 aj7t figs-explicit βλέποντες…ἀκούοντες 1 looking, … hearing It is assumed that Jesus is speaking about the people **looking** at what he shows them and **hearing** what he tells them. Alternate translation: “when they look at what I am doing … when they hear what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 p4fv figs-metaphor βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν 1 they may look, but may not see Jesus speaks of people understanding what they see as actually seeing. Alternate translation: “they look and do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 p9yr figs-metaphor μήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 so that they might not turn “so that they would not turn to God.” Here, **turn** is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “so that they would not repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 13 xc29 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains the parable of the soils to his followers and then tells them about using a lamp to show that hidden things will become known.
|
||||
|
|
@ -277,11 +277,11 @@ MRK 4 19 s7s7 figs-metaphor εἰσπορευόμεναι, συνπνίγουσ
|
|||
MRK 4 19 f4ip ἄκαρπος γίνεται 1 it becomes unfruitful “the word does not produce a crop in them”
|
||||
MRK 4 20 axh1 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες 1 those are the ones sown in the good soil Jesus begins to explain how in some people the word is like seeds that were sown in good soil. Alternate translation: “these are the ones in whom the word is like the seeds that were sown in the good soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 20 d3r7 figs-ellipsis ἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100 This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 30 grains, some produce 60 grains, and some produce 100 grains” or “some produce 30 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 100 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 4 20 tdwj translate-numbers τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν 1 30,…60,…100 You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “thirty … sixty … a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 4 20 tdwj translate-numbers τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν 1 30, … 60, … 100 You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “thirty … sixty … a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 4 21 zzw7 καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 And he was saying to them “And Jesus said to the crowd”
|
||||
MRK 4 21 nn7e figs-rquestion μήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην? 1 The lamp does not come so that it might be put under a basket, or under the bed, does it This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You certainly do not bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under a bed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 4 22 y5kn figs-litotes οὐ γάρ ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν 1 For nothing is hidden except so that it might be revealed, and nothing secret has happened except so that it might come to exposure You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “For everything that is hidden will be made known, and everything that is secret will come out into to open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 4 22 kc6k figs-parallelism οὐ…ἐστιν κρυπτὸν…οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον 1 nothing is hidden…and nothing secret has happened “there is nothing that is hidden … there is nothing that is secret” Both of the phrases have the same meaning. Jesus is emphasizing that everything that is secret will be made known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 4 22 kc6k figs-parallelism οὐ…ἐστιν κρυπτὸν…οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον 1 nothing is hidden … and nothing secret has happened “there is nothing that is hidden … there is nothing that is secret” Both of the phrases have the same meaning. Jesus is emphasizing that everything that is secret will be made known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 4 23 k1a8 figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **ears to hear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Mark 4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to listen, listen” or “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 4 23 izg1 figs-123person εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Mark 4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 4 24 r2r1 ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 he was saying to them “Jesus said to the crowd”
|
||||
|
|
@ -334,14 +334,14 @@ MRK 5 6 pw4y προσεκύνησεν 1 bowed down to This means that he knelt
|
|||
MRK 5 7 ux6u figs-events 0 General Information: The information in these two verses may be reordered to present the events in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MRK 5 7 tt7a κράξας 1 crying out “the unclean spirit, crying out”
|
||||
MRK 5 7 ppu5 figs-rquestion τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί Ἰησοῦ, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου? 1 What to me and to you, Jesus, Son of the Most High God The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God! There is no reason for you to interfere with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 5 7 q8c8 Ἰησοῦ…μή με βασανίσῃς 1 Jesus,…may you not torment me Jesus has the power to torment unclean spirits.
|
||||
MRK 5 7 q8c8 Ἰησοῦ…μή με βασανίσῃς 1 Jesus, … may you not torment me Jesus has the power to torment unclean spirits.
|
||||
MRK 5 7 kd19 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου 1 Son of the Most High God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 5 7 p768 ὁρκίζω σε τὸν Θεόν 1 I beg you by God Here the unclean spirit is swearing **by God** as he makes a request of Jesus. Consider how this type of request is made in your language. Alternate translation: “I beg you before God” or “I swear by God himself and beg you”
|
||||
MRK 5 9 p6ye ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν 1 he was asking him “Jesus asked the unclean spirit”
|
||||
MRK 5 9 h6ch figs-metaphor λέγει αὐτῷ, Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν. 1 he says to him,…My name is Legion, for we are many One spirit was speaking for many here. He spoke of them as if they were a legion, a Roman army unit of about 6,000 soldiers. Alternate translation: “And the spirit said to him, ‘Call us an army, for many of us are inside the man.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 5 9 h6ch figs-metaphor λέγει αὐτῷ, Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν. 1 he says to him, … My name is Legion, for we are many One spirit was speaking for many here. He spoke of them as if they were a legion, a Roman army unit of about 6,000 soldiers. Alternate translation: “And the spirit said to him, ‘Call us an army, for many of us are inside the man.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 5 12 uk54 παρεκάλεσαν αὐτὸν 1 they begged him “the unclean spirits begged Jesus”
|
||||
MRK 5 13 iff6 figs-explicit ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς 1 he permitted them It may be helpful to state clearly what Jesus allowed them to do. Alternate translation: “Jesus allowed the unclean spirits to do what they asked permission to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 13 g3xx ὥρμησεν…κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ὡς δισχίλιοι, καὶ ἐπνίγοντο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 about 2,000…rushed down the steep slope into the sea, and drowned in the sea You can make this a separate sentence: “rushed down the steep slope into the sea. There were about 2,000 pigs, and they drowned in the sea”
|
||||
MRK 5 13 g3xx ὥρμησεν…κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ὡς δισχίλιοι, καὶ ἐπνίγοντο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 about 2,000 … rushed down the steep slope into the sea, and drowned in the sea You can make this a separate sentence: “rushed down the steep slope into the sea. There were about 2,000 pigs, and they drowned in the sea”
|
||||
MRK 5 13 a28z translate-numbers ὡς δισχίλιοι 1 about 2,000 “about two thousand pigs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 5 14 lt8x figs-ellipsis εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς 1 in the city and in the countryside You can state this clearly that the men gave their report to the people who were in the **city** and **countryside**. Alternate translation: “to people in the city and in the countryside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 5 15 qih4 τὸν λεγεῶνα 1 the Legion This was the name of the many demons that were in the man. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:9](../05/09.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ MRK 6 1 mjr1 τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ 1 his hometown This refers to
|
|||
MRK 6 2 y4xj τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ 1 what is this wisdom that has been given to him This question, which contains passive construction, can be asked in active form. Alternate translation: “what is this wisdom that he has gained?”
|
||||
MRK 6 2 s1xy διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ γινόμεναι 1 happening by his hands This phrase emphasizes that Jesus himself does the miracles. Alternate translation: “that he himself works”
|
||||
MRK 6 3 s3wl figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 Is this not the carpenter, the son of Mary and the brother of James and Joses and Judas and Simon? And are his sisters not here with us These questions can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “He is just an ordinary carpenter! We know him and his family. We know Mary his mother. We know his younger brothers James, Joses, Judas and Simon. And his younger sisters also live here with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 6 3 tlub translate-names Ἰακώβου…Ἰωσῆτος…Ἰούδα…Σίμωνος 1 of James…Joses…Judas…Simon These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 6 3 tlub translate-names Ἰακώβου…Ἰωσῆτος…Ἰούδα…Σίμωνος 1 of James … Joses … Judas … Simon These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 6 4 ni6w αὐτοῖς 1 to them “to the crowd”
|
||||
MRK 6 4 l436 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ 1 A prophet is not without honor, except This sentence uses a double negative to create emphasis of the positive equivalent. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored, except” or “The only place a prophet is not honored is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 6 5 k9gh ὀλίγοις ἀρρώστοις, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας 1 having laid his hands on a few sick people Prophets and teachers would put their **hands** on people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, Jesus was healing people.
|
||||
|
|
@ -422,10 +422,10 @@ MRK 6 12 xtva ἐκήρυξαν 1 they proclaimed The word **they** refers to t
|
|||
MRK 6 13 i7eq figs-ellipsis δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέβαλλον 1 they were casting out many demons It may be helpful to state that they cast the demons out of people. Alternate translation: “they were casting many demons out of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 6 14 y69r 0 Connecting Statement: When Herod hears about Jesus’ miracles, he worries, thinking that someone has raised John the Baptist from the dead. (Herod had caused John the Baptist to be killed.)
|
||||
MRK 6 14 f9um ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρῴδης 1 King Herod heard this The word **this** refers to everything that Jesus and his disciples had been doing in various towns, including casting out demons and healing people.
|
||||
MRK 6 14 sc6s figs-explicit ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 some were saying,…John the Baptist has been raised Some people were saying that Jesus was **John the Baptist**. You can state this more clearly. Alternate translation: “Some were saying, ‘He is John the Baptist who has been raised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 14 sc6s figs-explicit ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 some were saying, … John the Baptist has been raised Some people were saying that Jesus was **John the Baptist**. You can state this more clearly. Alternate translation: “Some were saying, ‘He is John the Baptist who has been raised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 14 cb7p figs-idiom Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 John the Baptist has been raised Here, **raised** is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “John the Baptist has been caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 6 14 ly7z figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 John the Baptist has been raised You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has caused John the Baptist to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 6 15 fgy3 figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν 1 But others were saying,…He is Elijah It may be helpful to state why some people thought he was **Elijah**. Alternate translation: “Some others said, ‘He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 15 fgy3 figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν 1 But others were saying, … He is Elijah It may be helpful to state why some people thought he was **Elijah**. Alternate translation: “Some others said, ‘He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 16 bg3k writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 17 the author begins to give background information about Herod and why he beheaded John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 6 16 ym2w figs-metonymy ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα 1 whom I beheaded Here Herod uses the word **I** to refer to himself. The word **I** is a metonym for Herod’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom I commanded my soldiers to behead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 16 n6nq figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “has become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ MRK 6 41 gr6v εὐλόγησεν 1 he blessed “he spoke a blessing” or “
|
|||
MRK 6 41 r49p τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας ἐμέρισεν πᾶσιν 1 he divided the two fish among them all “he divided the two fish so that everyone could have some”
|
||||
MRK 6 43 rq7a ἦραν 1 they took up This could mean: (1) The disciples took up the pieces. (2) The people took up the pieces.
|
||||
MRK 6 43 sk2v κλάσματα δώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα 1 12 full baskets of broken pieces “twelve baskets full of broken pieces of bread”
|
||||
MRK 6 43 xk9h translate-numbers δώδεκα κοφίνων 1 12…baskets “twelve baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 6 43 xk9h translate-numbers δώδεκα κοφίνων 1 12 … baskets “twelve baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 6 44 v4m3 translate-numbers πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 5,000 men “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 6 44 u413 figs-explicit ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 those who ate the loaves were 5,000 men The number of women and children was not counted. If it would not be understood that women and children were present, it can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “And there were 5,000 men who ate the loaves. They did not even count the women and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 45 bc6z figs-ellipsis εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side This refers to the Sea of Galilee. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -480,14 +480,14 @@ MRK 6 46 l6az ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς 1 having sent them away
|
|||
MRK 6 48 rvu4 0 Connecting Statement: A storm arises while the disciples are trying to cross the lake. Seeing Jesus walking on the water terrifies them. They do not understand how Jesus can calm the storm.
|
||||
MRK 6 48 g7ka translate-ordinal τετάρτην φυλακὴν 1 the fourth watch This is the time between 3 a.m. and sunrise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 6 49 s8cd φάντασμά 1 a ghost the spirit of a dead person or some other kind of spirit
|
||||
MRK 6 50 et5c figs-parallelism θαρσεῖτε…μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Take courage!…Do not be afraid These two sentences are similar in meaning, emphasizing to his disciples that they did not need to be afraid. They can be combined into one if necessary. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 6 50 et5c figs-parallelism θαρσεῖτε…μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Take courage! … Do not be afraid These two sentences are similar in meaning, emphasizing to his disciples that they did not need to be afraid. They can be combined into one if necessary. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 6 51 u2u6 figs-explicit λείαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἐξίσταντο 1 they were very much amazed among themselves If you need to be more specific, it can stated what they were amazed by. Alternate translation: “they were completely amazed at what he had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 52 m53m figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις 1 about the loaves Here the phrase **the loaves** refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. Alternate translation: “what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread” or “what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 52 t1qb figs-metaphor ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη 1 their heart had been hardened A **heart** that has been **hardened** represents being too stubborn to understand. Alternate translation: “they were too stubborn to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 6 53 rc3z 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus and his disciples arrive at Gennesaret in their boat, people see him and bring people for him to heal. This happens wherever they go.
|
||||
MRK 6 53 p316 translate-names Γεννησαρὲτ 1 Gennesaret This is the name of the region to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 6 55 e7fh figs-explicit περιέδραμον ὅλην τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 1 they ran throughout that whole region It may be helpful to state why they ran through the region. Alternate translation: “they ran throughout the whole district in order to tell others that Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 55 d9k9 περιέδραμον…ἤκουον 1 they ran throughout…they were hearing The word **they** refers to the people who recognized Jesus, not to the disciples.
|
||||
MRK 6 55 d9k9 περιέδραμον…ἤκουον 1 they ran throughout … they were hearing The word **they** refers to the people who recognized Jesus, not to the disciples.
|
||||
MRK 6 55 wr7f figs-nominaladj τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας 1 those having sickness This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 6 56 bjv5 ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο 1 wherever he was entering “wherever Jesus entered”
|
||||
MRK 6 56 gi6y ἐτίθεσαν 1 they were placing Here, **they** refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples.
|
||||
|
|
@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ MRK 7 9 e3qv figs-irony καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν
|
|||
MRK 7 9 r5li καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε 1 How well you reject “How skillfully you reject”
|
||||
MRK 7 10 d4sd ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα 1 The one speaking evil of his father “The one who curses his father”
|
||||
MRK 7 10 ayl3 θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 let him end in death “he must surely be put to death”
|
||||
MRK 7 10 dv6e figs-activepassive ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 The one speaking evil of his father or mother…let him end in death You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The authorities must surely execute a person who speaks evil about his father or mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 7 10 dv6e figs-activepassive ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 The one speaking evil of his father or mother … let him end in death You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The authorities must surely execute a person who speaks evil about his father or mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 7 11 q76i κορβᾶν…ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς 1 Whatever you would have profited from me is Corban The tradition of the scribes said that once money or other things were promised to the temple, they could not be used for any other purpose.
|
||||
MRK 7 11 cd57 translate-transliterate κορβᾶν 1 is Corban **Corban** is a Hebrew word that refers to things that people promise to give to God. Translators normally transliterate it using the target language alphabet. Some translators translate its meaning, and then leave out Mark’s explanation of the meaning that follows. Alternate translation: “is a gift to God” or “belongs to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 7 11 ev2r figs-activepassive ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον 1 that is, a gift This phrase explains the meaning of the Hebrew word “Corban.” You can state this in active form. Mark explained the meaning so that his non-Jewish readers could understand what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “I have given it to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ MRK 7 35 yj4j figs-activepassive ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσ
|
|||
MRK 7 36 eb2y figs-ellipsis ὅσον…αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ 1 as much as he ordered them The refers to him ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. Alternate translation: “the more he ordered them not to tell anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 7 36 zce7 μᾶλλον περισσότερον 1 the more abundantly “the more widely” or “the more”
|
||||
MRK 7 37 iy76 ὑπέρπερισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 they were extremely astonished “they were utterly amazed” or “they were exceedingly astonished” or “they were astonished beyond all measure”
|
||||
MRK 7 37 dh17 figs-metonymy τοὺς κωφοὺς…ἀλάλους 1 the deaf…the mute These refer to people. Alternate translation: “deaf people … mute people” or “people who cannot hear … people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 7 37 dh17 figs-metonymy τοὺς κωφοὺς…ἀλάλους 1 the deaf … the mute These refer to people. Alternate translation: “deaf people … mute people” or “people who cannot hear … people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 8 intro ry56 0 # Mark 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bread<br><br>When Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.<br><br>Yeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “Adulterous generation”<br><br>When Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Jesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples ([Mark 8:17-21](./17.md)) and scolding the people ([Mark 8:12](../../mrk/08/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Mark 8:35-37](./35.md)).
|
||||
MRK 8 1 sgv6 0 Connecting Statement: A great, hungry crowd is with Jesus. He feeds them using only seven loaves and a few fish before Jesus and his disciples get in a boat to go to another place.
|
||||
MRK 8 1 rmd8 writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 In those days This phrase is used to introduce a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ MRK 8 7 pzy6 καὶ εἶχαν 1 And they had Here the word **they** is used
|
|||
MRK 8 7 mb6v εὐλογήσας αὐτὰ 1 having blessed them “after Jesus gave thanks for the fish”
|
||||
MRK 8 8 m9k6 ἔφαγον 1 they ate “the people ate”
|
||||
MRK 8 8 mxn1 ἦραν 1 they picked up Here, **they** could refer to the disciples, or to the people in the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 8 8 v5zi figs-explicit περισσεύματα κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας 1 an abundance of broken pieces…seven baskets This refers to the **broken pieces** of fish and bread that were left over after the people ate. Alternate translation: “the remaining broken pieces of bread and fish, which filled seven large baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 8 v5zi figs-explicit περισσεύματα κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας 1 an abundance of broken pieces … seven baskets This refers to the **broken pieces** of fish and bread that were left over after the people ate. Alternate translation: “the remaining broken pieces of bread and fish, which filled seven large baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 9 m81z figs-explicit καὶ ἀπέλυσεν αὐτούς 1 and he sent them away It may be helpful to clarify when **he sent them away**. Alternate translation: “and after they ate, Jesus sent them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 10 y8u3 figs-explicit ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά 1 he went into the region of Dalmanutha It may be helpful to clarify how they got to Dalmanutha. Alternate translation: “he sailed around the Sea of Galilee to the region of Dalmanutha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 10 x33a translate-names Δαλμανουθά 1 of Dalmanutha This is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ MRK 8 25 td9l figs-activepassive καὶ διέβλεψεν καὶ ἀπεκα
|
|||
MRK 8 27 e4l3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus and his disciples talk on their way to the villages of Caesarea Philippi about who Jesus is and what will happen to him.
|
||||
MRK 8 28 bh7h οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ λέγοντες 1 But they spoke to him, saying “But they answered him, saying,”
|
||||
MRK 8 28 ac8h figs-explicit Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν 1 John the Baptist The disciples answer that this was who some people said Jesus was. This can be shown more clearly. Alternate translation: “Some people say that you are John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 28 nn1f figs-ellipsis ἄλλοι…ἄλλοι 1 others,…others The tow occurrences of **others** refers to other people. This refers to their responses to Jesus’ question. Alternate translation: “other people say you are … other people say you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 8 28 nn1f figs-ellipsis ἄλλοι…ἄλλοι 1 others, … others The tow occurrences of **others** refers to other people. This refers to their responses to Jesus’ question. Alternate translation: “other people say you are … other people say you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 8 29 v4h4 αὐτὸς ἐπηρώτα αὐτούς 1 he was questioning them “Jesus asked his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 8 30 fk1z figs-explicit ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 he warned them that they might tell no one about him Jesus did not want them to tell anyone that he was the Christ. This can be made more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them not to tell anyone that he is the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 30 rgy8 figs-quotations ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 he warned them that they might tell no one about him This can be written as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them, ‘Do not tell anyone that I am the Christ’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ MRK 10 1 qyp5 πάλιν ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς 1 he was teaching th
|
|||
MRK 10 1 vzb4 εἰώθει 1 he had been accustomed to do “was his custom” or “he usually did”
|
||||
MRK 10 3 p9nu τί ὑμῖν ἐνετείλατο Μωϋσῆς? 1 What did Moses command you Moses gave the law to their ancestors, which they now were also supposed to follow. Alternate translation: “What did Moses command your ancestors about this?”
|
||||
MRK 10 4 qu28 βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 a certificate of divorce This was a paper saying that the woman was no longer his wife.
|
||||
MRK 10 5 djt9 writing-quotations ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς…ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην 1 But Jesus said to them,…he wrote this commandment to you In some languages speakers do not interrupt a quote to say who is speaking. Rather they say who is speaking at the beginning or end of the complete quote. Alternate translation: “But Jesus said to them, ‘He wrote this commandment to you because of your hardness of heart.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 5 djt9 writing-quotations ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς…ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην 1 But Jesus said to them, … he wrote this commandment to you In some languages speakers do not interrupt a quote to say who is speaking. Rather they say who is speaking at the beginning or end of the complete quote. Alternate translation: “But Jesus said to them, ‘He wrote this commandment to you because of your hardness of heart.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 5 jzb2 πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν, ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην 1 Because of your hardness of heart, he wrote this commandment to you Long before this time, Moses wrote this law for the Jews and their descendants because they had hard hearts. The Jews of Jesus’ time also had hard hearts, so Jesus included them by using the words **your** and **you**. Alternate translation: “He wrote this law because your ancestors and you had hard hearts”
|
||||
MRK 10 5 m73x figs-metonymy τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 10 5 xqzb figs-metaphor τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart The phrase **hardness of heart** is a metaphor for “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ MRK 10 33 zhf1 κατακρινοῦσιν 1 they will condemn The word **they*
|
|||
MRK 10 33 ils2 παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 deliver him to the Gentiles “put him under the control of the Gentiles”
|
||||
MRK 10 34 ccd3 ἐμπαίξουσιν 1 they will mock “people will mock”
|
||||
MRK 10 34 xv2g figs-explicit ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise This refers to rising from the dead. Alternate translation: “he will rise from being dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 35 li9k figs-exclusive θέλομεν…αἰτήσωμέν…ἡμῖν 1 we desire…we might ask…for us The words **we** and **us** refer only to James and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 35 li9k figs-exclusive θέλομεν…αἰτήσωμέν…ἡμῖν 1 we desire … we might ask … for us The words **we** and **us** refer only to James and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 37 bb98 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου 1 in your glory “when you are glorified.” The phrase **in your glory** refers to when Jesus is glorified and rules over his kingdom. Alternate translation: “when you rule in your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 10 38 v1bf οὐκ οἴδατε 1 You do not know “You do not understand”
|
||||
MRK 10 38 yvu8 figs-metaphor πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω 1 to drink the cup which I drink Here, **cup** refers to what Jesus must suffer. Suffering is often referred to as drinking from a cup. Alternate translation: “drink the cup of suffering that I will drink” or “drink from the cup of suffering that I will drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ MRK 10 47 ynr7 figs-ellipsis ἀκούσας ὅτι Ἰησοῦς…ἐστι
|
|||
MRK 10 47 vwz9 figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ 1 Son of David Jesus is called the Son of David because he is a descendant of King David. Alternate translation: “You who are the Messiah descended from King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 48 ca5u ἐπετίμων…πολλοὶ 1 many were rebuking “many people rebuked”
|
||||
MRK 10 48 m32u πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 much more “even more”
|
||||
MRK 10 49 t5ch figs-quotations εἶπεν, φωνήσατε αὐτόν 1 said,…Call him You can translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “commanded others to call him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 49 t5ch figs-quotations εἶπεν, φωνήσατε αὐτόν 1 said, … Call him You can translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “commanded others to call him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 49 ac7h φωνοῦσι 1 they call The word **they** refers to the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 10 49 jvr1 θάρσει 1 Take courage “Have courage” or “Do not be afraid”
|
||||
MRK 10 49 gnb9 φωνεῖ σε 1 He is calling you “Jesus is calling for you”
|
||||
|
|
@ -948,14 +948,14 @@ MRK 11 13 yg5n εἰ ἄρα τι εὑρήσει ἐν αὐτῇ 1 if perhaps
|
|||
MRK 11 13 j6cq figs-litotes οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 he found nothing except leaves Mark is using a negative expressions to emphasize that there were only leaves on the tree. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 11 13 vy09 figs-explicit οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 he found nothing except leaves This means that he did not find any figs. Alternate translation: “he did not find any figs at all on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 13 g76z ὁ…καιρὸς 1 the season “the time of year”
|
||||
MRK 11 14 u3bk figs-apostrophe εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 he said to it,…No one will ever eat fruit from you any longer Jesus speaks to the fig tree and curses it. He speaks to it so that his disciples hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
MRK 11 14 u3bk figs-apostrophe εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 he said to it, … No one will ever eat fruit from you any longer Jesus speaks to the fig tree and curses it. He speaks to it so that his disciples hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
MRK 11 14 b362 εἶπεν αὐτῇ 1 he said to it “he spoke to the tree”
|
||||
MRK 11 14 ij5h ἤκουον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples heard it The word **it** refers to Jesus speaking to the fig tree.
|
||||
MRK 11 15 hj7z ἔρχονται 1 coming “Jesus and his disciples came”
|
||||
MRK 11 15 md5l figs-explicit ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 he began to cast out those selling and those buying in the temple Jesus is forcing these people out of **the temple**. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “he began to drive the sellers and buyers out of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 15 s4m2 τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας 1 those selling and those buying “the people who were buying and selling”
|
||||
MRK 11 17 ve56 0 General Information: God had said earlier in his word, through the prophet Isaiah, that his temple would be a house of prayer for all the nations.
|
||||
MRK 11 17 xrz2 figs-rquestion οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? 1 Has it not been written,…My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations Jesus is rebuking the Jewish leaders for their misuse of the temple. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is written in the scriptures that God said, ‘I want my house to be called a house where people from all nations may pray.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 11 17 xrz2 figs-rquestion οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? 1 Has it not been written, … My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations Jesus is rebuking the Jewish leaders for their misuse of the temple. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is written in the scriptures that God said, ‘I want my house to be called a house where people from all nations may pray.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 11 17 dpt1 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 But you have made it a den of robbers Jesus compares the people to **robbers** and the temple to a robbers’ **den**. Alternate translation: “But you are like robbers who have made my house into a robbers’ den” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 11 17 qc6k σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 a den of robbers “a cave where robbers hide”
|
||||
MRK 11 18 k6dv ἐζήτουν πῶς 1 they were seeking a way “they were looking for a way”
|
||||
|
|
@ -985,13 +985,13 @@ MRK 11 30 jj91 τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου 1 The baptism of Jo
|
|||
MRK 11 30 fr1b ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 was it from heaven or from men “was it authorized by heaven or by men”
|
||||
MRK 11 30 sh7b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven Here, **heaven** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 30 i5is ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 from men “from people”
|
||||
MRK 11 31 s9vv figs-ellipsis ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 If we would say,…From heaven This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: “If we say, ‘It was from heaven,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 s9vv figs-ellipsis ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 If we would say, … From heaven This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: “If we say, ‘It was from heaven,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 nu1m figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here, **heaven** refers to God. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 t9er οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 did you not believe him The word **him** refers to John the Baptist.
|
||||
MRK 11 32 aus1 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 But we might say,…From men This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘It was from men,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 aus1 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 But we might say, … From men This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘It was from men,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 v2gs ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 From men “From people”
|
||||
MRK 11 32 b5qb figs-explicit ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? 1 But we might say,…From men The religious leaders imply that they will suffer from the people if they give this answer. Alternate translation: “But we do not want to say that it was from men or the crowd may attack us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 z93u figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? 1 But we might say,…From men The religious leaders do not finish their statement, since they all understood what would happen if they said John's baptism was not from God. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘From men,’ that would not be good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 b5qb figs-explicit ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? 1 But we might say, … From men The religious leaders imply that they will suffer from the people if they give this answer. Alternate translation: “But we do not want to say that it was from men or the crowd may attack us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 z93u figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? 1 But we might say, … From men The religious leaders do not finish their statement, since they all understood what would happen if they said John's baptism was not from God. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘From men,’ that would not be good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 z998 figs-explicit ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον 1 They were afraid of the crowd The author, Mark, explains why the religious leaders did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men. You can state this clearly. “They said this to each other because they were afraid of the people” or “They did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men because they were afraid of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 33 us4a figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἴδαμεν 1 We do not know This refers to the baptism of John. This understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 intro ne55 0 # Mark 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hypothetical Situations<br><br>Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1035,19 +1035,19 @@ MRK 12 15 c7nj figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε? 1 Why do you test me
|
|||
MRK 12 15 wl34 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius This coin was worth a day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MRK 12 16 ev6s οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν 1 And they brought one “So the Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius”
|
||||
MRK 12 16 wd1n ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή 1 is this image and inscription “is this picture and name”
|
||||
MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-ellipsis οἱ…εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Καίσαρος 2 they…said to him,…Caesar ’ s Here, **Caesar’s** refers to his likeness and inscription. Alternate translation: “they said, ‘They are Caesar’s likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-ellipsis οἱ…εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Καίσαρος 2 they … said to him, … Caesar ’ s Here, **Caesar’s** refers to his likeness and inscription. Alternate translation: “they said, ‘They are Caesar’s likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 fl4l figs-metonymy τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι 1 The things of Caesar, give back to Caesar Jesus is teaching that his people must respect the government by paying taxes. This figure of speech can be clarified by changing **Caesar** to Roman government. Alternate translation: “Give to the Roman government the things that belong to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 la16 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and the things of God, to God The understood verb may be supplied. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 pw4r figs-explicit ἐξεθαύμαζον ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 they were marveling at him They were amazed at what Jesus had said. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they marveled at him and at what he had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 18 rdl7 figs-explicit οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 who say there is no resurrection This phrase explains who the Sadducees were. This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “who say there is no resurrection from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 e8x2 figs-quotations Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ 1 Moses wrote to us,…If someone ’ s brother might die The Sadducees are quoting what **Moses** had written in the law. Moses’ quote can be expressed as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote for us that if a man’s brother dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 e8x2 figs-quotations Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ 1 Moses wrote to us, … If someone ’ s brother might die The Sadducees are quoting what **Moses** had written in the law. Moses’ quote can be expressed as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote for us that if a man’s brother dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 m8fh ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν 1 wrote to us “wrote to us Jews.” The Sadducees were a group of Jews. Here they use the word **us** to refer to themselves and all Jews.
|
||||
MRK 12 19 g49e λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα 1 his brother should take the wife “the man should marry his brother’s wife”
|
||||
MRK 12 19 m2um figs-explicit ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 should raise up offspring to his brother “have a son for his brother.” The man’s first son would be considered to be the dead brother’s son, and the son’s descendants would be considered to be the dead brother’s descendants. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “should have a son who will be considered to be the dead brother’s son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 20 wz27 figs-hypo ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν 1 There were seven brothers The Sadducees talk about a situation that did not really happen because they want Jesus to tell them what he thinks is right and wrong. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
MRK 12 20 pj71 ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first the first brother
|
||||
MRK 12 20 af1t ὁ πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα 1 the first took a wife “the first married a woman.” Here marrying a woman is spoken of as “taking” her.
|
||||
MRK 12 21 d61g figs-ellipsis ὁ δεύτερος…ὁ τρίτος 1 the second…the third These numbers refer to each of the brothers and can be expressed as such. Alternate translation: “the second brother … the third brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 21 d61g figs-ellipsis ὁ δεύτερος…ὁ τρίτος 1 the second … the third These numbers refer to each of the brothers and can be expressed as such. Alternate translation: “the second brother … the third brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 21 na6s ὁ δεύτερος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν 1 the second took her “the second married her.” Here marrying a woman is spoken of as “taking” her.
|
||||
MRK 12 21 l1ds figs-explicit ὁ τρίτος ὡσαύτως 1 the third likewise It may be helpful to explain what **likewise** means. Alternate translation: “the third brother married her as his other bothers did, and he also died leaving no children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 22 wjq8 figs-ellipsis οἱ ἑπτὰ 1 the seven This refers to all the brothers. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ MRK 12 31 pyc1 τούτων 1 than these Here the word **these** refers to the
|
|||
MRK 12 32 qqm4 καλῶς, Διδάσκαλε 1 Good, Teacher “Good answer, Teacher” or “Well said, Teacher”
|
||||
MRK 12 32 awe3 figs-idiom εἷς ἐστιν 1 he is one This means that there is only **one** God. Alternate translation: “there is only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 32 as2j figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος 1 there is no other The word “God” is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “that there is no other God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 xnq9 figs-doublet ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς συνέσεως…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος 1 from the whole heart…from the whole understanding…from the whole strength These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 xnq9 figs-doublet ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς συνέσεως…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος 1 from the whole heart … from the whole understanding … from the whole strength These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 k42a figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας 1 from the whole heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for person’s thoughts, feelings, or inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 tw15 figs-simile τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν 1 to love the neighbor as oneself This simile compares how people are **to love** each other with the same love that they love themselves. Alternate translation: “to love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 ll9t figs-idiom περισσότερόν ἐστιν 1 is even more than This idiom means that something is more important than something else. In this case, these two commandments are more pleasing to God that burnt offering and sacrifices. This may be written clearly. Alternate translation: “is even more important than” or “is even more pleasing to God than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1095,10 +1095,10 @@ MRK 12 35 q6e4 figs-rquestion πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖ
|
|||
MRK 12 35 i6a4 υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the son of David “a descendant of David”
|
||||
MRK 12 36 e1zq figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 David himself This word **himself** refers to **David** and is used to place emphasis on him and what he said. Alternate translation: “It was David who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 ejy2 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ 1 in the Holy Spirit This means that he was inspired by **the Holy Spirit**. That is, the Holy Spirit directed David in what he said. Alternate translation: “inspired by the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 dv7b figs-explicit εἶπεν…εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 said,…The Lord said to my Lord Here David calls God **The Lord** and calls the Christ **my Lord**. This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “said about the Christ, ‘The Lord God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 dv7b figs-explicit εἶπεν…εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 said, … The Lord said to my Lord Here David calls God **The Lord** and calls the Christ **my Lord**. This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “said about the Christ, ‘The Lord God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 v53p translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand Jesus is quoting a psalm. Here God is speaking to the Christ. To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 mml8 figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I may place your enemies under your feet In this quote, God speaks of defeating enemies as placing them under his feet. Alternate translation: “until I completely defeat your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 37 ka5u λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον 1 calls him…Lord Here the word **him** refers to the Christ.
|
||||
MRK 12 37 ka5u λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον 1 calls him … Lord Here the word **him** refers to the Christ.
|
||||
MRK 12 37 rh2t figs-rquestion καὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 and how is he his son This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “so consider how the Christ can be a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 38 z649 figs-abstractnouns ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 greetings in the marketplaces The noun **greetings** can be expressed with the verb “greet.” Alternate translation: “for people to greet them in the marketplaces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 38 k31m figs-explicit ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 greetings in the marketplaces These greetings showed that the people respected the scribes. Alternate translation: “to be greeted respectfully in the marketplaces” or “for people to greet them respectfully in the marketplaces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@ MRK 13 10 ruk9 figs-explicit καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πρῶ
|
|||
MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit The words “will speak” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 py9u παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 brother will deliver brother to death “one brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him” or “brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them.” This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother.
|
||||
MRK 13 12 g3jv figs-gendernotations ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν 1 brother…brother These refers to both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “people … their siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 g3jv figs-gendernotations ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν 1 brother … brother These refers to both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “people … their siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child The words “will deliver up to death” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “fathers will deliver up their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 d0t9 figs-idiom πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child This means that some fathers will betray their children, and this betrayal will cause their children to be killed. Alternate translation: “fathers will betray their children, handing them over to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 r66s figs-idiom ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents This means that **children** will oppose their **parents** and betray them. Alternate translation: “children will oppose their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ MRK 14 12 bn76 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus sends two of the disciples to pre
|
|||
MRK 14 12 wpe7 figs-explicit ὅτε τὸ Πάσχα ἔθυον 1 when they were sacrificing the Passover lamb At the beginning of the Festival of Unleavened Bread, it was customary to sacrifice a lamb. Alternate translation: “when it was customary to sacrifice the Passover lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 12 bel5 figs-metonymy φάγῃς τὸ Πάσχα 1 you might eat the Passover Here the **Passover** refers to the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “eat the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 13 a7xg κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων 1 bearing a pitcher of water “carrying a large jar full of water”
|
||||
MRK 14 14 i344 figs-quotations ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω? 1 The Teacher says,…Where is my guest room where I…eat the Passover with my disciples This can be written as an indirect quote. Translate this so that it is a polite request. Alternate translation: “Our Teacher would like to know where the guest room is where he may eat the Passover with his disciples.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 14 14 i344 figs-quotations ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω? 1 The Teacher says, … Where is my guest room where I … eat the Passover with my disciples This can be written as an indirect quote. Translate this so that it is a polite request. Alternate translation: “Our Teacher would like to know where the guest room is where he may eat the Passover with his disciples.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 14 14 q3pn τὸ κατάλυμά 1 guest room a room for visitors
|
||||
MRK 14 15 x3zk figs-explicit ἐκεῖ ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν 1 make the preparations for us there They were to prepare the meal for Jesus and his disciples to eat. Alternate translation: “prepare the meal for us there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 16 sb35 ἐξῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples left “the two disciples left”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@ MRK 14 25 t7ai ἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 from
|
|||
MRK 14 25 y1pf καινὸν 1 new This could mean: (1) It would happen again. (2) It would happen in a new way.
|
||||
MRK 14 26 l996 ὑμνήσαντες 1 having sung a hymn A **hymn** is a type of song. It was traditional for them to sing an Old Testament psalm.
|
||||
MRK 14 27 pu4s λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus says to them “Jesus said to his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 14 27 lty4 figs-idiom σκανδαλισθήσεσθε 1 You…will fall away This is an idiom that means leave. Alternate translation: “will leave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 14 27 lty4 figs-idiom σκανδαλισθήσεσθε 1 You … will fall away This is an idiom that means leave. Alternate translation: “will leave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 14 27 lze6 πατάξω 1 I will strike “I will kill.” Here, **I** refers to God.
|
||||
MRK 14 27 w2az figs-activepassive τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται 1 the sheep will be scattered You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will scatter the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 28 lv2u 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus clearly tells Peter he will deny him. Peter and all of the disciples are certain they will not deny Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@ MRK 14 37 ja6d εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας 1 finds
|
|||
MRK 14 37 kp33 figs-rquestion Σίμων, καθεύδεις? οὐκ ἴσχυσας μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι? 1 Simon, are you asleep? Were you not able to stay alert for one hour Jesus rebukes Simon Peter for sleeping. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Simon, you are asleep when I told you to stay awake. You could not even stay awake for one hour.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 38 zrp4 figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 so that you may not enter into temptation Jesus speaks of being tempted as if it were entering into a physical place. Alternate translation: “so that you may not be tempted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 38 xk5y τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak Jesus warns Simon Peter that he is not strong enough to do what he wants to do in his own strength. Alternate translation: “You are willing in your spirit, but you are too weak to do what you want to do” or “You want to do what I say, but you are weak”
|
||||
MRK 14 38 c1je figs-metonymy τὸ…πνεῦμα…ἡ…σὰρξ 1 The spirit…the flesh These refer to two different aspects of Peter. Here, the **spirit** is his inmost desires and the **flesh** is his human ability and strength. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 38 c1je figs-metonymy τὸ…πνεῦμα…ἡ…σὰρξ 1 The spirit … the flesh These refer to two different aspects of Peter. Here, the **spirit** is his inmost desires and the **flesh** is his human ability and strength. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 39 l9nj τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον εἰπών 1 having said the same thing “having prayed again what he prayed before”
|
||||
MRK 14 40 v49m εὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας 1 he found them sleeping The word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 14 40 ht2p figs-metaphor ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι 1 for their eyes were weighed down Here the author speaks of a sleepy person having a hard time keeping his eyes open as having **eyes** that are **weighed down**. Alternate translation: “for they were so sleepy they were having a hard time keeping their eyes open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@ MRK 14 55 fu1l figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 to
|
|||
MRK 14 55 d9gn figs-explicit οὐχ ηὕρισκον 1 they were not finding any They did not find testimony against Jesus with which they could convict him and have him put to death. Alternate translation: “they did not find any testimony with which to convict him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 56 jpc7 ἴσαι αἱ μαρτυρίαι οὐκ ἦσαν 1 their testimony was not the same This can be written in positive form. “but their testimony contradicted each other”
|
||||
MRK 14 58 f82e figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος 1 We heard him saying “We heard Jesus say.” The word **We** refers to the people who falsely testified against Jesus and does not include the people to whom they are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 58 e94y figs-synecdoche τὸν χειροποίητον…ἀχειροποίητον 1 made with hands,…made without hands Here, **hands** refers to men. Alternate translation: “made by men … made without man’s help” or “built by men … built without man’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 14 58 e94y figs-synecdoche τὸν χειροποίητον…ἀχειροποίητον 1 made with hands, … made without hands Here, **hands** refers to men. Alternate translation: “made by men … made without man’s help” or “built by men … built without man’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 14 58 k1vs διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν 1 in three days “within three days.” This means that the temple would be built within a three-day period.
|
||||
MRK 14 58 hm5e figs-ellipsis ἄλλον…οἰκοδομήσω 1 I will build another The word “temple” is understood from the previous phrase. It may be repeated. Alternate translation: “I will build another temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 14 59 x6hk οὐδὲ οὕτως ἴση ἦν ἡ μαρτυρία αὐτῶν 1 not even in this manner was their testimony the same “even then what they testified contradicted each other.” This can be written in positive form.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1386,17 +1386,17 @@ MRK 15 15 qt8y τῷ ὄχλῳ τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιῆσαι 1 to do wh
|
|||
MRK 15 15 fwg6 τὸν Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 1 Jesus, having flogged him Pilate did not actually scourge **Jesus**, but rather his soldiers did.
|
||||
MRK 15 15 yzn5 φραγελλώσας 1 having flogged him “having whipped him.” To **flog** is to beat with an especially painful whip.
|
||||
MRK 15 15 r9id figs-activepassive παρέδωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 handed over Jesus, having flogged him, so that he might be crucified Pilate told his soldiers to take **Jesus** away to crucify him. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “told his soldiers to take him away and crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 15 16 eg6x τῆς αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον 1 the palace…that is, the Praetorium This was where the Roman soldiers in Jerusalem lived, and where the governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the courtyard of the soldiers’ barracks” or “the courtyard of the governor’s residence”
|
||||
MRK 15 16 eg6x τῆς αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον 1 the palace … that is, the Praetorium This was where the Roman soldiers in Jerusalem lived, and where the governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the courtyard of the soldiers’ barracks” or “the courtyard of the governor’s residence”
|
||||
MRK 15 16 b5gs ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν 1 the whole cohort “the whole unit of soldiers”
|
||||
MRK 15 17 tn33 ἐνδιδύσκουσιν αὐτὸν πορφύραν 1 put on him a purple robe Purple was a color worn by royalty. The soldiers did not believe that Jesus was king. They clothed him this way to mock him because others said that he was the King of the Jews.
|
||||
MRK 15 17 xfk8 ἀκάνθινον στέφανον 1 a crown of thorns “a crown made of thorny branches”
|
||||
MRK 15 18 ft1j figs-irony Χαῖρε, Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews The greeting “Hail” with a raised hand was only used to greet the Roman emperor. The soldiers did not believe that Jesus was the king of the Jews. Rather they said this to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MRK 15 19 gz3b καλάμῳ 1 with a staff “a stick” or “a staff”
|
||||
MRK 15 19 a8a9 figs-metaphor τιθέντες τὰ γόνατα 1 bending the knee A person who kneels bends his knees, so those who kneel are sometimes said to “bend their knees.” Alternate translation: “kneeled” or “knelt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 15 21 cj4l ἀγγαρεύουσιν…ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 they pressed into service…so that he might carry his cross According to Roman law, a solider could force a man he came upon along the road to carry a load. In this case, they forced Simon to carry Jesus’ cross.
|
||||
MRK 15 21 cj4l ἀγγαρεύουσιν…ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 they pressed into service … so that he might carry his cross According to Roman law, a solider could force a man he came upon along the road to carry a load. In this case, they forced Simon to carry Jesus’ cross.
|
||||
MRK 15 21 s4j3 ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ 1 from the country “from outside the city”
|
||||
MRK 15 21 cyn6 writing-background ἀγγαρεύουσιν, παράγοντά τινα Σίμωνα Κυρηναῖον, ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ, τὸν πατέρα Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Ῥούφου 1 they pressed into service a certain passerby, Simon of Cyrene…the father of Alexander and Rufus) coming from the country This is background information about the man whom the soldiers forced to carry Jesus’ cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 15 21 rtz2 translate-names Σίμωνα…Ἀλεξάνδρου…Ῥούφου 1 Simon…of Alexander…Rufus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 15 21 cyn6 writing-background ἀγγαρεύουσιν, παράγοντά τινα Σίμωνα Κυρηναῖον, ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ, τὸν πατέρα Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Ῥούφου 1 they pressed into service a certain passerby, Simon of Cyrene … the father of Alexander and Rufus) coming from the country This is background information about the man whom the soldiers forced to carry Jesus’ cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 15 21 rtz2 translate-names Σίμωνα…Ἀλεξάνδρου…Ῥούφου 1 Simon … of Alexander … Rufus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 15 21 py16 translate-names Κυρηναῖον 1 of Cyrene This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 15 22 w6c7 0 Connecting Statement: The soldiers bring Jesus to Golgotha, where they crucify him with two others. Many people mock him.
|
||||
MRK 15 22 e49p translate-names Κρανίου Τόπος 1 Place of a Skull “Skull Place” or “Place of the Skull.” This the name of a place. It does not mean that there are lots of skulls there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ MRK 15 43 zvw4 figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησο
|
|||
MRK 15 44 z3gl figs-explicit ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἐθαύμασεν εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν; καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν κεντυρίωνα 1 Now Pilate was wondering if he had already died, and having called the centurion **Pilate** heard people saying that Jesus was dead. This surprised him, so he asked **the centurion** if it was true. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Pilate was amazed when he heard that Jesus was already dead, so calling the centurion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 45 v5ys ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 he gave the body to Joseph “he permitted Joseph to take Jesus’ body”
|
||||
MRK 15 46 g4c9 σινδόνα 1 a linen cloth Linen is cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant. See how you translated this in [Mark 14:51](../14/51.md).
|
||||
MRK 15 46 eb9h figs-metonymy καθελὼν αὐτὸν…προσεκύλισεν λίθον 1 having taken him down,…he rolled a stone You may need to make explicit that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, and closed the tomb. Alternate translation: “after he and others took him down … they rolled a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 15 46 eb9h figs-metonymy καθελὼν αὐτὸν…προσεκύλισεν λίθον 1 having taken him down, … he rolled a stone You may need to make explicit that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, and closed the tomb. Alternate translation: “after he and others took him down … they rolled a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 15 46 g9hf figs-activepassive μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας 1 a tomb that had been cut from a rock You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a tomb that someone had previously cut out of solid rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 15 46 bw4k λίθον ἐπὶ 1 a stone against “a huge flat stone in front of”
|
||||
MRK 15 47 m782 translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 of Joses This **Joses** was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
634
en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
634
en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
|
|
@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ LUK front intro uk55 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Luke<br><br><br>## Par
|
|||
LUK 1 intro f1b5 0 # Luke 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Dedication to Theophilus (1:1-4)<br>2. The angel Gabriel announces to Zechariah that his wife Elizabeth is going to bear a son, John the Baptist (1:5-25)<br>3. The angel Gabriel announces to Mary that she is going to become the mother of Jesus (1:26-38)<br>4. Mary goes to visit Elizabeth (1:39-56)<br>5. John the Baptist is born (1:57-80)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in Mary’s song about becoming the mother of Jesus in 1:46-55 and Zechariah’s song about the birth of his son John the Baptist in 1:68-79.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “He will be called John”<br><br>Most people in the ancient Near East would give a child the same name as someone in their families. People were surprised that Elizabeth and Zechariah named their son John because there was no one else in their family with that name.
|
||||
LUK 1 1 qhd9 figs-activepassive περὶ τῶν πεπληροφορημένων ἐν ἡμῖν πραγμάτων 1 concerning the things that have been fulfilled among us If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “about those things that have happened among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 1 hyp6 figs-exclusive ἐν ἡμῖν 1 among us Luke dedicates this book to a man named Theophilus. It is no longer known exactly who he was. But since Luke says in [1:4](../01/04.md) that he wants Theophilus to know that the things he has been taught are reliable, it appears that he was a follower of Jesus. So here the word **us** would include him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 2 hud2 figs-metonymy οἱ…αὐτόπται…γενόμενοι 1 those who…were eyewitnesses The term **eyewitness** describes someone who saw something happen personally, “with their own eyes.” The term describes such a person figuratively by reference to something associated with sight, the eye. Alternate translation: “who … saw these things personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 2 hud2 figs-metonymy οἱ…αὐτόπται…γενόμενοι 1 those who … were eyewitnesses The term **eyewitness** describes someone who saw something happen personally, “with their own eyes.” The term describes such a person figuratively by reference to something associated with sight, the eye. Alternate translation: “who … saw these things personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 2 z9dq figs-metonymy ὑπηρέται…τοῦ λόγου 1 servants of the word Here, **word** figuratively describes the things that the people who brought the message conveyed by using words. Alternate translation: “servants of the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 2 l000 figs-metaphor ὑπηρέται…τοῦ λόγου 1 servants of the word The people who brought this message were actually serving God by doing that. But Luke describes them figuratively as **servants of the word**, as if they were serving the message from God. Alternate translation: “served God by telling people his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 3 fud1 writing-background παρηκολουθηκότι ἄνωθεν πᾶσιν ἀκριβῶς 1 having carefully investigated everything from the beginning Luke provides this background information to explain that he was careful to find out exactly what happened. He probably talked to different people who saw what happened to make sure that what he wrote down about these events was correct. Alternate translation: “because I have conducted careful research and interviews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 1 3 l001 figs-youformal σοι…κράτιστε Θεόφιλε 1 for you…most excellent Theophilus If your language has a formal form of **you** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, it would be appropriate to use that form here. There are many other places in the book of Luke where your language might use formal **you**, and these notes will not address all of them. Rather, as you translate, use formal and informal **you** in the way that would be most natural in your language. The notes will address a few cases where a careful decision should be made between the two forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||||
LUK 1 3 l001 figs-youformal σοι…κράτιστε Θεόφιλε 1 for you … most excellent Theophilus If your language has a formal form of **you** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, it would be appropriate to use that form here. There are many other places in the book of Luke where your language might use formal **you**, and these notes will not address all of them. Rather, as you translate, use formal and informal **you** in the way that would be most natural in your language. The notes will address a few cases where a careful decision should be made between the two forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||||
LUK 1 3 nr63 κράτιστε Θεόφιλε 1 most excellent Theophilus Luke is dedicating this work to Theophilus, and within his dedication, this is the conventional personal greeting. If it would be more customary in your language and culture, you could put this greeting in [1:1](../01/01.md) at the start of the dedication, at the very beginning of the book. Alternate translation: “To most excellent Theophilus”
|
||||
LUK 1 3 vhj8 κράτιστε 1 most excellent Luke uses the term **most excellent** to address Theophilus in a way that shows honor and respect. This may mean that Theophilus was an important government official. In your translation, it would be appropriate to use the form of address that your culture uses for people of high status. Alternate translation: “Honorable”
|
||||
LUK 1 3 h7q1 translate-names Θεόφιλε 1 Theophilus This name means “friend of God.” It may describe this man’s character, or it may have been his actual name. Most translations treat it as a name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -25,13 +25,13 @@ LUK 1 5 d3ua figs-metaphor γυνὴ αὐτῷ ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων
|
|||
LUK 1 5 nnu9 figs-explicit ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων Ἀαρών 1 was from the daughters of Aaron This means implicitly that she, like Zechariah, was descended from the line of priests going back to Aaron, the first high priest. Alternate translation: “his wife also came from the line of priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 5 l008 translate-names Ἐλεισάβετ 1 was Elizabeth **Elizabeth** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 6 uu87 figs-metaphor ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in front of God Luke uses this expression to mean “where God could see them.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in God’s judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 6 l009 figs-metaphor πορευόμενοι ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 walking…in all the commandments and statutes of the Lord The term **walking** figuratively means “obeying.” Alternate translation: “obeying … everything that the Lord had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 6 l009 figs-metaphor πορευόμενοι ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 walking … in all the commandments and statutes of the Lord The term **walking** figuratively means “obeying.” Alternate translation: “obeying … everything that the Lord had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 6 csc9 figs-doublet πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 all the commandments and statutes of the Lord The words **commandments** and **statutes** mean similar things. Luke uses the two terms together to make a comprehensive statement. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “everything that the Lord had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 1 7 c7cj grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 But This word indicates a contrast, showing that what follows is the opposite of what would be expected. People expected that if they did what was right, God would allow them to have children. Although this couple did what was right, they did not have any children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 1 7 l010 figs-idiom ἀμφότεροι προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν 1 both advanced in their days To have moved forward or to have **advanced** means figuratively to have aged. Alternate translation: “they had both grown old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 7 l011 figs-idiom ἀμφότεροι προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν 1 both advanced in their days Here, Luke uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time, the lifetimes of Zechariah and Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “they had both grown old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 8 jr7f writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that This phrase marks a shift from the background information that Luke has been providing about the participants to the first event in their story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses to introduce an event, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 1 8 l012 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν, ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ 1 in his performing as priest…in the order of his division If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because it was his group’s turn, Zechariah was serving as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 1 8 l012 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν, ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ 1 in his performing as priest … in the order of his division If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because it was his group’s turn, Zechariah was serving as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 1 8 vyl8 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν…ἔναντι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in his performing as priest before God The expression **before God**, that is, “in front of God,” means that Zechariah was offering his service as a priest in the presence of God. Alternate translation: “while Zechariah was serving God as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 8 abc1 writing-pronouns ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν 1 in his performing as priest The pronoun **his** refers to Zechariah. Alternate translation: “while Zechariah was serving as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 1 8 wed9 writing-background ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ 1 in the order of his division This is background information that explains why Zechariah was serving as a priest at this time. Alternate translation: “because it was his group’s turn to serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ LUK 1 10 ntl8 figs-explicit ἔξω 1 outside This word refers implicitly to the
|
|||
LUK 1 10 uwu7 figs-metaphor τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ θυμιάματος 1 at the hour of the incense offering The word **hour** figuratively means “time.” This could mean either the morning or evening time for the incense offering. Alternate translation: “when it was time to offer the incense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 11 b8b7 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous δὲ 1 Then This word indicates that the event it introduces took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “right at that time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
LUK 1 11 c8ss figs-idiom ὤφθη…αὐτῷ 1 appeared to him When Luke says that the angel **appeared**, this does not mean that Zechariah simply saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Zechariah. Alternate translation: “suddenly was there with Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 12 r3aa figs-parallelism ἐταράχθη Ζαχαρίας…φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Zechariah was troubled…fear fell on him These two phrases mean similar things. Luke is using them together to emphasize how afraid Zechariah was. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Zechariah became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 1 12 r3aa figs-parallelism ἐταράχθη Ζαχαρίας…φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Zechariah was troubled … fear fell on him These two phrases mean similar things. Luke is using them together to emphasize how afraid Zechariah was. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Zechariah became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 1 12 d1zm figs-explicit ἰδών 1 when he saw him The implication is that Zechariah was afraid because the angel appeared glorious and powerful. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (Luke has just said that Zechariah was righteous and blameless, so it would be good not to leave your readers with the impression that he had done something wrong and was afraid that the angel was going to punish him for it.) Alternate translation: “when he saw how glorious and powerful the angel was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 12 l014 figs-metaphor φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 fear fell on him Luke is using the expression **fell upon** figuratively to speak of fear as if it attacked and overcame Zechariah. Alternate translation: “this made him very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 12 sfb1 figs-personification φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 fear fell on him Luke describes Zechariah’s **fear** figuratively as if it were something that could actively attack and overpower him. Alternate translation: “this made him very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ LUK 1 17 w32h figs-personification ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέ
|
|||
LUK 1 17 qe48 figs-synecdoche ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα 1 to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children The angel uses the relationship between **fathers** and **children** figuratively to represent all relationships. Luke relates in [3:10-14](../03/10.md) how John encouraged reconciliation in a variety of different relationships. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 1 17 l024 figs-explicit ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα 1 to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children It is assumed that readers will know that this is what the prophet Malachi had said Elijah would do before the Lord came. The implication in context is that John will fulfill this prophecy by using the same empowerment that Elijah had. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships, just as the prophet Malachi said Elijah would do before the Lord came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 17 l025 figs-explicit ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων 1 the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Gabriel is using the term **wisdom** in the Old Testament sense as a moral term that refers to choosing the way in life that God has shown to be best. The people who make this choice are **righteous**, meaning that God considers them to be living in the right way. Alternate translation: “to lead people who are disobeying God to choose his ways and become people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 17 j49j figs-nominaladj ἀπειθεῖς…δικαίων 1 the disobedient…of the righteous Gabriel is using the adjectives **disobedient** and **righteous** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are disobeying God … people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 1 17 j49j figs-nominaladj ἀπειθεῖς…δικαίων 1 the disobedient … of the righteous Gabriel is using the adjectives **disobedient** and **righteous** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are disobeying God … people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 1 17 ujs1 figs-explicit λαὸν κατεσκευασμένον 1 a people prepared You could state explicitly in your translation what the people will be prepared to do. Alternate translation: “a people who will be prepared to believe his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 18 asn2 figs-explicit κατὰ τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο 1 How will I know this Zechariah is implicitly asking for a sign as proof. Alternate translation: “What sign can you show me to prove that this will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 18 l026 grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 For This word introduces the reason why Zechariah wants a sign. He and his wife are both too old to have children, so he is finding it hard to believe what the angel has told him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ LUK 1 20 q6y3 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἐπίστευσας τοῖς λόγοις
|
|||
LUK 1 20 l031 figs-activepassive οἵτινες πληρωθήσονται 1 which will be fulfilled If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 20 hgu3 figs-idiom εἰς τὸν καιρὸν αὐτῶν 1 in their time This is an idiom that means “the time that pertains to them.” Alternate translation: “at the appointed time” or “at the time that God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 21 e14e grammar-connect-time-simultaneous καὶ 1 And This word marks a shift in the story from what happened inside the temple to what happened outside. Alternate translation: “While that was happening” or “While the angel and Zechariah were talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
LUK 1 22 h6vt grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν τῷ ναῷ. καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν διανεύων αὐτοῖς, καὶ διέμενεν κωφός 1 they perceived that he had seen a vision in the temple…and he was making signs to them and remained unable to speak If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “He kept on making signs to them but said nothing. So they concluded that he must have seen a vision while he was in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 1 22 h6vt grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν τῷ ναῷ. καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν διανεύων αὐτοῖς, καὶ διέμενεν κωφός 1 they perceived that he had seen a vision in the temple … and he was making signs to them and remained unable to speak If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “He kept on making signs to them but said nothing. So they concluded that he must have seen a vision while he was in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 1 22 r2ak figs-explicit ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν τῷ ναῷ 1 they perceived that he had seen a vision in the temple Gabriel was actually present with Zechariah in the temple. He explains in [1:19](../01/19.md) that God sent him there. The people, not knowing this, assumed that Zechariah had seen a vision. While the Greek says that they “perceived” this, it means that they thought they recognized what had happened. Alternate translation: “they thought that he had seen a vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 23 duy9 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 1 23 l032 figs-activepassive ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς λειτουργίας αὐτοῦ 1 when the days of his priestly service were fulfilled If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when Zechariah had finished his time of service at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ LUK 1 32 ip26 figs-activepassive Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται
|
|||
LUK 1 32 z74z figs-idiom Ὑψίστου 1 of the Most High This is an idiomatic way of referring to God, as the fuller expression “the Most High God” in [8:38](../08/38.md) shows. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the phrase that way in order to explain its meaning. Or, you could simply reproduce the phrase in the simpler form in which it occurs here in order to show your readers one of the ways in which the people of this time referred to God. Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 32 lwd9 figs-metonymy δώσει αὐτῷ…τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 will give to him the throne of his father David The **throne** figuratively represents a king’s authority to rule. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as king as his ancestor David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 32 l049 figs-metaphor δώσει αὐτῷ…τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 will give to him the throne of his father David Here, the term **father** figuratively means “ancestor,” but since a line of kings is in view, it also indicates that Jesus will be a successor to David. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as a successor to his ancestor David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 33 l050 figs-parallelism βασιλεύσει…εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας; καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος 1 he will reign…to the ages, and there will be no end of his kingship These two phrases mean similar things. Gabriel uses them together to emphasize how certain it is that Jesus will always rule. Because Gabriel is making a proclamation, he is speaking in a form much like poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and**, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he will rule … forever, yes, his kingship will always continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 1 33 l050 figs-parallelism βασιλεύσει…εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας; καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος 1 he will reign … to the ages, and there will be no end of his kingship These two phrases mean similar things. Gabriel uses them together to emphasize how certain it is that Jesus will always rule. Because Gabriel is making a proclamation, he is speaking in a form much like poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and**, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he will rule … forever, yes, his kingship will always continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 1 33 l051 figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον Ἰακὼβ 1 the house of Jacob In this expression, the word **house** figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person, in this case Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the people descended from Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 33 l052 translate-names Ἰακὼβ 1 of Jacob **Jacob** is the name of a man. Luke uses it a few more times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 33 l053 figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 to the ages This is an idiom. The term **ages** means long periods of time. Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ LUK 1 38 tef1 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Here, **behold** means more lite
|
|||
LUK 1 38 kw3g figs-metaphor ἡ δούλη Κυρίου 1 the female servant of the Lord By describing herself as a **servant**, Mary is responding humbly and willingly. She is not boasting about being in the Lord’s service. Choose an expression in your language that will show her humility and obedience to the Lord. Alternate translation: “someone who will gladly serve the Lord in any way he wishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 38 b9ax γένοιτό μοι 1 May it happen to me Once again Mary is expressing her willingness for the things to happen that the angel has told her about. Alternative translation: “I am willing for these things to happen to me”
|
||||
LUK 1 38 l062 figs-metonymy κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου 1 according to your word Here, the term **word** figuratively describes the message that Gabriel has brought. Alternate translation: “just as you have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 39 ka5b writing-newevent δὲ…ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 Then…in those days This time reference sets the stage for a new episode in the story. Alternate translation: “Around that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 1 39 ka5b writing-newevent δὲ…ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 Then … in those days This time reference sets the stage for a new episode in the story. Alternate translation: “Around that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 1 39 l063 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 in those days Here, Luke uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “Around that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 39 wj5i figs-idiom ἀναστᾶσα 1 arose This is an idiom that means not just that Mary stood up, but that she took action to get an enterprise under way. Alternate translation: “started out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 39 sii5 figs-explicit τὴν ὀρινὴν 1 the hill country This was an area of high hills extending south from the Jerusalem area to the Negev desert. Alternate translation: “the hilly area south of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ LUK 1 43 tiu4 figs-123person ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Κυρίου μου 1 the mo
|
|||
LUK 1 44 uq3j figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ 1 For behold The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. This phrase alerts Mary to pay attention to Elizabeth’s surprising statement that follows. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 44 h54t figs-metaphor ὡς ἐγένετο ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ ἀσπασμοῦ σου εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου 1 as soon as the sound of your greeting was in my ears Elizabeth is using the term **ears** to mean hearing, and hearing figuratively means recognition. Alternate translation: “as soon as I heard your voice and realized that it was you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 44 u9db figs-metaphor ἐσκίρτησεν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει 1 leaped for joy As in [1:41](../01/41.md), **leaped** is a figurative way of referring to sudden movement. Alternate translation: “moved suddenly because he was so happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 45 kf73 figs-123person ἡ πιστεύσασα…τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου 1 she who believed…of the things that were spoken to her from the Lord Elizabeth is speaking to Mary, and these phrases describe Mary, but Elizabeth nevertheless speaks of her in the third person. She does this perhaps as a sign of respect, since she has just identified Mary as “the mother of my Lord.” Alternate translation: “you who believed … the message that the Lord sent you”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 1 45 kf73 figs-123person ἡ πιστεύσασα…τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου 1 she who believed … of the things that were spoken to her from the Lord Elizabeth is speaking to Mary, and these phrases describe Mary, but Elizabeth nevertheless speaks of her in the third person. She does this perhaps as a sign of respect, since she has just identified Mary as “the mother of my Lord.” Alternate translation: “you who believed … the message that the Lord sent you”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 1 45 gc1e figs-activepassive ἔσται τελείωσις τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου 1 there would be a fulfillment of the things that were spoken to her from the Lord If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “that the Lord would do everything he sent the angel to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 45 g8rc figs-explicit ἔσται τελείωσις τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου 1 there would be a fulfillment of the things that were spoken to her from the Lord Here, instead of the word “by,” Elizabeth uses the word **from** because Mary actually heard the angel Gabriel speak (see [1:26](../01/26.md)), but the things he spoke ultimately came from the Lord. Alternate translation: “that the Lord would do everything he sent the angel to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 46 vxj4 figs-synecdoche μεγαλύνει ἡ ψυχή μου 1 My soul magnifies The word **soul** refers to the inmost part of a person. Here, Mary uses it to refer to all of herself. Mary is saying that her worship comes from deep inside her. Alternate translation: “From the depths of my being, I praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ LUK 1 65 l081 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And This word introduces th
|
|||
LUK 1 65 qw1j figs-personification ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος 1 fear came on all As in [1:12](../01/12.md), Luke here describes fear figuratively as if it were something that could actively come upon people. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 1 65 l082 figs-idiom ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος, τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς 1 fear came on all those who lived around them In this context, **fear** does not mean to be afraid, but to have respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 65 l083 figs-explicit ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος 1 fear came on all It may be helpful to state clearly why the people responded in this way. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe of God because of what he had done in the lives of Zechariah and Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 65 g7uh figs-hyperbole πάντας…τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς…ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ὀρεινῇ 1 all those who lived around them,…throughout all the hill country Here Luke uses the word **all** twice as an generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people who lived around them … widely throughout that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 1 65 g7uh figs-hyperbole πάντας…τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς…ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ὀρεινῇ 1 all those who lived around them, … throughout all the hill country Here Luke uses the word **all** twice as an generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people who lived around them … widely throughout that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 1 65 pz97 figs-activepassive διελαλεῖτο πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 all these matters were being talked about If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people talked about all these matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 66 c7xf figs-ellipsis ἔθεντο πάντες οἱ ἀκούσαντες, ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν 1 all those who heard stored in their hearts Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need to be complete. Alternate translation: “all who heard these things stored them in their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 1 66 l6lt figs-metaphor ἔθεντο…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν 1 stored in their hearts Luke is speaking figuratively of **hearts** as places where thoughts and memories can be stored safely. His expression describes people thinking things over carefully in order to understand them and retain them. Alternate translation: “thought carefully about these matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ LUK 1 67 l084 figs-metaphor Ζαχαρίας…ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματο
|
|||
LUK 1 67 fs5y writing-quotations ἐπροφήτευσεν λέγων 1 prophesied, saying Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “prophesied, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 1 68 l085 figs-personification ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the God of Israel Luke is referring figuratively to the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 1 68 jx5n figs-explicit ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the God of Israel If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the relationship between God and Israel more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God whom the people of Israel worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 68 d67v figs-idiom ἐπεσκέψατο…τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ 1 he has visited…for his people Here, the term **visited** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he has come to help … his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 68 d67v figs-idiom ἐπεσκέψατο…τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ 1 he has visited … for his people Here, the term **visited** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he has come to help … his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 69 l086 figs-metaphor ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν 1 he has raised up a horn of salvation for us In this context, **raised up** means brought into existence or enabled to act. Alternate translation: “he has brought us a horn of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 69 g11u figs-metonymy ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν 1 he has raised up a horn of salvation for us An animal’s **horn** is associated with its strength, and so Zechariah is using the term figuratively as a symbol for a ruler by association with the power and authority a ruler has. Alternate translation: “he has brought us a ruler who will have the power to save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 69 fb9f figs-metonymy ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ 1 in the house of his servant David David’s **house** figuratively represents his family and all of his descendants. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of his servant David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ LUK 2 14 p1fm δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεῷ 1 Glory in the highest t
|
|||
LUK 2 14 y2b3 ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκίας 1 among men of good pleasure This could mean: (1) This may be referring to God’s **good pleasure** with people. Alternate translation: “among people with whom God is pleased” (2) This may be referring to people who show **good pleasure** or “good will” to one another. Alternate translation: “among people of good will”
|
||||
LUK 2 14 l121 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 men Here, the term **men** has a generic meaning that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 2 15 au2m writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to mark a shift in the story, to what the shepherds did after the angels left. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 2 15 s4js figs-exclusive διέλθωμεν…ἴδωμεν…ἡμῖν 1 Let us…go over…let us see…to us The shepherds are speaking to one another, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us**, use the inclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 15 s4js figs-exclusive διέλθωμεν…ἴδωμεν…ἡμῖν 1 Let us … go over … let us see … to us The shepherds are speaking to one another, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us**, use the inclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 16 l122 figs-hendiadys ἦλθον σπεύσαντες 1 they went hastening The two verbs **went** and **hastening** express a single idea. The word **hastening** tells how they **went**. Alternate translation: “they went quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 2 16 rdi2 translate-unknown κείμενον ἐν τῇ φάτνῃ 1 who was lying in the manger See how you translated the term **manger** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “lying in a box that holds hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 2 17 n2qz figs-activepassive τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ λαληθέντος αὐτοῖς 1 the message that had been told to them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “what the angels had told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -394,16 +394,16 @@ LUK 2 26 psf8 figs-activepassive ἦν αὐτῷ κεχρηματισμένον
|
|||
LUK 2 26 l138 figs-idiom μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν 1 that he would not see death before To **see death** is an idiom that means “to die.” Alternate translation: “that he would not die before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 26 e6vu figs-litotes μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν 1 that he would not see death before Here, Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “he would live until” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 2 27 k53l figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 he came in the Spirit This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he came as the Holy Spirit directed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 27 uqr6 figs-go ἦλθεν…εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 he came…into the temple Your language may say “went” in contexts such as this. Alternate translation: “he went … into the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
LUK 2 27 uqr6 figs-go ἦλθεν…εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 he came … into the temple Your language may say “went” in contexts such as this. Alternate translation: “he went … into the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
LUK 2 27 y8la figs-synecdoche εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 into the temple Since only priests could enter the **temple** building, this means the **temple** courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 2 27 wt3r writing-participants τοὺς γονεῖς 1 the parents This means the parents of Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use their names here. Alternate translation: “Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 2 27 h444 figs-explicit τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτοὺς κατὰ τὸ εἰθισμένον τοῦ νόμου περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 for them to do according to the custom of the law concerning him The phrase **to do according to the custom of the law** refers to the ceremony of dedication that Luke described in [2:22-25](../02/22.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to perform the ceremony of dedication that the law of God required” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 28 l139 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 and Luke uses this word to indicate that this event took place after the event he has just described. That is, Simeon took Jesus in his arms after his parents brought him into the temple for the dedication ceremony. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 2 28 y5g6 writing-pronouns αὐτὸς ἐδέξατο αὐτὸ εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας 1 he took him into his arms If it would be clearer in your language, you could specify by name the people to whom these pronouns refer. Alternate translation: “Simeon picked up the baby Jesus and held him in his arms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 l140 figs-declarative νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου…ἐν εἰρήνῃ 1 You are now dismissing your servant in peace Simeon is actually using this statement to make a request. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 m6eg figs-123person ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου 1 You are…dismissing your servant Simeon refers to himself as God’s **servant** in order to show humility and respect. Alternate translation: “please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 g3wn figs-euphemism ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου 1 You are…dismissing your servant Simeon uses a mild expression to refer to death. Alternate translation: “please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 l141 figs-youformal σου…σου 1 your…your Here, the word **your** is singular because Simeon is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of **your** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form here and in [2:30](../02/30.md) and [2:32](../02/32.md), and the corresponding formal form for “you” in [2:31](../02/31.md). However, it might be more natural in your language for someone who knows God well, as Simeon did, to address God using the informal form. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 m6eg figs-123person ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου 1 You are … dismissing your servant Simeon refers to himself as God’s **servant** in order to show humility and respect. Alternate translation: “please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 g3wn figs-euphemism ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου 1 You are … dismissing your servant Simeon uses a mild expression to refer to death. Alternate translation: “please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 l141 figs-youformal σου…σου 1 your … your Here, the word **your** is singular because Simeon is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of **your** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form here and in [2:30](../02/30.md) and [2:32](../02/32.md), and the corresponding formal form for “you” in [2:31](../02/31.md). However, it might be more natural in your language for someone who knows God well, as Simeon did, to address God using the informal form. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||||
LUK 2 29 e8fk figs-metonymy κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου 1 according to your word Simeon is referring to the promise that God made that he would live to see the Messiah. Simeon describes that promise by association with the **word** or saying by which God made it. Alternate translation: “as you promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 2 30 b7i6 figs-synecdoche εἶδον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου 1 my eyes have seen Simeon uses one part of himself, his **eyes**, to represent all of himself figuratively in the act of seeing. Alternate translation: “I have personally seen” or “I, myself, have seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 2 30 ekw3 figs-metonymy τὸ σωτήριόν σου 1 your salvation This expression refers by association to the person who would bring **salvation**, that is, the infant Jesus, whom Simeon was holding. Alternate translation: “the Savior whom you have sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ LUK 2 37 l155 figs-merism νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν 1 night and day Luke
|
|||
LUK 2 38 c9e4 ἐπιστᾶσα 1 coming up The implication is that Anna came up to Mary and Joseph. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she approached them” or “she went over to Mary and Joseph”
|
||||
LUK 2 38 l156 figs-idiom αὐτῇ τῇ, ὥρᾳ 1 at that very hour Here, Luke uses the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “right at that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 38 l157 figs-hyperbole πᾶσιν τοῖς 1 to all those The term **all** is a generalization that means many. Alternate translation: “to many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 2 38 l158 figs-idiom τοῖς προσδεχομένοις 1 to…those who were waiting for See how you translated this in [2:25](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “who were eagerly anticipating” or “who were looking forward to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 38 l158 figs-idiom τοῖς προσδεχομένοις 1 to … those who were waiting for See how you translated this in [2:25](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “who were eagerly anticipating” or “who were looking forward to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 38 q1ak figs-metonymy λύτρωσιν Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 the redemption of Jerusalem Luke is using the word **redemption** figuratively to mean the person who would bring redemption. Alternate translation: “the one who would redeem Jerusalem” or “the person who would bring God’s blessings and favor back to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 2 38 l159 figs-metonymy Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 of Jerusalem Luke is referring to all of the people of Israel figuratively by the name of their capital city, **Jerusalem.** Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 2 39 pk9z πάντα τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον Κυρίου 1 everything that was according to the law of the Lord Alternate translation: “everything that the law of the Lord required them to do”
|
||||
|
|
@ -484,8 +484,8 @@ LUK 3 1 l167 writing-newevent ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτ
|
|||
LUK 3 1 l168 translate-ordinal ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ 1 And in the fifteenth year If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “in year 15” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 3 1 l169 writing-participants Τιβερίου Καίσαρος 1 of Tiberius Caesar As in [2:1](../02/01.md), **Caesar** is the title of the emperor of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Tiberius, who ruled the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 3 1 l170 translate-names Τιβερίου 1 of Tiberius **Tiberius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 1 v22w translate-names Ποντίου Πειλάτου…Ἡρῴδου…Φιλίππου…Λυσανίου 1 Pontius Pilate…Herod…Philip…Lysanias These are the names of men. Here, the **Herod** mentioned is not the same one as in [1:5](../01/05.md). Rather, it is his son. Luke makes further mention of him many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 1 uv8h translate-names τῆς Ἰουδαίας…τῆς Γαλιλαίας…τῆς Ἰτουραίας καὶ Τραχωνίτιδος…τῆς Ἀβειληνῆς 1 of Judea,…of Galilee,…of Ituraea and Trachonitis,…of Abilene These are names of territories. Like **Galilee**, the name **Judea** occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 1 v22w translate-names Ποντίου Πειλάτου…Ἡρῴδου…Φιλίππου…Λυσανίου 1 Pontius Pilate … Herod … Philip … Lysanias These are the names of men. Here, the **Herod** mentioned is not the same one as in [1:5](../01/05.md). Rather, it is his son. Luke makes further mention of him many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 1 uv8h translate-names τῆς Ἰουδαίας…τῆς Γαλιλαίας…τῆς Ἰτουραίας καὶ Τραχωνίτιδος…τῆς Ἀβειληνῆς 1 of Judea, … of Galilee, … of Ituraea and Trachonitis, … of Abilene These are names of territories. Like **Galilee**, the name **Judea** occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 1 l171 translate-unknown τετραρχοῦντος 1 was tetrarch In the Roman Empire, a **tetrarch** was the governor of one of four divisions of a country or province. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 3 2 d3m8 figs-explicit ἐπὶ ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καϊάφα 1 during the high priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this point the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea, and there had been some intrigue surrounding Annas. One Roman official had appointed him some years earlier, but ten years after that, another official deposed him and named his son-in-law Caiaphas high priest instead. However, the Jews still recognized Annas’ claim to the position. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “while Annas and Caiaphas were both serving as the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 3 2 dg8p figs-personification ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ 1 the word of God came Luke speaks of God’s message figuratively as if it were a living thing that could come to a person at God's bidding. Alternate translation: “God gave a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ LUK 3 7 mcq5 figs-rquestion τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν
|
|||
LUK 3 7 g7tw figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς 1 from the coming wrath John is using the word **wrath** to refer figuratively to God’s punishment. This is by association with the way that punishment is an expression of God’s **wrath** or displeasure over sin. Alternate translation: “from the punishment that God is sending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 3 8 pz16 figs-metaphor ποιήσατε…καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας 1 produce fruits worthy of repentance John is figuratively comparing a person’s behavior to fruit. Just as a plant is expected to produce fruit that is appropriate for that kind of plant, a person who says that he has repented is expected to live righteously. Alternate translation: “do the good things that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 8 l184 figs-abstractnouns ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας 1 worthy of repentance If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **repentance** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 3 8 l185 figs-quotesinquotes μὴ ἄρξησθε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 do not begin to say within yourselves,…We have Abraham as our father **We have Abraham as our father** is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting John’s words to the crowd, and John is quoting something that the crowds might wrongly think. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “do not try to reassure yourselves with the thought that Abraham is your father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 3 8 l185 figs-quotesinquotes μὴ ἄρξησθε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 do not begin to say within yourselves, … We have Abraham as our father **We have Abraham as our father** is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting John’s words to the crowd, and John is quoting something that the crowds might wrongly think. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “do not try to reassure yourselves with the thought that Abraham is your father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 3 8 l186 figs-metaphor πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 We have Abraham as our father Here, **Father** figuratively means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 8 l187 figs-exclusive πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 We have Abraham as our father John is suggesting something the people might say about themselves, as opposed to others, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “we” and “us,” use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 8 l188 figs-metaphor πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 We have Abraham as our father Here, the word **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ LUK 3 8 gbp2 figs-metaphor δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων
|
|||
LUK 3 8 l189 figs-metaphor τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 children for Abraham Here, the word **children** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 8 pi82 ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων 1 from these stones John was probably referring to actual stones lying along the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “from these stones here”
|
||||
LUK 3 9 r5pa figs-activepassive ἤδη…ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται 1 the ax is already set against the root of the trees If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 9 l190 figs-metaphor ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται 1 the ax is…set against the root of the trees This is a figurative way of saying that punishment is just about to begin. Alternate translation: “God is even now getting his punishment ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 9 l190 figs-metaphor ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται 1 the ax is … set against the root of the trees This is a figurative way of saying that punishment is just about to begin. Alternate translation: “God is even now getting his punishment ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 9 l8it figs-activepassive πᾶν…δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with active forms. Alternate translation: “this person will chop down every tree that does not produce good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 9 l191 figs-metaphor πᾶν…δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire This is a figurative way of describing punishment. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 10 ak6i figs-quotemarks ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν…λέγοντες 1 kept asking him, saying Luke uses the word **saying** to introduce his quotation of what the crowds were asking John. Here and throughout the book, if you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -541,13 +541,13 @@ LUK 3 14 bvy5 figs-activepassive καὶ ἀρκεῖσθε τοῖς ὀψων
|
|||
LUK 3 14 l193 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 4 also This word introduces draws a contrast between what the soldiers had been doing and what they should have been doing. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 3 15 pgp3 grammar-connect-time-background προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 And the people were expecting Luke is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. You can introduce his statement with a word that will indicate this. Alternate translation: “Now the people were expecting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 3 15 l194 figs-explicit προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 And the people were expecting The implication is that the people were expecting the Messiah. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now the people were expecting the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 3 15 czb7 figs-metaphor διαλογιζομένων…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 were…wondering in their hearts Here, Luke uses the term **hearts** figuratively to represent the people’s minds. Alternate translation: “wondering in their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 15 czb7 figs-metaphor διαλογιζομένων…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 were … wondering in their hearts Here, Luke uses the term **hearts** figuratively to represent the people’s minds. Alternate translation: “wondering in their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 fn1u figs-explicit ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων πᾶσιν ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 John answered, saying to them all John’s statement clearly implies that John himself is not the Messiah. It may be helpful to state this explicitly for your readers. Alternate translation: “John clarified that he was not the Messiah by saying to them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 l195 figs-hendiadys ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων…ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 John answered, saying Together the words **answered** and **saying** mean that John responded to what the people were wondering about him. Alternate translation: “John responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 wj3h ἐγὼ…ὕδατι βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς 1 I…baptize you with water Alternate translation: “I … baptize you using water” or “I … baptize you by means of water”
|
||||
LUK 3 16 wj3h ἐγὼ…ὕδατι βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς 1 I … baptize you with water Alternate translation: “I … baptize you using water” or “I … baptize you by means of water”
|
||||
LUK 3 16 k3hg figs-explicit οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 I am not worthy to untie the strap of his sandals Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 jjp1 figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πυρί 1 He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak figuratively of spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. Alternate translation: “He will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 c1an figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει…πυρί 1 He will baptize you…with fire The word **fire** is intended figuratively, and it suggests a fuller metaphor. Jesus will not immerse people in actual fire. Be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you … to purify you, as precious metals are purified in fire” or “He will baptize you … to clear away your sins, as fire clears away underbrush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 16 c1an figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει…πυρί 1 He will baptize you … with fire The word **fire** is intended figuratively, and it suggests a fuller metaphor. Jesus will not immerse people in actual fire. Be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you … to purify you, as precious metals are purified in fire” or “He will baptize you … to clear away your sins, as fire clears away underbrush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 jzm4 figs-metaphor οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 whose winnowing fork is in his hand John is saying figuratively that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 l196 figs-idiom οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 whose winnowing fork is in his hand The phrase **in his hand** is an idiom that means he has the tool all ready to use. Alternate translation: “He has his winnowing fork ready to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 b1ap translate-unknown πτύον 1 winnowing fork is This is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -567,10 +567,10 @@ LUK 3 21 l200 figs-hyperbole ἅπαντα τὸν λαὸν 1 all the people Th
|
|||
LUK 3 21 nw1s figs-activepassive καὶ Ἰησοῦ βαπτισθέντος 1 Jesus also was baptized You could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “John also baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 21 i5zg figs-activepassive ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 the heavens were opened You could say this with an active form. This was more than a simple clearing of the clouds, but it is not clear exactly what the expression means, so it may be best not to try to specify what happened too exactly. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 22 q2yh figs-personification φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ γενέσθαι 1 a voice came from heaven Luke speaks figuratively of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 3 22 h7tn guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my…Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 3 22 h7tn guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my … Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 3 23 uvm3 writing-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information about Jesus’ age and ancestors. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 3 23 d3sh figs-idiom αὐτὸς ἦν Ἰησοῦς ἀρχόμενος ὡσεὶ ἐτῶν τριάκοντα 1 Jesus himself was beginning about 30 years old This idiomatic expression could mean: (1) The word **beginning** may be a reference to Jesus starting his own ministry. UST follows this interpretation. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was about 30 years old when he began his ministry” (2) Luke may also be saying that Jesus had just turned 30 was when he was baptized. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was just 30 years old at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 3 23 z2xa figs-activepassive ὢν υἱός, ὡς ἐνομίζετο, Ἰωσὴφ 1 being the son…as it was assumed) of Joseph If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “People assumed that he was the son of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 23 z2xa figs-activepassive ὢν υἱός, ὡς ἐνομίζετο, Ἰωσὴφ 1 being the son … as it was assumed) of Joseph If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “People assumed that he was the son of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 24 f8pm translate-names τοῦ Μαθθὰτ, τοῦ Λευεὶ, τοῦ Μελχεὶ, τοῦ Ἰανναὶ, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ 1 of Matthat, of Levi, of Melchi, of Jannai, of Joseph This continues the list that begins with the words “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli” in verse 24. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. Use the same wording throughout the whole list. Possible formats are: (1) “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli, the son of Matthat, the son of Levi, the son of Melchi, the son of Jannai, the son of Joseph” (2) “He was the son … of Joseph. Joseph was the son of Heli. Heli was the son of Matthat. Matthat was the son of Levi. Levi was the son of Melchi. Melchi was the son of Jannai. Jannai was the son of Joseph” or (3) “His father … was Joseph. Joseph’s father was Heli. Heli’s father was Matthat. Matthat’s father was Levi. Levi’s father was Melchi. Melchi’s father was Jannai. Jannai’s father was Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 25 xdc5 translate-names τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ Ἀμὼς, τοῦ Ναοὺμ, τοῦ Ἑσλεὶ, τοῦ Ναγγαὶ 1 of Mattathias, of Amos, of Nahum, of Esli, of Naggai This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 26 vt9z translate-names τοῦ Μάαθ, τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ Σεμεεῒν, τοῦ Ἰωσὴχ, τοῦ Ἰωδὰ 1 of Maath, of Mattathias, of Semein, of Josech, of Joda This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -598,8 +598,8 @@ LUK 4 3 bg52 figs-explicit εἶπεν…ὁ διάβολος 1 the devil said T
|
|||
LUK 4 3 l202 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ τῷ λίθῳ τούτῳ, ἵνα γένηται ἄρτος 1 If you are the Son of God, speak to this stone so that it might become bread The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the **stone** will only become **bread** if Jesus is the **Son of God**. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the **Son of God**. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding this stone to become bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
LUK 4 3 y7yf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. Even the devil knew its significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 4 4 l203 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And This word introduces a contrast between the devil wanting Jesus to turn the stone into bread and Jesus refusing to do that. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 4 4 kde3 figs-explicit ἀπεκρίθη πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, γέγραπται 1 Jesus answered to him,…It is written Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is written’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 4 l204 figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 It is written,…Man will not live on bread alone If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is written that man will not live on bread alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 4 4 kde3 figs-explicit ἀπεκρίθη πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, γέγραπται 1 Jesus answered to him, … It is written Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is written’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 4 l204 figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 It is written, … Man will not live on bread alone If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is written that man will not live on bread alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 4 4 hr5a figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 4 ek2z figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Man will not live on bread alone The word **bread** refers to food in general. Jesus quotes this scripture to explain why he will not turn the stone into bread. It means that food by itself, without God, is not enough to sustain a person in life. Alternate translation: “It is not just having food that makes a person truly alive” or “God says there are more important things than food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 4 4 l205 figs-gendernotations ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Man Here, **man** has a generic sense that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -607,11 +607,11 @@ LUK 4 5 wm17 figs-explicit ἀναγαγὼν αὐτὸν 1 he led him up The i
|
|||
LUK 4 5 jxi9 figs-explicitinfo ἐν στιγμῇ χρόνου 1 in an instant of time In your language, it might seem that the phrase **an instant of time** expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “in an instant” or “in a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 4 6 l206 figs-activepassive ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται 1 it has been handed over to me If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has given me authority over all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 6 dcx6 figs-explicit ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται 1 it has been handed over to me The word **it** likely refers back to the singular antecedent **all this authority**, that is, the authority over these kingdoms. So the word you use to translate **it** should agree with **authority** in gender and number and in any other distinctions that your language marks. Alternate translation: “God has given me authority over all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 7 g7h9 figs-explicit ἐὰν προσκυνήσῃς ἐνώπιον ἐμοῦ 1 if…will bow in worship before me The implication is that the devil wants visible, direct worship that will be an official act of submission. Alternate translation: “If you will bow down in worship directly in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 7 g7h9 figs-explicit ἐὰν προσκυνήσῃς ἐνώπιον ἐμοῦ 1 if … will bow in worship before me The implication is that the devil wants visible, direct worship that will be an official act of submission. Alternate translation: “If you will bow down in worship directly in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 7 l207 ἐνώπιον 1 before Here, the term **before** means “in front of.”
|
||||
LUK 4 7 uca7 ἔσται σοῦ πᾶσα 1 it will all be yours Alternate translation: “I will give you all of these kingdoms”
|
||||
LUK 4 8 v8ca figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 answering, Jesus said to him Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the offer that the devil made. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 4 8 l208 figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται, Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις 1 It is written,…You will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is written that one must worship the Lord his God and serve only him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 4 8 l208 figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται, Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις 1 It is written, … You will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is written that one must worship the Lord his God and serve only him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 4 8 m4tc figs-explicit γέγραπται 1 It is written Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is written’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 8 xj35 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 8 bch3 figs-declarative Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις 1 You will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him Here, the Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must worship the Lord your God, and you must serve only him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -620,14 +620,14 @@ LUK 4 9 j8r6 translate-unknown τὸ πτερύγιον 1 the highest point The
|
|||
LUK 4 9 g2n5 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω 1 If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down from here The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that Jesus will be able to jump safely from this great height if he really is the **Son of God**. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the **Son of God**. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by jumping safely from this great height” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
LUK 4 9 j9nx guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. Even the devil knew its significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 4 9 i81s figs-explicit βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω 1 throw yourself down from here The exact location of the part of the temple that Luke describes is uncertain. However, the implication is that it was one of the places on the temple roof from which people would fall several hundred feet into the Kidron Valley if they jumped or slipped off. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this would ordinarily have been a deadly fall. Alternate translation: “jump from this great height” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 10 l209 figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται γὰρ, ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε 1 For it is written,…He will give orders to his angels regarding you, to protect you If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “For it is written that he will give orders to his angels regarding you, to protect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 4 10 l209 figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται γὰρ, ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε 1 For it is written, … He will give orders to his angels regarding you, to protect you If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “For it is written that he will give orders to his angels regarding you, to protect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 4 10 f5dn figs-explicit γέγραπται γὰρ 1 For it is written The devil implies that his quote from the Psalms means that if Jesus really is the Son of God, he will not be hurt if he jumps from this great height. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “You will not be hurt, because it is written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 10 s2g4 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 it is written If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 10 nld8 writing-pronouns τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε 1 He will give orders to his angels regarding you, to protect you **He** refers to God. Alternate translation: “God will order his angels to protect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 4 11 l210 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ, ὅτι ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου 1 and,…They will lift you up in their hands, lest you strike your foot against a stone If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and that they will lift you up in their hands, so that you will not strike your foot against a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 4 11 l210 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ, ὅτι ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου 1 and, … They will lift you up in their hands, lest you strike your foot against a stone If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and that they will lift you up in their hands, so that you will not strike your foot against a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 4 11 l211 figs-synecdoche μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου 1 lest you strike your foot against a stone The Scriptures are figuratively using one way of being hurt to mean all ways of being hurt. Alternate translation: “so that you will not get hurt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 4 12 l212 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 answering, Jesus said to him Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the challenge that the devil posed. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 4 12 l213 figs-quotesinquotes εἴρηται, οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου 1 It is said,…You will not put the Lord your God to the test If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is said that one must not put the Lord his God to the test” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 4 12 l213 figs-quotesinquotes εἴρηται, οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου 1 It is said, … You will not put the Lord your God to the test If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is said that one must not put the Lord his God to the test” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 4 12 fy8d figs-explicit εἴρηται 1 It is said Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is said’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 12 cf6c figs-activepassive εἴρηται 1 It is said If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 12 gf8h figs-declarative οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου 1 You will not put the Lord your God to the test The Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must not test the Lord your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -648,9 +648,9 @@ LUK 4 17 x52a translate-unknown βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσα
|
|||
LUK 4 17 w5s9 figs-activepassive τὸν τόπον οὗ ἦν γεγραμμένον 1 the place where it was written If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the scroll recorded the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 18 h1rm figs-metaphor Πνεῦμα Κυρίου ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The Spirit of the Lord is upon me As in [2:25](../02/25.md), **upon** is a spatial metaphor that means that the Spirit of God is with someone in a special way. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of the Lord is with me in a special way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 4 18 q96y figs-metaphor ἔχρισέν με 1 he has anointed me In the Old Testament, ceremonial oil was poured on a person when they were given the authority to assume an office or do a special task. Isaiah uses anointing figuratively to indicate that God has appointed him to his work. Jesus applies these words to himself as well. Alternate translation: “he has appointed me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 4 18 l6ac figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς…τυφλοῖς 1 to the poor.…to the blind Luke is using the adjectives **poor** and **blind** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these expressions with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor … people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 4 18 l6ac figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς…τυφλοῖς 1 to the poor. … to the blind Luke is using the adjectives **poor** and **blind** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these expressions with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor … people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 4 18 a9wn κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν 1 to proclaim freedom to the captives Alternate translation: “to tell people who are being held captive that they can go free”
|
||||
LUK 4 18 mzp4 κηρύξαι…τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν 1 to proclaim…recovery of sight to the blind Alternate translation: “to tell people who are blind that they will be able to see again”
|
||||
LUK 4 18 mzp4 κηρύξαι…τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν 1 to proclaim … recovery of sight to the blind Alternate translation: “to tell people who are blind that they will be able to see again”
|
||||
LUK 4 18 utq5 figs-activepassive ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει 1 to set free those who are oppressed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “to rescue people whom others are treating harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 19 z262 figs-idiom κηρύξαι ἐνιαυτὸν Κυρίου δεκτόν 1 to proclaim the favorable year of the Lord Luke is using the term **year** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “to announce that this is the time when the Lord will show his kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 4 20 sm11 figs-explicit πτύξας τὸ βιβλίον 1 rolling up the scroll A scroll was closed by rolling it like a tube to protect the writing inside it. Alternate translation: “closing the scroll by rolling it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -661,9 +661,9 @@ LUK 4 21 l218 figs-idiom σήμερον 1 Today **Today** figuratively refers to
|
|||
LUK 4 21 b1ix figs-activepassive πεπλήρωται ἡ Γραφὴ αὕτη 1 this scripture has been fulfilled If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I am fulfilling what this scripture says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 21 iij8 figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς ὠσὶν ὑμῶν 1 in your ears In this expression, the **ears** figuratively represent people in the act of listening. Alternate translation: “even as you are listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 4 22 k2xi figs-metonymy τοῖς λόγοις τῆς χάριτος 1 the gracious words Luke uses the term **words** figuratively to describe what Jesus said by reference to something associated with it, the words he used to communicate it. Alternate translation: “the articulate things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 4 22 l219 figs-explicitinfo τοῖς λόγοις…τοῖς ἐκπορευομένοις ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 the…words that were coming out of his mouth In your language, this phrase might seem like an unnecessarily elaborate way of speaking. If so, you can express the same idea more compactly. Alternate translation: “the … things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 4 22 l219 figs-explicitinfo τοῖς λόγοις…τοῖς ἐκπορευομένοις ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 the … words that were coming out of his mouth In your language, this phrase might seem like an unnecessarily elaborate way of speaking. If so, you can express the same idea more compactly. Alternate translation: “the … things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 4 22 ty6d figs-rquestion οὐχὶ υἱός ἐστιν Ἰωσὴφ οὗτος? 1 Is this not the son of Joseph The people were making a statement, not asking a question. They did not expect others to verify for them who Jesus’ father was. Instead, they were using the question form to say how amazed they were. Joseph was not a religious leader, so they were surprised that his son would preach as well as he did. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This is just Joseph’s son!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 4 23 l220 figs-quotesinquotes πάντως ἐρεῖτέ μοι τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν; ὅσα ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ, ποίησον καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ πατρίδι σου 1 Surely you will say this proverb to me,…Doctor, heal yourself. Whatever we heard happened in Capernaum, also do here in your hometown If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Surely you will quote the proverb to me that tells a doctor to heal himself, to ask me to do the same things here in my hometown that you heard happened in Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 4 23 l220 figs-quotesinquotes πάντως ἐρεῖτέ μοι τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν; ὅσα ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ, ποίησον καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ πατρίδι σου 1 Surely you will say this proverb to me, … Doctor, heal yourself. Whatever we heard happened in Capernaum, also do here in your hometown If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Surely you will quote the proverb to me that tells a doctor to heal himself, to ask me to do the same things here in my hometown that you heard happened in Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 4 23 u4ps writing-proverbs ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν 1 Doctor, heal yourself Jesus anticipates that the people will want to see him do miracles to prove his credibility. He uses a short popular saying of the culture to express this. This saying expresses a great deal of meaning in a few words. If it would be clearer in your language, you could expand it to make clear to your readers what it means. Alternate translation: “If a doctor cannot heal himself of a certain disease, then people will not believe that he can heal them of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
LUK 4 23 ww1w figs-explicit ὅσα ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ, ποίησον καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ πατρίδι σου 1 Whatever we heard happened in Capernaum, also do here in your hometown Jesus then explains how the short saying applies to this situation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explicitly state the implications of his explanation. Alternate translation: “We will not believe the things you say unless you can do the same kind of miracles here that we heard you did in Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 24 q3a9 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true”
|
||||
|
|
@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ LUK 4 25 spq7 figs-metaphor ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς 1 whe
|
|||
LUK 4 25 ukl6 translate-unknown λιμὸς μέγας 1 a great famine A **famine** is a long period of time when the people in an area cannot produce or acquire enough food to feed themselves. Alternate translation: “a serious lack of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 4 26 l223 figs-activepassive πρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ἐπέμφθη Ἠλείας 1 Elijah was sent to none of them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not send Elijah to any of them except” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 26 l224 grammar-connect-exceptions πρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ἐπέμφθη Ἠλείας, εἰ μὴ 1 Elijah was sent to none of them except If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “God only sent Elijah to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
LUK 4 26 zsi6 figs-explicit εἰς Σάρεπτα…πρὸς γυναῖκα χήραν 1 to Zarephath…to a widow woman The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Zarephath were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “to a Gentile widow living in Zarephath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 26 zsi6 figs-explicit εἰς Σάρεπτα…πρὸς γυναῖκα χήραν 1 to Zarephath … to a widow woman The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Zarephath were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “to a Gentile widow living in Zarephath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 26 l225 translate-names εἰς Σάρεπτα τῆς Σιδωνίας 1 to Zarephath in Sidon **Zarephath** is the name of a city, and **Sidon** is the name of the region where it is located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 4 27 l226 figs-activepassive οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ 1 none of them were cleansed except If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Elisha did not heal any of them except” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 27 l227 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ 1 none of them were cleansed except If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Elisha only healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -684,8 +684,8 @@ LUK 4 27 l229 figs-explicit Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος 1 Naaman the Syrian The
|
|||
LUK 4 27 mbs2 translate-names Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος 1 Naaman the Syrian **Naaman** is the name of a man, and **Syrian** is the name of his people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 4 28 l230 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that the event he will now relate, the people becoming enraged, came after the event he has just described, Jesus citing scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 4 28 ca1k figs-explicit ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἀκούοντες ταῦτα 1 all in the synagogue were filled with rage when they heard these things If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why the people of Nazareth became so angry. Alternate translation: “When the people in the synagogue heard Jesus say these things, they all became furious, because he had cited scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 28 l231 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ 1 all…were filled with rage If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they all became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 28 l232 figs-personification ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ 1 all…were filled with rage Luke speaks figuratively of the people’s **rage** as if it were something that could actively fill them. Alternate translation: “they all became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 4 28 l231 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ 1 all … were filled with rage If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they all became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 28 l232 figs-personification ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ 1 all … were filled with rage Luke speaks figuratively of the people’s **rage** as if it were something that could actively fill them. Alternate translation: “they all became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 4 29 l233 figs-activepassive τοῦ ὄρους ἐφ’ οὗ ἡ πόλις ᾠκοδόμητο αὐτῶν 1 of the hill on which their town was built If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the hill on which people had built their town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 29 l234 figs-explicit ὥστε κατακρημνίσαι αὐτόν 1 so as to throw him off The implication is that the people of Nazareth wanted to do this in order to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to throw him off to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 30 k7dg διελθὼν διὰ μέσου αὐτῶν 1 passing through the midst of them Alternate translation: “slipping between the people who were trying to kill him”
|
||||
|
|
@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ LUK 5 12 x7ss figs-declarative δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 you can
|
|||
LUK 5 12 ys5f figs-explicit με καθαρίσαι 1 make me clean The man talks about becoming **clean** ceremonially, but it is implicit that he has become unclean because of his leprosy, so he is really asking Jesus to heal him of this disease. Alternate translation: “heal me from leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 5 13 ziz1 figs-imperative καθαρίσθητι 1 Be clean This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you from your leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 5 13 l48a figs-personification ἡ λέπρα ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 the leprosy went away from him Luke speaks figuratively of the man’s **leprosy** as if it were something that could actively go **away from him**. Alternate translation: “the man no longer had leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 5 14 q18t figs-quotations αὐτὸς παρήγγειλεν αὐτῷ, μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἀπελθὼν 1 he commanded him to tell no one, but,…Go If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate all of Jesus’ instructions as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “he instructed him, ‘Do not tell anyone, but go’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 5 14 q18t figs-quotations αὐτὸς παρήγγειλεν αὐτῷ, μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἀπελθὼν 1 he commanded him to tell no one, but, … Go If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate all of Jesus’ instructions as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “he instructed him, ‘Do not tell anyone, but go’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
LUK 5 14 l249 figs-explicit μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν 1 to tell no one The implication is that the man is not to tell anyone that Jesus healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation, as a direct quotation: “Do not tell anyone that you have been healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 5 14 v1wn figs-explicit προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου καθὼς προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς 1 offer a sacrifice for your cleansing as Moses commanded Jesus assumes that the man will know that the law required a person who had been healed from a skin disease to make a specific sacrifice. This made the person ceremonially clean and they could participate once again in community religious activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the sacrifice that Moses commanded so that you can become ceremonially clean once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 5 14 jk14 figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a testimony to them A priest would have to examine the man and certify that he had been healed before he would be allowed to offer this sacrifice. Alternate translation: “to certify for everone that you have been healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -802,8 +802,8 @@ LUK 5 22 z4k5 figs-explicit ἐπιγνοὺς…τοὺς διαλογισμο
|
|||
LUK 5 22 l259 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 answering said to them Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the religious leaders were thinking. Alternate translation: “responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 5 22 et8f figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 Why are you debating in your hearts Jesus does not expect the religious leaders to explain why they are thinking these things. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that they should not be thinking them. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 5 22 p2hj figs-metaphor διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 are you debating in your hearts The term **hearts** figuratively represents the thoughts of these people. Alternate translation: “are you thinking these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 5 23 zid2 figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 Which is easier, to say,…Your sins are forgiven you,…or to say,…Get up and walk Jesus is using the form of a question in order to teach. He wants to make the scribes and Pharisees reflect on the situation and realize something. There are many implications. For example, these religious leaders may take the question in the sense, “Which is easier to get away with saying?” The answer would be, “Your sins are forgiven,” because people don’t expect visual proof of that, whereas if someone says, “Get up and walk,” and nothing happens, that proves the speaker doesn’t have the power to heal. Jesus likely intends the question in a different sense: “Which is the easier way to deal with a situation like this?” It appears that the man’s sickness has something to do with his sins, because Jesus forgives them. In such a situation, it would not be sufficient to say, “Get up and walk,” since that would address the effect but not the cause. To say, “Your sins are forgiven,” would deal with both the cause and the effect, so that would be the easier way to deal with the situation. There are many other implications that could also be drawn out as well—too many to include in the text of a translation. Since the question form is intrinsic to Jesus’ teaching method, you may wish simply to retain it in your translation. However, to show that he is teaching, not asking for information, you could introduce his question with a phrase that indicates its purpose. Alternate translation: “Think about this. Which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk'?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 5 23 l260 figs-quotesinquotes τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 Which is easier, to say,…Your sins are forgiven you,…or to say,…Get up and walk If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Is it easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 5 23 zid2 figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 Which is easier, to say, … Your sins are forgiven you, … or to say, … Get up and walk Jesus is using the form of a question in order to teach. He wants to make the scribes and Pharisees reflect on the situation and realize something. There are many implications. For example, these religious leaders may take the question in the sense, “Which is easier to get away with saying?” The answer would be, “Your sins are forgiven,” because people don’t expect visual proof of that, whereas if someone says, “Get up and walk,” and nothing happens, that proves the speaker doesn’t have the power to heal. Jesus likely intends the question in a different sense: “Which is the easier way to deal with a situation like this?” It appears that the man’s sickness has something to do with his sins, because Jesus forgives them. In such a situation, it would not be sufficient to say, “Get up and walk,” since that would address the effect but not the cause. To say, “Your sins are forgiven,” would deal with both the cause and the effect, so that would be the easier way to deal with the situation. There are many other implications that could also be drawn out as well—too many to include in the text of a translation. Since the question form is intrinsic to Jesus’ teaching method, you may wish simply to retain it in your translation. However, to show that he is teaching, not asking for information, you could introduce his question with a phrase that indicates its purpose. Alternate translation: “Think about this. Which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk'?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 5 23 l260 figs-quotesinquotes τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 Which is easier, to say, … Your sins are forgiven you, … or to say, … Get up and walk If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Is it easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 5 24 f1lu figs-123person ὅτι ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐξουσίαν ἔχει 1 that the Son of Man has authority Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “that I, the Son of Man, have authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 5 24 l261 figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 that the Son of Man The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. Alternate translation: “that the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 5 24 l262 figs-imperative ἔγειρε 1 get up As in [5:13](../05/13.md), this was not a command that the man was able to obey. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you, so you can get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -894,9 +894,9 @@ LUK 6 12 l7by figs-explicit ἐξελθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ ὄρ
|
|||
LUK 6 13 vep8 ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡμέρα 1 when day came Alternate translation: “the next morning”
|
||||
LUK 6 13 j9w7 writing-pronouns ἐκλεξάμενος ἀπ’ αὐτῶν δώδεκα 1 he chose 12 from them The pronoun **them** refers to the disciples. Alternate translation: “he chose 12 of those disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 6 13 zgh6 οὓς καὶ ἀποστόλους ὠνόμασεν 1 whom he also named apostles The term **apostles** comes from a Greek word that originally meant “messengers” or “delegates.” It took on a specialized meaning within the community of Jesus’ followers to mean the 12 men whom Jesus chose to be his authoritative representatives. Many languages have borrowed the Greek word to use in this sense. But if your language has developed its own special term for this role, use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he appointed them to be apostles”
|
||||
LUK 6 14 l290 translate-names Σίμωνα…Πέτρον…Ἀνδρέαν…Ἰάκωβον…Ἰωάννην…Φίλιππον…Βαρθολομαῖον 1 Simon…Peter)…Andrew…James…John…Philip…Bartholomew These are seven men’s names. (The second name is a nickname for the first man.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 6 14 l290 translate-names Σίμωνα…Πέτρον…Ἀνδρέαν…Ἰάκωβον…Ἰωάννην…Φίλιππον…Βαρθολομαῖον 1 Simon … Peter) … Andrew … James … John … Philip … Bartholomew These are seven men’s names. (The second name is a nickname for the first man.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 6 14 zdq3 writing-pronouns Ἀνδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother Andrew The pronoun **his** refers to Simon. Alternate translation: “Simon’s brother, Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 6 15 l291 translate-names Μαθθαῖον…Θωμᾶν…Ἰάκωβον Ἁλφαίου…Σίμωνα 1 Matthew…Thomas…James son of Alphaeus…Simon These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 6 15 l291 translate-names Μαθθαῖον…Θωμᾶν…Ἰάκωβον Ἁλφαίου…Σίμωνα 1 Matthew … Thomas … James son of Alphaeus … Simon These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 6 15 l292 figs-explicit Μαθθαῖον 1 Matthew **Matthew** is often identified with the man named Levi whom Jesus calls to follow him in [5:27](../05/27.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 6 15 et48 translate-names Ζηλωτὴν 1 the Zealot The term **Zealot** could mean: (1) It may be a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) It may be a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 6 16 l293 translate-names Ἰούδαν Ἰακώβου 1 Judas son of James **Judas** is the name of a man, and **James** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ LUK 6 17 i5gv writing-pronouns μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 with them In this contex
|
|||
LUK 6 17 l295 figs-hyperbole ἀπὸ πάσης 1 from all This is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “from throughout” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 6 18 dpj5 figs-activepassive ἰαθῆναι 1 to be healed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for Jesus to heal them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 6 18 wfm9 figs-activepassive καὶ οἱ ἐνοχλούμενοι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων ἐθεραπεύοντο 1 And those who were troubled by unclean spirits were being healed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus also drove evil spirits out of the people they were controlling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 6 19 l296 figs-hyperbole πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος…πάντας 1 the whole crowd…everyone In this case these terms are not generalizations, and so you can translate them directly, rather than with explanatory words such as “most” or “many.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 6 19 l296 figs-hyperbole πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος…πάντας 1 the whole crowd … everyone In this case these terms are not generalizations, and so you can translate them directly, rather than with explanatory words such as “most” or “many.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 6 19 y2cl figs-personification δύναμις παρ’ αὐτοῦ ἐξήρχετο καὶ ἰᾶτο πάντας 1 power was coming out from him and healing everyone Luke speaks figuratively of this **power** as if it were something that could actively come out of Jesus and heal people. Alternate translation: “Jesus was using the power that God gave him to heal everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 6 20 l297 figs-idiom αὐτὸς ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 he lifted up his eyes This is an idiom that means “he looked,” but it means that he looked carefully and considerately. Alternate translation: “he gazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 6 20 ymg7 figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 Blessed are This expression indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -943,13 +943,13 @@ LUK 6 27 l5rz writing-participants ἀλλὰ ὑμῖν λέγω τοῖς ἀ
|
|||
LUK 6 27 pz5r figs-parallelism ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, καλῶς ποιεῖτε τοῖς μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς 1 love your enemies and do good to those who hate you These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the importance of what he is saying. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase specifies in what way followers of Jesus are to **love** their enemies. They are to do this in a practical way by helping them. Alternate translation: “do good things for people even if they are hostile to you” or “show love to your enemies who hate you by doing things to help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 6 28 c83m figs-parallelism εὐλογεῖτε τοὺς καταρωμένους ὑμᾶς, προσεύχεσθε περὶ τῶν ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς 1 Bless those who curse you and pray for those who mistreat you These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the importance of what he is saying. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Instead, you could combine them into a single phrase. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase specifies one way in which followers of Jesus can **bless** people who mistreat them. They can pray for them. Alternate translation: “Ask God to bless people who say and do bad things to you” or “Say good things to people who say bad things to you, and even if someone treats you badly, pray that God will help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 6 29 a7ri figs-hypo τῷ τύπτοντί σε ἐπὶ τὴν σιαγόνα, πάρεχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην 1 To the one who strikes you on the cheek, offer also the other Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone hits you on one side of your face. Then turn your face so that he could also strike the other side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 6 29 l308 figs-youcrowd σε…σου 1 you…your Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is now addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 6 29 l308 figs-youcrowd σε…σου 1 you … your Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is now addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 6 29 d5qi ἐπὶ τὴν σιαγόνα 1 on the cheek Alternate translation: “on one side of your face”
|
||||
LUK 6 29 eq83 figs-explicit πάρεχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην 1 offer also the other It may be helpful to state the implicit purpose of this action. Alternate translation: “turn your face so that he could also strike the other side, to show that you do not want to fight and you are not resisting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 6 29 l309 figs-hypo ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντός σου τὸ ἱμάτιον, καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ κωλύσῃς 1 from the one who takes away your cloak, also do not withhold your tunic Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “suppose someone takes away your cloak. Then give him your tunic as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 6 29 ic4n figs-litotes καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ κωλύσῃς 1 also do not withhold your tunic Here Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “give him your tunic as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 6 30 d8y6 figs-hypo παντὶ αἰτοῦντί σε, δίδου 1 Give to everyone who asks you Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone asks you for something. Then give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 6 30 l310 figs-youcrowd σε…σὰ 1 you,…yours Even though Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing another individual situation here, so **you** and **yours** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you can use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 6 30 l310 figs-youcrowd σε…σὰ 1 you, … yours Even though Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing another individual situation here, so **you** and **yours** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you can use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 6 30 ts8c figs-hypo ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντος τὰ σὰ, μὴ ἀπαίτει 1 from the one who takes away what is yours, do not ask for it back Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “suppose someone takes away something that is yours. Then do not demand that he give it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 6 31 te6e καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς ὁμοίως 1 as you desire that men would do to you, do the same to them In some languages it might be more natural to reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “You should treat people in the way that you would want them to treat you”
|
||||
LUK 6 31 l311 figs-gendernotations καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 as you desire that men would do to you Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “what you wish people would do for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -975,8 +975,8 @@ LUK 6 37 l319 ἀπολύετε 1 Release Your language may require you to spec
|
|||
LUK 6 37 ls01 figs-metaphor ἀπολύετε 1 Release Jesus is using the word **release** figuratively to mean “forgive.” Alternate translation: “Forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 37 a22w figs-activepassive ἀπολυθήσεσθε 1 you will be released Jesus does not say exactly who would **release**. There are two possibilities. Alternate translations: (1) “God will forgive you” (2) “other people will forgive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 6 38 ryf8 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be given to you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will give. There are two possibilities. Alternate translation: (1) “God will give to you” (2) “other people will give to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 6 38 q8sq figs-metaphor μέτρον καλὸν, πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν 1 a good measure…pressed down, shaken together, spilling over…they will pour into your lap Jesus is comparing someone to a grain merchant who measures out very generously. He could mean either God or other people. The word **they** is indefinite, so it does not necessarily refer to people rather than to God. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, God will give you a generous amount” or “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, people will give you a generous amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 38 l320 figs-activepassive πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν 1 pressed down, shaken together, spilling over…they will pour into your lap These are all passive verb forms in Greek. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them with active verbal phrases. See the alternate translation in the previous note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 6 38 q8sq figs-metaphor μέτρον καλὸν, πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν 1 a good measure … pressed down, shaken together, spilling over … they will pour into your lap Jesus is comparing someone to a grain merchant who measures out very generously. He could mean either God or other people. The word **they** is indefinite, so it does not necessarily refer to people rather than to God. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, God will give you a generous amount” or “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, people will give you a generous amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 38 l320 figs-activepassive πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν 1 pressed down, shaken together, spilling over … they will pour into your lap These are all passive verb forms in Greek. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them with active verbal phrases. See the alternate translation in the previous note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 6 38 l321 translate-unknown τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν 1 your lap This is a reference to the way people in this culture would form a pocket or carrying pouch from the folds of the front of their robes. If you readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the folds of your robe” or “a container” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 6 38 fp26 figs-activepassive ᾧ…μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 with the measure by which you measure, it will be measured back to you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will measure. There are two possibilities. Alternate translation: (1) “God will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others” (2) “people will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 6 39 bw7f figs-parables εἶπεν δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς 1 Then he also told them a parable Jesus is giving a brief illustration that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave them this illustration to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -990,16 +990,16 @@ LUK 6 40 l324 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸ
|
|||
LUK 6 40 a6ym figs-activepassive κατηρτισμένος…πᾶς 1 everyone having been fully trained If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “every disciple whose teacher has fully taught him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 l7vj figs-rquestion τί…βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ οὐ κατανοεῖς? 1 why do you look at the speck of wood that is in the eye of your brother, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “do not look at the speck in your brother’s eye while ignoring the log in your own eye” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 jpt3 figs-metaphor τί…βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 why do you look at the speck of wood that is in the eye of your brother This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “you should not criticize the less important faults of a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 l325 figs-youcrowd βλέπεις…σου…τῷ ἰδίῳ…οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 do you look at…your…you do not notice…your own Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation here, so **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you can use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 l325 figs-youcrowd βλέπεις…σου…τῷ ἰδίῳ…οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 do you look at … your … you do not notice … your own Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation here, so **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you can use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 j1r5 translate-unknown τὸ κάρφος 1 the speck of wood If your readers would not be familiar with **wood**, in your translation you can use a phrase that describes the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person’s eyes in your culture, or you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 ud6q figs-metaphor τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 of your brother The term **brother** figuratively refers to a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 l326 figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 of…brother This fellow believer could be either a man or a woman, so be sure that this is clear in your translation, for example, by using both the masculine and feminine forms of the word for “believer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 l326 figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 of … brother This fellow believer could be either a man or a woman, so be sure that this is clear in your translation, for example, by using both the masculine and feminine forms of the word for “believer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 ssu3 figs-metaphor τὴν δὲ δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “while ignoring your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 l327 figs-hyperbole τὴν…δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ 1 the log that is in your own eye A log could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize his point and make it memorable. Alternate translation: “your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 6 41 h9a4 translate-unknown δοκὸν 1 log You could translate this with the term for the kind of long, large piece of **wood** that people in your culture would encounter. Or if your readers would not be familiar with **wood**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “beam” or “plank” or “large object” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 6 42 l345 figs-youcrowd πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 How can you say to your brother Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, but he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular here. (The terms **you**, **your**, and **yourself** are also singular throughout the rest of this verse, because either Jesus is addressing an individual situation, or one person is addressing another in fictional dialogue.) If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you can use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 6 42 rkk6 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν 1 How can you say Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool, not to ask for information. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 6 42 l346 figs-metaphor τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἀδελφέ, ἄφες 1 to your brother,…Brother, let The term **brother** figuratively means a fellow believer in Jesus. So in its first instance here, you could translate the term the way you did in [6:41](../06/41.md). But since it is realistic that in dialogue one believer might address another believer as **Brother** or “Sister,” you could retain the figurative term in its second instance. Alternate translation: “to a fellow believer, ‘Brother,’ or ‘Sister, let’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 42 l346 figs-metaphor τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἀδελφέ, ἄφες 1 to your brother, … Brother, let The term **brother** figuratively means a fellow believer in Jesus. So in its first instance here, you could translate the term the way you did in [6:41](../06/41.md). But since it is realistic that in dialogue one believer might address another believer as **Brother** or “Sister,” you could retain the figurative term in its second instance. Alternate translation: “to a fellow believer, ‘Brother,’ or ‘Sister, let’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 42 l328 figs-metaphor ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σου 1 let me take out the speck of wood that is in your eye This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “let me help you correct some of your faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 42 l329 figs-metaphor αὐτὸς τὴν ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ δοκὸν οὐ βλέπων 1 when you yourself do not see the log in your own eye This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “you yourself are not correcting your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 42 l330 figs-hyperbole τὴν ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ δοκὸν 1 the log in your own eye A log could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is continuing to exaggerate to emphasize his point and make it memorable. Alternate translation: “your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1019,9 +1019,9 @@ LUK 6 45 i93l figs-metaphor τῆς καρδίας 1 of his heart In this expres
|
|||
LUK 6 45 gpn9 figs-metaphor προφέρει τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 produces what is good Producing what is good, the way a tree would produce fruit, is a metaphor for doing what is good. Alternate translation: “does what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 45 l337 figs-ellipsis ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 from evil For rhetorical purposes, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning can be inferred from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “from the evil treasure of his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 6 45 y2cj figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 from evil Once the meaning is inferred, it is clear that Jesus is speaking figuratively of the evil thoughts of a wicked person as if they were treasures stored deep inside that person, and of the **heart** figuratively to represent the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “from the evil things that he keeps deep inside himself” or “from the evil things that he values deeply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 45 l338 figs-metaphor ἐκ…περισσεύματος καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 3 from…the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks In this expression as well, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “what a person is thinking and feeling is expressed in what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 45 jc6z figs-synecdoche ἐκ…περισσεύματος καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 3 from…the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks The phrase **his mouth** represents the person as a whole, in the action of speaking. Alternate translation: “what a person is thinking and feeling comes out in what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 6 46 a4av τί δέ με καλεῖτε Κύριε, Κύριε, καὶ οὐ ποιεῖτε ἃ λέγω? 1 And why do you call me,…Lord, Lord,…but not do what I say The repetition of these words indicates that these people regularly called Jesus **Lord**. Alternate translation: “And why are you always calling me ‘Lord’ when you do not do what I tell you?’”
|
||||
LUK 6 45 l338 figs-metaphor ἐκ…περισσεύματος καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 3 from … the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks In this expression as well, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “what a person is thinking and feeling is expressed in what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 45 jc6z figs-synecdoche ἐκ…περισσεύματος καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 3 from … the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks The phrase **his mouth** represents the person as a whole, in the action of speaking. Alternate translation: “what a person is thinking and feeling comes out in what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 6 46 a4av τί δέ με καλεῖτε Κύριε, Κύριε, καὶ οὐ ποιεῖτε ἃ λέγω? 1 And why do you call me, … Lord, Lord, … but not do what I say The repetition of these words indicates that these people regularly called Jesus **Lord**. Alternate translation: “And why are you always calling me ‘Lord’ when you do not do what I tell you?’”
|
||||
LUK 6 47 wwu5 πᾶς ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρός με, καὶ ἀκούων μου τῶν λόγων καὶ ποιῶν αὐτούς, ὑποδείξω ὑμῖν τίνι ἐστὶν ὅμοιος 1 Everyone who is coming to me and hearing my words, and doing them, I will show you what he is like If it would be clearer in your language, you could move the last phrase to the beginning of the verse. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what every person is like who comes to me and hears my words and puts them into practice”
|
||||
LUK 6 47 l339 figs-metonymy μου τῶν λόγων 1 my words Jesus uses the term **words** figuratively to refer to the teachings he is giving by using words. Alternate translation: “my teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 6 47 i3tg figs-simile ὑποδείξω ὑμῖν τίνι ἐστὶν ὅμοιος 1 I will show you what he is like Jesus says this to introduce the simile in the next verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ LUK 7 4 y6vt writing-pronouns ἄξιός ἐστιν 1 He is worthy Here the pr
|
|||
LUK 7 5 cny7 figs-exclusive τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 1 our nation Here, **our nation** refers to the Jewish people. Since the elders are speaking to Jesus as a fellow Jew, the word **our** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: “our people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 7 6 l350 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 And Here, **and** could mean: (1) It may mean that Jesus went with the elders because they pleaded with him. Alternate translation, as in UST: “So” (2) It may mean that Jesus went with the elders after they pleaded with him. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 7 6 s5xg ἐπορεύετο 1 went Alternate translation: “went along”
|
||||
LUK 7 6 el4w figs-litotes αὐτοῦ οὐ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας 1 when he was…not far away from the house Luke is expressing a positive meaning figuratively by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “when he was … near the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 7 6 el4w figs-litotes αὐτοῦ οὐ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας 1 when he was … not far away from the house Luke is expressing a positive meaning figuratively by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “when he was … near the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 7 6 i6kv μὴ σκύλλου 1 do not trouble yourself The centurion is speaking politely to Jesus through these friends. Alternate translation: “I do not want to make you go out of your way”
|
||||
LUK 7 6 ez29 figs-idiom ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην μου εἰσέλθῃς 1 you would come under my roof **Come under my roof** is an idiom that means “come into my house.” If your language has an idiom that means “come into my dwelling,” consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 7 7 m9ue figs-metonymy εἰπὲ λόγῳ 1 speak with a word The centurion recognized that Jesus could heal the servant just by speaking. He understood Jesus did not need to travel all the way to his home. The term **word** expresses the means by which Jesus would speak. Alternate translation: “just give a command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ LUK 7 9 j76u figs-explicit οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ τοσαύτη
|
|||
LUK 7 9 l351 figs-metonymy οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 not even in Israel Jesus used the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. Alternate translation: “not even in any Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 7 9 l352 figs-idiom τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον 1 have I found such faith Here, **found** is an idiom. The word does not suggest that Jesus was searching for something he had lost. Alternate translation: “have I encountered such faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 7 10 g4ny figs-activepassive οἱ πεμφθέντες 1 those who had been sent If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the friends whom the Roman officer had sent to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 7 11 l353 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened…that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 7 11 l353 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened … that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 7 11 l354 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς 1 on the next day Luke may be using the term **day** figuratively to refer a particular time, as UST suggests by saying “soon after that.” However, this could also mean literally **the next day**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 7 11 dmz7 translate-names Ναΐν 1 Nain **Nain** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 7 12 l355 writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses **and** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1075,10 +1075,10 @@ LUK 7 12 l356 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to
|
|||
LUK 7 12 l357 writing-participants ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς 1 one who had died was being carried out Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who had died, and he was being carried out of the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 7 12 zr69 figs-activepassive ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 one who had died was being carried out, the only son of his mother If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “people were carrying a man who had died out of the city. He was his mother's only son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 7 12 l358 figs-explicit ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 one who had died was being carried out, the only son of his mother Luke assumes that his readers will know that the people were carrying the man out of the city in order to bury him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “people were carrying a man who had died out of the city so that they could bury his body. He was his mother's only son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 12 n96r writing-background μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ αὐτὴ ἦν χήρα 1 the only son of his mother…and she was a widow This is background information about the dead man and his mother. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and to introduce it in a way that shows it is background information. Alternate translation: “Now he was his mother’s only son, and she was a widow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 7 12 i5iv figs-explicit μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ αὐτὴ ἦν χήρα 1 the only son of his mother…and she was a widow The implication is that in this culture, when her son died, the woman lost her only means of support, since her husband had also died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now he was his mother’s only son, and she was a widow, so he had been her only means of support” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 12 n96r writing-background μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ αὐτὴ ἦν χήρα 1 the only son of his mother … and she was a widow This is background information about the dead man and his mother. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and to introduce it in a way that shows it is background information. Alternate translation: “Now he was his mother’s only son, and she was a widow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 7 12 i5iv figs-explicit μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ αὐτὴ ἦν χήρα 1 the only son of his mother … and she was a widow The implication is that in this culture, when her son died, the woman lost her only means of support, since her husband had also died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now he was his mother’s only son, and she was a widow, so he had been her only means of support” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 13 l359 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here Luke refers to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 7 13 fa42 figs-explicit ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ’ αὐτῇ 1 he…felt compassion for her The implication is that feeling compassion led Jesus to want to do something for this woman. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “felt very sorry for her and wanted to help her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 13 fa42 figs-explicit ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ’ αὐτῇ 1 he … felt compassion for her The implication is that feeling compassion led Jesus to want to do something for this woman. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “felt very sorry for her and wanted to help her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 14 quy9 translate-unknown τῆς σοροῦ 1 the bier This was a stretcher or bed used to move the body to the burial place. It was not necessarily something in which the body was buried. Alternate translation: “the wooden frame that was holding the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 7 14 lex4 figs-imperative ἐγέρθητι 1 arise This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “your life is restored, so get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 7 15 er34 ὁ νεκρὸς 1 the dead man The man was not still dead. He was now alive. It may be helpful to state this clearly. Alternate translation: “he man had come back to life, so he was no longer dead”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ LUK 7 19 l363 τὸν Κύριον 1 the Lord Here Luke is referring to Jesus b
|
|||
LUK 7 19 l364 λέγων 1 to say Alternate translation: “to ask”
|
||||
LUK 7 19 l365 figs-you σὺ 1 you Since this question would be for Jesus alone, **you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 7 19 l400 figs-explicit ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 the one who is coming This expression implicitly means “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 20 ftb7 figs-quotesinquotes οἱ ἄνδρες εἶπαν, Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς ἀπέστειλεν ἡμᾶς πρὸς σὲ λέγων, σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἢ ἄλλον προσδοκῶμεν? 1 the men said,…John the Baptist has sent us to you to say,…Are you the one who is coming, or should we expect another If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the men told Jesus that John the Baptist had sent them to him to ask, ‘Are you the one who is coming, or should we expect someone else?’” or “the men said, ‘John the Baptist has sent us to you to ask if you are the one who is coming, or whether we should expect someone else.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 7 20 ftb7 figs-quotesinquotes οἱ ἄνδρες εἶπαν, Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς ἀπέστειλεν ἡμᾶς πρὸς σὲ λέγων, σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἢ ἄλλον προσδοκῶμεν? 1 the men said, … John the Baptist has sent us to you to say, … Are you the one who is coming, or should we expect another If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the men told Jesus that John the Baptist had sent them to him to ask, ‘Are you the one who is coming, or should we expect someone else?’” or “the men said, ‘John the Baptist has sent us to you to ask if you are the one who is coming, or whether we should expect someone else.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 7 20 l366 translate-names Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς 1 John the Baptist Here John’s disciples use the term **Baptist** as a title to identify the man named John who had sent them. The term means “one who baptizes.” Because the word “Baptist” is associated with a group of churches in many parts of the world, if it would be clearer in your language, you could use a different form of the word as a title, as UST does. Alternatively, you could use a phrase. Alternate translation: “John the Baptizer” or “John, the one who baptizes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 7 20 l367 λέγων 1 to say Alternate translation: “to ask”
|
||||
LUK 7 20 l368 figs-you σὺ 1 you Since this question is for Jesus alone, **you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1106,10 +1106,10 @@ LUK 7 21 a7sm figs-ellipsis ἐθεράπευσεν πολλοὺς ἀπὸ ν
|
|||
LUK 7 21 l370 figs-hendiadys νόσων, καὶ μαστίγων 1 sicknesses and afflictions The phrase **sicknesses and afflictions** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **afflictions** describes the effect of the **sicknesses** on the people who had them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “sicknesses that they were suffering from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 7 21 l371 τυφλοῖς πολλοῖς ἐχαρίσατο βλέπειν 1 to many blind people he granted to see Alternate translation: “he enabled many blind people to see again”
|
||||
LUK 7 22 lcm2 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 answering, he said to them Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that after healing and delivering many people, Jesus responded to the question that John’s messengers had asked him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to the messengers whom John had sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 7 22 l372 figs-youdual πορευθέντες…εἴδετε 1 Having gone,…you have seen Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, the word would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 7 22 fvz7 figs-activepassive λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται…νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται 1 lepers are being cleansed…the dead are being raised back to life, the poor are being told the gospel If it would be clearer in your language, you could say all of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease … people who were dead are coming back to life, poor people are hearing the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 7 22 l372 figs-youdual πορευθέντες…εἴδετε 1 Having gone, … you have seen Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, the word would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 7 22 fvz7 figs-activepassive λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται…νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται 1 lepers are being cleansed … the dead are being raised back to life, the poor are being told the gospel If it would be clearer in your language, you could say all of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease … people who were dead are coming back to life, poor people are hearing the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 7 22 l373 figs-explicit λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται 1 lepers are being cleansed As in [5:12](../05/12.md), since the lepers were unclean because of their leprosy, the implication is that Jesus healed them from the disease. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 22 qbe3 figs-nominaladj κωφοὶ…νεκροὶ…πτωχοὶ 1 the deaf…the dead…the poor Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you can translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf … people who were dead … poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 7 22 qbe3 figs-nominaladj κωφοὶ…νεκροὶ…πτωχοὶ 1 the deaf … the dead … the poor Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you can translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf … people who were dead … poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 7 23 y4px figs-activepassive μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί 1 blessed is anyone who is not offended by me If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless the person who always continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 7 23 i7zh figs-litotes μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί 1 who is not offended by me Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “who continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 7 24 abcd writing-pronouns ἤρξατο λέγειν 1 he began to say Here the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1128,7 +1128,7 @@ LUK 7 26 r7ud figs-idiom περισσότερον προφήτου 1 more than a
|
|||
LUK 7 27 cg3r figs-activepassive οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται 1 This is he concerning whom it is written If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “This is the one about whom one of the prophets wrote” or “John is the one about whom the prophet Malachi wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 7 27 wt2m figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold God, speaking through the prophet Malachi, uses the term **behold** to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 7 27 s8hg figs-metaphor πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 before your face Here, **face** figuratively means the front of a person. Alternate translation, as in UST: “ahead of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 7 27 cc5u figs-you σου…σου 1 your…your The words **your** and **you** are singular in both cases because God is speaking to the Messiah individually in the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 7 27 cc5u figs-you σου…σου 1 your … your The words **your** and **you** are singular in both cases because God is speaking to the Messiah individually in the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 7 27 l378 figs-metaphor ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 who will prepare your way before you As in [3:4](../03/04.md), to make a **way** or a road is a figurative expression that means to help people get ready for the coming of the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who will help people get ready for you to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 7 28 yz6b λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to focus the crowd’s attention on what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully”
|
||||
LUK 7 28 rr11 figs-idiom ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 among those born of women The phrase **those born of women** is an idiom that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1151,13 +1151,13 @@ LUK 7 32 l381 figs-metonymy ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν 1 We played a flute f
|
|||
LUK 7 32 xgg9 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and The children are expressing a contrast between what they expected their playmates to do and what those playmates actually did. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 7 32 m2k3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and Once again the children are expressing a contrast between what they expected their playmates to do and what those playmates actually did. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 7 33 kbc7 figs-synecdoche μὴ ἐσθίων ἄρτον 1 neither eating bread This could mean one of two things. Either way, Jesus is using one kind of food, **bread**, figuratively to represent all kinds of food. (1) It could refer to the way that John lived on whatever he could find to eat in the desert. Alternate translation: “not eating regular food” (2) It could mean that John often went without eating as a devotional practice. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 7 33 wka1 figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, δαιμόνιον ἔχει 1 you say,…He has a demon Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what the Pharisees were saying about John. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that he has a demon” or “you accuse him of having a demon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 7 33 wka1 figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, δαιμόνιον ἔχει 1 you say, … He has a demon Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what the Pharisees were saying about John. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that he has a demon” or “you accuse him of having a demon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 7 34 k33e figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 7 34 l382 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). In this case the title highlights Jesus’ identification with humanity in the special role that God has given him. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 34 s1um figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, φίλος τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 you say,…Behold, a man, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and of sinners Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what the Pharisees were saying about him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that he eats and drinks too much and that he is a friend of tax collectors and sinners” or (if you used the first person for the title “Son of Man”) “you say that I eat and drink too much and that I am a friend of tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 7 34 s1um figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, φίλος τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 you say, … Behold, a man, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and of sinners Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what the Pharisees were saying about him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that he eats and drinks too much and that he is a friend of tax collectors and sinners” or (if you used the first person for the title “Son of Man”) “you say that I eat and drink too much and that I am a friend of tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 7 34 l383 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold **Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 7 34 am9s ἄνθρωπος φάγος 1 a man, a glutton Alternate translation: “a man who is a glutton” or “a man who eats too much”
|
||||
LUK 7 34 chu4 ἄνθρωπος…οἰνοπότης 1 a man,…a drunkard Alternate translation: “a man who is a drunkard” or “a man who drinks too much alcohol”
|
||||
LUK 7 34 chu4 ἄνθρωπος…οἰνοπότης 1 a man, … a drunkard Alternate translation: “a man who is a drunkard” or “a man who drinks too much alcohol”
|
||||
LUK 7 35 ba4g writing-proverbs ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 wisdom is justified by all her children This appears to be a proverb, a short popular saying of the culture, that Jesus applied to this situation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the saying is true that wisdom is justified by all her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
LUK 7 35 l384 figs-idiom ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 wisdom is justified by all her children This proverb likely uses a Hebrew idiom in which the “sons” or **children** of a thing share its qualities. Alternate translation: “wisdom is justified by people who are wise themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 7 35 l385 figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 wisdom is justified by all her children If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wise people recognize when someone else is following a wise course” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1177,7 +1177,7 @@ LUK 7 39 xc9v grammar-connect-condition-contrary οὗτος εἰ ἦν προ
|
|||
LUK 7 39 tbq3 figs-explicit τίς καὶ ποταπὴ ἡ γυνὴ, ἥτις ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν 1 who and of what type the woman is who is touching him, that she is a sinner Simon assumed that a prophet would never allow a sinner to touch him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state his assumption explicitly. Alternate translation: “that this woman is a sinner, and he would not allow her to touch him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 40 l388 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 answering, Jesus said to him Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the Pharisee was thinking. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 7 40 u3cg translate-names Σίμων 1 Simon This was the name of the Pharisee who invited Jesus into his home. This was not Simon Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 7 40 l389 ὁ δέ, Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ, φησίν 1 And he says,…Say it, Teacher To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “And he said, ‘Say it, Teacher!’”
|
||||
LUK 7 40 l389 ὁ δέ, Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ, φησίν 1 And he says, … Say it, Teacher To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “And he said, ‘Say it, Teacher!’”
|
||||
LUK 7 40 l390 figs-imperative Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ 1 Say it, Teacher Simon is inviting Jesus to speak, not ordering him to speak. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate his words as more of an invitation. You could also translate them as a question, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Go ahead and say it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 7 40 l391 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher This was a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||||
LUK 7 41 sv92 figs-parables δύο χρεοφιλέται ἦσαν: δανιστῇ τινι 1 There were two debtors to a certain moneylender To help Simon the Pharisee understand what he wants to teach him, Jesus tells him a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told him this story to help him understand. ‘There were two debtors’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1193,13 +1193,13 @@ LUK 7 43 zqz4 ὀρθῶς ἔκρινας 1 You have judged correctly Alternat
|
|||
LUK 7 44 s7g6 translate-symaction στραφεὶς πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα 1 he turned to the woman Jesus **turned to the woman** in order to direct Simon’s attention to her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus turned to the woman so that Simon would look at her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 7 44 l395 figs-rquestion βλέπεις ταύτην τὴν γυναῖκα? 1 Do you see this woman Jesus does not expect Simon to tell him whether he can **see** the **woman**. Rather, he is using the question as a teaching tool, to focus Simon’s attention on her as an example of showing love and gratitude. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to consider this woman.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 7 44 mw7d figs-explicit ὕδωρ μοι ἐπὶ πόδας οὐκ ἔδωκας 1 You did not give me water for my feet It was a basic responsibility of a host to provide **water** and a towel for guests to wash and dry their **feet** after walking on dusty roads. Alternate translation: “You did not provide me with anything to wash my feet, as a considerate host would have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 44 mw58 grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὐκ ἔδωκας; αὕτη δὲ 1 You did not give…but she In this verse and the next two verses, Jesus uses such phrases to contrast Simon’s lack of courtesy with the woman’s extreme actions of gratitude. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 7 44 mw58 grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὐκ ἔδωκας; αὕτη δὲ 1 You did not give … but she In this verse and the next two verses, Jesus uses such phrases to contrast Simon’s lack of courtesy with the woman’s extreme actions of gratitude. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 7 44 am5z figs-explicit αὕτη…τοῖς δάκρυσιν ἔβρεξέν μου τοὺς πόδας 1 she has wet my feet with her tears The woman used **her tears** in place of the missing water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she has wet my feet with her tears in place of the water you did not provide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 44 ld62 figs-explicit καὶ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς ἐξέμαξεν 1 and wiped them with her hair The woman used **her hair** in place of the missing towel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and she has dried my feet with her hair in place of the towel you did not provide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 45 xj92 figs-explicit φίλημά μοι οὐκ ἔδωκας 1 You did not give me a kiss It was customary in this culture for a host to greet a guest with a **kiss** on the cheek. Simon did not do this for Jesus. Alternate translation: “You did not greet me with a kiss on the cheek, as a welcoming host would have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 45 r2jj figs-doublenegatives οὐ διέλιπεν καταφιλοῦσά μου τοὺς πόδας 1 has not stopped kissing my feet If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **stopped**. Alternate translation: “has continued to kiss my feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 7 45 u3er translate-symaction οὐ διέλιπεν καταφιλοῦσά μου τοὺς πόδας 1 has not stopped kissing my feet The woman kissed the **feet** of Jesus, rather than his cheek, as a sign of extreme repentance and humility. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has continued to kiss my feet to show her repentance and humility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 7 46 j8wj grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὐκ ἤλειψας; αὕτη δὲ 1 You did not anoint…but she Jesus continues to contrast Simon’s poor hospitality with the actions of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 7 46 j8wj grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὐκ ἤλειψας; αὕτη δὲ 1 You did not anoint … but she Jesus continues to contrast Simon’s poor hospitality with the actions of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 7 46 le9a figs-explicit ἐλαίῳ τὴν κεφαλήν μου οὐκ ἤλειψας 1 You did not anoint my head with oil It was the custom in this culture to welcome an honored guest by pouring refreshing olive **oil** on his **head**. Alternate translation: “You did not welcome me by pouring oil on my head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 46 g6va translate-symaction ἤλειψεν τοὺς πόδας μου 1 has anointed my feet The woman greatly honored Jesus by doing this. She demonstrated humility and expressed her own sense of unworthiness by anointing his **feet** instead of his head. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has anointed my feet to show her humility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 7 47 kwc5 λέγω σοι 1 I say to you This phrase emphasizes the importance of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “pay attention to this”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1225,7 +1225,7 @@ LUK 8 2 g99l figs-activepassive αἳ ἦσαν τεθεραπευμέναι ἀ
|
|||
LUK 8 2 jq4g translate-names Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή 1 Mary who was called Magdalene **Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** is a distinguishing term that most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 8 2 n4x6 figs-activepassive Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή 1 Mary who was called Magdalene If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who people called Magdalene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 2 l404 figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἧς δαιμόνια ἑπτὰ ἐξεληλύθει 1 from whom seven demons had gone out The **demons** did not go **out** on their own. It may be helpful to say explicitly that Jesus drove them out. Alternate translation: “from whom Jesus had driven out seven demons” or “whom Jesus had set free from seven demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 8 3 tfz5 translate-names Ἰωάννα…Σουσάννα 1 Joanna,…Susanna These are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 8 3 tfz5 translate-names Ἰωάννα…Σουσάννα 1 Joanna, … Susanna These are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 8 3 w9kl translate-names Χουζᾶ…Ἡρῴδου 1 of Chuza, Herod ’ s These are the names of two men. See how you translated the name Herod in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 8 3 l405 ἐπιτρόπου Ἡρῴδου 1 Herod ’ s manager Alternate translation: “the man who managed King Herod’s household affairs”
|
||||
LUK 8 3 k9m5 figs-idiom διηκόνουν αὐτοῖς 1 were ministering to them This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “were personally providing what Jesus and his 12 apostles needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1249,7 +1249,7 @@ LUK 8 10 je1f figs-activepassive ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι 1 To yo
|
|||
LUK 8 10 s7xp τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the mysteries of the kingdom of God These are spiritual truths that people had not previously understood. Jesus is now revealing them. Alternate translation: “the secrets of the kingdom of God”
|
||||
LUK 8 10 l411 figs-abstractnouns τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “of how God will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 8 10 l6sk figs-ellipsis τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς 1 but to the rest in parables Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “but I speak in parables to the people who are not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 8 10 l412 figs-quotesinquotes ἵνα βλέποντες μὴ βλέπωσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες μὴ συνιῶσιν 1 so that,…Seeing, they may not see…and hearing, they may not understand Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. For clarity, you could also indicate the source of the words that Jesus is quoting. Alternate translation: “so that as the prophet Isaiah said, though they see, they will not perceive, and though they hear, they will not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 8 10 l412 figs-quotesinquotes ἵνα βλέποντες μὴ βλέπωσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες μὴ συνιῶσιν 1 so that, … Seeing, they may not see … and hearing, they may not understand Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. For clarity, you could also indicate the source of the words that Jesus is quoting. Alternate translation: “so that as the prophet Isaiah said, though they see, they will not perceive, and though they hear, they will not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 8 10 xtu6 βλέποντες μὴ βλέπωσιν 1 Seeing, they may not see Some languages may need to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “though they see things, they will not understand them” or “though they see things happen, they will not understand what they mean”
|
||||
LUK 8 10 k4es ἀκούοντες μὴ συνιῶσιν 1 hearing, they may not understand Some languages may need to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “though they hear instruction, they will not understand the truth”
|
||||
LUK 8 11 vp8a ἔστιν δὲ αὕτη ἡ παραβολή 1 And the parable is this Alternate translation: “this is what the story means”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ LUK 8 12 l414 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word Jesus is using the ter
|
|||
LUK 8 12 g7r7 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ πιστεύσαντες σωθῶσιν 1 so they may not believe and be saved This phrase explains the devil’s purpose. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “because the devil does not want them to trust in God so that God will save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 13 juq1 figs-metaphor οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας, οἳ 1 And the ones on the rock are those Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell on the rocky soil represent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 8 13 ar4x τῆς πέτρας 1 the rock Alternate translation: “the rocky soil” or “the shallow soil above the rocky layer”
|
||||
LUK 8 13 l415 figs-metonymy μετὰ χαρᾶς δέχονται τὸν λόγον 1 who,…receive the word with joy Jesus uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to the message that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “who … gladly believe the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 8 13 l415 figs-metonymy μετὰ χαρᾶς δέχονται τὸν λόγον 1 who, … receive the word with joy Jesus uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to the message that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “who … gladly believe the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 8 13 bm51 ἐν καιρῷ πειρασμοῦ 1 in a time of testing Alternate translation: “when they experience hardship”
|
||||
LUK 8 13 e5rw figs-metonymy ἀφίστανται 1 they go away Jesus is using the way such people **go away** from the community of believers to mean figuratively that they stop believing. Alternate translation: “they stop believing” or “they stop being disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 8 14 k4u4 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας πεσόν, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ 1 And the ones that fell among the thorns, these are the ones Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell among the thorns represent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1289,14 +1289,14 @@ LUK 8 18 ihh9 figs-activepassive καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ ἔχῃ, καὶ ὃ
|
|||
LUK 8 19 l423 grammar-connect-time-sequential δὲ 1 Then Luke uses **then** to introduce a new event and to indicate that it came after the event he has just described. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 8 19 dw3m translate-kinship οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers These were Jesus' younger brothers. They were sons of Mary and Joseph. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “younger brother,” you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||||
LUK 8 20 wr4t figs-activepassive ἀπηγγέλη…αὐτῷ 1 it was reported to him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. The subject should be plural, since in the next verse Jesus responds to “them.” Alternate translation: “people told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 20 l424 figs-you σου…σου…σε 1 Your…your…you Since the person who said this was speaking to Jesus alone, **your** and **you** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 8 20 l424 figs-you σου…σου…σε 1 Your … your … you Since the person who said this was speaking to Jesus alone, **your** and **you** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 8 20 un5d ἰδεῖν θέλοντές σε 1 wanting to see you Alternate translation: “and they would like to see you”
|
||||
LUK 8 21 l425 figs-hendiadys ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 But answering, he said to them Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the information that people gave him. Alternate translation: “But Jesus responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 8 21 b97u figs-metaphor μήτηρ μου καὶ ἀδελφοί μου, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀκούοντες καὶ ποιοῦντες 1 My mother and my brothers are those who hear and do the word of God Jesus means figuratively that people who believe and obey the message from God become like a family to one another. Alternate translation: “Those who hear the word of God and obey it are like a mother and brothers to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 8 21 edk3 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Jesus uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to the message from God that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 8 22 l426 writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 8 22 l427 figs-idiom ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν 1 on one of those days Luke uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “around that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 8 22 l428 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ αὐτὸς ἐνέβη εἰς πλοῖον καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, διέλθωμεν εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς λίμνης 1 both he and his disciples got into a boat, and he said to them,…Let us go over to the other side of the lake It seems unlikely that Jesus and his disciples would have gotten into a boat before they were planning to sail somewhere. So here Luke is probably describing the result before the reason. If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to his disciples, ‘Let us go over to the other side of the lake.’ So they all got into a boat together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 8 22 l428 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ αὐτὸς ἐνέβη εἰς πλοῖον καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, διέλθωμεν εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς λίμνης 1 both he and his disciples got into a boat, and he said to them, … Let us go over to the other side of the lake It seems unlikely that Jesus and his disciples would have gotten into a boat before they were planning to sail somewhere. So here Luke is probably describing the result before the reason. If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to his disciples, ‘Let us go over to the other side of the lake.’ So they all got into a boat together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 8 22 w1pk translate-names τῆς λίμνης 1 of the lake This means the Lake of Genneseret, which is also called the Sea of Galilee. But since Jesus would have referred to it simply as “the lake” while he and his disciples were on it, you do not need to use the proper name in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 8 22 btk8 figs-idiom ἀνήχθησαν 1 they put out This expression means that they began to travel across the lake in their boat. Alternate translation: “they headed out across the lake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 8 23 vh2v πλεόντων…αὐτῶν 1 as they voyaged The term **voyaged** means that Jesus and the disciples traveled by water. Alternate translation: “as they traveled across the lake”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ LUK 8 23 l429 figs-metonymy συνεπληροῦντο 1 they were being filled
|
|||
LUK 8 23 l430 figs-activepassive συνεπληροῦντο 1 they were being filled If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what was doing the action. Alternate translation: “water started to fill up their boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 23 uki7 figs-explicit συνεπληροῦντο 1 they were being filled The implication is that the strong winds were causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of the boat, and that this water was filling the boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the strong winds were causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of their boat, so that the water began to fill it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 8 24 l432 Ἐπιστάτα 1 Master **Master** is the title by which disciples addressed their teacher in this culture. If your language and culture have a similar term, you can use it here in your translation.
|
||||
LUK 8 24 l431 λέγοντες, Ἐπιστάτα, Ἐπιστάτα, ἀπολλύμεθα! 1 saying,…Master! Master! We are perishing The repetition indicates that the disciples called to Jesus urgently and continually. Alternate translation: “crying out continually, ‘Master! We’re going to die!’”
|
||||
LUK 8 24 l431 λέγοντες, Ἐπιστάτα, Ἐπιστάτα, ἀπολλύμεθα! 1 saying, … Master! Master! We are perishing The repetition indicates that the disciples called to Jesus urgently and continually. Alternate translation: “crying out continually, ‘Master! We’re going to die!’”
|
||||
LUK 8 24 l433 figs-exclusive ἀπολλύμεθα 1 We are perishing Since the disciples want Jesus to understand that he is in danger too, the word **we** would include him. Alternate translation: “We’re all going to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 24 uhe4 ἐπετίμησεν 1 he rebuked Alternate translation: “spoke sharply to”
|
||||
LUK 8 24 t1yy figs-explicitinfo τῷ κλύδωνι, τοῦ ὕδατος 1 the waves of the water In your language, it might seem that the wording here expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you can abbreviate it. However, you could also translate this as expressing emphasis. Alternate translation: “the waves” or “the violent waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1401,14 +1401,14 @@ LUK 8 48 l464 ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 your faith has save
|
|||
LUK 8 48 ch7m figs-idiom πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην 1 Go in peace This is a way of saying goodbye and giving a blessing at the same time. Alternate translation: “May God give you peace as you go” or “As you go, do not worry anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 8 49 m58z figs-explicit ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 While he was still speaking This refers implicitly to what Jesus was saying in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “While Jesus was still saying these things to the woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 8 49 l465 ἔρχεταί τις 1 someone comes To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “someone came”
|
||||
LUK 8 49 deu3 figs-metonymy τις παρὰ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου 1 someone…from the synagogue leader This does not mean someone whom Jairus sent, since Jairus was with Jesus. Rather, this means someone who had been at his house watching over his daughter with the others. Alternate translation: “someone who had been at the home of Jairus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 8 49 deu3 figs-metonymy τις παρὰ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου 1 someone … from the synagogue leader This does not mean someone whom Jairus sent, since Jairus was with Jesus. Rather, this means someone who had been at his house watching over his daughter with the others. Alternate translation: “someone who had been at the home of Jairus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 8 49 id9v figs-explicit μηκέτι σκύλλε τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 Do not trouble the Teacher any longer This statement implies that Jesus will not be able to do anything to help, since the girl is dead. Alternate translation: “There is nothing more that Jesus can do for you, so do not make him come to your house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 8 49 n6ez τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 the Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||||
LUK 8 50 l466 writing-pronouns ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ 1 he answered him The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and the pronoun **him** refers to Jairus, not the messenger. Jesus did not respond directly to the messenger. Rather, he reassured Jairus, despite the news. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to Jairus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 8 50 ej1b σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved In this context, the word **saved** has a specific meaning, comparable in this context to the meaning “healed.” Alternate translation: “she will come back to life”
|
||||
LUK 8 50 l467 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 51 gl9g figs-synecdoche ἐλθὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 And when he came to the house Luke figuratively says **he**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group that was coming with Jesus, which included his disciples and Jairus and likely others. Alternate translation: “when they arrived at the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 8 51 qal2 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἀφῆκεν…τινα…εἰ μὴ 1 he did not allow anyone…except If, in your language, it would appear that Luke was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus only allowed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
LUK 8 51 qal2 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἀφῆκεν…τινα…εἰ μὴ 1 he did not allow anyone … except If, in your language, it would appear that Luke was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus only allowed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
LUK 8 51 i4v1 τὸν πατέρα τῆς παιδὸς 1 the father of the child The phrase **the father of the child** refers to Jairus. Alternate translation: “Jairus, the girl’s father”
|
||||
LUK 8 52 tt9v translate-symaction ἔκλαιον…πάντες καὶ ἐκόπτοντο αὐτήν 1 they were all mourning and beating their breasts for her This was the customary way of showing grief in that culture. The term that ULT translates as **mourning** could mean that the people were pounding on their chests as a sign of grief, although Luke uses a much more specific expression to say that directly in [18:13](../18/13.md). If you think your readers might not understand the significance of these actions, you could explain generally what the people were doing. Or you could describe the actions and say why the people were doing them. Alternate translation: “they were all loudly expressing their grief” or “all the people there were wailing and pounding on their chests to show how sad they were that the girl had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 8 52 l468 οὐ…ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 she has not died, but sleeps Alternate translation: “she is not dead, she is only sleeping”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@ LUK 9 26 dl2i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 of the Fathe
|
|||
LUK 9 27 ef6j figs-idiom λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν ἀληθῶς 1 But I say to you truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the importance of what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen very carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 9 27 m113 figs-123person εἰσίν τινες τῶν αὐτοῦ ἑστηκότων, οἳ οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου, ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 there are some of those who are standing here who will certainly not taste death until they see the kingdom of God Jesus is using the third person to talk about the people he is talking to. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “some of you who are standing here will not die before you see the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 9 27 j7fc figs-litotes οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου, ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 will certainly not taste death until they see the kingdom of God Jesus is figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “will see the kingdom of God before they die” or (if you are translating in the second person) “will see the kingdom of God before you die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 9 27 gj8t figs-idiom γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 will…taste death This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 9 27 gj8t figs-idiom γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 will … taste death This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 9 27 l499 figs-abstractnouns τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God ruling as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 9 28 l500 writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 9 28 si9j figs-metonymy μετὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 after these words The phrase **these words** refers to what Jesus said to his disciples in the preceding verses. Luke uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “after Jesus said these things to his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@ LUK 9 32 tw7e figs-explicit εἶδον τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 they s
|
|||
LUK 9 32 tsj6 καὶ τοὺς δύο ἄνδρας τοὺς συνεστῶτας αὐτῷ 1 and the two men who were standing with him The phrase **the two men** refers to Moses and Elijah. Alternate translation: “and they also saw Moses and Elijah”
|
||||
LUK 9 33 l504 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new development within this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 9 33 npk9 writing-pronouns ἐν τῷ διαχωρίζεσθαι αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 as they were going away from him The pronoun **they** refers to Moses and Elijah, not to the disciples. Alternate translation: “as Moses and Elijah were about to leave Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 9 33 l505 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 for us…let us make Since Peter wants to make it possible for Moses and Elijah to stay, when he says **for us**, he likely means “all six of us.” So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “us,” use the inclusive form in that case. However, when Peter says **let us**, he is likely referring to himself and to James and John, so use the exclusive form of “us” in that case. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 33 l505 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 for us … let us make Since Peter wants to make it possible for Moses and Elijah to stay, when he says **for us**, he likely means “all six of us.” So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “us,” use the inclusive form in that case. However, when Peter says **let us**, he is likely referring to himself and to James and John, so use the exclusive form of “us” in that case. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 33 mby6 translate-unknown σκηνὰς 1 tents The term **tents** means simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep. Peter probably had in mind that he and the other two disciples would build them from the materials available on the mountain such as tree branches. Alternate translation: “shelters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 9 33 l506 μὴ εἰδὼς ὃ λέγει 1 not knowing what he says To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “He did not know what he was saying”
|
||||
LUK 9 34 ct1w writing-pronouns ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος 1 But as he was saying this Alternate translation: “While Peter was saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1539,7 +1539,7 @@ LUK 9 36 l507 ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνὴν 1 when the voice
|
|||
LUK 9 36 l508 figs-idiom εὑρέθη Ἰησοῦς μόνος 1 Jesus was found alone The term **found** is an idiom that means “could be found” or “was there.” Alternate translation: “only Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 9 36 l509 figs-activepassive εὑρέθη Ἰησοῦς μόνος 1 Jesus was found alone If it would be clearer in your language, you could say **Jesus was found alone** with an active form. Alternate translation: “only Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 36 v9uy figs-doublet αὐτοὶ ἐσίγησαν, καὶ οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν 1 they were silent and told no one These two phrases mean the same thing. (The Greek verb in the first phrase does not always mean to make no sound. It can also mean to keep a secret.) Luke uses the two phrases together for emphasis. In your translation, you could also use repetition for emphasis, or, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “they kept it a secret and did not tell anyone” or “they said nothing about it to anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 9 36 l510 figs-doublenegatives οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν…οὐδὲν 1 told no one…anything Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis here, “told no one … nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “told someone … something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 9 36 l510 figs-doublenegatives οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν…οὐδὲν 1 told no one … anything Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis here, “told no one … nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “told someone … something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 9 36 l511 figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days Here Luke uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 9 37 q5f5 writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 9 38 l512 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@ LUK 9 44 ygr3 figs-123person ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μ
|
|||
LUK 9 44 l520 figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι 1 For the Son of Man is going to be handed over See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “someone is going to betray me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 9 44 l521 figs-metaphor εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men The term **hands** figuratively represent power and control. Alternate translation: “to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 9 44 l522 figs-explicit εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men It may be helpful to make explicit who these **men** are. Alternate translation: “to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 9 45 l523 figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο…περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου 1 this word,…about this word Luke uses the term **word** figuratively to describe what Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “this saying … about this saying” or “this statement … about this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 9 45 l523 figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο…περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου 1 this word, … about this word Luke uses the term **word** figuratively to describe what Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “this saying … about this saying” or “this statement … about this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 9 45 ub1r figs-activepassive ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 it was hidden from them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God hid its meaning from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 46 dh3w writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 among them Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the pronoun **them** does not include Jesus. He was not arguing, along with the disciples, about who was the **greatest**. Alternate translation: “among the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 9 46 l524 τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 1 which of them might be the greatest Alternate translation: “which one of them was the greatest”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1577,13 +1577,13 @@ LUK 9 48 mav1 figs-metaphor ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 welcomes me This is a meta
|
|||
LUK 9 48 awc6 figs-explicit τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 the one who sent me Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that this means God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 9 48 zw5t figs-gendernotations οὗτός ἐστιν μέγας 1 he is great Here Jesus uses the pronoun **he** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that is the person whom God considers to be great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 9 49 uwr3 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ Ἰωάννης εἶπεν 1 Then answering, John said Together **answering** and **said** mean that John responded to what Jesus had just said. Alternate translation: “Then John responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 9 49 bj41 figs-exclusive εἴδομέν…μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 we saw…with us When John says **we**, he is speaking of himself and some other disciples who spoke to this man, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language uses that form. However, when John says **us**, he seems to be referring to the disciples and Jesus traveling together, and since he is speaking to Jesus, **us** would be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 49 bj41 figs-exclusive εἴδομέν…μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 we saw … with us When John says **we**, he is speaking of himself and some other disciples who spoke to this man, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language uses that form. However, when John says **us**, he seems to be referring to the disciples and Jesus traveling together, and since he is speaking to Jesus, **us** would be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 49 py8i figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 in your name The term **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with them. This expression means the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 9 49 l526 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἀκολουθεῖ μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 he does not follow with us In this case, to **follow** Jesus does not seem to mean to be one of his disciples, as in [5:27](../05/27.md), since this man was acting in Jesus’ **name**. Rather, in this context it seems to refer to traveling together in this group with Jesus. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 9 50 hw85 figs-litotes μὴ κωλύετε 1 Do not prevent him Jesus is figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. You can state this positively. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 9 51 l527 writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 9 51 c8gx figs-activepassive ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ἀναλήμψεως αὐτοῦ 1 when the days of his being taken up were being fulfilled If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active verbal forms in place of these two passive forms, and in the second case you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “when it was almost time for God to take him up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 51 l528 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας 1 when the days…were being fulfilled Here Luke uses **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “when it was almost time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 9 51 l528 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας 1 when the days … were being fulfilled Here Luke uses **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “when it was almost time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 9 51 l529 figs-explicit τῆς ἀναλήμψεως αὐτοῦ 1 of his being taken up The implication is that God would take Jesus back up to heaven, and the further implication is that this would be after Jesus died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one or both of those things explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God to take him up to heaven” or “for him to die and for God to take him back up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 9 51 mq2d figs-idiom τὸ πρόσωπον ἐστήρισεν 1 set his face **Set his face** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he firmly decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 9 52 l530 figs-metaphor πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ 1 before his face The term **face** figuratively means the front of a person. Alternate translation: “ahead of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ LUK 9 52 b6ct figs-idiom ὡς ἑτοιμάσαι αὐτῷ 1 so as to prepare
|
|||
LUK 9 53 v61k οὐκ ἐδέξαντο αὐτόν 1 they did not welcome him Alternate translation: “the Samaritans did not want him to stay with them”
|
||||
LUK 9 53 l532 figs-synecdoche τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 his face was going to Jerusalem Luke is using one part of Jesus to represent all of him. Luke may use the **face** because Jesus was facing in the direction he was traveling. Or this may echo the expression “he set his face” in [9:52](../09/52.md). Alternate translation: “he was traveling toward Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 9 53 n62j figs-explicit ὅτι τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 because his face was going to Jerusalem The Samaritans and the Jews hated each other. Therefore the Samaritans did not want to help Jesus travel to Jerusalem, which was the Jewish capital and the place where the Jews held their major religious observances. Alternate translation: “because they did not want to help any Jew make a journey to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 9 54 a8sf figs-metaphor ἰδόντες 1 when…saw The word **saw** figuratively represents notice and attention. Alternate translation: “recognized that the Samaritans were not going to accommodate Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 9 54 a8sf figs-metaphor ἰδόντες 1 when … saw The word **saw** figuratively represents notice and attention. Alternate translation: “recognized that the Samaritans were not going to accommodate Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 9 54 y4rq figs-explicit θέλεις εἴπωμεν πῦρ καταβῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀναλῶσαι αὐτούς? 1 do you want us to tell fire to come down from heaven and consume them James and John suggested this method of judgment because they knew that this was how the prophets such as Elijah had called down judgment upon people who rejected God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you want us to tell fire to come down from heaven to consume them, as Elijah did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 9 54 l533 figs-exclusive θέλεις εἴπωμεν 1 do you want us to tell By **us**, James and John mean themselves, but not Jesus, so **us** is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 55 pj6b writing-pronouns στραφεὶς…ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς 1 he turned and rebuked them The pronoun **them** refers to James and John. Jesus did not condemn the Samaritans, as the disciples expected. Alternate translation: “Jesus turned around and rebuked James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1601,8 +1601,8 @@ LUK 9 58 yq5n figs-merism αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσι
|
|||
LUK 9 58 anv9 translate-unknown αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν 1 The foxes have dens The word **foxes** describes land animals that are similar to small dogs. The word **dens** refers to holes that these animals dig in the ground as shelters. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal and its habits, you could describe them in general terms. Alternate translation: “Little animals live in holes in the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 9 58 c88m figs-explicitinfo τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις 1 the birds of the sky, nests In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of **sky**, to complement the idea of “ground” in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “birds live in nests” or “birds that fly in the air live in nests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 9 58 ls02 figs-ellipsis τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις 1 the birds of the sky, nests Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “birds live in nests” or “birds that fly in the air live in nests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 9 58 r7vq figs-123person ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus…Son of Man **Jesus** is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 9 58 l535 figs-explicit ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus…Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 9 58 r7vq figs-123person ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus … Son of Man **Jesus** is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 9 58 l535 figs-explicit ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus … Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 9 58 l536 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ 1 does not have anywhere to lay his head Jesus implies that if this person were to follow him, he too might not have a home. Alternate translation: “does not have a home anywhere, so if you become his disciple, expect that you will not have a home either” or (if you translated in the first person) “do not have a home anywhere, so if you become my disciple, expect that you will not have a home either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 9 58 l537 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ 1 does not have anywhere to lay his head This expression figuratively means “does not have anywhere to sleep,” by association with something that a person does in order to sleep, **lay** down his **head**. And a place to sleep, by association, means a home, since that is where people sleep. Alternate translation: “does not have a home anywhere” or (if you translated in the first person) “do not have a home anywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 9 58 ff62 figs-hyperbole οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ 1 does not have anywhere to lay his head Jesus actually did find places to sleep wherever he went to teach and heal, but he says figuratively that he has no such place at all to emphasize that he has no permanent home. Alternate translation: “does not have a permanent home” or (if you translated in the first person) “do not have a permanent home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1639,7 +1639,7 @@ LUK 10 4 l560 figs-idiom μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ π
|
|||
LUK 10 4 fz6p figs-metonymy μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα 1 Do not carry a money bag, nor a sack, nor sandals While Jesus probably means what he says literally about not bringing these specific items, he is also using them figuratively with larger meanings. The **money bag** represents the money it would contain. The **sack** represents the provisions someone would carry in it for a journey. The **sandals** represent, in this culture, more clothing and equipment than is strictly needed. Alternate translation: “Do not bring any money or provisions or extra clothes with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 10 4 l561 figs-explicit μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα 1 Do not carry a money bag, nor a sack, nor sandals If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why Jesus does not want his disciples to bring these things with them. As he will explain in [10:7](../10/07.md), he wants the people who receive his message to provide for those who bring the message. Alternate translation: “Do not bring any money or provisions or extra clothes with you, because the people who receive my message will provide for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 4 tj52 figs-hyperbole μηδένα κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἀσπάσησθε 1 greet no one on the road Jesus is generalizing to indicate that these disciples should go quickly to the places where he is sending them to prepare the way for him. He is not telling them to be rude. Alternate translation: “make your journey as quickly as possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 10 5 l562 figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ 1 say,…Peace be to this house Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what he wants his disciples to say. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say that you want there to be peace in that house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 10 5 l562 figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ 1 say, … Peace be to this house Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what he wants his disciples to say. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say that you want there to be peace in that house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 10 5 zk69 figs-metonymy εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ 1 Peace be to this house The term **house** refers figuratively to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “May the people in this household have peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 10 5 l563 figs-idiom εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ 1 Peace be to this house This was an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew concept of “shalom,” that was both a greeting and a blessing. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you in this household and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 10 6 x5e4 figs-idiom υἱὸς εἰρήνης 1 a son of peace The expression **son of** refers figuratively to a person who shares the qualities of something. Alternate translation: “a person who wants peace with God and with people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1654,7 +1654,7 @@ LUK 10 8 k8yb writing-pronouns καὶ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς 1 and they re
|
|||
LUK 10 8 wd2x figs-activepassive ἐσθίετε τὰ παρατιθέμενα ὑμῖν 1 eat what is served to you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “eat whatever food the people of that city serve you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 10 9 ws6g figs-nominaladj τοὺς…ἀσθενεῖς 1 the sick Jesus is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who are sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 10 9 l565 writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῇ 1 in it Alternate translation: “who live in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 10 9 l566 figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε αὐτοῖς, ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 say to them,…The kingdom of God has come close to you If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “tell them that the kingdom of God has come close to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 10 9 l566 figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε αὐτοῖς, ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 say to them, … The kingdom of God has come close to you If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “tell them that the kingdom of God has come close to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 10 9 e1he figs-abstractnouns ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The kingdom of God has come close to you The idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** can be expressed with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) The kingdom of God is close in location, that is, its activities are happening nearby. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) The kingdom of God is close in time, that is, it will begin soon. Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 10 10 nt9n writing-pronouns καὶ μὴ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς 1 and they do not receive you This is a direct contrast to the similar expression in [10:8](../10/08.md). Once again the pronoun **they** refers to the people living in this city. Alternate translation: “if the people there do not welcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 10 11 l567 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑμῶν εἰς τοὺς πόδας ἀπομασσόμεθα ὑμῖν; πλὴν τοῦτο γινώσκετε, ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Even the dust that clings to us from your city on our feet we wipe off against you! But know this, that the kingdom of God has come near Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what he wants his disciples to say. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing from the end of the previous verse): “that you are going to wipe even the dust from their city off your feet as a warning to them, but that you still want them to know that the kingdom of God came close to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1671,16 +1671,16 @@ LUK 10 13 sf42 figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σ
|
|||
LUK 10 13 l570 figs-idiom οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida See how you translated this phrase in [6:24](../06/24.md). Alternate translation: “how terrible it will be for you, Chorazin and Bethsaida!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 l571 figs-metonymy οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida Jesus is using the names of these cities to refer figuratively to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 l572 figs-you οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida Jesus is addressing an individual city in each of these phrases, so **you** is singular in both cases. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida,” then **you** would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 l573 translate-names Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Chorazin!…Bethsaida These are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 l573 translate-names Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδά! 1 Chorazin! … Bethsaida These are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 mvq5 figs-hypo ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν…μετενόησαν 1 For if the mighty works that happened in you had happened in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago Jesus is describing a situation that might have happened in the past but actually did not. He is doing this to express disappointment and regret about what is happening in the present. Be sure to translate this in such a way that your readers will know that this event actually did not happen but they will understand why Jesus is imagining it. Alternate translation: “I can well imagine that if the people of Tyre and Sidon had witnessed the miracles that I performed for you, they would have repented a long time ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 l574 figs-explicit ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν…μετενόησαν 1 For if the mighty works that happened in you had happened in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. So the implication is similar to the one about the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because they were so wicked. But even the people who lived in those cities would have repented if they had seen the miracles I did in Chorazin and Bethsaida. So the people of Chorazin and Bethsaida certainly should have repented as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 l575 figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι 1 Tyre and Sidon Jesus uses the names of these cities to refer figuratively to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “the people of Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 l576 translate-names Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι 1 Tyre and Sidon **Tyre** and **Sidon** are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 l577 figs-youdual αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 the mighty works that happened in you Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 it4x translate-symaction ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ καθήμενοι μετενόησαν 1 they would have repented…sitting in sackcloth and ashes Jesus is saying that the people of Tyre and Sidon would have performed these actions, which are signs of humility and sorrow, to show that they were very sorry for committing their sins. Alternate translation: “they would have shown how sorry they were for their sins … by sitting on the ground wearing rough clothes and putting ashes on their heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 10 14 l578 figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon…than for you Jesus uses the names of these cities, **Tyre** and **Sidon**, to refer figuratively to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 10 14 ikt3 figs-explicit Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon…than for you Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. The implication, as in the case of Sodom, is that it must therefore be an extremely grave offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon, even though he destroyed their cities because they were so wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 14 l579 figs-explicit Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon…than for you It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Chorazin and Bethsaida. Alternate translation: “because you did not repent and believe in me even though you saw me do miracles, God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 13 it4x translate-symaction ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ καθήμενοι μετενόησαν 1 they would have repented … sitting in sackcloth and ashes Jesus is saying that the people of Tyre and Sidon would have performed these actions, which are signs of humility and sorrow, to show that they were very sorry for committing their sins. Alternate translation: “they would have shown how sorry they were for their sins … by sitting on the ground wearing rough clothes and putting ashes on their heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 10 14 l578 figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you Jesus uses the names of these cities, **Tyre** and **Sidon**, to refer figuratively to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 10 14 ikt3 figs-explicit Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. The implication, as in the case of Sodom, is that it must therefore be an extremely grave offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon, even though he destroyed their cities because they were so wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 14 l579 figs-explicit Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Chorazin and Bethsaida. Alternate translation: “because you did not repent and believe in me even though you saw me do miracles, God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 14 txw5 figs-explicit ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment The disciples would have understood that Jesus was referring to the time when God will bring final judgment. Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 14 l580 figs-youdual ὑμῖν 1 for you Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. Alternate translation: “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 h28u figs-apostrophe σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you Jesus is speaking figuratively to another city that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this once again to show in a very strong way how he feels about this city. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the disciples whom he is sending out. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to his disciples. Alternate translation: “The people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor them greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1690,14 +1690,14 @@ LUK 10 15 gk9v figs-metaphor σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρα
|
|||
LUK 10 15 l582 figs-metonymy σύ, Καφαρναούμ 1 you, Capernaum Jesus uses the name of this city to refer figuratively to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 l583 figs-you σύ, Καφαρναούμ 1 you, Capernaum Jesus is addressing an individual city, so **you** is singular here and in the rest of this verse. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Capernaum,” then **you** would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 l584 translate-names Καφαρναούμ 1 Capernaum **Capernaum** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 l585 figs-activepassive ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 you will…be exalted to heaven If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 l586 figs-explicit ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 you will…be exalted to heaven If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the reason why the people of Capernaum think that God would want to honor them. Alternate translation: “God is going to honor you greatly because you are such good people and your city is so prosperous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 l587 figs-metaphor τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down…Hades To be **brought down** is another spatial metaphor. It figuratively indicates experiencing punishment and dishonor. To be brought down all the way to Hades, the underworld (that is, the abode of the dead), figuratively means to receive very great punishment or dishonor. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 bjh5 figs-activepassive τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down…Hades If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 l588 figs-explicit τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down…Hades It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Capernaum. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 l585 figs-activepassive ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 you will … be exalted to heaven If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 l586 figs-explicit ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 you will … be exalted to heaven If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the reason why the people of Capernaum think that God would want to honor them. Alternate translation: “God is going to honor you greatly because you are such good people and your city is so prosperous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 l587 figs-metaphor τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down … Hades To be **brought down** is another spatial metaphor. It figuratively indicates experiencing punishment and dishonor. To be brought down all the way to Hades, the underworld (that is, the abode of the dead), figuratively means to receive very great punishment or dishonor. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 bjh5 figs-activepassive τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down … Hades If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 10 15 l588 figs-explicit τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 You will be brought down … Hades It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Capernaum. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 16 i786 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀκούων ὑμῶν, ἐμοῦ ἀκούει 1 The one who listens to you listens to me You could translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “When someone listens to you, it is as if they were listening to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 10 16 q56b figs-metaphor ὁ ἀθετῶν ὑμᾶς, ἐμὲ ἀθετεῖ 1 the one who rejects you rejects me You could also translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “when someone rejects you, it is as if they were rejecting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 10 16 g3fx figs-metaphor ὁ…ἐμὲ ἀθετῶν, ἀθετεῖ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 The one…who rejects me rejects the one who sent me You could also translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “when someone rejects me, it is as if they were rejecting the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 10 16 g3fx figs-metaphor ὁ…ἐμὲ ἀθετῶν, ἀθετεῖ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 The one … who rejects me rejects the one who sent me You could also translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “when someone rejects me, it is as if they were rejecting the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 10 16 eus8 figs-explicit τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 the one who sent me This refers implictly to God, who appointed Jesus for this special task. Alternate translation: “God who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 17 m7nh figs-explicit ὑπέστρεψαν δὲ οἱ ἑβδομήκοντα δύο 1 Then the 72 returned Some languages will need to say that the 72 actually went out first, as UST does. Alternate translation: “So the 72 disciples went out and did as Jesus had told them to do, and then they returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 17 prj8 translate-textvariants ἑβδομήκοντα δύο 1 72 As in [10:1](../10/01.md), see the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to say **72** or “70” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1730,7 +1730,7 @@ LUK 10 22 e47e figs-activepassive πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τ
|
|||
LUK 10 22 l600 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 no one knows who the Son is except the Father If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
LUK 10 22 six4 γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς 1 knows who the Son is Here, the Greek word translated **knows** means to know from personal experience. God the Father knows Jesus in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with the Son” or “is acquainted with me”
|
||||
LUK 10 22 xm3s figs-123person γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς 1 knows who the Son is Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “knows who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 10 22 fp68 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς…ὁ Πατήρ 1 the Son…the Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 10 22 fp68 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς…ὁ Πατήρ 1 the Son … the Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 10 22 rkt2 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς γινώσκει…τίς ἐστιν ὁ Πατὴρ, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς 1 NO GLQuote AVAILABLE!!! If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Son knows who the Father is” or “only I know who the Father is” or “only I am acquainted with the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
LUK 10 22 zg14 γινώσκει…τίς ἐστιν ὁ Πατὴρ 1 NO GLQuote AVAILABLE!!! Here the Greek word translated **knows** means to know from personal experience. Jesus knows God his Father in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with the Father” or “am acquainted with the Father”
|
||||
LUK 10 22 evw3 ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι 1 to whomever the Son desires to reveal him Alternate translation: “whoever the Son wants to introduce the Father to” or (if you translated in the first person) “whoever I want to introduce the Father to”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ LUK 10 24 q61s figs-explicit ἃ ἀκούετε 1 what you hear The phrase **wh
|
|||
LUK 10 24 mb4b figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 and did not hear If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings did not hear these things. Alternate translation: “but could not hear them because they lived before this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 25 l602 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 10 25 klh4 writing-participants νομικός τις 1 a certain lawyer Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a lawyer who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 10 25 l603 translate-unknown νομικός 1 a…lawyer See how you translated this in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “an expert in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 10 25 l603 translate-unknown νομικός 1 a … lawyer See how you translated this in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “an expert in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 10 25 l604 translate-symaction ἀνέστη 1 stood up By standing up, this lawyer was indicating that he had a question to ask Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this was the reason for his action. Alternate translation: “stood up to show that he wanted to ask a question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 10 25 c6ac ἐκπειράζων αὐτὸν 1 to test him Alternate translation: “to see how well he would answer”
|
||||
LUK 10 25 l605 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** was a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1796,7 +1796,7 @@ LUK 10 36 v31w πλησίον…γεγονέναι 1 became a neighbor Alternat
|
|||
LUK 10 36 kv4z figs-idiom τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς 1 to the one who fell among the robbers As in [10:30](../10/30.md), be sure it is clear in your translation that this does not mean that the man fell down accidentally. Rather, this is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the man whom the robbers attacked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 10 37 ig9x figs-explicit πορεύου καὶ σὺ ποίει ὁμοίως 1 You go and do likewise The implication is that the lawyer has given the correct answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, and you could also indicate what **do likewise** means. Alternate translation: “You are right. In the same way, you should also be a neighbor to people who need your help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 38 kv4q writing-newevent ἐν δὲ τῷ πορεύεσθαι αὐτοὺς 1 And as they were traveling along Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event. Alternate translation: “The next thing that happened on their journey was that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 10 38 l621 figs-synecdoche αὐτὸς εἰσῆλθεν…ὑπεδέξατο αὐτόν 1 he entered…welcomed him Luke figuratively says **he** and **him**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “they entered … welcomed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 10 38 l621 figs-synecdoche αὐτὸς εἰσῆλθεν…ὑπεδέξατο αὐτόν 1 he entered … welcomed him Luke figuratively says **he** and **him**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “they entered … welcomed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 10 38 i17j writing-participants γυνὴ δέ τις ὀνόματι Μάρθα 1 and a certain woman named Martha This introduces Martha as a new character. Your language may have its own way of introducing new people. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There was a woman named Martha who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 10 38 l622 translate-names Μάρθα 1 Martha **Martha** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 10 39 l623 writing-participants καὶ τῇδε ἦν ἀδελφὴ καλουμένη Μαριάμ 1 And she had a sister called Mary This introduces **Mary** as a new character. Alternate translation: “Now Martha had a sister whose name was Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1829,26 +1829,26 @@ LUK 11 2 l638 figs-youformal σου 1 your Here, **your** is singular because Je
|
|||
LUK 11 3 q89w figs-imperative δίδου ἡμῖν 1 Give us This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 11 3 l639 figs-exclusive δίδου ἡμῖν 1 Give us Jesus teaches his disciples to speak to God in the plural because he wants them to pray together in community about the matters he describes. Since the word **us** would refer to the people praying, but not to God, it would be exclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 3 s6qp figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον 1 our daily bread Jesus refers figuratively to **bread**, one common food, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 11 4 iid7 figs-imperative ἄφες ἡμῖν…μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς 1 forgive us…may you not lead us These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please forgive us … please do not lead us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 11 4 iid7 figs-imperative ἄφες ἡμῖν…μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς 1 forgive us … may you not lead us These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please forgive us … please do not lead us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 11 4 wi99 figs-metaphor παντὶ ὀφείλοντι ἡμῖν 1 everyone who owes us Jesus uses the image of being in debt figuratively to describe having sinned against a person. Alternate translation: “everyone who has sinned against us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 4 db55 μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν 1 may you not lead us into temptation You could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “please lead us away from temptation”
|
||||
LUK 11 5 l640 figs-hypo τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἕξει φίλον, καὶ πορεύσεται πρὸς αὐτὸν μεσονυκτίου 1 Which of you will have a friend and will go to him at midnight Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you went to the house of a friend in the middle of the night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 11 5 l641 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ εἴπῃ αὐτῷ, φίλε, χρῆσόν μοι τρεῖς ἄρτους 1 and say to him,…Friend, lend three loaves to me If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and asked his friend to let him borrow three loaves of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 11 5 l641 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ εἴπῃ αὐτῷ, φίλε, χρῆσόν μοι τρεῖς ἄρτους 1 and say to him, … Friend, lend three loaves to me If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and asked his friend to let him borrow three loaves of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 11 5 y1s9 χρῆσόν μοι τρεῖς ἄρτους 1 lend three loaves to me Alternate translation: “let me borrow three loaves of bread” or “give me three loaves of bread, and I will pay you back later”
|
||||
LUK 11 6 l642 figs-quotesinquotes ἐπειδὴ φίλος μου παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός με, καὶ οὐκ ἔχω ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ 1 since my friend has come to me from the road, and I do not have anything to serve to him If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing the sentence from the previous verse): “explaining that another friend has just arrived on a journey and that he does not have enough food to feed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 11 6 l643 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπειδὴ 1 since The speaker uses this word to introduce the reason why he is making this request at this time. If you translate this as a direct quotation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you why I am asking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 11 6 zl5w figs-metonymy παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός με 1 has come to me from the road The speaker uses the term **road** figuratively to describe being on a journey. Alternate translation: “another friend of mine is on a journey and has just arrived at my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 6 zp7j figs-hyperbole ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ 1 anything to serve to him It is unlikely that the speaker has no food at all in his house that he could serve his friend. Rather, this is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “enough food to feed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 11 6 l731 figs-explicit ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ 1 anything to serve to him There are two other possibilities for why the speaker says this: (1) The issue could be, as UST implies, that while his family has the ingredients to make a meal, they do not want to make a weary traveler wait the time it would take for them to bake bread and prepare other food. Alternate translation: “any food prepared to feed him” (2) The implication may be that the speaker wants to extend hospitality by sharing a meal with his guest, and so he needs enough food for a family meal. Alternate translation: “enough food to share a meal with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 7 l644 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἴπῃ 1 answering…he may say The word **answering** indicates that what this friend **may say** would be a response. Alternate translation: “he may reply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 11 7 l645 figs-quotesinquotes εἴπῃ, μή μοι κόπους πάρεχε; ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται, καὶ τὰ παιδία μου μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὴν κοίτην εἰσίν; οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς δοῦναί σοι 1 he may say,…Do not cause me trouble. The door has already been shut, and my children are in the bed with me. I am not able to get up to give to you If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he may tell you not to bother him, because he has already locked the door for the night and his children are in bed with him, so he cannot get up and give you anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 11 7 l644 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἴπῃ 1 answering … he may say The word **answering** indicates that what this friend **may say** would be a response. Alternate translation: “he may reply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 11 7 l645 figs-quotesinquotes εἴπῃ, μή μοι κόπους πάρεχε; ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται, καὶ τὰ παιδία μου μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὴν κοίτην εἰσίν; οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς δοῦναί σοι 1 he may say, … Do not cause me trouble. The door has already been shut, and my children are in the bed with me. I am not able to get up to give to you If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he may tell you not to bother him, because he has already locked the door for the night and his children are in bed with him, so he cannot get up and give you anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 11 7 l646 figs-activepassive ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται 1 The door has already been shut If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “We have already closed and locked the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 7 vhf7 figs-hyperbole οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς 1 I am not able to get up The friend inside is not literally incapable of getting up. Rather, this is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “It would be very difficult for me to get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 11 8 zl2k figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Even though Jesus began this hypothetical situation by asking “which of you,” that is, “which one of you,” here he is addressing all of the disciples together, not the hypothetical single disciple who might go to a friend’s house at midnight. So here, the word **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 11 8 prx6 figs-abstractnouns διά γε τὴν ἀναίδειαν αὐτοῦ 1 yet because of his persistence If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **persistence** with a verb such as “continue.” Alternate translation: “because you continue to ask him urgently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 11 8 l647 ἐγερθεὶς 1 rising up Alternate translation: “getting out of bed”
|
||||
LUK 11 9 j4ef figs-you ὑμῖν λέγω…ὑμῖν…εὑρήσετε…ὑμῖν 1 say to you,…to you…you will find…to you In the first instance in this verse, **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to the disciples. In the next three instances, even though Jesus is describing what could be an individual situation of a person praying to God, **you** is also plural because Jesus is still speaking to the disciples as a group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 11 9 l648 figs-explicit αἰτεῖτε…ζητεῖτε 1 ask,…seek It might be customary in your language to say what a person would be asking for and seeking, and from whom. Alternate translation: “keep asking God for what you need … keep seeking what you need from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 9 j4ef figs-you ὑμῖν λέγω…ὑμῖν…εὑρήσετε…ὑμῖν 1 say to you, … to you … you will find … to you In the first instance in this verse, **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to the disciples. In the next three instances, even though Jesus is describing what could be an individual situation of a person praying to God, **you** is also plural because Jesus is still speaking to the disciples as a group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 11 9 l648 figs-explicit αἰτεῖτε…ζητεῖτε 1 ask, … seek It might be customary in your language to say what a person would be asking for and seeking, and from whom. Alternate translation: “keep asking God for what you need … keep seeking what you need from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 9 i7j9 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be given to you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” or “you will receive it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 9 l1f6 translate-unknown κρούετε 1 knock To **knock** at a door means to hit it a few times to let a person inside the house know you are standing outside. You could translate this expression with the way people in your culture show that they have arrived at a house, such as “call out” or “cough” or “clap.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 11 9 l649 figs-metaphor κρούετε 1 knock Jesus is using the expression **knock** figuratively to mean getting someone’s attention. Alternate translation: “seek God’s attention in prayer” or “let God know you are depending on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1886,8 +1886,8 @@ LUK 11 17 rc4h figs-metonymy οἶκος ἐπὶ οἶκον πίπτει 1 hou
|
|||
LUK 11 17 ze6p figs-metaphor πίπτει 1 falls This image of a house collapsing figuratively depicts the destruction of a family when the members fight against each other. Alternate translation: “they will ruin their family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 18 jd5t figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? 1 But if Satan is also divided against himself, how will his kingdom stand Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But if Satan is divided against himself, then his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 11 18 l663 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? 1 But if Satan is also divided against himself, how will his kingdom stand Jesus is also using a conditional statement to teach. Specifically, he is suggesting a condition that is not true in order to show by the results of the condition that it is certainly not true. Alternate translation: “Suppose Satan and all the other members of his kingdom are fighting among themselves. In that case, his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||||
LUK 11 18 i74u figs-synecdoche εἰ…ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη 1 if Satan is…divided against himself Here Jesus uses the person of **Satan** to refer figuratively to all of the demons who follow Satan, as well as to Satan himself. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are … fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 11 18 l664 figs-activepassive εἰ…ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη 1 if Satan is…divided against himself If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are … fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 18 i74u figs-synecdoche εἰ…ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη 1 if Satan is … divided against himself Here Jesus uses the person of **Satan** to refer figuratively to all of the demons who follow Satan, as well as to Satan himself. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are … fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 11 18 l664 figs-activepassive εἰ…ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη 1 if Satan is … divided against himself If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are … fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 18 l665 figs-metaphor πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? 1 how will his kingdom stand Jesus asks figuratively how a **kingdom** could **stand** as if it were a building or a person. Alternate translation: “how can his kingdom last?” or “then his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 18 vnt9 figs-explicit ὅτι λέγετε, ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλειν με τὰ δαιμόνια 1 For you say I cast out the demons by Beelzebul The implication is that if Jesus is doing this, then Satan’s kingdom is divided against itself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may also be helpful to say who people considered Beelzebul to be. Alternate translation: “You are saying that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, the ruler of the demons. That would mean that Satan is divided against himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 18 l666 translate-names Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 Beelzebul See how you translated the name **Beelzebul** in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1916,8 +1916,8 @@ LUK 11 24 l676 figs-idiom τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα 1 the unclean
|
|||
LUK 11 24 l677 figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 the man Here Jesus is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 11 24 fpj5 figs-metonymy ἀνύδρων τόπων 1 waterless places Jesus is describing the desert figuratively by reference to the lack of water there. Alternate translation: “the desert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 24 l678 figs-idiom ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν 1 seeking rest This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “looking for another place to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 11 24 yvp4 figs-hypo καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκον, λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 and not finding any, it says,…I will return to my house from which I came Jesus continues to use a hypothetical situation to teach. If you show that directly in your translation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose the demon does not find another place to live. Then it would say, ‘I will return to my house from which I came’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 11 24 l679 figs-quotesinquotes λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 it says,…I will return to my house from which I came Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the unclean spirit. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it says that it will return to the house from which it came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 11 24 yvp4 figs-hypo καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκον, λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 and not finding any, it says, … I will return to my house from which I came Jesus continues to use a hypothetical situation to teach. If you show that directly in your translation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose the demon does not find another place to live. Then it would say, ‘I will return to my house from which I came’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 11 24 l679 figs-quotesinquotes λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 it says, … I will return to my house from which I came Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the unclean spirit. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it says that it will return to the house from which it came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 11 24 s89t figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 my house from which I came The demon is referring figuratively to the person it formerly controlled as its **house**. Alternate translation: “the person I used to control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 25 b4u3 figs-activepassive εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 it finds it swept out and put in order If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “it finds that someone has swept the house and put it in order” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 25 l680 figs-exmetaphor εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 it finds it swept out and put in order Jesus speaks about the person whom the demon left by continuing the metaphor of a house. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ LUK 11 30 il7p figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son
|
|||
LUK 11 30 l732 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 30 ax7q figs-metonymy τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ 1 to this generation Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “to the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 31 t1mw translate-names βασίλισσα νότου 1 The Queen of the South This means the Queen of Sheba. Sheba was a kingdom south of Israel. Alternate translation: “The Queen of Sheba” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 11 31 bx3c translate-symaction ἐγερθήσεται…μετὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 will stand up…with the men of this generation In this culture, a person would **stand up** to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for her action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 11 31 bx3c translate-symaction ἐγερθήσεται…μετὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 will stand up … with the men of this generation In this culture, a person would **stand up** to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for her action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 11 31 l688 ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 in the judgment Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges people”
|
||||
LUK 11 31 l689 figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 the men of this generation Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 11 31 rnq9 figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς 1 she came from the ends of the earth This is an idiom that means she came from very far away. Alternate translation: “she traveled a great distance” or “she came from a faraway place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1955,7 +1955,7 @@ LUK 11 31 cwa7 figs-123person πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 greate
|
|||
LUK 11 31 p75h figs-explicit πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 greater than Solomon is here It may be helpful to state explicitly that these people have not listened to Jesus. Alternate translation: “even though I, who am greater than Solomon, am here, the people of this time have not listened to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 32 pkh5 figs-explicit ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται 1 The men of Nineveh It may be helpful to state explicitly that **Nineveh** refers to the ancient city of **Nineveh**. Alternate translation: “The people who lived in the ancient city of Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 32 g456 figs-gendernotations ἄνδρες 1 The men Here, **men** is generic and includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “The people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 11 32 l693 translate-symaction ἀναστήσονται…μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 will rise up…with this generation Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 11 32 l693 translate-symaction ἀναστήσονται…μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 will rise up … with this generation Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 11 32 l694 ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 in the judgment Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges people”
|
||||
LUK 11 32 uwp5 τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation Alternate translation: “the people who lived at this time”
|
||||
LUK 11 32 l695 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Jesus uses the term **behold** to get the crowd to focus its attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1980,7 +1980,7 @@ LUK 11 37 x6nx translate-unknown ἀνέπεσεν 1 reclined to eat It was the
|
|||
LUK 11 38 bm8j figs-explicit οὐ πρῶτον ἐβαπτίσθη 1 he did not first wash The Pharisees had a rule that people had to **wash** their hands before eating in order to be ceremonially clean before God. Alternate translation: “wash his hands in order to be ceremonially clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 39 l704 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 11 39 xf4e figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε, τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας 1 you Pharisees clean the outside of the cup and of the bowl, but the inside of you is full of greed and evil It becomes clear from the second part of this sentence that Jesus is using the cup and the bowl figuratively in the first part to represent the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “You Pharisees are careful to maintain good appearances on the outside, but your true character is that you are greedy and wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 39 zkq7 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς…τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε 1 you…clean the outside of the cup and of the bowl Washing of the outside of containers was a part of the ritual practices of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “as part of your rituals, you … always clean the things that you are going to eat and drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 39 zkq7 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς…τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε 1 you … clean the outside of the cup and of the bowl Washing of the outside of containers was a part of the ritual practices of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “as part of your rituals, you … always clean the things that you are going to eat and drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 39 b8gj figs-abstractnouns τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας 1 but the inside of you is full of greed and evil If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **greed** and **evil** with adjectives, as UST does. Alternate translation: “but your true character is that you are greedy and wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 11 40 zq4l figs-nominaladj ἄφρονες 1 You foolish ones Jesus is using an adjective as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 11 40 g39h figs-rquestion οὐχ ὁ ποιήσας τὸ ἔξωθεν, καὶ τὸ ἔσωθεν ἐποίησεν? 1 Did not the one who made the outside also make the inside Jesus is using the question form to challenge and correct the Pharisees. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The one who made the outside also made the inside!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1992,7 +1992,7 @@ LUK 11 42 ans4 figs-explicit ἀποδεκατοῦτε τὸ ἡδύοσμον,
|
|||
LUK 11 42 p71g translate-unknown τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ πήγανον 1 the mint and the rue These are the names of herbs. People put just a little bit of their leaves into their food to give it flavor. If your readers would not know what **mint** and **rue** are, you could use the name of herbs that they would know. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 11 42 l25z figs-hyperbole πᾶν λάχανον 1 every garden herb This does not mean every **herb** that exists, but every **herb** that the Pharisees were growing in their gardens. Alternate translation: “every other herb in your gardens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 11 42 yk7d τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the love of God Alternate translation: “to make sure that people are treated fairly and compassionately, as God would want”
|
||||
LUK 11 42 l707 ταῦτα…κἀκεῖνα 1 these things…those things By **these things**, Jesus means the justice and the love of God. By **those things**, he means devotional practices such as tithing. Your language may have its own way of expressing distinctions like this. Alternate translation: “the latter, and … the former”
|
||||
LUK 11 42 l707 ταῦτα…κἀκεῖνα 1 these things … those things By **these things**, Jesus means the justice and the love of God. By **those things**, he means devotional practices such as tithing. Your language may have its own way of expressing distinctions like this. Alternate translation: “the latter, and … the former”
|
||||
LUK 11 42 myv2 figs-doublenegatives κἀκεῖνα μὴ παρεῖναι 1 and not to neglect those things If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative, which consists of a negative particle and a negative verb, as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “while making sure to express your devotion to God as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 11 43 w6pv figs-idiom τὴν πρωτοκαθεδρίαν 1 the first seats This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the best seats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 11 43 sz72 figs-explicit τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς 1 the greetings The implication is that people would greet the Pharisees in public by addressing them with honorary titles. Alternate translation: “for people to greet you with special titles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ LUK 11 44 l709 figs-gendernotations καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ περ
|
|||
LUK 11 44 h9x7 figs-explicit οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 do not know it The implication is that if the Jews walked over a grave, they would become ceremonially unclean because they had come close to a dead body. Unmarked graves would cause them to do that accidentally. Alternate translation: “do not realize that and so become ceremonially unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 44 l710 figs-metaphor οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 do not know it Jesus is using the implied ceremonial uncleanness figuratively to represent not doing what pleases God. He has just said in [11:42](../11/42.md) that this is really a matter of showing love and justice to others. Alternate translation: “without realizing it and so, because they follow your teaching, they do not do the things that God wants them to do most” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 45 l711 ἀποκριθεὶς δέ τις τῶν νομικῶν λέγει αὐτῷ 1 Then answering, one of the lawyers says to him To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there said to him”
|
||||
LUK 11 45 l712 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…λέγει 1 answering,…says Together the two verbs **answering** and **says** mean that this lawyer was responding to what Jesus had said about the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 11 45 l712 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…λέγει 1 answering, … says Together the two verbs **answering** and **says** mean that this lawyer was responding to what Jesus had said about the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 11 45 u1vv writing-participants τις τῶν νομικῶν 1 one of the lawyers This phrase introduces a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 11 45 l713 translate-unknown τις τῶν νομικῶν 1 one of the lawyers See how you translated this in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 11 45 l714 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2018,16 +2018,16 @@ LUK 11 48 drs1 figs-explicit μαρτυρεῖτε καὶ συνευδοκεῖ
|
|||
LUK 11 48 l718 figs-gendernotations τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν 1 of your fathers Jesus is using the term **fathers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 11 48 l719 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς…οἰκοδομεῖτε 1 you are building The implication is that the Pharisees and law experts are building tombs for the prophets, as [11:47](../11/47.md) says explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are building tombs for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 49 by5w διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this The expression **Because of this** refers to the way that the current generation was effectively continuing the actions of its ancestors, who had killed the prophets. Alternate translation: “Because you are just as hostile to the prophets as your ancestors were”
|
||||
LUK 11 49 c97g figs-personification ἡ σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ εἶπεν 1 the wisdom of God…said Jesus speaks figuratively of God’s **wisdom** as if it were able to speak by itself. Alternate translation: “God in his wisdom said” or “God wisely said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 11 49 c97g figs-personification ἡ σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ εἶπεν 1 the wisdom of God … said Jesus speaks figuratively of God’s **wisdom** as if it were able to speak by itself. Alternate translation: “God in his wisdom said” or “God wisely said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 11 49 lda4 figs-explicit ἀποστελῶ εἰς αὐτοὺς προφήτας καὶ ἀποστόλους, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν 1 I will send to them prophets and apostles, and some of them they will kill and persecute Jesus is saying that God was not so foolish or naïve as to think that the Israelites would welcome the message of the prophets and apostles. God in his wisdom knew that they would oppose his messengers. But he sent them anyway, because their message was necessary and important. Alternate translation: “I am going to send prophets and apostles to them with my message, even though I know they will persecute and kill some of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 49 w1fh figs-hendiadys ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν 1 some…they will kill and persecute Here, Jesus may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **persecute** may be telling why and how the people would **kill** the prophets. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “persecute even to the point of killing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 11 49 w1fh figs-hendiadys ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν 1 some … they will kill and persecute Here, Jesus may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **persecute** may be telling why and how the people would **kill** the prophets. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “persecute even to the point of killing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 11 50 pi6u figs-explicit ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 that the blood of all the prophets that has been shed from the foundation of the world may be required from this generation The implication seems to be that God will also send prophets to the people living at this time because the people’s violent persecution of the prophets will constitute a conscious, deliberate rejection of God’s message that will provide grounds for definitive judgment. That is because the people of this time should know better than to persecute the prophets, based on the prominent bad example of their own ancestors. Alternate translation: “so that the people living at this time, who should have known better, can be held accountable for the blood that people have shed of all the prophets since the beginning of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 50 l720 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ…ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 that…may be required from this generation If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God can hold the people living at this time accountable for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 50 l721 figs-activepassive τὸ αἷμα…τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον 1 the blood…that has been shed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the blood … that people have shed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 50 d1rf figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα…τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον 1 the blood…that has been shed Jesus uses the term **the blood … that has been shed** to refer to the deaths of **the prophets** figuratively by association with their **blood.** Alternate translation: “the deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 50 l720 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ…ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 that … may be required from this generation If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God can hold the people living at this time accountable for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 50 l721 figs-activepassive τὸ αἷμα…τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον 1 the blood … that has been shed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the blood … that people have shed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 50 d1rf figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα…τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον 1 the blood … that has been shed Jesus uses the term **the blood … that has been shed** to refer to the deaths of **the prophets** figuratively by association with their **blood.** Alternate translation: “the deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 50 l722 ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world Alternate translation: “since the beginning of the world” or “since God made the world”
|
||||
LUK 11 50 l723 figs-metonymy τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 51 l724 figs-metonymy αἵματος Ἂβελ…αἵματος Ζαχαρίου 1 the blood of Abel…the blood of Zechariah Jesus uses the terms **the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah** to refer to the deaths of these men figuratively by association with the shedding of their blood. Alternate translation: “the death of Abel … the death of Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 51 l724 figs-metonymy αἵματος Ἂβελ…αἵματος Ζαχαρίου 1 the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah Jesus uses the terms **the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah** to refer to the deaths of these men figuratively by association with the shedding of their blood. Alternate translation: “the death of Abel … the death of Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 51 l725 translate-names Ἂβελ 1 of Abel **Abel** is the name of a man. He was the son of Adam, the first man, and God commended him for doing what was right. His brother Cain murdered him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 11 51 jes7 translate-names Ζαχαρίου 1 of Zechariah **Zechariah** is the name of a man. It is not the same man as father of John the Baptist, whose story Luke tells at the beginning of this book. Rather, Jesus means the priest whom King Joash ordered the officials of Judah to stone to death in the temple courtyard after he rebuked the people of Judah for worshipping idols. See [2 Chronicles 24:21](../2ch/24/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 11 51 l726 figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου 1 the house Jesus figuratively calls the temple the **house**, meaning the “house of God,” since God’s presence was in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2045,7 +2045,7 @@ LUK 12 1 en8g writing-newevent ἐν οἷς 1 In those times Luke uses these wo
|
|||
LUK 12 1 c8yk grammar-connect-time-background ἐπισυναχθεισῶν τῶν μυριάδων τοῦ ὄχλου, ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους 1 when myriads of the crowd were gathered together so that they trampled on each other Luke provides this background information to give the setting for the events he is about to describe. Alternate translation: “while tens of thousands of the common people were gathering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 12 1 l730 translate-unknown μυριάδων 1 myriads The word **myriads** is the plural of the Greek word “myriad,” which means ten thousand (10,000). You can express this number in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “tens of thousands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 12 1 l734 τοῦ ὄχλου 1 of the crowd In this context, the word **crowd** refers to ordinary people. Alternate translation: “of the common people”
|
||||
LUK 12 1 l735 figs-activepassive ἐπισυναχθεισῶν 1 when…were gathered together If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “were coming together” or “were crowding around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 12 1 l735 figs-activepassive ἐπισυναχθεισῶν 1 when … were gathered together If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “were coming together” or “were crowding around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 12 1 ybz9 figs-hyperbole ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους 1 so that they trampled on each other This could be an exaggeration to emphasize how tightly packed together the crowd as. Alternate translation: “so that they were all tightly packed together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 12 1 x38n ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ πρῶτον 1 he began to say to his disciples first This could mean: (1) Jesus addressed his disciples before speaking to the crowd. Alternate translation: “Jesus first started speaking to his disciples, and said to them” (2) This was the first thing Jesus said to his disciples when he began to speak to them. Alternate translation: “Jesus started speaking to his disciples, and the first thing he said was”
|
||||
LUK 12 1 f5b9 figs-metaphor προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης, τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὑπόκρισις 1 Guard yourselves from the yeast of the Pharisees, which is hypocrisy Jesus is describing the influence of **the Pharisees** figuratively by comparing its spread throughout the community to the way **yeast** spreads through a whole batch of dough or batter. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you do not become hypocrites like the Pharisees, whose behavior is influencing everyone around them, just as yeast spreads through a whole batch of dough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2067,7 +2067,7 @@ LUK 12 3 rmx8 translate-unknown ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 upon the house
|
|||
LUK 12 4 m6t7 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, τοῖς φίλοις μου 1 But I say to you, my friends Jesus readdresses his disciples to mark a shift in his speech to a new topic, about not being afraid. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you, friends”
|
||||
LUK 12 4 l743 figs-metonymy τὸ σῶμα 1 the body Jesus speaks figuratively about a person by association with **the body**, which is mortal. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 12 4 vc8j μὴ ἐχόντων περισσότερόν τι ποιῆσαι 1 do not have anything more to do Alternate translation: “cannot cause any more harm”
|
||||
LUK 12 5 fsr4 figs-explicit φοβήθητε τὸν…ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν 1 Fear the one who,…has authority The expression **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Fear God, who … has authority” or “Fear God, because he … has authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 12 5 fsr4 figs-explicit φοβήθητε τὸν…ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν 1 Fear the one who, … has authority The expression **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Fear God, who … has authority” or “Fear God, because he … has authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 12 5 us3x μετὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 after he has killed Jesus is not suggesting that God actively kills each person. Alternate translation: “after a person dies”
|
||||
LUK 12 5 l744 translate-names Γέενναν 1 Gehenna **Gehenna** is the Greek name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom just outside Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 12 5 ric8 figs-metaphor Γέενναν 1 Gehenna Jesus figuratively uses the name of this place, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2081,7 +2081,7 @@ LUK 12 6 l748 figs-metaphor ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπι
|
|||
LUK 12 7 m833 figs-activepassive καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται 1 even the hairs of your head have all been numbered If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has even counted all the hairs on your head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 12 7 l749 figs-synecdoche καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται 1 even the hairs of your head have all been numbered Jesus is figuratively using one small part of a person, the **hairs** on the **head**, to indicate the entire person. Alternate translation: “God is aware of everything about you, right down to the smallest detail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 12 7 l750 figs-you τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν 1 of your head Although **head** is singular because Jesus is describing an individual situation, **your** is plural because he is speaking to his disciples as a group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 12 7 l751 ἠρίθμηνται 1 have…been numbered This word can also mean “counted.” Jesus is not necessarily saying that God has assigned a number to each individual hair on a person’s head. Alternate translation: “counted”
|
||||
LUK 12 7 l751 ἠρίθμηνται 1 have … been numbered This word can also mean “counted.” Jesus is not necessarily saying that God has assigned a number to each individual hair on a person’s head. Alternate translation: “counted”
|
||||
LUK 12 7 shk3 figs-explicit μὴ φοβεῖσθε, πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε 1 Do not fear: you are more valuable than many sparrows The implication is that if God is aware of and concerned for sparrows, which are of less value, then God is certainly aware of and concerned for people, who are of greater value. And so followers of Jesus do not need to be afraid, since God is watching over them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are more valuable than many sparrows, so God is certainly even more aware of you and concerned for you, and so you do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 12 8 xzh3 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν 1 But I say to you Jesus readdresses his disciples to mark a shift in his speech to a new topic, confession. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you”
|
||||
LUK 12 8 d1cs figs-explicit πᾶς ὃς ἂν ὁμολογήσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 everyone who confesses me before men If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what someone would **confess** or acknowledge. Alternate translation: “whoever tells other people that he believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2103,7 +2103,7 @@ LUK 12 10 p9g7 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 it will not be
|
|||
LUK 12 11 f2j9 figs-explicit ὅταν…εἰσφέρωσιν ὑμᾶς 1 when they bring you The implication is that the opponents of Jesus would do this to his disciples. Alternate translation: “when my opponents bring you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 12 11 c1rk figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὰς συναγωγὰς 1 to the synagogues Jesus is referring figuratively to local Jewish tribunals by reference to the place where they met, in **synagogues**. Alternate translation: “to be tried by local Jewish tribunals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 12 11 gm94 figs-doublet τὰς ἀρχὰς, καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας 1 the rulers and the authorities These two terms mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together for emphasis. He is referring to officials of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the terms into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the officials whom the Romans have appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 12 12 l761 τὸ…Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα διδάξει ὑμᾶς…ἃ δεῖ εἰπεῖν 1 the Holy Spirit will teach you…what is necessary to say Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will tell you … what to say” or “the Holy Spirit will give you … the words to say”
|
||||
LUK 12 12 l761 τὸ…Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα διδάξει ὑμᾶς…ἃ δεῖ εἰπεῖν 1 the Holy Spirit will teach you … what is necessary to say Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will tell you … what to say” or “the Holy Spirit will give you … the words to say”
|
||||
LUK 12 12 gz6v figs-idiom ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in that hour Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” or “in that moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 12 13 i2vi writing-participants εἶπεν δέ τις ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου αὐτῷ 1 Then someone from the crowd said to him Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Then a man who was there in the crowd said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 12 13 l762 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2120,14 +2120,14 @@ LUK 12 15 l767 τῷ περισσεύειν τινὶ…ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρ
|
|||
LUK 12 16 d37q figs-parables εἶπεν δὲ παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 Then he spoke to them a parable Jesus now gives a brief illustration to teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he told them this story to help them understand this teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 12 16 gc9i writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 them The pronoun **them** refers to the whole crowd, to which Jesus is continuing to speak. Alternate translation: “the whole crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 12 16 nkw9 εὐφόρησεν 1 yielded abundantly Alternate translation: “produced a very good harvest”
|
||||
LUK 12 17 w55n figs-quotesinquotes διελογίζετο ἐν ἑαυτῷ λέγων, τί ποιήσω, ὅτι οὐκ ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω τοὺς καρπούς μου 1 he reasoned with himself, saying,…What should I do, since I do not have anywhere to gather my crops If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked himself what he should do, since he did not have anywhere to store his crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 12 17 w55n figs-quotesinquotes διελογίζετο ἐν ἑαυτῷ λέγων, τί ποιήσω, ὅτι οὐκ ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω τοὺς καρπούς μου 1 he reasoned with himself, saying, … What should I do, since I do not have anywhere to gather my crops If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked himself what he should do, since he did not have anywhere to store his crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 12 17 l768 figs-hyperbole ποῦ 1 anywhere This is a generalization for emphasis. As the man says in the next verse, he already does have some barns. He means that those barns do not have the capacity to store this new large harvest. Alternate translation: “anywhere large enough” or “enough room in my barns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 12 18 l769 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν, τοῦτο ποιήσω: καθελῶ μου τὰς ἀποθήκας καὶ μείζονας οἰκοδομήσω, καὶ συνάξω ἐκεῖ πάντα τὸν σῖτον καὶ τὰ ἀγαθά μου 1 he said,…I will do this: I will take down my barns and build bigger ones, and there I will gather all of my grain and good things If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he finally decided that he should tear down the barns he had and build bigger barns so that he could store all of his grain and other possessions in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 12 18 l769 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν, τοῦτο ποιήσω: καθελῶ μου τὰς ἀποθήκας καὶ μείζονας οἰκοδομήσω, καὶ συνάξω ἐκεῖ πάντα τὸν σῖτον καὶ τὰ ἀγαθά μου 1 he said, … I will do this: I will take down my barns and build bigger ones, and there I will gather all of my grain and good things If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he finally decided that he should tear down the barns he had and build bigger barns so that he could store all of his grain and other possessions in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 12 18 d82f translate-unknown τὰς ἀποθήκας 1 barns The term **barns** describes buildings in which farmers store crops they have harvested. If your readers would not be familiar with **barns**, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “storage buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 12 18 w6gc τὰ ἀγαθά μου 1 my…good things Alternate translation: “my other possessions”
|
||||
LUK 12 19 l770 figs-quotesinquotes ἐρῶ τῇ ψυχῇ μου, ψυχή, ἔχεις πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα εἰς ἔτη πολλά; ἀναπαύου, φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου 1 I will say to my soul,…Soul, you have many good things lying in store for many years. Relax, eat, drink, be merry If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “He told himself that he had many goods stored up for many years, and so he could relax, eat, drink, be merry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 12 18 w6gc τὰ ἀγαθά μου 1 my … good things Alternate translation: “my other possessions”
|
||||
LUK 12 19 l770 figs-quotesinquotes ἐρῶ τῇ ψυχῇ μου, ψυχή, ἔχεις πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα εἰς ἔτη πολλά; ἀναπαύου, φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου 1 I will say to my soul, … Soul, you have many good things lying in store for many years. Relax, eat, drink, be merry If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “He told himself that he had many goods stored up for many years, and so he could relax, eat, drink, be merry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 12 19 mqm6 figs-synecdoche τῇ ψυχῇ μου 1 to my soul The man figuratively addresses one part of himself, his **soul** or inner being, in order to speak to all of himself. Alternate translation: “to myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 12 20 l771 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Θεός, ἄφρων, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ; ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας, τίνι ἔσται? 1 But God said to him,…Foolish one, this night they are demanding your soul from you, and what you have prepared, whose will it be If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “But God told him that he was very foolish, because he was going to die that night, and the things he had stored up would belong to someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 12 20 l771 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Θεός, ἄφρων, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ; ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας, τίνι ἔσται? 1 But God said to him, … Foolish one, this night they are demanding your soul from you, and what you have prepared, whose will it be If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “But God told him that he was very foolish, because he was going to die that night, and the things he had stored up would belong to someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 12 20 l772 figs-nominaladj ἄφρων 1 Foolish one God is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun in order to indicate what kind of person this man is. ULT adds the term **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 12 20 l773 ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 this night they are demanding your soul from you This is an indefinite construction, such as many languages use, but God is the actual subject. Alternate translation: “I am demanding your soul from you this very night”
|
||||
LUK 12 20 l774 figs-idiom ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 this night they are demanding your soul from you The term **soul** means the life of a person. God is using the same term as the man did, but with a different meaning, to show that he was foolish to have such confidence in his possessions. Alternate translation: “you are going to lose your life this very night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2152,7 +2152,7 @@ LUK 12 25 l778 figs-explicit πῆχυν 1 a cubit The implication may be that s
|
|||
LUK 12 26 hl4d figs-rquestion εἰ οὖν οὐδὲ ἐλάχιστον δύνασθε, τί περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν μεριμνᾶτε? 1 If then you are not able to do the least, why do you worry about the rest Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Since you cannot do even this small thing, you should not worry about the other things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 12 26 l779 figs-nominaladj ἐλάχιστον 1 the least Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “such a very little thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 12 26 l780 figs-explicit τῶν λοιπῶν 1 the rest The implication in context is that Jesus is referring to having food to eat and clothes to wear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having food and clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 12 27 h293 κατανοήσατε τὰ κρίνα πῶς αὐξάνει 1 Consider the lilies…how they grow Alternate translation: “Think about how the lilies grow”
|
||||
LUK 12 27 h293 κατανοήσατε τὰ κρίνα πῶς αὐξάνει 1 Consider the lilies … how they grow Alternate translation: “Think about how the lilies grow”
|
||||
LUK 12 27 s8d3 translate-unknown τὰ κρίνα 1 the lilies The word **lilies** describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you could use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “the flowers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 12 27 u3mf translate-unknown οὐδὲ νήθει 1 neither do they spin In this context, to **spin** means to make thread or yarn for cloth. It does not mean to turn in a circle while standing in one place. If your readers might be confused by the term, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “and they do not make thread for cloth” or “and they do not make yarn for cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 12 27 l781 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, οὐδὲ Σολομὼν 1 But I say to you, not even Solomon Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that not even Solomon”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2176,7 +2176,7 @@ LUK 12 32 eej3 figs-metaphor τὸ μικρὸν ποίμνιον 1 little flock
|
|||
LUK 12 32 e3tv guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 12 33 rlg7 translate-unknown πωλήσατε τὰ ὑπάρχοντα ὑμῶν, καὶ δότε ἐλεημοσύνην 1 Sell your possessions and give alms This culture referred to charitable donations or gifts to the poor as **alms**. Alternate translation: “Sell your possessions and give the proceeds to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 12 33 dc7m figs-explicit ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς 1 Make for yourselves The implication is that this will be the result of selling one’s possessions and giving the proceeds to the poor. Alternate translation: “In this way you will make for yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 12 33 l789 figs-parallelism βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα, θησαυρὸν ἀνέκλειπτον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 purses that will not wear out…unfailing treasure in the heavens These two phrases mean basically the same thing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them, especially if putting both phrases in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “treasure that will always be safe in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 12 33 l789 figs-parallelism βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα, θησαυρὸν ἀνέκλειπτον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 purses that will not wear out … unfailing treasure in the heavens These two phrases mean basically the same thing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them, especially if putting both phrases in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “treasure that will always be safe in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 12 33 xb63 translate-unknown βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα 1 purses that will not wear out If you would like to reproduce the figure of speech that Jesus uses, but you think your readers might not know what **purses** are, you could explain that term, or you could use the name of a different container that people in your culture use to keep valuable things safe. Alternate translation: “moneybags that will not get holes in them” or “a jar that will never break” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 12 33 am8q figs-metonymy βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα 1 purses that will not wear out Jesus is figuratively describing valuable things that will last by reference to **purses** or moneybags that will keep these things safe because they will never wear out. He makes this clear by speaking literally of **unfailing treasure** right afterwards. Alternate translation: “wealth that will always be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 12 33 h6qw θησαυρὸν ἀνέκλειπτον 1 unfailing treasure You could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “treasure that will always last”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@ LUK 12 33 u258 translate-unknown σὴς 1 moth A **moth** is a small insect tha
|
|||
LUK 12 34 ad29 figs-metaphor ὅπου…ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν, ἐκεῖ καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν ἔσται 1 where your treasure is, there your heart will be also Jesus speaks figuratively of a person’s **heart** and **treasure** being in the same location. Alternate translation: “the things you value are the things you will think about and try to obtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 12 34 l790 figs-metaphor ὅπου…ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν 1 where your treasure is Jesus uses the word **treasure** figuratively to mean what a person values. Alternate translation: “the things you value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 12 34 r26g figs-metaphor καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν ἔσται 1 your heart will be also Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “are the things you will think about and want to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 12 34 l791 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 your…your Jesus is speaking of each individual person’s values and desires, but **your** is plural because he is addressing the disciples as a group. You could use the singular form of **your** in your translation if that is what your language would do in a context like this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 12 34 l791 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 your … your Jesus is speaking of each individual person’s values and desires, but **your** is plural because he is addressing the disciples as a group. You could use the singular form of **your** in your translation if that is what your language would do in a context like this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 12 35 c4j1 figs-parables ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι 1 Let your loins be girded To help his disciples understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave his disciples this illustration to help them understand. ‘Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 12 35 nk2x translate-unknown ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι 1 Let your loins be girded People in this culture wore long flowing robes. They would wrap the lower part of the robe around their hips to keep it out of the way while they engaged in physical activity. Alternate translation: “Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 12 35 l792 figs-activepassive ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι 1 Let your loins be girded If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2205,7 +2205,7 @@ LUK 12 37 xiv7 οὓς ἐλθὼν, ὁ Κύριος εὑρήσει γρηγ
|
|||
LUK 12 37 l801 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||||
LUK 12 37 s3yd figs-explicit παρελθὼν, διακονήσει αὐτοῖς 1 he will come and serve them The implication is that, because the servants were faithful in their tasks and they were ready to serve their master when he arrived, the master will now reward them by serving them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will come and serve them as a reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 12 38 l802 κἂν ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ κἂν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ ἔλθῃ 1 Even if he comes in the second, or even in the third watch Alternate translation: “Even if he comes in the second or third watch of the night”
|
||||
LUK 12 38 x25s translate-unknown ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ…φυλακῇ 1 in the second,…watch The **second watch** of the night was from 9:00 p.m. until midnight. Alternate translation: “late at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 12 38 x25s translate-unknown ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ…φυλακῇ 1 in the second, … watch The **second watch** of the night was from 9:00 p.m. until midnight. Alternate translation: “late at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 12 38 qa35 translate-unknown κἂν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ 1 or even in the third watch The **third watch** was from midnight until 3:00 a.m. Alternate translation: “or even after midnight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 12 38 l803 καὶ εὕρῃ οὕτως, μακάριοί εἰσιν ἐκεῖνοι 1 and finds them thus, blessed are those Alternate translation: “how good it will be for servants whom he finds waiting for him” or “how good it will be for servants who are ready when he returns”
|
||||
LUK 12 39 l804 τοῦτο δὲ γινώσκετε 1 But understand this Jesus says this to encourage his disciples to think carefully about what he is going to tell them. Alternate translation: “Now I want you to think carefully about this”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2229,8 +2229,8 @@ LUK 12 43 g6xl μακάριος ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος 1 Blessed is
|
|||
LUK 12 43 h35t ὃν ἐλθὼν, ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει ποιοῦντα οὕτως 1 whom his master will find doing so when he comes Alternate translation: “if his master finds him doing that work when he comes back”
|
||||
LUK 12 44 i2cq ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||||
LUK 12 44 y47s ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοῦ καταστήσει αὐτόν 1 he will appoint him over all his possessions Alternate translation: “he will put him in charge of all of his property”
|
||||
LUK 12 45 cu5k figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι 1 But if that servant says in his heart,…My master delays to return If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if that servant thinks to himself that his master is going to come back later than he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 12 45 l812 figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἄρξηται 1 But if that servant says in his heart,…and begins The illustration that Jesus is using involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose that servant thinks to himself … and suppose he begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 12 45 cu5k figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι 1 But if that servant says in his heart, … My master delays to return If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if that servant thinks to himself that his master is going to come back later than he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 12 45 l812 figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἄρξηται 1 But if that servant says in his heart, … and begins The illustration that Jesus is using involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose that servant thinks to himself … and suppose he begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 12 45 aku7 figs-metaphor εἴπῃ…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 says in his heart Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts. Alternate translation: “thinks to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 12 45 l813 χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι 1 My master delays to return Alternate translation: “My master is going to come back later than he said”
|
||||
LUK 12 45 juc5 figs-merism τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τὰς παιδίσκας 1 the male servants and the female servants Jesus is figuratively using the two types of servants to mean all of the master’s servants. Alternate translation: “all the other servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2263,8 +2263,8 @@ LUK 12 50 l824 figs-activepassive ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ 1 until it i
|
|||
LUK 12 51 s32r figs-rquestion δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρεγενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ? 1 Do you think that I came to give peace on the earth Jesus is not asking the people in the crowd to tell him what they think. He is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that I came to bring peace on the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 12 51 l825 figs-metonymy δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρεγενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ 1 Do you think that I came to give peace on the earth Jesus says **the earth** figuratively to mean the people living on the earth. Alternate translation: “Do you think that I came to make peace between people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 12 51 l826 figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην…δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ 1 to give peace on the earth If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to make people get along with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 12 51 l827 figs-ellipsis οὐχί…ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν 1 No,…but rather division Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “No … I came to bring division instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 12 51 np4v figs-abstractnouns οὐχί…ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν 1 No,…but rather division If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **division** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “No … my coming will cause people to oppose each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 12 51 l827 figs-ellipsis οὐχί…ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν 1 No, … but rather division Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “No … I came to bring division instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 12 51 np4v figs-abstractnouns οὐχί…ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν 1 No, … but rather division If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **division** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “No … my coming will cause people to oppose each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 12 51 l828 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples and the crowd. Alternate translation: “I want you to understand”
|
||||
LUK 12 52 vrt5 figs-metonymy πέντε ἐν ἑνὶ οἴκῳ 1 five in one house Jesus uses the term **house** to refer figuratively to people who live together in a house, that is, to a family. Alternate translation: “five members of the same family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 12 52 l829 figs-activepassive διαμεμερισμένοι 1 divided If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who will take sides against one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2275,10 +2275,10 @@ LUK 12 53 l831 figs-parallelism πατὴρ ἐπὶ υἱῷ, καὶ υἱὸ
|
|||
LUK 12 53 l832 figs-parallelism μήτηρ ἐπὶ τὴν θυγατέρα, καὶ θυγάτηρ ἐπὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 mother against her daughter and daughter against her mother These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “mothers and daughters will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 12 53 l833 figs-parallelism πενθερὰ ἐπὶ τὴν νύμφην αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφη ἐπὶ τὴν πενθεράν 1 mother - in - law against her daughter - in - law and daughter - in - law against her mother - in - law These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “mothers-in-law and daughters-in-law will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 12 54 i84z figs-explicit ὅταν ἴδητε νεφέλην ἀνατέλλουσαν 1 When you see a cloud rising **A cloud rising** in this direction would indicate that rain was coming in Israel, because the sea was to the **west**. If rainstorms tend to come from a different direction in your region, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “clouds forming in a certain direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 12 54 d3gk figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, ὅτι ὄμβρος ἔρχεται 1 you say,…A shower is coming If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that it is going to rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 12 54 d3gk figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, ὅτι ὄμβρος ἔρχεται 1 you say, … A shower is coming If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that it is going to rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 12 54 l834 καὶ γίνεται οὕτως 1 and it happens thus Alternate translation: “and it does rain”
|
||||
LUK 12 55 gq22 figs-explicit νότον πνέοντα 1 a south wind is blowing Wind coming from this direction would indicate that hot weather was coming in Israel, because the desert was to the **south**. If hot winds blow from a different direction in your region, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “the wind is blowing from a certain direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 12 55 l835 figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, ὅτι καύσων ἔσται 1 you say,…There will be scorching heat If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that it is going to be very hot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 12 55 l835 figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, ὅτι καύσων ἔσται 1 you say, … There will be scorching heat If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that it is going to be very hot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 12 55 l836 καὶ γίνεται 1 and it happens Alternate translation: “and it does get hot”
|
||||
LUK 12 56 l837 figs-explicit ὑποκριταί! 1 Hypocrites The implication, which Jesus draws out in the rest of this verse, is that people who could understand the weather from signs such as wind and clouds also ought to be able to understand what God was doing through Jesus from the signs surrounding his ministry. So if they did not welcome him, it was not because they did not see or understand these signs. Rather, it was because they were pretending not to see or understand them. Alternate translation: “You are pretending not to understand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 12 56 jdj7 figs-metaphor τὸ πρόσωπον 1 the face Jesus uses the term **face** figuratively to mean “appearance.” Alternate translation: “the appearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2286,7 +2286,7 @@ LUK 12 56 y3yj figs-rquestion τὸν καιρὸν δὲ τοῦτον, πῶς
|
|||
LUK 12 57 w8rz figs-rquestion τί δὲ καὶ ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν, οὐ κρίνετε τὸ δίκαιον? 1 And why do you not even judge for yourselves what is righteous Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the crowd. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You ought to discern on your own what is right.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 12 58 y75j figs-hypo ὡς γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου ἐπ’ ἄρχοντα 1 For as you are going with your adversary to the magistrate Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the crowd. Alternate translation: “Suppose you owed someone money, and suppose they were taking you to court to collect it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 12 58 l838 figs-parables ὡς γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου ἐπ’ ἄρχοντα 1 For as you are going with your adversary to the magistrate This hypothetical situation is also an illustration designed to help the people understand that they should be welcoming Jesus. Just as the debtor is going to be judged imminently, God is going to judge them imminently based on their responses to Jesus, and so they should make a positive response now, before it is too late. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘Suppose you owed someone money, and suppose he was taking you to court to collect it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 12 58 f1ea figs-youcrowd ὑπάγεις…σου…σε 1 you are going…your…you Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 12 58 f1ea figs-youcrowd ὑπάγεις…σου…σε 1 you are going … your … you Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 12 58 t4v8 translate-unknown τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου 1 your adversary In the context of this story, the term **adversary** means specifically an opponent in a legal proceeding. You could translate it with the equivalent term in your language. Alternatively, since the next verse indicates that the **adversary** is trying to collect a debt, you could describe him in a way that indicates that. Alternate translation: “your opponent” or “your creditor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 12 58 e7hz translate-unknown ἄρχοντα 1 the magistrate **Magistrate** is a general term for a person in legal authority. You can translate it with the equivalent general term in your language. Alternate translation: “the official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 12 58 b7sh figs-activepassive ἀπηλλάχθαι ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 to be released from him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to settle the matter out of court” or “to have him forgive your debt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2323,10 +2323,10 @@ LUK 13 6 x42j figs-activepassive συκῆν εἶχέν τις πεφυτευμ
|
|||
LUK 13 6 l851 translate-unknown συκῆν 1 a fig tree A **fig tree** is a type of fruit tree that is common in the land of Israel. If your readers would not know what a fig tree is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fruit tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 13 6 l852 writing-background ἦλθεν ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ οὐχ εὗρεν 1 he came seeking fruit on it, but did not find any This is background information that helps listeners understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “he went to see if there were any figs on the tree, but there were none” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 13 6 l853 figs-go ἦλθεν ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 he came seeking fruit on it Here your language might use a form of “go” rather than a form of “come.” Alternate translation: “he went to see if there were any figs on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
LUK 13 7 l854 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν…πρὸς τὸν ἀμπελουργόν, ἰδοὺ, τρία ἔτη ἀφ’ οὗ ἔρχομαι ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν τῇ συκῇ ταύτῃ, καὶ οὐχ εὑρίσκω. ἔκκοψον αὐτήν, ἵνα τί καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ? 1 he said to the gardener,…Behold, for three years I have come seeking fruit on this fig tree and have not found any. Cut it down. For what reason is it even idling the ground If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told the gardener to pay attention, that he had been coming for three years to look for fruit on the fig tree, but he had not found any, and so the gardener should cut the tree down because it was keeping the ground from being productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 13 7 l854 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν…πρὸς τὸν ἀμπελουργόν, ἰδοὺ, τρία ἔτη ἀφ’ οὗ ἔρχομαι ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν τῇ συκῇ ταύτῃ, καὶ οὐχ εὑρίσκω. ἔκκοψον αὐτήν, ἵνα τί καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ? 1 he said to the gardener, … Behold, for three years I have come seeking fruit on this fig tree and have not found any. Cut it down. For what reason is it even idling the ground If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told the gardener to pay attention, that he had been coming for three years to look for fruit on the fig tree, but he had not found any, and so the gardener should cut the tree down because it was keeping the ground from being productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 13 7 l855 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The man uses the term **behold** to get the gardener to pay attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 13 7 hg35 figs-rquestion ἵνα τί καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ? 1 For what reason is it even idling the ground The man uses the question form to emphasize that the tree is useless and that the gardener should cut it down. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not let it keep the ground from being productive any longer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 13 7 l856 figs-metaphor τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ 1 is it…idling the ground The man speaks figuratively of the tree as if it were keeping the ground from working, since the ground would be productive if a different tree that actually was bearing fruit were in its place. Alternate translation: “is it … keeping the ground from being productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 13 7 l856 figs-metaphor τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ 1 is it … idling the ground The man speaks figuratively of the tree as if it were keeping the ground from working, since the ground would be productive if a different tree that actually was bearing fruit were in its place. Alternate translation: “is it … keeping the ground from being productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 13 8 pm3j ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτῷ 1 But answering, he says to him To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “But he responded”
|
||||
LUK 13 8 l857 figs-hendiadys ὁ…ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει 1 answering, he says Together the terms **answering** and **says** mean that the gardener responded to what his master told him to do. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 13 8 l2ks ἄφες αὐτὴν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἔτος 1 leave it this year also Alternate translation: “wait one more year before cutting down the tree”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2344,7 +2344,7 @@ LUK 13 12 l860 figs-idiom γύναι 1 Woman Unlike the term **man** in [12:14](
|
|||
LUK 13 12 h6ne figs-declarative ἀπολέλυσαι τῆς ἀσθενείας σου 1 you are released from your weakness By saying this, Jesus healed the woman. You could express this in your translation with a statement that shows that Jesus was causing this to happen. Alternate translation: “I now set you free from your weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
LUK 13 12 l29y figs-activepassive γύναι, ἀπολέλυσαι τῆς ἀσθενείας σου 1 Woman, you are released from your weakness If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I now set you free from your weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 13 13 k3k1 figs-activepassive ἀνωρθώθη 1 she was straightened up If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she stood up straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 13 14 d8ir figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…ἔλεγεν 1 answering,…said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that the synagogue leader spoke in response to the healing he had just witnessed. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 13 14 d8ir figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…ἔλεγεν 1 answering, … said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that the synagogue leader spoke in response to the healing he had just witnessed. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 13 14 l861 ἓξ ἡμέραι εἰσὶν ἐν αἷς δεῖ ἐργάζεσθαι 1 There are six days on which it is necessary to work Alternate translation: “You must only do work on the first six days of the week”
|
||||
LUK 13 14 ai1f figs-activepassive ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐρχόμενοι θεραπεύεσθε 1 come and be healed on them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “come and have Jesus heal you on those days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 13 14 qap4 τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 on the day of the Sabbath Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2388,24 +2388,24 @@ LUK 13 23 l876 figs-explicit ὁ…εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 he said
|
|||
LUK 13 24 i39q figs-metaphor ἀγωνίζεσθε εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τῆς στενῆς θύρας 1 Struggle to enter through the narrow door Jesus is speaking about God’s kingdom as if people had to go through a small doorway with great difficulty to enter it. Alternate translation: “work hard to overcome every difficulty that would keep you from entering God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 13 24 l877 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is telling the crowd. Alternate translation: “you must understand”
|
||||
LUK 13 24 l878 figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word **you** is plural. The implied **you** in the command to **struggle** earlier in this verse is also plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 13 24 x137 figs-explicit πολλοί…ζητήσουσιν εἰσελθεῖν καὶ οὐκ ἰσχύσουσιν 1 many,…will seek to enter, but will not be able The implication is that they will not be able to enter because it is so difficult. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many of the people who try to enter the kingdom of God … will not be able to, because it is so difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 13 24 x137 figs-explicit πολλοί…ζητήσουσιν εἰσελθεῖν καὶ οὐκ ἰσχύσουσιν 1 many, … will seek to enter, but will not be able The implication is that they will not be able to enter because it is so difficult. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many of the people who try to enter the kingdom of God … will not be able to, because it is so difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 13 25 b35z figs-exmetaphor ἀφ’ οὗ ἂν ἐγερθῇ ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης καὶ ἀποκλείσῃ τὴν θύραν 1 After the master of the house gets up and closes the door Jesus extends the metaphor of the **door** by speaking of God at the time of final judgment as if God were the owner of a house and the people he is addressing were outside the house trying to get in. Alternate translation: “After God has admitted everyone who is going to enter his kingdom and is not letting anyone else in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 13 25 gk3c figs-you ἄρξησθε…ὑμῖν…ὑμᾶς 1 you will begin…to you,…you Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word **you** is plural in all of these cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 13 25 l879 figs-quotesinquotes κρούειν τὴν θύραν λέγοντες, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν 1 to knock on the door, saying,…Lord, open for us If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “knock on the door and ask the Lord to open it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 13 25 gk3c figs-you ἄρξησθε…ὑμῖν…ὑμᾶς 1 you will begin … to you, … you Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word **you** is plural in all of these cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 13 25 l879 figs-quotesinquotes κρούειν τὴν θύραν λέγοντες, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν 1 to knock on the door, saying, … Lord, open for us If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “knock on the door and ask the Lord to open it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 13 25 jqh7 translate-unknown κρούειν τὴν θύραν 1 to knock on the door See how you translated the word “knock” in [11:9](../11/09.md). Alternate translation: “call out” or “cough” or “clap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 13 25 l880 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 for us The people knocking on the door mean themselves but not the owner of the house, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us,** use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 13 25 l881 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς ἐρεῖ 1 he will answer and say Together the two words **answer** and **say** mean that the owner of the house will respond to the people who are knocking on the door. Alternate translation: “will respond” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 13 25 l882 figs-quotesinquotes ἀποκριθεὶς ἐρεῖ ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ 1 he will answer and say to you,…I do not know you, where you are from If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he will respond that he does not know you or where you are from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 13 25 l882 figs-quotesinquotes ἀποκριθεὶς ἐρεῖ ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ 1 he will answer and say to you, … I do not know you, where you are from If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he will respond that he does not know you or where you are from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 13 25 l883 figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ 1 I do not know you, where you are from The owner is speaking in an abbreviated way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could draw on the first phrase to supply the words that are missing from the second phrase, as UST does. Alternate translation: “I do not know you, and I do not know where you are from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 13 25 l884 figs-parallelism οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ 1 I do not know you, where you are from The owner is also using repetition for emphasis. If this would not be clear in your language and your readers might wonder why he was saying the same thing twice, you could translate this with a single phrase that expresses the basic meaning. Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 13 26 l885 figs-quotesinquotes ἄρξεσθε λέγειν, ἐφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν σου καὶ ἐπίομεν, καὶ ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις ἡμῶν ἐδίδαξας 1 you will begin to say,…We ate and drank before you, and you taught in our streets If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you will begin to tell him that you shared meals with him and he taught in the streets of your town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 13 26 l885 figs-quotesinquotes ἄρξεσθε λέγειν, ἐφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν σου καὶ ἐπίομεν, καὶ ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις ἡμῶν ἐδίδαξας 1 you will begin to say, … We ate and drank before you, and you taught in our streets If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you will begin to tell him that you shared meals with him and he taught in the streets of your town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 13 26 l886 figs-metaphor ἐφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν σου καὶ ἐπίομεν 1 We ate and drank before you Here, **before** figuratively means “in the presence” of another person. Alternate translation: “you were with us when we ate and drank” or “we ate and drank together with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 13 26 l887 figs-merism ἐφάγομεν…καὶ ἐπίομεν 1 We ate and drank The people are figuratively using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “We shared meals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
LUK 13 26 l888 figs-you σου 1 you Since the people are addressing the owner alone, the pronoun **you** would be singular here, and also in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, **you taught**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 13 26 l889 figs-exclusive ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις ἡμῶν 1 in our streets Within the extended metaphor, the people are addressing Jesus, who was not from their town, but who taught them as he traveled through. So the people would consider the streets to be theirs but not his, and **our** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 13 27 l890 figs-quotesinquotes ἐρεῖ λέγων ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα πόθεν ἐστέ; ἀπόστητε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ, πάντες ἐργάται ἀδικίας 1 he will speak, saying to you,…I do not know where you are from. Get away from me, all you workers of unrighteousness If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he will reply that he does not know where you are from, and he will tell you to go away because you are evildoers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 13 27 l890 figs-quotesinquotes ἐρεῖ λέγων ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα πόθεν ἐστέ; ἀπόστητε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ, πάντες ἐργάται ἀδικίας 1 he will speak, saying to you, … I do not know where you are from. Get away from me, all you workers of unrighteousness If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he will reply that he does not know where you are from, and he will tell you to go away because you are evildoers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 13 27 l891 figs-explicitinfo ἐρεῖ λέγων ὑμῖν 1 he will speak, saying to you In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “he will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 13 27 l892 figs-you ὑμῖν…πάντες 1 to you,…all Since the owner of the house is speaking to the people outside, **you** would be plural in these instances. The implied “you” in the command to **get away** would also be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 13 27 l892 figs-you ὑμῖν…πάντες 1 to you, … all Since the owner of the house is speaking to the people outside, **you** would be plural in these instances. The implied “you” in the command to **get away** would also be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 13 27 l893 figs-explicit οὐκ οἶδα πόθεν ἐστέ 1 I do not know where you are from This is a shorter version of what the house owner says at first. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the implicit meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 13 27 n39n ἀπόστητε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Get away from me Alternate translation: “Go away from here”
|
||||
LUK 13 27 l894 ἐργάται ἀδικίας 1 you workers of unrighteousness Alternate translation: “you evildoers”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2427,7 +2427,7 @@ LUK 13 31 l902 writing-newevent ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 At that hour L
|
|||
LUK 13 31 l903 writing-participants προσῆλθάν τινες Φαρισαῖοι λέγοντες αὐτῷ 1 certain Pharisees approached, saying to him Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees who were there came and told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 13 31 r41z figs-doublet ἔξελθε καὶ πορεύου ἐντεῦθεν 1 Leave and go away from here These two expressions mean the same thing. The Pharisees are using repetition to emphasize how urgent they believe it is for Jesus to flee for his life. Alternate translation: “You need to get away from here right now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 13 31 l7fe figs-metonymy Ἡρῴδης θέλει σε ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Herod wants to kill you Herod would not kill Jesus personally. Rather, he would order people to do it. Alternate translation: “Herod plans to send his soldiers to kill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 13 32 l904 figs-quotesinquotes πορευθέντες εἴπατε τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ, ἰδοὺ, ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ 1 Go and tell that fox,…Behold, I am casting out demons and performing healings If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Go and tell that fox that I will certainly continue to drive out demons and perform healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 13 32 l904 figs-quotesinquotes πορευθέντες εἴπατε τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ, ἰδοὺ, ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ 1 Go and tell that fox, … Behold, I am casting out demons and performing healings If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Go and tell that fox that I will certainly continue to drive out demons and perform healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 13 32 l905 translate-unknown τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ 1 that fox A **fox** is a small wild dog. If your readers would not be familiar with what a **fox** is, you could use the name of a similar animal in your region, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “that little dog” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 13 32 af7k figs-metaphor τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ 1 that fox Jesus is referring to Herod figuratively as a **fox**. This could mean: (1) Since foxes need to rely on cunning to catch their prey, Jesus may be saying that Herod is devious. Alternate translation: “that devious person” (2) Since a fox is a small animal, Jesus may be saying that Herod was not much of a threat. Alternate translation: “that insignificant person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 13 32 l906 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses the term **behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2457,11 +2457,11 @@ LUK 13 35 l920 figs-pastforfuture ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑ
|
|||
LUK 13 35 w1v2 figs-metaphor ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house has been left to you Jesus speaks figuratively of the city of Jerusalem as if it were a **house** in which its people lived. Alternate translation: “your city will be left to you alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 13 35 l921 figs-activepassive ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house has been left to you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to leave your city to you alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 13 35 l922 figs-explicit ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house has been left to you The implications of this statement are that God will no longer consider that Jerusalem belongs to him, as a holy city where he dwells in his temple, and that God will therefore not protect the people of Jerusalem from their enemies. Alternate translation: “God will not protect you from your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 13 35 l923 figs-you ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν 1 your…to you.…to you Jesus is now speaking directly to the people who live in Jerusalem, so **your** and **you** would be plural. The pronoun **you** would also be a plural pronoun in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, “you say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 13 35 l923 figs-you ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν 1 your … to you. … to you Jesus is now speaking directly to the people who live in Jerusalem, so **your** and **you** would be plural. The pronoun **you** would also be a plural pronoun in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, “you say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 13 35 l924 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν 1 And I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is telling the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||||
LUK 13 35 x4y6 οὐ μὴ με ἴδητέ ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε 1 you will certainly not see me until it comes when you say If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this a positive statement. Alternate translation: “the next time you see me, you will say”
|
||||
LUK 13 35 l925 figs-idiom ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε 1 until it comes when you say The expression **it comes** means “the time comes.” You could say that in your translation, or, if your language does not speak of time as “coming,” you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “until the time comes when you say” or “until the time when you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 13 35 l926 figs-quotesinquotes ὅτε εἴπητε, εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 when you say,…Blessed is the one who comes in the name of the Lord If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “when you say that the one who comes in the name of the Lord is blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 13 35 l926 figs-quotesinquotes ὅτε εἴπητε, εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 when you say, … Blessed is the one who comes in the name of the Lord If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “when you say that the one who comes in the name of the Lord is blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 13 35 v6lj figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord God’s **name** figuratively represents his power and authority. Alternate translation: “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 14 intro xk3w 0 # Luke 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus attends a banquet and tells a parable about a banquet (14:1-24)<br>2. Jesus teaches more about being his disciple (14:25-35)<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Parable<br><br>Jesus told the parable in Luke 14:15-24 to teach that the kingdom of God will be something that everyone can enjoy, but many people will refuse to be part of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “For everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, and he who humbles himself will be exalted” (14:11).
|
||||
LUK 14 1 dj2d writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2483,7 +2483,7 @@ LUK 14 4 x4lq writing-pronouns ἐπιλαβόμενος 1 taking hold of him Al
|
|||
LUK 14 5 l934 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 14 5 rr5z figs-rquestion τίνος ὑμῶν υἱὸς ἢ βοῦς εἰς φρέαρ πεσεῖται, καὶ οὐκ εὐθέως ἀνασπάσει αὐτὸν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 Of which of you will a son or an ox fall into a well, and he will not immediately pull him out on the Sabbath day Jesus does not expect these religious leaders to tell him whether they would do this. Rather, he is using the question form as a teaching tool. He wants these religious leaders to recognize that on the Sabbath day, they themselves would do something to address a situation of suffering and need. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “If one of you had a son who fell into a well on the Sabbath, surely you would pull him out immediately. You would even do the same thing for your ox.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 14 6 cti5 καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἀνταποκριθῆναι πρὸς ταῦτα 1 And they were not able to give an answer to these things Alternate translation: “And there was nothing they could say in response”
|
||||
LUK 14 7 l935 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν…παραβολήν…ἐπέχων πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐξελέγοντο 1 he was speaking a parable…noticing how they were choosing the first places If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in this verse, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus noticed that those whom the leader of the Pharisees had invited to the meal were trying to sit in the seats for honored guests, so he gave them an illustration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 14 7 l935 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν…παραβολήν…ἐπέχων πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐξελέγοντο 1 he was speaking a parable … noticing how they were choosing the first places If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in this verse, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus noticed that those whom the leader of the Pharisees had invited to the meal were trying to sit in the seats for honored guests, so he gave them an illustration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 14 7 u86b figs-parables ἔλεγεν…παραβολήν 1 he was speaking a parable In this instance, Luke is not using the term **parable** to mean a brief story that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Jesus used a hypothetical situation as an illustration to get the guests at this meal to consider how they should behave at feasts. Alternate translation: “he gave an illustration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 14 7 em4u figs-activepassive τοὺς κεκλημένους 1 those who had been invited If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who had done the action. Alternate translation: “those whom this Pharisee had invited to the meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 7 yd4g figs-metaphor τὰς πρωτοκλισίας 1 the first places The term **first** figuratively represents being important and honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the seats closest to the host” or “the seats for honored guests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2512,7 +2512,7 @@ LUK 14 11 eki7 figs-activepassive ὑψωθήσεται 1 will be exalted If it
|
|||
LUK 14 12 p9hc τῷ κεκληκότι αὐτόν 1 to the one who had invited him Alternate translation: “the Pharisee who had invited him to his house for a meal”
|
||||
LUK 14 12 v4uk figs-you ὅταν ποιῇς 1 When you make Even though this is general advice for everyone listening, the word **you** is singular here, and **you** and **your** are singular in all of [14:12-14](../14/12.md), because Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisee who invited him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 14 12 gmh6 figs-hyperbole μὴ φώνει 1 do not invite Jesus is probably not telling his host never to invite such people. Rather, this is likely a generalization that means he should invite others as well. Alternate translation: “do not invite only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 14 12 l945 figs-metaphor τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου…τοὺς συγγενεῖς σου 1 your brothers,…your relatives The term **brothers** probably refers figuratively to close family members, while the term **relatives** likely indicates more distant members of an extended family. Alternate translation: “your close family members … other relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 14 12 l945 figs-metaphor τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου…τοὺς συγγενεῖς σου 1 your brothers, … your relatives The term **brothers** probably refers figuratively to close family members, while the term **relatives** likely indicates more distant members of an extended family. Alternate translation: “your close family members … other relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 14 12 l946 figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου 1 your brothers If **brothers** is a figurative term, then Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your close family members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 14 12 l947 μήποτε καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀντικαλέσωσίν σε 1 lest they also invite you in return Alternate translation: “because they might feel an obligation to invite you to a banquet of their own”
|
||||
LUK 14 12 l948 γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι 1 repayment happen to you Your language may require you to say who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “and they would repay you”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2528,7 +2528,7 @@ LUK 14 15 l949 translate-unknown τις τῶν συνανακειμένων 1 o
|
|||
LUK 14 15 a8pf figs-synecdoche ὅστις φάγεται ἄρτον ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 whoever will eat bread in the kingdom of God This man is using the word **bread** to refer to an entire meal. Alternate translation: “anyone who is invited to the feast in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 14 15 gu4r figs-metaphor ὅστις φάγεται ἄρτον ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 whoever will eat bread in the kingdom of God This man is using the image of a feast to depict the joy that people will share in God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “anyone who will rejoice with others in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 14 15 l950 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate this phrase in [13:28](../13/28.md). Alternate translation: “in the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 14 16 m4y2 figs-parables ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ἄνθρωπός τις ἐποίει δεῖπνον μέγα 1 But he said to him,…A certain man made a large supper To help this guest understand better what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “In response, Jesus told this guest a story to help him understand. ‘There was a man who prepared a large banquet’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 14 16 m4y2 figs-parables ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ἄνθρωπός τις ἐποίει δεῖπνον μέγα 1 But he said to him, … A certain man made a large supper To help this guest understand better what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “In response, Jesus told this guest a story to help him understand. ‘There was a man who prepared a large banquet’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 14 16 m7bc writing-participants ἄνθρωπός τις 1 A certain man This introduces a character in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 14 16 yrp5 figs-explicit ἐποίει δεῖπνον μέγα, καὶ ἐκάλεσεν πολλούς 1 made a large supper and invited many The implication is that this man had his servants prepare the meal and invite the guests. Alternate translation: “told his servants to prepare a large banquet and to invite many guests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 14 17 us3d figs-idiom τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ δείπνου 1 at the hour of the supper Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time for the dinner” or “when the dinner was about to begin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2557,7 +2557,7 @@ LUK 14 21 l962 figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς, καὶ ἀναπεί
|
|||
LUK 14 22 y4rb figs-explicit καὶ εἶπεν ὁ δοῦλος 1 And the servant said The implication is that the servant did what the master commanded him and then came back with this report. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “After the servant went out and did that, he came back and reported” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 14 22 l963 figs-quotesinquotes Κύριε, γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας, καὶ ἔτι τόπος ἐστίν 1 Master, what you commanded has happened, and there is still room If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had done what the master had commanded but there was still room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 14 22 dgt3 γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας 1 what you commanded has happened Alternate translation: “I have done what you commanded”
|
||||
LUK 14 23 l964 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν ὁ κύριος πρὸς τὸν δοῦλον, ἔξελθε εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμοὺς, καὶ ἀνάγκασον εἰσελθεῖν, ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος 1 the master said to the servant,…Go out into the roads and hedges and compel them to come in, so that my house may be filled If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the master told the servant to go out into the roads and hedges and compel people to come in so that his house would be filled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 14 23 l964 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν ὁ κύριος πρὸς τὸν δοῦλον, ἔξελθε εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμοὺς, καὶ ἀνάγκασον εἰσελθεῖν, ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος 1 the master said to the servant, … Go out into the roads and hedges and compel them to come in, so that my house may be filled If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the master told the servant to go out into the roads and hedges and compel people to come in so that his house would be filled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 14 23 n9x7 figs-metonymy φραγμοὺς 1 hedges The word **hedges** describes boundary fences that enclose and protect fields and buildings. They may be made of bushes and shrubs growing closely together, or they may be made of wood or stone or similar building materials. This could mean: (1) This refers to actual hedges. In that case, you could use the equivalent term in your language or a general expression. Alternate translation: “boundary fences” (2) Since the term is paired with **roads**, it may figuratively mean the footpaths that run along hedges at the borders of fields. Alternate translation: “paths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 14 23 w5w6 figs-activepassive ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος 1 so that my house may be filled If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that guests may fill my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 24 i5lt figs-declarative λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου 1 For I say to you that none of those men who were invited will taste of my supper The master is using a future statement to express the result he desires from the instructions he has just given his servants. Alternate translation: “For I say to you that I do not want any of those men who were invited to taste of my supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2572,15 +2572,15 @@ LUK 14 24 l966 μου τοῦ δείπνου 1 of my supper By this expression,
|
|||
LUK 14 25 l967 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 14 25 gv94 writing-newevent συνεπορεύοντο…αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί 1 large crowds were journeying with him Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Jesus is no longer at the dinner at the home of the Pharisee. He has resumed his journey to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could introduce this new situation more fully. Alternate translation: “Jesus then continued on his way to Jerusalem, and large crowds were traveling with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 14 26 l968 figs-idiom εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρός με, 1 If anyone comes to me This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 14 26 l969 figs-doublenegatives εἴ τις…οὐ μισεῖ…οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής 1 If anyone…does not hate…he is not able to be my disciple If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only someone … who loves me more than … is able to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 14 26 l969 figs-doublenegatives εἴ τις…οὐ μισεῖ…οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής 1 If anyone … does not hate … he is not able to be my disciple If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only someone … who loves me more than … is able to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 14 26 l985 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and Jesus uses this word to introduce a contrast. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 14 26 rmt8 figs-hyperbole οὐ μισεῖ 1 does not hate Jesus is using the word **hate** figuratively as an exaggeration to say that his disciples are not to love other people and themselves more than they love Jesus. Alternate translation: “does not love me more than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 14 27 pm44 figs-doublenegatives ὅστις οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μου, οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής 1 Whoever does not carry his cross and come after me is not able to be my disciple If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Whoever wants to be my disciple must carry his cross and follow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 14 27 l970 figs-explicit οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 does not carry his cross Jesus assumes that the crowds will know that the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar that was set upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. Jesus assumes that the crowds will also know that the Romans made these criminals carry these wooden crosses through the streets to the place where they were going to be executed. Alternate translation: “does not carry the wooden cross on which he will be executed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 14 27 jn5u figs-metaphor οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 does not carry his cross Jesus uses the phrase **carry his cross**, referring to this practice of execution figuratively, to say that his disciples must be people who have given up their lives to God and who are willing to suffer. Alternate translation: “does not surrender his life to God and be willing to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 14 27 l971 figs-idiom ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μου 1 come after me This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “follow my example” or “obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 14 28 q3cx figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ ἐξ ὑμῶν θέλων πύργον οἰκοδομῆσαι, οὐχὶ πρῶτον καθίσας, ψηφίζει τὴν δαπάνην, εἰ ἔχει εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν? 1 For which of you, desiring to build a tower, does not first sit down and calculate the cost…whether he has for completion Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. Alternate translation: “If one of you wanted to build a tower, he would certainly sit down first and determine whether he had enough money to complete it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 14 28 l972 figs-hypo τίς γὰρ ἐξ ὑμῶν θέλων πύργον οἰκοδομῆσαι, οὐχὶ πρῶτον καθίσας, ψηφίζει τὴν δαπάνην, εἰ ἔχει εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν? 1 For which of you, desiring to build a tower, does not first sit down and calculate the cost…whether he has for completion Jesus is offering the crowds an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you wanted to build a tower. Then you would certainly sit down first and determine whether you had enough money to complete it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 14 28 q3cx figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ ἐξ ὑμῶν θέλων πύργον οἰκοδομῆσαι, οὐχὶ πρῶτον καθίσας, ψηφίζει τὴν δαπάνην, εἰ ἔχει εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν? 1 For which of you, desiring to build a tower, does not first sit down and calculate the cost … whether he has for completion Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. Alternate translation: “If one of you wanted to build a tower, he would certainly sit down first and determine whether he had enough money to complete it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 14 28 l972 figs-hypo τίς γὰρ ἐξ ὑμῶν θέλων πύργον οἰκοδομῆσαι, οὐχὶ πρῶτον καθίσας, ψηφίζει τὴν δαπάνην, εἰ ἔχει εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν? 1 For which of you, desiring to build a tower, does not first sit down and calculate the cost … whether he has for completion Jesus is offering the crowds an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you wanted to build a tower. Then you would certainly sit down first and determine whether you had enough money to complete it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 14 28 eyx4 translate-unknown πύργον 1 a tower This may mean a watchtower. In one of his parables, recorded in [Matthew 21:33](../mat/21/33.md), Jesus uses this same word to describe a watchtower that a man built for a vineyard he was planting. Alternate translation: “a high lookout platform” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 14 28 l973 figs-ellipsis εἰ ἔχει εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν 1 whether he has for completion Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “whether he has enough money to complete the project” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 14 29 qj4i figs-explicit ἵνα μήποτε 1 Otherwise If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “If he does not first calculate the cost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2591,14 +2591,14 @@ LUK 14 30 l975 figs-gendernotations οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 This man
|
|||
LUK 14 30 l976 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and This word introduces a contrast between what the man planned to do and what he failed to do in the end. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 14 31 vp3u figs-rquestion ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ συμβαλεῖν εἰς πόλεμον, οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον βουλεύσεται, εἰ δυνατός ἐστιν ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι τῷ μετὰ εἴκοσι χιλιάδων ἐρχομένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτόν? 1 Or what king, going to fight with another king in war, will not sit down and first determine whether he is able with 10,000 to meet the one coming against him with 20,000 Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly a king who was going to war against another king would sit down first and determine whether with 10,000 troops he would be able to defeat a king who was attacking him with 20,000 troops.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 14 31 l977 figs-hypo ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ συμβαλεῖν εἰς πόλεμον, οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον βουλεύσεται 1 Or what king, going to fight with another king in war, will not sit down and first determine Jesus is offering the crowds an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Or suppose one king were going to fight a war against another king. Then he would certainly sit down first and determine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 14 31 tl37 βουλεύσεται 1 and…determine This could mean: Alternate translation: (1) He would think carefully about it. (2) He would consult with his advisors to decide.
|
||||
LUK 14 31 tl37 βουλεύσεται 1 and … determine This could mean: Alternate translation: (1) He would think carefully about it. (2) He would consult with his advisors to decide.
|
||||
LUK 14 32 dpc5 figs-explicit εἰ δὲ μή γε 1 But if not If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “If he realizes that he will not be able to defeat the other king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 14 32 l978 ἔτι αὐτοῦ πόρρω ὄντος, πρεσβείαν ἀποστείλας ἐρωτᾷ τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην 1 while he is still far away, sending a delegation, he asks the things for peace Alternate translation: “while the other king is still far away, the first king sends a delegation and asks for terms of peace”
|
||||
LUK 14 32 p5h6 τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην 1 the things for peace Alternate translation: “for terms to end the war” or “what the other king wants him to do so that he will not attack”
|
||||
LUK 14 33 is32 figs-doublenegatives πᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν, οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής 1 every one of you who does not renounce all the things that he himself possesses is not able to be my disciple If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those of you who give up all that you have are able be my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 14 33 f2he ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν 1 who does not renounce all the things that he himself possesses Alternate translation: “who is not willing to give up everything he owns”
|
||||
LUK 14 34 tz7c figs-parables καλὸν οὖν τὸ ἅλας 1 Salt then is good To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘Salt is certainly useful’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 14 34 l979 figs-activepassive ἐὰν…τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ 1 if the salt…is made tasteless If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if something causes salt to lose its flavor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 34 l979 figs-activepassive ἐὰν…τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ 1 if the salt … is made tasteless If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if something causes salt to lose its flavor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 34 l980 figs-activepassive ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται 1 with what will it be seasoned If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what can make it salty again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 34 cz52 figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται? 1 with what will it be seasoned Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. He does not expect the crowd to tell him how the flavor of salt can be restored. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “nothing can make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 14 35 bp1b translate-unknown εἰς κοπρίαν 1 for the manure pile See how you translated this phrase in [13:8](../13/08.md). Alternate translation: “to use as fertilizer” or “to add to the compost heap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2618,13 +2618,13 @@ LUK 15 3 l988 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to in
|
|||
LUK 15 3 ill7 figs-parables εἶπεν…πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην 1 he spoke this parable to them Alternate translation: “Jesus told this story to the Pharisees and scribes to help them understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 15 4 pxm3 figs-rquestion τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ πορεύεται ἐπὶ τὸ ἀπολωλὸς, ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό? 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, does not leave the 99 in the wilderness and go after the lost one until he finds it Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If one of you had 100 sheep and lost one of them, he would certainly leave the other 99 sheep in the wilderness and go looking for the sheep that had wandered off until he found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 15 4 l989 figs-hypo τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, does not leave Jesus is offering the Pharisees and scribes an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had 100 sheep and you lost one of them. Then you would certainly leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 15 4 m048 figs-123person τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα…ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep…until he finds it Since Jesus begins the parable by asking, “Which man among you,” some languages would continue the parable in the second person. Alternate translation: “Which one of you, if you had 100 sheep … until you found it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 15 4 m048 figs-123person τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα…ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep … until he finds it Since Jesus begins the parable by asking, “Which man among you,” some languages would continue the parable in the second person. Alternate translation: “Which one of you, if you had 100 sheep … until you found it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 15 4 l990 figs-gendernotations τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 Which man among you This could mean: (1) While all of the Pharisees and scribes who are grumbling are probably men, Jesus is describing what any person, man or woman, would likely do in this situation, and he is telling the parable for the whole crowd to hear. So the term **man** here may be generic. Alternate translation: “Which person among you” (2) Since Jesus speaks in his next parable of a woman doing something, he may be using a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God. In that case, the term **man** here would not be generic. Alternate translation: “Which of you men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 15 4 l991 figs-nominaladj τὸ ἀπολωλὸς 1 the lost one Here, Jesus is using the participle **lost**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **one** to show that. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the sheep that had wandered off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 15 5 l992 figs-123person καὶ εὑρὼν, ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ χαίρων 1 And having found it, he lays it on his shoulders, rejoicing If you decided in the previous verse that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “Once you found it, you would very happily lay it across your shoulders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 15 5 xwa5 figs-explicit ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ 1 he lays it on his shoulders This is the way a shepherd carries a sheep. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he lays it across his shoulders to carry it home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 15 6 g3f3 figs-123person καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὸν οἶκον, συνκαλεῖ τοὺς φίλους καὶ τοὺς γείτονας 1 And coming to the house, he calls together his friends and his neighbors If you decided that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “And when you got back to your house, you would call together your friends and neighbors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 15 6 l993 figs-quotesinquotes λέγων αὐτοῖς, συνχάρητέ μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὸ πρόβατόν μου τὸ ἀπολωλός 1 saying to them,…Rejoice together with me, for I have found my lost sheep If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and tells them to rejoice with him because he has found his sheep that was lost” or, if you decided to use the second person, “and you would tell them to rejoice with you because you had found your sheep that was lost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 6 l993 figs-quotesinquotes λέγων αὐτοῖς, συνχάρητέ μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὸ πρόβατόν μου τὸ ἀπολωλός 1 saying to them, … Rejoice together with me, for I have found my lost sheep If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and tells them to rejoice with him because he has found his sheep that was lost” or, if you decided to use the second person, “and you would tell them to rejoice with you because you had found your sheep that was lost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 7 l994 λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι 1 I say to you that Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell these Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that”
|
||||
LUK 15 7 k1l2 figs-explicit οὕτως 1 in the same way If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “just as the shepherd and his friends and neighbors would rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 15 7 k8k6 figs-metonymy χαρὰ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἔσται 1 there will be joy in heaven Jesus is using the word **heaven** figuratively to mean the inhabitants of heaven. Alternate translation: “everyone in heaven will rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2633,13 +2633,13 @@ LUK 15 8 ly5c figs-rquestion τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέ
|
|||
LUK 15 8 qr36 figs-hypo τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέκα, ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ δραχμὴν μίαν, οὐχὶ ἅπτει λύχνον, καὶ σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ ζητεῖ ἐπιμελῶς, ἕως οὗ εὕρῃ? 1 what woman, having ten drachmas, if she should lose one drachma, would not light a lamp and sweep the house and seek diligently until she has found it Jesus is offering an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a woman had ten drachma coins and she lost one of them. Then she would certainly light a lamp, sweep the house, and seek diligently until she found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 15 8 l995 translate-bmoney δραχμὰς 1 drachmas A **drachma** was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might say something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “valuable silver coins” or “coins each worth a day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
LUK 15 8 l996 figs-synecdoche σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν 1 sweep the house Jesus speaks of the whole **house** to refer figuratively to one part of it, the floor. Alternate translation: “sweep the floor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 15 9 l997 figs-quotesinquotes λέγουσα, συνχάρητέ μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὴν δραχμὴν ἣν ἀπώλεσα 1 saying,…Rejoice together with me, for I have found the drachma that I lost If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and tells them to rejoice with her because she has found the drachma that she lost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 9 l997 figs-quotesinquotes λέγουσα, συνχάρητέ μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὴν δραχμὴν ἣν ἀπώλεσα 1 saying, … Rejoice together with me, for I have found the drachma that I lost If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and tells them to rejoice with her because she has found the drachma that she lost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 10 wrs9 figs-explicit οὕτως 1 In the same way If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “Just as the woman and her friends and neighbors would rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 15 10 l998 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell these Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “indeed”
|
||||
LUK 15 10 m8zl figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before the angels of God The term **before** figuratively means “in the presence” of someone. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God’s angels” or “among the angels of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 15 11 ib6s figs-parables εἶπεν δέ 1 Then he said To help the Pharisees and scribes understand what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told the Pharisees and scribes this story to help them understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 15 11 c2t6 writing-participants ἄνθρωπός τις εἶχεν δύο υἱούς 1 A certain man had two sons Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the main characters in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who had two sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 15 12 l999 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν…τῷ πατρί, Πάτερ, δός μοι τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας 1 said to his father,…Father, give me the portion of the wealth that falls to me If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told his father that he wanted the share of the estate that he would inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 12 l999 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν…τῷ πατρί, Πάτερ, δός μοι τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας 1 said to his father, … Father, give me the portion of the wealth that falls to me If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told his father that he wanted the share of the estate that he would inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 12 y6uq figs-imperative δός μοι 1 give me The son wanted his father to give him his inheritance immediately. If your language has a command form that indicates that the speaker wants something done immediately, it would be appropriate to use that form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 15 12 m000 figs-idiom τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας 1 the portion of the wealth that falls to me This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the part of your wealth that you intend to leave to me when you die” or “the share of the estate that I would inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 15 12 m001 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 2 and Jesus uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2658,15 +2658,15 @@ LUK 15 16 m8zd figs-activepassive ἐπεθύμει χορτασθῆναι 1 he
|
|||
LUK 15 16 pd3c translate-unknown κερατίων 1 carob pods These are the husks of the beans that grow on the **carob** tree. If your readers would not be familiar with this tree, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “bean husks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 15 16 m003 καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐδίδου αὐτῷ 1 and no one gave to him This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: “because no one was giving him anything else to eat” or “but his master would not allow him to eat even those”
|
||||
LUK 15 17 x4jc figs-idiom εἰς ἑαυτὸν…ἐλθὼν 1 coming to himself This idiom means that he became able to understand his situation clearly and realized that he had made a terrible mistake. Alternate translation: “realizing the situation he was in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 15 17 m004 figs-quotesinquotes ἔφη, πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ὧδε ἀπόλλυμαι 1 he said,…How many hired servants of my father have more than enough bread, but I am perishing from hunger here If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told himself that all of his father’s hired servants had more than enough food to eat, but he was perishing from hunger where he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 17 m004 figs-quotesinquotes ἔφη, πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ὧδε ἀπόλλυμαι 1 he said, … How many hired servants of my father have more than enough bread, but I am perishing from hunger here If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told himself that all of his father’s hired servants had more than enough food to eat, but he was perishing from hunger where he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 17 xw1a figs-exclamations πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ὧδε ἀπόλλυμαι 1 How many hired servants of my father have more than enough bread, but I am perishing from hunger here This is an exclamation, not a question. Alternate translation: “All of my father’s hired servants have more than enough food to eat, but I am perishing from hunger here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
LUK 15 17 m005 figs-synecdoche ἄρτων 1 bread The young man is using one kind of food, **bread**, figuratively to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 15 17 tal2 figs-hyperbole λιμῷ…ἀπόλλυμαι 1 am perishing from hunger This could mean: (1) It may be a figurative overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “have so little to eat” (2) The young man may literally have been starving. Alternate translation: “am about to die of starvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 15 18 m006 figs-quotesinquotes ἀναστὰς, πορεύσομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου, καὶ ἐρῶ αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου 1 I will get up and go to my father, and I will say to him,…Father, I have sinned against heaven and before you If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “He decided that he would leave that place and go to his father and tell him that he had sinned against God and directly against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 18 m006 figs-quotesinquotes ἀναστὰς, πορεύσομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου, καὶ ἐρῶ αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου 1 I will get up and go to my father, and I will say to him, … Father, I have sinned against heaven and before you If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “He decided that he would leave that place and go to his father and tell him that he had sinned against God and directly against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 18 m007 figs-idiom ἀναστὰς 1 I will get up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I will leave this place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 15 18 m4pj figs-euphemism τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 heaven In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 15 18 m008 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιόν 1 before The term **before** figuratively means “in the presence” of another person. In the speech he is planning, the younger son makes a distinction between the way he has sinned **against** heaven, by committing many sins, and **before** his father, by causing him personal shame and loss. Alternate translation: “directly against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 15 19 m009 figs-quotesinquotes οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου. ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου 1 I am no longer worthy to be called your son…make me as one of your hired servants If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He decided he would tell his father that he did not deserve to be his son any more, but that he hoped his father would hire him as one of his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 19 m009 figs-quotesinquotes οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου. ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου 1 I am no longer worthy to be called your son … make me as one of your hired servants If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He decided he would tell his father that he did not deserve to be his son any more, but that he hoped his father would hire him as one of his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 19 aug2 figs-activepassive οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου 1 I am no longer worthy to be called your son If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I am no longer worthy for you to call me your son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 15 19 m010 figs-idiom κληθῆναι 1 to be called This expression could also be an idiom that means “to be.” See how you translated it in [1:32](../01/32.md), [1:76](../01/76.md), and [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 15 19 up55 figs-imperative ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου 1 make me as one of your hired servants This is a request, not a command. To show that, it may be helpful to add “please,” as UST does. Alternate translation: “please hire me as one of your servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2676,24 +2676,24 @@ LUK 15 20 za3c ἔτι δὲ αὐτοῦ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος 1 B
|
|||
LUK 15 20 a7ls figs-activepassive ἐσπλαγχνίσθη 1 felt compassion If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “had pity on him” or “loved him deeply from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 15 20 z7p3 translate-symaction ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ καὶ κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν 1 fell upon his neck, and kissed him The father did these things to show his son that he loved him and that he was glad he was coming home. If men in your culture would not show affection to their sons in this way, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “welcomed him affectionately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 15 20 m012 figs-idiom ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ 1 fell upon his neck This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “gave him a hug” or “hugged him tightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 15 21 m013 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ ὁ υἱὸς αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου; οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου 1 Then the son said to him,…Father, I have sinned against heaven and before you. I am no longer worthy to be called your son If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Then the son told his father that he had sinned against God and directly against him, and that he did not deserve to be called his son anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 21 m013 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ ὁ υἱὸς αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου; οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου 1 Then the son said to him, … Father, I have sinned against heaven and before you. I am no longer worthy to be called your son If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Then the son told his father that he had sinned against God and directly against him, and that he did not deserve to be called his son anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 21 xz93 figs-euphemism τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 heaven In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 15 21 m014 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιόν 1 before The term **before** figuratively means “in the presence” of another person. The young man is making a distinction between the way he has sinned **against** heaven, by committing many sins, and **before** his father, by causing him personal shame and loss. Alternate translation: “directly against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 15 21 qxg5 figs-activepassive οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου 1 I am no longer worthy to be called your son If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I am no longer worthy for you to call me your son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 15 21 m015 figs-idiom κληθῆναι 1 to be called This expression could also be an idiom that means “to be.” See how you translated it in [1:32](../01/32.md), [1:76](../01/76.md), and [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 15 22 m016 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ, ταχὺ ἐξενέγκατε στολὴν τὴν πρώτην, καὶ ἐνδύσατε αὐτόν, καὶ δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὑποδήματα εἰς τοὺς πόδας 1 But the father said to his servants,…Quickly, bring the first robe and clothe him, and put a ring on his hand, and sandals on his feet If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But the father told his servants quickly to bring the best robe they had and put it on his son, and to put a ring on his hand and sandals on his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 22 m017 figs-you ἐξενέγκατε…ἐνδύσατε…δότε 1 bring…clothe…put Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied **you** in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 15 22 nlx9 translate-symaction στολὴν τὴν πρώτην…δακτύλιον…ὑποδήματα 1 the first robe…a ring…sandals By having his servants put these things on his son, the father was showing that he was welcoming his son back as a member of the family in good standing. These were all signs of status, authority, and privilege. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in some way in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 15 22 m016 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ, ταχὺ ἐξενέγκατε στολὴν τὴν πρώτην, καὶ ἐνδύσατε αὐτόν, καὶ δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὑποδήματα εἰς τοὺς πόδας 1 But the father said to his servants, … Quickly, bring the first robe and clothe him, and put a ring on his hand, and sandals on his feet If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But the father told his servants quickly to bring the best robe they had and put it on his son, and to put a ring on his hand and sandals on his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 22 m017 figs-you ἐξενέγκατε…ἐνδύσατε…δότε 1 bring … clothe … put Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied **you** in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 15 22 nlx9 translate-symaction στολὴν τὴν πρώτην…δακτύλιον…ὑποδήματα 1 the first robe … a ring … sandals By having his servants put these things on his son, the father was showing that he was welcoming his son back as a member of the family in good standing. These were all signs of status, authority, and privilege. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in some way in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 15 22 b3hv figs-metaphor στολὴν τὴν πρώτην 1 the first robe As in [14:7](../14/07.md), here the word **first** figuratively means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best robe we have” or “the festive garment we save for special occasions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 15 22 m018 figs-synecdoche δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ 1 put a ring on his hand The father figuratively says **hand** to mean one part of the hand, a finger. Alternate translation: “put a ring on his finger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 15 22 xat6 translate-unknown ὑποδήματα 1 sandals In this culture, poorer people went barefoot, while more affluent people wore **sandals**. They are a type of open footwear, typically made of leather, consisting of a sole that is held onto the foot with straps. The modern equivalent in many cultures where the poor go barefoot and the more affluent have footwear would be shoes. Alternate translation: “shoes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 15 23 m019 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ φέρετε τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν, θύσατε, καὶ φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν 1 And bring the fattened calf, kill it, and let us eat and celebrate If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He also told his servants to bring the calf they had been fattening and butcher it so that they could have a celebration feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 23 m020 figs-you φέρετε…θύσατε 1 bring…kill it Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied **you** in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 15 23 m020 figs-you φέρετε…θύσατε 1 bring … kill it Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied **you** in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 15 23 ll8j translate-unknown μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν 1 fattened calf A **calf** is a young cow. People would give one of their calves special food so that it would grow well, and then, when they wanted to have a special feast, they would butcher and eat that calf. If your readers would not know what a **calf** or a cow is, or if a description of eating a cow would be offensive to them, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “the young animal we have been making fat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 15 23 t3cu figs-explicit θύσατε 1 kill it In this context, the term **kill** means to slaughter an animal and prepare its meat to be eaten. The implication is that the servants were also to cook the meat for the feast that the father wanted to have. Alternate translation: “butcher and cook” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 15 23 m021 figs-hendiadys φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν 1 let us eat and celebrate The phrase **eat and celebrate** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **eat** indicates how the father wants to **celebrate** his son’s homecoming. Alternate translation: “celebrate by having a feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 15 23 m022 figs-exclusive φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν 1 let us eat and celebrate The word **us** includes the addressees, since the father means the whole household, including the servants to whom he is speaking. So use the inclusive form of **us** in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Other languages might say “all of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 15 24 m023 figs-quotesinquotes ὅτι οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησεν, ἦν ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη 1 For this son of mine was dead, and has come back to life…he was lost, and he has been found If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The father said that it was as if his son had died and come back to life, as if he had lost him and found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 24 m023 figs-quotesinquotes ὅτι οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησεν, ἦν ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη 1 For this son of mine was dead, and has come back to life … he was lost, and he has been found If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The father said that it was as if his son had died and come back to life, as if he had lost him and found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 24 ubz3 figs-metaphor ὁ υἱός μου νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησεν 1 son of mine was dead, and has come back to life The father says figuratively that when his **son** was in the faraway country, it was as if he was **dead**. You could translate this as a simile or comparison if your readers might otherwise take the father’s statement to mean that the son actually had died. Alternate translation: “it was as if my son had died, but now I see he is very much alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 15 24 izx2 figs-metaphor ἦν ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη 1 he was lost, and he has been found The father says figuratively that when his **son** was in faraway country, it was as if he was **lost** and no one knew where to find him. You could translate this as a simile or comparison if your readers might otherwise take the father’s statement to mean that the son actually had been missing. Alternate translation: “it was as if my son was missing, but now I have found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 15 24 m024 figs-activepassive εὑρέθη 1 he has been found If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “I have found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2705,14 +2705,14 @@ LUK 15 25 m027 figs-metonymy ἤκουσεν συμφωνίας καὶ χορ
|
|||
LUK 15 26 m028 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Jesus uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When the older son heard these sounds, he wondered what was going on, so he called for a servant and asked him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 15 26 m029 figs-explicit ἕνα τῶν παίδων 1 one of the servants Here the word that is translated as **servant** ordinarily means “boy.” So here it may indicate that the servant was young. Alternate translation: “a young servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 15 26 z51r τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα 1 what these things might be Alternate translation: “what was happening”
|
||||
LUK 15 27 m030 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἥκει, καὶ ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν, ὅτι ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν 1 And he said to him,…Your brother has come and your father has killed the fattened calf because he has received him back in good health If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The servant told him that his brother had come home and that his father had killed the fattened calf because he had received him back in good health” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 27 m030 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἥκει, καὶ ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν, ὅτι ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν 1 And he said to him, … Your brother has come and your father has killed the fattened calf because he has received him back in good health If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The servant told him that his brother had come home and that his father had killed the fattened calf because he had received him back in good health” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 27 m031 figs-metonymy ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν 1 your father has killed the fattened calf The father did not do this personally. Alternate translation: “your father ordered us to butcher and cook the fattened calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 15 27 m032 figs-metonymy ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν 1 your father has killed the fattened calf The implication, as the father says explicitly in [15:23](../15/23.md), was that this was in order to have a celebration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your father ordered us to butcher and cook the fattened calf so we could have a celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 15 27 r8py translate-unknown τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν 1 the fattened calf See how you translated this in [15:23](../15/23.md). Alternate translation: “the young animal we had been making fat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 15 27 m033 ὅτι ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν 1 because he has received him back in good health Alternate translation: “because his son has come home safely”
|
||||
LUK 15 28 m034 grammar-connect-logic-result ὁ δὲ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ἐξελθὼν, παρεκάλει αὐτόν 1 and his father came out and entreated him Here Jesus uses the term **and** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So his father came outside and pleaded with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 15 29 m035 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ, ἰδοὺ, τοσαῦτα ἔτη δουλεύω σοι, καὶ οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον, καὶ ἐμοὶ οὐδέποτε ἔδωκας ἔριφον, ἵνα μετὰ τῶν φίλων μου εὐφρανθῶ 1 But answering, he said to his father,…Behold, for so many years I am slaving for you, and I have never disregarded your command, and you never gave a young goat to me so that I might celebrate with my friends If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he responded to his father that even though he had been slaving for him for so many years and had never disobeyed one of his commands, his father had never given him a young goat so that he could celebrate with his friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 29 m036 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν 1 answering,…said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that the older son said what follows in response to his father’s pleadings. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 15 29 m035 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ, ἰδοὺ, τοσαῦτα ἔτη δουλεύω σοι, καὶ οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον, καὶ ἐμοὶ οὐδέποτε ἔδωκας ἔριφον, ἵνα μετὰ τῶν φίλων μου εὐφρανθῶ 1 But answering, he said to his father, … Behold, for so many years I am slaving for you, and I have never disregarded your command, and you never gave a young goat to me so that I might celebrate with my friends If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he responded to his father that even though he had been slaving for him for so many years and had never disobeyed one of his commands, his father had never given him a young goat so that he could celebrate with his friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 29 m036 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν 1 answering, … said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that the older son said what follows in response to his father’s pleadings. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 15 29 m037 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The older son uses **behold** to get his father to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 15 29 f8w9 figs-metaphor δουλεύω σοι 1 I am slaving for you To emphasize how hard he believes he has worked for his father, the older son figuratively describes himself as a slave. You could translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “I have been working like a slave for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 15 29 m038 figs-doublenegatives οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον 1 I have never disregarded your command If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I have always done what you told me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2725,10 +2725,10 @@ LUK 15 30 e6ig figs-synecdoche μετὰ πορνῶν 1 with prostitutes In ord
|
|||
LUK 15 30 m040 figs-metonymy ἔθυσας αὐτῷ τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον 1 you killed for him the fattened calf The father did not do this personally. Alternate translation: “you told the servants to butcher and cook the fattened calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 15 30 m041 figs-explicit ἔθυσας αὐτῷ τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον 1 you killed for him the fattened calf If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly the implicit purpose for this action. Alternate translation: “you told the servants to butcher and cook the fattened calf so you could hold a celebration for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 15 30 vf31 translate-unknown τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον 1 the fattened calf See how you translated this in [15:23](../15/23.md). Alternate translation: “the young animal we had been making fat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 15 31 b5s3 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, τέκνον, σὺ πάντοτε μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἶ, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐμὰ σά ἐστιν 1 But he said to him,…Child, you are always with me, and all that is mine is yours If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But his father called him his dear son and acknowledged his loyal service and reminded him that now he was heir to the entire remaining estate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 31 b5s3 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, τέκνον, σὺ πάντοτε μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἶ, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐμὰ σά ἐστιν 1 But he said to him, … Child, you are always with me, and all that is mine is yours If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But his father called him his dear son and acknowledged his loyal service and reminded him that now he was heir to the entire remaining estate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 31 m042 τέκνον 1 Child The father is using this word as a term of affection. Alternate translation: “My dear son”
|
||||
LUK 15 31 m043 σὺ πάντοτε μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἶ 1 you are always with me Alternate translation: “I appreciate the way you have stayed here and helped me”
|
||||
LUK 15 32 m044 figs-quotesinquotes εὐφρανθῆναι δὲ καὶ χαρῆναι ἔδει…ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη 1 But it was proper to celebrate and to rejoice,…he had been lost, and was found If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he insisted that it was right to have a celebration for his brother, since it was as if he had died and come back to life, and as if he had been lost and had been found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 32 m044 figs-quotesinquotes εὐφρανθῆναι δὲ καὶ χαρῆναι ἔδει…ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη 1 But it was proper to celebrate and to rejoice, … he had been lost, and was found If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he insisted that it was right to have a celebration for his brother, since it was as if he had died and come back to life, and as if he had been lost and had been found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 32 m045 figs-hendiadys εὐφρανθῆναι…καὶ χαρῆναι 1 to celebrate and to rejoice The phrase **celebrate and rejoice** expresses a single idea emphatically by using two similar words connected with **and**. Alternate translation: “celebrate joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 15 32 c35s ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος 1 this brother of yours The older son had referred to “this son of yours,” but the father wants him to recognize him as his **brother**. Alternate translation: “your very own brother”
|
||||
LUK 15 32 due5 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος, νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἔζησεν 1 this brother of yours was dead, and lived See how you translated this figurative expression in [15:24](../15/24.md). Alternate translation: “it is as if your very own brother had died and come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2743,11 +2743,11 @@ LUK 16 1 blp5 figs-activepassive οὗτος διεβλήθη αὐτῷ ὡς 1
|
|||
LUK 16 1 lpc3 διασκορπίζων τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 wasting his possessions Alternate translation: “managing his wealth badly”
|
||||
LUK 16 2 m049 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Jesus uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 16 2 abci writing-pronouns φωνήσας αὐτὸν 1 he called him The pronoun **he** refers to the rich man, and **him** refers to the manager. Alternate translation: “the rich man called the manager” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 16 2 m050 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν αὐτῷ, τί τοῦτο ἀκούω περὶ σοῦ? ἀπόδος τὸν λόγον τῆς οἰκονομίας σου; οὐ γὰρ δύνῃ ἔτι οἰκονομεῖν 1 and said to him,…What is this I hear about you? Give a report of your management, for you are no longer able to manage If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told him that he had been hearing bad things about him and that he needed to turn over his financial records, since he would not be the manager any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 2 m050 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν αὐτῷ, τί τοῦτο ἀκούω περὶ σοῦ? ἀπόδος τὸν λόγον τῆς οἰκονομίας σου; οὐ γὰρ δύνῃ ἔτι οἰκονομεῖν 1 and said to him, … What is this I hear about you? Give a report of your management, for you are no longer able to manage If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told him that he had been hearing bad things about him and that he needed to turn over his financial records, since he would not be the manager any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 2 p7y7 figs-rquestion τί τοῦτο ἀκούω περὶ σοῦ? 1 What is this I hear about you The rich man is not looking for information. He is using the question form to scold the manager. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I have heard what you are doing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 16 2 q433 ἀπόδος τὸν λόγον τῆς οἰκονομίας σου 1 Give a report of your management Alternate translation: “Turn over your financial records” or “Set your records in order to pass on to someone else”
|
||||
LUK 16 2 m051 οὐ γὰρ δύνῃ ἔτι οἰκονομεῖν 1 for you are no longer able to manage Alternate translation: “since you cannot be my financial manager any longer”
|
||||
LUK 16 3 m052 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν…ἐν ἑαυτῷ…τί ποιήσω, ὅτι ὁ κύριός μου ἀφαιρεῖται τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ? σκάπτειν οὐκ ἰσχύω; ἐπαιτεῖν αἰσχύνομαι 1 said to himself,…What should I do, since my master is taking away the management from me? I am not strong to dig. I am ashamed to beg If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do, since his master was taking the management job away from him. He realized that he was not strong enough to dig ditches, and that he would be ashamed to beg for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 3 m052 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν…ἐν ἑαυτῷ…τί ποιήσω, ὅτι ὁ κύριός μου ἀφαιρεῖται τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ? σκάπτειν οὐκ ἰσχύω; ἐπαιτεῖν αἰσχύνομαι 1 said to himself, … What should I do, since my master is taking away the management from me? I am not strong to dig. I am ashamed to beg If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do, since his master was taking the management job away from him. He realized that he was not strong enough to dig ditches, and that he would be ashamed to beg for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 3 kng1 figs-explicit ὁ κύριός μου 1 my master The expression **my master** refers to the rich man. The manager was not a slave, although he was financially dependent on the rich man for his housing, food, etc. Alternate translation: “my employer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 16 3 t3kj figs-synecdoche σκάπτειν οὐκ ἰσχύω 1 I am not strong to dig The manager is saying that he is not strong enough to work all day digging ditches in the ground. He is likely using this one kind of manual work figuratively to represent all work that would require sustained physical exertion. Alternate translation: “I am not strong enough to do manual labor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 16 4 m053 figs-quotesinquotes ἔγνων τί ποιήσω, ἵνα ὅταν μετασταθῶ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας, δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν 1 I know what I will do, so that when I am removed from the management, they will welcome me into their houses If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He realized that there was something he could do so that when his master took away his management job, his master’s debtors would welcome him into their houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2756,15 +2756,15 @@ LUK 16 4 m054 writing-pronouns δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκο
|
|||
LUK 16 4 m4za figs-metonymy δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν 1 they will welcome me into their houses The expression **welcome me into their houses** likely refers to providing food and lodging, and perhaps other necessities, for some period of time in acknowledgment of a previous favor. The manager speaks figuratively of this by reference to where it would happen. Alternate translation: “my master’s debtors will provide for my needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 16 5 rze8 τῶν χρεοφιλετῶν τοῦ κυρίου ἑαυτοῦ 1 of the debtors of his master Alternate translation: “the people who were in debt to his master” or “the people who owed things to his master”
|
||||
LUK 16 5 m055 figs-nominaladj τῷ πρώτῳ 1 to the first one Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to the first of the debtors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 16 5 m056 figs-quotesinquotes ἔλεγεν τῷ πρώτῳ, πόσον ὀφείλεις τῷ κυρίῳ μου? 1 he said to the first one,…How much do you owe to my master If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked the first of the debtors how much he owed his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 6 xp6d figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἑκατὸν βάτους ἐλαίου 1 And he said,…100 baths of olive oil If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This first debtor told the manager that he owed 100 baths of olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 5 m056 figs-quotesinquotes ἔλεγεν τῷ πρώτῳ, πόσον ὀφείλεις τῷ κυρίῳ μου? 1 he said to the first one, … How much do you owe to my master If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked the first of the debtors how much he owed his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 6 xp6d figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἑκατὸν βάτους ἐλαίου 1 And he said, … 100 baths of olive oil If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This first debtor told the manager that he owed 100 baths of olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 6 u8nh translate-bvolume ἑκατὸν βάτους 1 100 baths The word **baths** is the plural of “bath,” an ancient measurement equal to about 30 liters or about 8 gallons. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation. Alternate translation: “3,000 liters” or “800 gallons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LUK 16 6 m057 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, δέξαι σου τὰ γράμματα καὶ καθίσας ταχέως γράψον πεντήκοντα 1 Then he said to him,…Take your bill and, sitting down, quickly write 50 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the manager told him to take his bill and sit down and quickly change that to 50 baths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 6 m057 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, δέξαι σου τὰ γράμματα καὶ καθίσας ταχέως γράψον πεντήκοντα 1 Then he said to him, … Take your bill and, sitting down, quickly write 50 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the manager told him to take his bill and sit down and quickly change that to 50 baths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 6 m058 translate-unknown σου τὰ γράμματα 1 your bill A **bill** is a piece of paper that tells how much someone owes. Your language may have a specific term for this. Alternate translation: “your statement” or “your note” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 16 6 m059 translate-bvolume πεντήκοντα 1 50 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation. Alternate translation: “1,500 liters” or “400 gallons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LUK 16 7 sy3y figs-quotesinquotes ἔπειτα ἑτέρῳ εἶπεν, σὺ δὲ πόσον ὀφείλεις? 1 Then to another he said,…And you, how much do you owe If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Then the manager asked another debtor how much he owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 7 sy3y figs-quotesinquotes ἔπειτα ἑτέρῳ εἶπεν, σὺ δὲ πόσον ὀφείλεις? 1 Then to another he said, … And you, how much do you owe If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Then the manager asked another debtor how much he owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 7 pq2u translate-bvolume ἑκατὸν κόρους 1 100 cors The word **cors** is the plural of “cor,” an ancient measurement equal to about one fifth of a metric ton or about ten bushels. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation. You could also use a general term, as UST does. Alternate translation: “20 tons” (metric tons) or “1,000 bushels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
LUK 16 7 m060 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἑκατὸν κόρους σίτου. λέγει αὐτῷ, δέξαι σου τὰ γράμματα καὶ γράψον ὀγδοήκοντα 1 And he said,…100 cors of wheat.…He says to him,…Take your bill, and write 80 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He told the manager that he owed 100 cors of wheat. The manager told him to take his bill and change that to 80 cors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 7 m060 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἑκατὸν κόρους σίτου. λέγει αὐτῷ, δέξαι σου τὰ γράμματα καὶ γράψον ὀγδοήκοντα 1 And he said, … 100 cors of wheat. … He says to him, … Take your bill, and write 80 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He told the manager that he owed 100 cors of wheat. The manager told him to take his bill and change that to 80 cors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 7 m061 λέγει αὐτῷ 1 He says to him To convey vividness and immediacy, the parable uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said to him”
|
||||
LUK 16 7 m062 translate-unknown σου τὰ γράμματα 1 your bill See how you translated this in [16:6](../16/06.md). Alternate translation: “your statement” or “your note” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 16 7 tn17 translate-bvolume ὀγδοήκοντα 1 80 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an equivalent modern measurement in your translation. Alternate translation: “16 tons” or “800 bushels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2816,7 +2816,7 @@ LUK 16 17 t33k figs-metaphor πεσεῖν 1 to fall Jesus uses the term **fall*
|
|||
LUK 16 18 m077 figs-explicit πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 Everyone who divorces his wife Here Jesus is implicitly giving an example of something in the law that is still valid. Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that the Pharisees allowed divorce, and he is teaching that they should not do that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example, you Pharisees allow divorce. But that is not what God wants. Anyone who divorces his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 16 18 j8fn πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 Everyone who divorces his wife Alternate translation: “Anyone who divorces his wife” or “Any man who divorces his wife”
|
||||
LUK 16 18 i544 μοιχεύει 1 commits adultery Alternate translation: “is guilty of adultery”
|
||||
LUK 16 18 sq24 ὁ…γαμῶν 2 who divorces…marries Alternate translation: “any man who marries”
|
||||
LUK 16 18 sq24 ὁ…γαμῶν 2 who divorces … marries Alternate translation: “any man who marries”
|
||||
LUK 16 18 m078 figs-activepassive ὁ ἀπολελυμένην ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς γαμῶν 1 the one who marries one divorced from her husband If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a woman whose husband has divorced her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 19 kd1x figs-parables δέ 1 Now Jesus uses the term **now** to introduce a story that will help people understand better what he has been teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Here is an illustration to help you understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 16 19 r67p writing-participants ἄνθρωπος…τις ἦν πλούσιος 1 there was a certain rich man This introduces one of the characters in the parable. It is not clear whether this is a real person, or simply a person in a story that Jesus is telling in order to make a point. You may need to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There once was a rich man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2840,7 +2840,7 @@ LUK 16 23 tl8x figs-idiom ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτο
|
|||
LUK 16 23 vca4 ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις 1 being in torment Alternate translation: “while suffering in terrible pain”
|
||||
LUK 16 23 m083 ὁρᾷ 1 he sees To call attention to a significant development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he saw”
|
||||
LUK 16 23 qpd2 figs-explicit ἐν τοῖς κόλποις αὐτοῦ 1 in his bosom See how you translated this expression in [16:22](../16/22.md). Alternate translation: “in a place of honor next to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 16 24 m084 figs-quotesinquotes αὐτὸς φωνήσας εἶπεν, Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ, ἐλέησόν με καὶ πέμψον Λάζαρον, ἵνα βάψῃ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ δακτύλου αὐτοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου; ὅτι ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ 1 crying out, he said,…Father Abraham, have mercy on me and send Lazarus, that he may dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue, for I am tormented in this flame If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he shouted over to Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, and asked him to have mercy on him and send Lazarus to dip the tip of his finger in water and cool his tongue, because he was in a flame that was making him suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 24 m084 figs-quotesinquotes αὐτὸς φωνήσας εἶπεν, Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ, ἐλέησόν με καὶ πέμψον Λάζαρον, ἵνα βάψῃ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ δακτύλου αὐτοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου; ὅτι ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ 1 crying out, he said, … Father Abraham, have mercy on me and send Lazarus, that he may dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue, for I am tormented in this flame If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he shouted over to Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, and asked him to have mercy on him and send Lazarus to dip the tip of his finger in water and cool his tongue, because he was in a flame that was making him suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 24 dpp9 figs-hendiadys αὐτὸς φωνήσας εἶπεν 1 crying out, he said Together the terms **crying out** and **said** mean that the rich man spoke what follows as a loud cry. Alternate translation: “the rich man shouted out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 16 24 m95a figs-metaphor Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ 1 Father Abraham The rich man is using the term **Father**, which figuratively means “ancestor,” as a respectful title. Abraham was the ancestor of all the Jews. Alternate translation: “Abraham, my father” or “Abraham, my ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 16 24 b2rc figs-imperative ἐλέησόν με 1 have mercy on me This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please have pity on me” or “please help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2848,7 +2848,7 @@ LUK 16 24 ly9k καὶ πέμψον Λάζαρον 1 and send Lazarus Alternate
|
|||
LUK 16 24 rc6p figs-hyperbole βάψῃ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ δακτύλου αὐτοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου 1 he may dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue The rich man is making an exaggeratedly small request in order to emphasize how hot and thirsty he is. In your translation, you could indicate that this is not the most he would want Lazarus to do. Alternate translation: “so that he can at least dip his finger in water and cool my tongue with a drop of it” or “so he can bring me water to drink that will cool my tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 16 24 rc6x figs-hyperbole καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου 1 and cool my tongue The rich man is figuratively describing how thirsty he is by association with the way his **tongue** feels hot. Alternate translation: “so that I will not be so thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 16 24 qix8 figs-activepassive ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ 1 I am tormented in this flame If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this flame is making me suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 25 m085 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ Ἀβραάμ, τέκνον, μνήσθητι ὅτι ἀπέλαβες τὰ ἀγαθά σου ἐν τῇ ζωῇ σου, καὶ Λάζαρος ὁμοίως τὰ κακά. νῦν δὲ ὧδε παρακαλεῖται, σὺ δὲ ὀδυνᾶσαι 1 But Abraham said,…Child, remember that in your lifetime you received your good things, and Lazarus likewise bad things. But now he is comforted here, and you are tormented If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham, addressing the rich man as his descendant, told him to remember that he had received good things in his lifetime, while Lazarus had received bad things in his lifetime, but now Lazarus was receiving comforts with him, while the rich man was suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 25 m085 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ Ἀβραάμ, τέκνον, μνήσθητι ὅτι ἀπέλαβες τὰ ἀγαθά σου ἐν τῇ ζωῇ σου, καὶ Λάζαρος ὁμοίως τὰ κακά. νῦν δὲ ὧδε παρακαλεῖται, σὺ δὲ ὀδυνᾶσαι 1 But Abraham said, … Child, remember that in your lifetime you received your good things, and Lazarus likewise bad things. But now he is comforted here, and you are tormented If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham, addressing the rich man as his descendant, told him to remember that he had received good things in his lifetime, while Lazarus had received bad things in his lifetime, but now Lazarus was receiving comforts with him, while the rich man was suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 25 m086 figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 Child Abraham is using the term **child** figuratively to mean “descendant.” As a Jew, the rich man was a descendant of Abraham. Abraham is likely using the term in a compassionate way. Alternate translation: “My dear child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 16 25 we9w figs-nominaladj τὰ ἀγαθά σου 1 your good things Abraham is using the adjective **good** as a noun. It is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “your good things” or “things that you enjoyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 16 25 rv17 ὁμοίως 1 likewise Abraham is referring to the fact that both men received something while they lived on earth. He is not saying that what they received was the same. Alternate translation: “while he was living received”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2857,27 +2857,27 @@ LUK 16 25 g4js figs-activepassive παρακαλεῖται 1 he is comforted If
|
|||
LUK 16 25 cn8i figs-activepassive σὺ…ὀδυνᾶσαι 1 you are tormented If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 26 m087 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις, μεταξὺ ἡμῶν καὶ ὑμῶν χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται, ὅπως οἱ θέλοντες διαβῆναι ἔνθεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς μὴ δύνωνται, μηδὲ ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν 1 And with all these things, between us and you a great chasm has been set in place, so that those wanting to cross from here to you may not be able, nor may they go across from there to us If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Abraham also told him that God had placed a huge pit between them, so that no one who wanted to cross over to where the rich man was, and no one who wanted to come over from there to where Abraham was, would be able to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 26 af4h figs-idiom καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις 1 And with all these things This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “In addition to this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 16 26 m088 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς 1 us…us Abraham means himself and the people who are with him, but not the rich man, so **us** is exclusive in both instances in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 26 m089 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμᾶς 1 you…you Even though Abraham is speaking to the rich man individually, he is referring to all of the people who are in Hades with him, so **you** is plural in both instances in this verse. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 16 26 m088 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς 1 us … us Abraham means himself and the people who are with him, but not the rich man, so **us** is exclusive in both instances in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 26 m089 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμᾶς 1 you … you Even though Abraham is speaking to the rich man individually, he is referring to all of the people who are in Hades with him, so **you** is plural in both instances in this verse. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 16 26 tu5w figs-activepassive χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται 1 a great chasm has been set in place If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has placed a huge pit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 26 sg6d figs-ellipsis μηδὲ ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν 1 nor may they go across from there to us Abraham is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and so that those who want to come across from where you are to where we are will not be able to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 16 27 abcj figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δέ, ἐρωτῶ οὖν σε Πάτερ, ἵνα πέμψῃς αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Then he said,…I beg you then, Father, that you would send him to the house of my father If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the rich man then begged Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, to send Lazarus to his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 27 abcj figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δέ, ἐρωτῶ οὖν σε Πάτερ, ἵνα πέμψῃς αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Then he said, … I beg you then, Father, that you would send him to the house of my father If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the rich man then begged Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, to send Lazarus to his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 27 m090 figs-metaphor Πάτερ 1 Father The rich man is using the term **Father**, which figuratively means “ancestor,” as a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Abraham, my father” or “Abraham, my ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 16 27 m091 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου 1 to the house of my father The rich man is using the word **house** figuratively to mean the people who live together in a household. Alternate translation: “to my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 16 28 y1xn figs-quotesinquotes ἔχω γὰρ πέντε ἀδελφούς, ὅπως διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔλθωσιν εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦτον τῆς βασάνου 1 for I have five brothers…in order that he might warn them, so that they may not also come to this place of torment If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The rich man explained that he had five brothers and that he wanted Lazarus to warn them so that they would not also come to where he was, in a place where they would suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 28 y1xn figs-quotesinquotes ἔχω γὰρ πέντε ἀδελφούς, ὅπως διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔλθωσιν εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦτον τῆς βασάνου 1 for I have five brothers … in order that he might warn them, so that they may not also come to this place of torment If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The rich man explained that he had five brothers and that he wanted Lazarus to warn them so that they would not also come to where he was, in a place where they would suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 28 x8xk figs-explicit ὅπως διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς 1 in order that he might warn them The implication is that the rich man wanted Lazarus to warn his brothers not to act as he had. He had been selfish, self-indulgent, and unconcerned about the needs of people around him who were poor and suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that he can warn them not to be self-indulgent and callous, as I was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 16 29 m092 λέγει δὲ Ἀβραάμ 1 But Abraham says To call attention to a significant development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham said”
|
||||
LUK 16 29 m093 figs-quotesinquotes λέγει δὲ Ἀβραάμ, ἔχουσι Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας; ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν 1 But Abraham says,…They have Moses and the prophets…let them listen to them If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham told the rich man that his brothers had what Moses and the prophets had written, and that they should obey their teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 29 m093 figs-quotesinquotes λέγει δὲ Ἀβραάμ, ἔχουσι Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας; ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν 1 But Abraham says, … They have Moses and the prophets … let them listen to them If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham told the rich man that his brothers had what Moses and the prophets had written, and that they should obey their teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 29 v8eh figs-explicit ἔχουσι Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας 1 They have Moses and the prophets The implication is that Abraham is refusing to send Lazarus to the rich man’s brothers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No, I will not do that, because your brothers have what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 16 29 x8pt figs-metonymy Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας 1 Moses and the prophets Abraham is using the names of the authors of the biblical books to refer figuratively to their writings. Alternate translation: “what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 16 29 m094 figs-merism Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας 1 Moses and the prophets Abraham is referring figuratively to all of God’s Word that had been written up to that time. He is using two of its major collections of writings to do so. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
LUK 16 29 l3in figs-idiom ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν 1 let them listen to them Here, **listen to** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “let them obey their teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 16 29 m095 figs-explicit ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν 1 let them listen to them The implication is that the rich man’s brothers do not need Lazarus to come and warn them, because in the Scriptures they already have all the warning they need. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your brothers should obey their teaching, because it provides all the warning they need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 16 30 m096 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, οὐχί, Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ, ἀλλ’ ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, μετανοήσουσιν 1 But he said,…No, Father Abraham, but if someone should go to them from the dead, they will repent If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But the rich man told Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, that his brothers would not repent based on the teaching of the Scriptures, but that if someone came to them from the dead, then they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 30 m096 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, οὐχί, Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ, ἀλλ’ ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, μετανοήσουσιν 1 But he said, … No, Father Abraham, but if someone should go to them from the dead, they will repent If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But the rich man told Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, that his brothers would not repent based on the teaching of the Scriptures, but that if someone came to them from the dead, then they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 30 m097 figs-explicit οὐχί 1 No The rich man uses this word to indicate that what Abraham has just said is not true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning more fully. Alternate translation: “No, my brothers would not repent based on the teaching of the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 16 30 d84a figs-hypo ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, μετανοήσουσιν 1 if someone should go to them from the dead, they will repent The rich man is describing a hypothetical situation that he would like to happen. Alternate translation: “suppose someone who had died went and warned them. Then they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 16 30 m098 figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead The rich man is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 16 31 abcl figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ, εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται 1 But he said to him,…If they do not listen to Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded if someone should rise from the dead If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham told the rich man that if his brothers would not obey the teaching of Moses and the prophets, then they would not change their ways even if someone who had died came back to life and warned them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 31 abcl figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ, εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται 1 But he said to him, … If they do not listen to Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded if someone should rise from the dead If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham told the rich man that if his brothers would not obey the teaching of Moses and the prophets, then they would not change their ways even if someone who had died came back to life and warned them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 31 n9s4 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται 1 If they do not listen to Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded if someone should rise from the dead Abraham is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Abraham is saying is not actually the case, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since they will not obey the teaching of Moses and the prophets, a dead person who came back to life would not be able to convince them either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
LUK 16 31 m099 figs-idiom εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν 1 If they do not listen to Moses and the prophets The term **listen to** is an idiom that means “obey.” See how you translated this idiom in [16:29](../16/29.md). Alternate translation: “If they will not obey what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 16 31 xkr7 figs-metonymy Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 to Moses and the prophets Abraham is using the names of the authors of the biblical books to refer figuratively to their writings. Alternate translation: “what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2896,49 +2896,49 @@ LUK 17 2 k9xl figs-metaphor σκανδαλίσῃ 1 he should trap See how you t
|
|||
LUK 17 2 xm7x figs-metaphor τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 of these little ones This could mean: (1) This refers to children who love Jesus and who are physically **little** compared to adults. Alternate translation: “these children who believe in me” (2) This is a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “these new believers” or (3) This is a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “these common people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 17 3 m104 figs-explicit προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς 1 Pay attention to yourselves Since Jesus is teaching about how important it is not to sin and not to encourage others to sin, the implication is that this statement means that he wants his disciples to help one another not to sin. Alternate translation: “Help one another not to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 3 m105 figs-you προσέχετε 1 Pay attention The implied “you” in this imperative is plural, since Jesus is speaking to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 17 3 m106 figs-youcrowd σου…ἐπιτίμησον…ἄφες 1 your…rebuke…forgive The word **your** and the implied “you” in the imperatives **rebuke** and **forgive** are singular, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 17 3 m106 figs-youcrowd σου…ἐπιτίμησον…ἄφες 1 your … rebuke … forgive The word **your** and the implied “you” in the imperatives **rebuke** and **forgive** are singular, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 17 3 hyn8 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν ἁμάρτῃ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ἐπιτίμησον αὐτῷ 1 If your brother sins, rebuke him Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believer were to sin. Then you should rebuke him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
LUK 17 3 kkp3 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 your brother Jesus is using the term **brother** figuratively to mean someone who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 17 3 m107 figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 your brother Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 17 3 p35i ἐπιτίμησον αὐτῷ 1 rebuke him Alternate translation: “correct him” or “tell him strongly that what he did was wrong”
|
||||
LUK 17 3 m108 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ ἐὰν μετανοήσῃ, ἄφες αὐτῷ 1 and if he repents, forgive him Jesus is describing another hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose that believer were to repent. Then you should forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
LUK 17 4 x8a3 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας ἁμαρτήσῃ εἰς σὲ, καὶ ἑπτάκις ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς σὲ, λέγων μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ 1 if he sins against you seven times in the day, and seven times returns to you, saying,…I repent,…you will forgive him Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believer were to sin against you seven times in the same day. And suppose each time he came to you and said, ‘I am sorry.’ Then you would have to forgive him each time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
LUK 17 4 x8a3 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας ἁμαρτήσῃ εἰς σὲ, καὶ ἑπτάκις ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς σὲ, λέγων μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ 1 if he sins against you seven times in the day, and seven times returns to you, saying, … I repent, … you will forgive him Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believer were to sin against you seven times in the same day. And suppose each time he came to you and said, ‘I am sorry.’ Then you would have to forgive him each time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
LUK 17 4 k5va figs-idiom ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας…καὶ ἑπτάκις 1 seven times in the day, and seven times The number **seven** in the Bible figuratively represents a large or sufficient quantity. Alternate translation: “many times in the same day, and each time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 17 4 m109 τῆς ἡμέρας 1 in the day Alternate translation: “in the same day”
|
||||
LUK 17 4 m110 figs-youcrowd σὲ…σὲ…ἀφήσεις 1 you…you,…you will forgive The word **you** is singular in this verse, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 17 4 m111 figs-quotesinquotes ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς σὲ, λέγων μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ 1 returns to you, saying,…I repent,…you will forgive him If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “comes to you and says that he is sorry, you must forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 17 4 m110 figs-youcrowd σὲ…σὲ…ἀφήσεις 1 you … you, … you will forgive The word **you** is singular in this verse, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 17 4 m111 figs-quotesinquotes ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς σὲ, λέγων μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ 1 returns to you, saying, … I repent, … you will forgive him If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “comes to you and says that he is sorry, you must forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 17 4 m112 figs-declarative ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ 1 you will forgive him Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction and command. Alternate translation: “you must forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
LUK 17 5 s4dy οἱ ἀπόστολοι 1 the apostles This means the 12 disciples whom Jesus appointed as his authoritative representatives in [6:13](../06/13.md). See how you translated the term there.
|
||||
LUK 17 5 m114 τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 to the Lord Here Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 17 5 pji3 figs-imperative πρόσθες ἡμῖν πίστιν 1 Increase faith to us This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give us more faith” or “Please help us to trust God better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 m115 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 17 6 m116 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἔχετε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, ἐλέγετε ἂν τῇ συκαμίνῳ ταύτῃ 1 If you had faith like a mustard seed, you would say to this mulberry tree Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. He is asserting that if the condition is true, then the result will necessarily follow. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that if you had faith like a mustard seed, you could say to this mulberry tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 m117 figs-you ἔχετε…ἐλέγετε…ὑμῖν 1 you had…you would say…to you Even though Jesus is describing something that an individual might do, **you** is plural in this verse because he is speaking to his 12 apostles in response to their request. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 m117 figs-you ἔχετε…ἐλέγετε…ὑμῖν 1 you had … you would say … to you Even though Jesus is describing something that an individual might do, **you** is plural in this verse because he is speaking to his 12 apostles in response to their request. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 ep7z figs-simile εἰ ἔχετε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως 1 If you had faith like a mustard seed A **mustard seed** is a very small seed. Jesus is using this seed figuratively in a simile to mean a very small amount. Alternate translation: “If you had even a tiny amount of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 m118 translate-unknown κόκκον σινάπεως 1 a mustard seed If your readers would not be familiar with a **mustard seed**, you could use the name of another small seed with which they would be familiar, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a very small seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 i31l translate-unknown συκαμίνῳ 1 to…mulberry tree Jesus likely uses a **mulberry tree** as an example because it has an extensive root system that makes it very difficult to uproot. If your readers would not be familiar with this tree, you could use the name of another type of tree with extensive roots that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “firmly rooted tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 m119 figs-quotesinquotes ἐλέγετε ἂν τῇ συκαμίνῳ ταύτῃ, ἐκριζώθητι καὶ φυτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 you would say to this mulberry tree,…Be uprooted, and be planted in the sea If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you could tell this mulberry tree to pull its roots out of the ground and put them down in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 i31l translate-unknown συκαμίνῳ 1 to … mulberry tree Jesus likely uses a **mulberry tree** as an example because it has an extensive root system that makes it very difficult to uproot. If your readers would not be familiar with this tree, you could use the name of another type of tree with extensive roots that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “firmly rooted tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 m119 figs-quotesinquotes ἐλέγετε ἂν τῇ συκαμίνῳ ταύτῃ, ἐκριζώθητι καὶ φυτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 you would say to this mulberry tree, … Be uprooted, and be planted in the sea If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you could tell this mulberry tree to pull its roots out of the ground and put them down in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 ky7z figs-activepassive ἐκριζώθητι καὶ φυτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 Be uprooted, and be planted in the sea If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs. Alternate translation: “Uproot yourself and plant yourself in the sea” or “Take your roots out of the ground and put them down into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 17 6 g53n figs-idiom ὑπήκουσεν ἂν ὑμῖν 1 it would listen to you Here, **listen to** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “the tree would obey you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 17 7 dk3q figs-rquestion τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχων, ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα, ὃς εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε? 1 But which of you is it, having a servant plowing or tending sheep, who will say to him, having come in from the field,…Come immediately and recline to eat Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “But none of you who had a servant who was out plowing or tending sheep would say to him when he came in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 17 7 m120 figs-hypo τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχων, ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα, ὃς εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε? 1 But which of you is it, having a servant plowing or tending sheep, who will say to him, having come in from the field,…Come immediately and recline to eat Jesus is using an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had a servant who was out plowing or tending sheep. You would not say to him when he came in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 17 7 m121 figs-quotesinquotes εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε 1 will say to him, having come in from the field,…Come immediately and recline to eat If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “would tell him as soon as he came in from the field to sit right down and have his own supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 17 7 dk3q figs-rquestion τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχων, ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα, ὃς εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε? 1 But which of you is it, having a servant plowing or tending sheep, who will say to him, having come in from the field, … Come immediately and recline to eat Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “But none of you who had a servant who was out plowing or tending sheep would say to him when he came in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 17 7 m120 figs-hypo τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχων, ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα, ὃς εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε? 1 But which of you is it, having a servant plowing or tending sheep, who will say to him, having come in from the field, … Come immediately and recline to eat Jesus is using an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had a servant who was out plowing or tending sheep. You would not say to him when he came in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 17 7 m121 figs-quotesinquotes εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε 1 will say to him, having come in from the field, … Come immediately and recline to eat If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “would tell him as soon as he came in from the field to sit right down and have his own supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 17 7 va34 figs-explicit δοῦλον…ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα 1 a servant plowing or tending sheep It may be helpful to say explicitly that the land and sheep hypothetically belong to the person who is being asked to consider what he would do in this situation. Alternate translation: “a servant who had been out plowing your land or taking care of your sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 7 m122 translate-unknown ἀνάπεσε 1 and recline to eat See how you translated this in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “sit down to eat” or “sit down and have your supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 17 8 iw9j figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμασον τί δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ πίω; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ? 1 will he not say to him,…Prepare something I may eat and, girding yourself, serve me while I eat and drink, and after these things you will eat and drink Jesus uses a second question as a further teaching tool, to emphasize how a person actually would treat a servant. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “he would certainly say to him, ‘Prepare something for me to eat, and then wrap your robe around your hips so you can serve me while I eat and drink, and after that you yourself can eat and drink’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 17 8 m123 figs-quotesinquotes οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμασον τί δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ πίω; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ? 1 will he not say to him,…Prepare something I may eat and, girding yourself, serve me while I eat and drink, and after these things you will eat and drink If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he would certainly tell the servant to prepare something for him to eat, and then to wrap his robe around his hips so he could serve him while he ate and drank, and that only after doing that the servant himself could eat and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 17 8 iw9j figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμασον τί δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ πίω; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ? 1 will he not say to him, … Prepare something I may eat and, girding yourself, serve me while I eat and drink, and after these things you will eat and drink Jesus uses a second question as a further teaching tool, to emphasize how a person actually would treat a servant. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “he would certainly say to him, ‘Prepare something for me to eat, and then wrap your robe around your hips so you can serve me while I eat and drink, and after that you yourself can eat and drink’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 17 8 m123 figs-quotesinquotes οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμασον τί δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ πίω; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ? 1 will he not say to him, … Prepare something I may eat and, girding yourself, serve me while I eat and drink, and after these things you will eat and drink If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he would certainly tell the servant to prepare something for him to eat, and then to wrap his robe around his hips so he could serve him while he ate and drank, and that only after doing that the servant himself could eat and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 17 8 kr7u translate-unknown περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι 1 girding yourself, serve me See how you translated this in [12:35](../12/35.md). Alternate translation: “wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips so that you can serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 17 8 ds77 καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα 1 and after these things Alternate translation: “Then, after you have served me”
|
||||
LUK 17 8 m124 figs-declarative φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ 1 you will eat and drink The master is using a future statement to give permission. Alternate translation: “you may eat and drink” or “you may have your own supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
LUK 17 9 qs51 figs-doublenegatives μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “does he?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Would he thank the servant for doing what he had been commanded to do?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 17 9 m125 figs-explicit μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he The implicit answer to the question is “no.” Masters expect their servants to do what they command them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation, add an additional sentence: “No, a master would not do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 9 jn5s figs-rquestion μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants his disciples to reflect on the nature of the master-servant relationship in order to understand better how they should relate to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “A master would certainly not thank a servant for doing just what he had been commanded to do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 17 9 m126 μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant…does he Alternate translation: “he does not need to thank the servant”
|
||||
LUK 17 9 m126 μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant … does he Alternate translation: “he does not need to thank the servant”
|
||||
LUK 17 9 m127 figs-nominaladj τὰ διαταχθέντα 1 the things commanded Jesus is using a participle, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the things he commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 17 9 a1fm figs-activepassive τὰ διαταχθέντα 1 the things commanded If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the things he commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 17 10 m128 figs-nominaladj τὰ διαταχθέντα ὑμῖν 1 the things commanded to you Jesus is using a participle, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the things God commanded you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 17 10 ub27 figs-activepassive τὰ διαταχθέντα ὑμῖν 1 the things commanded to you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things God commanded you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 17 10 m129 figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, ὅτι δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν, ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν 1 say,…We are worthless servants. We have done what we ought to do If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say that you are unworthy servants and that you have only what you ought to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 17 10 m129 figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, ὅτι δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν, ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν 1 say, … We are worthless servants. We have done what we ought to do If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say that you are unworthy servants and that you have only what you ought to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 17 10 m130 figs-exclusive δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν, ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν 1 We are worthless servants. We have done what we ought to do People who would say this would be speaking about themselves but not about God, to whom they would be speaking, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we**, use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 17 10 dga7 figs-hyperbole δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν 1 We are worthless servants This is an exaggeration that means the servants have not done anything worthy of praise or thanks or a special reward. Alternate translation: “We are unworthy servants” or “We have not done anything while serving you that deserves special thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 17 10 m132 ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν 1 We have done what we ought to do Alternate translation: “We have only done our duty”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2981,8 +2981,8 @@ LUK 17 20 m149 figs-abstractnouns πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία
|
|||
LUK 17 20 m150 figs-hendiadys ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς καὶ εἶπεν 1 he answered them and said Together the two words **answered** and **said** mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the question that the Pharisees asked him. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 17 20 yc3i figs-metonymy οὐκ ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ μετὰ παρατηρήσεως 1 The kingdom of God is not coming with observation Jesus uses the word **observation** figuratively to mean things that people can observe. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is not coming with signs that people can observe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 17 20 m151 figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The kingdom of God is not coming See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is not going to begin to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 17 21 m152 figs-quotesinquotes οὐδὲ ἐροῦσιν, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε, ἤ, ἐκεῖ 1 Neither will they say,…Behold, here!…or…There If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “People will not say that they see it near them in one place or over in another place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 17 21 m153 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὧδε, ἤ, ἐκεῖ 1 Behold, here!…or…There These people would be using the term **behold** to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. In this case, it would be appropriate to translate the term with a popular expression in your language that has this meaning. Alternate translation: “‘Hey, here it is!’ or ‘There it is!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 17 21 m152 figs-quotesinquotes οὐδὲ ἐροῦσιν, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε, ἤ, ἐκεῖ 1 Neither will they say, … Behold, here! … or … There If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “People will not say that they see it near them in one place or over in another place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 17 21 m153 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὧδε, ἤ, ἐκεῖ 1 Behold, here! … or … There These people would be using the term **behold** to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. In this case, it would be appropriate to translate the term with a popular expression in your language that has this meaning. Alternate translation: “‘Hey, here it is!’ or ‘There it is!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 17 21 m154 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ 1 For behold Jesus is using the term **behold** to get the Pharisees to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “For indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 17 21 xj7z figs-you ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν 1 the kingdom of God is within you This could mean: (1) Jesus may be saying that the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of what people believe and decide within themselves. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is inside of you” (2) Since the word **you** is plural here, Jesus may be saying that the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of something that happens within communities of people. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 17 21 xpi7 figs-abstractnouns ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν 1 the kingdom of God is within you See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is ruling inside of you” or “God is ruling in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2993,9 +2993,9 @@ LUK 17 22 m155 figs-synecdoche μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱο
|
|||
LUK 17 22 z11c figs-123person τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 of the days of the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of my days as the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 17 22 m156 figs-explicit τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 of the days of the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “of my days as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 22 x7sq figs-idiom καὶ οὐκ ὄψεσθε 1 but you will not see it Jesus is using the term **see** figuratively to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “but you will not experience it yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 17 23 dp8g figs-explicit ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε 1 they will say to you,…Behold, there!…or…Behold, here The implication in context is that Jesus is speaking of the Son of Man or Messiah. Alternate translation: “People will say to you, ‘Look, the Messiah is over there!’ or, ‘Look, the Messiah is over here!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 23 m157 figs-quotesinquotes ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε 1 they will say to you,…Behold, there!…or…Behold, here If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “people will tell you that the Messiah is over in one place or with them in another place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 17 23 m158 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ…ἰδοὺ 1 Behold,…Behold These people would be using the term **behold** to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. Alternate translation: “Hey … Hey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 17 23 dp8g figs-explicit ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε 1 they will say to you, … Behold, there! … or … Behold, here The implication in context is that Jesus is speaking of the Son of Man or Messiah. Alternate translation: “People will say to you, ‘Look, the Messiah is over there!’ or, ‘Look, the Messiah is over here!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 23 m157 figs-quotesinquotes ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε 1 they will say to you, … Behold, there! … or … Behold, here If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “people will tell you that the Messiah is over in one place or with them in another place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 17 23 m158 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ…ἰδοὺ 1 Behold, … Behold These people would be using the term **behold** to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. Alternate translation: “Hey … Hey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 17 23 m159 figs-doublet μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε 1 Do not go out or run after them The expressions **go out** and **run after** mean similar things. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “Do not go where they tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 17 23 kjy2 figs-explicit μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε 1 Do not go out or run after them The implication is that people would **go** to look for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not go where they tell you to look for the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 24 m160 ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει 1 the lightning flashing from a place under the sky shines to a place under the sky Alternate translation: “just as lightning that flashes lights up the sky from one end to the other”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3007,7 +3007,7 @@ LUK 17 24 m164 figs-explicit οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀ
|
|||
LUK 17 25 csa3 figs-123person δεῖ αὐτὸν…παθεῖν 1 it is necessary for him to suffer Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for me to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 17 25 dp8a figs-activepassive ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 be rejected by this generation If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation must reject him” or, if you translated with the first person, “the people of this generation must reject me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 17 25 m165 figs-metonymy τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation Jesus is using the term **generation** figuratively to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 17 26 d2ne καθὼς ἐγένετο…οὕτως ἔσται καὶ 1 just as it happened…so it will also be Alternate translation: “just as people were doing certain things … so people will be doing the same things”
|
||||
LUK 17 26 d2ne καθὼς ἐγένετο…οὕτως ἔσται καὶ 1 just as it happened … so it will also be Alternate translation: “just as people were doing certain things … so people will be doing the same things”
|
||||
LUK 17 26 v1sr figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Νῶε 1 in the days of Noah Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Noah was living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 17 26 m166 translate-names Νῶε 1 of Noah **Noah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 17 26 ktl1 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 in the days of the Son of Man Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when the Son of Man is about to return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3054,7 +3054,7 @@ LUK 17 35 m184 δύο 1 two The verb is feminine, so this means “two women.
|
|||
LUK 17 35 t4zn translate-unknown ἀλήθουσαι 1 grinding The term **grinding** refers to the process of breaking up grain into very small pieces so that it can be used for cooking. If your readers would not be familiar with grain, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “grinding grain” or “preparing food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 17 35 m185 figs-activepassive ἡ μία παραλημφθήσεται, ἡ δὲ ἑτέρα ἀφεθήσεται 1 The one will be taken, but the other will be left If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you can say who would do the actions. See how you decided to translate this in [17:34](../17/34.md). Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” or “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 17 35 m186 figs-hypo ἡ μία παραλημφθήσεται 1 The one will be taken If you translated the first sentence in this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this sentence as the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 17 36 m187 translate-textvariants δύο ἐν ἀγρῷ εἰς παραληφθήσεται καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται 1 Two in the field…one will be taken and the other will be left See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in the verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 17 36 m187 translate-textvariants δύο ἐν ἀγρῷ εἰς παραληφθήσεται καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται 1 Two in the field … one will be taken and the other will be left See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in the verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 17 36 m188 figs-hypo δύο ἐν ἀγρῷ 1 Two in the field Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose that when this happens, two people are out working in a field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 17 36 m189 figs-activepassive εἰς παραληφθήσεται καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται 1 one will be taken and the other will be left If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you can say who would do the actions. See how you decided to translate this in [17:34](../17/34.md). Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” or “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 17 36 m190 figs-hypo εἰς παραληφθήσεται 1 one will be taken If you translated the beginning of this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this as the result of that condition, as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3074,11 +3074,11 @@ LUK 18 2 m195 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 men Here, Jesus is using
|
|||
LUK 18 3 ie2v writing-participants χήρα δὲ ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 And there was a widow in that city Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the other main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There was also a woman who lived in that city whose husband had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 18 3 jhk6 figs-explicit χήρα 1 a widow A widow is a woman whose husband has died and who has not remarried. Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that in this culture, she would have had no one to protect her from anyone who was trying to take advantage of her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a woman whose husband had died, and so she had no one to protect her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 18 3 xfg3 ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 she was coming to him Here the Greek verb indicates repeated or continual action. Alternate translation: “she kept coming to the judge”
|
||||
LUK 18 3 m131 figs-quotesinquotes λέγουσα, ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου 1 saying,…Vindicate me against my opponent If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and asking him to make a fair ruling in her case against her opponent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 18 3 m131 figs-quotesinquotes λέγουσα, ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου 1 saying, … Vindicate me against my opponent If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and asking him to make a fair ruling in her case against her opponent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 18 3 kj2l figs-imperative ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου 1 Vindicate me against my opponent This is an imperative, but since the woman is not in a position to make a demand, it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give me a fair ruling in my case against my opponent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 18 3 xc7k translate-unknown τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου 1 my opponent The term **opponent** refers specifically to the opposing party in a lawsuit. It is not clear whether the widow is suing the man to protect her interests, or the man is suing the widow to try to take things from her unfairly. If your language has a specific term for a legal adversary, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 18 4 m197 μετὰ ταῦτα 1 after these things Alternate translation: “later on” or “eventually”
|
||||
LUK 18 4 m198 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, εἰ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν οὐ φοβοῦμαι οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον ἐντρέπομαι 1 he said to himself,…Even if I do not fear God or respect man If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he decided that even though he did not make his decisions based on what God wanted or on what other people thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 18 4 m198 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, εἰ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν οὐ φοβοῦμαι οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον ἐντρέπομαι 1 he said to himself, … Even if I do not fear God or respect man If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he decided that even though he did not make his decisions based on what God wanted or on what other people thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 18 4 m199 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν οὐ φοβοῦμαι οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον ἐντρέπομαι 1 Even if I do not fear God or respect man The judge speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what the judge is saying is not actually the case, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Even though I do not make my decisions based on what God wants or on what other people think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
LUK 18 4 bh3q figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 man The judge is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 18 5 m200 figs-quotesinquotes διά γε τὸ παρέχειν μοι κόπον τὴν χήραν ταύτην, ἐκδικήσω αὐτήν, ἵνα μὴ εἰς τέλος ἐρχομένη ὑπωπιάζῃ με 1 yet because this widow causes me trouble, I will vindicate her, so that she will not beat me up by coming to the end If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing the sentence from the previous verse): “because this widow bothered him, he would give a fair ruling in her case, so that she would not wear him out by coming incessantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3106,7 +3106,7 @@ LUK 18 10 m208 writing-participants ἄνθρωποι δύο 1 Two men Jesus use
|
|||
LUK 18 10 m209 figs-idiom ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν προσεύξασθαι 1 went up into the temple to pray When Jesus says that these men **went up**, he likely means that they traveled to Jerusalem. That was the customary way of speaking about going there, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “went to pray in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 18 10 qp39 figs-synecdoche εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 into the temple Since only priests could enter the **temple** building, this means the **temple** courtyard. Jesus is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 18 10 m210 writing-background ὁ εἷς Φαρισαῖος καὶ ὁ ἕτερος τελώνης 1 the one a Pharisee, and the other a tax collector Jesus provides this background information to help his listeners understand what happens in the story. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now one of these men was a Pharisee, and the other man was a tax collector” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 18 11 mi9g figs-quotesinquotes ταῦτα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν προσηύχετο, ὁ Θεός, εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι οὐκ εἰμὶ ὥσπερ οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἅρπαγες, ἄδικοι, μοιχοί, ἢ καὶ ὡς οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 1 was praying these things about himself,…God, I thank you that I am not like the rest of men…robbers, unrighteous, adulterers…or even like this tax collector If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “prayed about himself and thanked God that he was not like other people, who were robbers, unrighteous, and adulterers, or even like the tax collector who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 18 11 mi9g figs-quotesinquotes ταῦτα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν προσηύχετο, ὁ Θεός, εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι οὐκ εἰμὶ ὥσπερ οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἅρπαγες, ἄδικοι, μοιχοί, ἢ καὶ ὡς οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 1 was praying these things about himself, … God, I thank you that I am not like the rest of men … robbers, unrighteous, adulterers … or even like this tax collector If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “prayed about himself and thanked God that he was not like other people, who were robbers, unrighteous, and adulterers, or even like the tax collector who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 18 11 m211 figs-youformal εὐχαριστῶ σοι 1 I thank you Here, the pronoun **you** is singular because the Pharisee is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of **you** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form here. Alternatively, it might be effective to show this man addressing God using a familiar form, as if he could presume on God’s friendship and approval. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||||
LUK 18 11 m212 figs-gendernotations οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 the rest of men The Pharisee is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 18 11 lud3 translate-unknown ἅρπαγες 1 robbers The word **robbers** describes people who steal from other people by forcing them to give things to them. Your language may have a specific term for this kind of person. Alternate translation: “bandits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3118,11 +3118,11 @@ LUK 18 13 c37t translate-symaction ὁ δὲ τελώνης μακρόθεν ἑ
|
|||
LUK 18 13 qtt7 figs-idiom οὐκ ἤθελεν οὐδὲ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπᾶραι εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 did not even want to lift up his eyes toward heaven The phrase **lift up his eyes** means to look at something. Alternate translation: “did not even want to look up toward heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 18 13 m215 figs-explicit εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 toward heaven See how you translated the similar expression in [9:16](../09/16.md). Alternate translation: “beyond the sky towards God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 18 13 c7x7 translate-symaction ἀλλ’ ἔτυπτε τὸ στῆθος αὐτοῦ 1 but was beating his breast This was a physical expression of great sorrow, and it showed this man’s repentance and humility. Alternate translation: “Instead, he hit his chest to demonstrate his shame and sorrow over his sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 18 13 m216 figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, ὁ Θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι, τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 saying,…God, have mercy on me, the sinner If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He admitted that he was a sinner and asked God to have mercy on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 18 13 m216 figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, ὁ Θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι, τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 saying, … God, have mercy on me, the sinner If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He admitted that he was a sinner and asked God to have mercy on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 18 13 mx5p figs-imperative ὁ Θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι, τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 God, have mercy on me, the sinner This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “God, please be merciful to me, I confess that I am a sinner” or “God, please forgive me for the many sins I have committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 18 14 m217 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||||
LUK 18 14 s1yr figs-explicit κατέβη οὗτος δεδικαιωμένος εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, παρ’ ἐκεῖνον 1 this one went down to his house justified rather than that one The implication is that the tax collector was right with God because God forgave his sin when he prayed humbly and repentantly. Alternate translation: “the tax collector was right with God when he went home, rather than the Pharisee, because God forgave his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 18 14 m218 οὗτος…παρ’ ἐκεῖνον 1 this one…rather than that one Alternate translation: “the latter … rather than the former” or “the tax collector … rather than the Pharisee”
|
||||
LUK 18 14 m218 οὗτος…παρ’ ἐκεῖνον 1 this one … rather than that one Alternate translation: “the latter … rather than the former” or “the tax collector … rather than the Pharisee”
|
||||
LUK 18 14 m219 figs-activepassive δεδικαιωμένος 1 justified If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **justified** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 18 14 m220 figs-idiom κατέβη…εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 went down to his house When Jesus says that this man **went down** to his house, he likely means that he returned home from Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “returned to his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 18 14 qrg3 figs-explicit παρ’ ἐκεῖνον 1 rather than that one The implication is that the Pharisee was not right with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the Pharisee was not right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3138,7 +3138,7 @@ LUK 18 16 j8x3 figs-verbs ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρ
|
|||
LUK 18 16 u7sq figs-simile τῶν…τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of such is the kingdom of God It becomes clear in [18:17](../18/17.md) that this is simile. You could express it as one here. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God consists of people who are like these little children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 18 16 m223 figs-abstractnouns τῶν…τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of such is the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “people who are like children will let God rule their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 18 17 p5lq ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ὃς ἂν 1 Truly I say to you, whoever Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that whoever”
|
||||
LUK 18 17 m224 figs-abstractnouns δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 will…receive the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “let God rule over him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 18 17 m224 figs-abstractnouns δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 will … receive the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “let God rule over him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 18 17 ar8e figs-simile ὡς παιδίον 1 like a child If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “with trust and humility like a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 18 17 m225 οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 will certainly not enter into it Alternate translation: “will not let God rule over him at all”
|
||||
LUK 18 18 a5qz writing-participants καὶ ἐπηρώτησέν τις αὐτὸν ἄρχων 1 And a certain ruler asked him Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Then a Jewish leader came up to Jesus and asked him a question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3167,7 +3167,7 @@ LUK 18 26 vu3z figs-rquestion καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 T
|
|||
LUK 18 26 m233 figs-activepassive καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 Then who is able to be saved If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could specify the agent. Alternate translation: “Then God is not going to save anyone!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 18 27 ms9b figs-nominaladj τὰ ἀδύνατα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις, δυνατὰ παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ ἐστιν 1 The impossible with men is possible with God Jesus is using the adjectives **impossible** and **possible** as nouns to describe types of things. The terms are plural. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these terms with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “The things that are impossible for people to do are possible for God to do” or “God is able to do the things that people are not able to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 18 28 m235 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Peter uses the term **Behold** to get Jesus to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 18 28 znu6 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν…ἠκολουθήσαμέν 1 we have left…have followed Peter is referring to himself and his fellow disciples, but not to Jesus, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we**, use the exclusive form in both of these cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 18 28 znu6 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν…ἠκολουθήσαμέν 1 we have left … have followed Peter is referring to himself and his fellow disciples, but not to Jesus, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we**, use the exclusive form in both of these cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 18 28 yk9b πάντα 1 everything This is not hyperbole. Peter and the others did leave behind **everything** they had in order to become Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “all our possessions”
|
||||
LUK 18 28 m236 translate-textvariants πάντα 1 everything Some manuscripts say “our own possessions” here instead of “everything.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide which reading to use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 18 28 m262 figs-metaphor καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι 1 and have followed you As in [18:22](../18/22.md), to follow Jesus means to be one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “in order to become your disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3175,7 +3175,7 @@ LUK 18 29 vz2w ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus says
|
|||
LUK 18 29 sk6z figs-doublenegatives οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν 1 there is no one who has left A double negative statement begins in this verse and concludes in the next verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the entire double negative statement as a positive statement. Alternate translation, beginning here: “anyone who has left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 18 29 m237 figs-abstractnouns εἵνεκεν τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for the sake of the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “in order to allow God to rule over his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 18 30 s6rp figs-doublenegatives ὃς οὐχὶ μὴ ἀπολάβῃ 1 who will by no means not receive This is the conclusion of the double negative statement that began in the previous verse with “there is no one who has left.” If you started to translate it there as a positive statement, you can finish that translation here. Alternate translation: “will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 18 30 m238 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ…ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ 1 in this time…in the age that is coming Jesus is using the word **time** in the same figurative sense as the word **age** in [16:8](../16/08.md), to mean the long period of time defined by the duration of the created world; by association, it means the world itself. Here, Jesus is using the word **age** similarly to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. Alternate translation: “in this present world … in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 18 30 m238 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ…ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ 1 in this time … in the age that is coming Jesus is using the word **time** in the same figurative sense as the word **age** in [16:8](../16/08.md), to mean the long period of time defined by the duration of the created world; by association, it means the world itself. Here, Jesus is using the word **age** similarly to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. Alternate translation: “in this present world … in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 18 30 d3xa figs-ellipsis καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 and in the age that is coming, everlasting life Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from what he says earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and they will also receive eternal life in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 18 31 pwk9 παραλαβὼν…τοὺς δώδεκα 1 he took the Twelve aside Alternate translation: “Jesus took the Twelve to a place away from other people where they would be alone”
|
||||
LUK 18 31 m239 figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 the Twelve See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3216,7 +3216,7 @@ LUK 18 38 m251 translate-names Δαυείδ 1 of David **David** is the name of
|
|||
LUK 18 38 u69g figs-imperative ἐλέησόν με 1 have mercy on me This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be merciful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 18 38 m252 figs-explicit ἐλέησόν με 1 have mercy on me The blind man assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking specifically to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on me and heal me” or “please be merciful to me by healing me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 18 39 m253 οἱ προάγοντες 1 the ones who were walking ahead Alternate translation: “the people who were walking ahead of Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 18 39 z7r6 ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ, ἵνα σιγήσῃ 1 were rebuking him, so that…would be silent Alternate translation: “kept telling him not to shout”
|
||||
LUK 18 39 z7r6 ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ, ἵνα σιγήσῃ 1 were rebuking him, so that … would be silent Alternate translation: “kept telling him not to shout”
|
||||
LUK 18 39 zug7 πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν 1 he kept crying out much more This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “he shouted even louder” (2) “he called out even more persistently”
|
||||
LUK 18 39 m254 figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυείδ, ἐλέησόν με 1 Son of David, have mercy on me See how you decided to translate this phrase in [18:38](../18/38.md). Alternate translation: “Messiah, please have mercy on me and heal me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 18 40 m255 figs-activepassive αὐτὸν ἀχθῆναι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 him to be brought to him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the people to bring the blind man to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3274,38 +3274,38 @@ LUK 19 12 m280 καὶ ὑποστρέψαι 1 and to return Alternate translat
|
|||
LUK 19 13 m387 figs-explicit καλέσας δὲ 1 So calling It may be helpful to state that the man did this before he left to receive his kingdom. Alternate translation: “So before he left, the nobleman called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 13 xx6p ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς 1 he gave them ten minas Alternate translation: “he gave each of them one mina”
|
||||
LUK 19 13 t82q translate-bweight ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς 1 he gave them ten minas A mina was a unit of weight equal to about half a kilogram. The term refers to silver coins of that weight. Each one was equal to what people would be paid for about four months’ work. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might say something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “he gave each of them a valuable silver coin” or “he gave each of them four months’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 13 m281 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, πραγματεύσασθαι ἐν ᾧ ἔρχομαι 1 said to them,…Conduct business in that I go If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told them to trade with the money while he was away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 13 m281 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, πραγματεύσασθαι ἐν ᾧ ἔρχομαι 1 said to them, … Conduct business in that I go If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told them to trade with the money while he was away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 13 vwp2 πραγματεύσασθαι 1 Conduct business Alternate translation: “Trade with this money” or “Use this money to earn more money”
|
||||
LUK 19 13 m282 ἐν ᾧ ἔρχομαι 1 in that I go Alternate translation: “while I am gone.”
|
||||
LUK 19 14 i998 figs-hyperbole οἱ…πολῖται αὐτοῦ 1 his citizens This means “the people of his country.” It suggests that all the people hated him, and that may be a generalization. In your translation, you may wish to say “many people of his country,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 19 14 j9v1 πρεσβείαν 1 a delegation Alternate translation: “a group of people to represent them”
|
||||
LUK 19 14 m283 figs-explicit ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ λέγοντες 1 after him, saying The implication is that the citizens gave the delegation this message for the emperor who was going to appoint the nobleman as king. Alternate translation: “after him to tell the emperor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 14 m284 figs-quotesinquotes ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ λέγοντες, οὐ θέλομεν τοῦτον βασιλεῦσαι ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς 1 after him, saying,…We do not want this one to rule over us If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “after him to tell the emperor that they did not want this nobleman to be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 14 m284 figs-quotesinquotes ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ λέγοντες, οὐ θέλομεν τοῦτον βασιλεῦσαι ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς 1 after him, saying, … We do not want this one to rule over us If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “after him to tell the emperor that they did not want this nobleman to be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 15 g3jp writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Jesus uses this phrase to mark an important development in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 19 15 s9a7 λαβόντα τὴν βασιλείαν 1 having received the kingdom Alternate translation: “after the emperor had appointed him king”
|
||||
LUK 19 15 s2x2 figs-activepassive εἶπεν φωνηθῆναι αὐτῷ 1 he…commanded to be called to him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he told some of his other servants to bring in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 15 s2x2 figs-activepassive εἶπεν φωνηθῆναι αὐτῷ 1 he … commanded to be called to him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he told some of his other servants to bring in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 15 m285 figs-metonymy τὸ ἀργύριον 1 the silver Jesus is speaking figuratively of the money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “the money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 15 xc6s τί διεπραγματεύσαντο 1 what they had gained by doing business Alternate translation: “how much money they had earned with the money he had given them”
|
||||
LUK 19 16 iy7i figs-quotesinquotes παρεγένετο…ὁ πρῶτος λέγων, Κύριε, ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς 1 the first came and said,…Master, your mina has earned ten minas If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the first servant came and told him that he had used his mina to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 16 iy7i figs-quotesinquotes παρεγένετο…ὁ πρῶτος λέγων, Κύριε, ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς 1 the first came and said, … Master, your mina has earned ten minas If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the first servant came and told him that he had used his mina to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 16 m286 figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 19 16 mf96 translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 19 16 ejx9 figs-personification ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς 1 your mina has earned ten minas The servant is speaking figuratively of the **mina** as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 19 16 j7ag translate-bweight μνᾶ 1 mina See how you translated **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 17 abcq figs-quotesinquotes καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! ὅτι ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ, πιστὸς ἐγένου, ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων 1 And he said to him,…Well done, good servant! Because you were faithful in very little, be having authority over ten cities If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king told this first servant that he had done a good job, and that because he had shown in a small task that he was faithful, he was making him the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 17 abcq figs-quotesinquotes καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! ὅτι ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ, πιστὸς ἐγένου, ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων 1 And he said to him, … Well done, good servant! Because you were faithful in very little, be having authority over ten cities If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king told this first servant that he had done a good job, and that because he had shown in a small task that he was faithful, he was making him the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 17 m287 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 And he said to him Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So the king said to the first servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 19 17 n5at figs-exclamations εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! 1 Well done, good servant Your language may have a phrase that an employer would use to show approval. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Good job!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
LUK 19 17 t6zk ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ 1 in very little This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “in a small responsibility” (2) “with a little bit of money”
|
||||
LUK 19 17 m288 figs-imperative ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων 1 be having authority over ten cities The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 zsr1 figs-quotesinquotes ἦλθεν ὁ δεύτερος λέγων, ἡ μνᾶ σου, Κύριε, ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς 1 the second came and said,…Your mina, master, has made five minas If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the second servant came and told him that he had used his mina to make five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 zsr1 figs-quotesinquotes ἦλθεν ὁ δεύτερος λέγων, ἡ μνᾶ σου, Κύριε, ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς 1 the second came and said, … Your mina, master, has made five minas If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the second servant came and told him that he had used his mina to make five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 m289 figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 ic7p translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 irh6 figs-personification ἡ μνᾶ σου…ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς 1 Your mina,…has made five minas The servant is speaking figuratively of the mina as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me … to earn five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 irh6 figs-personification ἡ μνᾶ σου…ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς 1 Your mina, … has made five minas The servant is speaking figuratively of the mina as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me … to earn five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 d811 translate-bweight μνᾶ 1 mina See how you translated **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 19 abcr figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ καὶ τούτῳ, καὶ σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων 1 So he also said to this one,…And you be over five cities If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king similarly told this second servant that he was making him the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 19 abcr figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ καὶ τούτῳ, καὶ σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων 1 So he also said to this one, … And you be over five cities If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king similarly told this second servant that he was making him the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 19 jxa9 figs-imperative σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων 1 you be over five cities The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 19 19 m290 figs-metaphor σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων 1 you be over five cities In a spatial metaphor, the new king describes this servant as **over** these **cities** to mean that he will rule them. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 20 n71e ὁ ἕτερος 1 the other one Alternate translation: “another servant to whom the nobleman had entrusted a mina”
|
||||
LUK 19 20 m291 figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, Κύριε, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μνᾶ σου, ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ 1 saying,…Master, behold your mina, which I have been keeping put away in a cloth If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and gave the king back the mina he had entrusted to him, explaining that he had kept it hidden in a cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 20 m291 figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, Κύριε, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μνᾶ σου, ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ 1 saying, … Master, behold your mina, which I have been keeping put away in a cloth If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and gave the king back the mina he had entrusted to him, explaining that he had kept it hidden in a cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 20 m292 ἰδοὺ, ἡ μνᾶ σου 1 behold your mina This does not seem to be a figurative use of the term **behold**. The servant wants the king to look and see that he is giving him the mina back. Alternate translation: “look, here is your mina back”
|
||||
LUK 19 20 r25f translate-bweight μνᾶ 1 mina See how you translated **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 20 l2wr figs-activepassive ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ 1 which I have been keeping put away in a cloth If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. It may be helpful to make this a new sentence, as UST does. Alternate translation: “I put it in a cloth to keep it safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3313,7 +3313,7 @@ LUK 19 21 m293 figs-quotesinquotes ἐφοβούμην γάρ σε, ὅτι ἄ
|
|||
LUK 19 21 w5yw ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς 1 a harsh man Alternate translation: “a man who is very demanding”
|
||||
LUK 19 21 a6ja figs-metaphor αἴρεις ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκας 1 You take up what you did not put down The servant is speaking figuratively of the king as if he would pick up things that others had set down and take them away as his own property. Alternate translation: “You take other people’s property as your own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 21 mi5b figs-metaphor θερίζεις ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρας 1 you reap what you did not sow The servant is speaking figuratively of the king as if he would harvest a crop that someone else had planted. Alternate translation: “you benefit from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 22 q2k2 figs-quotesinquotes λέγει αὐτῷ, ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου κρίνω σε, πονηρὲ δοῦλε; ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα? 1 He says to him,…By your mouth I will judge you, wicked servant! Did you know that I am a harsh man, taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king told him that he was a wicked servant and that he would judge him by what he had just said. The king said to suppose that he really was a harsh man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 22 q2k2 figs-quotesinquotes λέγει αὐτῷ, ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου κρίνω σε, πονηρὲ δοῦλε; ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα? 1 He says to him, … By your mouth I will judge you, wicked servant! Did you know that I am a harsh man, taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king told him that he was a wicked servant and that he would judge him by what he had just said. The king said to suppose that he really was a harsh man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 22 m294 λέγει αὐτῷ 1 He says to him To call attention to a development in the story, this parable uses the present tense here in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “The king said to this servant”
|
||||
LUK 19 22 wt8q figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου 1 By your mouth The king is using the term **mouth** figuratively to refer to what the servant said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “based on what you have just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 22 xga8 figs-rquestion ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα? 1 Did you know that I am a harsh man, taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow The king is not asking the servant to verify what he has just said. Rather, he is using the question form to challenge the servant. He is repeating what the servant said about him, but not to grant that it is true. Rather, he is about to tell the servant what he should have done if it actually had been true. Alternate translation: “So you thought I was a harsh man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3321,14 +3321,14 @@ LUK 19 22 m295 figs-metaphor αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερ
|
|||
LUK 19 23 m296 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν, κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν, σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα? 1 And for what reason did you not put my silver in a bank, and when I returned, I would have collected it with interest If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king told him that in that case, he should have put his money in the bank so that he could have collected it with interest when he returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 23 spx7 figs-rquestion καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν, κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν, σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα? 1 And for what reason did you not put my silver in a bank, and when I returned, I would have collected it with interest The king is not asking the servant to explain why he did not do this. Rather, he is using the question form to rebuke the servant. Alternate translation: “Even if I were like that, you had no reason not to put my money in the bank so that I could have collected it with interest when I returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 19 23 m297 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And The king uses this word to introduce the results of what he said in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Then” or “Even if I was like that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 19 23 e1yh translate-unknown ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν…σὺν τόκῳ 1 did you…put my silver in a bank,…with interest A **bank** is an institution that accepts deposits of money and uses them to make loans. It pays an **interest** premium on the deposits and charges an **interest** premium on the loans. If your culture does not have banks, or if your culture does not allow interest payments, you could translate this in a different way that would be meaningful to your readers. Alternate translation: “let someone borrow my money … with a share of the profits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 19 23 e1yh translate-unknown ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν…σὺν τόκῳ 1 did you … put my silver in a bank, … with interest A **bank** is an institution that accepts deposits of money and uses them to make loans. It pays an **interest** premium on the deposits and charges an **interest** premium on the loans. If your culture does not have banks, or if your culture does not allow interest payments, you could translate this in a different way that would be meaningful to your readers. Alternate translation: “let someone borrow my money … with a share of the profits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 19 23 m298 figs-metonymy μου τὸ ἀργύριον 1 my silver The king is speaking figuratively of the money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “my money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 23 c8ca σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα 1 I would have collected it with interest Alternate translation: “I could have gotten that amount back plus the interest it would have earned” or “I would have gained a profit from it”
|
||||
LUK 19 24 h1nn figs-quotesinquotes καὶ τοῖς παρεστῶσιν εἶπεν, ἄρατε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὴν μνᾶν, καὶ δότε τῷ, τὰς δέκα μνᾶς ἔχοντι 1 And he said to those standing by,…Take the mina away from him and give it to the one who has the ten minas If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And the king told his attendants to take the mina away from this servant and give it to the one who had the ten minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 24 h1nn figs-quotesinquotes καὶ τοῖς παρεστῶσιν εἶπεν, ἄρατε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὴν μνᾶν, καὶ δότε τῷ, τὰς δέκα μνᾶς ἔχοντι 1 And he said to those standing by, … Take the mina away from him and give it to the one who has the ten minas If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And the king told his attendants to take the mina away from this servant and give it to the one who had the ten minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 24 aj1c τοῖς παρεστῶσιν 1 to those standing by The phrase **those standing by** refers to the king’s attendants, who would stand nearby him waiting to carry out any instructions that he gave. Alternate translation: “to his attendants”
|
||||
LUK 19 24 zh5s translate-bweight τὴν μνᾶν…τὰς δέκα μνᾶς 1 the mina…the ten minas See how you translated the term **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 24 zh5s translate-bweight τὴν μνᾶν…τὰς δέκα μνᾶς 1 the mina … the ten minas See how you translated the term **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 25 m299 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And This word introduces a contrast between what the king wanted and what the attendants thought they should do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 19 25 m300 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ἔχει δέκα μνᾶς 1 they said to him,…Master, he has ten minas If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the attendants objected to the king that that servant already had ten minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 25 m300 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ἔχει δέκα μνᾶς 1 they said to him, … Master, he has ten minas If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the attendants objected to the king that that servant already had ten minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 25 m7ql figs-exclamations ἔχει δέκα μνᾶς 1 he has ten minas You could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he already has ten minas!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
LUK 19 25 m301 translate-bweight μνᾶς 1 minas See how you translated the term **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 26 xww6 figs-quotesinquotes λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι, δοθήσεται; ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται 1 I say to you that to everyone who has, it will be given, but from the one who does not have, even what he has will be taken away If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king responded that to everyone who had, it would be given, but from the one who did not have, even what he had would be taken away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3348,21 +3348,21 @@ LUK 19 29 y9q8 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that L
|
|||
LUK 19 29 q1wn translate-names Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν 1 Bethphage and Bethany These are the names of two small cities near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 19 29 lj69 figs-activepassive τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν 1 the hill that is called Olivet If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 29 m307 translate-names τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν 1 the hill that is called Olivet You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. **Olivet** is the name of a hill or mountain. Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 19 30 m308 figs-youdual ὑπάγετε…ἐν ᾗ εἰσπορευόμενοι εὑρήσετε…λύσαντες…ἀγάγετε 1 Go…in which, entering, you will find…Untie…and bring it here Since Jesus is speaking to two of his disciples, **you** as a pronoun and as implied in the participle and imperative verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses the dual form. Otherwise, all of those things would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 19 30 m308 figs-youdual ὑπάγετε…ἐν ᾗ εἰσπορευόμενοι εὑρήσετε…λύσαντες…ἀγάγετε 1 Go … in which, entering, you will find … Untie … and bring it here Since Jesus is speaking to two of his disciples, **you** as a pronoun and as implied in the participle and imperative verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses the dual form. Otherwise, all of those things would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 19 30 m309 τὴν κατέναντι κώμην 1 the village opposite Alternate translation: “that village right ahead of us”
|
||||
LUK 19 30 qq5c translate-unknown πῶλον 1 a colt The term **colt** refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 19 30 m310 figs-activepassive δεδεμένον 1 tied up If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whose owner has tied its reins securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 30 w1yp figs-gendernotations ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν 1 on which no one of men has ever sat Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that no person has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 19 30 m311 figs-metonymy ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν 1 on which no one of men has ever sat Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. Alternate translation: “that no person has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 31 px4k figs-hypo ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 if anyone asks you,…Why are you untying it?…thus you will say,…The Lord has need of it Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could occur. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ Then you should tell him, ‘The Lord needs to use it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 19 31 emu8 figs-quotesinquotes ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 if anyone asks you,…Why are you untying it?…thus you will say,…The Lord has need of it If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “if anyone asks you why you are untying it, tell them that the Lord needs to use it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 31 m312 figs-youdual ὑμᾶς…διὰ τί λύετε?…ἐρεῖτε 1 you,…Why are you untying it?…you will say Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in all of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 19 31 px4k figs-hypo ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 if anyone asks you, … Why are you untying it? … thus you will say, … The Lord has need of it Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could occur. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ Then you should tell him, ‘The Lord needs to use it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 19 31 emu8 figs-quotesinquotes ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 if anyone asks you, … Why are you untying it? … thus you will say, … The Lord has need of it If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “if anyone asks you why you are untying it, tell them that the Lord needs to use it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 31 m312 figs-youdual ὑμᾶς…διὰ τί λύετε?…ἐρεῖτε 1 you, … Why are you untying it? … you will say Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in all of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 19 31 m313 figs-declarative ἐρεῖτε 1 you will say Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. Alternate translation: “you are to say” or “you should say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
LUK 19 31 m314 ὁ Κύριος 1 The Lord The disciples are to refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 19 32 hdd8 figs-activepassive οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι 1 the ones who were sent If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the two disciples whom Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 33 biw8 figs-youdual τί λύετε 1 Why are you untying The owners of the colt are speaking to the two disciples, so **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 19 33 m315 translate-unknown τὸν πῶλον -1 the colt See how you translated **colt** in [19:30](../19/30.md). Alternate translation: “the young donkey … this young donkey” or “the young riding animal … this young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 19 34 m316 figs-explicit οἱ δὲ εἶπαν, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 So they said,…The Lord has need of it The implication is that when the owners of the colt heard this, they allowed the disciples to take it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “So they said, ‘The Lord has need of it.’ And the owners let them take it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 34 m316 figs-explicit οἱ δὲ εἶπαν, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 So they said, … The Lord has need of it The implication is that when the owners of the colt heard this, they allowed the disciples to take it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “So they said, ‘The Lord has need of it.’ And the owners let them take it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 34 m317 ὁ Κύριος 1 The Lord The disciples refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 19 35 m318 translate-symaction ἐπιρίψαντες αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐπὶ τὸν πῶλον 1 throwing their cloaks upon the colt The disciples did this to show that the person riding the colt was special and important. In this culture, animals that important people rode were draped with rich fabrics. Alternate translation: “draping the colt with their cloaks as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 19 35 scz2 translate-unknown τὰ ἱμάτια 1 cloaks The word **cloaks** refers to outer garments. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3397,7 +3397,7 @@ LUK 19 41 v3pq figs-explicit ὡς ἤγγισεν, ἰδὼν τὴν πόλι
|
|||
LUK 19 41 k4l2 figs-metonymy ἔκλαυσεν ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 he wept over it Luke is using the city of Jerusalem figuratively to mean the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he wept over the people who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 g1ee figs-apostrophe εἰ ἔγνως 1 If you had known Starting here and through [19:44](../19/44.md), Jesus is figuratively addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem. He is doing this to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about the people who live there. Alternate translation: “I wish that you people of Jerusalem knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 m334 figs-idiom εἰ ἔγνως 1 If you had known Jesus is idiomatically using what sounds like a conditional statement to express a wish. Alternate translation: “I wish that you knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 q8fm figs-you ἔγνως…καὶ σὺ…σου 1 you had known…even you,…your The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in your translation, you can use plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 q8fm figs-you ἔγνως…καὶ σὺ…σου 1 you had known … even you, … your The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in your translation, you can use plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 m335 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ 1 in this day Jesus is using the term **day** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 m336 figs-explicit τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην 1 the things toward peace The implication is that Jesus is speaking about people being at **peace** with God. Alternate translation: “the things that enable people to be at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 tgs6 figs-metonymy ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου 1 they have been hidden from your eyes The term **eyes** figuratively means the ability to see. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3405,24 +3405,24 @@ LUK 19 42 m337 figs-activepassive ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σο
|
|||
LUK 19 43 y3g2 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For Jesus uses this word to introduce the reason why he wishes the people of Jerusalem had known “the things toward peace,” as he said in the previous verse. Because they have not known them, their city will be surrounded by armies and destroyed. Alternate translation: “I wish you had known those things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 tib4 figs-idiom ἥξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπὶ σὲ 1 the days will come upon you This is an idiom that indicates that the people of Jerusalem will experience difficult times. If your language do not say that a particular time will **come**, you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “you are going to experience difficult times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 m338 figs-idiom ἡμέραι 1 the days Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to specific times. Alternate translation: “times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 n88i figs-you σὲ…σου…σοι…σε…σε 1 you,…your…around you,…you…you The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you can use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 n88i figs-you σὲ…σου…σοι…σε…σε 1 you, … your … around you, … you … you The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you can use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 e7xp translate-unknown χάρακά 1 a barricade The term **barricade** refers to a wooden wall with pointed stakes at the top that the enemies would make to keep people from getting out of the city. Your language may have a term for an enclosure like this. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a palisade” or “a fence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 m339 figs-metaphor ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε 1 they will dash you to the ground Jesus is speaking figuratively. To **dash** something **to the ground** means to pick it up and throw it forcefully aganist the ground in order to destroy it. But the enemies of Jerusalem are not going to do this literally to the city. So Jesus means that they will destroy it completely. Alternate translation: “they will completely destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 p7qg figs-apostrophe ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε 1 they will dash you to the ground As the first note to [19:42](../19/42.md) explains, Jesus is figuratively addressing the city of Jerusalem. If it would be unusual in your language for someone to speak to a city that could not hear or understand him, you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “the enemies of Jerusalem will completely destroy that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 m340 figs-idiom καὶ τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί 1 and your children within you To **dash** people **to the ground** figuratively means to kill them. Alternate translation: “and they will kill your children within you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
|
||||
LUK 19 44 m341 figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί 1 your children within you Jesus speaks figuratively of the people who live in Jerusalem as if the city were their mother and they were her **children**. Here as well you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying, if someone in your language would not speak directly to a city. Alternate translation: “the people who live there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 m342 figs-you σε…σου…σοί…σοί…ἔγνως…σου 1 you…your…you.…you…you did…know…of your The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you can use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 m342 figs-you σε…σου…σοί…σοί…ἔγνως…σου 1 you … your … you. … you … you did … know … of your The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you can use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 f51h figs-hyperbole οὐκ ἀφήσουσιν λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον ἐν σοί 1 they will not leave stone upon stone in you This is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies will destroy the city. Alternate translation: “they will destroy the walls and buildings you have built of stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 xv9n figs-idiom οὐκ ἔγνως τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς σου 1 you did not know the time of your visitation Here, **visitation** is idiomatic, with the same meaning as the word “visit” in [1:68](../01/68.md), [1:78](../01/78.md), and [7:16](../07/16.md). Alternate translation: “you did not recognize that God had sent me to help you, his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 45 xq47 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 19 45 u91v figs-explicit εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 entering into the temple You may need to say explicitly that Jesus first entered Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Alternate translation: “Jesus entered Jerusalem and went into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 45 j6ce figs-synecdoche τὸ ἱερὸν 1 the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus went into the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 19 45 py1x ἐκβάλλειν 1 to cast out Alternate translation: “throw out” or “force out”
|
||||
LUK 19 46 m343 figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται, ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς; ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 It is written,…My house will be a house of prayer,…but you have made it a…den of robbers If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that ‘his temple will be a place of prayer,’ but you have made it ‘a den of robbers’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 46 m343 figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται, ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς; ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 It is written, … My house will be a house of prayer, … but you have made it a … den of robbers If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that ‘his temple will be a place of prayer,’ but you have made it ‘a den of robbers’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 46 v81e figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 46 uvf7 figs-metaphor ὁ οἶκός μου 1 My house will be God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers figuratively to his temple as his **house**, because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 46 wac1 figs-metaphor οἶκος προσευχῆς 1 a house of prayer God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers figuratively to a place where people would pray as a **house**. Alternate translation: “a place where people pray to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 46 ba8w figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 a…den of robbers God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers figuratively to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s **den** or lair. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 46 ba8w figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 a … den of robbers God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers figuratively to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s **den** or lair. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 47 m344 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 19 47 mn6e writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 19 47 m345 figs-nominaladj οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ 1 the first of the people Luke is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. The term is plural. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3443,14 +3443,14 @@ LUK 20 4 uph3 τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ
|
|||
LUK 20 4 z7cg figs-euphemism ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. That seems to be what Jesus is doing here. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 20 4 m353 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 5 mn6x οἱ…συνελογίσαντο πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 they reasoned among themselves Alternate translation: “they discussed with each other what they should say”
|
||||
LUK 20 5 m354 figs-hypo ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 If we should say,…From heaven,…he will say,…For what reason did you not believe him The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 20 5 z599 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 If we should say,…From heaven,…he will say,…For what reason did you not believe him If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that John’s authority came from God, Jesus will ask us why we did not believe him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 5 m354 figs-hypo ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 If we should say, … From heaven, … he will say, … For what reason did you not believe him The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 20 5 z599 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 If we should say, … From heaven, … he will say, … For what reason did you not believe him If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that John’s authority came from God, Jesus will ask us why we did not believe him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 5 m4l7 figs-euphemism ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven See how you translated this expression in [20:4](../20/04.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 m355 figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὁ λαὸς ἅπας καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς 1 But if we should say,…From men,…the whole people will stone us The Jewish leaders are describing another hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose we say, ‘From men.’ Then all the people will stone us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 e9ps figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὁ λαὸς ἅπας καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς 1 But if we should say,…From men,…the whole people will stone us If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that John’s authority came from people, then all the people will stone us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 m355 figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὁ λαὸς ἅπας καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς 1 But if we should say, … From men, … the whole people will stone us The Jewish leaders are describing another hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose we say, ‘From men.’ Then all the people will stone us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 e9ps figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὁ λαὸς ἅπας καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς 1 But if we should say, … From men, … the whole people will stone us If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that John’s authority came from people, then all the people will stone us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 m356 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men See how you translated this in [20:4](../20/04.md). Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 m357 figs-hyperbole ὁ λαὸς ἅπας 1 the whole people For emphasis, the Jewish leaders speak figuratively as if every single person in the Jewish nation believed that John was God’s prophet and would stone them if they said otherwise. Alternate translation: “many of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 m358 figs-idiom ὁ λαὸς 1 the…people This was a customary way of speaking of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “the … Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 m358 figs-idiom ὁ λαὸς 1 the … people This was a customary way of speaking of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “the … Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 nns5 figs-explicit καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς 1 will stone us The implication is that the people would do this as a punishment for blasphemy, for saying that one of God’s prophets had only human authority. Alternate translation: “kill us by throwing stones at us, as punishment for blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 6 m359 figs-activepassive πεπεισμένος…ἐστιν 1 it is persuaded that If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. If you translated **the … people** as “the Jewish people,” this would be plural. Alternate translation: “they firmly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 7 ia28 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3462,10 +3462,10 @@ LUK 20 9 m360 writing-participants ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπ
|
|||
LUK 20 9 s8tt translate-unknown ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 rented it out to farmers As the rest of the story shows, the man **rented** the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 20 9 y37s γεωργοῖς 1 to farmers While **farmers** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
|
||||
LUK 20 10 wm51 figs-explicit καιρῷ 1 at the time If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what time this was. Alternate translation: “at the time at which they had agreed to give him a share of the crop” or “at harvest time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 10 m361 γεωργοὺς…γεωργοὶ 1 farmers,…farmers See how you translated **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
|
||||
LUK 20 10 m361 γεωργοὺς…γεωργοὶ 1 farmers, … farmers See how you translated **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
|
||||
LUK 20 10 kr7j figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 of the fruit of the vineyard This could mean: (1) The word **fruit** may be intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) The word **fruit** may be figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 10 m362 figs-explicit οἱ…γεωργοὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν, δείραντες κενόν 1 the farmers sent him away, having beaten him, empty It may be helpful to state explicitly that the farmers did this after the servant arrived, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 10 isk1 figs-metaphor ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν…κενόν 1 sent him away,…empty Jesus speaks figuratively of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 10 isk1 figs-metaphor ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν…κενόν 1 sent him away, … empty Jesus speaks figuratively of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 11 r72a ἀτιμάσαντες 1 treated him shamefully Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
|
||||
LUK 20 11 vxh2 figs-metaphor ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν 1 and sent him away empty See how you translated this in [20:10](../20/10.md). Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 12 m363 figs-nominaladj τρίτον 1 a third Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “a third servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3473,11 +3473,11 @@ LUK 20 12 lr3h translate-ordinal τρίτον 1 a third If your language does no
|
|||
LUK 20 12 ub4g οἱ…καὶ τοῦτον τραυματίσαντες 1 they also wounded this one Alternate translation: “they injured that servant as well”
|
||||
LUK 20 12 h32a figs-metaphor ἐξέβαλον 1 and threw him out Jesus is likely speaking figuratively when he says that the farmers **threw** this servant out of the vineyard. It is unlikely that they actually picked him up and heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “chased him off the property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 13 m364 ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 the lord of the vineyard Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
|
||||
LUK 20 13 kt8i figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν…τί ποιήσω? πέμψω τὸν υἱόν μου τὸν ἀγαπητόν; ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται 1 said,…What should I do? I will send my beloved son. Perhaps they will respect him If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do. He decided to send his beloved son, hoping that the farmers would respect him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 13 kt8i figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν…τί ποιήσω? πέμψω τὸν υἱόν μου τὸν ἀγαπητόν; ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται 1 said, … What should I do? I will send my beloved son. Perhaps they will respect him If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do. He decided to send his beloved son, hoping that the farmers would respect him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 13 m365 ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται 1 Perhaps they will respect him In this context, the term that ULT translates as **perhaps** indicates something that is not certain but should be expected. If your language has a word or phrase that indicates the same thing, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “They ought to respect him”
|
||||
LUK 20 14 ib2b figs-explicit ἰδόντες δὲ αὐτὸν, οἱ γεωργοὶ 1 But when the farmers saw him It may be helpful to state explicitly that this happened after the owner sent his son and he arrived. Alternate translation: “So the owner sent his son. But when he arrived and the farmers saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 14 m366 οἱ γεωργοὶ 1 the farmers See how you translated **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “the vine growers” or “the grape farmers”
|
||||
LUK 20 14 rvi4 figs-quotesinquotes λέγοντες, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, ἵνα ἡμῶν γένηται ἡ κληρονομία 1 saying,…This is the heir. Let us kill him so that the inheritance may become ours If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the son was the owner’s heir, and that they should kill him in order to get for themselves the vineyard he would have inherited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 14 rvi4 figs-quotesinquotes λέγοντες, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, ἵνα ἡμῶν γένηται ἡ κληρονομία 1 saying, … This is the heir. Let us kill him so that the inheritance may become ours If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the son was the owner’s heir, and that they should kill him in order to get for themselves the vineyard he would have inherited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 14 m367 figs-metonymy ἡ κληρονομία 1 the inheritance By **inheritance**, the farmers mean the vineyard, which the son would inherit. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he is going to inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 15 u7us grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Jesus uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The farmers carried out the plan they had decided on. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 20 15 m6en figs-metaphor ἐκβαλόντες αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 they threw him out of the vineyard As in [20:12](../20/12.md), Jesus is likely speaking figuratively when he says that the farmers **threw** the son out of the vineyard, as if they heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “the vine growers forced the son out of the vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3487,7 +3487,7 @@ LUK 20 16 m369 τοὺς γεωργοὺς τούτους 1 these farmers See h
|
|||
LUK 20 16 m370 translate-unknown δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 will give the vineyard to others See how you translated the similar expression in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “allow different grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 20 16 k18g figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it not be This is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “May nothing like that ever happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 17 qtb7 translate-symaction ὁ δὲ ἐμβλέψας αὐτοῖς εἶπεν 1 But looking at them, he said Jesus was **looking at** the people to hold them accountable for understanding what he was saying. Alternate translation: “But Jesus looked straight at them and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 20 17 m371 figs-quotesinquotes τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 What then is this that is written:…The stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “What then does Scripture mean when it says that the stone that the builders rejected became the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 17 m371 figs-quotesinquotes τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 What then is this that is written: … The stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “What then does Scripture mean when it says that the stone that the builders rejected became the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 17 rf5f figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο 1 What then is this that is written Jesus does not expect the people to explain the meaning of the scripture he is quoting. Rather, he is using the question form to get them to consider its implications carefully. Alternate translation: “Think carefully about what this scripture is saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 17 l6l3 figs-activepassive τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο 1 this that is written If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this passive verbal form with a noun. Alternate translation: “this scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 17 a5kc figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner This is a quotation from Psalm 118, and it is a metaphor. It refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject him. When the psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means figuratively that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3558,10 +3558,10 @@ LUK 20 34 m397 figs-activepassive οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τού
|
|||
LUK 20 34 n91c figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 The sons of this age The term **sons of** is an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of living in the present world. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 34 m398 figs-gendernotations οἱ υἱοὶ 1 The sons Jesus is using the word **sons** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “The people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 34 m399 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 of this age As in [16:8](../16/08.md), here the term **age** means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the world; by association, it means the world itself. Alternate translation: “this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m8m9 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες…οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 those who are considered worthy…neither marry nor are given in marriage As in [20:34](../20/34.md), if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m8m9 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες…οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 those who are considered worthy … neither marry nor are given in marriage As in [20:34](../20/34.md), if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m400 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες 1 those who are considered worthy If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who does the action. Alternate translation: “the people whom God considers worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m401 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκείνου, τυχεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 to obtain that age and the resurrection that is from the dead Jesus is using the word **age** in the same figurative sense as in [18:30](../18/30.md), to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. See how you translated the expression there. Alternate translation: “to live in his new world when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 ct9h figs-abstractnouns τυχεῖν…τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 to obtain…the resurrection that is from the dead If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **resurrection** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 ct9h figs-abstractnouns τυχεῖν…τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 to obtain … the resurrection that is from the dead If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **resurrection** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m3gm figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 rh62 figs-idiom οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 neither marry nor are given in marriage If your culture does not use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you may have you translated this with a single term in [20:34](../20/34.md). If so, you can do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “will not get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 36 lk28 figs-explicit οὐδὲ…ἀποθανεῖν ἔτι δύνανται 1 neither are they able to die anymore The implication is that these people will not need to get married and have children anymore in order to carry on the human race, because they will not die. Alternate translation: “they will not need to have children anymore, since they will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3576,14 +3576,14 @@ LUK 20 37 n82t figs-explicit ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου 1 at the bush Jesus ass
|
|||
LUK 20 37 m406 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου 1 at the bush Jesus is not referring to the actual encounter that Moses had with God at the burning bush, since during that encounter Moses did not say the words that Jesus attributes to him here. Rather, God said those words about himself, and Moses recorded them in the Scriptures. So Jesus is referring by association to the passage in which Moses describes his encounter with God at the burning bush. Alternate translation: “in the passage where he wrote about the burning bush” or “in the scripture about the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 nx7f figs-verbs λέγει 1 he calls In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “he called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 pqm8 figs-explicit τὸν Θεὸν Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰακώβ 1 the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 m407 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ…Ἰακώβ 1 of Abraham,…of Isaac,…of Jacob translate-names
|
||||
LUK 20 37 m407 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ…Ἰακώβ 1 of Abraham, … of Isaac, … of Jacob translate-names
|
||||
LUK 20 38 tdq7 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Jesus uses this word to introduce a teaching about God that will help the Sadducees understand how God’s description of himself at the burning bush proves that God raises people from the dead. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 u1y5 figs-parallelism οὐκ…νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 not…of the dead, but of the living These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of living people only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 u1y5 figs-parallelism οὐκ…νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 not … of the dead, but of the living These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of living people only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 m408 figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 of the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 dxi9 figs-nominaladj ζώντων 1 of the living Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 i6am figs-explicit πάντες γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν 1 for all are alive to him Interpreters understand this statement in various ways. One likely possibility is that Jesus is saying implicitly that after people die, while they are **dead** as far as other people are concerned, they are **alive** as far as God is concerned. That is because their spirits live on after death, and God is still able to relate to their spirits. Alternate translation: “because even after people die, God is still able to relate to them as living spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 39 n5nq writing-participants ἀποκριθέντες δέ τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν 1 Then answering some of the scribes said Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. Alternate translation: “There were some scribes listening to what Jesus was saying, and they responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 20 39 m409 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθέντες…εἶπαν 1 answering…said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that these scribes responded to the teaching that Jesus gave in answer to the question that the Sadducees asked. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 20 39 m409 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθέντες…εἶπαν 1 answering … said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that these scribes responded to the teaching that Jesus gave in answer to the question that the Sadducees asked. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 20 39 m410 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||||
LUK 20 40 m411 figs-doublenegatives οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν 1 they no longer dared to ask him anything Here Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis, saying **no longer** and “nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “they still dared to ask him something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 20 40 vjx9 figs-explicit οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν 1 they no longer dared to ask him anything The implication in context is that Jesus’ enemies were afraid that if they continued to ask him difficult questions, his wise answers would continue to show how much more he understood than they did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were afraid to ask him any more difficult questions, because they realized he would give more wise answers that would show how much more he understood than they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3594,15 +3594,15 @@ LUK 20 41 sq2g writing-pronouns λέγουσιν 1 do they say that Here Jesus i
|
|||
LUK 20 41 b7rb figs-metaphor Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν 1 the son of David Here Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 41 m412 translate-names Δαυεὶδ 1 of David **David** is the name of a man, Israel’s most important king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 20 42 m413 λέγει 1 says In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||||
LUK 20 42 h2al figs-quotesinquotes λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 says in the book of Psalms,…The Lord said to my Lord,…Sit at my right If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “says in the book of Psalms that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 42 h2al figs-quotesinquotes λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 says in the book of Psalms, … The Lord said to my Lord, … Sit at my right If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “says in the book of Psalms that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 42 e1i2 figs-euphemism εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 The Lord said to my Lord Here, the term **Lord** does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and and said **Lord** instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 20 42 m415 figs-nominaladj κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right In this quotation, Yahweh is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate his right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could say that specifically. Alternate translation: “Sit at my right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 42 pse3 translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right The seat at the right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By telling the Messiah to sit there, God was symbolically conferring honor and authority on him. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 20 43 m416 figs-quotesinquotes ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet This is the continuation of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. If you decided in [20:42](../20/42.md) to have only one level of quotation, you can make the same adjustment here. Alternate translation: “until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 43 fl1h figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet The psalm speaks figuratively of the Messiah using his enemies as a **footstool** to mean that Yahweh would make those enemies stop resisting the Messiah and submit to him. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 43 m418 figs-metaphor ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 a footstool for your feet If your readers would not know what a **footstool** is, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something on which you can rest your feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 44 m419 figs-quotesinquotes Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ 1 David therefore calls him…Lord If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David therefore calls the Messiah his Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 44 zk2h figs-explicit Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ 1 David therefore calls him…Lord In this culture, an ancestor was more respected than a descendant. But to call someone **Lord** was to address that person as the more respected one. As the General Notes to this chapter describe, this is a paradox, that is, is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus is calling attention to this paradox to get his listeners to think more deeply about who the Messiah is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what makes this a paradox. Alternate translation: “David therefore addresses the Messiah respectfully as his Lord. But if the Messiah is his descendant, David should be the more respected person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 44 m419 figs-quotesinquotes Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ 1 David therefore calls him … Lord If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David therefore calls the Messiah his Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 44 zk2h figs-explicit Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ 1 David therefore calls him … Lord In this culture, an ancestor was more respected than a descendant. But to call someone **Lord** was to address that person as the more respected one. As the General Notes to this chapter describe, this is a paradox, that is, is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus is calling attention to this paradox to get his listeners to think more deeply about who the Messiah is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what makes this a paradox. Alternate translation: “David therefore addresses the Messiah respectfully as his Lord. But if the Messiah is his descendant, David should be the more respected person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 44 k1tp figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 And how is he his son Like the question in [20:41](../20/41.md), this seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones they asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So why do people say that the Messiah is David’s descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 20 44 m427 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Jesus is using this word to show that a conclusion should be drawn as a result of what he has just said, and that this conclusion would be different from what his listeners had previoiusly believed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 20 44 m426 figs-metaphor υἱός 1 son Here Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3611,7 +3611,7 @@ LUK 20 45 m420 figs-hyperbole παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ 1 all the people L
|
|||
LUK 20 46 m421 figs-metonymy προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων 1 Beware of the scribes Jesus says **beware** to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 46 ang2 translate-symaction θελόντων περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς 1 who desire to walk in long robes In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in a long robe was to assert wealth and status. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 20 46 m422 figs-explicit φιλούντων ἀσπασμοὺς 1 who love greetings The implication is that these would be respectful greetings, in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “love to be greeted respectfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 46 m423 figs-metaphor πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας 1 the first seats…the first places As in [14:7](../14/07.md), **first** here figuratively means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 46 m423 figs-metaphor πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας 1 the first seats … the first places As in [14:7](../14/07.md), **first** here figuratively means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 47 m424 figs-metonymy οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of widows Jesus speaks figuratively of the **houses** of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 47 c7yv figs-metaphor οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of widows Jesus says figuratively that the scribes **devour** or eat up the possessions of widows to mean that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 47 g67x προφάσει μακρὰ προσεύχονται 1 for a pretext they pray at length Here, **pretext** refers to something that someone would do in order to appear a certain way. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly, they offer long prayers”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3706,7 +3706,7 @@ LUK 21 21 m455 οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις, μὴ εἰσερχέσθω
|
|||
LUK 21 22 vs2g figs-idiom ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν 1 these are days of vengeance Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “this will be the time when God punishes this city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 21 22 m456 figs-abstractnouns ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν 1 these are days of vengeance If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **vengeance** with a verb such as “punish.” Alternate translation: “this will be the time when God punishes this city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 21 22 eba2 figs-activepassive τοῦ πλησθῆναι πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα 1 to fulfill all the things that have been written If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when all the things that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 22 m457 figs-hyperbole πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα 1 all…that have been written Here, **all** has a limited meaning. It does not mean everything that the prophets wrote about every subject. Rather, it means specifically **all** that the prophets wrote about this particular event. Alternate translation: “that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures about how Jerusalem would be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 21 22 m457 figs-hyperbole πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα 1 all … that have been written Here, **all** has a limited meaning. It does not mean everything that the prophets wrote about every subject. Rather, it means specifically **all** that the prophets wrote about this particular event. Alternate translation: “that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures about how Jerusalem would be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 21 23 m458 figs-idiom ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 to the ones having in the womb This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 21 23 e1pj ταῖς θηλαζούσαις 1 to the ones nursing This does not mean babies who are nursing. Alternate translation: “mothers who are nursing their babies”
|
||||
LUK 21 23 m459 figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3748,7 +3748,7 @@ LUK 21 28 m478 figs-abstractnouns διότι ἐγγίζει ἡ ἀπολύτρ
|
|||
LUK 21 29 h6a9 figs-parables καὶ εἶπεν παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς 1 And he spoke a parable to them Jesus now gives a brief illustration to teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave his disciples this illustration to help them understand what he had been saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 21 29 m479 figs-genericnoun τὴν συκῆν 1 the fig tree Jesus is speaking of these trees in general, not one particular **fig tree**. Alternate translation: “the fig trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
LUK 21 29 m480 translate-unknown τὴν συκῆν 1 the fig tree See how you translated this in [13:6](../13/06.md). Alternate translation: “the fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 21 30 l2ts ὅταν προβάλωσιν 1 When they…sprout Alternate translation: “When they start to grow new leaves”
|
||||
LUK 21 30 l2ts ὅταν προβάλωσιν 1 When they … sprout Alternate translation: “When they start to grow new leaves”
|
||||
LUK 21 30 yic5 ἤδη ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος ἐστίν 1 the summer is already near Alternate translation: “summer is about to start” or “the warm season is about to start”
|
||||
LUK 21 31 y81z ταῦτα 1 these things Alternate translation: “the signs I have just described”
|
||||
LUK 21 31 t1ca figs-abstractnouns ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God is near See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3799,7 +3799,7 @@ LUK 22 2 aij5 figs-explicit ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τὸν λαόν 1 for
|
|||
LUK 22 2 m497 figs-explicit τὸν λαόν 1 the people This means specifically the great crowds of people who had been coming to hear Jesus teach, as Luke describes in [21:38](../21/38.md). Alternate translation: “the many people who were coming to hear him teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 3 m498 translate-names Σατανᾶς 1 Satan **Satan** is the name of the devil. See how you translated it in [10:18](../10/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 3 r65v εἰσῆλθεν…εἰς 1 entered into This was probably very similar to demon possession. Alternate translation: “took control of”
|
||||
LUK 22 3 m499 translate-names Ἰούδαν…Ἰσκαριώτην 1 Judas,…Iscariot **Judas** is the name of a man, and **Iscariot** is a distinguishing surname. See how you translated these words in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 3 m499 translate-names Ἰούδαν…Ἰσκαριώτην 1 Judas, … Iscariot **Judas** is the name of a man, and **Iscariot** is a distinguishing surname. See how you translated these words in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 3 m500 figs-activepassive τὸν καλούμενον Ἰσκαριώτην 1 the one called Iscariot If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Iscariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 3 m501 figs-nominaladj ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα 1 who was from the number of the Twelve See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 disciples whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 22 3 m502 translate-names τῶν δώδεκα 1 of the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3812,22 +3812,22 @@ LUK 22 6 bw75 ἄτερ ὄχλου 1 away from the crowd Alternate translation
|
|||
LUK 22 7 veh1 figs-explicit ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the Day of Unleavened Bread This was the first day of the seven-day festival described in [22:1](../22/01.md). You could translate this as either a description or as a name, depending on what you did there. Alternate translation: “the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” or “the day when the Jews removed all bread made with yeast from their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 7 rqi1 figs-metonymy ἔδει θύεσθαι τὸ Πάσχα 1 it was necessary to sacrifice the Passover Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the lamb that the law of Moses told Jews to kill and eat for their celebration meal. Alternate translation: “people had to kill a lamb for their Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 abcs writing-pronouns ἀπέστειλεν 1 he sent The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 m503 translate-names Πέτρον…Ἰωάννην 1 Peter…John These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [6:14](../06/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 m503 translate-names Πέτρον…Ἰωάννην 1 Peter … John These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [6:14](../06/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 m504 figs-youdual πορευθέντες, ἑτοιμάσατε 1 Going, prepare Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** as implied in the participle and imperative verb would be in the dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 nkz4 figs-explicit πορευθέντες 1 Going The implication is that Jesus is sending Peter and John into the city of Jerusalem to do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Your language might translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Go into the city of Jerusalem and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 e4ev figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἵνα φάγωμεν 1 for us…so that we may eat it Peter and John would be part of the group that would eat the meal, so the terms **us** and **we** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 e4ev figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἵνα φάγωμεν 1 for us … so that we may eat it Peter and John would be part of the group that would eat the meal, so the terms **us** and **we** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 8 m505 figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 the Passover Jesus is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 9 j52e figs-exclusive θέλεις ἑτοιμάσωμεν 1 do you wish that we should prepare it Jesus was not part of the group that would prepare the meal, so the word **we** does not include Jesus and it would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 9 s8yw figs-verbs ἑτοιμάσωμεν 1 that we should prepare it Peter and John are speaking as a group of two, so this verb would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 22 10 um6z figs-youdual αὐτοῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν…ἀκολουθήσατε 1 them,…you…you. Follow Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns **them** and **you** and the implied **you** in the imperative verb would all be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 22 10 um6z figs-youdual αὐτοῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν…ἀκολουθήσατε 1 them, … you … you. Follow Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns **them** and **you** and the implied **you** in the imperative verb would all be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 22 10 c13w figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses this word to tell Peter and John to pay close attention to what he is saying and to do exactly what he tells them. It may be helpful to explain the meaning of the word more fully and to do so as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now pay close attention to these instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 22 10 i45e συναντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος, κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων 1 a man carrying a pitcher of water will meet you Alternate translation: “you will see a man carrying a pitcher of water”
|
||||
LUK 22 10 a677 translate-unknown κεράμιον ὕδατος 1 a pitcher of water This means not a small serving **pitcher**, but a large earthen jug, which the man would likely be carrying on his shoulder. If your language has its own term for a large container that people use to transport water, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 11 khy9 figs-quotesinquotes ἐρεῖτε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ τῆς οἰκίας, λέγει σοι ὁ διδάσκαλος, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω? 1 say to the master of the house,…The Teacher says to you,…Where is the guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “tell the owner of the house that the Teacher wants to know where the guest room is where he can eat the Passover meal with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 22 11 khy9 figs-quotesinquotes ἐρεῖτε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ τῆς οἰκίας, λέγει σοι ὁ διδάσκαλος, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω? 1 say to the master of the house, … The Teacher says to you, … Where is the guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “tell the owner of the house that the Teacher wants to know where the guest room is where he can eat the Passover meal with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 22 11 iv6f ὁ διδάσκαλος 1 The Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title for Jesus. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||||
LUK 22 11 pq8q figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 the Passover Jesus is telling Peter and John to use the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 12 lpw6 κἀκεῖνος 1 And that one Alternate translation: “And the owner of the house”
|
||||
LUK 22 12 lg2z translate-unknown ἀνάγαιον 1 a…upper room In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you can use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 12 lg2z translate-unknown ἀνάγαιον 1 a … upper room In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you can use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 12 m506 figs-activepassive ἐστρωμένον 1 furnished This is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “that has carpets, dining couches, and a dining table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 13 m507 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Because Jesus told Peter and John to do this, they did it. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 22 13 g9ty figs-explicit ἀπελθόντες 1 they went The implication is that these two disciples went into the city of Jerusalem, as Jesus had told them to do. Alternate translation: “Peter and John went into the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3858,7 +3858,7 @@ LUK 22 19 d8r1 figs-metaphor τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου 1 Th
|
|||
LUK 22 19 lc9m figs-activepassive τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον 1 which is given for you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “which I am giving for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 19 cxy5 figs-explicit τοῦτο ποιεῖτε εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀνάμνησιν 1 Do this in my remembrance Jesus seems to be telling his disciples implicitly that he wants them to re-enact this part of the meal regularly in the future in order to remember him. Alternate translation: “When you meet together, break and share bread like this in order to remember me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 20 m517 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὸ ποτήριον 1 And the cup Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And he took the cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 22 20 z3cx figs-metonymy τὸ ποτήριον…τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον 1 the cup…This cup is In each case, the term **cup** figuratively means what the **cup** contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “the cup of wine … The wine in this cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 20 z3cx figs-metonymy τὸ ποτήριον…τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον 1 the cup … This cup is In each case, the term **cup** figuratively means what the **cup** contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “the cup of wine … The wine in this cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 20 gc8h figs-explicit ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἐν τῷ αἵματί μου 1 the new covenant in my blood In the Hebrew culture, covenants were customarily ratified through animal sacrifices that involved shedding the blood of the animals. Here, Jesus is likely alluding to that practice in light of his impending sacrificial death. Alternate translation: “the new covenant that will be ratified when I shed my blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 20 v4d3 figs-activepassive τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐκχυννόμενον 1 which is poured out for you Jesus is referring to the way his blood is going to be **poured out** when he dies. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which I will pour out for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 21 swj1 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Jesus is using the term **behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3880,7 +3880,7 @@ LUK 22 25 m523 figs-activepassive καλοῦνται 1 are called If it would b
|
|||
LUK 22 25 m524 translate-names εὐεργέται 1 Benefactors This is a title that several rulers of this time had given themselves. Your language may have an equivalent title. If not, you can express the meaning with an equivalent expression, as UST does. Alternate translation: “the Good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 26 ne9r ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως 1 But you be not thus Alternate translation: “But you should not act like that”
|
||||
LUK 22 26 m525 ὁ μείζων ἐν ὑμῖν, γενέσθω ὡς ὁ νεώτερος 1 let the greater among you become like the younger As the last note to [22:24](../22/24.md) discusses, your language might naturally use the superlative form of these adjectives rather than the comparative form. Alternate translation: “let the greatest one among you become like the youngest one”
|
||||
LUK 22 26 m526 figs-nominaladj ὁ μείζων…ὁ νεώτερος 1 the greater…the younger Jesus is using the adjectives **greater** and **younger** as nouns to describe types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the greatest one … the youngest one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 22 26 m526 figs-nominaladj ὁ μείζων…ὁ νεώτερος 1 the greater … the younger Jesus is using the adjectives **greater** and **younger** as nouns to describe types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the greatest one … the youngest one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 22 26 cdq7 figs-metonymy ὁ νεώτερος 1 the younger This culture respected older people and followed them as leaders. Jesus is referring figuratively to a person who was less important and influential by association with the fact that this would be the case if they were younger. Alternate translation: “the least important one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 26 y4n1 ὁ διακονῶν 1 the one who serves Alternate translation: “a servant”
|
||||
LUK 22 27 mw2l grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Jesus uses this word to introduce a reason why his disciples should do what he told them in the previous verse. The reason is that he is already setting a personal example of this himself. Alternate translation: “After all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3925,8 +3925,8 @@ LUK 22 35 m544 figs-metonymy ἄτερ βαλλαντίου, καὶ πήρας,
|
|||
LUK 22 35 m545 figs-doublenegatives μή τινος ὑστερήσατε? 1 you did not lack anything, did you The first word of this question in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “did you?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “did you lack anything?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 cv68 figs-rquestion μή τινος ὑστερήσατε? 1 you did not lack anything, did you Even though Jesus already knows the answer to this question and he is using it as a teaching tool, in this case he does want the disciples to reply. If you translated his words as a statement, for example, “I know that you did not lack anything,” then the disciples might seem to be interrupting him by speaking uninvited. Since Jesus did want them to speak, it would probably be most appropriate to present his words in the form of a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 35 tb51 figs-ellipsis οὐθενός 1 Nothing Luke may be summarizing the disciples’ response briefly, or the disciples themselves may have responded this briefly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could expand on what this means. Alternate translation: “We did not lack anything” or “We had everything we needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 22 36 h7j7 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον…ὁ μὴ ἔχων…μάχαιραν 1 the one who has a money bag,…the one who does not have a sword Jesus was not referring to a specific one of the disciples who had a money bag or did not have a sword. Alternate translation: “anyone who has a money bag … anyone who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
LUK 22 36 m546 figs-explicit ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον…ὁ μὴ ἔχων…μάχαιραν 1 the one who has a money bag,…the one who does not have a sword Jesus is giving these instructions specifically to his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “any one of you who has a money bag … any one of you who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 36 h7j7 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον…ὁ μὴ ἔχων…μάχαιραν 1 the one who has a money bag, … the one who does not have a sword Jesus was not referring to a specific one of the disciples who had a money bag or did not have a sword. Alternate translation: “anyone who has a money bag … anyone who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
LUK 22 36 m546 figs-explicit ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον…ὁ μὴ ἔχων…μάχαιραν 1 the one who has a money bag, … the one who does not have a sword Jesus is giving these instructions specifically to his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “any one of you who has a money bag … any one of you who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 36 q717 translate-unknown τὸ ἱμάτιον 1 cloak See how you translated **cloak** in [19:35](../19/35.md). Alternate translation: “coat” or “outer garment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 n73l translate-versebridge γὰρ 1 For Jesus is giving the reason why the disciples should now be concerned about providing for and protecting themselves, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 m547 λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the disciples. Alternate translation: “indeed”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3946,7 +3946,7 @@ LUK 22 40 m552 figs-explicit προσεύχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν
|
|||
LUK 22 41 sp1s figs-idiom ὡσεὶ λίθου βολήν 1 about the throw of a stone This is an idiom that means “about as far as someone can throw a stone.” If it would be clearer in your language, you could represent this with a general expression or with an estimated measurement. Alternate translation: “a short distance” or “about 30 meters” or “about 100 feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 41 m553 translate-symaction θεὶς τὰ γόνατα 1 having put down his knees As Jesus indicates in his parable in [18:11](../18/11.md), the customary posture of prayer in this culture was standing. By kneeling down, Jesus indicated that he was praying urgently about a serious matter. Alternate translation: “after kneeling down to show the urgency of his request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 22 42 y51l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 22 42 m554 figs-youformal εἰ βούλει…τὸ σὸν 1 if you are willing,…yours Use your best judgment about whether the formal or informal forms of **you** and **yours** would be more natural in your language here. Jesus is speaking as an adult son would to a father with whom he had a close relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||||
LUK 22 42 m554 figs-youformal εἰ βούλει…τὸ σὸν 1 if you are willing, … yours Use your best judgment about whether the formal or informal forms of **you** and **yours** would be more natural in your language here. Jesus is speaking as an adult son would to a father with whom he had a close relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||||
LUK 22 42 ic7y figs-metaphor παρένεγκε τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 remove this cup from me Jesus is referring to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a cup of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 22 42 m555 figs-imperative παρένεγκε τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 remove this cup from me This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 22 42 zw2y figs-imperative πλὴν μὴ τὸ θέλημά μου, ἀλλὰ τὸ σὸν γινέσθω 1 But let not my will, but yours, happen This is another imperative that should be translated as a request rather than as a command. Alternate translation: “However, please do what is according to your will, rather than what is according to my will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4019,7 +4019,7 @@ LUK 22 60 ck93 ἄνθρωπε 1 Man See how you translated this in [22:58](../
|
|||
LUK 22 60 al3s figs-idiom οὐκ οἶδα ὃ λέγεις 1 I do not know what you are saying This is an idiom that means that Peter completely disagrees with the man. Alternate translation: “what you are saying is not true at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 60 p6c5 writing-pronouns ἔτι λαλοῦντος αὐτοῦ 1 while he was still speaking The pronoun **he** refers to Peter, not to the other man. Alternate translation: “while Peter was speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 22 60 lt62 translate-unknown ἐφώνησεν ἀλέκτωρ 1 a rooster crowed See how you translated the similar phrase in [22:34](../22/34.md). You may have decided to use a general expression there. Alternate translation: “the birds began to sing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 61 gdp5 ὁ Κύριος…τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the Lord…of the Lord Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation in each case: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 22 61 gdp5 ὁ Κύριος…τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the Lord … of the Lord Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation in each case: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 22 61 dpk1 figs-metonymy τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Luke is using the term **word** figuratively to describe what Jesus had said using words. Alternate translation: “the statement Jesus had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 61 kkq8 translate-unknown ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 a rooster crows See how you translated this in [22:60](../22/60.md) and the similar phrase in [22:34](../22/34.md). You may have decided to use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the birds begin to sing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 61 ui26 figs-explicit σήμερον 1 today See how you translated this in [22:34](../22/34.md). The Jewish day started at sundown and continued to the next evening. Jesus had spoken the previous evening about what would happen shortly before dawn or at dawn, so this was still the same day. Alternate translation: “in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4052,10 +4052,10 @@ LUK 22 70 l4j7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1
|
|||
LUK 22 70 jtr9 figs-idiom ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 You are saying that I am This is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what the elders are asking about is true. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is just as you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 u3m3 figs-rquestion τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν? 1 What further need do we have of testimony The elders are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for testimony!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 m594 figs-explicit τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν? 1 What further need do we have of testimony The implications are that no further testimony is needed to prove a charge of blasphemy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for testimony to prove a charge of blasphemy!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 m595 figs-exclusive ἔχομεν…αὐτοὶ…ἠκούσαμεν 1 do we have…we ourselves have heard The elders are speaking to one another about themselves, so **we** and **ourselves** would be exclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 m595 figs-exclusive ἔχομεν…αὐτοὶ…ἠκούσαμεν 1 do we have … we ourselves have heard The elders are speaking to one another about themselves, so **we** and **ourselves** would be exclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 m596 grammar-connect-logic-result αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 For we ourselves have heard from his own mouth If it would be clearer in your language, you put this phrase before the previous phrase, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason for the conclusion that the previous phrase states. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 lpm4 figs-metonymy ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 we…have heard from his own mouth The elders are using the expression **his own mouth** figuratively to refer to what Jesus has just said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “we … have heard what he just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 m597 figs-explicit ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 we…have heard from his own mouth The implications are that what Jesus has just said proves a charge of blasphemy by itself, because Jesus has claimed to be equal with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we have heard him say that he is equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 lpm4 figs-metonymy ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 we … have heard from his own mouth The elders are using the expression **his own mouth** figuratively to refer to what Jesus has just said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “we … have heard what he just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 71 m597 figs-explicit ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 we … have heard from his own mouth The implications are that what Jesus has just said proves a charge of blasphemy by itself, because Jesus has claimed to be equal with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we have heard him say that he is equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 intro p6wq 0 # Luke 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus stands trial before Pilate and Herod (23:1-25)<br>2. The Roman soldiers crucify Jesus (23:26-49)<br>3. Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus and women prepare spices (23:50-56)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”<br><br>The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Luke 23:53) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise”<br><br>There are two translation issues related to the statement, “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise” in [23:42](../23/42.md).<br><br>(1) When Jesus said this to the criminal who was crucified with him, it is possible that he was using the term **paradise** figuratively to mean “heaven,” describing it by association with the way that it is a place of comfort and consolation. Some groups of believers would understand it that way. However, other groups of believers would say that people who express their faith in Jesus, as this criminal did, still need to wait until the final resurrection before they go to heaven, and so **paradise** refers to a place where such people go when they die and await the final resurrection. Be sensitive to this difference in your translation. You may decide it is best simply to use the term **paradise** and leave the meaning open to either understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>(2) Some groups that may be active in your area, such as the Jehovah’s Witnesses, do not honor Jesus as the Son of God, and so they do not believe that he would have been able to promise the criminal entrance into paradise with himself that day, when they both would die. And so they translate or punctuate this so that the word **today** describes when Jesus is making the statement, rather than when the criminal will be in paradise. However, if that were actually the case, the Greek wording and word order would be different. The expression that introduces the statement would be, “Truly, today, I say to you,” or, “Truly I say to you today that.” The actual expression, “Truly I say to you,” occurs ten times in the book of Luke, and it always stands by itself as an introduction to a statement that follows. So **today** belongs with the statement, not with the introduction to the statement. Your language may have a way of making this clear, for example, by saying, “Truly I say to you, you will be with me in paradise today.”<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “And he was obligated to release one to them at every feast” [23:17](../23/17.md)<br><br>This verse is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible. Most scholars consider it to be a later addition for explanation. Many current versions of the Bible do not include it. Some versions put it into square brackets. We recommend that you do not translate this verse. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in your region that include this verse, you may include it.<br><br>### “Jesus said, ‘Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing.’” [23:34](../23/34.md)<br><br>This sentence is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so it is likely not an original part of the gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider it an authentic saying of Jesus that was copied into the book at an early stage. ULT and UST include this sentence in this verse, but some other versions do not.<br><br>If you decide to include either [23:17](../23/17.md) or the additional sentence [23:34](../23/34.md) in your translation, you should enclose the material in square brackets to indicate that it is probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 1 pi3d grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the events he has just described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 23 1 sgf1 figs-hyperbole ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν 1 the whole multitude of them The word **whole** is a generalization. Luke says in [23:51](../23/51.md) that at least one member of the Sanhedrin did not agree that Jesus was guilty of blasphemy and should be punished. Alternate translation: “the many members of the ruling council who wanted to condemn Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4063,11 +4063,11 @@ LUK 23 1 mvn9 figs-metonymy ἀναστὰν 1 rose up This means literally that
|
|||
LUK 23 1 k4aa figs-explicit ἐπὶ τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 to Pilate The implication is that the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate because they wanted Pilate to judge him. Alternate translation: “to Pilate so that Pilate would judge him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 1 m598 translate-names Πειλᾶτον 1 Pilate **Pilate** is the name of the man who was the Roman ruler of Judea in this time. See how you translated his name in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 23 2 m599 figs-explicit κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ 1 to accuse him The chief priests and scribes accused Jesus of doing wrong things because they wanted Pilate to kill Jesus. But they were accusing him falsely, because Jesus had never done what they accused him of doing. For example, in [20:25](../20/25.md), Jesus had specifically said that the Jews could pay taxes to the Roman government. To make sure that your readers are not confused, you could say explicitly that these accusations were false. Alternate translation: “to accuse him falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 2 mtc8 figs-exclusive εὕρομεν…τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 1 We found…our nation The terms **we** and **our** refer only the members of the Jewish ruling council who are speaking, not to Pilate or any of the other people nearby. So in your translation, use the exclusive forms of these words, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 2 mtc8 figs-exclusive εὕρομεν…τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 1 We found … our nation The terms **we** and **our** refer only the members of the Jewish ruling council who are speaking, not to Pilate or any of the other people nearby. So in your translation, use the exclusive forms of these words, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 2 im4v figs-metaphor διαστρέφοντα τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 1 perverting our nation The Jewish leaders speak figuratively of Jesus as if he were a guide who was leading someone in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “encouraging our people to do things that are wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 2 xsa4 κωλύοντα φόρους…διδόναι 1 forbidding to give tribute Alternate translation: “telling them not to pay taxes”
|
||||
LUK 23 2 l68k figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 to Caesar See how you translated this in [20:22](../20/22.md). The Jewish leaders are referring figuratively to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 3 m600 figs-hendiadys ὁ…ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ ἔφη 1 Pilate…answering him,…said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what Pilate asked him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 23 3 m600 figs-hendiadys ὁ…ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ ἔφη 1 Pilate … answering him, … said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what Pilate asked him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 23 3 ve4s figs-idiom σὺ λέγεις 1 You say so Like the similar expression in [22:70](../22/70.md), this is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what Pilate has said is true. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is as you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 23 4 fx7d writing-participants καὶ τοὺς ὄχλους 1 and the crowds Luke uses this phrase subtly within the narrative to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “and to the crowds that had gathered there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 4 s8fi figs-explicit οὐδὲν εὑρίσκω αἴτιον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ 1 I find no cause in this man Pilate means implicitly **no cause** to convict Jesus of a crime and punish him. Alternate translation: “I do not find this man to be guilty of anything” or “I find no grounds for conviction in this man’s case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4081,7 +4081,7 @@ LUK 23 7 cbn1 figs-explicit ἐπιγνοὺς ὅτι 1 when he learned that Th
|
|||
LUK 23 7 mn6i figs-explicit ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου ἐστὶν 1 he was under the authority of Herod The implication is that Jesus was under Herod’s authority because Herod was the ruler of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was under the authority of Herod, since Herod ruled over Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 7 ay2i figs-explicit ἀνέπεμψεν αὐτὸν πρὸς Ἡρῴδην 1 he sent him to Herod The implication seems to be that Pilate used these grounds to get someone else to decide Jesus’ case. He did not want to decide it himself, because he would either have to release someone the Jewish leaders wanted condemned or else condemn someone he knew was innocent. Alternate translation: “he referred Jesus’ case to Herod so that he would not have to decide it himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 7 ys2n figs-idiom ἐν ταύταις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days Luke is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 23 8 z3zz writing-pronouns θέλων ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν…διὰ τὸ ἀκούειν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 desiring to see him…because he had heard about him In these phrases, **he** refers to Herod and **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “wanting to see Jesus … because he had heard about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 8 z3zz writing-pronouns θέλων ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν…διὰ τὸ ἀκούειν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 desiring to see him … because he had heard about him In these phrases, **he** refers to Herod and **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “wanting to see Jesus … because he had heard about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 8 b424 figs-activepassive ἤλπιζέν τι σημεῖον ἰδεῖν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ γινόμενον 1 he was hoping to see some sign happen by him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Herod wanted to see Jesus perform a miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 9 hbp3 figs-metonymy ἐπηρώτα…αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς 1 he questioned him in many words Luke is using the term **words** figuratively to refer to what Herod said as he questioned Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod asked Jesus many questions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 9 c8li οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτῷ 1 answered him nothing If it would be clearer in your language, you could make the verb negative and the object positive here. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not say anything in reply”
|
||||
|
|
@ -4092,7 +4092,7 @@ LUK 23 11 qt1c figs-explicit περιβαλὼν ἐσθῆτα λαμπρὰν
|
|||
LUK 23 12 b6f1 figs-explicit ἐγένοντο…φίλοι ὅ τε Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μετ’ ἀλλήλων 1 both Herod and Pilate became friends with each other on that day Luke does not say specifically why these two men **became friends**. This could mean: (1) Pilate had shown Herod courtesy by respecting his jurisdiction over Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because Pilate had respectfully sent Jesus to Herod to judge him” (2) They realized that they agreed in their opinion about Jesus. They both felt that he was not guilty of doing wrong, but they also felt they could mistreat him as a way of asserting their power and authority over someone the people considered a leader. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because they had both responded to Jesus in the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 12 x7r8 grammar-connect-logic-result προϋπῆρχον γὰρ ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ὄντες πρὸς αὑτούς 1 for they were previously being in hostility between themselves If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this clause first in the verse, as UST does, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the verse describes. These two men had to become **friends** because they had not been **friends** previously. Alternate translation, as the beginning of the verse, replacing “Then”: “Before this Herod and Pilate had been enemies, but now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 23 13 d7gn writing-participants τὸν λαὸν 1 the people This is a further reference reintroducing these participants, whom Luke first introduced subtly in 23:4. It is not likely that Pilate asked a crowd to gather. Instead, the crowd was probably still there waiting to see what would happen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the crowd of people that was still there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 14 dh77 figs-explicit εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον 1 and said to them,…You brought this man to me By **this man**, Pilate means Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “said to them about Jesus, ‘You brought this man to me’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 14 dh77 figs-explicit εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον 1 and said to them, … You brought this man to me By **this man**, Pilate means Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “said to them about Jesus, ‘You brought this man to me’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 14 wsw6 figs-metaphor ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν 1 as turning the people away Here Pilate uses a figurative term that is similar to the one that the council members use in [23:2](../23/02.md) when they accuse Jesus of “misleading” the Jewish nation, meaning that he was encouraging them to do wrong things. The slightly different term that Pilate uses to summarize their charges means that they accused Jesus of **turning the people away** from their duties to the Roman Empire. It does not mean that Jesus refused to welcome people who came to him for help. Alternate translation: “saying that he encourages the people to be disloyal to the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 14 m603 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Pilate uses the term **behold** to get the Jewish leaders and the crowd to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 14 m604 writing-pronouns ἐγὼ ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας 1 I, having examined him before you For emphasis, since he is declaring Jesus innocent, Pilate uses the personal pronoun **I** here when it would not ordinarily be required in Greek. If your language uses pronouns in this same way, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4136,7 +4136,7 @@ LUK 23 25 nwd3 figs-explicit τὸν…βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακ
|
|||
LUK 23 25 t66f figs-activepassive βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν 1 who had been put in prison If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 25 z8v8 figs-personification τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν τῷ θελήματι αὐτῶν 1 but he handed over Jesus to their will Luke speaks figuratively of the **will** of the people as if it were a living thing into whose custody Pilate delivered Jesus. Alternate translation: “but he ordered his soldiers to do to Jesus what the crowd had demanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 23 26 s9kc ὡς ἀπήγαγον αὐτόν 1 as they led him away Alternate translation: “while the soldiers were leading Jesus away from where Pilate had judged him”
|
||||
LUK 23 26 ysu3 figs-explicit ἐπιλαβόμενοι Σίμωνά…ἐπέθηκαν 1 seizing Simon,…they put Luke assumes that his readers will know that Roman soldiers had the authority to compel people to carry their loads. Be sure that your translation does not suggest that the soldiers arrested Simon or that he had done anything wrong. Alternate translation: “making use of their authority, they conscripted Simon … and put” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 26 ysu3 figs-explicit ἐπιλαβόμενοι Σίμωνά…ἐπέθηκαν 1 seizing Simon, … they put Luke assumes that his readers will know that Roman soldiers had the authority to compel people to carry their loads. Be sure that your translation does not suggest that the soldiers arrested Simon or that he had done anything wrong. Alternate translation: “making use of their authority, they conscripted Simon … and put” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 26 m618 writing-background Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ 1 Simon, a certain Cyrenean coming from the country If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat this information about this man, where he was from, and what he was doing as background information and put it first in the verse, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 26 m619 writing-participants Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον 1 Simon, a certain Cyrenean Luke uses this phrase to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who was from the city of Cyrene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 26 x5qz translate-names Σίμωνά 1 Simon **Simon** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:38](../04/38.md). (It is the same name there, even though it is the name of a different person.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4154,16 +4154,16 @@ LUK 23 29 s9uj translate-versebridge ὅτι 1 For Jesus is giving the reason wh
|
|||
LUK 23 29 rd8v figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Jesus is using the term **behold** to get the women to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 29 bjb7 figs-idiom ἔρχονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς 1 the days are coming in which Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “there will be a time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 23 29 xi9e writing-pronouns ἐν αἷς ἐροῦσιν 1 in which they will say Here Jesus is using the pronoun **they** in an indefinite sense. He does not have specific individuals in mind. Alternate translation: “when people will say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 29 m622 figs-quotesinquotes ἐροῦσιν, μακάριαι αἱ στεῖραι, καὶ αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν 1 they will say,…Blessed are the barren, yes, the wombs that did not give birth and the breasts that did not nurse If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “people will say that women are fortunate if they never had children, if they never gave birth or nursed babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 23 29 m622 figs-quotesinquotes ἐροῦσιν, μακάριαι αἱ στεῖραι, καὶ αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν 1 they will say, … Blessed are the barren, yes, the wombs that did not give birth and the breasts that did not nurse If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “people will say that women are fortunate if they never had children, if they never gave birth or nursed babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 23 29 rgj1 figs-parallelism αἱ στεῖραι, καὶ αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν 1 the barren, yes, the wombs that did not give birth and the breasts that did not nurse After speaking of women who were **barren**, that is, who did not have children, Jesus describes the same women in more detail. He is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 23 29 m623 figs-synecdoche αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν 1 the wombs that did not give birth and the breasts that did not nurse These are two figures of speech in which Jesus is using one part of a person to represent the entire person. Alternate translation: “women who have never given birth or nursed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 te1i grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τότε 1 Then Here, **then** does not mean that people would say this after what they said in the previous verse. Rather, it means that they would say this at the same time that they were saying that. Alternate translation: “At that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 u1x1 writing-pronouns ἄρξονται λέγειν 1 they will begin to say Here Jesus is likely using the pronoun **they** in an indefinite sense, as in the previous verse. He probably does not have specific individuals in mind. However, the general reference may be to the people of Jerusalem, as UST suggests. Alternate translation: “people will begin to say” or “the people of Jerusalem will begin to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m624 figs-apostrophe λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 to say to the mountains,…Fall on us,…and to the hills,…Cover us Jesus is saying that at this time people will figuratively address something they know cannot hear them in order to express in a strong way what they are feeling. Alternate translation: “to say that they wished the mountains would fall on them and the hills would cover them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m625 figs-quotesinquotes λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 to say to the mountains,…Fall on us,…and to the hills,…Cover us If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to tell the mountains to fall on them and the hills to cover them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m626 figs-imperative πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 Fall on us,…Cover us This is an imperative, but since the people cannot order the mountains and hills to do this, they would be using the imperative to express their wishes. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us … We wish you would cover us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m627 figs-explicit πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 Fall on us,…Cover us The people do not want the mountains and hills to fall on them to harm them, but rather to protect them. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us to protect us … We wish you would cover us to protect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m628 figs-exclusive πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 Fall on us,…Cover us When the people say **us**, they are referring to themselves only, not to the mountains and hills as well. So here, use the exclusive form of **us** if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m624 figs-apostrophe λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 to say to the mountains, … Fall on us, … and to the hills, … Cover us Jesus is saying that at this time people will figuratively address something they know cannot hear them in order to express in a strong way what they are feeling. Alternate translation: “to say that they wished the mountains would fall on them and the hills would cover them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m625 figs-quotesinquotes λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 to say to the mountains, … Fall on us, … and to the hills, … Cover us If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to tell the mountains to fall on them and the hills to cover them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m626 figs-imperative πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 Fall on us, … Cover us This is an imperative, but since the people cannot order the mountains and hills to do this, they would be using the imperative to express their wishes. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us … We wish you would cover us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m627 figs-explicit πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 Fall on us, … Cover us The people do not want the mountains and hills to fall on them to harm them, but rather to protect them. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us to protect us … We wish you would cover us to protect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 30 m628 figs-exclusive πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς 1 Fall on us, … Cover us When the people say **us**, they are referring to themselves only, not to the mountains and hills as well. So here, use the exclusive form of **us** if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 nkk3 figs-metaphor ὅτι εἰ ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ, ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν; ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ, τί γένηται? 1 For if they do these things in the moist tree, what will happen in the dry This is a figure of speech based on the idea that dry wood catches fire much more easily than moist wood. The fire, in turn, represents terrible things that people will experience. Jesus is saying that under the present relatively stable conditions, it was difficult for his enemies to arrest him and sentence him to death. In the future, conditions will become so desperate and chaotic that people will be able to do much worse things much more easily. He is probably referring to what conditions will be like during the siege and destruction of Jerusalem, which he described in [21:20-24](../21/20.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this metaphor in your translation, and you could represent the metaphor itself as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “If people are able to do this when conditions are good, what will they do when conditions become very bad?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 y238 figs-rquestion ὅτι εἰ ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ, ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν; ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ, τί γένηται? 1 For if they do these things in the moist tree, what will happen in the dry Jesus does not expect the women to tell him what people will do in the future. Rather, he is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Since people are doing this when conditions are good, they will certainly do much worse when conditions become very bad!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 m629 writing-pronouns ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν 1 they do these things Here Jesus is using the pronoun **they** in an indefinite sense. Alternate translation: “people are doing these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4195,7 +4195,7 @@ LUK 23 35 a2h5 figs-explicit καὶ ἵστήκει, ὁ λαὸς θεωρῶ
|
|||
LUK 23 35 m646 figs-explicit οἱ ἄρχοντες 1 the rulers **Rulers** refers specifically to the Jewish leaders, not to the Roman **rulers** of the area. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 t7mb figs-irony ἄλλους ἔσωσεν 1 He saved others Here the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus **saved** other people. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 m647 figs-explicit ἄλλους ἔσωσεν 1 He saved others In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus **saved** others by doing miracles on their behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people by doing miracles for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 m648 figs-hypo ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, σωσάτω ἑαυτόν, εἰ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἐκλεκτός 1 He saved others…let him save himself, if he is the Christ of God, the Chosen One The Jewish leaders are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose he really is the Messiah whom God has sent. Then he ought to be able to save himself; after all, he supposedly saved others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 m648 figs-hypo ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, σωσάτω ἑαυτόν, εἰ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἐκλεκτός 1 He saved others … let him save himself, if he is the Christ of God, the Chosen One The Jewish leaders are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose he really is the Messiah whom God has sent. Then he ought to be able to save himself; after all, he supposedly saved others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 m3f6 figs-explicit σωσάτω ἑαυτόν 1 let him save himself The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross, if he is the Messiah and can do miracles. Alternate translation: “let him do a miracle to save himself from dying on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 a963 figs-nominaladj ὁ ἐκλεκτός 1 the Chosen One The leaders are using the adjective **Chosen** as a noun. ULT adds the term **One** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the One whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 m649 translate-names ὁ ἐκλεκτός 1 the Chosen One This is a title, not a description, so translate it following the conventions in your language for titles, for example, by capitalizing the main words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4214,8 +4214,8 @@ LUK 23 40 m653 figs-nominaladj ὁ ἕτερος 1 the other Luke is using the a
|
|||
LUK 23 40 nk1r figs-rquestion οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ? 1 Do you not even fear God, since you are under the same judgment The second criminal does not expect the first criminal to tell him whether he fears God. Rather, the second criminal is using the question form to rebuke the first criminal. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God, since you are dying on a cross just as he is!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 23 40 m654 figs-explicit οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ? 1 Do you not even fear God, since you are under the same judgment If it would be helpful to your readers, you could bring out the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God and show more respect for this godly man, since you are dying on a cross just as he is, and you will soon have to face God and answer for your actions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 40 m655 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ 1 you are under the same judgment The second criminal is using the word **judgment** figuratively to mean the punishment to which the first criminal was sentenced when the Romans pronounced **judgment** on him. Alternate translation: “you are being executed on a cross just as he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 qyp6 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἐπράξαμεν…ἀπολαμβάνομεν 1 we…we are receiving…we did The second criminal, speaking to the first criminal, is using the term **we** to mean himself and the first criminal. So **we** would be inclusive in all these cases, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 m656 figs-verbs ἡμεῖς…ἐπράξαμεν…ἀπολαμβάνομεν 1 we…we are receiving…we did Since the term **we** refers to two people here, it would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 qyp6 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἐπράξαμεν…ἀπολαμβάνομεν 1 we … we are receiving … we did The second criminal, speaking to the first criminal, is using the term **we** to mean himself and the first criminal. So **we** would be inclusive in all these cases, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 m656 figs-verbs ἡμεῖς…ἐπράξαμεν…ἀπολαμβάνομεν 1 we … we are receiving … we did Since the term **we** refers to two people here, it would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 i4gm figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς…δικαίως 1 we justly The second criminal is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we are receiving this punishment justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 m657 figs-nominaladj ἄξια…ὧν ἐπράξαμεν 1 worthy of what we did The second criminal is using the adjective **worthy** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a just punishment for what we did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 nu35 figs-nominaladj οὗτος 1 this one The second criminal is using the adjective **this** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person, Jesus. ULT supplies the noun **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4299,7 +4299,7 @@ LUK 24 3 elq2 figs-explicit οὐχ εὗρον τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Κυρί
|
|||
LUK 24 4 bmt4 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 24 4 m685 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 2 And Luke uses this word to indicate that this event, the appearance of the two men, came after the events he has just described, the women discovering that the tomb was empty and wondering about that. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 24 4 m686 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 c11i writing-pronouns ἐμφόβων…γενομένων αὐτῶν…εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς 1 as they became terrified…they said to them The first instance of **they** refers to the women, while the second instance refers to the men. Alternate translation: “as the women became terrified … the men said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 c11i writing-pronouns ἐμφόβων…γενομένων αὐτῶν…εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς 1 as they became terrified … they said to them The first instance of **they** refers to the women, while the second instance refers to the men. Alternate translation: “as the women became terrified … the men said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 n5xf translate-symaction κλινουσῶν τὰ πρόσωπα εἰς τὴν γῆν 1 bowed their faces toward the ground Looking down at **the ground** was a gesture of respect towards these men. Alternate translation: “respectfully lowered their gaze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 abcw figs-verbs εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς 1 they said to them If your language uses dual forms for verbs, use that form here, since two men are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 fs3y figs-rquestion τί ζητεῖτε τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν? 1 Why are you seeking the living among the dead The men do not expect the women to tell them why they are looking for a living person in a tomb. Rather, the men are using the question form to make an announcement. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be looking for Jesus here, because he is no longer dead, he is alive again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4350,7 +4350,7 @@ LUK 24 15 m710 ἐγγίσας, συνεπορεύετο αὐτοῖς 1 appro
|
|||
LUK 24 16 q6nk figs-synecdoche οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν 1 But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him Luke uses one part of the men, their **eyes**, to speak figuratively of the capacity of the men themselves to recognize Jesus. Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 24 16 m711 figs-metaphor οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν 1 But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him Luke uses the term **held** figuratively, as if someone were physically holding back the eyes, to mean “restrained.” Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 16 m712 figs-activepassive οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν 1 But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 17 xak8 figs-youdual αὐτούς…ἀντιβάλλετε…περιπατοῦντες…ἐστάθησαν 1 them,…you are exchanging…as you are walking?…they stood still Since Jesus is speaking to two men, all of these expressions would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (Your language might even put the adjective **gloomy**, which is plural in Greek, in the dual, since it describes the two men.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 24 17 xak8 figs-youdual αὐτούς…ἀντιβάλλετε…περιπατοῦντες…ἐστάθησαν 1 them, … you are exchanging … as you are walking? … they stood still Since Jesus is speaking to two men, all of these expressions would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (Your language might even put the adjective **gloomy**, which is plural in Greek, in the dual, since it describes the two men.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 24 17 m713 figs-metonymy οἱ λόγοι οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε πρὸς ἀλλήλους 1 these words that you are exchanging with each other Jesus is using the term **words** figuratively to describe what the men had been saying using words. Alternate translation: “these things that you have been saying to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 17 m714 ἐστάθησαν, σκυθρωποί 1 they stood still, gloomy Alternate translation: “they stopped walking and looked sad”
|
||||
LUK 24 18 m715 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἷς ὀνόματι Κλεοπᾶς εἶπεν 1 Then, answering, one named Cleopas said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Cleopas responded to what Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “Then one named Cleopas responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4376,7 +4376,7 @@ LUK 24 21 d52i figs-idiom ἀλλά γε καὶ σὺν πᾶσιν τούτο
|
|||
LUK 24 21 sg3g figs-explicit τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο 1 he is spending this third day since these things happened By saying **he is spending this third day**, the men are referring to Jesus as if he were alive. However, they are actually saying how long he has been dead. They are going to tell how the women reported that his grave was empty, and they find it unbelievable that anyone who had been dead that long would have gotten up out of the grave. See how you translated the expression **the third day** in 9:22, and express this in the way that your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “the Romans put him to death on the day before yesterday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 21 xqc3 translate-ordinal τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο 1 he is spending this third day since these things happened If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “this is day three since these things happened to him” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “this is day two since these things happened to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 24 22 a3j9 γυναῖκές τινες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 some women among us Alternate translation: “some women in our group”
|
||||
LUK 24 22 m727 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς 1 us…us The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive in both instances here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 22 m727 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς 1 us … us The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive in both instances here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 22 du1v γενόμεναι ὀρθριναὶ ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον 1 having been at the tomb early The men are using this expression to refer to the **women**, not to themselves. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and continue it into the next verse. Alternate translation: “They went to his tomb early this morning”
|
||||
LUK 24 23 m728 καὶ μὴ εὑροῦσαι τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, ἦλθαν 1 and not finding his body, they came If you began a new sentence at the end of the previous verse, you can continue it here. Alternate translation: “but they did not find his body, so they came to us”
|
||||
LUK 24 24 m729 τινες τῶν σὺν ἡμῖν 1 some of those with us Alternate translation: “some of the men in our group”
|
||||
|
|
@ -4391,12 +4391,12 @@ LUK 24 25 m735 figs-hyperbole πᾶσιν οἷς ἐλάλησαν οἱ προ
|
|||
LUK 24 26 n85k figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ταῦτα ἔδει παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ? 1 Was it not necessary for the Christ to suffer these things, and to enter into his glory Jesus is using the question form to remind the disciples about what the prophets said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The Messiah had to suffer these things in order to enter into his glory!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 24 26 m736 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 and to enter into his glory This is not a second thing that it was necessary for the Messiah to do. Rather, this is the result for which it was necessary for the Messiah to do the first thing. Alternate translation: “in order to enter into his glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 24 26 f8es figs-abstractnouns εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 to enter into his glory If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** with an adjective such as “glorious.” Alternate translation: “to receive a glorious position” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 27 g4t7 figs-metonymy Μωϋσέως…τῶν προφητῶν 1 Moses…the prophets Luke is using the name **Moses** figuratively to refer to the part of Scripture that Moses wrote, and the term **the prophets** to refer to the part of Scripture that they wrote. Alternate translation: “the writings of Moses … the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 27 g4t7 figs-metonymy Μωϋσέως…τῶν προφητῶν 1 Moses … the prophets Luke is using the name **Moses** figuratively to refer to the part of Scripture that Moses wrote, and the term **the prophets** to refer to the part of Scripture that they wrote. Alternate translation: “the writings of Moses … the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 27 m737 καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν προφητῶν 1 and from all the prophets The term **beginning** applies just to the writings of Moses. Jesus began with that part of Scripture, and he then continued teaching from the writings of the prophets. Alternate translation: “and then from all the writings of the prophets” or “and continuing with all the writings of the prophets”
|
||||
LUK 24 28 m738 figs-verbs ἤγγισαν εἰς τὴν κώμην οὗ ἐπορεύοντο 1 they drew near to the village where they were going The first **they** refers to Jesus and the two disciples, while the second **they** refers only to the two disciples, so **they were going** would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 28 cdj2 figs-explicit αὐτὸς προσεποιήσατο πορρώτερον πορεύεσθαι 1 he acted as if he would travel further This means that the two disciples understood from Jesus’ actions that he was continuing on to another destination. Perhaps he kept walking on the road when they turned off to enter Emmaus. There is no indication that Jesus deceived them with words. Alternate translation: “Jesus seemed to be heading farther down the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 m739 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what it appeared Jesus was going to do and what the two disciples wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 m740 figs-verbs παρεβιάσαντο…ἡμῶν…αὐτοῖς 1 they urged…us,…them This verb, as well as these two pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 m740 figs-verbs παρεβιάσαντο…ἡμῶν…αὐτοῖς 1 they urged … us, … them This verb, as well as these two pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 pn4d figs-ellipsis παρεβιάσαντο αὐτὸν 1 they urged him Luke is telling this story in a concise way, and he does not say what the two disciples urged Jesus to do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply that information from the context. Alternate translation: “they urged him to stay overnight in the house with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 m741 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 us The men are speaking of themselves but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 29 s6ps figs-parallelism πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα 1 it is toward evening and the day has already declined These two phrases mean the same thing. The two disciples are likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “it is already getting dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4410,15 +4410,15 @@ LUK 24 30 m745 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 to them The pronoun **them** wo
|
|||
LUK 24 31 h4yr figs-metonymy αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ 1 Then their eyes were opened Here, **eyes** figuratively represents understanding of what one is seeing. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to understand what they had been seeing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 31 m746 figs-activepassive αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ 1 Then their eyes were opened If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to understand what they had been seeing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 31 yev2 figs-idiom αὐτὸς ἄφαντος ἐγένετο ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 he became invisible from them Here Luke uses an unusual expression, saying that Jesus **became invisible**. It does not mean that Jesus remained in the room but could not be seen. Rather, it means that he left suddenly and so the two disciples did not see him any more. Alternate translation: “suddenly they did not see him any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m747 figs-verbs εἶπαν…ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν…ἡμῖν 1 they said…our…to us…to us This verb, as well as these three pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they all apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m747 figs-verbs εἶπαν…ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν…ἡμῖν 1 they said … our … to us … to us This verb, as well as these three pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they all apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 inw4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς? 1 Was not our heart burning as he spoke to us on the way, as he opened to us the Scriptures The two men are not asking each other for information about what happened. Rather, they are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “As he was talking to us as we traveled along and explaining the Scriptures, it was so exciting, it was as if we were on fire inside!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m748 figs-metaphor οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν 1 Was not our heart burning The men are using the metaphor of a **heart burning** to describe their excitement at hearing Jesus explain the Scriptures. You could indicate this meaning in your translation and represent the metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “it was so exciting, it was as if we were on fire inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m749 figs-explicit οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν 1 Was not our heart burning If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate why the men found it so exciting when Jesus explained the Scriptures to them, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m750 figs-possession οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν 1 Was not our heart burning If it would be unusual in your language for two people to speak as if they had one **heart**, if you decide to use this metaphor in your translation, you can make it plural, or dual if your language uses that form. Alternate translation: “Were not our hearts burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m751 figs-metaphor ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν 1 our heart The men are using the term **heart** figuratively to mean the inner part of a person. Alternate translation: “inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m752 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν…ἡμῖν 1 our…to us…to us The men are speaking to each other about themselves, so these pronouns would be inclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 m752 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν…ἡμῖν 1 our … to us … to us The men are speaking to each other about themselves, so these pronouns would be inclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 32 xy6p figs-metaphor ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς 1 as he opened to us the Scriptures Jesus did not open a book or a scroll. The term **opened** figuratively means “explained.” Alternate translation: “while he explained the Scriptures to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 33 qi47 figs-verbs ἀναστάντες…ὑπέστρεψαν…εὗρον 1 rising up…they returned…they found These verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form, since they describe actions of the two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 33 qi47 figs-verbs ἀναστάντες…ὑπέστρεψαν…εὗρον 1 rising up … they returned … they found These verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form, since they describe actions of the two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 33 ar2c figs-idiom ἀναστάντες 1 rising up As in [24:12](../24/12.md), this expression is an idiom that means to take initiative. It does not necessarily mean that the men had been sitting or lying down and then stood up. Alternate translation: “starting out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 33 m753 figs-idiom αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 that same hour Luke is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at once” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 33 m754 figs-activepassive εὗρον ἠθροισμένους τοὺς ἕνδεκα καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 they found the Eleven having been gathered, and those with them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they found that the 11 apostles had gathered together with some other disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4429,7 +4429,7 @@ LUK 24 34 m756 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord has
|
|||
LUK 24 34 m757 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 and The apostles and disciples use this word to introduce the reason why they know that Jesus has been raised from the dead. It is because Simon Peter has seen him. Alternate translation: “for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 24 34 m758 figs-activepassive ὤφθη Σίμωνι 1 he has been seen by Simon If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Simon has seen him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 34 m759 translate-names Σίμωνι 1 by Simon This means the same man whom Luke often calls Peter in this book. So that your readers will know that this is the same man, you could use both of his names here. Alternate translation: “Simon Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 24 35 m760 writing-pronouns αὐτοὶ…αὐτοῖς 1 they…to them These pronouns refer to the two men who returned from Emmaus. They would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 35 m760 writing-pronouns αὐτοὶ…αὐτοῖς 1 they … to them These pronouns refer to the two men who returned from Emmaus. They would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 35 fb1r figs-ellipsis τὰ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 the things on the way Luke is telling this story in a concise way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more fully what this means. Alternate translation: “what had happened on their journey” or “how Jesus had joined them as they traveled and what they had talked about with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 24 35 mnn2 figs-activepassive ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς 1 how he was made known to them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “how they recognized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 35 y3f8 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου 1 in the breaking of the bread Luke is using **the breaking of the bread** figuratively to represent something associated with it. Alternate translation: “at the time when he broke the bread” or “by the way that he broke the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
216
en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
216
en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
|
|
@ -16,9 +16,9 @@ JHN 1 9 xe1z figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν 1 The true lig
|
|||
JHN 1 10 b93e ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν, καὶ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 He was in the world, and the world came into being through him, and the world did not know him “Even though he was in this world, and God created everything through him, people still did not recognize him”
|
||||
JHN 1 10 ke5s figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 the world did not know him The “world” is a metonym that stands for all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “the people did not know who he really was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 11 jr6d εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθεν, καὶ οἱ ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον 1 He came to his own, and his own did not receive him “He came to his own fellow countrymen, and his own fellow countrymen did not accept him either”
|
||||
JHN 1 11 va1w αὐτὸν…παρέλαβον 1 did…receive him “accept him.” To receive someone is to welcome him and treat him with honor in hopes of building a relationship with him.
|
||||
JHN 1 11 va1w αὐτὸν…παρέλαβον 1 did … receive him “accept him.” To receive someone is to welcome him and treat him with honor in hopes of building a relationship with him.
|
||||
JHN 1 12 jp3y figs-metonymy πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believing in his name The word **name** is a metonym that stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 12 x4f9 ἔδωκεν…ἐξουσίαν 1 he gave…the authority “he gave them the authority” or “he made it possible for them”
|
||||
JHN 1 12 x4f9 ἔδωκεν…ἐξουσίαν 1 he gave … the authority “he gave them the authority” or “he made it possible for them”
|
||||
JHN 1 12 uc6e figs-metaphor τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God The word **children** is a metaphor that represents our relationship to God, which is like children to a father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 14 ft2l ὁ λόγος 1 the Word This refers to Jesus. Translate as “the Word” if possible. If “Word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this in [John 1:1](../01/01.md).
|
||||
JHN 1 14 x1ae figs-synecdoche σὰρξ ἐγένετο 1 became flesh Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -30,13 +30,13 @@ JHN 1 15 q75h ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν 1 has become greater th
|
|||
JHN 1 15 lrd7 ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν 1 for he was before me Be careful not to translate this in a way that suggests that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always been alive.
|
||||
JHN 1 16 p3zg τοῦ πληρώματος 1 fullness This word refers to God’s grace that has no end.
|
||||
JHN 1 16 b9r1 χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος 1 grace after grace “blessing after blessing”
|
||||
JHN 1 18 h5cq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 of…Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 1 19 e1dz figs-synecdoche ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων 1 the Jews sent…from Jerusalem The word **Jews** here represents the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … to him from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 1 20 b7zz ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν 1 he confessed…and he did not deny, but confessed The phrase **he did not deny** says in negative terms the same thing that “He confessed” says in positive terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this.
|
||||
JHN 1 21 iv9d τί οὖν? σὺ 1 What then?…you “What then is the case, if you are not the Messiah?” or “What then is going on?” or “What then are you doing?”
|
||||
JHN 1 18 h5cq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 of … Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 1 19 e1dz figs-synecdoche ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων 1 the Jews sent … from Jerusalem The word **Jews** here represents the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … to him from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 1 20 b7zz ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν 1 he confessed … and he did not deny, but confessed The phrase **he did not deny** says in negative terms the same thing that “He confessed” says in positive terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this.
|
||||
JHN 1 21 iv9d τί οὖν? σὺ 1 What then? … you “What then is the case, if you are not the Messiah?” or “What then is going on?” or “What then are you doing?”
|
||||
JHN 1 22 t8ib 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to speak with the priests and Levites.
|
||||
JHN 1 22 sa3t εἶπαν…αὐτῷ 1 they said to him “the priests and Levites said to John”
|
||||
JHN 1 22 x8wz figs-exclusive δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς 1 we may give…us the priests and Levites, not John (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 1 22 x8wz figs-exclusive δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς 1 we may give … us the priests and Levites, not John (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 1 23 a732 ἔφη 1 He said “John said”
|
||||
JHN 1 23 baa5 figs-metonymy ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 I am a voice, crying out in the wilderness John is saying that Isaiah’s prophecy is about himself. The word **voice** here refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 23 iry1 figs-metaphor εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make the way of the Lord straight Here the word **way** is used as a metaphor. Alternate translation: “Prepare yourselves for the Lord’s arrival the same way that people prepare the road for an important person to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ JHN 1 26 r4ty writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 28 tells us backg
|
|||
JHN 1 27 x2ki figs-explicit ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 coming after me You may need to make explicit what he will do when he has come. Alternate translation: “who will preach to you after I am gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 1 27 y7v5 figs-metaphor μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος 1 me, of whom I am not worthy that I might untie the strap of his sandal Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. These words are a metaphor for the most unpleasant work of a servant. Alternate translation: “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” or “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 29 j397 figs-metaphor Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Lamb of God This is a metaphor that represents God’s perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the “Lamb of God” because he was sacrificed to pay for people’s sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 29 rg4n figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 of…world The word **world** is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 29 rg4n figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 of … world The word **world** is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 30 x393 ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν. 1 After me comes a man who has become greater than me, for he was before me See how you translated this in [John 1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
JHN 1 32 mcc7 καταβαῖνον 1 descending coming down from above
|
||||
JHN 1 32 xyr3 figs-simile ὡς περιστερὰν 1 like a dove This phrase is a simile. The “Spirit” comes down just like a dove lands on a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -62,12 +62,12 @@ JHN 1 46 s2kg εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ 1 Nathaniel said to him
|
|||
JHN 1 46 i4wp figs-rquestion ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι 1 Can any good thing come out of Nazareth This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “No good thing can come out of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 1 47 ys8d figs-litotes ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν 1 in whom is no deceit You can state this in a positive way. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 1 49 l666 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 1 50 p3ma figs-rquestion ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις 1 Because I said to you,…I saw you underneath the fig tree,…do you believe This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “You believe because I said, ‘I saw you underneath the fig tree’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 1 50 p3ma figs-rquestion ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις 1 Because I said to you, … I saw you underneath the fig tree, … do you believe This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “You believe because I said, ‘I saw you underneath the fig tree’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 1 51 ga44 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true.
|
||||
JHN 2 intro jav2 0 # John 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wine<br><br>The Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.<br><br>### Driving out the money changers<br><br>Jesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel.<br><br>### “He knew what was in man”<br><br>Jesus knew what other people were thinking only because he was and is the Son of Man and the Son of God.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “His disciples remembered”<br><br>John used this phrase to stop telling the main history and to tell about something that happened much later. It was right after he scolded the pigeon sellers ([John 2:16](../../jhn/02/16.md)) that the Jewish authorities spoke to him. It was after Jesus became alive again that his disciples remembered what the prophet had written long before and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body ([John 2:17](../../jhn/02/17.md) and [John 2:22](../../jhn/02/22.md)).
|
||||
JHN 2 1 rl16 writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus and his disciples are invited to a wedding. These verse give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 2 1 vw9e τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ 1 on the third day Most interpreters read this as on the third day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him. The first day occurs in John 1:35 and the second in John 1:43.
|
||||
JHN 2 2 xm3r figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη…ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον 1 Jesus…was invited, and his disciples, to the wedding You can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 2 2 xm3r figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη…ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον 1 Jesus … was invited, and his disciples, to the wedding You can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 2 4 a2ji γύναι 1 Woman This refers to Mary. If it is impolite for a son to call his mother “woman” in your language, use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
|
||||
JHN 2 4 jc75 figs-rquestion τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί 1 what to me and to you This question is asked to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “this has nothing to do with me.” or “you should not tell me what to do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 2 4 v5x5 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου 1 My hour is not yet come The word **time** is a metonym that represents the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ JHN 2 19 mp6i figs-hypo λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ
|
|||
JHN 2 19 of4u figs-metaphor λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up You can translate the words **destroy** and **raise** using the usual words for tearing down and rebuilding a building. Alternate translation: “You can be certain that if you were to destroy this temple, I would raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 2 19 k2pz ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 I will raise it up “cause it to stand”
|
||||
JHN 2 20 g6jx writing-endofstory 0 General Information: Verses 21 and 22 are not part of the main story line, but instead they comment on the story and tell about something that happens later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
JHN 2 20 rn6x translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα…ἓξ ἔτεσιν…τρισὶν ἡμέραις 1 in 46 years,…three days “46 years … 3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 2 20 rn6x translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα…ἓξ ἔτεσιν…τρισὶν ἡμέραις 1 in 46 years, … three days “46 years … 3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 2 20 xbx3 figs-idiom σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν 1 you will raise it up in three days Here, **raise** is an idiom for “establish.” Alternate translation: “you will establish it in three days?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 2 20 qb4x figs-rquestion σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν? 1 you will raise it up in three days This remark appears in the form of a question to show that the Jewish authorities understand that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and build it again in three days. Alternate translation: “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 2 22 gq2w ἐπίστευσαν 1 they believed Here, **believe** means to accept something or trust that it is true.
|
||||
|
|
@ -133,16 +133,16 @@ JHN 3 11 j1k1 οὐ λαμβάνετε 1 you do not receive The word **you** is
|
|||
JHN 3 11 jt1f ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 3 11 upi7 figs-exclusive λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak When Jesus said “we,” he was not including Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 12 y4e9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues responding to Nicodemus.
|
||||
JHN 3 12 pt4x figs-you εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε 1 I told you…you do not believe, how will you believe if I tell you In all three places “you” is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JHN 3 12 pt4x figs-you εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε 1 I told you … you do not believe, how will you believe if I tell you In all three places “you” is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JHN 3 12 c6ia figs-rquestion πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια, πιστεύσετε 1 how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things This question emphasizes the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. Alternate translation: “you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 12 lbv3 εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε 1 I told you…you do not believe, how will you believe if I tell you spiritual things
|
||||
JHN 3 12 lbv3 εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε 1 I told you … you do not believe, how will you believe if I tell you spiritual things
|
||||
JHN 3 14 tb3s figs-simile καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οὕτως ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so it is necessary for the Son of Man to be lifted up This figure of speech is called a simile. Some people will “lift up” Jesus just as Moses “lifted up” the bronze serpent in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JHN 3 14 f9yi ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 in the wilderness The wilderness is a dry, desert place, but here it refers specifically to the place where Moses and the Israelites walked around for forty years.
|
||||
JHN 3 16 uxc2 figs-metonymy οὕτως…ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 God so loved the world Here, **world** is a metonym that refers to everyone in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 3 16 jen2 ἠγάπησεν 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
|
||||
JHN 3 17 b7vf figs-parallelism οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 For God did not send the Son into the world so that he might condemn the world, but so that he might save the world through him These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Some languages may indicate emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “God’s real reason for sending his Son into the world was to save it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
JHN 3 17 rv45 ἵνα κρίνῃ 1 so that he might condemn “to punish.” Usually “punish” implies that the person who has been punished is then accepted by God. When a person is condemned, he is punished but never accepted by God.
|
||||
JHN 3 18 eb54 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of…Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 3 18 eb54 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of … Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 3 19 z9d2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes responding to Nicodemus.
|
||||
JHN 3 19 t9z5 figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 the light has come into the world The word **light** is a metaphor for God’s truth that is revealed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “The one who is like a light has come into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 19 s1z2 figs-metonymy τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 the light has come into the world The **world** is a metonym for all of the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “The one who is like a light has revealed God’s truth to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -178,8 +178,8 @@ JHN 3 33 g5x4 ἐσφράγισεν 1 has set his seal “proves” or “agree
|
|||
JHN 3 34 db8m 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist finishes speaking.
|
||||
JHN 3 34 rr83 ὃν γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 For the one whom God has sent “This Jesus, whom God has sent to represent him”
|
||||
JHN 3 34 bnx8 οὐ γὰρ ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 For he does not give the Spirit by measure “For he is the one to whom God gave all the power of his Spirit”
|
||||
JHN 3 35 hmk4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱόν 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 3 35 ha4e figs-idiom δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 has given…into his hand This means to be put in his power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 3 35 hmk4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱόν 1 Father … Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 3 35 ha4e figs-idiom δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 has given … into his hand This means to be put in his power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 3 36 u1ks ὁ πιστεύων 1 The one who believes “A person who believes” or “Anyone who believes”
|
||||
JHN 3 36 zy7u ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the wrath of God stays on him The abstract noun “wrath” can be translated with the verb “punish.” Alternate translation: “God will continue to punish him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
|
||||
JHN 4 intro j1hv 0 # John 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>John 4:4-38 forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”<br><br>Jews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because the Samaritans were descendants of ungodly people. So Jesus had to do what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])<br><br>### “The hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which true worshipers will worship in spirit and truth is longer than sixty minutes.<br><br>### The proper place of worship<br><br>Long before Jesus lived, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up a false temple in their land ([John 4:20](../../jhn/04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the woman that it was no longer important where people worshiped ([John 4:21-24](./21.md)).<br><br>### Harvest<br><br>Harvest is when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### “The Samaritan woman”<br><br>John probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and later killed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In spirit and truth”<br><br>The people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him and love him for who he is are the ones who truly please him. Where they worship is not important.
|
||||
|
|
@ -217,12 +217,12 @@ JHN 4 23 bs1p 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Samarita
|
|||
JHN 4 23 atm4 ἀλλὰ ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν 1 However, an hour is coming, and now is, when the true worshipers will worship “However, it is now the right time for true worshipers to”
|
||||
JHN 4 23 k1gf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 4 23 fb51 ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 in spirit and truth Here, **spirit** could mean: (1) This refers to the inner person, the mind and heart, what a person thinks and what he loves, different from where he goes to worship and what ceremonies he performs. (2) This refers to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Spirit and in truth” or “with the Spirit’s help and in truth”
|
||||
JHN 4 23 utt7 ἐν…ἀληθείᾳ 1 in…truth thinking correctly of what is true about God
|
||||
JHN 4 25 lp44 οἶδα ὅτι Μεσσίας ἔρχεται, ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 I know that the Messiah is coming…the one called Christ Both of these words mean “God’s promised king.”
|
||||
JHN 4 23 utt7 ἐν…ἀληθείᾳ 1 in … truth thinking correctly of what is true about God
|
||||
JHN 4 25 lp44 οἶδα ὅτι Μεσσίας ἔρχεται, ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 I know that the Messiah is coming … the one called Christ Both of these words mean “God’s promised king.”
|
||||
JHN 4 25 u8nb figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα 1 that one will declare everything to us The words **explain everything** imply all that the people need to know. Alternate translation: “he will tell us everything we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 4 27 vk5j ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἦλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 at this, his disciples came “Just as Jesus was saying this, his disciples returned from town”
|
||||
JHN 4 27 p39j καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει 1 and they were amazed that he was speaking with a woman It was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a woman he did not know, especially if that woman was a Samaritan.
|
||||
JHN 4 27 cbc9 οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, τί ζητεῖς? ἢ, τί λαλεῖς μετ’ αὐτῆς? 1 Nevertheless, no one said,…What are you seeking?…or…Why are you speaking with her This could mean: (1) The disciples asked both questions to Jesus. (2) No one asked the woman, “What … want?” or asked Jesus, “Why … her?”
|
||||
JHN 4 27 cbc9 οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, τί ζητεῖς? ἢ, τί λαλεῖς μετ’ αὐτῆς? 1 Nevertheless, no one said, … What are you seeking? … or … Why are you speaking with her This could mean: (1) The disciples asked both questions to Jesus. (2) No one asked the woman, “What … want?” or asked Jesus, “Why … her?”
|
||||
JHN 4 29 hb5h figs-hyperbole δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα 1 Come, see a man who told me everything, as much as I have done The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 4 29 dl18 μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 This is not the Christ, is it The woman is not sure that Jesus is the Christ, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer, but she also asks a question instead of making a statement because she wants the people to decide for themselves.
|
||||
JHN 4 31 t6hy ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ 1 In the meantime “While the woman was going into town”
|
||||
|
|
@ -239,14 +239,14 @@ JHN 4 38 slw4 ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσελ
|
|||
JHN 4 39 mc7p ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 believed in him To **believe in** someone means to “trust in” that person. Here this also means that they believed he was the Son of God.
|
||||
JHN 4 39 qda3 figs-hyperbole εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα 1 He told me everything that I have done This is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. Alternate translation: “He told me many things about my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 4 41 qrj5 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word Here, **word** is a metonym that stands for the message that Jesus proclaimed. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 42 k4cz figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 of…world The “world” is a metonym for all the believers throughout the world. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 42 k4cz figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 of … world The “world” is a metonym for all the believers throughout the world. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 43 n1mk writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus goes down to Galilee and heals a boy. Verse 44 gives us background information about something Jesus had said previously. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 4 43 gj2f ἐκεῖθεν 1 from there from Judea
|
||||
JHN 4 44 t1li figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 For Jesus himself testified The reflexive pronoun “himself” is added to emphasize that Jesus had “declared” or said this. You can translate this in your language in a way that will give emphasis to a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 4 44 fx22 προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι, τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει 1 a prophet has no honor in his own country “people do not show respect or honor to a prophet of their own country” or “a prophet is not respected by the people in his own community”
|
||||
JHN 4 45 v9la ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 at the festival Here the festival is the Passover.
|
||||
JHN 4 46 ffm3 οὖν 1 Then This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line and to move to a new part of the story. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
|
||||
JHN 4 46 bp3w βασιλικὸς 1 a…royal official someone who is in the service of the king
|
||||
JHN 4 46 bp3w βασιλικὸς 1 a … royal official someone who is in the service of the king
|
||||
JHN 4 48 u73r figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Unless you would see signs and wonders, you would certainly not believe **Unless … not believe** here is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Only if you see a miracle will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 4 50 uwa3 figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ 1 believed the word Here, **word** is a metonym that refers to the message that Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: “believed the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 51 a5gw ἤδη 1 while This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. As the official was going home, his servants were coming to meet him on the road.
|
||||
|
|
@ -288,11 +288,11 @@ JHN 5 18 n8bh ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ 1 making himse
|
|||
JHN 5 19 f2qp 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jewish leaders.
|
||||
JHN 5 19 rr9q ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 5 19 x9sl guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἃ γὰρ ἂν ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς…ποιεῖ 1 for whatever that one would do, these things also the Son does Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 19 iuc7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…Πατέρα 1 Son…Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 19 iuc7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…Πατέρα 1 Son … Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 20 zlr7 ὑμεῖς θαυμάζητε 1 you might be amazed “you will be surprised” or “you will be shocked”
|
||||
JHN 5 20 t3b4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ γὰρ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν 1 For the Father loves the Son Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 20 x8ac φιλεῖ 1 loves The kind of love that comes from God is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
|
||||
JHN 5 21 s6te guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 21 s6te guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς 1 Father … Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 21 xzu4 ζῳοποιεῖ 1 gives them life This refers to “spiritual life.”
|
||||
JHN 5 22 b2l6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκεν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 For not even the Father judges anyone, but he has given all judgment to the Son The word **for** marks a comparison. The Son of God carries out judgment for God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 23 p2kj guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τιμῶσι τὸν Υἱὸν, καθὼς τιμῶσι τὸν Πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν Πατέρα 1 will honor the Son just as they honor the Father. The one not honoring the Son does not honor the Father God the Son must be honored and worshiped just like God the Father. If we fail to honor God the Son, then we also fail to honor God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -301,9 +301,9 @@ JHN 5 24 eg5h figs-metonymy ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων 1 the on
|
|||
JHN 5 24 ql7q figs-doublenegatives εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται 1 does not come into judgment You can state this positively. Alternate translation: “will be judged to be innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 5 25 gtu6 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 5 25 s23d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσουσιν 1 the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and those who have heard will live The voice of Jesus, the Son of God, will raise dead people from the grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 25 d81y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of…Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 25 d81y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of … Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 26 p6ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτως καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ ἔδωκεν ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 For just as the Father has life in himself, so also he gave to the Son to have life in himself The word **For** marks a comparison. The Son of God has the power to give life, just as the Father does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 26 x136 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ 1 Father…to…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 26 x136 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ 1 Father … to … Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 26 f5vq ζωὴν 1 life This means spiritual life.
|
||||
JHN 5 27 g58f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 27 pr1c ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν 1 he gave the Son authority to do judgment The Son of God has the authority of God the Father to judge.
|
||||
|
|
@ -325,13 +325,13 @@ JHN 5 38 dfn1 figs-metaphor τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε
|
|||
JHN 5 38 rc2n τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word “the message he spoke to you”
|
||||
JHN 5 39 xi22 ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν 1 in them you have eternal life “you will find eternal life if you read them” or “the scriptures will tell you how you can have eternal life”
|
||||
JHN 5 40 dzm2 οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 you are not willing to come to me “you refuse to believe my message”
|
||||
JHN 5 41 c1rx λαμβάνω 1 I do…receive accept
|
||||
JHN 5 41 c1rx λαμβάνω 1 I do … receive accept
|
||||
JHN 5 42 b1j4 τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you do not have the love of God in yourselves This could mean: (1) They really did not love God. (2) They had not really received God’s love.
|
||||
JHN 5 43 zw65 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in the name of my Father Here the word **name** is a metonym that symbolizes God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “I have come with my Father’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 43 rtb9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 of…Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 43 ue9f λαμβάνετέ 1 you do…receive welcome as a friend
|
||||
JHN 5 43 rtb9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 of … Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 43 ue9f λαμβάνετέ 1 you do … receive welcome as a friend
|
||||
JHN 5 43 p7jg figs-metonymy ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ 1 If another would come in his own name The word **name** is a metonym that represents authority. Alternate translation: “If another should come in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 44 e999 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ 1 How are you able to believe glory you are receiving from one another, and…the glory that is from the only God This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “There is no way you can believe because you accept praise … God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 5 44 e999 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ 1 How are you able to believe glory you are receiving from one another, and … the glory that is from the only God This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “There is no way you can believe because you accept praise … God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 5 44 g7qd πιστεῦσαι 1 to believe This means to trust in Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 5 45 kk5q figs-metonymy ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε 1 The one accusing you is Moses, in whom you have put your hope **Moses** here is a metonym here that stands for the law itself. Alternate translation: “Moses accuses you in the Law, the very Law in which you have put your hopes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 45 pf98 ἠλπίκατε 1 have put your hope “your confidence” or “your trust”
|
||||
|
|
@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ JHN 6 23 w7qu writing-background ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδ
|
|||
JHN 6 24 cql6 0 General Information: The people go to Capernaum to find Jesus. When they see him, they start asking him questions.
|
||||
JHN 6 26 f8j4 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 6 27 czb3 ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει; τοῦτον γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐσφράγισεν ὁ Θεός 1 eternal life which the Son of Man will give you, for God the Father has set his seal on him God the Father has given his approval to Jesus, the Son of Man, to give eternal life to those who believe in him.
|
||||
JHN 6 27 b94w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Πατὴρ…ὁ Θεός 1 Son of Man…God the Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 27 b94w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Πατὴρ…ὁ Θεός 1 Son of Man … God the Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 27 gf9q figs-metaphor τοῦτον…ἐσφράγισεν 1 has set his seal on him To “set a seal” on something means to place a mark on it to show to whom it belongs. This means that the Son belongs to the Father and that the Father approves of him in every way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 31 gye7 οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 Our fathers “Our forefathers” or “Our ancestors”
|
||||
JHN 6 31 jz9p τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 heaven This refers to the place where God lives.
|
||||
|
|
@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ JHN 6 41 t91b 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he
|
|||
JHN 6 41 jl8l ἐγόγγυζον 1 began to grumble talked unhappily
|
||||
JHN 6 41 wwa5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος 1 I am the bread Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who is like true bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 42 bm3w figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 Is not this Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders believe that Jesus is no one special. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 42 i81r figs-rquestion πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα 1 How then does he now say,…I have come down from heaven This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 42 i81r figs-rquestion πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα 1 How then does he now say, … I have come down from heaven This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 43 pk4s 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd and now also to the Jewish leaders.
|
||||
JHN 6 44 s6b5 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 will raise him up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 6 44 rr2m ἑλκύσῃ 1 would draw “pulls” or “attracts”
|
||||
|
|
@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ JHN 7 14 yut8 0 General Information: Jesus is now teaching the Jews in the tem
|
|||
JHN 7 15 e7ve figs-rquestion πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν 1 How does this one know the scriptures The remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the Jewish leaders’ surprise that Jesus has so much knowledge. Alternate translation: “He cannot possibly know so much about the scriptures!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 16 h7mr ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 but of the one who sent me “but comes from God, the one who sent me”
|
||||
JHN 7 17 srx3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 7 18 xf9j ὁ…δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν, οὗτος ἀληθής ἐστιν, καὶ ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 The one…but…seeking the glory of the one who sent him, that one is true, and there is no unrighteousness in him “when a person only seeks to honor the one who sent him, that person is speaking the truth. He does not lie”
|
||||
JHN 7 18 xf9j ὁ…δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν, οὗτος ἀληθής ἐστιν, καὶ ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 The one … but … seeking the glory of the one who sent him, that one is true, and there is no unrighteousness in him “when a person only seeks to honor the one who sent him, that person is speaking the truth. He does not lie”
|
||||
JHN 7 19 pib5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 7 19 c7xq figs-rquestion οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον 1 Did not Moses give you the law This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “It was Moses who gave you the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 19 iwv8 ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον 1 does the law “obeys the law”
|
||||
|
|
@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ JHN 7 39 syp9 δὲ εἶπεν 1 But he said Here, **he** refers to Jesus.
|
|||
JHN 7 39 qbr1 figs-explicit οὔπω…ἦν Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit was not yet John implies that the Spirit would later come to live in those who trusted Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to live in the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 39 n599 ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη 1 because Jesus had not yet been glorified Here the word **glorified** refers to the time when God would honor the Son after his death and resurrection.
|
||||
JHN 7 40 shq8 figs-explicit οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφήτης 1 This is truly the prophet By saying this, the people are indicating that they believe Jesus is the prophet like Moses that God had promised to send. Alternate translation: “This is indeed the prophet who is like Moses that we have been waiting for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 41 alq3 figs-rquestion ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται 1 the Christ does…come from Galilee This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “The Christ cannot come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 41 alq3 figs-rquestion ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται 1 the Christ does … come from Galilee This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “The Christ cannot come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 n8nb figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός 1 Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the seed of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “The scriptures teach that Christ will come from the line of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 ep4z figs-personification οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν 1 Have the scriptures not said The scriptures are referred to as if they were actually speaking as a person speaks. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 zjh5 ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ 1 where David was “where David lived”
|
||||
|
|
@ -539,14 +539,14 @@ JHN 7 46 qwv3 figs-hyperbole οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄ
|
|||
JHN 7 46 wp9h figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος 1 Never has a man spoken like this You may need to make explicit that the officers were not claiming to know everything that every person in all times and places had ever said. “We have never heard anyone say such amazing things as this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 47 d4xy οὖν…οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 So the Pharisees “Because they said that, the Pharisees”
|
||||
JHN 7 47 t91p ἀπεκρίθησαν…αὐτοῖς 1 answered them “answered the officers”
|
||||
JHN 7 47 z95z figs-rquestion καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε 1 You have…also been deceived The remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. The Pharisees are shocked at the response of the officers. Alternate translation: “You have been deceived too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 47 z95z figs-rquestion καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε 1 You have … also been deceived The remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. The Pharisees are shocked at the response of the officers. Alternate translation: “You have been deceived too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 48 e8vu figs-rquestion τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 None from the rulers have believed in him, or from the Pharisees, have they This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “None of the rulers or Pharisees have believed in him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 49 e5td τὸν νόμον 1 the law This is a reference to the law of the Pharisees and not the law of Moses.
|
||||
JHN 7 49 fe7d ἀλλὰ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος, ὁ μὴ γινώσκων τὸν νόμον, ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν 1 But this crowd that does not know the law, they are cursed “As for this crowd that does not know the law, God will cause them to perish!”
|
||||
JHN 7 50 u5ha writing-background ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον, εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 who came to him earlier, was one from the Pharisees John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 51 ia3j figs-rquestion μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ 1 Our law does not judge a man unless it might first hear from him and might know what he does, does it This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Our Jewish law does not allow us to judge a man … what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 51 y8df figs-personification ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Our law does…judge a man Here Nicodemus speaks of the **law** as if it were a person. If this is not natural in your language, you may translate it with a personal subject. Alternate translation: “Do we judge a man” or “we do not judge a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 7 52 pt91 figs-rquestion καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ 1 You are…also from Galilee The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not from Galilee. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those inferior persons from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 51 y8df figs-personification ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Our law does … judge a man Here Nicodemus speaks of the **law** as if it were a person. If this is not natural in your language, you may translate it with a personal subject. Alternate translation: “Do we judge a man” or “we do not judge a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 7 52 pt91 figs-rquestion καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ 1 You are … also from Galilee The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not from Galilee. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those inferior persons from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 52 k6pg figs-ellipsis ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε 1 Search and see This is an ellipsis. You may wish to include the information that does not appear. Alternate translation: “Search carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 7 52 jm59 προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγείρεται 1 no prophet rises up from Galilee This probably refers to the belief that Jesus was born in Galilee.
|
||||
JHN 7 53 s5fi translate-textvariants 0 General Information: The best early texts do not have 7:53–8:11. The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. Translators are encouraged to translate them, to set them apart with square brackets, and to include a footnote like the one written on [John 7:53](../07/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -575,9 +575,9 @@ JHN 8 17 r2r8 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 it is written This is a pa
|
|||
JHN 8 17 l6ln figs-explicit δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθής ἐστιν 1 the testimony of two men is true The logic implied here is that one person can verify the words of another. Alternate translation: “if two men say the same thing, then people know it is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 18 ff2p ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 I am the one bearing witness about myself Jesus bears witness about himself. Alternate translation: “I give evidence to you about myself”
|
||||
JHN 8 18 gfd3 figs-explicit μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 the Father who sent me bears witness about me The Father also bears witness about Jesus. You could make it explicit that this means Jesus’ testimony is true. Alternate translation: “my Father who sent me also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 18 ycc8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ…Πατήρ 1 the one…Father This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say “my Father” since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 18 ycc8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ…Πατήρ 1 the one … Father This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say “my Father” since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 s37n writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 20 there is a break in Jesus’ speaking where the author give us background information regarding where Jesus had been teaching. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [John 8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 d3b9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε 1 You know neither me nor my Father…if you had known me, you would have known my Father also Jesus indicates that to know him is to also know the Father. Both Father and Son are God. “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 d3b9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε 1 You know neither me nor my Father … if you had known me, you would have known my Father also Jesus indicates that to know him is to also know the Father. Both Father and Son are God. “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 b26z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 20 b11j figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come The word **hour** is a metonym for the time for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: “it was not yet the right time for Jesus to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 21 xv3g 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
|
|
@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ JHN 8 31 g752 figs-idiom μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ 1 w
|
|||
JHN 8 31 iq3z μαθηταί μού 1 my disciples “my followers”
|
||||
JHN 8 32 esz8 figs-personification ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς 1 the truth will set you free This is personification. Jesus speaks of “the truth” as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 8 32 xf9m τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the truth This refers to what Jesus reveals about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God”
|
||||
JHN 8 33 n34n figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε 1 how can you say,…You will be set free This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jewish leaders’ shock at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 33 n34n figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε 1 how can you say, … You will be set free This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jewish leaders’ shock at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 34 i2pn ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 8 34 jg3z figs-metaphor δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 is a slave of sin Here the word **slave** is a metaphor. This implies that “sin” is like a master for the one who sins. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 35 sg4a figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 in the house Here, **house** is a metonym for “family.” Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -639,14 +639,14 @@ JHN 8 50 m4rl 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues answering the Jews.
|
|||
JHN 8 50 fg43 ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων 1 there is one seeking and judging This refers to God.
|
||||
JHN 8 51 fb52 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 8 51 m46r figs-metonymy τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ 1 would keep my word Here, **word** is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “obeys my teachings” or “does what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 51 gx7l figs-idiom θάνατον…θεωρήσῃ 1 he would…see death This is an idiom that means to experience death. Here Jesus is referring to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 51 gx7l figs-idiom θάνατον…θεωρήσῃ 1 he would … see death This is an idiom that means to experience death. Here Jesus is referring to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 52 e9xz figs-synecdoche Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Jews Here, **Jews** is a metonym for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 52 zah1 ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 If anyone would keep my word “If anyone obeys my teaching”
|
||||
JHN 8 52 a1ls figs-idiom γεύσηται θανάτου 1 he would…taste death This is an idiom that means to experience death. The Jewish leaders mistakenly assume that Jesus is speaking only about physical death. Alternate translation: “die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 52 a1ls figs-idiom γεύσηται θανάτου 1 he would … taste death This is an idiom that means to experience death. The Jewish leaders mistakenly assume that Jesus is speaking only about physical death. Alternate translation: “die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 53 shp3 figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν 1 You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that Jesus is not greater than Abraham. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who indeed died!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 53 p38s τοῦ πατρὸς 1 father forefather
|
||||
JHN 8 53 cei7 figs-rquestion τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς 1 Who do you make yourself out to be The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. Alternate translation: “You should not think that you are so important!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 54 ab13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἔστιν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ δοξάζων με, ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 it is my Father who glorifies me…about whom you say that he is your God The word **Father** is an important title for God. No one knows God the Father like Jesus, the Son of God. Alternate translation: “it is my Father who honors me, and you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 54 ab13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἔστιν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ δοξάζων με, ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 it is my Father who glorifies me … about whom you say that he is your God The word **Father** is an important title for God. No one knows God the Father like Jesus, the Son of God. Alternate translation: “it is my Father who honors me, and you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 55 c3bm figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ τηρῶ 1 keep his word Here, **word** is a metonym for what God says. Alternate translation: “I obey what he says to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 56 tyu5 figs-metonymy τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν 1 my day This is a metonym for what Jesus would accomplish during his life. Alternate translation: “what I would do during my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 56 hv5g εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη 1 he saw it and was glad “he foresaw my coming through God’s revelation and he rejoiced”
|
||||
|
|
@ -666,8 +666,8 @@ JHN 9 4 g92d figs-metaphor ἡμέρα…νὺξ 1 day. Night Here, **day** and
|
|||
JHN 9 5 f2xu figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “living among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 9 5 dd8k figs-metaphor φῶς…τοῦ κόσμου 1 the light of the world Here, **light** is a metaphor for the true revelation of God. Alternate translation: “the one who shows what is true just as light allows people to see what is in the darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 6 y3s4 figs-explicit ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος 1 made mud from the saliva Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva. Alternate translation: “and used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 ily8 figs-explicit νίψαι…ἐνίψατο 1 wash…washed You may need to make explicit that Jesus wanted him to wash the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that that is what the man did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 ri9h writing-background ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 which is translated…Sent A brief break occurs here in the story line so John can explain to his readers what “Siloam” means. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 ily8 figs-explicit νίψαι…ἐνίψατο 1 wash … washed You may need to make explicit that Jesus wanted him to wash the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that that is what the man did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 ri9h writing-background ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 which is translated … Sent A brief break occurs here in the story line so John can explain to his readers what “Siloam” means. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 9 8 r79x figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν 1 Is not this the one sitting and begging This remark appears in the form of a question to express the surprise of the people. Alternate translation: “This man is the one who used to sit and beg!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 10 p7vj 0 Connecting Statement: The neighbors of the man who had been blind continue to speak to him.
|
||||
JHN 9 10 m97n πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί 1 How were your eyes opened “Then what caused you to be able to see?” or “How is it that you can see now?”
|
||||
|
|
@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ JHN 9 11 a42y ἐπέχρισέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 smear
|
|||
JHN 9 13 dl48 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 14 tells background information about when Jesus healed the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 9 13 cu14 ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους, τόν ποτε τυφλόν 1 They brought him who used to be blind to the Pharisees The people insisted that the man go with them to the Pharisees. They did not physically force him to go.
|
||||
JHN 9 14 qxy9 Σάββατον ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ 1 a Sabbath on the day “Jewish Day of Rest”
|
||||
JHN 9 15 d6xd πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν…οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 Then again the Pharisees…asked him “So the Pharisees also asked him”
|
||||
JHN 9 15 d6xd πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν…οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 Then again the Pharisees … asked him “So the Pharisees also asked him”
|
||||
JHN 9 16 y3wn writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 18 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the Jews’ disbelief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 9 16 hdh9 τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ 1 he does not keep the Sabbath This means Jesus does not obey the law about doing no work on the Jewish Day of Rest.
|
||||
JHN 9 16 k4sy figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν 1 How is a man, a sinner, able to do such signs This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that Jesus’ signs prove he is not a sinner. Alternate translation: “A sinner can not do such signs!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -703,20 +703,20 @@ JHN 9 28 z2tn figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐσμ
|
|||
JHN 9 29 ye4k ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι Μωϋσεῖ λελάληκεν ὁ Θεός 1 We know that God has spoken to Moses “We are sure that God has spoken to Moses”
|
||||
JHN 9 29 vv43 figs-explicit τοῦτον…οὐκ οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν 1 we do not know where this one is from Here the Jewish leaders are referring to Jesus. They imply that he has no authority to call disciples. Alternate translation: “we do not know where he comes from or where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 30 i3gm figs-explicit ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε πόθεν ἐστίν 1 that you do not know where he is from The man is surprised that the Jewish leaders question Jesus’ authority when they know he has the power to heal. Alternate translation: “that you do not know where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 31 e7ec ἁμαρτωλῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει…τούτου ἀκούει 1 does not hear sinners,…he hears this one “does not answer the prayers of sinners … God answers his prayers”
|
||||
JHN 9 31 e7ec ἁμαρτωλῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει…τούτου ἀκούει 1 does not hear sinners, … he hears this one “does not answer the prayers of sinners … God answers his prayers”
|
||||
JHN 9 32 e89t 0 Connecting Statement: The man who had been blind continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 9 32 b2xt figs-activepassive οὐκ ἠκούσθη, ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν τις 1 it has never been heard that anyone opened This is a passive statement. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: “no one has ever heard of anyone who healed a man who was blind from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 9 33 tt5e figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν 1 If this man were not from God, he would not be able to do anything This sentence uses a double negative pattern. “Only a man from God could do something like that!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 9 34 da3z figs-rquestion ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς 1 You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. It also implies that the man was born blind because of the sins of his parents. Alternate translation: “You were born as a result of your parents’ sins. You are not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 34 kl2x ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω 1 they threw him out “they threw him out of the synagogue”
|
||||
JHN 9 35 z6r9 0 General Information: Jesus finds the man whom he healed ([John 9:1-7](./01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 9 35 rpb5 πιστεύεις εἰς 1 Do…believe in This means to “believe in Jesus,” to believe that he is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and live in a way that honors him.
|
||||
JHN 9 35 rpb5 πιστεύεις εἰς 1 Do … believe in This means to “believe in Jesus,” to believe that he is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and live in a way that honors him.
|
||||
JHN 9 35 tw58 τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Here the reader needs to understand that Jesus was speaking as if **the Son of Man** were another person. The man who had been born blind did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself when he spoke of “the Son of Man.” You should translate so that the man does not learn that Jesus is the Son of Man until verse 37.
|
||||
JHN 9 39 azp3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον 1 came into this world The “world” is a metonym for “the people who live in the world.” Alternate translation: “came to live among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 9 39 te5y figs-metaphor ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται 1 so that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind Here, **seeing** and **blindness** are metaphors. Jesus distinguishes between people who are spiritually blind and physically blind. Alternate translation: “so that those who are blind spiritually, but who want to see God, can see him, and those who already falsely think they can see God will remain in their blindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 40 d8mm μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν 1 We are not also blind, are we “Do you think we are spiritually blind?”
|
||||
JHN 9 41 rh3l figs-metaphor εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν 1 If you were blind, you would have no sin Here, **blindness** is a metaphor for not knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “If you wanted to know God’s truth, you would be able to receive your sight.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 41 jmq7 figs-metaphor νῦν δὲ λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει 1 but now you say,…We see,…your sin remains Here, **seeing** is a metaphor for knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “Since you falsely think that you already know God’s truth, you will remain blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 41 jmq7 figs-metaphor νῦν δὲ λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει 1 but now you say, … We see, … your sin remains Here, **seeing** is a metaphor for knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “Since you falsely think that you already know God’s truth, you will remain blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 intro e8mb 0 # John 10 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Blasphemy<br><br>When a person claims that he is God or that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak, this is called blasphemy. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by stoning them to death. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they took up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>Jesus spoke of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, they do not think well, they often walk away from those who care for them, and they cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people also rebel against him and do not know when they are doing wrong.<br><br>### Sheep pen<br><br>A sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them.<br><br>### Laying down and taking up life<br><br>Jesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could lay down on the ground, a metaphor for dying, or pick up again, a metaphor for becoming alive again.
|
||||
JHN 10 1 gzd8 figs-parables 0 General Information: Jesus begins to speak in parables. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
JHN 10 1 ab9x 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to the Pharisees. This is the same part of the story which began in [John 9:35](../09/35.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ JHN 10 11 xs4m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός
|
|||
JHN 10 11 llr4 figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν 1 lays down his life To lay down something means to give up control of it. It is a mild way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 10 12 ym8w figs-metaphor ὁ μισθωτὸς 1 the hired servant The “hired servant” is a metaphor that represents the Jewish leaders and teachers. Alternate translation: “The one who is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 12 ue4m figs-metaphor ἀφίησιν τὰ πρόβατα 1 abandons the sheep Here the word **sheep** is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 13 szr8 figs-metaphor οὐ μέλει…περὶ τῶν προβάτων 1 it is not a concert…about the sheep Here the word **sheep** is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 13 szr8 figs-metaphor οὐ μέλει…περὶ τῶν προβάτων 1 it is not a concert … about the sheep Here the word **sheep** is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 14 fg93 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Here the **good shepherd** is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 15 qr9g guidelines-sonofgodprinciples γινώσκει με ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ γινώσκω τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father knows me, and I know the Father God the Father and God the Son know each other unlike anyone else knows them. “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 15 pn9w figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχήν μου τίθημι ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων 1 I lay down my life for the sheep This is a mild way for Jesus to say that he will die to protect his sheep. Alternate translation: “I die for the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ JHN 10 18 j945 figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμ
|
|||
JHN 10 18 s13n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 I received this command from my Father “This is what my Father has commanded me to do.” The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 19 wft1 0 Connecting Statement: These verses tell how the Jews responded to what Jesus had said.
|
||||
JHN 10 20 gm3r figs-rquestion τί αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε 1 Why do you listen to him This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the point that the people should not listen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Do not listen to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 21 mj2b figs-rquestion δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι 1 A demon is…able to open the eyes of the blind This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly a demon cannot cause a blind man to see!” or “Certainly a demon cannot give sight to blind people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 21 mj2b figs-rquestion δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι 1 A demon is … able to open the eyes of the blind This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly a demon cannot cause a blind man to see!” or “Certainly a demon cannot give sight to blind people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 22 f9cm writing-background 0 General Information: During the Festival of Dedication, some Jews begin to question Jesus. Verses 22 and 23 give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 10 22 w25f ἐνκαίνια 1 Festival of the Dedication This is an eight-day, winter holiday Jews use to remember a miracle where God made a small amount of oil remain lit in a lampstand for eight days. They lit the lampstand to dedicate the Jewish temple to God. To dedicate something is to promise to use it for a special purpose.
|
||||
JHN 10 23 v6wn figs-explicit περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Jesus was walking in the temple The area where Jesus was walking was actually a courtyard that was outside the temple building. Alternate translation: “Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -773,25 +773,25 @@ JHN 10 25 bqz1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 of my
|
|||
JHN 10 25 n34x figs-personification ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 these testify concerning me His miracles offer proof about him like a person who testifies would offer proof in a court of law. Alternate translation: “offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 10 26 als6 figs-metaphor οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν 1 not from my sheep The word **sheep** is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 27 rdw7 figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν 1 My sheep hear my voice The word **sheep** is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. The metaphor of Jesus as the “shepherd” is also implied. Alternate translation: “Just as sheep obey the voice of their true shepherd, my followers heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 28 bpx3 figs-metonymy οὐχ ἁρπάσει…αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου 1 no one will snatch…of them from my hand Here the word **hand** is a metonym that represents the protective care of Jesus. Alternate translation: “no one will steal them away from me” or “they will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 28 bpx3 figs-metonymy οὐχ ἁρπάσει…αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου 1 no one will snatch … of them from my hand Here the word **hand** is a metonym that represents the protective care of Jesus. Alternate translation: “no one will steal them away from me” or “they will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 29 g82a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδωκέν μοι 1 My Father, who has given them to me The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 29 k1ya figs-metonymy τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός 1 the hand of the Father The word **hand** is a metonym that refers to God’s possession and protective care. Alternate translation: “No one can steal them from my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 30 rs4j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν 1 I and the Father are one Jesus, God the Son, and God the Father are one. The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 31 fl8i figs-synecdoche ἐβάστασαν πάλιν λίθους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews took up stones again The word **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish leaders started picking up stones again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 32 t5q8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ ἔδειξα ὑμῖν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 Jesus answered them,…I have shown you many good works from the Father Jesus performed the miracles by the power of God. The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 32 t5q8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ ἔδειξα ὑμῖν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 Jesus answered them, … I have shown you many good works from the Father Jesus performed the miracles by the power of God. The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 32 tx8h figs-irony διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον, ἐμὲ λιθάζετε 1 For which of those works are you stoning me This question uses irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done good works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 10 33 bq1l figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him The word **Jews** is a synecdoche that represents the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish opponents replied” or “The Jewish leaders answered him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 33 h4kp ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν 1 making yourself God “claiming to be God”
|
||||
JHN 10 34 qi82 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε? 1 Is it not written in your law,…I said,…You are gods This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should already know that it is written in your law that I said, ‘you are gods.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 34 qi82 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε? 1 Is it not written in your law, … I said, … You are gods This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should already know that it is written in your law that I said, ‘you are gods.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 34 b3gp θεοί ἐστε 1 You are gods Here Jesus quotes a scripture where God calls his followers **gods**, perhaps because he has chosen them to represent him on earth.
|
||||
JHN 10 35 m8ji figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 the word of God came Jesus speaks of God’s message as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. Alternate translation: “God spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 35 u9j2 οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture is not able to be broken This could mean: (1) No one can change the scripture. (2) The scripture will always be true.
|
||||
JHN 10 36 dvp5 figs-rquestion ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι 1 do you say to the one the Father sanctified and sent into the world,…You are blaspheming,…because I said,…I am the Son of God Jesus used this question to rebuke his opponents for saying that he was blaspheming when he called himself “the Son of God.” Alternate translation: “you should not say to the very one whom the Father set apart to send into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ when I say that I am the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 36 dvp5 figs-rquestion ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι 1 do you say to the one the Father sanctified and sent into the world, … You are blaspheming, … because I said, … I am the Son of God Jesus used this question to rebuke his opponents for saying that he was blaspheming when he called himself “the Son of God.” Alternate translation: “you should not say to the very one whom the Father set apart to send into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ when I say that I am the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 36 fj9f βλασφημεῖς 1 You are blaspheming “You are insulting God.” Jesus’ opponents understood that when said that he is the Son of God, he was implying that he is equal with God.
|
||||
JHN 10 36 rax1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Father…the Son of God These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 36 rax1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Father … the Son of God These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 37 wyd2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes responding to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 10 37 us7v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 of…Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 37 vk1v πιστεύετέ μοι 1 do…believe me Here the word **believe** means to accept or trust what Jesus said is true.
|
||||
JHN 10 37 us7v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 of … Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 37 vk1v πιστεύετέ μοι 1 do … believe me Here the word **believe** means to accept or trust what Jesus said is true.
|
||||
JHN 10 38 k2zf τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε 1 believe in the works Here, **believe in** is to acknowledge that the works Jesus does are from the Father.
|
||||
JHN 10 38 t8uf figs-idiom ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί 1 the Father is in me, and I in the Father These are idioms that express the close personal relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “My Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 10 39 eqh1 figs-metonymy ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν 1 he went away out of their hand The word **hand** is a metonym that represents the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “got away from them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -898,12 +898,12 @@ JHN 12 1 s1v2 writing-newevent πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα 1
|
|||
JHN 12 1 z1jp figs-idiom ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 had raised from the dead This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “had made alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 12 3 c8kf translate-bweight λίτραν μύρου 1 a litra of perfumed oil You may convert this to a modern measure. A “litra” is about one third of a kilogram. Or you may refer to a container that could hold that amount. Alternate translation: “a third of a kilogram of perfume” or “a bottle of perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
JHN 12 3 ki9d μύρου 1 of perfumed oil This is a good-smelling liquid made by using the oils of pleasant smelling plants and flowers.
|
||||
JHN 12 3 b3sa translate-unknown νάρδου 1 made of…nard This is a perfume made from a pink, bell-shaped flower in the mountains of Nepal, China, and India. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 12 3 pq7c figs-activepassive ἡ…οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου 1 Mary,…house was filled with the fragrance of the perfumed oil You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The scent of her perfume filled the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 3 b3sa translate-unknown νάρδου 1 made of … nard This is a perfume made from a pink, bell-shaped flower in the mountains of Nepal, China, and India. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 12 3 pq7c figs-activepassive ἡ…οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου 1 Mary, … house was filled with the fragrance of the perfumed oil You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The scent of her perfume filled the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 4 e1xj ὁ μέλλων αὐτὸν παραδιδόναι 1 the one who was going to betray him “the one who later enabled Jesus’ enemies to seize him”
|
||||
JHN 12 5 e8d7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς 1 Why was this perfumed oil not sold for 300 denarii and given to the poor This is a rhetorical question. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “This perfume could have been sold for three hundred denarii and the money could have been given to the poor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 5 p838 translate-numbers τριακοσίων δηναρίων 1 for 300 denarii You can translate this as a numeral. Alternate translation: “300 denarii” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 12 5 dx9e translate-bmoney δηναρίων 1 for…denarii A denarius was the amount of silver that a common laborer could earn in one day of work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
JHN 12 5 dx9e translate-bmoney δηναρίων 1 for … denarii A denarius was the amount of silver that a common laborer could earn in one day of work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
JHN 12 6 ri5l writing-background εἶπεν δὲ τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν, καὶ τὸ γλωσσόκομον ἔχων τὰ βαλλόμενα ἐβάσταζεν 1 But he said this, not because it was a concern to him about the poor, but because he was a thief, and having the moneybag, he was stealing what was put in it John explains why Judas asked the question about the poor. If your language has a way of indicating background information, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 6 sl8u εἶπεν…τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν 1 he said this, not because it was a concern to him about the poor, but because he was a thief “he said this because he was a thief. He did not care about the poor”
|
||||
JHN 12 7 dcn3 figs-explicit ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό 1 Leave her alone, because she has kept it for the day of my burial Jesus implies that the woman’s actions can be understood as anticipating his death and burial. Alternate translation: “Allow her to show how much she appreciates me! In this way she has prepared my body for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ JHN 12 16 xdm7 figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς 1 whe
|
|||
JHN 12 16 lvz1 ταῦτα ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ 1 they had done these things to him The words **these things** refer to what the people did when Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a donkey (praising him and waving the palm branches).
|
||||
JHN 12 17 i6ag writing-background οὖν 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main narrative. Here John explains that many of the people came to meet Jesus because they heard others say that he had raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 18 eel6 ἤκουσαν τοῦτο αὐτὸν πεποιηκέναι τὸ σημεῖον 1 they heard that he had done this sign “they heard others say that he had done this sign”
|
||||
JHN 12 18 v2nx τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον 1 this…sign A “sign” is an event or occurrence that proves something is true. In this case, the “sign” of raising Lazarus proves that Jesus is the Messiah.
|
||||
JHN 12 18 v2nx τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον 1 this … sign A “sign” is an event or occurrence that proves something is true. In this case, the “sign” of raising Lazarus proves that Jesus is the Messiah.
|
||||
JHN 12 19 c43j figs-explicit θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν 1 Look, you are accompishing nothing The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 19 i5uq figs-hyperbole ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν 1 behold, the world has gone after him The Pharisees use this exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to meet Jesus. Alternate translation: “It looks like everyone is becoming his disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 12 19 ev6e figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here, **the world** is a metonym that represents (in exaggeration) all of the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -940,12 +940,12 @@ JHN 12 22 b9re figs-ellipsis λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 speak to Jesu
|
|||
JHN 12 23 p96d 0 General Information: Jesus begins to respond to Philip and Andrew.
|
||||
JHN 12 23 jl9u figs-explicit ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The hour has come so that the Son of Man might be glorified Jesus implies that it is now the right time for God to honor the Son of Man through his upcoming suffering, death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “God will soon honor me when I die and rise again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 24 m255 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated “Truly, truly” in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 12 24 gq2y figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει 1 unless a grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, would die, it remains by itself…but if it would die, it bears much fruit Here, **a grain of wheat** or “seed” is a metaphor for Jesus’ death, burial and resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows again into a plant that will bear much fruit, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 24 gq2y figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει 1 unless a grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, would die, it remains by itself … but if it would die, it bears much fruit Here, **a grain of wheat** or “seed” is a metaphor for Jesus’ death, burial and resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows again into a plant that will bear much fruit, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 sk6e figs-explicit ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν 1 The one loving his life loses it Here, **loves his life** means to consider one’s own physical life to be more valuable than the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever values his own life more than others will not receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 mp7b figs-explicit ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν 1 the one hating his life in this world will keep it for eternal life Here the one who **hates his life** refers to one who loves his own life less than he loves the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever considers the lives of others as more important than his own life will live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 26 i8ky figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται 1 where I am, there will my servant also be Jesus implies that those who serve him will be with him in heaven. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 26 wx3m guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τιμήσει αὐτὸν ὁ Πατήρ 1 the Father will honor him Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 ytv9 figs-rquestion τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης 1 what might I say?…Father, save me from this hour This remark appears in the form of a rhetorical question. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and to be killed. Alternate translation: “I will not pray, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 ytv9 figs-rquestion τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης 1 what might I say? … Father, save me from this hour This remark appears in the form of a rhetorical question. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and to be killed. Alternate translation: “I will not pray, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 bx1j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 hmv9 figs-metonymy τῆς ὥρας ταύτης 1 this hour Here, **this hour** is a metonym that represents when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 28 v2fk figs-metonymy δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 glorify your name Here the word **name** is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “make your glory known” or “reveal your glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,14 +960,14 @@ JHN 12 32 n7i6 πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 1 will draw
|
|||
JHN 12 33 v7f3 writing-background τοῦτο…ἔλεγεν, σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 he was saying this to indicate what kind of death he was about to die John interprets Jesus’ words to mean that people will crucify him. Alternate translation: “He said this to let the people know how he would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 mx1k figs-ellipsis δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 It is necessary for the Son of Man to be lifted up The phrase **lifted up** means crucified. You may translate this in a way that includes the implied words “on a cross.” Alternate translation: “The Son of Man must be lifted up on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 t386 τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Who is this Son of Man This could mean: (1) They may be asking, “What is the identity of this Son of Man?” (2) They may be asking, “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?”
|
||||
JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον, τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν. περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ; καὶ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 Jesus then said to them,…The light will be with you yet a short time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness might not overtake you. And the one walking in the darkness does not know where he is going Here, **light** is a metaphor for Jesus’ teachings which reveal the truth of God. To “walk in darkness” is a metaphor that means to live without God’s truth. Alternate translation: “My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον, τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν. περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ; καὶ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 Jesus then said to them, … The light will be with you yet a short time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness might not overtake you. And the one walking in the darkness does not know where he is going Here, **light** is a metaphor for Jesus’ teachings which reveal the truth of God. To “walk in darkness” is a metaphor that means to live without God’s truth. Alternate translation: “My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 36 j1rs figs-metaphor ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, πιστεύετε εἰς τὸ φῶς, ἵνα υἱοὶ φωτὸς γένησθε 1 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light The “light” is a metaphor for the teachings of Jesus which reveal the truth of God. “sons of light” is a metaphor for those who accept the message of Jesus and live according to God’s truth. Alternate translation: “While I am with you, believe what I teach so that God’s truth will be in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 37 s1wh 0 General Information: This is a break in the main story line as the John begins to explain about the fulfillment of prophesies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
JHN 12 38 k15e figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the message of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 gx5x figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed This appears in the form of two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his message. You can state these as a single rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “Lord, hardly anyone has believed our message, even though they have seen that you are powerfully able to save them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 dh6s figs-metonymy ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου 1 the arm of the Lord This is a metonym that refers to the Lord’s ability to rescue with power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 z323 figs-metonymy ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 he has hardened their hearts…would understand with their hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 wac6 figs-metaphor ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 he has hardened their hearts…would understand with their hearts The phrase **hardened their hearts** is a metaphor for making someone become stubborn. Also, to **understand with their hearts** means to “truly understand.” Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn … truly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 z323 figs-metonymy ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 he has hardened their hearts … would understand with their hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 wac6 figs-metaphor ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 he has hardened their hearts … would understand with their hearts The phrase **hardened their hearts** is a metaphor for making someone become stubborn. Also, to **understand with their hearts** means to “truly understand.” Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn … truly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 h99a figs-metaphor καὶ στραφῶσιν 1 and would turn Here, **turn** is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “and they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 42 hdh1 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται 1 so that they would not be banned from the synagogue You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so people would not stop them from going to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 43 fx72 ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 they loved the glory from men more than the glory from God “They wanted people to praise them more than they wanted God to praise them”
|
||||
|
|
@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ JHN 12 46 db76 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
|
|||
JHN 12 46 wib3 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ φῶς…ἐλήλυθα 1 I have come as a light Here the **light** is a metaphor for Jesus’ example. Alternate translation: “I have come to show the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 i31g figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ 1 might not remain in the darkness Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for living in ignorance of God’s truth. Alternate translation: “may not continue to be spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 uxb8 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world Here, **the world** is a metonym that represents all of the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 47 xvq6 figs-explicit καὶ ἐάν τίς μου ἀκούσῃ τῶν ῥημάτων, καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ, ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν, οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον, ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σώσω τὸν κόσμον 1 And if anyone would hear my words but would not keep them, I do not judge him…for I have not come so that I might judge the world, but so that I might save the world Here, **to judge the world** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people. Alternate translation: “If anyone hears my teaching and rejects it, I do not condemn him. I have not come to condemn people. Instead, I have come to save those who trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 47 xvq6 figs-explicit καὶ ἐάν τίς μου ἀκούσῃ τῶν ῥημάτων, καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ, ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν, οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον, ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σώσω τὸν κόσμον 1 And if anyone would hear my words but would not keep them, I do not judge him … for I have not come so that I might judge the world, but so that I might save the world Here, **to judge the world** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people. Alternate translation: “If anyone hears my teaching and rejects it, I do not condemn him. I have not come to condemn people. Instead, I have come to save those who trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 48 b1ds ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the last day “at the time when God judges people’s sins”
|
||||
JHN 12 49 ybm5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 50 tar2 οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν 1 I know that his command is eternal life “I know that the words that he commanded me to speak are the words that give life forever”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ JHN 13 10 m7vj 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to Simon Peter
|
|||
JHN 13 10 is57 figs-metaphor ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι 1 The one who has been washed has no need, except to wash his feet Here, **bathed** is a metaphor that means that God has cleansed a person spiritually. Alternate translation: “If anyone has already received God’s forgiveness, he now only needs to receive cleansing from his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 13 11 ccz4 figs-explicit οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε 1 Not all are clean Jesus implies that the one who will betray him, Judas, has not trusted in him. Therefore God has not forgiven him of his sins. Alternate translation: “Not all of you have received God’s forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 12 p45l figs-rquestion γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν 1 Do you understand what I have done for you This remark appears in the form of a question so Jesus can emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: “You need to understand what I have done for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 13 13 m9z8 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ, ὁ Κύριος 1 You call me…teacher…and…Lord Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. Alternate translation: “You show me great respect when you call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 13 m9z8 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ, ὁ Κύριος 1 You call me … teacher … and … Lord Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. Alternate translation: “You show me great respect when you call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 15 pk3l figs-explicit καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε 1 you also would do just as I did for you Jesus implies that his disciples should be willing to follow his example and serve one another. Alternate translation: “you should also humbly serve each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 16 n5cb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 13 16 h6gt ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ JHN 13 18 v5pv figs-idiom ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτ
|
|||
JHN 13 19 qd39 ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι 1 Now I tell you before it happens “I am telling you now what is going to happen before it happens”
|
||||
JHN 13 19 gg19 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM.” (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.”
|
||||
JHN 13 20 di3t ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 13 21 bq84 ἐταράχθη 1 was troubled…he concerned, upset
|
||||
JHN 13 21 bq84 ἐταράχθη 1 was troubled … he concerned, upset
|
||||
JHN 13 21 j7x1 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 13 22 dhs3 ἔβλεπον εἰς ἀλλήλους οἱ μαθηταὶ, ἀπορούμενοι περὶ τίνος λέγει 1 The disciples began looking at each other, wondering about whom he was speaking The disciples looked at each other and wondered: “Who will betray Jesus?”
|
||||
JHN 13 23 xvi8 εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ…ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 one of his disciples, whom Jesus loved This refers to John.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ JHN 13 27 xk39 figs-idiom εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατ
|
|||
JHN 13 27 rz21 λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus therefore says to him Here Jesus is speaking to Judas.
|
||||
JHN 13 27 agd7 ὃ ποιεῖς, ποίησον τάχειον 1 What you are doing, do it quickly “Do quickly what you are planning to do!”
|
||||
JHN 13 29 rv4z τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ 1 so that he might give something to the poor You can translate this as a direct quote: “Go and give some money to the poor.”
|
||||
JHN 13 30 dw7m writing-background ἐκεῖνος ἐξῆλθεν εὐθύς; ἦν…νύξ 1 he went out immediately.…it was night John seems to draw attention here to the fact that Judas will do his evil or “dark” deed in the darkness of the **night**. Alternate translation: “he went out immediately into the dark night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 13 30 dw7m writing-background ἐκεῖνος ἐξῆλθεν εὐθύς; ἦν…νύξ 1 he went out immediately. … it was night John seems to draw attention here to the fact that Judas will do his evil or “dark” deed in the darkness of the **night**. Alternate translation: “he went out immediately into the dark night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 13 31 d6l8 figs-activepassive νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Now the Son of Man has been glorified, and God has been glorified in him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now people are about to see how the Son of Man will receive honor and how God will receive honor through what the Son of Man is doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 32 uaj7 figs-rpronouns ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ εὐθὺς δοξάσει αὐτόν 1 God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately The word **him** refers to the Son of Man. The word **himself** is a reflexive pronoun that refers to God. Alternate translation: “God himself will immediately give honor to the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 13 33 zki6 τεκνία 1 Little children Jesus uses the term “Little children” to communicate that he loves the disciples as though they were his children.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@ JHN 14 1 a2xv 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous
|
|||
JHN 14 1 w3dn figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 Do not let your heart be troubled Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “Stop being so anxious and worried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 2 cp9z ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου, μοναὶ πολλαί εἰσιν 1 In the house of my Father are many rooms “There are many places to live in my Father’s house”
|
||||
JHN 14 2 eca3 ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 In the house of my Father This refers to heaven, where God lives.
|
||||
JHN 14 2 v9px guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 of…Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 2 v9px guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 of … Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 2 fp9r μοναὶ πολλαί 1 many rooms The word **room** can refer to a single room, or to a larger dwelling.
|
||||
JHN 14 2 xb2y figs-you πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν 1 I am going to prepare a place for you Jesus will prepare a place in heaven for every person who trusts in him. The “you” is plural and refers to all his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JHN 14 4 ir1d figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδόν 1 the way This could mean: (1) This is a metaphor that refers to “the way to God.” (2) This is a metaphor that refers to “the one who takes people to God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ JHN 14 6 f95q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an imp
|
|||
JHN 14 8 kum1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα 1 Lord, show us the Father The “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 9 mr1a figs-rquestion τοσοῦτον χρόνον μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωκάς με, Φίλιππε 1 So long a time I am with you, and do not know me, Philip This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ words. Alternate translation: “Philip, I have been with you disciples already for a very long time. You should know me by now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 14 9 l3s8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ, ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα 1 The one who has seen me has seen the Father To see Jesus, who is God the Son, is to see God the Father. The “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 9 x1uh figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα 1 How do you say,…Show us the Father This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “So you really should not be saying, ‘Show us the Father!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 14 9 x1uh figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα 1 How do you say, … Show us the Father This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “So you really should not be saying, ‘Show us the Father!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 14 10 v2jb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus asks Philip a question and then he continues to speak to all of his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 14 10 hc1z figs-rquestion οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν 1 Do you not believe that I am in the Father and the Father is in me This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “You really should believe … in me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 14 10 e4se guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὶ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1065,12 +1065,12 @@ JHN 14 12 h2rh ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ 1 the one believing in me
|
|||
JHN 14 12 cn14 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 13 n2id figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 whatever you might ask in my name Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask, using my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 13 i138 figs-activepassive ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 so that the Father may be glorified in the Son You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so I can show everyone how great my Father is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 14 13 j6nh guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 13 j6nh guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ 1 Father … Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 14 sgk6 figs-metonymy ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω 1 If you ask me anything in my name, I will do it Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you ask me anything as one of my followers, I will do it” or “Whatever you ask of me, I will do it because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 16 tu1e Παράκλητον 1 Comforter This refers to the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
JHN 14 17 sc6r Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Spirit of truth This refers to the Holy Spirit who teaches people what is true about God.
|
||||
JHN 14 17 i2v7 figs-metonymy ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν 1 whom the world is not able to receive Here the **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The unbelieving people in this world will never welcome him” or “Those who oppose God will not accept him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 18 hy8v figs-explicit ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς 1 I will…leave you as orphans Here Jesus implies that he will not leave his disciples with no one to care for them. Alternate translation: “leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 18 hy8v figs-explicit ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς 1 I will … leave you as orphans Here Jesus implies that he will not leave his disciples with no one to care for them. Alternate translation: “leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 19 r5q8 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here the **world** is a metonym that represents the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “the unbelievers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 20 b87j γνώσεσθε ὑμεῖς ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου 1 you will know that I am in my Father God the Father and Jesus live as one person. Alternate translation: “you will know that my Father and I are just like one person”
|
||||
JHN 14 20 he2a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ JHN 14 20 ht8z καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖ
|
|||
JHN 14 21 rw8n ἀγαπῶν 1 loving This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 14 21 gjl8 figs-activepassive ὁ…ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 NO GLQuote AVAILABLE!!! You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “my Father will love anyone who loves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 14 21 qsu7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 22 r22b translate-names Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης 1 Judas…not Iscariot This refers to another disciple whose name was Judas, not to the disciple who was from the village of Kerioth who betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 14 22 r22b translate-names Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης 1 Judas … not Iscariot This refers to another disciple whose name was Judas, not to the disciple who was from the village of Kerioth who betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 14 22 a7aa τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν 1 why is it that you are about to show yourself to us Here the word **show** refers to revealing how wonderful Jesus is. Alternate translation: “Why will you reveal yourself only to us” or “Why will you only let us see how wonderful you are?”
|
||||
JHN 14 22 gv3a figs-metonymy οὐχὶ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 not to the world Here, **world** is a metonym that represents the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “not to those who do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 23 a9av 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus responds to Judas (not Iscariot).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ JHN 14 28 s3t3 figs-explicit πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1
|
|||
JHN 14 28 gtk5 figs-explicit ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν 1 the Father is greater than I am Here Jesus implies that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: “the Father has greater authority than I have here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 28 ymq4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 30 ah3s τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων 1 ruler of this world Here, **ruler** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world”
|
||||
JHN 14 30 ea6m figs-explicit ἔρχεται…ἄρχων 1 ruler of…is coming Here Jesus implies that Satan is coming to attack him. Alternate translation: “Satan is coming to attack me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 30 ea6m figs-explicit ἔρχεται…ἄρχων 1 ruler of … is coming Here Jesus implies that Satan is coming to attack him. Alternate translation: “Satan is coming to attack me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 31 jhq1 figs-metonymy ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος 1 so that the world might know Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “in order that the ones who do not belong to God may know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 31 r9ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 intro k9jd 0 # John 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vine<br><br>Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. This is because the vine of the grape plant is what takes water and minerals from the ground to the leaves and grapes. Without the vine, the grapes and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1105,11 +1105,11 @@ JHN 15 1 aws2 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous
|
|||
JHN 15 1 fen5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή 1 I am the true vine Here the **true vine** is a metaphor. Jesus compares himself to a vine or a vine stem. He is the source of life that causes people to live in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine that produces good fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 1 w2d4 figs-metaphor ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν 1 my Father is the gardener The “gardener” is a metaphor. A “gardener” is a person who takes care of the vine to ensure it is as fruitful as possible. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 1 hqj7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 2 p311 figs-metaphor πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν, αἴρει 1 Every branch in me not bearing fruit, he takes…away Here, **every branch** represents people, and **bear fruit** represents living in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 2 wt8w αἴρει 1 he takes…away “cuts off and takes away”
|
||||
JHN 15 2 xej7 πᾶν…καθαίρει 1 Every…he prunes “trims every branch”
|
||||
JHN 15 2 p311 figs-metaphor πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν, αἴρει 1 Every branch in me not bearing fruit, he takes … away Here, **every branch** represents people, and **bear fruit** represents living in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 2 wt8w αἴρει 1 he takes … away “cuts off and takes away”
|
||||
JHN 15 2 xej7 πᾶν…καθαίρει 1 Every … he prunes “trims every branch”
|
||||
JHN 15 3 xn3j figs-metaphor ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε, διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 You are already clean because of the word that I have spoken to you The implied metaphor here is the **clean** branches that have already been “pruned.” Alternate translation: “It is as if you have already been pruned and are clean branches because you have obeyed what I have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 3 l5zz figs-you ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν 1 You…to you The word **you** throughout this passage is plural and refers to the disciples of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JHN 15 3 l5zz figs-you ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν 1 You … to you The word **you** throughout this passage is plural and refers to the disciples of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JHN 15 4 qvv9 μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Remain in me, and I in you “If you remain joined to me, I will remain joined to you” or “Remain joined to me, and I will remain joined to you”
|
||||
JHN 15 4 hn7q ἐὰν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ μένητε 1 unless you would remain in me By remaining in Christ, those who belong to him depend on him for everything. Alternate translation: “unless you stay joined to me and depend upon me for everything”
|
||||
JHN 15 5 mw4t figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος; ὑμεῖς τὰ κλήματα 1 I am the vine, you are the branches The “vine” is a metaphor that represents Jesus. The “branches” is a metaphor that represent those who trust in Jesus and belong to him. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine, and you are like branches that are attached to the vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@ JHN 15 24 v6pt καὶ ἑωράκασιν καὶ μεμισήκασιν, κα
|
|||
JHN 15 25 x7g9 figs-metonymy ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 this is in order that the word that is written in their law might be fulfilled Here, **word** is a metonym for the entire message of God. Alternate translation: “in order that the prophecy in their law might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 25 rod8 figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 this is in order that the word that is written in their law might be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the prophecy in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 15 25 j2m2 τῷ νόμῳ 1 law This refers generally to the entire Old Testament, which contained all of God’s instructions for his people.
|
||||
JHN 15 26 mwq6 πέμψω…παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός, τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας…ἐκεῖνος μαρτυρήσει περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 will send…from the Father…the Spirit of truth…he will testify about me God the Father sent God the Spirit to show the world that Jesus is God the Son.
|
||||
JHN 15 26 mwq6 πέμψω…παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός, τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας…ἐκεῖνος μαρτυρήσει περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 will send … from the Father … the Spirit of truth … he will testify about me God the Father sent God the Spirit to show the world that Jesus is God the Son.
|
||||
JHN 15 26 tpw6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 26 tzi9 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of truth This is a title for the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit who tells the truth about God and me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 27 r47f figs-explicit καὶ ὑμεῖς…μαρτυρεῖτε 1 you are also testifying Here, **testifying** means to tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: “You also must tell everyone what you know about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ JHN 16 10 t4qe περὶ δικαιοσύνης…ὅτι πρὸς τὸν Π
|
|||
JHN 16 10 r121 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 11 l71y περὶ…κρίσεως, ὅτι ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται 1 about judgment, because the ruler of this world has been judged “God will hold them accountable and will punish them for their sins, just as he will punish Satan, the one who rules this world”
|
||||
JHN 16 11 x2z1 ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 the ruler of this world Here, **ruler** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world”
|
||||
JHN 16 12 g29n πολλὰ…ὑμῖν λέγειν 1 many…things to say to you “messages for you” or “words for you”
|
||||
JHN 16 12 g29n πολλὰ…ὑμῖν λέγειν 1 many … things to say to you “messages for you” or “words for you”
|
||||
JHN 16 13 j7gr τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of Truth This is a name for the Holy Spirit who will tell the people the truth about God.
|
||||
JHN 16 13 pau7 figs-explicit ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ 1 he will guide you into the whole truth The “truth” refers to spiritual truth. Alternate translation: “he will teach you all the spiritual truth you need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 13 v738 figs-explicit ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει 1 he will say whatever he will hear Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1186,18 +1186,18 @@ JHN 16 15 rmq9 figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λαμβάνει, καὶ
|
|||
JHN 16 16 nq4g μικρὸν 1 in a little while “Soon” or “Before much time passes”
|
||||
JHN 16 16 en9b καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν 1 and again a little while “again, before much time passes”
|
||||
JHN 16 17 f2sj 0 General Information: There is a break in Jesus’ speaking as his disciples ask each other about what Jesus meant.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 s9x3 μικρὸν…οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με 1 A little while…you will not see me The disciples did not understand that this refers to Jesus’ death on the cross.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 s9x3 μικρὸν…οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με 1 A little while … you will not see me The disciples did not understand that this refers to Jesus’ death on the cross.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 zd1n πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 again a little while and you will see me This could mean: (1) This may refer to Jesus’ resurrection. (2) This may refer to Jesus’ coming at the end of time.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 sz1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 19 j7dv 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 16 19 j7wv figs-rquestion περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 Are you seeking among yourselves concerning this, that I said,…A little while and you will not see me, and again a little while and you will see me Jesus uses this question so his disciples will focus on what he has just told them, so he can explain further. Alternate translation: “You are asking yourselves what I meant when I said, … see me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 16 19 j7wv figs-rquestion περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 Are you seeking among yourselves concerning this, that I said, … A little while and you will not see me, and again a little while and you will see me Jesus uses this question so his disciples will focus on what he has just told them, so he can explain further. Alternate translation: “You are asking yourselves what I meant when I said, … see me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 16 20 jx6s ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 16 20 p9x1 figs-metonymy ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται 1 but the world will be glad Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “but the people who oppose God will be glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 20 p6v5 figs-activepassive ἀλλ’ ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται 1 but your sorrow will turn into joy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but your sadness will become joy” or “but afterwards instead of being sad you will be very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 22 j7ge figs-metonymy χαρήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 your heart will be glad Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy” or “you will be very joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 g4qt ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 16 23 v91r figs-metonymy ἄν τι αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα, δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 whatever you might ask of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here the word **name** is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “if you ask anything of the Father, he will give it to you because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 w5jj guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 of…Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 w5jj guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 of … Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 q75v figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. The Father will honor the requests of the believers because of their relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “because you are my followers” or “on my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 24 p83u figs-activepassive ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 your joy may be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will give you great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 25 m4wc ἐν παροιμίαις 1 in figures of speech “in language that is not clear”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ JHN 16 26 cy76 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an im
|
|||
JHN 16 27 scs2 αὐτὸς…ὁ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε 1 the Father himself loves you because you have loved me When a person loves Jesus, the Son, they also love the Father, because the Father and Son are one.
|
||||
JHN 16 27 b49q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον 1 I came from God Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 28 xn2v ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον; πάλιν ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον, καὶ πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father, and I have come into the world. Again, I am leaving the world and I am going to the Father After his death and resurrection, Jesus will return to God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 16 28 wyz7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς…πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father,…I am going to the Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 28 wyz7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς…πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father, … I am going to the Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 28 l3zb figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 world The “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 29 h725 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples respond to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 16 31 c8cu figs-rquestion ἄρτι πιστεύετε 1 Do you believe now This remarks appears in the form of a question to show that Jesus is puzzled that his disciples are only now ready to trust him. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1222,13 +1222,13 @@ JHN 17 intro nb2a 0 # John 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formattin
|
|||
JHN 17 1 uf8z 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God.
|
||||
JHN 17 1 b4pj figs-idiom ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 having lifted up his eyes to the heaven This is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “he looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 17 1 k7tb οὐρανὸν 1 heaven This refers to the sky.
|
||||
JHN 17 1 n15x Πάτερ…δόξασόν σου τὸν Υἱόν, ἵνα ὁ Υἱὸς δοξάσῃ σέ 1 Father,…glorify your Son so that the Son might glorify you Jesus asks God the Father to honor him so that he can give honor to God.
|
||||
JHN 17 1 l8sa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ…Υἱὸς 1 Father,…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 1 n15x Πάτερ…δόξασόν σου τὸν Υἱόν, ἵνα ὁ Υἱὸς δοξάσῃ σέ 1 Father, … glorify your Son so that the Son might glorify you Jesus asks God the Father to honor him so that he can give honor to God.
|
||||
JHN 17 1 l8sa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ…Υἱὸς 1 Father, … Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 1 jup7 figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour has come Here the word **hour** is a metonym that refers to the time for Jesus to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “it is time for me to suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 2 vbt4 πάσης σαρκός 1 over all flesh This refers to all people.
|
||||
JHN 17 3 tx6m αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ, ἵνα γινώσκωσι σὲ, τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν, καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 But this is eternal life: That they would know you, the only true God, and the one whom you sent, Jesus Christ Eternal life is to know the only true God, God the Father and God the Son.
|
||||
JHN 17 4 h4hu figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι ἵνα ποιήσω 1 the work that you have given me so that I might do it Here, **work** is a metonym that refers to Jesus’ entire earthly ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 5 k9ra figs-explicit δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ…τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον, εἶναι παρὰ σοί 1 Father, glorify me…with the glory that I had with you before the world was made Jesus had glory with God the Father “before the world was made” because Jesus is God the Son. Alternate translation: “Father, give me honor by bringing me into your presence as we were before we made the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 5 k9ra figs-explicit δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ…τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον, εἶναι παρὰ σοί 1 Father, glorify me … with the glory that I had with you before the world was made Jesus had glory with God the Father “before the world was made” because Jesus is God the Son. Alternate translation: “Father, give me honor by bringing me into your presence as we were before we made the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 5 g8at guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 6 s4p3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to pray for his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 17 6 vbn8 figs-metonymy ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 I revealed your name Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the person of God. Alternate translation: “I taught them who you really are and what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ JHN 17 6 hn8z figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 from the world Here, **
|
|||
JHN 17 6 u8lc figs-idiom τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν 1 they have kept your word This is an idiom that means to obey. Alternate translation: “obeyed your teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 17 9 ndb1 figs-metonymy οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ 1 I do not ask on behalf of the world Here the word **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I am not praying for those who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 11 bk2h figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world This is a metonym that refers to being on earth and being among the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “among the people who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 11 a7un Πάτερ Ἅγιε, τήρησον αὐτοὺς…ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς 1 Holy Father, keep them…so that they would be one, just as we are one Jesus asks the Father to keep those who trust in him so they can have a close relationship with God.
|
||||
JHN 17 11 a7un Πάτερ Ἅγιε, τήρησον αὐτοὺς…ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς 1 Holy Father, keep them … so that they would be one, just as we are one Jesus asks the Father to keep those who trust in him so they can have a close relationship with God.
|
||||
JHN 17 11 kp1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 11 yq9z figs-metonymy τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου, ᾧ δέδωκάς μοι 1 keep them in your name that you have given me Here the word **name** is a metonym for God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “keep them safe by your power and authority, which you have given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 12 s5kw figs-metonymy ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 I kept them in your name Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the power and protection of God. Alternate translation: “I kept them with your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@ JHN 17 12 blz4 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 so t
|
|||
JHN 17 13 p71q figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world These words are a metonym for the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 13 jp4v figs-activepassive ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 so that they would have my joy fulfilled in themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you might give them great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 14 bc1y ἐγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον σου 1 I have given them your word “I have spoken your message to them”
|
||||
JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος…ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου…ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world…because they are not from the world,…I am not from the world Here, **the world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος…ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου…ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world … because they are not from the world, … I am not from the world Here, **the world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 15 hg22 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world In this passage, “the world” is a metonym for the people who oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 15 s3vp figs-explicit τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 you would keep them from the evil one This refers to Satan. Alternate translation: “protect them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 17 y53e figs-explicit ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Sanctify them by the truth You can state clearly the purpose for setting them apart. The phrase **by the truth** here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: “Make them your own people by teaching them the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1270,11 +1270,11 @@ JHN 17 25 cj69 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes his prayer.
|
|||
JHN 17 25 ur9j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ δίκαιε 1 Righteous Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 25 xpf5 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω 1 the world did not know you The “world” is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “those who do not belong to you do not know what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 26 xpi3 figs-metonymy ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 I made your name known to them The word **name** refers to God. Alternate translation: “I have revealed to them what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 26 gk2j ἀγάπη…ἠγάπησάς 1 love…you have loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 17 26 gk2j ἀγάπη…ἠγάπησάς 1 love … you have loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 18 intro ltl2 0 # John 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verse 14 says, “Now Caiaphas was the one who had given the advice to the Jews that it would be better that one man die for the people.” The author says this to help the reader understand why it was to Caiaphas that they took Jesus. You might want to put these words in parentheses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”<br><br>The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([John 18:31](../../jhn/18/31.md)).<br><br>### Jesus’ kingdom<br><br>No one knows for sure what Jesus meant when he told Pilate that his kingdom was not “of this world” ([John 18:36](../../jhn/18/36.md)). Some people think that Jesus means that his kingdom is only spiritual and that he has no visible kingdom on this earth, Other people think that Jesus meant that he would not build and rule his kingdom by force, the way other kings build theirs. It is possible to translate the words “is not of this world” as “is not from this place” or “comes from another place.”<br><br>### King of the Jews<br><br>When Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([John 18:33](../../jhn/18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be like King Herod, whom the Romans were permitting to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([John 18:39](../../jhn/18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 sq3t writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 1-2 give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 tells where they took place, and verse 2 gives background information about Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 cxz8 writing-newevent ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς 1 Having spoke these words, Jesus The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 z9bw translate-names Κεδρὼν 1 of…Kidron a valley in Jerusalem separating the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 z9bw translate-names Κεδρὼν 1 of … Kidron a valley in Jerusalem separating the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 w3zx figs-explicit ὅπου ἦν κῆπος 1 where there was a garden This was a grove of olive trees. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 4 k71q 0 General Information: Jesus begins to speak with the soldiers, officers, and Pharisees.
|
||||
JHN 18 4 sh2u Ἰησοῦς οὖν εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 Then Jesus, knowing all the things happening to him “Then Jesus, who knew everything that was about to happen to him”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@ JHN 18 20 vcv3 figs-hyperbole ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι σ
|
|||
JHN 18 21 dlu6 figs-rquestion τί με ἐρωτᾷς 1 Why do you ask me This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “You should not be asking me these questions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 22 szv3 figs-rquestion οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ 1 Do you answer the high priest in this manner This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “That is not how you should answer the high priest!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 23 d76y μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 testify about the wrong “tell me what I said that was wrong”
|
||||
JHN 18 23 r8dy figs-rquestion εἰ…καλῶς, τί με δέρεις 1 If…rightly, why do you strike me This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “if I said only what was right, you should not be hitting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 23 r8dy figs-rquestion εἰ…καλῶς, τί με δέρεις 1 If … rightly, why do you strike me This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “if I said only what was right, you should not be hitting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 25 jr1c 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Peter.
|
||||
JHN 18 25 ki76 writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used to mark a break in the story line so John can provide information about Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 25 l2bj figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ 1 Are you not also from his disciples This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You are also one of his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1323,7 +1323,7 @@ JHN 18 28 ija7 figs-explicit ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀ
|
|||
JHN 18 28 h3vx figs-doublenegatives αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν 1 they did not enter into the governor ’ s palace so that they would not be defiled You can translate the double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “they themselves remained the governor’s palace to they would remain ceremonially clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 f47s figs-explicit αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν 1 they did not enter into the governor ’ s palace so that they would not be defiled Pilate was not a Jew, so if the Jewish leaders entered his headquarters, they would be defiled. This would have prevented them from celebrating the Passover. Alternate translation: “they themselves remained outside Pilate’s headquarters because Pilate was a Gentile. They did not want to become defiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 30 gj5s figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have handed him over to you You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “This man is an evil doer, and we had to bring him to you for punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 18 30 j9w3 παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 we would…have handed him over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
|
||||
JHN 18 30 j9w3 παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 we would … have handed him over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
|
||||
JHN 18 31 s3l4 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 32 there is a break from the main story line as the author tells us background information about how Jesus’ predicted how he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 31 ln9s figs-synecdoche εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said to him Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and arrested him. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 31 ph54 figs-explicit ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα 1 It is not lawful for us to put anyone to death According to Roman law, the Jews could not put a man to death. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, we cannot put a person to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ JHN 19 12 bhl3 βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν 1 who makes himself a
|
|||
JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-synecdoche ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 brought Jesus out Here, **he** refers to Pilate and is a synecdoche for “Pilate ordered the soldiers.” Alternate translation: “he ordered the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 fk5k ἐκάθισεν 1 sat down Important people like Pilate sat down when they performed an official duty, while people who were not so important stood up.
|
||||
JHN 19 13 qhu4 ἐπὶ βήματος 1 in the judgment seat This is the special chair that an important person like Pilate sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language has a special way to describe this action, you can use it here.
|
||||
JHN 19 13 g8h4 figs-activepassive εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον…δὲ 1 in a place called…The Pavement,…but This is a special stone platform where only the important people were allowed to go. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called The Pavement, but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 g8h4 figs-activepassive εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον…δὲ 1 in a place called … The Pavement, … but This is a special stone platform where only the important people were allowed to go. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called The Pavement, but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 ev3i Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 in Hebrew This refers to the language that the people of Israel spoke.
|
||||
JHN 19 14 cus1 0 Connecting Statement: Some time has passed and it is now the sixth hour, as Pilate orders his soldiers to crucify Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 19 14 t5qt writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word marks a break in the story line so that John can provide information about the upcoming Passover and the time of day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1376,8 +1376,8 @@ JHN 19 14 lc5y figs-synecdoche λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 he say
|
|||
JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-synecdoche τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω 1 Should I crucify your King Here, **I** is a synecdoche that refers to Pilate’s soldiers who will actually perform the crucifixion. Alternate translation: “Do you really want me to tell my soldiers to nail your king to a cross?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 16 t3yb figs-explicit τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 he then handed him over to them so that he might be crucified Here, **Pilate** gives the order for his soldiers to crucify Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 16 dw2m figs-activepassive τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 he then handed him over to them so that he might be crucified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So Pilate ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 17 qv6j figs-activepassive εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον 1 to the place called…The Place of a Skull You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 17 d88m ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ 1 which in Hebrew is called…Golgotha Hebrew is the language of the people of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “which in Hebrew they call ‘Golgotha.’”
|
||||
JHN 19 17 qv6j figs-activepassive εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον 1 to the place called … The Place of a Skull You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 17 d88m ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ 1 which in Hebrew is called … Golgotha Hebrew is the language of the people of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “which in Hebrew they call ‘Golgotha.’”
|
||||
JHN 19 18 fb84 figs-ellipsis μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο 1 with him two other men This is an ellipsis. You can translate this, adding the implied words. Alternate translation: “they also nailed two other criminals to their crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 19 19 cx5s figs-synecdoche ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a title and put it on the cross Here, **Pilate** is a synecdoche for the person who wrote on the sign. Here, **on the cross** refers to Jesus’ cross. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded someone to write on a sign and to attach it to Jesus’ cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 19 gk8e figs-activepassive ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων. 1 on it was written: JESUS THE NAZARENE, THE KING OF THE JEWS You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So that person wrote the words: Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1398,14 +1398,14 @@ JHN 19 27 q615 ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας 1 from that hour “F
|
|||
JHN 19 28 crd3 figs-activepassive εἰδὼς…ὅτι ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται 1 knowing that everything was already completed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he knew that he had done everything that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 29 x1cy figs-activepassive σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a full container of sour wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 29 g9vg ὄξους 1 of sour wine “bitter wine”
|
||||
JHN 19 29 drr1 περιθέντες 1 having put…on Here, **they** refers to the Roman guards.
|
||||
JHN 19 29 drr1 περιθέντες 1 having put … on Here, **they** refers to the Roman guards.
|
||||
JHN 19 29 y2eg σπόγγον 1 a sponge a small object that can soak up and hold much liquid
|
||||
JHN 19 29 mg3t ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες 1 having put…on a hyssop staff “on a branch of a plant called hyssop”
|
||||
JHN 19 29 mg3t ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες 1 having put … on a hyssop staff “on a branch of a plant called hyssop”
|
||||
JHN 19 30 vz56 figs-explicit κλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν, παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 having bowed his head, he gave up his spirit John implies here that Jesus gave **his spirit** back to God. Alternate translation: “He bowed his head and gave God his spirit” or “He bowed his head and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 zuk9 figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 c49h παρασκευὴ 1 the day of preparation This is the time before the Passover when people prepared food for the Passover.
|
||||
JHN 19 31 f96h figs-activepassive ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 so that their legs would be broken and they would be taken away You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to break the legs of the executed men and take their bodies down from the crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 32 q2yq figs-activepassive τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 of…one who had been crucified with him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom they had crucified near Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 32 q2yq figs-activepassive τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 of … one who had been crucified with him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom they had crucified near Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 p17b writing-background ὁ ἑωρακὼς 1 the one who saw this This sentence gives background information to the story. John is telling readers that he was there and that we can trust what he has written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 fl82 figs-explicit μεμαρτύρηκεν, καὶ ἀληθινὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία 1 has testified, and his testimony is true To “testify” means to tell about something that one has seen. Alternate translation: “has told the truth about what he has seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe Here, **believe** means to put one’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you will also put your trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1420,13 +1420,13 @@ JHN 19 39 mjy8 Νικόδημος 1 Nicodemus Nicodemus was one of the Pharisee
|
|||
JHN 19 39 d3d2 σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 of myrrh and aloes These are spices that people use to prepare a body for burial.
|
||||
JHN 19 39 xks9 translate-bweight ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν 1 about 100 litras in weight You may convert this to a modern measure. A “litra” is about one third of a kilogram. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
JHN 19 39 nmr8 translate-numbers ἑκατόν 1 100 “100” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 19 41 fb25 writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος, καὶ ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μνημεῖον καινόν, ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden…and in the garden, new tomb in which no one had yet been buried Here John marks a break in the story line in order to provide background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 41 fb25 writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος, καὶ ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μνημεῖον καινόν, ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden … and in the garden, new tomb in which no one had yet been buried Here John marks a break in the story line in order to provide background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 41 uib1 figs-activepassive ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 41 qd1a figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no one had yet been buried You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in which people had buried no one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 42 nr4r figs-explicit διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 because of the day of preparation for the Jews According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on Friday. It was the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. Alternate translation: “The Passover was about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 intro nm1y 0 # John 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 20:1](../../jhn/20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>### “Receive the Holy Spirit”<br><br>If your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by breathing, and that what the disciples received was the Holy Spirit, not Jesus’ breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Rabboni<br><br>John used Greek letters to describe the sound of the word, and then he explained that it means “Teacher.” You should do the same, using the letters of your language.<br><br>### Jesus’ resurrection body<br><br>No one is sure what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew it was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet, But he could also walk through solid walls and doors. It is best not to try to say more than what the ULT says.<br><br>### Two angels in white<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
|
||||
JHN 20 1 k5pq 0 General Information: This is the third day after Jesus was buried.
|
||||
JHN 20 1 a8vl μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 on…first day of the week “Sunday”
|
||||
JHN 20 1 a8vl μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 on … first day of the week “Sunday”
|
||||
JHN 20 1 bdw5 figs-activepassive βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον 1 sees the stone rolled away You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “she saw that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 2 g2rn μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 disciple whom Jesus loved This phrase appears to be the way that John refers to himself throughout his book. Here the word **love** refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 20 2 xd3w figs-explicit ἦραν τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου 1 They took away the Lord from the tomb Mary Magdalene thinks that someone has stolen the Lord’s body. Alternate translation: “Someone has taken the Lord’s body out of the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1467,9 +1467,9 @@ JHN 20 23 a9j7 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς 1 they have b
|
|||
JHN 20 23 lb7g ἄν τινων κρατῆτε 1 whoever ’ s sins you may keep back “If you do not forgive another’s sins”
|
||||
JHN 20 23 mw5s figs-activepassive κεκράτηνται 1 they have been kept back You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 24 x8jz translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 20 25 n8vc ἔλεγον…αὐτῷ οἱ…μαθηταί 1 the…disciples said to him The word **him** refers to Thomas.
|
||||
JHN 20 25 n8vc ἔλεγον…αὐτῷ οἱ…μαθηταί 1 the … disciples said to him The word **him** refers to Thomas.
|
||||
JHN 20 25 i7ex figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Unless I would see in his hands the mark of the nails, and would put my finger into the mark of the nails, and would put my hand into his side, I will certainly not believe You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see … his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 20 25 ss17 ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ…εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ 1 in his hands…into his side The word **his** refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 20 25 ss17 ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ…εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ 1 in his hands … into his side The word **his** refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 20 26 vzm5 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The word **his** refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 20 26 r3iz figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων 1 the doors having been closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when they had locked the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 26 m5tl εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ JHN 20 31 ip1i ζωὴν 1 life This refers to spiritual life.
|
|||
JHN 21 intro e1bg 0 # John 21 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The metaphor of sheep<br><br>Before Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([John 10:11](../../jhn/10/11.md)). After he became alive again, he told Peter that Peter would be the one who took care of Jesus’ sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 1 et5h writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus shows himself again to the disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Verses 2 and 3 tell us what happens in the story before Jesus appears. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 21 1 yj6k μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things “Some time later”
|
||||
JHN 21 2 b421 figs-activepassive ὁμοῦ…Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 together…Thomas who was called Didymus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “with Thomas whom we called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 2 b421 figs-activepassive ὁμοῦ…Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 together … Thomas who was called Didymus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “with Thomas whom we called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 2 m4gx translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 21 5 wgd7 παιδία 1 Young men This is a term of endearment that means “My dear friends.”
|
||||
JHN 21 6 l2jd figs-explicit εὑρήσετε 1 you will find some Here, **some** refers to fish. Alternate translation: “you will catch some fish in your net” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1498,9 +1498,9 @@ JHN 21 7 h3p4 τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο 1 put on his outer
|
|||
JHN 21 7 eve2 writing-background ἦν γὰρ γυμνός 1 for he was undressed This is background information. Peter had taken off some of his clothes to make it easier to work, but now that he was about to greet the Lord, he wanted to wear more clothing. Alternate translation: “for he had taken off some of his clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 21 7 ab4d figs-explicit ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 threw himself into the sea Peter jumped into the water and swam to shore. Alternate translation: “jumped into the sea and swam to shore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 7 k449 figs-idiom ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν 1 threw himself This is a idiom that means Peter jumped into the water very quickly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 21 8 wrd3 writing-background οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς…ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 for they were not far from the land,…about 200 cubits away This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 21 8 wrd3 writing-background οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς…ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 for they were not far from the land, … about 200 cubits away This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 21 8 c1j8 translate-bdistance πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 200 cubits “90 meters.” A cubit was a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 f7mi figs-explicit ἀνέβη…Σίμων Πέτρος 1 Simon Peter…went up Here, **went up** means Simon Peter had to go back to the boat. Alternate translation: “So Simon Peter went back to the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 f7mi figs-explicit ἀνέβη…Σίμων Πέτρος 1 Simon Peter … went up Here, **went up** means Simon Peter had to go back to the boat. Alternate translation: “So Simon Peter went back to the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 fbz7 εἵλκυσεν τὸ δίκτυον εἰς τὴν γῆν 1 drew the net to the shore “pulled the net to the shore”
|
||||
JHN 21 11 azy5 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐσχίσθη τὸ δίκτυον 1 the net was not torn You can translate this as an active form. Alternate translation: “the net did not break” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 m8i7 translate-numbers μεστὸν ἰχθύων μεγάλων 1 full of large fish “full of large fish, one hundred and fifty-three.” There were 153 large fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
282
en_tn_45-ACT.tsv
282
en_tn_45-ACT.tsv
|
|
@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ ACT 1 7 a013 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 the Father **Father
|
|||
ACT 1 7 a014 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ 1 by his own authority If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **authority** with a verb such as “control.” Alternate translation: “as the one who controls all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 1 8 ld4k grammar-connect-logic-result λήμψεσθε δύναμιν, ἐπελθόντος τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἔσεσθέ μου μάρτυρες 1 you will receive power when the Holy Spirit has come upon you, and you will be my witnesses Jesus is using the word translated **and** to describe a result. Alternate translation: “when the Holy Spirit comes upon you, then you will receive power to be my witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
ACT 1 8 a015 figs-abstractnouns δύναμιν 1 power If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** with an adjective such as “powerful.” Alternate translation: “powerful ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 1 8 a016 translate-names Ἰερουσαλὴμ…Ἰουδαίᾳ…Σαμαρείᾳ 1 Jerusalem…Judea…Samaria **Jerusalem** is the name of a city, and **Judea** and **Samaria** are the names of regions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 1 8 a016 translate-names Ἰερουσαλὴμ…Ἰουδαίᾳ…Σαμαρείᾳ 1 Jerusalem … Judea … Samaria **Jerusalem** is the name of a city, and **Judea** and **Samaria** are the names of regions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 1 8 vb4m figs-idiom ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς 1 to the end of the earth This is a reference to place, not to time. Jesus does not mean “until the world ends.” Alternate translation: “all over the world” or “to the places on the earth that are farthest away from here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 1 9 e1q1 figs-explicit βλεπόντων αὐτῶν 1 as they were looking Your language may require you to specify the object of **looking**. Alternate translation: “as they were looking at him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 1 9 l1cq figs-activepassive ἐπήρθη 1 he was raised up If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. (See the discussion of “Ascension” in the General Notes to this chapter.) Alternate translation: “he rose up” or “God raised him up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ ACT 1 11 gpg3 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, Γαλιλαῖοι 1 Men, Galileans Thi
|
|||
ACT 1 11 a023 translate-names ἄνδρες, Γαλιλαῖοι 1 Men, Galileans **Galileans** are people who are from the region of Galilee. Alternate translation: “You men from Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 1 11 a024 figs-rquestion τί ἑστήκατε βλέποντες εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 why do you stand looking into heaven The angels are not looking for information. They are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “there is no reason for you to stand looking into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 1 11 a025 figs-idiom τί ἑστήκατε βλέποντες 1 why do you stand looking This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “why do you keep looking” or “there is no reason for you to keep looking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 1 11 a026 ὁ ἀναλημφθεὶς ἀφ’ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν…ἐθεάσασθε αὐτὸν πορευόμενον εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 who has been taken up from you into heaven,…you saw him going into heaven In its second occurrence in this sentence, the term translated **heaven** likely means “the sky,” as in the previous sentence and in the previous verse. However, in its first occurrence in this sentence, the term likely means “heaven” itself. It would not be accurate to say that Jesus was just “taken up from you into the sky.” Alternate translation: “who has been taken up from you into heaven … you saw him going into the sky”
|
||||
ACT 1 11 a026 ὁ ἀναλημφθεὶς ἀφ’ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν…ἐθεάσασθε αὐτὸν πορευόμενον εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 who has been taken up from you into heaven, … you saw him going into heaven In its second occurrence in this sentence, the term translated **heaven** likely means “the sky,” as in the previous sentence and in the previous verse. However, in its first occurrence in this sentence, the term likely means “heaven” itself. It would not be accurate to say that Jesus was just “taken up from you into the sky.” Alternate translation: “who has been taken up from you into heaven … you saw him going into the sky”
|
||||
ACT 1 11 a027 figs-activepassive ὁ ἀναλημφθεὶς 1 who has been taken up If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “whom God has taken up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 11 cue7 figs-idiom ὃν τρόπον 1 in which manner This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “in the same way in which” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 1 12 x2nk writing-pronouns ὑπέστρεψαν 1 they returned The word **they** refers to the apostles. Alternate translation: “the apostles returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ ACT 1 12 a030 figs-idiom Σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν 1 having a journey
|
|||
ACT 1 12 p19g figs-explicit Σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν 1 having a journey of a Sabbath The **journey of a Sabbath** was the distance that interpreters of the law of Moses had determined people could walk on the Sabbath without that being “work.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the distance in the measurement that your culture uses. Alternate translation: “about a kilometer away” or “about half a mile away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 1 13 vis2 figs-explicit ὅτε εἰσῆλθον 1 when they arrived The previous verse explains that the apostles returned to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that again explicitly here. Alternate translation: “when they arrived back in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 1 13 zt12 translate-unknown εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον, ἀνέβησαν οὗ ἦσαν καταμένοντες 1 they went up into the upper chamber where they were staying In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built on top of other rooms. The expression **upper chamber** describes such a room, which was reached by stairs. If your culture does not have houses like that, it may be helpful to explain the meaning of the expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “they climbed the stairs to the room where they were staying, which had been built on top of other rooms in the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ACT 1 13 a031 translate-names Πέτρος…Ἰωάννης…Ἰάκωβος…Ἀνδρέας…Φίλιππος…Θωμᾶς…Βαρθολομαῖος…Μαθθαῖος 1 Peter…John,…James…Andrew, Philip…Thomas, Bartholomew…Matthew These are the names of eight men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 1 13 a032 figs-idiom Ἰάκωβος Ἁλφαίου…Ἰούδας Ἰακώβου 1 James of Alphaeus…Judas of James These are two occurrences of an idiom. Alternate translation: “James the son of Alphaeus … Judas the son of James” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 1 13 a033 translate-names Ἰάκωβος…Ἁλφαίου…Ἰούδας…Ἰακώβου 1 James…of Alphaeus…Judas of James These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 1 13 a031 translate-names Πέτρος…Ἰωάννης…Ἰάκωβος…Ἀνδρέας…Φίλιππος…Θωμᾶς…Βαρθολομαῖος…Μαθθαῖος 1 Peter … John, … James … Andrew, Philip … Thomas, Bartholomew … Matthew These are the names of eight men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 1 13 a032 figs-idiom Ἰάκωβος Ἁλφαίου…Ἰούδας Ἰακώβου 1 James of Alphaeus … Judas of James These are two occurrences of an idiom. Alternate translation: “James the son of Alphaeus … Judas the son of James” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 1 13 a033 translate-names Ἰάκωβος…Ἁλφαίου…Ἰούδας…Ἰακώβου 1 James … of Alphaeus … Judas of James These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 1 13 a034 translate-names Σίμων ὁ Ζηλωτὴς 1 Simon the Zealot **Simon** is the name of a man, and **Zealot** is another name by which he was known. (1) **Zealot** could be a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “Simon the Patriot” (2) **Zealot** could also be a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “Simon the Passionate One” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names)
|
||||
ACT 1 14 z6cf ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 unanimously The word **unanimously** indicates that the apostles and other believers shared a common commitment and purpose and that there was no strife among them. Alternate translation: “with one accord” or “harmoniously”
|
||||
ACT 1 14 a035 figs-explicit γυναιξὶν 1 the women Luke assumes that his readers will know he is referring to the women who accompanied Jesus and his disciples during his ministry. These women provided for them out of their own means, and they had traveled with them to Jerusalem. These women are described in [Luke 8:2–3](../luk/08/02.md) and [23:49](../luk/23/49.md). Alternate translation: “the women who had helped Jesus and his disciples during his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ ACT 1 16 a045 figs-infostructure ἔδει πληρωθῆναι τὴν Γρα
|
|||
ACT 1 16 i8tl figs-activepassive ἔδει πληρωθῆναι τὴν Γραφὴν 1 it was necessary for the scripture to be fulfilled If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the things needed to take place that the scripture described” or, if you put the background information first as a separate sentence, “What that scripture described needed to take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 16 a046 προεῖπε 1 spoke before Alternate translation: “spoke beforehand” or “spoke in advance”
|
||||
ACT 1 16 f3um figs-metonymy διὰ στόματος Δαυεὶδ 1 by the mouth of David Peter is using the word **mouth** figuratively to refer to words that David spoke or sang using his mouth and that he recorded in the book of Psalms, as Peter indicates in [1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “through the words of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 1 16 a047 translate-names Δαυεὶδ…Ἰούδα 1 of David…Judas **David** and **Judas** are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 1 16 a047 translate-names Δαυεὶδ…Ἰούδα 1 of David … Judas **David** and **Judas** are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 1 16 a048 figs-synecdoche τοῦ γενομένου ὁδηγοῦ τοῖς συλλαβοῦσιν Ἰησοῦν 1 who became a guide to the ones who arrested Jesus Peter is using the act of guiding **the ones who arrested Jesus** to represent all of the things that Judas did to betray Jesus. This also included meeting beforehand with his enemies, receiving payment for the betrayal, and looking for the best opportunity to catch Jesus away from the crowds. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in more general terms. Alternate translation: “who betrayed Jesus to his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 1 17 q73y grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For Peter uses the word **For** to introduce the reason for a result that is described in [1:21–22](../01/21.md), after Luke provides further background information and Peter quotes the scripture he referred to in [1:16](../01/16.md). The overall meaning is, “Since Judas was one of us apostles, we need to replace him with another witness of the ministry of Jesus.” But since so much material comes between the reason and the result, it may be helpful to give an indication here that Peter has a response in mind. Alternate translation: “There is something important we need to do in response to this scripture being fulfilled, since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
ACT 1 17 a049 figs-parallelism κατηριθμημένος ἦν ἐν ἡμῖν, καὶ ἔλαχεν τὸν κλῆρον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης 1 he was numbered with us and received a share of this ministry These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “Jesus chose him to be an apostle along with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -105,27 +105,27 @@ ACT 1 19 a057 figs-hyperbole γνωστὸν ἐγένετο πᾶσι τοῖς
|
|||
ACT 1 19 a058 figs-activepassive ὥστε κληθῆναι τὸ χωρίον ἐκεῖνο 1 Therefore that field was called If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “So they called that field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 19 mxf3 translate-transliterate Ἁκελδαμάχ 1 Akeldama **Akeldama** is an Aramaic word. Luke spells it out using Greek letters so his readers will know how it sounds, and then he says what it means, **Field of Blood**. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 mz13 figs-quotemarks γέγραπται γὰρ 1 For it is written Luke now resumes his quotation of what Peter said on this occasion. If you are identifying quotations in your translation by putting them within quotation marks or by using some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, there should be an opening quotation mark or the equivalent before this phrase. It may also be helpful to indicate explicitly that the quotation resumes here. Alternate translation: “Peter went on to say, ‘For it is written’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 d7pk figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται…ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ; καί, τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ, λαβέτω ἕτερος 1 it is written in the book of Psalms,…Let his habitation be made desolate, and let not one dwelling be in it,…and…Let another take his overseership If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written in the book of Psalms that his habitation should be made desolate, with no one dwelling in it, and that another should take his overseership” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 d7pk figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται…ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ; καί, τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ, λαβέτω ἕτερος 1 it is written in the book of Psalms, … Let his habitation be made desolate, and let not one dwelling be in it, … and … Let another take his overseership If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written in the book of Psalms that his habitation should be made desolate, with no one dwelling in it, and that another should take his overseership” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 ip5w figs-activepassive γέγραπται…ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν 1 it is written in the book of Psalms If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “David wrote in the book of Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 mc45 figs-parallelism γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Let his habitation be made desolate, and let not one dwelling be in it These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Let his habitation be made desolate, yes, let no one dwell in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 chq4 figs-metaphor γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Let his habitation be made desolate, and let not one dwelling be in it The word **habitation** likely refers to Judas’ home and is a metaphor for his family line. Alternate translation: “May he leave no descendants, none to continue his family line” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 lsm2 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος 1 Let his habitation be made desolate If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Let his habitation become desolate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 a059 τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ, λαβέτω ἕτερος 1 Let another take his overseership The word **overseership** refers to a position of leadership and supervision. It is the same term that Paul uses for a spiritual leader in [1 Timothy 3:1](../1ti/03/01.md). Alternate translation: “Let someone else take his leadership position”
|
||||
ACT 1 21 t916 translate-versebridge 0 To make Peter’s main point in this verse and the next one clearer, you could combine both verses into a verse bridge. You could put his main point in a first sentence and his further explanation in a second sentence. Alternate translation: “Therefore it is necessary for someone else to become a witness with us of Jesus’ resurrection. It should be one of the men who accompanied us during all the time that the Lord Jesus came in and went out among us, beginning from the baptism of John until the day that he was taken up from us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
ACT 1 21 xz69 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἡμᾶς 1 us…us In the first instance of **us**, Peter means himself and his fellow apostles, not everyone to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of the word if your language marks that distinction. However, in the second instance of **us**, Peter could well mean himself and his entire audience, so use the inclusive form in that instance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 21 xz69 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἡμᾶς 1 us … us In the first instance of **us**, Peter means himself and his fellow apostles, not everyone to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of the word if your language marks that distinction. However, in the second instance of **us**, Peter could well mean himself and his entire audience, so use the inclusive form in that instance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 21 zuf7 figs-idiom εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ὁ Κύριος Ἰησοῦς 1 the Lord Jesus came in and went out among us Peter is speaking in an idiomatic way. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus lived among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 1 22 qb8j figs-abstractnouns ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου 1 beginning from the baptism of John If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **baptism** with a verb such as “baptize.” Alternate translation: “beginning from when John started baptizing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 1 22 a060 translate-names Ἰωάννου 1 of John **John** is the name of a man. Peter means the man who was known as John the Baptist. See how you translated his name in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 1 22 a061 figs-idiom τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς 1 the day on which While Jesus was taken up to heaven on a specific **day**, Peter may be using the word **day** idiomatically to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “the time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 1 22 a062 writing-pronouns ἀνελήμφθη…τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ 1 he was taken up…of his resurrection The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, not to John the Baptist. The pronoun **his** also refers to Jesus. For clarity, you may want to use the name Jesus instead of one or both of these pronouns. Alternate translation: “Jesus was taken up … the resurrection of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 1 22 a062 writing-pronouns ἀνελήμφθη…τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ 1 he was taken up … of his resurrection The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, not to John the Baptist. The pronoun **his** also refers to Jesus. For clarity, you may want to use the name Jesus instead of one or both of these pronouns. Alternate translation: “Jesus was taken up … the resurrection of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 1 22 yi3a figs-activepassive ἀνελήμφθη ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 he was taken up from us If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God took him up from us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 22 a063 figs-exclusive ἀφ’ ἡμῶν…σὺν ἡμῖν 1 from us…with us When Peter says **from us**, he is referring to God taking Jesus from everyone to whom he is speaking. But when Peter says **with us**, he means only himself and the other apostles. So the word “us” would be inclusive in the first instance and exclusive in the second instance, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 22 a063 figs-exclusive ἀφ’ ἡμῶν…σὺν ἡμῖν 1 from us … with us When Peter says **from us**, he is referring to God taking Jesus from everyone to whom he is speaking. But when Peter says **with us**, he means only himself and the other apostles. So the word “us” would be inclusive in the first instance and exclusive in the second instance, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 22 mrx7 figs-nominaladj ἕνα τούτων 1 one of these is Peter is using the demonstrative adjective **these** as a noun to refer to specific people, the men whose qualifications he has just described. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could add the term “men” to clarify the meaning. Alternate translation: “one of these men is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 1 22 g3n9 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ 1 of his resurrection If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **resurrection** with an adjective such as “alive.” Alternate translation: “that God made him alive again after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 1 23 lz7y writing-pronouns ἔστησαν δύο 1 they stood up two The pronoun **they** refers to all of the believers who were present on this occasion. This is the group that Luke describes as “the brothers” in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “the believers stood up two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 1 23 a064 figs-nominaladj ἔστησαν δύο 1 they stood up two Luke is using the adjective **two** as a noun to refer to specific people, two men who met the qualifications Peter described. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could add the term “men” to clarify the meaning, and you could also describe these men more specifically. Alternate translation: “the believers stood up two men” or “the believers stood up two men who met the qualifications that Peter described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 1 23 a065 translate-symaction ἔστησαν δύο 1 they stood up two When the believers **stood up** these two men, that is, when they had them stand up within the group, this was a symbolic way of proposing them as candidates to replace Judas. Alternate translation: “the believers proposed two men who met the qualifications that Peter described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 1 23 a066 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ…Βαρσαββᾶν…Ἰοῦστος 1 Joseph,…Barsabbas,…Justus **Joseph** is the name of a man, and **Barsabbas** and **Justus** are two other names by which he was known. **Barsabbas** is probably a patronymic, that is, an indication of who his father was. If your language and culture identify people by patronymics, it may be helpful to translate this name as “the son of Sabbas,” as UST does. **Justus** is a Roman name, and it may be a name that this man used for official purposes and in interactions with people who spoke Latin. (It would be like the name Paul, by which Saul of Tarsus was also known in the Roman Empire.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 1 23 a066 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ…Βαρσαββᾶν…Ἰοῦστος 1 Joseph, … Barsabbas, … Justus **Joseph** is the name of a man, and **Barsabbas** and **Justus** are two other names by which he was known. **Barsabbas** is probably a patronymic, that is, an indication of who his father was. If your language and culture identify people by patronymics, it may be helpful to translate this name as “the son of Sabbas,” as UST does. **Justus** is a Roman name, and it may be a name that this man used for official purposes and in interactions with people who spoke Latin. (It would be like the name Paul, by which Saul of Tarsus was also known in the Roman Empire.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 1 23 s1ff figs-activepassive τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν, ὃς ἐπεκλήθη Ἰοῦστος 1 the one called Barsabbas, who was named Justus If it would be clearer in your language, you could say both of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “whom people called Barsabbas and whose other name was Justus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 23 a067 translate-names Μαθθίαν 1 Matthias **Matthias** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 1 24 a068 translate-versebridge 0 Judas betrayed Jesus and abandoned his position as an apostle. The person who is praying says that in the next verse. As a result, the believers are asking God to show them whom he has chosen to replace Judas, as the person praying says in this verse. You could put the reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. UST provides a model for doing that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ ACT 2 5 stq9 figs-hyperbole παντὸς ἔθνους 1 every nation The word
|
|||
ACT 2 5 a086 figs-idiom ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 under heaven This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 6 bpj7 figs-activepassive συνεχύθη 1 was confused If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what did the action. Alternate translation: “what they heard confused them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 6 u9hc writing-pronouns ἤκουον εἷς ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ λαλούντων αὐτῶν 1 each one was hearing them speaking in his own language The pronoun **them** refers to the believers and the pronoun **his** refers to each person in the multitude. Alternate translation: “each person in the multitude could hear one of the disciples speaking in that person’s own language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 2 7 m8kd figs-doublet ἐξίσταντο…καὶ ἐθαύμαζον 1 they were…amazed and were marveling The terms **amazed** and **marveling** mean similar things. Luke may be using the two terms together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “they were … greatly amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 2 7 m8kd figs-doublet ἐξίσταντο…καὶ ἐθαύμαζον 1 they were … amazed and were marveling The terms **amazed** and **marveling** mean similar things. Luke may be using the two terms together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “they were … greatly amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 2 7 a087 figs-activepassive ἐξίσταντο…πάντες καὶ ἐθαύμαζον 1 they were all amazed and were marveling The expression **were … amazed** is not a passive verbal form. However, if your language does not use passive forms, it might be clearer for your readers to use an expression that does not seem to be a passive verbal form. Alternate translation: “this amazed all of them and they were marveling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 7 a088 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold **Behold** is an expression that speakers use to focus the attention of their listeners on what they are about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” the term can be used figuratively to get people to pay attention. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use here in your translation. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 2 7 wnk2 figs-rquestion οὐχ…ἅπαντες οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι 1 are not all these who are speaking Galileans The speakers are not looking for information. They are using the question form to express their amazement. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “all of these people who are speaking are Galileans!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -180,17 +180,17 @@ ACT 2 7 a089 translate-names Γαλιλαῖοι 1 Galileans See how you transla
|
|||
ACT 2 8 hzm8 figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν, ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν? 1 And how are we hearing, each in our own language in which we were born The speakers do not expect someone to be able to answer this question for them. Rather, they are using the question form to express their amazement. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “So we should not each be hearing them speak in our own languages in which we were born!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 2 8 a090 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And The speakers are using the word translated **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
ACT 2 8 a091 figs-explicit πῶς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν ἕκαστος 1 how are we hearing, each Your language may require you to specify the object of **hearing**. Alternate translation: “how are we each hearing them speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 8 a092 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἡμῶν 1 we…our The speakers are using the words **we** and **our** to refer to themselves and to their listeners, so use the inclusive forms of those words if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 8 a092 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἡμῶν 1 we … our The speakers are using the words **we** and **our** to refer to themselves and to their listeners, so use the inclusive forms of those words if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 8 wb5t figs-metaphor ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν 1 in which we were born The speakers say figuratively that they **were born** in these languages to mean that they learned them from birth. Alternate translation: “that we learned from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 2 8 a093 figs-activepassive ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν 1 in which we were born If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. However, since this is a metaphor, it would be preferable to use another expression to explain its meaning, rather than to say something like “in which our mothers gave birth to us.” Alternate translation: “that we learned from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 9 f1ve translate-names Πάρθοι…Μῆδοι…Ἐλαμεῖται 1 Parthians…Medes…Elamites These are names of three people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 9 dm23 translate-names τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν, Ἰουδαίαν;…Καππαδοκίαν, Πόντον…Ἀσίαν 1 Mesopotamia, Judea…Cappadocia, Pontus…Asia These are names of five areas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 10 tmb4 translate-names Φρυγίαν…Παμφυλίαν, Αἴγυπτον…Λιβύης 1 Phrygia…Pamphylia, Egypt…of Libya These are names of four areas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 9 f1ve translate-names Πάρθοι…Μῆδοι…Ἐλαμεῖται 1 Parthians … Medes … Elamites These are names of three people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 9 dm23 translate-names τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν, Ἰουδαίαν;…Καππαδοκίαν, Πόντον…Ἀσίαν 1 Mesopotamia, Judea … Cappadocia, Pontus … Asia These are names of five areas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 10 tmb4 translate-names Φρυγίαν…Παμφυλίαν, Αἴγυπτον…Λιβύης 1 Phrygia … Pamphylia, Egypt … of Libya These are names of four areas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 10 a094 translate-names Κυρήνην 1 Cyrene **Cyrene** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 10 a095 translate-names οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες Ῥωμαῖοι 1 Romans visiting Here, **Romans** is a name for people who are from the city of Rome. Alternate translation: “visitors from Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 11 w8jy Ἰουδαῖοί τε καὶ προσήλυτοι 1 both Jews and proselytes The term **proselytes** describes converts to the Jewish religion. The phrase **both Jews and proselytes** could apply specifically to the visitors from Rome mentioned at the end of the previous verse, or it could apply to the whole list of people in [2:9–11](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “both Jews and converts to the Jewish religion”
|
||||
ACT 2 11 jnp7 translate-names Κρῆτες…Ἄραβες 1 Cretans…Arabians These are names of two people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 11 a096 γλώσσαις 1 in…tongues As in [2:4](../02/04.md), here the word **tongues** has the specific sense of “languages.” Alternate translation: “languages”
|
||||
ACT 2 11 jnp7 translate-names Κρῆτες…Ἄραβες 1 Cretans … Arabians These are names of two people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 11 a096 γλώσσαις 1 in … tongues As in [2:4](../02/04.md), here the word **tongues** has the specific sense of “languages.” Alternate translation: “languages”
|
||||
ACT 2 11 a097 figs-nominaladj τὰ μεγαλεῖα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the great things of God The speakers are using the adjective **great** as a noun. (The term is plural; ULT adds **things** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the great things that God has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 2 12 el2f figs-doublet ἐξίσταντο…πάντες καὶ διηποροῦντο 1 they were all amazed and were perplexed The words **amazed** and **perplexed** mean similar things. Luke is using them together to emphasize that the people could not understand what was happening. Alternate translation: “they were very perplexed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 2 12 a098 figs-activepassive ἐξίσταντο…πάντες καὶ διηποροῦντο…λέγοντες 1 they were all amazed and were perplexed, saying These are not passive verbal forms. However, if your language does not use passive forms, it might be clearer for your readers to use an expression that does not seem to be a passive verbal form. Alternate translation: “this amazed and perplexed all of them, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -215,21 +215,21 @@ ACT 2 15 h28q figs-explicit ἔστιν…ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρα
|
|||
ACT 2 15 a110 translate-ordinal ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας 1 the third hour of the day If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “hour three of the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
ACT 2 16 f9hz figs-activepassive τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἰωήλ 1 this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “this is what God said through the prophet Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 16 ktw9 figs-explicit τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἰωήλ 1 this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel The implication is that God is now making happen what he said through Joel. Alternate translation: “you are seeing God make happen what he announced earlier through the prophet Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 17 a111 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις, λέγει ὁ Θεός, ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα 1 And it will be in the last days,…God says,…I will pour out from my Spirit on all flesh The material in [2:17–21](../02/17.md) contains a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting Peter, Peter is quoting Joel, and Joel is quoting God. You could avoid having a third-level quotation by moving the phrase **God says** to before the quotation from Joel. (The phrase itself does not occur in the passage from Joel that Peter quotes. It appears to be something that Peter supplies within the quotation to show that God is the speaker. Since that is the case, putting it before the quotation would not change the actual biblical text.) Alternate translation: “God said, ‘And it will be in the last days, I will pour out from my Spirit on all flesh’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 2 17 a112 figs-quotations καὶ ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις, λέγει ὁ Θεός, ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα 1 And it will be in the last days,…God says,…I will pour out from my Spirit on all flesh You could also avoid having a second-level quotation by turning the direct quotation into an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “God said that in the last days he would pour out his Spirit on all flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 2 17 a111 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις, λέγει ὁ Θεός, ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα 1 And it will be in the last days, … God says, … I will pour out from my Spirit on all flesh The material in [2:17–21](../02/17.md) contains a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting Peter, Peter is quoting Joel, and Joel is quoting God. You could avoid having a third-level quotation by moving the phrase **God says** to before the quotation from Joel. (The phrase itself does not occur in the passage from Joel that Peter quotes. It appears to be something that Peter supplies within the quotation to show that God is the speaker. Since that is the case, putting it before the quotation would not change the actual biblical text.) Alternate translation: “God said, ‘And it will be in the last days, I will pour out from my Spirit on all flesh’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 2 17 a112 figs-quotations καὶ ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις, λέγει ὁ Θεός, ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα 1 And it will be in the last days, … God says, … I will pour out from my Spirit on all flesh You could also avoid having a second-level quotation by turning the direct quotation into an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “God said that in the last days he would pour out his Spirit on all flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 2 17 ijl8 καὶ ἔσται 1 And it will be Alternate translation: “This is what will happen” or “This is what I will do”
|
||||
ACT 2 17 a113 ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 the last days See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to this chapter, which recommend not interpreting or explaining it, but representing it simply as ULT does.
|
||||
ACT 2 17 u2d1 figs-metaphor ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου 1 I will pour out from my Spirit God says figuratively that he will **pour out** his Spirit, as if the Spirit were a liquid, to mean that he will give the Spirit generously and abundantly. Alternate translation: “I will lavish my Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 2 17 a114 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα 1 on all flesh God refers figuratively to **flesh** to mean people, by association with the way that people are made of flesh. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 17 a115 figs-quotations καὶ προφητεύσουσιν οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν, καὶ αἱ θυγατέρες ὑμῶν; καὶ οἱ νεανίσκοι ὑμῶν ὁράσεις ὄψονται, καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ὑμῶν ἐνυπνίοις ἐνυπνιασθήσονται 1 and your sons and your daughters will prophesy and your young men will see visions and your old men will dream dreams If you have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation, also do that here in the rest of the verse. It may be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God said that our sons and our daughters would prophesy and our young men would see visions and our old men would dream dreams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 2 17 a116 figs-exclusive ὑμῶν -1 your If you turn the direct quotation into an indirect quotation and translate these instances of **your** as “our,” use the inclusive form of the word “our” in each instance if your language marks that distinction, since Joel would be referring to himself and his listeners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 17 a117 figs-gendernotations οἱ νεανίσκοι…οἱ πρεσβύτεροι 1 young men…old men God speaks separately of **sons** and **daughters** in this verse and of “male servants” and “female servants” in the next verse. But here the contrast is between **young** and **old**. So the word **men** could have a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “young people … old people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 2 17 a117 figs-gendernotations οἱ νεανίσκοι…οἱ πρεσβύτεροι 1 young men … old men God speaks separately of **sons** and **daughters** in this verse and of “male servants” and “female servants” in the next verse. But here the contrast is between **young** and **old**. So the word **men** could have a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “young people … old people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 2 18 uwd7 figs-quotations καί γε ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους μου, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς δούλας μου, ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου, καὶ προφητεύσουσιν 1 And even on my male servants and on my female servants in those days I will pour out from my Spirit, and they will prophesy You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “God said that even on his male servants and on his female servants in those days he would pour out from his Spirit, and they would prophesy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 2 18 nd34 ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους μου, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς δούλας μου 1 on my male servants and on my female servants If your language has masculine and feminine forms of the word “servant,” it would be accurate to use those forms here. Other languages can indicate this distinction in other ways, as ULT does with the adjectives “male” and “female.”
|
||||
ACT 2 18 a118 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 in those days Here, **days** idiomatically means a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 18 wz2i figs-metaphor ἐπὶ…ἐπὶ…ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου 1 on…on…I will pour out from my Spirit See how you translated this in [2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “to … to … I will give my Spirit abundantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 2 18 wz2i figs-metaphor ἐπὶ…ἐπὶ…ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου 1 on … on … I will pour out from my Spirit See how you translated this in [2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “to … to … I will give my Spirit abundantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 2 19 a119 figs-quotations καὶ δώσω 1 And I will give You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “God said that he would give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 2 19 a120 δώσω τέρατα…καὶ σημεῖα 1 I will give wonders…and signs Alternate translation: “I will show wonders … and signs”
|
||||
ACT 2 19 a120 δώσω τέρατα…καὶ σημεῖα 1 I will give wonders … and signs Alternate translation: “I will show wonders … and signs”
|
||||
ACT 2 19 a121 ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω 1 in the heaven above Since God specifies in the next verse that these **wonders** will affect the sun and the moon, the word translated **heaven** likely has the specific sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “in the sky above”
|
||||
ACT 2 19 p5zi figs-possession ἀτμίδα καπνοῦ 1 vapor of smoke Here the possessive form describes **vapor** that looks smoky or that has **smoke** in it. Alternate translation: “smoky vapor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ACT 2 20 ylv7 figs-quotations ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος καὶ ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα, πρὶν ἢ ἐλθεῖν ἡμέραν Κυρίου τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ 1 The sun will be turned to darkness, and the moon to blood before the great and remarkable day of the Lord comes You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “God said that sun would be turned to darkness, and the moon to blood before the great and remarkable day of the Lord came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ ACT 2 21 a133 figs-quotemarks σωθήσεται 1 will be saved This is the end
|
|||
ACT 2 22 sa78 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 Men, Israelites This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “My fellow Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 22 g6vj figs-metonymy ἀκούσατε τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 hear these words Peter is using the term **words** figuratively to mean what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “listen to what I am about to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 22 a134 translate-names Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus the Nazarene The word **Nazarene** describes someone who comes from the city of Nazareth. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 22 f2t1 figs-activepassive ἀποδεδειγμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 attested…by God If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God proved he had sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 22 f2t1 figs-activepassive ἀποδεδειγμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 attested … by God If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God proved he had sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 22 a135 figs-doublet δυνάμεσι, καὶ τέρασι, καὶ σημείοις 1 with mighty deeds and wonders and signs The terms **mighty deeds**, **wonders**, and **signs** mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “by means of many great miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 2 23 a136 figs-nominaladj τοῦτον 1 This one Peter is using the demonstrative adjective **this** as a noun to refer to a specific person, Jesus. (ULT shows that by adding **one**.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify whom Peter means. Alternate translation: “This Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 2 23 i6un figs-activepassive τῇ, ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ καὶ προγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἔκδοτον 1 given up by the determined counsel and foreknowledge of God The term translated **given up** is an adjective, not a passive verbal form, but even so you may wish to translate it with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “whom God gave up by his determined counsel and foreknowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -271,8 +271,8 @@ ACT 2 24 a141 figs-possession τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου 1 th
|
|||
ACT 2 24 a142 figs-explicit καθότι οὐκ ἦν δυνατὸν κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 because it was not possible for him to be held by it If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why this was **not possible**. Alternate translation: “because God is so much stronger than death that it was not possible for him to be held by it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 24 ykq4 figs-activepassive κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for death to hold him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 24 vuf4 figs-personification κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it Peter speaks of death figuratively as if it were a living thing that held Jesus captive. Alternate translation: “for him to remain dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ACT 2 25 dd5a figs-quotations Δαυεὶδ γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτόν, προορώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 For David says about him,…I saw the Lord always before me, for he is at my right so that I should not be moved In order to avoid having a second-level quotation, you could turn Peter’s quotation from David into an indirect quotation. (Peter is quoting from [Psalm 16:8–11](../psa/16/08.md).) Alternate translation: “For David said about him that he saw the Lord always before him, for he was at his right so that he should not be moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 2 25 a143 writing-pronouns Δαυεὶδ γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτόν, προορώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 For David says about him,…I saw the Lord always before me, for he is at my right so that I should not be moved The pronoun **him** refers to the Messiah, about whom David is prophesying. This means that within the quotation, the pronouns **I** and **my** are spoken by the Messiah. If you turn the direct quotation into an indirect quotation and change these pronouns to “he,” “him,” and “his,” it may be helpful to indicate the references in some cases so that your readers will recognize this. Alternate translation: “For David said about the Messiah that he saw the Lord always before him, for the Lord was at the Messiah’s right so that he should not be moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 2 25 dd5a figs-quotations Δαυεὶδ γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτόν, προορώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 For David says about him, … I saw the Lord always before me, for he is at my right so that I should not be moved In order to avoid having a second-level quotation, you could turn Peter’s quotation from David into an indirect quotation. (Peter is quoting from [Psalm 16:8–11](../psa/16/08.md).) Alternate translation: “For David said about him that he saw the Lord always before him, for he was at his right so that he should not be moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 2 25 a143 writing-pronouns Δαυεὶδ γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτόν, προορώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 For David says about him, … I saw the Lord always before me, for he is at my right so that I should not be moved The pronoun **him** refers to the Messiah, about whom David is prophesying. This means that within the quotation, the pronouns **I** and **my** are spoken by the Messiah. If you turn the direct quotation into an indirect quotation and change these pronouns to “he,” “him,” and “his,” it may be helpful to indicate the references in some cases so that your readers will recognize this. Alternate translation: “For David said about the Messiah that he saw the Lord always before him, for the Lord was at the Messiah’s right so that he should not be moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 2 25 a144 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Peter uses the word **For** to introduce a reason why the crowd should believe him when he says that God brought Jesus back to life. The reason is that the Scriptures predicted this. As a result, the crowd should be confident that it did happen. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You can be confident that God did bring Jesus back to life, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
ACT 2 25 a145 figs-explicit Δαυεὶδ…λέγει εἰς αὐτόν 1 David says about him Peter assumes that the crowd will know that he is referring to what **David says** in one of the psalms that he wrote, and that David is prophesying what the Messiah would say. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “David says in one of his psalms that the Messiah will say” or “David wrote in one of his psalms that the Messiah would say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 25 n2ls figs-metaphor ἐνώπιόν μου 1 before me The phrase **before me**, which means “in front of me,” is a spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “present with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -289,15 +289,15 @@ ACT 2 26 a151 figs-personification καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκην
|
|||
ACT 2 26 a152 figs-explicit καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι 1 my flesh will also dwell in hope If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **hope** the Messiah had for his body. Alternate translation: “I will also have hope that God will bring my body back to life after I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 27 m3ij figs-quotations ὅτι οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾍδην, οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 For you will not abandon my soul to Hades, nor will you allow your Holy One to see decay You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from David into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. If so, it may be necessary to add some introductory material here. Alternate translation: “The Messiah knew that God would not abandon his soul to Hades and that God would not allow his Holy One to see decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 2 27 a153 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾍδην, οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 you will not abandon my soul to Hades, nor will you allow your Holy One to see decay These two statements mean similar things. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it may be helpful to show that to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **nor** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “you will not abandon my soul to Hades, no, you will not allow your Holy One to see decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 2 27 whi3 figs-youformal οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις…οὐδὲ δώσεις…σου 1 you will not abandon…nor will you allow your The words **you** and **your** are singular, and they refer to God. See what you decided to do in your translation in [1:24](../01/24.md) in a similar case where God is addressed as “you.” You may have decided in such cases to use a formal form of “you” that your language may have, or you may have decided to use an informal form of “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||||
ACT 2 27 whi3 figs-youformal οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις…οὐδὲ δώσεις…σου 1 you will not abandon … nor will you allow your The words **you** and **your** are singular, and they refer to God. See what you decided to do in your translation in [1:24](../01/24.md) in a similar case where God is addressed as “you.” You may have decided in such cases to use a formal form of “you” that your language may have, or you may have decided to use an informal form of “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||||
ACT 2 27 a154 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾍδην 1 you will not abandon my soul to Hades The Messiah says **my soul** figuratively to mean himself, using one part of<br>his being to represent his whole being. Alternate translation: “you will not abandon me to Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 2 27 a155 translate-names οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾍδην 1 you will not abandon my soul to Hades **Hades** is the name for the realm of the dead. If your readers would not be familiar with that name, you could express its meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “you will not abandon me to the realm of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 27 a156 figs-explicit τὸν Ὅσιόν σου 1 your Holy One The expression **Holy One** is a title for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your Messiah” or “your holy Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 27 rld3 figs-123person τὸν Ὅσιόν σου 1 your Holy One The Messiah is referring to himself in the third person. If that would be confusing to your readers, you can use the first person in your translation. Alternate translation: “me, your Holy One” or “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
ACT 2 27 a157 figs-idiom ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 to see decay Here the word **see** is being used idiomatically to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “to experience decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 27 l5cd figs-explicit ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 to see decay The term **decay** refers in this context to the decomposition of the body after death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to experience the decomposition of his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 28 a158 figs-quotations ἐγνώρισάς μοι ὁδοὺς ζωῆς; πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου 1 You made known to me the paths of life…you will fill me with gladness with your face You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation of David into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. If so, it may be helpful to add some introductory material here. Alternate translation: “The Messiah said that God had made known to him the paths of life and that God would fill him with gladness with his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 2 28 a159 figs-youformal ἐγνώρισάς…πληρώσεις…σου 1 You made known…you will fill…your The words **you** and **your** are singular and they refer to God. See what you decided to do in the similar case in [1:24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||||
ACT 2 28 a158 figs-quotations ἐγνώρισάς μοι ὁδοὺς ζωῆς; πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου 1 You made known to me the paths of life … you will fill me with gladness with your face You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation of David into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. If so, it may be helpful to add some introductory material here. Alternate translation: “The Messiah said that God had made known to him the paths of life and that God would fill him with gladness with his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 2 28 a159 figs-youformal ἐγνώρισάς…πληρώσεις…σου 1 You made known … you will fill … your The words **you** and **your** are singular and they refer to God. See what you decided to do in the similar case in [1:24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||||
ACT 2 28 xhi3 figs-metaphor ἐγνώρισάς μοι ὁδοὺς ζωῆς 1 You made known to me the paths of life The Messiah speaks figuratively of **life** as if it consisted of **paths** that a person walked along. Those represent the various pursuits and adventures that people have in life. The word **known** refers to experiential knowledge. Alternate translation: “You enabled me to experience the adventures of life once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 2 28 ej5m figs-metaphor πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης 1 you will fill me with gladness The Messiah speaks figuratively as if he were a container that God could **fill** with **gladness**. Alternate translation: “you will give me great gladness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 2 28 y7gf figs-metaphor μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου 1 with your face Here, the word **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “by your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ ACT 2 30 a163 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore Peter uses the wo
|
|||
ACT 2 30 a164 figs-explicit προφήτης…ὑπάρχων, καὶ εἰδὼς 1 being a prophet and having known Peter is still speaking about David. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because David was a prophet and he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 30 x11q figs-metonymy ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ, καθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 to set from the fruit of his loins upon his throne Peter is using the word **loins** figuratively to represent David himself by association with the way the reproductive organs are in the loins. He is using the word **fruit** in a broad sense to mean what someone or something produces, in this case a descendant. Alternate translation: “to set one of his descendants upon his throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 30 hq71 figs-synecdoche ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ, καθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 to set from the fruit of his loins upon his throne When Peter says that God promised to **set** one of David’s descendants **upon his throne**, he is using that one action figuratively to represent God’s promise to David that this descendant would succeed him as king. Alternate translation: “to make one of his descendants succeed him as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 2 31 a165 writing-pronouns ἐλάλησεν…ἐνκατελείφθη…αὐτοῦ 1 he spoke…was he abandoned…his The first instance of **he** refers to David, and the second instance of **he** and the pronoun **his** refer to Christ. Alternate translation: “David spoke … was Christ abandoned … Christ’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 2 31 a165 writing-pronouns ἐλάλησεν…ἐνκατελείφθη…αὐτοῦ 1 he spoke … was he abandoned … his The first instance of **he** refers to David, and the second instance of **he** and the pronoun **his** refer to Christ. Alternate translation: “David spoke … was Christ abandoned … Christ’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 2 31 a166 figs-abstractnouns ἐλάλησεν περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 he spoke about the resurrection of the Christ If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **resurrection** with an adjective such as “alive.” Alternate translation: “he described how God would make Christ alive again after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 2 31 tn4b figs-activepassive οὔτε ἐνκατελείφθη εἰς ᾍδην 1 neither was he abandoned to Hades If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “neither did God abandon him to Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 31 a167 figs-explicit τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 of the Christ **Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use the term “Messiah” in your translation, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -325,11 +325,11 @@ ACT 2 33 a171 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore Peter is using th
|
|||
ACT 2 33 kij2 figs-activepassive τῇ δεξιᾷ οὖν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς 1 Therefore, having been exalted to the right of God If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “now that God has exalted Jesus to his right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 33 c9mr figs-nominaladj τῇ δεξιᾷ…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to the right of God Peter is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate the right side. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:25](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “to the right side of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 2 33 a172 figs-explicit τῇ δεξιᾷ…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to the right of God In this culture, the place at the right side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to a place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 33 a173 figs-possession τήν τε ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 and…the promise of the Holy Spirit Peter is using the possessive form to describe the Holy Spirit as someone whom God the Father promised to send. Alternate translation: “the promised Holy Spirit from the Father” or “the Holy Spirit whom the Father promised to send” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ACT 2 33 a173 figs-possession τήν τε ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 and … the promise of the Holy Spirit Peter is using the possessive form to describe the Holy Spirit as someone whom God the Father promised to send. Alternate translation: “the promised Holy Spirit from the Father” or “the Holy Spirit whom the Father promised to send” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
ACT 2 33 a174 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ACT 2 33 c1dr writing-pronouns ἐξέχεεν 1 he has poured out The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus has poured out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 2 33 wsg9 figs-metaphor ἐξέχεεν 1 he has poured out Peter says figuratively that Jesus has **poured out** the things that the people are seeing and hearing as if those things were a liquid. Peter means that Jesus has given these things generously and abundantly. See how you translated the similar statement in [2:17](../02/17.md), to which Peter is likely alluding here. Alternate translation: “he has generously given” or “he has abundantly given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 2 34 m7fy figs-quotesinquotes λέγει…αὐτός, εἶπεν Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 he himself says,…The Lord said to my Lord,…Sit at my right The material in [2:34–35](../02/34.md) contains a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting Peter, Peter is quoting another psalm by David ([Psalm 110:1](../psa/110/01.md)), and David is quoting God. You could avoid having second-level and third-level quotations by translating this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he himself says that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 2 34 m7fy figs-quotesinquotes λέγει…αὐτός, εἶπεν Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 he himself says, … The Lord said to my Lord, … Sit at my right The material in [2:34–35](../02/34.md) contains a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting Peter, Peter is quoting another psalm by David ([Psalm 110:1](../psa/110/01.md)), and David is quoting God. You could avoid having second-level and third-level quotations by translating this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he himself says that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 2 34 i8wu figs-explicit εἶπεν Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 The Lord said to my Lord **The Lord** means God here, and **my Lord** means the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God said to the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 34 a175 figs-nominaladj ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 at my right Here the adjective **right** is used as a noun in order to indicate the right side. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:25](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “at my right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 2 34 kvn8 figs-explicit ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 at my right In this culture, the place at the right side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in a place of honor next to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ ACT 2 37 l15x figs-metaphor κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν 1 they
|
|||
ACT 2 37 zls6 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί 1 Men, brothers This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “Our brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 37 a178 figs-metaphor ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί 1 Men, brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “Our fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 2 37 a179 figs-exclusive τί ποιήσωμεν 1 what should we do The people in the crowd are asking about themselves but not the apostles, so use the exclusive form of **we** in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 38 a180 figs-you μετανοήσατε…βαπτισθήτω ἕκαστος ὑμῶν…τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ὑμῶν…λήμψεσθε 1 Repent…each of you be baptized…of your sins,…you will receive The words **you** and **your** are plural, **you will receive** is a plural verb form, and the implied “you” in the imperative **Repent** is also plural. But the implied “you” in the imperative **be baptized** is singular, since the subject is **each**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 2 38 a180 figs-you μετανοήσατε…βαπτισθήτω ἕκαστος ὑμῶν…τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ὑμῶν…λήμψεσθε 1 Repent … each of you be baptized … of your sins, … you will receive The words **you** and **your** are plural, **you will receive** is a plural verb form, and the implied “you” in the imperative **Repent** is also plural. But the implied “you” in the imperative **be baptized** is singular, since the subject is **each**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 2 38 cmb7 figs-activepassive βαπτισθήτω 1 be baptized If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “allow us to baptize you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 38 geb2 figs-idiom ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of Jesus Christ Peter has just finished demonstrating that God sent Jesus as the Christ or Messiah [2:36](../02/36.md). He is saying here that people should acknowledge that as the basis of their baptism for the forgiveness of their sins. So **in the name** here is an idiomatic way of saying “on the basis of naming.” Alternate translation: “on the basis of naming Jesus as the Christ” or “upon acknowledging that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 38 a181 figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ὑμῶν 1 for the forgiveness of your sins If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **forgiveness** with a verb such as “forgive.” Alternate translation: “to show that you want God to forgive your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -423,9 +423,9 @@ ACT 3 11 rj43 figs-activepassive τῇ καλουμένῃ 1 that is called If i
|
|||
ACT 3 12 ndi3 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 Men, Israelites This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “My fellow Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 3 12 uyg1 figs-rquestion τί θαυμάζετε ἐπὶ τούτῳ 1 why do you marvel at this Peter does not expect the crowd to tell him why they are marveling. He is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you should not marvel at this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 3 12 j6ld figs-rquestion ἢ ἡμῖν τί ἀτενίζετε, ὡς ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ εὐσεβείᾳ πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν? 1 Or why do you look intently at us, as if we have made him to walk by our own power or godliness Peter is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Do not stare at us. We did not make him walk by our own power or godliness!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 3 12 g4y1 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἰδίᾳ 1 at us,…by our own By **us** and **our own**, Peter means himself and John but not also the people in the crowd. So use the exclusive forms of **us** and **our** in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 3 12 g4y1 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἰδίᾳ 1 at us, … by our own By **us** and **our own**, Peter means himself and John but not also the people in the crowd. So use the exclusive forms of **us** and **our** in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 3 12 mwd9 figs-hendiadys ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ εὐσεβείᾳ 1 by our own power or godliness Peter may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **or.** The term **godliness** describes what the crowd may consider the source or nature of the **power** that he and John have. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “by our own godly power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
ACT 3 13 q8q2 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ…Ἰακώβ 1 of Abraham,…of Isaac,…of Jacob These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 3 13 q8q2 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ…Ἰακώβ 1 of Abraham, … of Isaac, … of Jacob These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 3 13 a213 figs-metaphor τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν 1 of our fathers Peter is using the term **fathers** figuratively to mean “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 3 13 a214 τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ, Ἰησοῦν 1 his Servant Jesus See the discussion of the term **Servant** in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “Jesus his Messiah”
|
||||
ACT 3 13 a215 παρεδώκατε 1 delivered up Alternate translation: “handed over for trial”
|
||||
|
|
@ -443,8 +443,8 @@ ACT 3 15 a222 figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead Peter is using
|
|||
ACT 3 15 jwb1 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we Peter is speaking at least of himself and John, and perhaps also of the other apostles, but not of the people he is addressing. So use the exclusive form of **we** in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Other languages may have other ways of indicating that **we** is exclusive here. Alternate translation: “we and the other apostles whom Jesus chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 3 15 a223 writing-pronouns ἡμεῖς 1 we If you conclude that Peter is referring only to himself and John, and if your language uses dual forms, use the dual form of the pronoun **we** here, since it would apply to two people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 3 16 abc2 figs-infostructure ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ, τοῦτον ὃν θεωρεῖτε καὶ οἴδατε, ἐστερέωσεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 by faith in his name, this one whom you see and know, his name has made strong Your language might naturally present the phrases in this sentence in a different order. Alternate translation: “this man whom you see and know had faith in his name, and his name has made him strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
ACT 3 16 qt8w writing-pronouns τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ…τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 in his name,…his name The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus in both of these instances. Alternate translation: “in the name of Jesus … that name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 3 16 a224 figs-metonymy τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ…τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 in his name,…his name Peter is using the **name** of Jesus figuratively to mean his authority or power. Alternate translation: “in the authority of Jesus … the authority of Jesus” or “in the power of Jesus … the power of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 3 16 qt8w writing-pronouns τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ…τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 in his name, … his name The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus in both of these instances. Alternate translation: “in the name of Jesus … that name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 3 16 a224 figs-metonymy τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ…τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 in his name, … his name Peter is using the **name** of Jesus figuratively to mean his authority or power. Alternate translation: “in the authority of Jesus … the authority of Jesus” or “in the power of Jesus … the power of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 3 16 abc3 writing-pronouns ἡ πίστις ἡ δι’ αὐτοῦ, ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ 1 the faith that is through him has given to him The first instance of the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus, and the second instance refers to the man who had been lame. Alternate translation: “the faith that is through Jesus has given to this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 3 16 a225 figs-personification ἡ πίστις ἡ δι’ αὐτοῦ, ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ τὴν ὁλοκληρίαν ταύτην 1 the faith that is through him has given to him this complete health Peter is speaking of **faith** figuratively as if it were a living thing that could have given **complete health** to the man. Alternate translation: “because this man had faith in Jesus, Jesus has given him this complete health” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ACT 3 17 v45t καὶ νῦν 1 And now Peter uses the expression **And now** to shift the people’s attention away from the lame man so that he can speak to them directly. In your translation, use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that would be natural for this same purpose.
|
||||
|
|
@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ ACT 3 21 vgn8 figs-personification ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξ
|
|||
ACT 3 21 x2f3 figs-abstractnouns ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων 1 until the times of the restoration of all things If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **restoration** with a verb such as “restore.” Alternate translation: “until the times when God will restore all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 3 21 a2m8 figs-idiom ἀπ’ αἰῶνος 1 from the age This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 3 21 a12i figs-metonymy διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων…αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 through the mouth of his holy prophets Peter is figuratively using the **mouth** of the prophets to represent what they said by using their mouths. Alternate translation: “through what his holy prophets said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 3 22 a232 figs-quotesinquotes Μωϋσῆς μὲν εἶπεν, ὅτι προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει Κύριος, ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν, ὡς ἐμέ αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε κατὰ πάντα, ὅσα ἂν λαλήσῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 Moses indeed said,…The Lord our God will raise up for you a prophet like me from your brothers. You will listen to him according to everything…whatever he may speak to you If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses indeed said that the Lord our God would raise up a prophet like himself for us Israelites from among our brothers. Moses said that we were to listen to him according to everything—whatever he might speak to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 3 22 a232 figs-quotesinquotes Μωϋσῆς μὲν εἶπεν, ὅτι προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει Κύριος, ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν, ὡς ἐμέ αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε κατὰ πάντα, ὅσα ἂν λαλήσῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 Moses indeed said, … The Lord our God will raise up for you a prophet like me from your brothers. You will listen to him according to everything … whatever he may speak to you If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses indeed said that the Lord our God would raise up a prophet like himself for us Israelites from among our brothers. Moses said that we were to listen to him according to everything—whatever he might speak to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 3 22 a233 translate-names Μωϋσῆς 1 Moses **Moses** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 3 22 a249 translate-textvariants Κύριος, ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν 1 The Lord our God See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading or one of two other possible readings, “The Lord your God” or “The Lord God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
ACT 3 22 a250 figs-exclusive Κύριος, ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν 1 The Lord our God Moses is speaking of himself and his fellow Israelites, whom he is addressing, so use the inclusive form of the word **our** in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ ACT 3 24 a241 figs-explicit τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας 1 these days Pete
|
|||
ACT 3 25 rh2n figs-metonymy ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 You are the sons of the prophets Peter is using the word **sons** figuratively in the sense of “heirs,” by association with the way that children inherit from their parents. He means that the Israelites living at this time are going to receive something as a legacy from those who lived before them. Alternate translation: “You are the ones who are going to receive what the prophets promised” or “You are the ones who are going to experience what the prophets foretold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 3 25 a242 figs-gendernotations οἱ υἱοὶ 1 the sons Although the term **sons** is masculine, Peter is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “the sons and daughters” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 3 25 a243 figs-metonymy καὶ τῆς διαθήκης ἧς διέθετο ὁ Θεὸς πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν 1 and of the covenant that God made with your fathers The figurative sense of **sons** as “heirs” continues in this phrase. Alternate translation: “and who are going to receive what God promised to your fathers when he made a covenant with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 3 25 a244 figs-quotesinquotes πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν, λέγων πρὸς Ἀβραάμ, καὶ ἐν τῷ σπέρματί σου ἐνευλογηθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 with your fathers, saying to Abraham,…And in your seed will all the families of the earth be blessed If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “with your fathers when he said to Abraham that in his seed all the families of the earth would be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 3 25 a244 figs-quotesinquotes πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν, λέγων πρὸς Ἀβραάμ, καὶ ἐν τῷ σπέρματί σου ἐνευλογηθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 with your fathers, saying to Abraham, … And in your seed will all the families of the earth be blessed If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “with your fathers when he said to Abraham that in his seed all the families of the earth would be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 3 25 a245 figs-metaphor τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν 1 your fathers Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 3 25 mad5 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 in your seed The term **seed** figuratively means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “through your descendants” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 3 25 a246 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 in your seed As the apostle Paul notes in [Galatians 3:16](../gal/03/16.md), God used the singular form of the word **seed** when he said this to Abraham, and so the ultimate fulfillment of this promise came when God sent Jesus as the Savior for everyone in the world who would believe in him. That may also be what Peter has in view here, since he refers in the next verse to God’s “Servant,” meaning the Messiah. Alternate translation: “through the Messiah, who will be your descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ ACT 4 5 cdj1 figs-explicit συναχθῆναι αὐτῶν τοὺς ἄρχ
|
|||
ACT 4 5 j6p8 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν τοὺς ἄρχοντας, καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς 1 their rulers and elders and scribes The pronoun **their** refers to the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the rulers and elders and scribes of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 4 5 i9tj figs-activepassive συναχθῆναι 1 were gathered together If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 6 a259 figs-explicit Ἅννας ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς, καὶ Καϊάφας 1 Annas the high priest, and Caiaphas Luke describes Annas as **the high priest**, but the actual situation was complicated. At this time the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea. One Roman official had appointed Annas some years earlier, but ten years after that, another official deposed him and named his son-in-law Caiaphas high priest instead. However, the Jews still recognized Annas’ claim to the position. If you decide to clarify this for your readers, it would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible. Alternate translation: “Annas, whom the Jews recognized as the high priest, and Caiaphas, whom a Roman official had appointed as the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 4 6 l44n translate-names Ἅννας…Καϊάφας…Ἰωάννης…Ἀλέξανδρος 1 Annas…Caiaphas,…John,…Alexander These are the names of four men. The **John** mentioned here was a member of the high priest’s family. This is not the same John as the apostle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 4 6 l44n translate-names Ἅννας…Καϊάφας…Ἰωάννης…Ἀλέξανδρος 1 Annas … Caiaphas, … John, … Alexander These are the names of four men. The **John** mentioned here was a member of the high priest’s family. This is not the same John as the apostle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 4 6 a260 ὅσοι ἦσαν ἐκ γένους ἀρχιερατικοῦ 1 as many as were from the high priestly family Alternate translation: “all the other members of the high priestly family who were members of the council”
|
||||
ACT 4 7 abc6 writing-pronouns στήσαντες αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ μέσῳ, ἐπυνθάνοντο 1 having set them in their midst, they asked them The pronoun **them** refers to Peter and John, and the pronouns **their** and **they** refer to the council members. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “when the council members had set Peter and John in their midst, the members asked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 4 7 t1eq figs-doublet ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι ἐποιήσατε τοῦτο ὑμεῖς? 1 By what power or in what name have you done this The words **power** and **name** (meaning authority; see next note) mean similar things. The council members may be using them together to ask a comprehensive or emphatic question. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these terms in your translation. Alternate translation: “By whatever means were you able to do this?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ ACT 4 11 f1nx figs-idiom κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the head of the corner T
|
|||
ACT 4 12 a268 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ ἡ σωτηρία 1 there is no salvation in anyone else In Greek this is a double negative for emphasis, “there is no salvation in no one else.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You could also state the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he is the only one in whom there is salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ACT 4 12 tq3z figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ ἡ σωτηρία 1 there is no salvation in anyone else If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb such as “save.” Alternate translation: “he is the only one who is able to save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 4 12 l66w figs-activepassive οὐδὲ…ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν τὸ δεδομένον 1 there is no other name under heaven given If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God has not given any other name under heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 12 iz7k figs-metonymy οὐδὲ…ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον…ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς 1 there is no other name…by which we must be saved Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “there is no other person … by whom we must be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 12 iz7k figs-metonymy οὐδὲ…ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον…ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς 1 there is no other name … by which we must be saved Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “there is no other person … by whom we must be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 12 jm25 figs-idiom ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 under heaven This is an idiom. See how you translated it in [2:5](../02/05.md). Alternate translation: “on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 4 12 a269 figs-gendernotations ἐν ἀνθρώποις 1 among men Peter is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “among people” or “to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 4 12 gg8h figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς 1 by which we must be saved If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that can save us” or, if you translate “name” as “person,” “who can save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ ACT 4 19 a282 figs-explicit ὁ…Πέτρος καὶ Ἰωάννης ἀποκ
|
|||
ACT 4 19 jf1d figs-metonymy εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Whether it is right before God Here the phrase **before God** refers to God’s opinion, by association with the way that God would assess anything that came to his attention in front of him. Alternate translation: “Whether God thinks it is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 19 a283 figs-idiom ὑμῶν ἀκούειν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to listen to you rather than to God Here, **listen** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “to obey you rather than God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 4 20 a284 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Peter and John are using the word **For** to introduce the reason why the council needs to judge whether it would be right for them to obey the council rather than God. Alternate translation: “The reason why you must judge whom we should obey is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
ACT 4 20 hf3u figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…εἴδαμεν καὶ ἠκούσαμεν 1 we…we have seen and heard Peter and John are using the word **we** to refer to themselves but not to their listeners, so use the exclusive form of the word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 20 hf3u figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…εἴδαμεν καὶ ἠκούσαμεν 1 we … we have seen and heard Peter and John are using the word **we** to refer to themselves but not to their listeners, so use the exclusive form of the word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 20 a285 figs-doublenegatives οὐ δυνάμεθα…ἡμεῖς…μὴ λαλεῖν 1 we are not able not to speak You could state the meaning of this double negative positively. Alternate translation: “we must speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ACT 4 21 y5y1 writing-pronouns οἱ δὲ προσαπειλησάμενοι ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς 1 So, having warned them further, they released them The pronoun **them** refers in both instances to Peter and John, and the pronoun **they** refers to the council members. It may be helpful to your readers to clarify this. Alternate translation: “having warned Peter and John further, the council members released them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 4 21 z2bx figs-explicit διὰ τὸν λαόν 1 on account of the people The implication is that the Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would riot if they punished Peter and John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They were afraid that if they did punish Peter and John, the people would riot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -604,9 +604,9 @@ ACT 4 24 a293 figs-youformal σὺ 1 you are The word **you** is singular, and i
|
|||
ACT 4 24 a160 figs-merism ποιήσας τὸν οὐρανὸν, καὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 who made the heaven and the earth and the sea and all that is in them The believers are referring to all of creation by naming its components. Alternate translation: “who created everything that exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
ACT 4 24 a294 τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 the heaven The believers are using the word translated **heaven** in one of its specific senses to mean the sky. Alternate translation: “the sky”
|
||||
ACT 4 25 ka83 figs-metonymy ὁ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου εἰπών 1 the one who said by the Holy Spirit from the mouth of our father David, your servant The word **mouth** refers figuratively to what David said by using his mouth. Alternate translation: “the one whose Holy Spirit inspired our father David, your servant, to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 vc5z figs-quotesinquotes τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου εἰπών, ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά? 1 who said by the Holy Spirit from the mouth of our father David, your servant,…Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things As the believers pray together, they quote from one of the psalms that David composed, [Psalm 2:1–2](../psa/02/01.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “whose Holy Spirit inspired our father David, your servant, to ask why the Gentiles raged and why the peoples imagined useless things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 vc5z figs-quotesinquotes τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου εἰπών, ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά? 1 who said by the Holy Spirit from the mouth of our father David, your servant, … Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things As the believers pray together, they quote from one of the psalms that David composed, [Psalm 2:1–2](../psa/02/01.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “whose Holy Spirit inspired our father David, your servant, to ask why the Gentiles raged and why the peoples imagined useless things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 a295 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our The believers are using the word **our** to refer to themselves but not to God, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 kat6 figs-metaphor τοῦ πατρὸς 1 of…father Here, **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 kat6 figs-metaphor τοῦ πατρὸς 1 of … father Here, **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 a296 παιδός 1 servant The believers are using the word **servant** here in its ordinary sense, not as a title for the Messiah, so it would not be appropriate to translate it as “Messiah,” as you may have done when it was a title in [3:13](../03/13.md) and [3:26](../03/26.md).
|
||||
ACT 4 25 a297 figs-ellipsis ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things Here some words have been left out that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “Why did the Gentiles rage, and why did the peoples imagine useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 a298 figs-parallelism ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Why did the Gentiles rage, indeed, why did the peoples imagine useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ ACT 4 26 w2by figs-parallelism παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τ
|
|||
ACT 4 26 w64b figs-idiom παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς 1 The kings of the earth took their stand This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “The kings of the earth lined up their troops for battle” or “The kings of the earth formed their battle lines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 4 26 a299 figs-activepassive οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν 1 the rulers were gathered If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the rulers gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 26 a300 ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ 1 to the same See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the Introduction to Acts. Here it could mean “by agreement” or “in the same place.” You could use either phrase as an alternate translation.
|
||||
ACT 4 26 yv19 figs-explicit τοῦ Κυρίου…τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the Lord…his Christ Here the word **Lord** refers to God and the word **Christ** refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “God the Lord … his Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 4 26 yv19 figs-explicit τοῦ Κυρίου…τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the Lord … his Christ Here the word **Lord** refers to God and the word **Christ** refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “God the Lord … his Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 4 27 a301 translate-names Ἡρῴδης 1 Herod **Herod** is the name of a man. He was the official whom the Romans appointed to rule Galilee during the time of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 4 27 a302 translate-names Πόντιος Πειλᾶτος 1 Pontius Pilate This is the full name of the man who was the governor of Judea during the time of Jesus. See how you translated the name **Pilate** in [3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 4 27 b1g9 figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν 1 were gathered together If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ ACT 4 35 vv4z translate-symaction ἐτίθουν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας
|
|||
ACT 4 35 a322 figs-activepassive διεδίδετο 1 it was being distributed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the apostles were distributing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 35 ps4s figs-abstractnouns ἑκάστῳ, καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν 1 to each one, according as anyone had need If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **need** with a verb such as “need.” Alternate translation: “to every person in the amount that he needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 4 36 uc2a writing-participants Ἰωσὴφ δὲ 1 Then Joseph Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 4 36 a323 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ…Βαρναβᾶς 1 Joseph,…Barnabas **Joseph** and **Barnabas** are two names for the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 4 36 a323 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ…Βαρναβᾶς 1 Joseph, … Barnabas **Joseph** and **Barnabas** are two names for the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 4 36 a324 figs-activepassive ὁ ἐπικληθεὶς Βαρναβᾶς, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 who was called Barnabas by the apostles If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the apostles called Barnabas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 36 a325 figs-activepassive ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, υἱὸς παρακλήσεως 1 which, being translated, is Son of Encouragement If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **being translated** with an active form. Alternate translation: “which means Son of Encouragement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 36 a326 figs-explicit ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, υἱὸς παρακλήσεως 1 which, being translated, is Son of Encouragement Luke assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name Barnabas means when **translated** from the Aramaic language. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which means Son of Encouragement in Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -689,8 +689,8 @@ ACT 5 3 a336 figs-explicit καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τι
|
|||
ACT 5 4 vu7g figs-rquestion οὐχὶ μένον σοὶ ἔμενεν, καὶ πραθὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν? 1 While it remained, did it not remain yours, and being sold, was it not in your authority Peter continues to use the question form to rebuke Ananias. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “While it remained, it remained yours, and after it was sold, it was still in your authority.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 vi8w ἔμενεν 1 While it remained Alternate translation: “While it remained unsold” or “Before you sold it”
|
||||
ACT 5 4 k7nc figs-activepassive πραθὲν 1 being sold If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “once you had sold it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 a337 writing-pronouns ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν 1 was it…in your authority The pronoun **it** refers to the money that Ananias received from the sale of the land. Alternate translation, as a statement: “you could still do whatever you wanted with the money you received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 a338 writing-pronouns ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν 1 was it…in your authority The implications are that Ananias was not obligated to give all of the money to the apostles. He was free to keep some if he wished or if he needed it. He could simply have acknowledged that he was doing that, and giving the rest of the money would still have been a generous act because there was no compulsion. Alternate translation, as a statement: “you could have kept some and acknowledged that and you would have still been making a generous gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 a337 writing-pronouns ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν 1 was it … in your authority The pronoun **it** refers to the money that Ananias received from the sale of the land. Alternate translation, as a statement: “you could still do whatever you wanted with the money you received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 a338 writing-pronouns ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν 1 was it … in your authority The implications are that Ananias was not obligated to give all of the money to the apostles. He was free to keep some if he wished or if he needed it. He could simply have acknowledged that he was doing that, and giving the rest of the money would still have been a generous act because there was no compulsion. Alternate translation, as a statement: “you could have kept some and acknowledged that and you would have still been making a generous gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 i5dw figs-rquestion τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο? 1 How is it that you placed this thing in your heart Peter continues to use the question form to rebuke Ananias. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not have placed this thing in your heart!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 a339 figs-metaphor τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο? 1 How is it that you placed this thing in your heart Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts. Alternate translation, as an exclamation: “You should not have placed this thing in your thoughts!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 a340 figs-metaphor τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο? 1 How is it that you placed this thing in your heart Peter speaks figuratively of **this thing**, that is, the plan to keep back some of the money, as if Ananias had **placed** it in his **heart**, meaning his thoughts. Alternate translation, as an exclamation: “You should not even have thought of doing such a thing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -708,10 +708,10 @@ ACT 5 7 ry54 writing-pronouns ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ 1 his wife The pronoun
|
|||
ACT 5 7 k3c9 figs-explicit τὸ γεγονὸς 1 what had happened If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “that Peter had exposed their lie and that her husband was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 8 a350 ἀπεκρίθη…πρὸς αὐτὴν 1 said to her The word translated **said** means to continue or resume a conversation. Alternate translation: “asked her, based on what her husband had said”
|
||||
ACT 5 8 a351 figs-youdual ἀπέδοσθε 1 you sold Since Peter is speaking of two people, Ananaias and Sapphira, **you** would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
ACT 5 8 bcf6 figs-explicit τοσούτου…ναί, τοσούτου 1 for so much.…Yes, for so much This refers to the amount of money that Ananias had given to the apostles. Peter may be naming the amount or, as UST suggests, he may be showing Sapphira the money. Alternate translation: “for this amount of money … yes, for that amount of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 8 bcf6 figs-explicit τοσούτου…ναί, τοσούτου 1 for so much. … Yes, for so much This refers to the amount of money that Ananias had given to the apostles. Peter may be naming the amount or, as UST suggests, he may be showing Sapphira the money. Alternate translation: “for this amount of money … yes, for that amount of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 9 v7sw figs-rquestion τί ὅτι συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου? 1 How is it that it was agreed together by you to test the Spirit of the Lord Peter is using the question form to rebuke Sapphira. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 5 9 hc22 figs-activepassive συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν 1 it was agreed together by you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you agreed together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 9 w1lb figs-you ὑμῖν…σου…σε 1 by you…your…you The word **you** in its first instance refers to two people, Ananias and Sapphira, so it would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. The word **your** and the word **you** in its second instance refer only to Sapphira, so those words are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 5 9 w1lb figs-you ὑμῖν…σου…σε 1 by you … your … you The word **you** in its first instance refers to two people, Ananias and Sapphira, so it would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. The word **your** and the word **you** in its second instance refer only to Sapphira, so those words are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 5 9 pg1e πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου 1 to test the Spirit of the Lord Here the word **test** means to challenge. Ananias and Sapphira were trying to see if they could get away with lying about how much they received for the land they sold. Alternate translation: “to challenge the Spirit of the Lord”
|
||||
ACT 5 9 a352 figs-metonymy πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου 1 to test the Spirit of the Lord Ananias and Sapphira actually tested or challenged the apostles, but Peter is speaking of the ultimate implications of their act, as he does similarly in [5:3](../05/03.md) and [5:4](../05/04.md). Since the Spirit of the Lord was present in the apostles, by challenging them, Ananias and Sapphira effectively lied to the Spirit. Alternate translation: “to test the Spirit of the Lord, who is present in us apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 9 a353 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, οἱ πόδες 1 Behold, the feet Peter says **Behold** to get Sapphira to focus her attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here in your translation. Alternate translation: “And now the feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ ACT 5 10 a357 figs-explicit οἱ νεανίσκοι 1 the young men See how you
|
|||
ACT 5 11 vym8 writing-endofstory καὶ 1 And This verse is the end of the story about Ananias and Sapphira. Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce information about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself. Your language may have its own way of indicating how such information relates to a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 5 11 a358 figs-personification ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας ταῦτα 1 great fear came upon the whole church and upon all those hearing these things Luke describes this **fear** figuratively as if it were a living thing that could come onto people. See how you translated the similar expression in [5:5](../05/05.md). Alternate translation: “the whole church and everyone who heard about these things came to feel a very deep respect for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ACT 5 12 c2e7 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce background information in [5:12–16](../05/12.md) that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. You can translate this word with a word or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
ACT 5 12 sri8 figs-metonymy διὰ…τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων, ἐγίνετο σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα πολλὰ 1 many signs and wonders were happening through…hands of the apostles…the Luke is using the **hands** of the apostles figuratively to represent their actions. Alternate translation: “the apostles were doing many signs and wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 12 sri8 figs-metonymy διὰ…τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων, ἐγίνετο σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα πολλὰ 1 many signs and wonders were happening through … hands of the apostles … the Luke is using the **hands** of the apostles figuratively to represent their actions. Alternate translation: “the apostles were doing many signs and wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 12 ux3n figs-doublet σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα 1 signs and wonders The terms **signs** and **wonders** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. See how you translated this expression in [4:30](../04/30.md). Alternate translation: “great miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 5 12 aud2 writing-pronouns ἦσαν…πάντες 1 they were all The pronoun **they** refers to the whole community of believers. Alternate translation: “the whole community of believers was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 5 12 a359 ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 unanimously The word **unanimously** indicates that the apostles and other believers shared a common commitment and purpose and that there was no strife among them. See how you translated the same expression in [1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “meeting together with one accord” or “meeting together harmoniously”
|
||||
|
|
@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ ACT 5 13 a361 figs-explicit ἐτόλμα κολλᾶσθαι αὐτοῖς 1 d
|
|||
ACT 5 14 a362 figs-metonymy προσετίθεντο…τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 were being added to the Lord Luke says **the Lord** figuratively to mean the community of people who believed in the Lord. Alternate translation: “were being added to the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 14 m9wx figs-activepassive προσετίθεντο…τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 were being added to the Lord If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:41](../02/41.md). Alternate translation: “were becoming part of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 15 a364 grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 so that Luke says **so that** to introduce a result, but it is not the direct result of what he said just before, that many men and women became part of the church. It is the result of what he said in [5:12](../05/12.md), that the apostles were doing “many signs and wonders.” All of [5:12–15](../05/12.md) could be understood as a single sentence, and in that case what Luke says here would more clearly follow logically and grammatically from what he says in [5:12](../05/12.md). However, ULT divides the material into several sentences, which is another way in which it can be understood. UST models a way to show how what Luke says here introduces a result of what he said in [5:12](../05/12.md) about the “signs and wonders” that the apostles were doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
ACT 5 15 l9bs writing-pronouns ἐκφέρειν 1 they…carried The pronoun **they** refers to the people who lived in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “people who lived in Jerusalem … carried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 5 15 l9bs writing-pronouns ἐκφέρειν 1 they … carried The pronoun **they** refers to the people who lived in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “people who lived in Jerusalem … carried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 5 15 a365 figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς 1 the sick Luke is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who were sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 5 15 a366 figs-doublet κλιναρίων καὶ κραβάττων 1 cots and mats The words **cots** and **mats** mean similar things. Luke could be using them together for emphasis, although he could also be describing two different ways that people managed to make their sick relatives and friends reasonably comfortable as they waited in the streets for Peter to walk by. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these terms in your translation. Alternate translation: “improvised beds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 5 15 y2ev figs-explicit ἡ σκιὰ ἐπισκιάσῃ τινὶ αὐτῶν 1 his shadow might overshadow any one of them The implication is that God was healing sick people whom Peter’s shadow touched. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his shadow might overshadow any one of them and God would heal that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -745,10 +745,10 @@ ACT 5 16 fu1a figs-activepassive ὀχλουμένους ὑπὸ πνευμάτ
|
|||
ACT 5 16 lyc7 figs-activepassive οἵτινες ἐθεραπεύοντο ἅπαντες 1 who were all healed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and the apostles healed them all” or “and God used the apostles to heal them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 16 a369 figs-hyperbole οἵτινες ἐθεραπεύοντο ἅπαντες 1 who were all healed It does not appear that **all** is a generalization for emphasis in this case. So it would not be accurate to treat **all** as figurative and say something like “and large numbers of them were healed.” Luke is describing what remarkable things God did through the apostles at this time, and he does seem to mean that every sick person whom the people brought to Jerusalem was healed. So it would be appropriate to say in your translation just what ULT says here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 5 17 x2ed grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Luke uses the word **But** to introduce a strong contrast into the story. Your language may have its own way of introducing a contrasting narrative. You could also refer back to the previous action in order to highlight the contrast. Alternate translation: “But even though the apostles were doing so much good,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
ACT 5 17 f9ye figs-events ἀναστὰς…ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, ἡ οὖσα αἵρεσις τῶν Σαδδουκαίων, ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου, 1 rising up, the high priest and all those with him…which is the sect of the Sadducees) were filled with jealousy The high priest and these Sadducees were first **filled with jealousy** and then they rose up (took action) against the apostles. To make this clear in your translation, it may be helpful to describe the events in that order. Alternate translation: “the high priest and all those with him (which is the sect of the Sadducees) were filled with jealousy and they rose up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
ACT 5 17 pc45 figs-activepassive ἀναστὰς…ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, ἡ οὖσα αἵρεσις τῶν Σαδδουκαίων, ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου, 1 rising up, the high priest and all those with him…which is the sect of the Sadducees) were filled with jealousy If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an active verbal form instead of the passive form **were filled**. Alternate translation: “jealousy filled the high priest and all those with him (which is the sect of the Sadducees) and they rose up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 17 f9ye figs-events ἀναστὰς…ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, ἡ οὖσα αἵρεσις τῶν Σαδδουκαίων, ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου, 1 rising up, the high priest and all those with him … which is the sect of the Sadducees) were filled with jealousy The high priest and these Sadducees were first **filled with jealousy** and then they rose up (took action) against the apostles. To make this clear in your translation, it may be helpful to describe the events in that order. Alternate translation: “the high priest and all those with him (which is the sect of the Sadducees) were filled with jealousy and they rose up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
ACT 5 17 pc45 figs-activepassive ἀναστὰς…ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, ἡ οὖσα αἵρεσις τῶν Σαδδουκαίων, ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου, 1 rising up, the high priest and all those with him … which is the sect of the Sadducees) were filled with jealousy If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an active verbal form instead of the passive form **were filled**. Alternate translation: “jealousy filled the high priest and all those with him (which is the sect of the Sadducees) and they rose up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 17 a370 figs-idiom ἀναστὰς 1 rising up Here the expression **rising up** means that the high priest decided to take action, not that he stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “taking action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 5 17 a371 figs-explicit πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, ἡ οὖσα αἵρεσις τῶν Σαδδουκαίων 1 all those with him…which is the sect of the Sadducees The phrase **all those with him** means specifically all the other priests who joined the high priest in taking action against the apostles. Luke observes here that those other priests were from the group known as the **Sadducees**. As a note to [4:1](../04/01.md) explains, they opposed the apostles’ teaching because they did not believe in the resurrection. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and all of the priests from the group known as the Sadducees who wanted to oppose the apostles’ teaching because they did not believe in the resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 17 a371 figs-explicit πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, ἡ οὖσα αἵρεσις τῶν Σαδδουκαίων 1 all those with him … which is the sect of the Sadducees The phrase **all those with him** means specifically all the other priests who joined the high priest in taking action against the apostles. Luke observes here that those other priests were from the group known as the **Sadducees**. As a note to [4:1](../04/01.md) explains, they opposed the apostles’ teaching because they did not believe in the resurrection. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and all of the priests from the group known as the Sadducees who wanted to oppose the apostles’ teaching because they did not believe in the resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 17 a372 figs-abstractnouns ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου 1 were filled with jealousy If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **jealousy** with an adjective such as “jealous.” Alternate translation: “became very jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 5 17 a373 figs-metaphor ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου 1 were filled with jealousy Luke is speaking figuratively as if the high priest and his allies were containers that jealousy **filled**. Alternate translation: “became very jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 5 18 j58p figs-metonymy ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους 1 they laid hands on the apostles The expression **laid hands on** figuratively means to arrest someone, by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of a person with their **hands**. Alternate translation: “they arrested the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ ACT 5 25 c1am figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ἑστῶτες 1 standing
|
|||
ACT 5 26 e24h writing-pronouns τότε ἀπελθὼν, ὁ στρατηγὸς σὺν τοῖς ὑπηρέταις ἦγεν αὐτούς, οὐ μετὰ βίας, ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τὸν λαόν, μὴ λιθασθῶσιν 1 Then the captain, going with the officers, brought them back, not with violence, for they feared the people, lest they stone them The first instance of **them** refers to the apostles, but the second instance of **them** refers to the captain and the officers. The captain and officers were not afraid that the people would stone the apostles. They were afraid that they would be stoned themselves if they used violence against the apostles. You could reword this to make the referents clear. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “Then the captain went with the officers and brought the apostles back. But the captain and officers did not use any violence, because they were afraid that the people would stone them if they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 5 27 iq7w writing-pronouns ἀγαγόντες δὲ αὐτοὺς 1 And having brought them The pronoun **them** refers to the apostles in all three instances in this verse. It may be helpful to specify this here in the first instance. Alternate translation: “Once they had brought the apostles back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 5 28 a385 παραγγελίᾳ παρηγγείλαμεν ὑμῖν 1 We commanded you with a command For emphasis, the high priest is using a construction in which a verb and its object come from the same root. If your language uses the same construction for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use it here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of conveying this emphasis. Alternate translation: “we commanded you very strictly”
|
||||
ACT 5 28 f7pz figs-you ὑμῖν…πεπληρώκατε…ὑμῶν…βούλεσθε 1 you…you have filled…your…you desire In this verse the words **you** and **your** refer to the apostles, and so those words are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 5 28 f7pz figs-you ὑμῖν…πεπληρώκατε…ὑμῶν…βούλεσθε 1 you … you have filled … your … you desire In this verse the words **you** and **your** refer to the apostles, and so those words are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 5 28 g2hi figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here, **name** figuratively means the person of Jesus. See how you translated the similar expression in [4:17](../04/17.md). Alternate translation: “about this person Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 28 a386 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, πεπληρώκατε 1 behold, you have filled The high priest says **behold** to get the apostles to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here in your translation. Alternate translation: “nevertheless you have filled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 5 28 j4kr figs-metaphor πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τῆς διδαχῆς ὑμῶν 1 you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching The high priest is speaking figuratively of **Jerusalem** as if it were a container that the apostles had **filled** with their teaching. Alternate translation: “you have taught people who live in every part of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ ACT 5 39 a419 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 but Gamaliel uses this word
|
|||
ACT 5 39 j819 writing-pronouns εἰ…ἐκ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 if it is from God Here the pronoun **it** refers back to the phrase “this counsel or this work” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if God has devised this plan or commanded these men to do this work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 5 39 a420 figs-explicit μήποτε 1 lest It may be helpful to state the implications of the word **lest** explicitly. Alternate translation: “and if you do try to destroy them,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 39 a421 figs-activepassive καὶ θεομάχοι εὑρεθῆτε 1 you may even be found God - opposers If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. However, since this is also an idiom (see next note), it would only be meaningful to do that in your translation if your language uses the verb “find” in the same idiomatic sense. Alternate translation: “people may even find you to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 39 a422 figs-activepassive εὑρεθῆτε 1 you may…be found The expression **be found** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “turn out to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 39 a422 figs-activepassive εὑρεθῆτε 1 you may … be found The expression **be found** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “turn out to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 39 cyp1 figs-activepassive ἐπείσθησαν…αὐτῷ 1 they were persuaded by him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Gamaliel persuaded them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 40 z31c grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce what the Sanhedrin did as a result of Gamaliel’s advice. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
ACT 5 40 p6lz figs-synecdoche προσκαλεσάμενοι τοὺς ἀποστόλους, δείραντες παρήγγειλαν 1 summoning the apostles, having beaten them, they commanded them The Sanhedrin would have ordered their officers to bring back the apostles and beat them. They did not do those things personally. But Luke speaks figuratively as if they did do those things because they ordered them to be done. Alternate translation: “they had their officers bring back the apostles and beat them, and then they commanded them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ ACT 6 3 p1yz ἄνδρας…μαρτυρουμένους 1 men of good reputat
|
|||
ACT 6 3 i27a ἐπὶ τῆς χρείας ταύτης 1 over this task “to be responsible to do this task”
|
||||
ACT 6 4 b3bj figs-ellipsis τῇ διακονίᾳ τοῦ λόγου 1 in the ministry of the word It may be helpful to add more information. Alternate translation: “the ministry of teaching and preaching the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 6 5 wh9t ἤρεσεν ὁ λόγος ἐνώπιον παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους 1 the statement was pleasing before the whole multitude “all the disciples liked their suggestion”
|
||||
ACT 6 5 ajq1 figs-explicit Στέφανον,…Φίλιππον, καὶ Πρόχορον, καὶ Νικάνορα 1 Stephen,…Philip, and Prochorus, and Nicanor These are Greek names, and suggest that all of the men elected were from the Grecian Jewish group of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 6 5 ajq1 figs-explicit Στέφανον,…Φίλιππον, καὶ Πρόχορον, καὶ Νικάνορα 1 Stephen, … Philip, and Prochorus, and Nicanor These are Greek names, and suggest that all of the men elected were from the Grecian Jewish group of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 6 5 qas9 προσήλυτον 1 a proselyte a Gentile who converted to the Jewish religion
|
||||
ACT 6 6 wu1y translate-symaction ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας 1 and placed their hands upon them This represented giving a blessing and imparting responsibility and authority for the work to the seven. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 6 7 x48w 0 General Information: This verse gives an update on the church’s growth.
|
||||
|
|
@ -928,11 +928,11 @@ ACT 7 13 jxk8 figs-activepassive φανερὸν ἐγένετο τῷ Φαρα
|
|||
ACT 7 14 aam5 ἀποστείλας 1 sending them back “after sending his brothers back to Canaan” or “after sending his brothers back home”
|
||||
ACT 7 15 w2sm ἐτελεύτησεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 he and our fathers died Make sure it does not sound as though he died as soon as he arrived in Egypt. Alternate translation: “eventually Jacob and our ancestors died”
|
||||
ACT 7 15 fe56 αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 he and our fathers “Jacob and his sons who became our ancestors”
|
||||
ACT 7 16 slg3 figs-activepassive μετετέθησαν…καὶ ἐτέθησαν 1 they were carried over…and laid This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jacob’s descendants carried Jacob’s body and his son’s bodies over … and buried them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 16 slg3 figs-activepassive μετετέθησαν…καὶ ἐτέθησαν 1 they were carried over … and laid This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jacob’s descendants carried Jacob’s body and his son’s bodies over … and buried them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 16 la8a τιμῆς ἀργυρίου 1 for a price in silver “with money”
|
||||
ACT 7 17 np3u figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “our” includes Stephen and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 17 tuq2 καθὼς δὲ ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας…ηὔξησεν ὁ λαὸς καὶ ἐπληθύνθη 1 And as the time of the promise…approached, the people increased and multiplied In some languages it may be helpful to say that the people increased in number before saying that the time of the promise arrived.
|
||||
ACT 7 17 tlh9 ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 the time of the promise…approached It was close to the time that God would fulfill his promise to Abraham.
|
||||
ACT 7 17 tuq2 καθὼς δὲ ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας…ηὔξησεν ὁ λαὸς καὶ ἐπληθύνθη 1 And as the time of the promise … approached, the people increased and multiplied In some languages it may be helpful to say that the people increased in number before saying that the time of the promise arrived.
|
||||
ACT 7 17 tlh9 ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 the time of the promise … approached It was close to the time that God would fulfill his promise to Abraham.
|
||||
ACT 7 18 whe7 ἀνέστη βασιλεὺς ἕτερος ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον 1 there arose over Egypt another king “another king began to rule over Egypt”
|
||||
ACT 7 18 g2wq figs-metonymy ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον 1 over Egypt Here **Egypt** refers to the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “the people of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 18 e2y6 figs-metonymy ὃς οὐκ ᾔδει τὸν Ἰωσήφ 1 who did not know Joseph Here **Joseph** refers to the reputation of Joseph. Alternate translation: “who did not know that Joseph had helped Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -940,7 +940,7 @@ ACT 7 20 q66s writing-participants ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ ἐγεννήθη Μω
|
|||
ACT 7 20 cd5z figs-idiom ἦν ἀστεῖος τῷ Θεῷ 1 he was beautiful to God This phrase is an idiom that means Moses was very beautiful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 7 20 pnb1 figs-activepassive ἀνετράφη 1 was nourished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his parents nourished him” or “his parents cared for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 21 w3iu figs-activepassive ἐκτεθέντος δὲ αὐτοῦ 1 But when he was exposed Moses was **exposed** because of Pharaoh’s command. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When his parents placed him outside” or “When they abandoned him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 21 url3 ἡ θυγάτηρ Φαραὼ, καὶ ἀνεθρέψατο αὐτὸν ἑαυτῇ εἰς υἱόν 1 the daughter of Pharaoh…and raised him for herself as a son She did for him every good thing a mother would do for her own son. Use your language’s normal word for what a mother does to make sure her son becomes a healthy adult.
|
||||
ACT 7 21 url3 ἡ θυγάτηρ Φαραὼ, καὶ ἀνεθρέψατο αὐτὸν ἑαυτῇ εἰς υἱόν 1 the daughter of Pharaoh … and raised him for herself as a son She did for him every good thing a mother would do for her own son. Use your language’s normal word for what a mother does to make sure her son becomes a healthy adult.
|
||||
ACT 7 21 mbp7 εἰς υἱόν 1 as a son “as if he were her own son”
|
||||
ACT 7 22 c9nw figs-activepassive ἐπαιδεύθη Μωϋσῆς 1 Moses was educated This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Egyptians educated Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 22 att9 figs-hyperbole πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων 1 in all the wisdom of the Egyptians This is an exaggeration to emphasize that he was trained in the best schools in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ ACT 7 39 mvz8 figs-metaphor ἀπώσαντο 1 they pushed him away This metaph
|
|||
ACT 7 39 z3ze figs-metonymy ἐστράφησαν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 turned back in their hearts Here **hearts** is a metonym for people’s thoughts. To do something in the heart means to desire to do something. Alternate translation: “they desired to turn back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 41 w38i 0 General Information: Stephen’s quotation here is from the prophet Amos.
|
||||
ACT 7 41 ux1j figs-explicit ἐμοσχοποίησαν 1 they made an image of a calf Stephen’s audience knew the **image of a calf** they made was a statue to be used as an idol. Alternate translation: “they made as an idol a statue that looked like a calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 41 hh77 ἐμοσχοποίησαν…τῷ εἰδώλῳ…τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν 1 they made an image of a calf…to the idol…the work of their hands These phrases all refer to the same statue of the calf.
|
||||
ACT 7 41 hh77 ἐμοσχοποίησαν…τῷ εἰδώλῳ…τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν 1 they made an image of a calf … to the idol … the work of their hands These phrases all refer to the same statue of the calf.
|
||||
ACT 7 42 d3dd translate-symaction ἔστρεψεν…ὁ Θεὸς 1 God turned away This action expresses that God was not pleased with the people and no longer helped them. Alternate translation: “God stopped correcting them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 7 42 rag5 παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς 1 gave them up “abandoned them”
|
||||
ACT 7 42 u7lx τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 the host of heaven Possible meanings for the original phrase are (1) the stars in the sky or (2) the sun, moon, and stars.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ ACT 8 9 jm7n writing-background 0 General Information: Simon is introduced to t
|
|||
ACT 8 9 bed1 writing-participants ἀνὴρ δέ τις ὀνόματι Σίμων 1 But a certain man named Simon This is a way of introducing a new person into the story. Your language may use different wording to introduce a new person into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 8 9 cx7a τῇ πόλει 1 the city “the city in Samaria” ([Acts 8:5](../08/05.md))
|
||||
ACT 8 10 kb9b writing-background 0 General Information: Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse continues to give the beginning of the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 8 10 evt7 figs-hyperbole προσεῖχον πάντες 1 they all,…were paying attention The word **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “many of the Samaritans … were paying attention” or “the Samaritans in the city … were paying attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 8 10 evt7 figs-hyperbole προσεῖχον πάντες 1 they all, … were paying attention The word **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “many of the Samaritans … were paying attention” or “the Samaritans in the city … were paying attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 8 10 ibl1 figs-merism ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου 1 from least to greatest These two phrases refer to everyone from one extreme to the other. Alternate translation: “no matter how important they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
ACT 8 10 j3d8 οὗτός ἐστιν ἡ Δύναμις τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἡ καλουμένη Μεγάλη 1 This man is the power of God which is called Great People were saying that Simon was the divine power known as “The Great Power.”
|
||||
ACT 8 10 yw5v ἡ Δύναμις τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἡ καλουμένη Μεγάλη 1 the power of God which is called Great Possible meanings are (1) the powerful representative of God or (2) God or (3) the most powerful man or (4) and angel. Since the term is unclear, it may be best to simply translate it as “the Great power of God” .
|
||||
|
|
@ -1167,18 +1167,18 @@ ACT 9 7 xu7c ἀκούοντες μὲν τῆς φωνῆς, μηδένα δ
|
|||
ACT 9 7 f9fe μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες 1 but seeing no one “but saw no one.” Apparently only Saul experienced the light.
|
||||
ACT 9 8 puw3 figs-explicit ἀνεῳγμένων…τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his eyes being opened This implies that he had closed his eyes because the light was too bright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 8 dgg8 οὐδὲν ἔβλεπεν 1 he was seeing nothing “he could not see anything.” Saul was blind.
|
||||
ACT 9 9 fhn6 ἦν…μὴ βλέπων 1 he was…without sight “he was … blind” or “he … could not see anything”
|
||||
ACT 9 9 fhn6 ἦν…μὴ βλέπων 1 he was … without sight “he was … blind” or “he … could not see anything”
|
||||
ACT 9 9 t8uc οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν 1 neither ate nor drank It is not stated whether he chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship, or if he had no appetite because he was too distressed from his situation. It is preferable not to specify the reason.
|
||||
ACT 9 10 kgn9 translate-names 0 General Information: The story of Saul continues but Luke introduces another man named Ananias. This is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3](../05/03.md). You may translate this name the same way though as you did in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md). Though there is more than one Judas mentioned in the New Testament, it is likely this is the only appearance of this Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 9 10 j847 writing-participants ἦν δέ 1 Now there was This introduces Ananias as a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 9 10 vl8k ὁ…εἶπεν 3 the…said “Ananias said”
|
||||
ACT 9 10 vl8k ὁ…εἶπεν 3 the … said “Ananias said”
|
||||
ACT 9 11 mn24 πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν 1 go to the street which is called Straight “go to Straight Street”
|
||||
ACT 9 11 ie1l οἰκίᾳ Ἰούδα 1 the house of Judas This Judas is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus. This Judas was owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying.
|
||||
ACT 9 11 u5j8 Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα 1 a man named Saul, from Tarsus “a man from the city of Tarsus named Saul” or “Saul of Tarsus”
|
||||
ACT 9 12 jk46 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρας 1 laying hands on him This was a symbol of giving a spiritual blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 9 12 nx5q ἀναβλέψῃ 1 he might see again “he might regain his ability to see”
|
||||
ACT 9 13 la9t ἁγίοις σου 1 to your saints Here **saints** refers to Christians. Alternate translation: “the people in Jerusalem who believe in you”
|
||||
ACT 9 14 ptd6 figs-explicit ἔχει ἐξουσίαν…δῆσαι πάντας 1 he has authority…to bind all It is implied that the extent of the power and authority granted Saul was limited to the Jewish people at this point in time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 14 ptd6 figs-explicit ἔχει ἐξουσίαν…δῆσαι πάντας 1 he has authority … to bind all It is implied that the extent of the power and authority granted Saul was limited to the Jewish people at this point in time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 14 t3fl figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 who call upon your name Here **your name** refers to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 9 15 jmt7 figs-metonymy σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς ἐστίν μοι οὗτος 1 this one is a chosen instrument of mine Here **chosen instrument** refers to something that is set apart for service. Alternate translation: “I have chosen him to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 9 15 z5fj figs-metonymy τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 who will carry my name This is an expression for identifying or speaking out for Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order that he might speak about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ ACT 9 32 ad7g κατελθεῖν 1 to come down The phrase **come down** is us
|
|||
ACT 9 32 g5c4 Λύδδα 1 in Lydda Lydda is a city located about 18 kilometers southeast of Joppa. This city was called Lod in the Old Testament and in modern Israel.
|
||||
ACT 9 33 hzd7 εὗρεν…ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπόν τινα 1 he found there a certain man Peter was not intentionally searching for a paralyzed person, but happened upon him. Alternate translation: “There Peter met a man”
|
||||
ACT 9 33 jnc4 writing-participants ἄνθρωπόν τινα ὀνόματι Αἰνέαν 1 a certain man named Aeneas This introduces Aeneas as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 9 33 uj5f writing-background κατακείμενον ἐπὶ κραβάττου, ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος 1 lying in a bed…who was paralyzed This is background information about Aeneas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 9 33 uj5f writing-background κατακείμενον ἐπὶ κραβάττου, ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος 1 lying in a bed … who was paralyzed This is background information about Aeneas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 9 33 k7hw παραλελυμένος 1 paralyzed unable to walk, probably unable to move below the waist
|
||||
ACT 9 34 ff2a στρῶσον σεαυτῷ 1 make your bed “roll up your mat”
|
||||
ACT 9 35 z3fp figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα 1 all who were living in Lydda and in Sharon This is a generalization referring to many of the people there. Alternate translation: “those who lived in Lydda and in Sharon” or “many people who lived in Lydda and Sharon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ ACT 9 35 x9yw figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἐπέστρεψαν ἐπὶ τὸ
|
|||
ACT 9 36 gy8u writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about the woman named Tabitha. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 9 36 du3s 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues the story with a new event about Peter.
|
||||
ACT 9 36 zgq5 writing-newevent δέ…ἦν 1 Now there was This introduces a new part in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 9 36 gwr4 translate-names Ταβειθά, ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται, Δορκάς 1 Tabitha, which is translated to say,…Dorcas **Tabitha** is her name in the Aramaic language, and **Dorcas** is her name in the Greek language. Both names mean “gazelle.” Alternate translation: “Tabitha, which was Dorcas in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 9 36 gwr4 translate-names Ταβειθά, ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται, Δορκάς 1 Tabitha, which is translated to say, … Dorcas **Tabitha** is her name in the Aramaic language, and **Dorcas** is her name in the Greek language. Both names mean “gazelle.” Alternate translation: “Tabitha, which was Dorcas in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 9 36 q2rn πλήρης ἔργων ἀγαθῶν 1 full of good works “doing many good things”
|
||||
ACT 9 37 mg72 figs-explicit ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 And it happened that in those days This refers to the time when Peter was in Joppa. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “And it came about while Peter was nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 37 y8sx λούσαντες…αὐτὴν 1 having washed her This was washing to prepare for her burial.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1258,8 +1258,8 @@ ACT 10 intro ym7z 0 # Acts 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this ch
|
|||
ACT 10 1 m1vx writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about Cornelius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 10 1 nfy5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of the part of the story about Cornelius.
|
||||
ACT 10 1 wtb9 writing-participants ἀνὴρ δέ τις 1 Now there was a certain man This was a way of introducing a new person to this part of the historical account. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 10 1 x476 ὀνόματι Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 named Cornelius, a centurion from the regiment that was called…Italian “whose name was Cornelius. He was an officer in charge of 100 soldiers from the Italian section of the Roman army.
|
||||
ACT 10 1 abcd Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 the regiment that was called…Italian “the Italian Regiment”
|
||||
ACT 10 1 x476 ὀνόματι Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 named Cornelius, a centurion from the regiment that was called … Italian “whose name was Cornelius. He was an officer in charge of 100 soldiers from the Italian section of the Roman army.
|
||||
ACT 10 1 abcd Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 the regiment that was called … Italian “the Italian Regiment”
|
||||
ACT 10 2 s6rh εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 devout and fearing God “believing in God and seeking to honor and worship God in his life”
|
||||
ACT 10 2 n8i3 φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 fearing God The word **fearing** here has the sense of deep respect and awe.
|
||||
ACT 10 2 abce τῷ λαῷ 1 to the people This here refers to Jewish people who were in need.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ ACT 10 9 r6l8 ἀνέβη…ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα 1 went up to the housetop
|
|||
ACT 10 10 slq7 παρασκευαζόντων…αὐτῶν 1 while they were preparing “before the people finished cooking the food”
|
||||
ACT 10 10 im7x figs-activepassive ἐγένετο ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἔκστασις 1 a vision came upon him “God gave him a vision” or “he saw a vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 11 n4hi θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον 1 he sees the sky having been opened This was the beginning of Peter’s vision. It can be a new sentence.
|
||||
ACT 10 11 u9u4 ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην, τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς 1 like a large sheet,…by four corners The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth.
|
||||
ACT 10 11 u9u4 ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην, τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς 1 like a large sheet, … by four corners The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth.
|
||||
ACT 10 11 jh1m τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιέμενον 1 being let down by four corners “suspended by its four corners”
|
||||
ACT 10 12 ua3j figs-explicit πάντα τὰ τετράποδα, καὶ ἑρπετὰ τῆς γῆς, καὶ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 all the four - footed animals and creeping things on the earth, and birds of the sky From Peter’s response in the next verse, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. Alternate translation: “every kind of animal and reptile and bird that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 10 13 a2z4 figs-synecdoche ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν 1 a voice came to him The person speaking is not specified. The **voice** was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1290,12 +1290,12 @@ ACT 10 14 z7r5 μηδαμῶς 1 Not at all “I will not do that”
|
|||
ACT 10 14 a2jj figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον 1 I have never eaten anything defiled and unclean It is implied that some the animals in the container were unclean as defined by the law of Moses and were not to be eaten by believers who lived before Christ died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 10 15 xs5s figs-123person ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν 1 What God has cleansed If God is the speaker, he is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “What I, God, have cleansed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
ACT 10 16 rlr9 τοῦτο…ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς 1 this happened for three times It is possible that everything Peter saw happened did not happen three times, but that the phrase, “What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled,” was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say “This happened three times.”
|
||||
ACT 10 17 d4zi διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter was very confused…about This means that Peter was having difficulty understanding what the vision meant.
|
||||
ACT 10 17 d4zi διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter was very confused … about This means that Peter was having difficulty understanding what the vision meant.
|
||||
ACT 10 17 n6da ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows, in this case, the two men standing at the gate.
|
||||
ACT 10 17 e62m figs-explicit ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα 1 stood before the gate “stood before the gate to the house.” It is implied that this house had a wall with a **gate** in it to enter the property. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 10 17 h72m διερωτήσαντες τὴν οἰκίαν 1 having found by inquiry the house This happened before they arrived at the house. This could be stated earlier in the verse, as the UST does.
|
||||
ACT 10 18 qe9d φωνήσαντες 1 they called out Cornelius’ men remained outside the gate while asking about Peter.
|
||||
ACT 10 19 e8ai διενθυμουμένου περὶ τοῦ ὁράματος 1 while…was still thinking about the vision “as … was still wondering about the meaning of the vision”
|
||||
ACT 10 19 e8ai διενθυμουμένου περὶ τοῦ ὁράματος 1 while … was still thinking about the vision “as … was still wondering about the meaning of the vision”
|
||||
ACT 10 19 d9q8 τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit “the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
ACT 10 19 iqx5 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: three”
|
||||
ACT 10 19 va39 translate-textvariants ἄνδρες τρεῖς ζητοῦσιν σε 1 three men are looking for you Cornelius sent two of his servants and one soldier. Some ancient texts have a different number of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ ACT 11 intro hva5 0 # Acts 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this ch
|
|||
ACT 11 1 uw5m 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new event in the story.
|
||||
ACT 11 1 j7f7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter arrives in Jerusalem and begins talking to the Jews there.
|
||||
ACT 11 1 ab75 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This marks a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 11 1 f1md οἱ…ἀδελφοὶ 2 the…brothers The phrase **the brothers** here refers to the believers in Judea.
|
||||
ACT 11 1 f1md οἱ…ἀδελφοὶ 2 the … brothers The phrase **the brothers** here refers to the believers in Judea.
|
||||
ACT 11 1 q8wl οἱ ὄντες κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν 1 who were throughout Judea “who were throughout the province of Judea”
|
||||
ACT 11 1 w3rx figs-metonymy ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 had received the word of God This expression refers to the fact that the Gentiles believed the gospel message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “had believed the message of God about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 2 kb4m ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 came up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of coming up to Jerusalem and going down from it.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ ACT 11 5 axu6 τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς 1 by its four corners “suspen
|
|||
ACT 11 6 lbh4 figs-explicit τὰ τετράποδα τῆς γῆς, καὶ τὰ θηρία, καὶ τὰ ἑρπετὰ, καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 the four - legged animals of the earth, and the wild beasts, and the creeping animals, and the birds of the sky From Peter’s response, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 10:12](../10/12.md). Alternate translation: “many kinds of animals and reptiles and birds that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 11 6 ew64 θηρία 1 wild beasts This probably refer to the animals people do not or can not tame or control.
|
||||
ACT 11 6 t36i ἑρπετὰ 1 creeping animals These are reptiles.
|
||||
ACT 11 7 i5ic figs-synecdoche ἤκουσα…φωνῆς 1 I…heard a voice The person speaking is not specified. The **voice** was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. See how you translated **a voice** in [Acts 10:13](../10/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 11 7 i5ic figs-synecdoche ἤκουσα…φωνῆς 1 I … heard a voice The person speaking is not specified. The **voice** was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. See how you translated **a voice** in [Acts 10:13](../10/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 11 8 m4mu μηδαμῶς 1 By no means “I will not do that.” See how you translated this in [Acts 10:14](../10/14.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 8 m5p5 figs-metonymy κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου 1 the profane or unclean has never entered into my mouth Apparently the animals in the sheet were animals which the Jewish law in the Old Testament forbade the Jews to eat. This can be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: “I have eaten only meat from holy and clean animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ACT 11 8 kj91 ἀκάθαρτον 1 unclean In the Old Testament Jewish law, a person became ritually **unclean** in various ways, such as eating certain forbidden animals.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ ACT 12 14 yq3r ἀπήγγειλεν 1 she reported “she told them” or “s
|
|||
ACT 12 14 a19k ἑστάναι…πρὸ τοῦ πυλῶνος 1 stands at the gate “is standing outside the door.” Peter was still standing outside.
|
||||
ACT 12 15 ybz7 μαίνῃ 1 You are insane The people not only did not believe her, but rebuked her by saying she was crazy. Alternate translation: “You are crazy”
|
||||
ACT 12 15 xnm2 ἡ…διϊσχυρίζετο οὕτως ἔχειν 1 she insisted that it was thus “she insisted that what she said was true”
|
||||
ACT 12 15 en8b οἱ…ἔλεγον 2 they…said “they answered”
|
||||
ACT 12 15 en8b οἱ…ἔλεγον 2 they … said “they answered”
|
||||
ACT 12 15 qa8m ὁ ἄγγελός ἐστιν αὐτοῦ 1 It is his angel “What you have seen is Peter’s angel.” Some Jews believed in guardian angels and may have thought that Peter’s angel had come to them.
|
||||
ACT 12 16 wwg1 0 General Information: Here the words “they” and “them” refer to the people in the house. The words “He” and “he” refer to Peter.
|
||||
ACT 12 16 bi6l ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἐπέμενεν κρούων 1 But Peter continued knocking The word “continued” means that Peter kept knocking the entire time those inside were talking.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1556,8 +1556,8 @@ ACT 12 25 pv6a figs-explicit πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίαν 1
|
|||
ACT 13 intro rlh6 0 # Acts 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the three quotes from Psalms in 13:33-35.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 13:41.<br><br>The chapter is where the second half of the Book of Acts begins. Luke writes more about Paul than about Peter, and it describes how it is the Gentiles and not the Jews to whom the believers tell the message about Jesus.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A light for the Gentiles<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. The Jews considered all Gentiles as walking in darkness, but Paul and Barnabas spoke of telling the Gentiles about Jesus as if they were going to bring them physical light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
|
||||
ACT 13 1 ce7s writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 1 gives background information about the people in the church at Antioch. Here the first word “they” probably refers to these five leaders but may also include the other believers. The next words “they” and “their” probably refer to the other three leaders not including Barnabas and Saul but could include other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 13 1 qa2i 0 Connecting Statement: Luke begins to tell about the mission trips on which the church at Antioch send Barnabas and Saul.
|
||||
ACT 13 1 rej8 δὲ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Now…in Antioch, in the church that was there “At that time in the church at Antioch”
|
||||
ACT 13 1 srw6 translate-names Συμεὼν…Νίγερ…Λούκιος…Μαναήν 1 Simeon…Niger)…Lucius…Manaen These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 13 1 rej8 δὲ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Now … in Antioch, in the church that was there “At that time in the church at Antioch”
|
||||
ACT 13 1 srw6 translate-names Συμεὼν…Νίγερ…Λούκιος…Μαναήν 1 Simeon … Niger) … Lucius … Manaen These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 13 1 u48c Ἡρῴδου τοῦ τετράρχου σύντροφος 1 one brought up with Herod the tetrarch Manaen was probably Herod’s playmate or close friend growing up. Some scholars suggest he was Herod’s foster brother.
|
||||
ACT 13 2 ifb9 ἀφορίσατε 1 Set apart “Appoint to serve”
|
||||
ACT 13 2 j6ym προσκέκλημαι αὐτούς 1 I have called them The verb here means that God chose them to do this work.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1583,9 +1583,9 @@ ACT 13 7 bee2 ἦν σὺν 1 was with “was often with” or “was often in
|
|||
ACT 13 7 s1su ἀνθυπάτῳ 1 proconsul This was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation: “governor”
|
||||
ACT 13 7 h5xx writing-background ἀνδρὶ συνετῷ 1 an intelligent man This is background information about Sergius Paulus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 13 7 abck οὗτος, προσκαλεσάμενος 1 He summoned “The proconsul summoned”
|
||||
ACT 13 8 lp2u translate-names Ἐλύμας ὁ μάγος 1 Elymas…the magician This was Bar-Jesus, who was also called “the magician.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 13 8 lp2u translate-names Ἐλύμας ὁ μάγος 1 Elymas … the magician This was Bar-Jesus, who was also called “the magician.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 13 8 qw4j οὕτως γὰρ μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 for thus his name is translated “for that was what he was called in Greek”
|
||||
ACT 13 8 n23s ἀνθίστατο…αὐτοῖς…ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον 1 opposed them…he sought to turn the proconsul away “resisted them by trying to turn the proconsul away” or “attempted to stop them by trying to turn the proconsul away”
|
||||
ACT 13 8 n23s ἀνθίστατο…αὐτοῖς…ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον 1 opposed them … he sought to turn the proconsul away “resisted them by trying to turn the proconsul away” or “attempted to stop them by trying to turn the proconsul away”
|
||||
ACT 13 8 w2xt figs-metaphor ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 he sought to turn the proconsul away from the faith Here **to turn … away from** is a metaphor for convincing someone to not do something. Alternate translation: “he attempted to persuade the governor not to believe the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 13 9 gws2 0 General Information: The word “him” refers to the magician Elymas, who is also called Bar Jesus ([Acts 13:6-8](./06.md)).
|
||||
ACT 13 9 nau1 0 Connecting Statement: While on the island of Paphos, Paul begins to talk to Elymas.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ ACT 13 26 u6zn figs-activepassive ὁ λόγος τῆς σωτηρίας ταύ
|
|||
ACT 13 26 v6r3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης 1 about this salvation The word **salvation** can be translated with the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “that God will save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 13 27 psk5 τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες 1 did not recognize this one “did not realize that this man Jesus was the one whom God had sent to save them”
|
||||
ACT 13 27 ri1f figs-metonymy τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν 1 the voices of the prophets Here the word **voices** represents the message of the prophets. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets” or “the message of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 27 m4tz figs-activepassive τὰς…ἀναγινωσκομένας 2 the…are being read This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which someone reads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 27 m4tz figs-activepassive τὰς…ἀναγινωσκομένας 2 the … are being read This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which someone reads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 27 rle6 τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν…ἐπλήρωσαν 1 they fulfilled the voices of the prophets “they actually did just what the prophets said that they would do”
|
||||
ACT 13 28 v3hw 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the Jewish people and their religious leaders in Jerusalem. The word him” here refers to Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 13 28 y9j6 μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου εὑρόντες 1 they found no reason for death “they did not find any reason why anyone should kill Jesus”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1684,7 +1684,7 @@ ACT 13 33 dy6w τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν 1 for our children Paul is s
|
|||
ACT 13 33 d95n figs-idiom ἀναστήσας Ἰησοῦν 1 by raising up Jesus Here **raising up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “by making Jesus alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 13 33 y3tz ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ γέγραπται τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 As it is also written in the second Psalm “This is what was also written in the second Psalm”
|
||||
ACT 13 33 h9ir τῷ ψαλμῷ…τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 the second Psalm “Psalm 2”
|
||||
ACT 13 33 tla1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱός…γεγέννηκά σε 1 Son…have fathered you These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ACT 13 33 tla1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱός…γεγέννηκά σε 1 Son … have fathered you These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ACT 13 34 iy5q ὅτι δὲ ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, μηκέτι μέλλοντα ὑποστρέφειν εἰς διαφθοράν, οὕτως εἴρηκεν 1 And that he raised him up from the dead, never to be about to return to decay, he has spoken in this way “God spoke these words about his making Jesus alive again so that he would never die again”
|
||||
ACT 13 34 h3nj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
ACT 13 34 q3kq τὰ ὅσια…τὰ πιστά 1 the holy and sure blessings “the holy and certain blessings”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ ACT 14 1 vh8u 0 General Information: The story of Paul and Barnabas in Iconium
|
|||
ACT 14 1 hk1z ἐγένετο δὲ, ἐν Ἰκονίῳ 1 And it happened that in Iconium This begins a new event.
|
||||
ACT 14 1 f4sq figs-explicit λαλῆσαι οὕτως 1 spoke in such a way “spoke so powerfully.” It may be helpful to state that they spoke the message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “spoke the message about Jesus powerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 14 2 wc4x οἱ…ἀπειθήσαντες Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews who were disobedient This refers to a portion of the Jews who did not believe the message about Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 14 2 n2pp figs-metaphor ἐπήγειραν…τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 stirred up…the souls of the Gentiles Causing the Gentiles to become angry is spoken of as if calm waters were disturbed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 2 n2pp figs-metaphor ἐπήγειραν…τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 stirred up … the souls of the Gentiles Causing the Gentiles to become angry is spoken of as if calm waters were disturbed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 2 k8mv figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 the souls Here the word **souls** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 14 2 fu13 τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 the brothers Here **brothers** refers to Paul and Barnabas and the new believers.
|
||||
ACT 14 3 lp4v 0 General Information: Here the word “He” refers to the Lord.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@ ACT 14 9 xak4 figs-abstractnouns ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι
|
|||
ACT 14 10 v1kz ἥλατο 1 he jumped up “he dleaped in the air.” This implies that his legs were completely healed.
|
||||
ACT 14 11 axe6 ὃ ἐποίησεν Παῦλος 1 what Paul had done This refers to Paul’s healing the crippled man.
|
||||
ACT 14 11 lvs9 ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν 1 they raised their voice Here **raised their voice** means to speak loudly. Alternate translation: “they spoke loudly” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
|
||||
ACT 14 11 d1gz figs-explicit οἱ θεοὶ…κατέβησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 The gods…have come down to us A large number of people believed Paul and Barnabas were their pagan gods who had come down from heaven. Alternate translation: “The gods … have come down from heaven to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 14 11 d1gz figs-explicit οἱ θεοὶ…κατέβησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 The gods … have come down to us A large number of people believed Paul and Barnabas were their pagan gods who had come down from heaven. Alternate translation: “The gods … have come down from heaven to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 14 11 x3bi Λυκαονιστὶ 1 in the Lycaonian language “in their own Lycaonian language.” The people of Lystra spoke Lycaonian and also Greek.
|
||||
ACT 14 11 rm85 ὁμοιωθέντες ἀνθρώποις 1 being made like men These people believed that the gods needed to change their appearance in order to look like men.
|
||||
ACT 14 12 t7uu translate-names Δία 1 Zeus Zeus was the king over all the other pagan gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@ ACT 14 21 wv7e figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “they”
|
|||
ACT 14 21 ykt4 τὴν πόλιν ἐκείνην 1 in that city “in Derbe” ([Acts 14:20](../14/20.md))
|
||||
ACT 14 22 ek9l figs-synecdoche ἐπιστηρίζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν 1 They were strengthening the souls of the disciples Here **souls** refers to the disciples. This emphasizes their inner thoughts and beliefs. Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to believe the message about Jesus” or “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to grow strong in their relationship with Jesus (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 14 22 zkd2 παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ πίστει 1 and encouraging them to continue in the faith “and encouraging the believers to keep trusting in Jesus”
|
||||
ACT 14 22 d9ic writing-quotations καὶ ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων, δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 and saying,…It is necessary for us to enter into the kingdom of God through many afflictions Some version translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “and saying that we must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 14 22 d9ic writing-quotations καὶ ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων, δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 and saying, … It is necessary for us to enter into the kingdom of God through many afflictions Some version translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “and saying that we must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 14 22 wu1c figs-exclusive δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν 1 It is necessary for us to enter Paul includes his hearers, so the word **us** is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 23 pk5l 0 General Information: Except for the third use of the word “they” which refers to the people that Paul and Barnabas had led to the Lord, all the words “they” here refer to Paul and Barnabas.
|
||||
ACT 14 23 mqp9 χειροτονήσαντες δὲ αὐτοῖς κατ’ ἐκκλησίαν πρεσβυτέρους 1 And when they had appointed for them elders in every church “And when Paul and Barnabas had appointed leaders in each new group of believers”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@ ACT 15 1 zi1n figs-explicit ἐδίδασκον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 t
|
|||
ACT 15 1 pm8h figs-activepassive ἐὰν μὴ περιτμηθῆτε τῷ ἔθει τῷ Μωϋσέως, οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι 1 Unless you are circumcised in the custom of Moses, you are not able to be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Unless someone circumcises you in the custom of Moses, God cannot save you” or “God will not save you from your sins unless you receive circumcision according to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 2 abcr figs-litotes στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης 1 not a little dispute and debate This phrase is a litotes. The words **not** and **a little** together mean “a lot.” Alternate translation: “a sharp dispute and debate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 15 2 f9nd figs-abstractnouns στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης 1 not a little dispute and debate The abstract nouns **dispute** and **debate** can be stated as verbs and where the men came from can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “strongly confronted and debated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 15 2 ek6a ἀναβαίνειν…εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 to go up…in Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 15 2 ek6a ἀναβαίνειν…εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 to go up … in Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 15 2 z983 τοῦ ζητήματος τούτου 1 this question “this issue”
|
||||
ACT 15 3 h2mw 0 General Information: Here the words “They,” “they,” and “them” refer to Paul, Barnabas, and certain others ([Acts 15:2](../15/02.md)).
|
||||
ACT 15 3 av5y figs-activepassive οἱ μὲν οὖν προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 Therefore, the ones who had been sent by the church This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore the community of believers sent them from Antioch to Jerusalem, and they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1892,7 +1892,7 @@ ACT 15 15 ibb2 0 Connecting Statement: James quotes the prophet Amos from the
|
|||
ACT 15 15 am6y figs-metonymy τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν οἱ λόγοι τῶν προφητῶν 1 this agrees with the words of the prophets Here **words** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “what the prophets said agrees” or “the prophets agree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 15 nbi1 τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν 1 this agrees with “this confirms”
|
||||
ACT 15 15 j4f5 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 just as it is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “just as they wrote” or “just as the prophet Amos wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 16 f5wf figs-metaphor ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν, καὶ τὰ κατεστραμμένα αὐτῆς, ἀνοικοδομήσω καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν 1 I will rebuild the tent of David, which has fallen down…and I will rebuild its ruins and will restore it This speaks of God’s again choosing one of David’s descendants to rule over his people as though he were setting up a tent again after it fell down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 16 f5wf figs-metaphor ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν, καὶ τὰ κατεστραμμένα αὐτῆς, ἀνοικοδομήσω καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν 1 I will rebuild the tent of David, which has fallen down … and I will rebuild its ruins and will restore it This speaks of God’s again choosing one of David’s descendants to rule over his people as though he were setting up a tent again after it fell down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 16 ist8 figs-metonymy τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ 1 the tent of David Here **tent** stands for David’s family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 sm79 figs-metaphor ἐκζητήσωσιν οἱ κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν Κύριον 1 the remnant of men may seek the Lord This speaks about people wanting to obey God and learn more about him as if they were literally looking for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 hkw1 figs-gendernotations κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 remnant of men Here **men** includes males and females. Alternate translation: “remnant of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ ACT 15 22 rhn3 0 General Information: Here the word “them” refers to Judas
|
|||
ACT 15 22 hp6j figs-explicit ὅλῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 the whole church Here **church** refers to the people who are a part of the church in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the church in Jerusalem” or “the whole community of believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 22 c711 translate-names Ἰούδαν τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν 1 Judas called Barsabbas This is the name of a man. **Barsabbas** is a second name that people called him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 15 23 e4g2 οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, ἀδελφοὶ, τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν, καὶ Συρίαν, καὶ Κιλικίαν, ἀδελφοῖς τοῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν, χαίρειν 1 The apostles and the elders, brothers, to those throughout Antioch and Syria and Cilicia, who are brothers from among the Gentiles. Greetings This is the introduction of the letter. Your language may have a way of introducing the author of the letter and to whom it is written. Alternate translation: “This letter is from your brothers, the apostles and elders. We are writing to you Gentile believers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings to you” or “To our Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings from the apostles and elders, your brothers”
|
||||
ACT 15 23 kp51 ἀδελφοὶ…ἀδελφοῖς 1 brothers,…brothers Here both instances of the word **brothers** refer to fellow believers. By using these words, the apostles and elders assure the Gentile believers that they accept them as fellow believers.
|
||||
ACT 15 23 kp51 ἀδελφοὶ…ἀδελφοῖς 1 brothers, … brothers Here both instances of the word **brothers** refer to fellow believers. By using these words, the apostles and elders assure the Gentile believers that they accept them as fellow believers.
|
||||
ACT 15 23 php8 translate-names Κιλικίαν 1 Cilicia This is the name of a province on the coast in Asia Minor north of the Island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 15 24 g8m9 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here all instances of “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to the believers in the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 15:22](../15/22.md))
|
||||
ACT 15 24 p1tl ὅτι τινὲς 1 that certain ones “that some men”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1981,7 +1981,7 @@ ACT 16 6 g97e τὴν Φρυγίαν 1 Phrygia This is a region in Asia. See ho
|
|||
ACT 16 6 ue3k figs-activepassive κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 having been forbidden by the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit had forbidden them” or “because the Holy Spirit did not permit them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 6 h4u4 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word Here **word** stands for “message.” Alternate translation: “the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 7 x1b1 figs-go ἐλθόντες 1 when they had come Here **had come** can be translated as “had gone” or “had arrived.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 7 b1xq translate-names Μυσίαν…Βιθυνίαν 1 Mysia,…Bithynia These are two more regions in Asia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 16 7 b1xq translate-names Μυσίαν…Βιθυνίαν 1 Mysia, … Bithynia These are two more regions in Asia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 16 7 b539 τὸ Πνεῦμα Ἰησοῦ 1 the Spirit of Jesus “the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
ACT 16 8 s6l1 κατέβησαν εἰς Τρῳάδα 1 they came down to Troas The phrase **came down** is used here because Troas is lower in elevation than Mysia.
|
||||
ACT 16 8 xq6n figs-go κατέβησαν 1 they came down Here **came** can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1990,7 +1990,7 @@ ACT 16 9 hq8e παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν 1 calling him “begging him”
|
|||
ACT 16 9 cm2u διαβὰς εἰς Μακεδονίαν 1 Coming over to Macedonia The phrase **Coming over** is used because Macedonia is across the sea from Troas.
|
||||
ACT 16 10 fg5h ἐζητήσαμεν ἐξελθεῖν εἰς Μακεδονίαν, συμβιβάζοντες ὅτι προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εὐαγγελίσασθαι αὐτούς 1 we sought to go out to Macedonia, reasoning together that God had called us to proclaim the gospel to them Here the words **we** and **us** refer to Paul and his companions including Luke, the author of Acts.
|
||||
ACT 16 11 m2p5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and his companions are now in Philippi on their missionary trip. Verse 13 begins the story of Lydia. This short story happens during Paul’s travels.
|
||||
ACT 16 11 q2pr translate-names Σαμοθρᾴκην…Νέαν Πόλιν 1 Samothrace,…Neapolis These are coastal cities near Phillipi in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 16 11 q2pr translate-names Σαμοθρᾴκην…Νέαν Πόλιν 1 Samothrace, … Neapolis These are coastal cities near Phillipi in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 16 12 tl9f figs-explicit κολωνία 1 a colony This is a city outside of Italy where many people who came from Rome lived. The people there had the same rights and freedoms as people who lived in cities in Italy. They could govern themselves and they did not have to pay taxes. Alternate translation: “a Roman colony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 x8bp 0 Connecting Statement: This ends the story of Lydia.
|
||||
ACT 16 14 n952 writing-participants τις γυνὴ ὀνόματι Λυδία 1 a certain woman named Lydia Here **a certain woman** introduces a new person in the story. Alternate translation: “there was a woman named Lydia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1998,7 +1998,7 @@ ACT 16 14 qj86 figs-ellipsis πορφυρόπωλις 1 a seller of purple Here
|
|||
ACT 16 14 c6n8 translate-names Θυατείρων 1 of Thyatira This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 cyk3 σεβομένη τὸν Θεόν 1 worshiping God When Luke says Lydia was **worshiping God**, he is saying that she was a Gentile who gave praise to God and followed him, but did not obey all of the Jewish laws.
|
||||
ACT 16 14 rd4r figs-metaphor ἧς ὁ Κύριος διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν, προσέχειν 1 of whom the Lord opened the heart to pay attention to For the Lord to cause someone to **pay attention** and believe a message is spoken of as if he were opening a person’s **heart**. Alternate translation: “and the Lord caused her to listen well and to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 s9ju figs-metonymy διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν 1 the…opened…heart Here **heart** stands for a person’s mind. Also, the author speaks about the **heart** or “mind” as if it were a box that a person could open so it is ready for someone to fill it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 s9ju figs-metonymy διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν 1 the … opened … heart Here **heart** stands for a person’s mind. Also, the author speaks about the **heart** or “mind” as if it were a box that a person could open so it is ready for someone to fill it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 a74y figs-activepassive τοῖς λαλουμένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου 1 what was being said by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what Paul was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 15 g7e9 figs-activepassive ὡς δὲ ἐβαπτίσθη καὶ ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς 1 And when she was baptized, and her household This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And when they baptized Lydia and members of her household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 15 s799 figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς 1 her household This refers to all the people who live in her house. Alternate translation: “the members of her household” or “her family and household servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2046,7 +2046,7 @@ ACT 16 31 br4k figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved This can be
|
|||
ACT 16 31 w8ed figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκός σου 1 your household This refers to all the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “all the members of your household” or “your family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 32 kb35 0 General Information: Here the first use of the word “they” as well as the words “their” and “them” refer to Paul and Silas. Compare [Acts 16:25](../16/25.md). The last use of the word “they” refers to the people in the jailers’ household. The words “him,” “his,” and “he” refer to the jailer.
|
||||
ACT 16 32 pq5w figs-metonymy ἐλάλησαν αὐτῷ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 they spoke the word of the Lord to him Here **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “they told him the message about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 33 r3la figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ πάντες παραχρῆμα 1 he was baptized immediately…he and all those who were his This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Paul and Silas immediately baptized the jailer and all the members of his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 33 r3la figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ πάντες παραχρῆμα 1 he was baptized immediately … he and all those who were his This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Paul and Silas immediately baptized the jailer and all the members of his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 35 x3x8 0 General Information: This is the last event in the story of Paul and Silas in Philippi ([Acts 16:12](../16/12.md)).
|
||||
ACT 16 35 lb4z δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells the last event in the story that started in [Acts 16:16](../16/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 16 35 vev9 ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους 1 Release those men “Allow those men to leave”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2054,7 +2054,7 @@ ACT 16 36 k3i6 ἐξελθόντες 1 having come out “having come out of th
|
|||
ACT 16 37 v4yk figs-exclusive 0 General Information: All of the times the word “they” is used and the first time “them” is used, the words refer to the magistrates. The word “themselves” refers to the magistrates. The second time the word “them” is used, it refers to Paul and Silas. The word “us” refers only to Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 b4jm figs-explicit ἔφη πρὸς αὐτούς 1 said to them Probably Paul is speaking to the jailer, but he intends for the jailer to tell the magistrates what he says. Alternate translation: “said to the jailer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 b7cc figs-metonymy δείραντες ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ 1 They have beaten us in public Here “They” refers to the magistrates who commanded their soldiers to beat them. Alternate translation: “The magistrates ordered their soldiers to beat us in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 wc37 ἀκατακρίτους ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας, ἔβαλαν εἰς φυλακήν 1 without trial…men being Romans…they threw us into prison “without a trial to prove us guilty, even though we are Roman citizens, and they had their soldiers put us in jail”
|
||||
ACT 16 37 wc37 ἀκατακρίτους ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας, ἔβαλαν εἰς φυλακήν 1 without trial … men being Romans … they threw us into prison “without a trial to prove us guilty, even though we are Roman citizens, and they had their soldiers put us in jail”
|
||||
ACT 16 37 qq1u figs-rquestion λάθρᾳ ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλουσιν? οὔ γάρ 1 they cast us out secretly? No indeed Paul uses a question to emphasize that he will not allow the magistrates to send them out the city in secret after they had mistreated Paul and Silas. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not let them send us out of the city in secret!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 jr2j figs-rpronouns ἀλλὰ ἐλθόντες αὐτοὶ 1 Instead, coming themselves Here **themselves** is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 16 38 ym2u figs-explicit ἐφοβήθησαν…ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν 1 they were terrified when they heard that they are Romans To be a Roman meant to be a legal citizens of the Empire. Citizenship provided freedom from torture and the right to a fair trial. The city leaders were afraid that more important Roman authorities might learn how the city leaders had mistreated Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2096,7 +2096,7 @@ ACT 17 5 abcu αὐτοὺς προαγαγεῖν 1 to lead them “to bring P
|
|||
ACT 17 5 pp7k εἰς τὸν δῆμον 1 to the people Possible meanings for **the people** are (1) a governmental or legal group of citizens gathered to make a decision or (2) an unruly mob.
|
||||
ACT 17 6 i79p τινας ἀδελφοὺς 1 certain brothers Here **brothers** refers to believers. Alternate translation: “some other believers”
|
||||
ACT 17 6 e44z ἐπὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας 1 before the city officials “in the presence of the city officials”
|
||||
ACT 17 6 g7xj οἱ…οὗτοι 1 Those who…they The Jewish leaders were referring to Paul and Silas.
|
||||
ACT 17 6 g7xj οἱ…οὗτοι 1 Those who … they The Jewish leaders were referring to Paul and Silas.
|
||||
ACT 17 6 c2av figs-hyperbole τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀναστατώσαντες 1 have turned the inhabited world upside down This phrase is another way of saying Paul and Silas where causing trouble everywhere they went. The Jewish leaders were exaggerating the influence Paul and Silas were having with their teaching. Alternate translation: “have caused trouble everywhere in the world” or “have caused trouble everywhere they have gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 17 7 hlc9 ὑποδέδεκται Ἰάσων; καὶ οὗτοι πάντες 1 Jason and all these men have welcomed This phrase signals that Jason and his companions were in agreement with the apostles’ troubling message.
|
||||
ACT 17 8 th2f ἐτάραξαν 1 were disturbed “were worried”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2130,7 +2130,7 @@ ACT 17 18 l7le translate-names τῶν Ἐπικουρίων καὶ Στοϊκ
|
|||
ACT 17 18 f976 translate-names Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων 1 Stoic philosophers These people believed freedom comes from resigning oneself to fate. They rejected a personal loving God and the resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 18 dnj8 τινες ἔλεγον 1 some said “some of the Stoic philosophers said”
|
||||
ACT 17 18 g4bv figs-metaphor τί ἂν θέλοι ὁ σπερμολόγος οὗτος λέγειν? 1 What is this babbler wanting to say The word “babbler” was used to refer to birds picking up seeds as food. It refers negatively to a person who only knows a little bit of information. The philosophers said Paul had bits of information which were not worth listening to. Alternate translation: “What is this uneducated person trying to say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 18 k2ps οἱ δέ, ξένων 1 But others said,…foreign “But other philosophers said”
|
||||
ACT 17 18 k2ps οἱ δέ, ξένων 1 But others said, … foreign “But other philosophers said”
|
||||
ACT 17 18 l41t δοκεῖ καταγγελεὺς εἶναι 1 He seems to be a proclaimer “He seems to be teaching a philosophy”
|
||||
ACT 17 18 sx9t ξένων δαιμονίων 1 of foreign gods That is, gods that Greeks and Romans do not worship or know about.
|
||||
ACT 17 19 fs5g figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words “him,” “He” and “you” refer to Paul ([Acts 17:18](../17/18.md)). Here the words “They” and “we” refer to the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2232,7 +2232,7 @@ ACT 18 18 x25w translate-names 0 General Information: Here the word “he” re
|
|||
ACT 18 18 ura9 0 Connecting Statement: This continues Paul’s missionary journey as Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila leave Corinth. This seems to indicate that Silas and Timothy remain since it says “he” here and not “we.” The word “they” refers to Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila.
|
||||
ACT 18 18 et8c figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἀποταξάμενος 1 left the brothers The word **brothers** refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: “left the fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 18 18 v5kl ἐξέπλει εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ Πρίσκιλλα καὶ Ἀκύλας 1 and sailed to Syria, and Priscilla and Aquila were with him Paul got on a ship that sailed for Syria. Priscilla and Aquila went with him.
|
||||
ACT 18 18 kq6f translate-symaction κειράμενος…τὴν κεφαλήν, εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν 1 He had cut the hair of his head…because he had a vow This is a symbolic action that indicates the completion of a **vow**. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he had someone cut off the hair on his head … because he had completed a vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 18 18 kq6f translate-symaction κειράμενος…τὴν κεφαλήν, εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν 1 He had cut the hair of his head … because he had a vow This is a symbolic action that indicates the completion of a **vow**. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he had someone cut off the hair on his head … because he had completed a vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 18 19 abcx κἀκείνους κατέλιπεν 1 he left them “Paul left Priscilla and Aquilla”
|
||||
ACT 18 19 st93 διελέξατο 1 reasoned “discussed with” or “debated with”
|
||||
ACT 18 20 u44s 0 General Information: Here the words “they” and “them” refer to the Jews in Ephesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2314,7 +2314,7 @@ ACT 19 15 i4a2 τὸν Ἰησοῦν γινώσκω, καὶ τὸν Παῦλ
|
|||
ACT 19 15 nsl1 figs-rquestion ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνες ἐστέ? 1 but who are you The spirit asked this question to emphasize that the exorcists had no authority over evil spirits. Alternate translation: “but I do not know you!” or “but you have no authority over me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 19 16 ty4x ἐφαλόμενος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ἐν ᾧ ἦν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν 1 the man in whom was the evil spirit, after leaping on them This means that the **evil spirit** caused the **man** whom it was controlling to leap on the exorcists.
|
||||
ACT 19 16 lu7u αὐτοὺς 1 them This refers to the exorcists who send evil spirits from people or places. See how you translated this in [Acts 19:13](../19/13.md).
|
||||
ACT 19 16 b8cb γυμνοὺς…ἐκφυγεῖν 1 they fled…naked The exorcists fled with their clothes ripped off them.
|
||||
ACT 19 16 b8cb γυμνοὺς…ἐκφυγεῖν 1 they fled … naked The exorcists fled with their clothes ripped off them.
|
||||
ACT 19 17 j85h figs-activepassive ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they magnified the name of the Lord Jesus” or “they considered the name of the Lord Jesus to be great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 17 j2hh figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα 1 the name This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 18 tj8t writing-endofstory 0 This ends the story about the Jewish exorcists. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2339,7 +2339,7 @@ ACT 19 23 kn49 ἐγένετο…τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ
|
|||
ACT 19 23 nb3p figs-litotes ἐγένετο…τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος 1 there was no small disturbance “the people became very upset” See how you translated this in [Acts 12:18](../12/18.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 19 23 rwf2 τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 the Way This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated this title in [Acts 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
ACT 19 24 cg16 writing-participants Δημήτριος…τις ὀνόματι ἀργυροκόπος 1 a certain silversmith named Demetrius The use of the words **a certain** introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 19 24 nwt7 ἀργυροκόπος 1 a…silversmith a craftsman who works with silver metal to make statues and jewelry
|
||||
ACT 19 24 nwt7 ἀργυροκόπος 1 a … silversmith a craftsman who works with silver metal to make statues and jewelry
|
||||
ACT 19 24 v8cb translate-names Δημήτριος…ὀνόματι 1 named Demetrius This is the name of a man. Demetrius was a silversmith in Ephesus who was against Paul and the local church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 24 p58m figs-litotes παρείχετο…οὐκ ὀλίγην ἐργασίαν 1 brought in not a little business This is a way of saying that he brought in much business. Alternate translation: “made a lot of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 19 25 kuz6 τοὺς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάτας 1 the workmen of that occupation An occupation is a profession or job. Alternate translation: “others who did that kind of work”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2357,8 +2357,8 @@ ACT 19 28 lcx8 ἔκραζον 1 they cried out “they shouted aloud” or “
|
|||
ACT 19 29 t7xs figs-metonymy ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις τῆς συγχύσεως 1 the whole city was filled with confusion Here **city** refers to the people. The city is spoken of as if it were a container. And, **confusion** is spoken of as if it were the contents that filled the container. Alternate translation: “people all over the city became upset and started shouting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 19 29 nt7y ὥρμησάν τε ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 and they rushed together This was a mob or near riot situation.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 ej3q εἰς τὸ θέατρον 1 into the theater The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 hjc8 συνεκδήμους Παύλου 1 Paul ’ s…travel companions The men who had been with Paul.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 d6r9 translate-names Γάϊον…Ἀρίσταρχον 1 Gaius…Aristarchus These are names of men. Gaius and Aristarchus came from Macedonia but were working with Paul in Ephesus at this time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 29 hjc8 συνεκδήμους Παύλου 1 Paul ’ s … travel companions The men who had been with Paul.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 d6r9 translate-names Γάϊον…Ἀρίσταρχον 1 Gaius … Aristarchus These are names of men. Gaius and Aristarchus came from Macedonia but were working with Paul in Ephesus at this time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 30 ii1u 0 General Information: Ephesus was part of the Roman empire and in the province of Asia.
|
||||
ACT 19 31 z7ww τὸ θέατρον 1 the theater The Ephesus **theater** was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people. See how you translated **theater** in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md).
|
||||
ACT 19 33 jr85 translate-names Ἀλέξανδρον 1 Alexander This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2396,9 +2396,9 @@ ACT 20 3 ah5w figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 by the Jews T
|
|||
ACT 20 3 m7na μέλλοντι ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν 1 as he is about to sail to Syria “as he was ready to sail to Syria”
|
||||
ACT 20 4 y35x figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “him” refers to Paul ([Acts 20:1](../20/01.md)). All instances of “us” and “we” in the verses that follow refer to the writer and Paul and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 4 c9et συνείπετο δὲ αὐτῷ 1 And accompanying him “And traveling with him”
|
||||
ACT 20 4 dw6j translate-names Σώπατρος…Πύρρου…Σεκοῦνδος,…Τυχικὸς…Τρόφιμος 1 were Sopater of Pyrrhus…Secundus…Tychicus,…Trophimus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 4 w4n1 translate-names Βεροιαῖος…Δερβαῖος 1 from Berea,…from Derbe These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 4 w8j6 Ἀρίσταρχος…Γάϊος 1 Aristarchus…Gaius These are names of men. See how you translated these names in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md).
|
||||
ACT 20 4 dw6j translate-names Σώπατρος…Πύρρου…Σεκοῦνδος,…Τυχικὸς…Τρόφιμος 1 were Sopater of Pyrrhus … Secundus … Tychicus, … Trophimus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 4 w4n1 translate-names Βεροιαῖος…Δερβαῖος 1 from Berea, … from Derbe These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 4 w8j6 Ἀρίσταρχος…Γάϊος 1 Aristarchus … Gaius These are names of men. See how you translated these names in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md).
|
||||
ACT 20 5 itz1 translate-names Τρῳάδι 1 Troas This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 5 kv8t οὗτοι…προσελθόντες 1 they had gone before us “these men had traveled ahead of us”
|
||||
ACT 20 6 l5dr τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the days of unleavened bread This refers to a time of Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. See how you translated this in [Acts 12:3](../12/03.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -2468,7 +2468,7 @@ ACT 20 30 ftf4 figs-metaphor τοῦ ἀποσπᾶν τοὺς μαθητὰς
|
|||
ACT 20 31 q2nl γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες 1 be alert, remembering “be on guard and remember” or “be on guard as you remember”
|
||||
ACT 20 31 ll64 figs-metaphor γρηγορεῖτε 1 be alert “be awake” or “watch out.” Christian leaders being **alert** about anyone that may harm the community of believers is spoken of as if they were guards in an army watching out for the enemy army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 31 pvt6 μνημονεύοντες ὅτι 1 remembering that “continuing to remember that” or “not forgetting that”
|
||||
ACT 20 31 rt1h figs-hyperbole τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν, οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην…νουθετῶν 1 for three years I did not stop admonishing…night and day Paul did not teach them continuously for three years, but over the space of three years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 20 31 rt1h figs-hyperbole τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν, οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην…νουθετῶν 1 for three years I did not stop admonishing … night and day Paul did not teach them continuously for three years, but over the space of three years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 20 31 hs1m οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην…νουθετῶν 1 I did not stop admonishing “I did not stop warning”
|
||||
ACT 20 31 rvh6 figs-metonymy μετὰ δακρύων 1 with tears Here **tears** refers to Paul’s crying because of the strong emotion of concern he felt while he was warning the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 ylm3 figs-metonymy παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 I am entrusting you to God and to the word of his grace Here **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “I ask God to take care of you and that he will help you to keep believing the message I spoke to you about his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2522,7 +2522,7 @@ ACT 21 10 hx8k 0 Connecting Statement: This tells about a prophecy made about
|
|||
ACT 21 10 n3i8 writing-participants τις…προφήτης ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 a certain prophet named Agabus This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 21 10 f9cb translate-names Ἅγαβος 1 Agabus Agabus was a man from Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 i8t2 ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ Παύλου 1 taken Paul ’ s belt “removed Paul’s belt from Paul’s waist”
|
||||
ACT 21 11 nq2y figs-quotesinquotes τάδε λέγει τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, τὸν ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὕτη, οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ παραδώσουσιν εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν. 1 Thus says the Holy Spirit,…So the Jews in Jerusalem will bind the man who owns this belt, and they will hand him over into the hands of the Gentiles This is a quotation within a quotation. The inner quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “‘The Holy Spirit says that this will be how the Jews in Jerusalem will bind the man who owns this belt, and they will hand him over into the hands of the Gentiles.’ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 nq2y figs-quotesinquotes τάδε λέγει τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, τὸν ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὕτη, οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ παραδώσουσιν εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν. 1 Thus says the Holy Spirit, … So the Jews in Jerusalem will bind the man who owns this belt, and they will hand him over into the hands of the Gentiles This is a quotation within a quotation. The inner quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “‘The Holy Spirit says that this will be how the Jews in Jerusalem will bind the man who owns this belt, and they will hand him over into the hands of the Gentiles.’ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 i8u7 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This does not mean all the Jews, but that these were the people who would do that. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” or “some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 zvw8 παραδώσουσιν 1 they will hand him over “they will deliver him”
|
||||
ACT 21 11 s92d figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν 1 into the hands of the Gentiles The word **hands** here represents control. Alternate translation: “into the legal custody of the Gentiles” or “to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2539,14 +2539,14 @@ ACT 21 15 p5fm figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” ref
|
|||
ACT 21 15 p5fl figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “we” refers to some of the disciples from Caesarea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 15 kd5l 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul’s time in Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 21 16 k9kr παρ’ ᾧ ξενισθῶμεν Μνάσωνί, τινι Κυπρίῳ ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ 1 to Mnason, a certain early disciple from Cyprus, with whom we would stay The disciples from Caesarea knew **Mnason** and led Paul and Silas to his house where they would spend the night.
|
||||
ACT 21 16 zd9i translate-names Μνάσωνί…Κυπρίῳ 1 to Mnason,…from Cyprus Mnason is a man from the island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 16 zd9i translate-names Μνάσωνί…Κυπρίῳ 1 to Mnason, … from Cyprus Mnason is a man from the island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 16 c7r2 ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ 1 early disciple This means Mnason was one of the first to believe in Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 21 17 zpa7 0 General Information: Here the words “he” and “his” refers to Paul. The word “them” refers to the elders.
|
||||
ACT 21 17 wz34 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and his companions arrive in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 21 17 d3gj figs-gendernotations ἀπεδέξαντο ἡμᾶς οἱ ἀδελφοί 1 the brothers welcomed us Here **brothers** refers to the believers in Jerusalem whether male or female. Alternate translation: “the fellow believers welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 19 bx9e ἐξηγεῖτο καθ’ ἓν ἕκαστον 1 he reported according to each thing “he gave a detailed account of everything”
|
||||
ACT 21 20 zks9 0 Connecting Statement: The elders in Jerusalem begin their response to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 21 20 a1hk οἱ…ἀκούσαντες…ἐδόξαζον…εἶπόν τε αὐτῷ 1 when they heard it, they glorified…and said to him Here each instance of the word **they** refers to James and the elders. The word **him** refers to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 21 20 a1hk οἱ…ἀκούσαντες…ἐδόξαζον…εἶπόν τε αὐτῷ 1 when they heard it, they glorified … and said to him Here each instance of the word **they** refers to James and the elders. The word **him** refers to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 21 20 xki4 ἀδελφέ 1 brother Here **brother** means “fellow believer.”
|
||||
ACT 21 20 c5pu ὑπάρχουσιν 1 they are The word **they** refers to Jewish believers who wanted all believing Jews to keep the Jewish laws and customs.
|
||||
ACT 21 21 pyg8 figs-explicit κατηχήθησαν δὲ περὶ σοῦ, ὅτι ἀποστασίαν διδάσκεις ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως τοὺς κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη πάντας Ἰουδαίους, λέγων μὴ περιτέμνειν αὐτοὺς τὰ τέκνα, μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν 1 And they have been told about you, that you teach apostasy from Moses to all the Jews who are among the Gentiles, telling them not to circumcise their children, nor to walk in the customs Apparently here there are some Jews that are distorting what Paul is teaching. He does not discourage the Jews from obeying the law of Moses. His message is that circumcision and the other customs are not necessary for Jesus to save them. You can make explicit that the leaders of the Jewish believers in Jerusalem knew that Paul was teaching God’s true message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2605,10 +2605,10 @@ ACT 21 37 j9xk figs-activepassive μέλλων τε εἰσάγεσθαι εἰ
|
|||
ACT 21 37 qp63 τὴν παρεμβολὴν 1 the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md).
|
||||
ACT 21 37 inl1 τῷ χιλιάρχῳ 1 to the commander a Roman military officer of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 21 37 p5cd figs-rquestion Ἑλληνιστὶ γινώσκεις? 1 Do you know Greek The commander uses this questions to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. Alternate translation: “So you speak Greek.” or “I didn’t know you spoke Greek.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 21 38 xx2w figs-rquestion οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος, ὁ πρὸ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν, ἀναστατώσας καὶ ἐξαγαγὼν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας τῶν σικαρίων? 1 Are you not then the Egyptian who before this day revolted and led the 4,000 men of the…Assassins…out into the wilderness The commander uses this question and the question “Do you speak Greek?” (verse 37) to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. Possible meanings are (1) as in ULT, the commander believes that even though Paul speaks Greek, Paul is the Egyptian. “Even though you speak Greek, I still think you are the Egyptian who before this day revolted and led the four thousand men of the ‘Assassins’ out into the wilderness.” (2) Because Paul speaks Greek, the commander thinks that perhaps Paul is not the Egyptian. “So you speak Greek. Perhaps I was wrong to think you were that Egyptian who before this day revolted and led the four thousand men of the ‘Assassins’ out into the wilderness.” It is best to retain the questions if the reader can infer one of the two meanings from them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 21 38 xx2w figs-rquestion οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος, ὁ πρὸ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν, ἀναστατώσας καὶ ἐξαγαγὼν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας τῶν σικαρίων? 1 Are you not then the Egyptian who before this day revolted and led the 4,000 men of the … Assassins … out into the wilderness The commander uses this question and the question “Do you speak Greek?” (verse 37) to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. Possible meanings are (1) as in ULT, the commander believes that even though Paul speaks Greek, Paul is the Egyptian. “Even though you speak Greek, I still think you are the Egyptian who before this day revolted and led the four thousand men of the ‘Assassins’ out into the wilderness.” (2) Because Paul speaks Greek, the commander thinks that perhaps Paul is not the Egyptian. “So you speak Greek. Perhaps I was wrong to think you were that Egyptian who before this day revolted and led the four thousand men of the ‘Assassins’ out into the wilderness.” It is best to retain the questions if the reader can infer one of the two meanings from them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 21 38 nxs6 figs-explicit οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος 1 Are you not then the Egyptian Shortly before Paul’s visit, an unnamed man from Egypt had launched a revolt against Rome in Jerusalem. Later he escaped into the wilderness and the commander wonders if Paul might be the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 38 tqh6 translate-numbers τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας 1 the 4,000 men “the four thousand terrorists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 21 38 p2ym τῶν σικαρίων 1 of the…Assassins This refers to a group of Jewish rebels who killed Romans and anyone who supported Romans.
|
||||
ACT 21 38 p2ym τῶν σικαρίων 1 of the … Assassins This refers to a group of Jewish rebels who killed Romans and anyone who supported Romans.
|
||||
ACT 21 39 t6ax 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to defend what he did.
|
||||
ACT 21 39 ys84 δέομαι…σου 1 I ask you “I beg you” or “I plead with you”
|
||||
ACT 21 39 a139 ἐπίτρεψόν μοι 1 allow me “please allow me” or please permit me”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2652,7 +2652,7 @@ ACT 22 12 e7uw figs-activepassive μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντω
|
|||
ACT 22 13 un4g Σαοὺλ, ἀδελφέ 1 Saul, brother Here **brother** is a polite way to address someone. Alternate translation: “Saul, my friend”
|
||||
ACT 22 13 x3kc figs-idiom ἀνάβλεψον 1 look up This phrase is an idiom that means “receive your sight.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 22 13 se47 figs-idiom αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 that very hour This was a customary way of saying something happened immediately. Alternate translation: “at that instant” or “instantly” or “immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 22 13 n4s0 figs-idiom κἀγὼ…ἀνέβλεψα εἰς αὐτόν 1 And…I looked up to him This phrase is an idiom that means he received his sight. Alternate translation: “And … I was able to see him” or “And … I saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 22 13 n4s0 figs-idiom κἀγὼ…ἀνέβλεψα εἰς αὐτόν 1 And … I looked up to him This phrase is an idiom that means he received his sight. Alternate translation: “And … I was able to see him” or “And … I saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 22 14 v2i7 0 General Information: The word “he” refers to Ananias ([Acts 22:12](../22/12.md)).
|
||||
ACT 22 14 k3ck 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes telling what had happened to him in Damascus. He quotes what Ananias said to him. This is still part of his speech to the crowd in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 22 14 k417 τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ 1 his will “what God is planning and will cause to happen”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2709,7 +2709,7 @@ ACT 23 6 as3f υἱὸς Φαρισαίων 1 a son of Pharisees Here **son** m
|
|||
ACT 23 6 ys5k figs-activepassive ἐγὼ κρίνομαι 1 I am being judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you are judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 6 iz18 figs-abstractnouns περὶ ἐλπίδος καὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 concerning the hope and resurrection of the dead The word **resurrection** can be stated as “come back to life.” The word **dead** can be stated as “those who have died.” Alternate translation: “I have confidence that those who have died will come back to life again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 23 7 abs3 ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος 1 the crowd was divided “the people in the crowd strongly disagreed with one another”
|
||||
ACT 23 8 gl1s writing-background Σαδδουκαῖοι μὲν γὰρ…Φαρισαῖοι δὲ 1 For the Sadducees…but the Pharisees This is background information about the Sadducees and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 23 8 gl1s writing-background Σαδδουκαῖοι μὲν γὰρ…Φαρισαῖοι δὲ 1 For the Sadducees … but the Pharisees This is background information about the Sadducees and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 23 9 eaf1 ἐγένετο δὲ κραυγὴ μεγάλη 1 And so a large uproar occurred “So they began shouting loudly at one another.” The word **so** marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is Paul’s stating his belief in the resurrection.
|
||||
ACT 23 9 ayr8 figs-hypo εἰ…πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ, ἢ ἄγγελος 1 what if a spirit has spoken to him, or an angel The Pharisees are rebuking the Sadducees by affirming that spirits and angels do exist and can speak to people. Alternate translation: “perhaps a spirit or an angel has spoken to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
ACT 23 10 dr1d figs-abstractnouns πολλῆς δὲ γινομένης στάσεως 1 And when a great argument happened The phrase **a great argument** can be re-stated as “to argue violently.” Alternate translation: “And when they began to argue violently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2731,8 +2731,8 @@ ACT 23 15 q9e6 νῦν 1 Now This does not mean “at this moment,” but is us
|
|||
ACT 23 15 q9mb καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 he will bring him down to you “the commander will bring Paul from the fortress to meet with you”
|
||||
ACT 23 15 m133 ὡς μέλλοντας διαγινώσκειν ἀκριβέστερον τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 as if you are going to examine more seriously the things concerning him “as though you want to learn more about what Paul has done”
|
||||
ACT 23 16 d7cy 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Paul’s nephew. The word “him” refers to the chief captain.
|
||||
ACT 23 16 w6fe ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου 1 of…the son of the sister…Paul “the son of Paul’s sister” or “Paul’s nephew”
|
||||
ACT 23 16 pj5h ἀκούσας…τὴν ἐνέδραν 1 having heard…the ambush,…of “hearing that they were ready to ambush Paul” or “finding out that they were waiting to kill Paul”
|
||||
ACT 23 16 w6fe ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου 1 of … the son of the sister … Paul “the son of Paul’s sister” or “Paul’s nephew”
|
||||
ACT 23 16 pj5h ἀκούσας…τὴν ἐνέδραν 1 having heard … the ambush, … of “hearing that they were ready to ambush Paul” or “finding out that they were waiting to kill Paul”
|
||||
ACT 23 16 a5hx τὴν παρεμβολὴν 1 the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md).
|
||||
ACT 23 18 abd0 ὁ μὲν οὖν παραλαβὼν αὐτὸν, ἤγαγεν 1 So having taken him, he brought him “So taking the young man, the centurion brought him”
|
||||
ACT 23 18 lzf3 ὁ δέσμιος, Παῦλος, προσκαλεσάμενός με 1 The prisoner, Paul, having summoned me “The prisoner named Paul after he asked me to come talk with him”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2741,7 +2741,7 @@ ACT 23 19 yp12 ἐπιλαβόμενος…τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ
|
|||
ACT 23 20 uv6r figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέθεντο 1 The Jews have agreed This does not mean all **Jews**, but all of the group that was there. Alternate translation: “Some of the Jews have agreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 23 20 wp5d Παῦλον καταγάγῃς 1 you might bring Paul down “you would bring Paul down from the fortress”
|
||||
ACT 23 20 fev5 ὡς μέλλων τι ἀκριβέστερον πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ. 1 as if they were going to inquire something more concerning him “pretending they want to learn more about what Paul has done”
|
||||
ACT 23 21 vdr5 translate-numbers ἄνδρες…τεσσεράκοντα 1 40…men “forty … men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 23 21 vdr5 translate-numbers ἄνδρες…τεσσεράκοντα 1 40 … men “forty … men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 23 21 i2k9 ἐνεδρεύουσιν…αὐτὸν 1 lie in wait for him “are ready to ambush Paul” or “are waiting to kill Paul”
|
||||
ACT 23 21 r695 οἵτινες ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν, ἕως οὗ ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν 1 who have cursed themselves neither to eat nor to drink until they have killed him “who have sworn to eat or drink nothing until they have killed Paul. And they asked God to curse them if they do not do what they promised to do”
|
||||
ACT 23 22 av3g 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers the chief captain.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2771,7 +2771,7 @@ ACT 23 31 ptv4 ἀναλαβόντες τὸν Παῦλον, ἤγαγον δ
|
|||
ACT 23 32 abd1 ὑπέστρεψαν 1 they returned Here **they** refers to the foot soldiers who left the horsemen and returned to their fortress.
|
||||
ACT 23 33 abx1 οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες 1 When they had entered Here **they** refers to the horsemen who took Paul all the way to Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 23 34 u44w 0 General Information: Here the first and second words “he” refer to Governor Felix, the third word “he” and the word “him” refer to Paul, and the last word “he” refers to Governor Felix. The words “you” and your” refer to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 23 34 abd2 ἀναγνοὺς…ἐπερωτήσας…πυθόμενος 1 when he had read the letter…had asked…had learned All of these actions are things the governor did.
|
||||
ACT 23 34 abd2 ἀναγνοὺς…ἐπερωτήσας…πυθόμενος 1 when he had read the letter … had asked … had learned All of these actions are things the governor did.
|
||||
ACT 23 34 dtx1 figs-quotations ἐπερωτήσας ἐκ ποίας ἐπαρχείας ἐστὶν 1 had asked what province he was from This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked Paul, ‘What province are you from?’ When” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 23 35 dwv2 figs-quotations ἔφη 1 he said This sentence, which begins with the words “When he learned” in verse 43, can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Paul said, ‘I am from Cilicia.’ Then the governor said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 23 35 uji1 διακούσομαί σου 1 I will hear you fully “I will listen to all you have to say”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2782,10 +2782,10 @@ ACT 24 1 bc8k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul is on trial in Caesarea. Tertullus
|
|||
ACT 24 1 e8rp μετὰ δὲ πέντε ἡμέρας 1 And after five days “And five days after the Roman soldiers took Paul to Caesarea”
|
||||
ACT 24 1 n9gu translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias This is the name of a man. This is not the same Ananias as in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md) nor the same Ananias as in [Acts 9:10](../09/10.md). See how you translated this in [Acts 23:1](../23/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 24 1 f3vx ῥήτορος 1 an orator “a lawyer.” Tertullus was an expert in Roman law who was there to accuse Paul in court.
|
||||
ACT 24 1 xm6c translate-names Τερτύλλου 1 a…Tertullus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 24 1 xm6c translate-names Τερτύλλου 1 a … Tertullus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 24 1 q7wj κατέβη 1 went there “went to Caesarea where Paul was”
|
||||
ACT 24 1 nq9x τῷ ἡγεμόνι 1 to the “in the presence of the governor who was judge in the court”
|
||||
ACT 24 1 zm5e ἐνεφάνισαν…κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου 1 appeared…against Paul “came there … to argue before the governor the case that Paul had broken the law.”
|
||||
ACT 24 1 zm5e ἐνεφάνισαν…κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου 1 appeared … against Paul “came there … to argue before the governor the case that Paul had broken the law.”
|
||||
ACT 24 2 e6zg figs-exclusive πολλῆς εἰρήνης τυγχάνοντες 1 We have obtained great peace Here **we** refers to the citizens under Felix. Alternate translation: “we, the people that you govern, have obtained great peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 24 2 sv8c καὶ διορθωμάτων γινομένων τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ διὰ τῆς σῆς προνοίας 1 and good reforms have happened to our nation through your foresight “and your planning has greatly improved our nation”
|
||||
ACT 24 3 r5jl figs-abstractnouns μετὰ πάσης εὐχαριστίας 1 with all thankfulness The word **thankfulness** is an abstract noun. It can be stated as an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: “so we are very thankful and we welcome everything that you do” or “so we thank you very much and welcome everything that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2796,7 +2796,7 @@ ACT 24 4 xfm5 ἀκοῦσαί…ἡμῶν συντόμως, τῇ σῇ ἐπ
|
|||
ACT 24 5 i1qs εὑρόντες…τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον λοιμὸν 1 we have found this man to be a troublemaker “we have learned that Paul is always causing trouble”
|
||||
ACT 24 5 k1v1 figs-hyperbole πᾶσι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 among all the Jews who are throughout the world The word **all** here is probably an exaggeration used to strengthen their accusation against Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 24 5 zg4a figs-explicit πρωτοστάτην…τῆς τῶν Ναζωραίων αἱρέσεως 1 he is a leader of the sect of the Nazarenes The phrase “the sect of the Nazarenes” is another name for the Christians. Alternate translation: “he leads the entire group whom people call the followers of the Nazarene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 24 5 n6zb αἱρέσεως 1 of…sect This is a smaller group of people within a larger group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism.
|
||||
ACT 24 5 n6zb αἱρέσεως 1 of … sect This is a smaller group of people within a larger group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism.
|
||||
ACT 24 7 ujn8 figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” is singular and refers to Governor Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 24 7 xkr4 0 Connecting Statement: Tertullus finishes presenting the charges against Paul before Governor Felix.
|
||||
ACT 24 8 e26a ἐπιγνῶναι ὧν ἡμεῖς κατηγοροῦμεν αὐτοῦ 1 to learn of what we are accusing him “to learn that we are bringing very serious charges against him” or “to learn whether or not he is guilty of the things of which we are accusing him”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2805,7 +2805,7 @@ ACT 24 10 my1c 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the J
|
|||
ACT 24 10 ict8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul responds to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him.
|
||||
ACT 24 10 s92a νεύσαντος…τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor having motioned “and the governor gestured”
|
||||
ACT 24 10 uu7a figs-metonymy κριτὴν τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ 1 a judge to this nation Here **this nation** refers to the people of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “a judge for the people of the Jewish nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 24 10 sr5t ἀπολογοῦμαι 1 I…make my defense “I … explain my situation”
|
||||
ACT 24 10 sr5t ἀπολογοῦμαι 1 I … make my defense “I … explain my situation”
|
||||
ACT 24 11 dr4u translate-numbers ἡμέραι δώδεκα, ἀφ’ ἧς 1 12 days from when “twelve days since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 24 12 wbf6 ἢ ἐπίστασιν ποιοῦντα ὄχλου 1 nor causing a rebellion of the crowd “and I did not provoke the crowd to rebel against Rome”
|
||||
ACT 24 14 c5xa ὁμολογῶ…τοῦτό σοι 1 I confess this to you “I acknowledge this to you”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2826,7 +2826,7 @@ ACT 24 18 x6iy figs-explicit οὐ μετὰ ὄχλου, οὐδὲ μετὰ
|
|||
ACT 24 19 ntg3 εἴ τι ἔχοιεν 1 if they have anything “if they have anything to say”
|
||||
ACT 24 20 npt5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes responding to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him.
|
||||
ACT 24 20 ag5d αὐτοὶ 1 these This refers to the members of the council who were present in Jerusalem at Paul’s trial.
|
||||
ACT 24 20 hnt9 εἰπάτωσαν, τί εὗρον ἀδίκημα 1 let…say what wrong they found “let … prove what I did wrong”
|
||||
ACT 24 20 hnt9 εἰπάτωσαν, τί εὗρον ἀδίκημα 1 let … say what wrong they found “let … prove what I did wrong”
|
||||
ACT 24 21 ds1s figs-abstractnouns περὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 concerning the resurrection of the dead The abstract noun **resurrection** can be stated as “God brings back to life.” Alternate translation: “because I believe that God will bring back to life those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 24 21 d2lm figs-activepassive ἐγὼ κρίνομαι σήμερον ἐφ’ ὑμῶν 1 I am being judged before you today This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you are judging me today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 24 22 w1tn translate-names 0 General Information: Felix is the Roman governor of the area who resides at Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 23:24](../23/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2842,14 +2842,14 @@ ACT 24 25 b8v1 ἔμφοβος γενόμενος, ὁ Φῆλιξ 1 Felix, hav
|
|||
ACT 24 25 p8yi τὸ νῦν ἔχον 1 Go away for now “Leave me for a while”
|
||||
ACT 24 26 h4v7 χρήματα δοθήσεται αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου 1 money will be given to him by Paul Felix was hoping Paul would offer him a bribe to set him free.
|
||||
ACT 24 26 n45p διὸ καὶ πυκνότερον αὐτὸν μεταπεμπόμενος, ὡμίλει αὐτῷ 1 and therefore often summoning him, he was speaking to him “and so Felix often sent for Paul and spoke with Paul”
|
||||
ACT 24 27 ur2y translate-names ἔλαβεν διάδοχον ὁ Φῆλιξ Πόρκιον Φῆστον 1 Felix received a successor…Porcius Festus **Porcius Festus** was the new roman governor who succeeded **Felix**. Alternate translation: “Porcius Festus replaced Felix as the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 24 27 ur2y translate-names ἔλαβεν διάδοχον ὁ Φῆλιξ Πόρκιον Φῆστον 1 Felix received a successor … Porcius Festus **Porcius Festus** was the new roman governor who succeeded **Felix**. Alternate translation: “Porcius Festus replaced Felix as the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 24 27 p59c figs-synecdoche θέλων…χάριτα καταθέσθαι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 wanting to gain favor with the Jews Here **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “wanting the Jewish leaders to like him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 24 27 gln6 ὁ Φῆλιξ…κατέλιπε τὸν Παῦλον δεδεμένον 2 Felix…left Paul imprisoned “Felix kept Paul in prison”
|
||||
ACT 24 27 gln6 ὁ Φῆλιξ…κατέλιπε τὸν Παῦλον δεδεμένον 2 Felix … left Paul imprisoned “Felix kept Paul in prison”
|
||||
ACT 25 intro b6uk 0 # Acts 25 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Favor<br><br>This word is used in two different ways in this chapter. When the Jewish leaders asked Festus for a favor, they were asking him to do something special for them on that day. They wanted him to do for them something that he would not usually do. When Festus “wanted to gain the favor of the Jews,” he wanted them to like him and be willing to obey him in the months and years to come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. Roman officials could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way they would treat a non-citizen.
|
||||
ACT 25 1 c84u 0 General Information: Festus becomes the governor of Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 24:27](../24/27.md).
|
||||
ACT 25 1 tj76 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to be a prisoner in Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 25 1 w8h3 οὖν 1 then This word marks the beginning of a new event in the story.
|
||||
ACT 25 1 i7t9 Φῆστος…ἐπιβὰς τῇ ἐπαρχείᾳ 1 Festus,…having arrived in the province Possible meanings are (1) Festus arrived in the area to begin his rule or (2) Festus simply arrived in the area.
|
||||
ACT 25 1 i7t9 Φῆστος…ἐπιβὰς τῇ ἐπαρχείᾳ 1 Festus, … having arrived in the province Possible meanings are (1) Festus arrived in the area to begin his rule or (2) Festus simply arrived in the area.
|
||||
ACT 25 1 zz4l ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπὸ Καισαρείας 1 went up from Caesarea to Jerusalem The phrase **went up** is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 25 2 qnc8 figs-metaphor ἐνεφάνισάν…αὐτῷ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι τῶν Ἰουδαίων κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου 1 the chief priests and the most prominent of the Jews made clear to him the things against Paul This speaks about accusations as if they were an object that a person could bring to someone else. Alternate translation: “the chief priest and the important Jews accused Paul to Festus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 25 2 uj5p παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 they begged him Here the word **him** refers to Festus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2858,7 +2858,7 @@ ACT 25 3 qz46 ὅπως μεταπέμψηται αὐτὸν εἰς Ἰερο
|
|||
ACT 25 3 pg8x ἀνελεῖν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 to kill him along the way They were going to ambush Paul on the way to Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 25 4 p3tt figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “us” refers to Festus and the Romans traveling with him, but not to his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 4 v5f9 figs-quotations Φῆστος ἀπεκρίθη, τηρεῖσθαι τὸν Παῦλον εἰς Καισάρειαν, ἑαυτὸν δὲ μέλλειν ἐν τάχει ἐκπορεύεσθαι 1 Festus answered that Paul was being held at Caesarea, and that he himself was about to go there in haste This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Festus said, ‘Paul is being held prisoner in Caesarea, and I myself will soon return there.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 25 5 a54h οἱ οὖν ἐν ὑμῖν, φησίν, δυνατοὶ συνκαταβάντες 1 He said,…Therefore, the leaders among you, having come down together “He said, ‘Therefore, your leaders should go to Caesarea with us and”
|
||||
ACT 25 5 a54h οἱ οὖν ἐν ὑμῖν, φησίν, δυνατοὶ συνκαταβάντες 1 He said, … Therefore, the leaders among you, having come down together “He said, ‘Therefore, your leaders should go to Caesarea with us and”
|
||||
ACT 25 5 iz98 εἴ τί ἐστιν ἐν τῷ ἀνδρὶ ἄτοπον 1 if there is something wrong with the man “If Paul has done anything wrong”
|
||||
ACT 25 5 nei6 κατηγορείτωσαν αὐτοῦ 1 let them accuse him “you should accuse him of violating laws” or “you should bring charges against him”
|
||||
ACT 25 6 fi27 0 General Information: Here the first three times the word “he” is used as well as the word “him,” the words refer to Festus. The fourth word “he” refers to Paul. The word “they” refers to the Jews who came from Jerusalem.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2898,7 +2898,7 @@ ACT 25 20 y9bv figs-activepassive κἀκεῖ κρίνεσθαι περὶ το
|
|||
ACT 25 21 yli3 0 Connecting Statement: Festus finishes explaining Paul’s case to King Agrippa.
|
||||
ACT 25 21 ie7x figs-activepassive τοῦ δὲ Παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ διάγνωσιν 1 But when Paul had appealed for him to be kept for the decision of the emperor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But when Paul insisted that he stay under Roman guard until the time when the emperor could decide his case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 21 ceq2 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσα τηρεῖσθαι αὐτὸν 1 I commanded him to be kept This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I ordered the soldiers to keep him in custody” or “I told the soldiers to guard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 22 t322 writing-quotations αὔριον, φησίν, ἀκούσῃ αὐτοῦ 1 Tomorrow,…he says,…you will hear him The phrase **he says** can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: “Festus says, ‘I will arrange for you to listen to Paul tomorrow.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 25 22 t322 writing-quotations αὔριον, φησίν, ἀκούσῃ αὐτοῦ 1 Tomorrow, … he says, … you will hear him The phrase **he says** can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: “Festus says, ‘I will arrange for you to listen to Paul tomorrow.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 25 23 y1yj 0 General Information: Though he ruled over only a few territories, Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice was his sister. See how you translated these names in [Acts 25:13](../25/13.md).
|
||||
ACT 25 23 qlm5 0 Connecting Statement: Festus again gives information about Paul’s case to King Agrippa.
|
||||
ACT 25 23 yw76 μετὰ πολλῆς φαντασίας 1 with much ceremony “with a great ceremony to honor them”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2910,7 +2910,7 @@ ACT 25 25 fe2n figs-you 0 General Information: Here the first “you” is plur
|
|||
ACT 25 25 f6hy αὐτοῦ δὲ τούτου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τὸν Σεβαστὸν 1 but he himself having appealed to the emperor “but because he said that he wanted the emperor to judge him”
|
||||
ACT 25 25 g856 τὸν Σεβαστὸν 1 to the emperor The **emperor** was the ruler of the Roman empire. He ruled over many countries and provinces.
|
||||
ACT 25 26 jcq2 προήγαγον αὐτὸν ἐφ’ ὑμῶν, καὶ μάλιστα ἐπὶ σοῦ, Βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα 1 I have him before you, and especially before you, King Agrippa “I have brought Paul to all of you, but especially to you, King Agrippa.”
|
||||
ACT 25 26 rhy2 ὅπως…σχῶ τι γράψω 1 so that…I might have something to write “so that … I will have something else to write” or “so that … I will know what I should write”
|
||||
ACT 25 26 rhy2 ὅπως…σχῶ τι γράψω 1 so that … I might have something to write “so that … I will have something else to write” or “so that … I will know what I should write”
|
||||
ACT 25 27 txs6 figs-doublenegatives ἄλογον…μοι δοκεῖ πέμποντα δέσμιον, μὴ καὶ…σημᾶναι 1 it seems unreasonable to me to send a prisoner and to not state The negative words **unreasonable** and **to not** can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “it seems reasonable to me that if I send a prisoner then I should also state” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ACT 25 27 xm65 τὰς κατ’ αὐτοῦ αἰτίας 1 the charges against him Possible meanings are (1) the accusations that the Jewish leaders have brought against him or (2) the charges under Roman law that apply to Paul’s case.
|
||||
ACT 26 intro e2q6 0 # Acts 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the third account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 22](../22/01.md))<br><br>Paul told the King Agrippa why he had done what he had done and that the governor should not punish him for that.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2931,7 +2931,7 @@ ACT 26 6 s9kr νῦν 1 now This word marks a shift from Paul discussing his pa
|
|||
ACT 26 6 i9y5 figs-activepassive ἕστηκα κρινόμενος 1 I stand here being judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am here, where they are putting me on trial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 26 6 r42g figs-metaphor ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας, γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of my hope of the promise that was made to our fathers by God This speaks about a **promise** as if it were something a person could look for and see. Alternate translation: “because I am waiting expectantly for God to do what he promised our forefathers he would do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 7 hnf1 figs-metonymy εἰς ἣν τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν…ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι 1 to which our 12 tribes hope to attain The phrase **our 12 tribes** stands for the people in those tribes. Alternate translation: “which is also what our fellow Jews in the 12 tribes are waiting for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 26 7 apf2 figs-metaphor εἰς ἣν…ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι 1 to which…hope to attain This speaks about a promise as if it were a destination that can be reached. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 7 apf2 figs-metaphor εἰς ἣν…ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι 1 to which … hope to attain This speaks about a promise as if it were a destination that can be reached. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 7 kzg4 figs-merism νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν λατρεῦον 1 serving night and day The extremes **night** and **day** mean they “worshiped God continually.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
ACT 26 7 c4lm figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων 1 by the Jews This does not mean all **the Jews**. Alternate translation: “by the leaders of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 26 8 de83 figs-rquestion τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ’ ὑμῖν, εἰ ὁ Θεὸς νεκροὺς ἐγείρει? 1 Why is it judged unbelievable among you that God raises the dead Paul uses a question to challenge the Jews present. They believe God can raise the dead but do not think God brought Jesus back to life. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “None of you think it is unbelievable that God raises the dead.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2950,7 +2950,7 @@ ACT 26 14 zsi2 figs-metaphor σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακ
|
|||
ACT 26 15 h2ws 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues giving his defense to King Agrippa. In these verses he continues quoting his conversation with the Lord.
|
||||
ACT 26 18 fk1k figs-metaphor ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν 1 to open their eyes Helping people to understand the truth is spoken of as if a person were literally helping someone to open his eyes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 18 gw8f figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς 1 to turn from darkness to light Helping someone to stop doing what is evil and to start trusting and obeying God is spoken of as if the person is literally leading someone out of a dark place into a place of light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 18 q3h8 figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ…τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ Σατανᾶ ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν 1 to turn from…from the authority of Satan to God Helping someone to stop obeying Satan and to start obeying God is spoken of as if a person were literally turning a person and taking them from the place where Satan rules and leading him to the place where God rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 18 q3h8 figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ…τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ Σατανᾶ ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν 1 to turn from … from the authority of Satan to God Helping someone to stop obeying Satan and to start obeying God is spoken of as if a person were literally turning a person and taking them from the place where Satan rules and leading him to the place where God rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 18 m65i figs-abstractnouns τοῦ λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ 1 for them to receive forgiveness of sins and The abstract noun **forgiveness** can be stated as the verb “forgive.” Alternate translation: “so that God may forgive their sins and give them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 26 18 m9ve figs-metaphor κλῆρον 1 an inheritance The blessings that Jesus gives to those who believe in him are spoken of as if they were **an inheritance** that children receive from their father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 18 c5ij figs-metaphor τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πίστει τῇ εἰς ἐμέ 1 those who have been sanctified by faith that is in me Jesus choosing some people to belong to him is spoken of as if he set them apart from other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2972,13 +2972,13 @@ ACT 26 23 z2ms figs-metaphor φῶς μέλλει καταγγέλλειν 1 is
|
|||
ACT 26 24 h5b9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and King Agrippa continue to talk together.
|
||||
ACT 26 24 dvn2 μαίνῃ 1 you are insane “you are speaking nonsense” or “you are crazy”
|
||||
ACT 26 24 tk27 τὰ πολλά σε γράμματα εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπει 1 your great learning is turning you to insanity “you have learned so much that it is now making you crazy”
|
||||
ACT 26 25 dur9 figs-doublenegatives οὐ μαίνομαι…ἀλλὰ 1 I am not insane,…but This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I am sane … and” or “I am able to think well … and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ACT 26 25 dur9 figs-doublenegatives οὐ μαίνομαι…ἀλλὰ 1 I am not insane, … but This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I am sane … and” or “I am able to think well … and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ACT 26 25 a6pb κράτιστε Φῆστε 1 most excellent Festus “Festus, who deserves highest honors”
|
||||
ACT 26 26 ed7y figs-123person ὁ βασιλεύς, πρὸς ὃν…αὐτὸν 1 the king…to him,…from him Paul is still speaking to King Agrippa, but he is referring to him in the third person. Alternate translation: “you … to you … from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
ACT 26 26 ed7y figs-123person ὁ βασιλεύς, πρὸς ὃν…αὐτὸν 1 the king … to him, … from him Paul is still speaking to King Agrippa, but he is referring to him in the third person. Alternate translation: “you … to you … from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
ACT 26 26 cs7b παρρησιαζόμενος λαλῶ 1 I am speaking boldly Paul was not afraid to speak to the king about Christ. Alternate translation: “I speak with confidence”
|
||||
ACT 26 26 svn9 figs-activepassive πείθομαι 1 I am persuaded that This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am sure that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 26 26 tta8 figs-activepassive λανθάνειν…αὐτὸν τι τούτων οὐ 1 none of these things are hidden from him This can be stated in active and positive form. Alternate translation: “that he is aware of this” or “that you are aware of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 26 26 v1uu figs-activepassive οὐ…ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο 2 none…this was…done in a corner This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this has not happened in a corner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 26 26 v1uu figs-activepassive οὐ…ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο 2 none … this was … done in a corner This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this has not happened in a corner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 26 26 i5wg figs-metaphor ἐν γωνίᾳ 1 in a corner This means doing something in secret as if a person went and did something in the **corner** of a room where no one can see him. Alternate translation: “in a dark place” or “in secret” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 27 a4a2 figs-rquestion πιστεύεις, Βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα, τοῖς προφήταις? 1 Do you believe the prophets, King Agrippa Paul asks this question to remind Agrippa that Agrippa already believes what the prophets said about Jesus. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “You already believe what the Jewish prophets said, King Agrippa.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 26 28 y8qq figs-rquestion ἐν ὀλίγῳ με πείθεις Χριστιανὸν ποιῆσαι 1 In a short time, are you persuading me to become a Christian Agrippa asks this question to show Paul that he cannot convince Agrippa so easily without more proof. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you do not think you can convince me so easily to believe in Jesus!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2997,7 +2997,7 @@ ACT 27 1 s6ny παρεδίδουν τόν τε Παῦλον καί τινας
|
|||
ACT 27 1 k52u παρεδίδουν τόν τε Παῦλον καί τινας ἑτέρους δεσμώτας 1 they handed over both Paul and some other prisoners Possible meanings are that (1) **they** refers to the governor and the king or (2) **they** refers to other Roman officials.
|
||||
ACT 27 1 un2s translate-names ἑκατοντάρχῃ ὀνόματι Ἰουλίῳ 1 to a centurion named Julius Julius is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 1 d22f translate-names σπείρης Σεβαστῆς 1 of the Augustan regiment This was the name of the battalion or army from which the centurion came. Some versions translate this as “the Imperial regiment.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 2 dnr9 figs-metonymy ἐπιβάντες…πλοίῳ…μέλλοντι πλεῖν 1 having boarded a ship…being about to sail Here **ship … being about to sail** stands for the crew that will sail the ship. Alternate translation: “having boarded a ship … with a crew that was about to sail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 27 2 dnr9 figs-metonymy ἐπιβάντες…πλοίῳ…μέλλοντι πλεῖν 1 having boarded a ship … being about to sail Here **ship … being about to sail** stands for the crew that will sail the ship. Alternate translation: “having boarded a ship … with a crew that was about to sail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 27 2 fqy2 πλοίῳ Ἀδραμυντηνῷ 1 a ship from Adramyttium Possible meanings are (1) a **ship** that had come from Adramyttium or (2) a **ship** that was registered or licensed in Adramyttium.
|
||||
ACT 27 2 f8pf μέλλοντι πλεῖν 1 being about to sail “going to sail soon” or “departing soon”
|
||||
ACT 27 2 m3ps ἀνήχθημεν 1 we set sail “we began our journey on the sea”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3013,14 +3013,14 @@ ACT 27 5 ni2x translate-names εἰς Μύρρα 1 to Myra **Myra** is the name
|
|||
ACT 27 5 uaf4 translate-names τῆς Λυκίας 1 of Lycia **Lycia** was a Roman province, located on the southwestern coast of modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 6 j4cf figs-explicit εὑρὼν…πλοῖον Ἀλεξανδρῖνον, πλέον εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν 1 having found a ship from Alexandria sailing to Italy It is implied that a crew would sail the ship to Italy. Alternate translation: “having found a ship that a crew had sailed from Alexandria and was about to sail to Italy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 27 6 fdq2 translate-names Ἀλεξανδρῖνον 1 from Alexandria This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 7 zzw1 figs-explicit δὲ…βραδυπλοοῦντες καὶ μόλις, γενόμενοι 1 And sailing slowly…and having arrived with difficulty You can make explicit that the reason they were **sailing slowly** and **with difficulty** was because the wind was blowing against them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 27 7 zzw1 figs-explicit δὲ…βραδυπλοοῦντες καὶ μόλις, γενόμενοι 1 And sailing slowly … and having arrived with difficulty You can make explicit that the reason they were **sailing slowly** and **with difficulty** was because the wind was blowing against them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 27 7 pye5 translate-names κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον 1 near Cnidus This is an ancient settlement located in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 7 hhf1 μὴ προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἀνέμου 1 the wind no longer allowing us to go that way “with a strong wind blowing against us so we could no longer go that way”
|
||||
ACT 27 7 b746 ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κρήτην 1 we sailed along Crete “we sailed along the side of Crete where there was less wind”
|
||||
ACT 27 7 mq4n translate-names κατὰ Σαλμώνην 1 opposite Salmone This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 8 p4ri figs-explicit μόλις…παραλεγόμενοι αὐτὴν 1 sailing along it with difficulty You can make explicit that even though the winds were not as strong as before, they were still strong enough to make sailing difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 27 8 a64y translate-names Καλοὺς Λιμένας 1 Fair Havens This was a port near Lasea, located on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 8 n7re translate-names πόλις ἦν Λασαία 1 was…the city of Lasea This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 8 n7re translate-names πόλις ἦν Λασαία 1 was … the city of Lasea This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 9 ea4l ἱκανοῦ…χρόνου διαγενομένου 1 much time having passed Because of the direction the wind was blowing, the journey from Caesarea to Fair Havens had taken more time than planned.
|
||||
ACT 27 9 u6x5 ὄντος ἤδη ἐπισφαλοῦς τοῦ πλοὸς, διὰ τὸ καὶ τὴν νηστείαν ἤδη παρεληλυθέναι 1 the voyage already being dangerous because even the fast had already passed This fast took place on the Day of Atonement, which was usually either in the last part of September or the first part of October according to Western calendars. After this time, there was a higher risk of seasonal storms.
|
||||
ACT 27 10 p29v θεωρῶ ὅτι μετὰ ὕβρεως καὶ πολλῆς ζημίας…μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι τὸν πλοῦν 1 I see that the voyage is about to be with injury and much loss “if we travel now, we will suffer much injury and loss”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3086,7 +3086,7 @@ ACT 27 34 j3qx figs-idiom οὐδενὸς…ὑμῶν θρὶξ ἀπὸ τῆ
|
|||
ACT 27 35 yh7y κλάσας 1 having broken bread “after he had torn the bread into pieces” or “tearing off a piece from the loaf of bread”
|
||||
ACT 27 36 zt9q figs-activepassive εὔθυμοι δὲ γενόμενοι πάντες, καὶ 1 And they were all encouraged and This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And this encouraged all of them and they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 37 ynq3 translate-numbers ἤμεθα δὲ αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, διακόσιαι ἑβδομήκοντα ἕξ 1 And in all, we were 276 souls in the ship “And there was a total of two hundred and seventy-six people in the ship.” This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 27 39 vdk2 κόλπον 1 a…bay a large area of water partly surrounded by land
|
||||
ACT 27 39 vdk2 κόλπον 1 a … bay a large area of water partly surrounded by land
|
||||
ACT 27 39 r1bx τὴν γῆν οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον 1 they did not recognize the land “they saw land but could not recognize it as any place they knew”
|
||||
ACT 27 40 k66v τὰς ἀγκύρας περιελόντες, εἴων 1 having cut loose the anchors, they left them “they cut the ropes and left the anchors behind”
|
||||
ACT 27 40 ntr9 τῶν πηδαλίων 1 of the rudders large oars or pieces of wood at the back of the ship used for steering
|
||||
|
|
@ -3094,7 +3094,7 @@ ACT 27 40 cn2w τὸν ἀρτέμωνα 1 the foresail “the sail at the fron
|
|||
ACT 27 40 pa1k κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν 1 they headed to the beach “they steered the ship toward the beach”
|
||||
ACT 27 41 y22n περιπεσόντες…εἰς τόπον διθάλασσον 1 having come to a place between two seas A current is water flowing in one continuous direction. Sometimes where two seas meet, the current of one can flow across the current of the other. This may cause the sand under the water to pile up making the water more shallow, and dangerous for ships.
|
||||
ACT 27 41 cpu5 πρῷρα 1 bow of the ship “front of the ship”
|
||||
ACT 27 41 v35z ἡ…πρύμνα 2 the…stern “the back of the ship”
|
||||
ACT 27 41 v35z ἡ…πρύμνα 2 the … stern “the back of the ship”
|
||||
ACT 27 42 qul7 τῶν…στρατιωτῶν, βουλὴ ἐγένετο 1 the plan of the soldiers was “the soldiers were planning”
|
||||
ACT 27 43 s2sz ἐκώλυσεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ βουλήματος 1 stopped their plan “kept them from doing what they planned to do”
|
||||
ACT 27 43 br8u ἀπορίψαντας 1 having jumped overboard “having jumped off the ship into the water”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3135,7 +3135,7 @@ ACT 28 11 jc5t figs-explicit 0 General Information: The Twin Brothers refers to
|
|||
ACT 28 11 be1c 0 Connecting Statement: Paul’s journey to Rome continues.
|
||||
ACT 28 11 qi6e παρακεχειμακότι ἐν τῇ νήσῳ 1 that had wintered at the island “that the crew left at the island for the cold season”
|
||||
ACT 28 11 cm2t ἐν πλοίῳ…Ἀλεξανδρίνῳ 1 in an Alexandrian ship Possible meanings are this refers to (1) a ship that came from Alexandria, or (2) a ship that was registered or licensed in Alexandria.
|
||||
ACT 28 11 em5p παρασήμῳ Διοσκούροις 1 with a…Twin Gods…figurehead On the bow of the ship, there was a carving of the two idols called “the Twin Gods.” Their names were Castor and Pollux.
|
||||
ACT 28 11 em5p παρασήμῳ Διοσκούροις 1 with a … Twin Gods … figurehead On the bow of the ship, there was a carving of the two idols called “the Twin Gods.” Their names were Castor and Pollux.
|
||||
ACT 28 12 w5c6 translate-names Συρακούσας 1 Syracuse **Syracuse** is a city on the southeast coast of the modern-day island of Sicily, just southwest of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 28 13 se8v translate-names 0 General Information: The Market of Appius and The Three Taverns was a popular market and inn on the main highway called the Appian Way, about 50 kilometers south of the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 28 13 z2u4 translate-names Ῥήγιον 1 Rhegium This is the port city located at the southwestern tip of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3179,9 +3179,9 @@ ACT 28 25 t5dq 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the J
|
|||
ACT 28 25 i5xz 0 Connecting Statement: As the Jewish leaders were ready to leave, Paul quotes the Old Testament scriptures that were appropriate for this time.
|
||||
ACT 28 25 n7pm figs-metonymy εἰπόντος τοῦ Παύλου ῥῆμα ἓν 1 after Paul had spoken one word Here **word** stands for a message or statement. Alternate translation: “after Paul had said one more thing” or “after Paul had made this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 25 b11n figs-quotesinquotes καλῶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐλάλησεν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν 1 The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your fathers This sentence contains quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 28 26 qj7q figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, πορεύθητι πρὸς τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον, καὶ εἰπόν, ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 saying,…Go to this people and say,…By hearing you will hear, but you will certainly not understand…and by seeing you will see, but you will certainly not perceive This is the end of the sentence that begins with the words “The Holy Spirit spoke” in verse 25 and that contains quotations within quotations. You can translate one of the inner quotations as an indirect quotation, or you can translate two of the inner quotations as indirect quotations. “The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your forefathers when the Spirit told Isaiah to go tell them that they will hear but will not understand and they will see but they will not perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 28 26 pax8 ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε…βλέποντες βλέψετε 1 By hearing you will hear,…by seeing you will see The words **hear** and **see** are repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “When you listen you will hear … when you look you will see”
|
||||
ACT 28 26 s1ti figs-parallelism καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε…καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 but you will certainly not understand…but you will certainly not perceive Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the Jewish people will not understand God’s plan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 28 26 qj7q figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, πορεύθητι πρὸς τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον, καὶ εἰπόν, ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 saying, … Go to this people and say, … By hearing you will hear, but you will certainly not understand … and by seeing you will see, but you will certainly not perceive This is the end of the sentence that begins with the words “The Holy Spirit spoke” in verse 25 and that contains quotations within quotations. You can translate one of the inner quotations as an indirect quotation, or you can translate two of the inner quotations as indirect quotations. “The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your forefathers when the Spirit told Isaiah to go tell them that they will hear but will not understand and they will see but they will not perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 28 26 pax8 ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε…βλέποντες βλέψετε 1 By hearing you will hear, … by seeing you will see The words **hear** and **see** are repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “When you listen you will hear … when you look you will see”
|
||||
ACT 28 26 s1ti figs-parallelism καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε…καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 but you will certainly not understand … but you will certainly not perceive Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the Jewish people will not understand God’s plan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 fz42 0 General Information: Translate Paul’s quotation of Isaiah as a direct quotation or indirect quotation according to how you translated it in [Acts 28:25-26](./25.md).
|
||||
ACT 28 27 qu6t 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes quoting Isaiah the prophet.
|
||||
ACT 28 27 ts5a figs-metaphor ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου 1 For the heart of this people has become dull People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if their heart is dull. Here “heart” is a metonym for the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
196
en_tn_46-ROM.tsv
196
en_tn_46-ROM.tsv
|
|
@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ ROM 1 3 lab1 περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 concerning his Son Thi
|
|||
ROM 1 3 lk5q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 1 3 rj9f figs-explicit τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ κατὰ σάρκα 1 who was born from a seed of David according to the flesh Here the word **flesh** refers to the physical body. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of David according to the physical nature” or “who was born into the family of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 4 z3yq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks here about his obligation to preach.
|
||||
ROM 1 4 at5s figs-activepassive τοῦ ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει 1 who was designated…Son of God in power…the The word **he** refers to Jesus Christ. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God declared him with power to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 4 at5s figs-activepassive τοῦ ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει 1 who was designated … Son of God in power … the The word **he** refers to Jesus Christ. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God declared him with power to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 4 h97z ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 by the resurrection of the dead “by raising him from among the people who are dead.” This expression speaks of all dead people together in the underworld, and coming alive again is spoken of as resurrection from among them.
|
||||
ROM 1 4 m89w Πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης 1 the…Spirit of holiness This refers to the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
ROM 1 4 m89w Πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης 1 the … Spirit of holiness This refers to the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
ROM 1 5 ww9a figs-activepassive ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν 1 we received grace and apostleship God has given Paul the gift of being an apostle. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God caused me to be an apostle. This is a special privilege” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 5 sxc7 figs-metonymy εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 for obedience of faith among all the Gentiles, for the sake of his name Paul uses the word **name** as a metonym to refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order to teach all nations to obey because of their faith in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 1 7 z85a figs-activepassive πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Ῥώμῃ, ἀγαπητοῖς Θεοῦ, κλητοῖς ἁγίοις 1 To all those being in Rome, beloved of God, called to be saints You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I am writing this letter to all of you in Rome whom God loves and has chosen to become his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ ROM 1 8 e6el ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the whole world the world Paul and hi
|
|||
ROM 1 9 c7pa μάρτυς γάρ μού ἐστιν ὁ Θεός 1 For God is my witness Paul emphasizes that he earnestly prays for them and that God has seen him praying. The word **for** is often left untranslated.
|
||||
ROM 1 9 dx6p ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου 1 in my spirit A person’s spirit is the part of him that can know God and believe in him.
|
||||
ROM 1 9 rnp6 τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the gospel of his Son The good news (gospel) of the Bible is that the Son of God has given himself as the Savior of the world.
|
||||
ROM 1 9 r2l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ 1 of…Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 1 9 f9p2 μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι 1 I…make mention of you “I talk to God about you”
|
||||
ROM 1 10 mdc8 πάντοτε ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν μου, δεόμενος εἴ…ποτὲ εὐοδωθήσομαι…ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 1 always requesting in my prayers if…at last I will be successful…to come to you “Every time I pray, I ask God that … I may succeed … in coming to visit you”
|
||||
ROM 1 9 r2l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ 1 of … Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 1 9 f9p2 μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι 1 I … make mention of you “I talk to God about you”
|
||||
ROM 1 10 mdc8 πάντοτε ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν μου, δεόμενος εἴ…ποτὲ εὐοδωθήσομαι…ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 1 always requesting in my prayers if … at last I will be successful … to come to you “Every time I pray, I ask God that … I may succeed … in coming to visit you”
|
||||
ROM 1 10 zfp4 εἴ πως 1 if somehow “in whatever way God allows”
|
||||
ROM 1 10 is3p ποτὲ 1 at last “eventually” or “finally”
|
||||
ROM 1 10 b5wy ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 by the will of God “because God desires it”
|
||||
|
|
@ -40,19 +40,19 @@ ROM 1 14 s4bm figs-metaphor τε…ὀφειλέτης εἰμί 1 I am a debtor
|
|||
ROM 1 16 mm2f figs-litotes οὐ…ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 I am not ashamed of the gospel You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I trust completely in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ROM 1 16 h7nu figs-explicit δύναμις…Θεοῦ ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 it is the power of God for salvation to everyone who believes Here, **believes** means that one puts his trust in Christ. Alternate translation: “it is through the gospel that God powerfully saves those who put their trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 16 f5x9 Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 both to the Jew first and to the Greek “for Jewish people and also for Greek people”
|
||||
ROM 1 16 sz5b τε πρῶτον 1 both…first Here, **first** means coming before all others in order of time.
|
||||
ROM 1 17 ii3m γὰρ…ἐν αὐτῷ 1 For…in it Here, **it** refers to the gospel. Paul explains why he completely trusts in the gospel.
|
||||
ROM 1 17 h38h figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ…ἀποκαλύπτεται, ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν 1 the righteousness of God is revealed…from faith to faith Paul speaks about the gospel message as if it were an object that God could physically show to people. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has told us that it is by faith from beginning to end that people become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 16 sz5b τε πρῶτον 1 both … first Here, **first** means coming before all others in order of time.
|
||||
ROM 1 17 ii3m γὰρ…ἐν αὐτῷ 1 For … in it Here, **it** refers to the gospel. Paul explains why he completely trusts in the gospel.
|
||||
ROM 1 17 h38h figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ…ἀποκαλύπτεται, ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν 1 the righteousness of God is revealed … from faith to faith Paul speaks about the gospel message as if it were an object that God could physically show to people. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has told us that it is by faith from beginning to end that people become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 17 igg9 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 just as it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 17 hbv6 figs-explicit ὁ…δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται. 1 the righteous will live by faith Here, **righteous** refers to those who trust in God. Alternate translation: “It is people who trust in God that he considers right with him, and they will live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 gqv3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reveals God’s great anger against sinful man.
|
||||
ROM 1 18 r15v figs-activepassive ἀποκαλύπτεται γὰρ ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 For the wrath of God is revealed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For God shows how angry he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 c69s γὰρ 1 For Paul uses the word **for** to show he is about to tell why people know that what he has said in [Romans 1:17](../01/17.md) is true.
|
||||
ROM 1 18 wzy3 figs-abstractnouns ἀποκαλύπτεται…ὀργὴ Θεοῦ ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων 1 the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men The word **therefore** and **unrighteousness** are abstract nouns that can be expressed using the adjectives “ungodly,” which describes the people, and “unrighteous,” which describes their deeds. These nouns are metonyms for the people with whom God is angry. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God reveals from heaven how angry he is with people because they are ungodly and do unrighteous deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 rn72 figs-explicit τὴν ἀλήθειαν…κατεχόντων 1 who…are holding back the truth Here, **truth** refers to true information about God. Alternate translation: “hide the true information about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 rn72 figs-explicit τὴν ἀλήθειαν…κατεχόντων 1 who … are holding back the truth Here, **truth** refers to true information about God. Alternate translation: “hide the true information about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 19 tbu2 figs-activepassive τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 that which is known about God is visible to them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they can know about God because of what they can plainly see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 19 u8z3 figs-explicit ὁ Θεὸς γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐφανέρωσεν 1 for God has made it known to them Here, **enlightened them** means God has shown them the truth about him. Alternate translation: “Because God has shown everyone what he is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 20 szu6 figs-metaphor τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου, τοῖς ποιήμασιν νοούμενα, καθορᾶται 1 For his invisible qualities,…are clearly seen from the creation of the world, being understood through the things that have been made Paul speaks of people understanding God’s invisible qualities as if people have seen those qualities. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “For people have clearly understood God’s invisible qualities, namely his eternal power and divine nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 20 szu6 figs-metaphor τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου, τοῖς ποιήμασιν νοούμενα, καθορᾶται 1 For his invisible qualities, … are clearly seen from the creation of the world, being understood through the things that have been made Paul speaks of people understanding God’s invisible qualities as if people have seen those qualities. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “For people have clearly understood God’s invisible qualities, namely his eternal power and divine nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 20 wk7u θειότης 1 divine nature “all the qualities and characteristics of God” or “the things about God that make him God”
|
||||
ROM 1 20 uvc1 κόσμου 1 of the world This refers to the heavens and the earth, as well as everything in them.
|
||||
ROM 1 20 c7hp figs-activepassive τοῖς ποιήμασιν 1 through the things that have been made You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “because of the things that God has made” or “because people have seen the things that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ ROM 1 23 r14e φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 of perishable man “some hum
|
|||
ROM 1 23 u971 πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν 1 of birds, and of four - footed beasts, and of creeping things “or that looked like birds, four-footed beasts, or creeping things”
|
||||
ROM 1 24 fvv6 διὸ 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true”
|
||||
ROM 1 24 ec9q παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν 1 God gave them over to “God allowed them to indulge in”
|
||||
ROM 1 24 tlv5 αὐτοὺς…αὐτῶν…αὐτοῖς; 1 them…their…themselves These words refer to the “mankind” of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md).
|
||||
ROM 1 24 tlv5 αὐτοὺς…αὐτῶν…αὐτοῖς; 1 them … their … themselves These words refer to the “mankind” of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md).
|
||||
ROM 1 24 n8ac figs-synecdoche ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 the lusts of their hearts for uncleanness Here, **lusts of their hearts** is a synecdoche that represents the evil things they wanted to do. Alternate translation: “the morally impure things they desired greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 1 24 a8pm figs-euphemism τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 for their bodies to be dishonored among themselves This is a euphemism that means they committed immoral sexual acts. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and they committed sexually immoral and degrading acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 25 dv6h οἵτινες 1 who This word refers to the “mankind” of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ ROM 1 26 vs4a figs-euphemism μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρ
|
|||
ROM 1 27 g3ja figs-euphemism καὶ…ἄρσενες ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας 1 men also, having left their natural relations of the female Here, **natural relations** is a euphemism for sexual relationships. Alternate translation: “many men stopped having natural sexual desire for women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ROM 1 27 c7ja ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 burned in their lust for one another “experienced strong sexual desire for other men”
|
||||
ROM 1 27 gn3f τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι 1 committing shameless acts “committed acts for which they should have been ashamed, but they were not ashamed”
|
||||
ROM 1 27 qvi3 ἄρσεσιν…καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 male…and receiving in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error “men, and God has punished them justly for the error they committed”
|
||||
ROM 1 27 yvm1 πλάνης 1 for…error moral wrong, not a mistake about facts
|
||||
ROM 1 27 qvi3 ἄρσεσιν…καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 male … and receiving in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error “men, and God has punished them justly for the error they committed”
|
||||
ROM 1 27 yvm1 πλάνης 1 for … error moral wrong, not a mistake about facts
|
||||
ROM 1 28 cx7y καὶ καθὼς οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν, τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 And just as they did not approve of having God in their awareness “They did not think it was necessary to know God”
|
||||
ROM 1 28 bt7u αὐτοὺς 1 them These words refer to the “mankind” of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md).
|
||||
ROM 1 28 yy1c figs-explicit παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 God gave them up to a depraved mind Here, **a depraved mind** means a mind that thinks only about immoral things. Alternate translation: “God allowed their minds, which they had filled with worthless and immoral thoughts, to completely control them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -115,19 +115,19 @@ ROM 2 4 pex3 figs-rquestion ἢ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότη
|
|||
ROM 2 4 w537 τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς 1 do you scorn the riches of his kindness, and his forebearance, and his patience “consider the riches … patience unimportant” or “consider … not good”
|
||||
ROM 2 4 swj9 figs-rquestion ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει? 1 knowing that the kindness of God leads you to repentance This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You must know that God shows you he is good so that you might repent!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 5 t8pv 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to remind the people that all people are wicked.
|
||||
ROM 2 5 agl8 figs-metaphor κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 But according to your hardness and unrepentant heart,…of Paul uses a metaphor to compare a person who refuses to obey God to something hard, like a stone. He also uses the metonym “heart” to represent the person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “It is because you refuse to listen and repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 2 5 agl8 figs-metaphor κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 But according to your hardness and unrepentant heart, … of Paul uses a metaphor to compare a person who refuses to obey God to something hard, like a stone. He also uses the metonym “heart” to represent the person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “It is because you refuse to listen and repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 2 5 f52g figs-doublet τὴν σκληρότητά…καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 hardness and unrepentant heart This is a doublet that you can combine as “unrepentant heart.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 2 5 fv4k figs-metaphor θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν 1 you are storing up for yourself wrath The phrase **storing up** implies a metaphor that usually refers to a person gathering his treasures and putting them in a safe place. Paul says, instead of treasures, that the person is gathering God’s punishment. The longer they go without repenting, the more severe the punishment. Alternate translation: “you are making your punishment worse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 5 h8cp figs-doublet ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς…ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 on the day…wrath,…of the revelation of the righteous judgment of God Both of these phrases refer to the same day. Alternate translation: “when God shows everyone that he is angry and that he judges all people fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 2 5 h8cp figs-doublet ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς…ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 on the day … wrath, … of the revelation of the righteous judgment of God Both of these phrases refer to the same day. Alternate translation: “when God shows everyone that he is angry and that he judges all people fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 2 6 c4dn ἀποδώσει 1 will pay back “give a fair reward or punishment”
|
||||
ROM 2 6 gj1q ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 to each according to his deeds “each person according to what that person has done”
|
||||
ROM 2 7 gec6 ζητοῦσιν 1 who…are seeking This means that they act in a way that will lead to a positive decision from God on judgment day.
|
||||
ROM 2 7 gec6 ζητοῦσιν 1 who … are seeking This means that they act in a way that will lead to a positive decision from God on judgment day.
|
||||
ROM 2 7 ub51 δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν 1 glory, and honor, and incorruptibility They want God to praise and honor them, and they want to never die.
|
||||
ROM 2 7 m341 ἀφθαρσίαν 1 incorruptibility This refers to physical, not moral, decay.
|
||||
ROM 2 8 guq1 0 Connecting Statement: Though this section is speaking to the non-religious wicked person, Paul sums it up by stating both non-Jews and Jews are wicked before God.
|
||||
ROM 2 8 wa6f ἐριθείας 1 selfish ambition “selfish” or “only concerned with what makes themselves happy”
|
||||
ROM 2 8 fcb4 figs-parallelism ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 who are disobeying the truth but obeying unrighteousness These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second intensifies the first. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 2 8 j1e6 figs-doublet ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός 1 wrath…fierce anger…and The words **wrath** and **fierce anger** mean basically the same thing and emphasize God’s anger. Alternate translation: “God will show his terrible anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 2 8 j1e6 figs-doublet ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός 1 wrath … fierce anger … and The words **wrath** and **fierce anger** mean basically the same thing and emphasize God’s anger. Alternate translation: “God will show his terrible anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 2 8 c2n3 figs-metonymy ὀργὴ 1 wrath Here the word **wrath** is a metonym that refers to God’s severe punishment of wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 2 9 u8f7 figs-doublet θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ 1 Tribulation and distress will be on The words **tribulation** and **distress** mean basically the same thing here and emphasize how bad God’s punishment will be. Alternate translation: “awful punishments will happen to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 2 9 ck9i figs-synecdoche ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου 1 will be on every human soul Here, Paul uses the word **soul** as a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “upon every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -145,12 +145,12 @@ ROM 2 12 m6cy ὅσοι…ἥμαρτον 1 as many as have sinned “all those
|
|||
ROM 2 12 y3bu figs-explicit ἐν νόμῳ…διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται 1 under the law will be judged by the law God will judge sinful people according to his law. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and who do know the law of Moses, God will judge them according to that law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 13 sw8x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to let the reader know that perfect obedience to God’s law is required even for those who never had God’s law.
|
||||
ROM 2 13 k32u γὰρ 1 For Verses 14 and 15 interrupt Paul’s main argument to give the reader extra information. If you have a way to mark an interruption like this in your language, you can use it here.
|
||||
ROM 2 13 t28w figs-explicit οὐ…οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου 1 the hearers of the law…not Here, **the law** refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “it is not those who only hear the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 13 eg4h δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 will…be righteous before God “whom God considers righteous”
|
||||
ROM 2 13 t28w figs-explicit οὐ…οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου 1 the hearers of the law … not Here, **the law** refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “it is not those who only hear the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 13 eg4h δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 will … be righteous before God “whom God considers righteous”
|
||||
ROM 2 13 s4na ἀλλ’ οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου 1 but the doers of the law “but it is those who obey the law of Moses”
|
||||
ROM 2 13 c1bu figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσονται 1 will be justified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God will accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 14 tn5f figs-idiom ἔθνη τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα,…ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος; 1 Gentiles, who do not have the law,…law, are a…to themselves The phrase **law to themselves** is an idiom that means that these people naturally obey God’s laws. Alternate translation: “have God’s laws already inside them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 2 14 q2id figs-explicit νόμον…μὴ ἔχοντες 1 the law,…not having Here, **the law** refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “they do not actually have the laws that God gave to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 14 tn5f figs-idiom ἔθνη τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα,…ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος; 1 Gentiles, who do not have the law, … law, are a … to themselves The phrase **law to themselves** is an idiom that means that these people naturally obey God’s laws. Alternate translation: “have God’s laws already inside them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 2 14 q2id figs-explicit νόμον…μὴ ἔχοντες 1 the law, … not having Here, **the law** refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “they do not actually have the laws that God gave to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 15 xl6v οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται 1 They show “By naturally obeying the law they show”
|
||||
ROM 2 15 x35c figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 the deeds of the law to be written in their hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the person’s thoughts or inner person. The phrase **written in their hearts** is a metaphor for knowing something in their mind. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God has written on their hearts what the law requires them to do” or “that they know the actions that God wants them to do according to his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 15 z28q figs-idiom συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν…καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 bearing witness to them, their thoughts between themselves both accusing or even defending them Here, **bears witness** refers to the knowledge they gain from the law that God has written in their hearts. Alternate translation: “tells them if they are disobeying or obeying God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλα
|
|||
ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 2 25 i497 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to show that God, by his law, condemns even the Jews who have God’s law.
|
||||
ROM 2 25 jg8q περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ 1 For circumcision indeed benefits “I say all of this because being circumcised does benefit you”
|
||||
ROM 2 25 sbm3 ἐὰν…παραβάτης νόμου ᾖς 1 if…you are transgressors of the law “if you do not obey the commandments found in the law”
|
||||
ROM 2 25 sbm3 ἐὰν…παραβάτης νόμου ᾖς 1 if … you are transgressors of the law “if you do not obey the commandments found in the law”
|
||||
ROM 2 25 xq62 ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision “it is as though you were no longer circumcised”
|
||||
ROM 2 26 vt7f ἡ ἀκροβυστία 1 the uncircumcised one “the person who is not circumcised”
|
||||
ROM 2 26 nf3j τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law “obeys what God commands in the law”
|
||||
|
|
@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ ROM 3 2 q2dh πρῶτον μὲν 1 first of all This could mean: (1) This mea
|
|||
ROM 3 2 r62g figs-explicit ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 they were entrusted with the sayings of God Here, **revelation** refers to God’s words and promises. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God gave his words that contain his promises to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 3 d9k3 figs-rquestion τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει 1 For what if some of them were unfaithful? Their unbelief will not abolish the faithfulness of God, will it Paul uses these questions to make people think. Alternate translation: “Some Jews have not been faithful to God. Should we conclude from this that God will not fulfill his promise?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!”
|
||||
ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ 1 Instead, let…become “We should say this instead, let”
|
||||
ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ 1 Instead, let … become “We should say this instead, let”
|
||||
ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-explicit γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God become true God will always be true and will keep his promises. Alternate translation: “God always does what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς δὲ ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 but every man a liar The words **every** and **liar** are exaggerations here to add emphasis that God alone is always true to his promises. Alternate translation: “even if every man were a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 te39 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Just as it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures themselves agree with what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ ROM 3 6 gd5f μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We must never say that G
|
|||
ROM 3 6 zg9s figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 Otherwise, how will God judge the world Paul uses this question to show that the arguments against the gospel are not valid, since the Jews believe that God will judge all people. Alternate translation: “We all know that God will in fact judge the world!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 7 b9k1 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι 1 But if the truth of God through my lie abounds to his glory, why am I still being judged as a sinner Here Paul imagines someone continuing to reject the Christian gospel. That adversary argues, because his sin shows the righteousness of God, then God should not declare that he is a sinner on judgment day if, for example, he tells lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say,…Let us do evil, so that good may come Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: “I might as well be saying … come!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, … Let us do evil, so that good may come Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: “I might as well be saying … come!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 just as we are blasphemed “some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying”
|
||||
ROM 3 8 cn1c ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 Their condemnation is just It will be only fair when God condemns these enemies of Paul, for telling lies about what Paul has been teaching.
|
||||
ROM 3 9 z3wu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul sums up that all are guilty of sin, none are righteous, and no one seeks God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no o
|
|||
ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks God Here the phrase **seeks after God** means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all turned away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: “Everyone has become useless to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their…Their The word **their** refers to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their … Their The word **their** refers to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave The word **throat** is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. Here, **open grave** is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Their tongues have deceived The word **tongues** is a metonym for the false words that people speak. Alternate translation: “People speak lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here, **poison of snakes** is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. The word **lips** refers to the words of the people. Alternate translation: “Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκ
|
|||
ROM 3 15 a1dr οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet The word **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 16 d4y3 ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 their paths The word **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-metonymy σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths Here, **destruction and suffering** are metonyms that represent the harm that these people cause others to suffer. Alternate translation: “They try to destroy others and cause them to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 17 zk1i ἔγνωσαν 1 they have…known These words refer to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 17 zk1i ἔγνωσαν 1 they have … known These words refer to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 17 jb6b ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace “how to live at peace with others.” A “way” is a road or path.
|
||||
ROM 3 18 cpf2 αὐτῶν 1 their This word refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes Here, **fear** is a metonym that represents respect for God and willingness to honor him. Alternate translation: “Everyone refuses to give God the respect he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ ROM 3 31 if2b 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms the law though faith.
|
|||
ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 y6qx νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 we uphold the law “we obey the law”
|
||||
ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 Do we…nullify This pronoun refers to Paul, other believers, and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 Do we … nullify This pronoun refers to Paul, other believers, and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The purpose of the law of Moses<br><br>Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
ROM 4 1 gw29 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms that even in the past believers were made right with God by faith and not by the law.
|
||||
ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, discovered Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: “This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ ROM 4 4 et9x figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 but as
|
|||
ROM 4 5 ynp2 ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 in the one who justifies “in God, who justifies”
|
||||
ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 Even as David also speaks of the blessing of the man to whom God counts righteousness apart from works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works”
|
||||
ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 are those of whom their lawless dees are forgiven,…of whom their sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 are those of whom their lawless dees are forgiven, … of whom their sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 Then is this blessness to the circumcision, or also to the uncircumcision This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 4 9 dn7v figs-metonymy τὴν περιτομὴν 1 the circumcision This is a metonym that refers to the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 4 9 d5qp figs-metonymy τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 the uncircumcision This is a metonym that refers to the people who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ ROM 4 11 s2ez figs-explicit σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τ
|
|||
ROM 4 11 i2vz δι’ ἀκροβυστίας 1 through uncircumcision “even if they are not circumcised”
|
||||
ROM 4 11 a5b6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 so that righteousness would be counted for them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This means that God will consider them righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 12 u8j3 καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς 1 and the father of circumcision Here, **the circumcision** refers to those who are true believers in God, both Jews and Gentiles.
|
||||
ROM 4 12 s9jt figs-idiom τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς…πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 who…are walking in the footsteps of the…faith of our father Abraham Here, **follow in the steps of faith** is an idiom that means to follow someone’s example of follow. Alternate translation: “who follow our father Abraham’s example of faith” or “who have faith as our father Abraham did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 4 12 s9jt figs-idiom τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς…πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 who … are walking in the footsteps of the … faith of our father Abraham Here, **follow in the steps of faith** is an idiom that means to follow someone’s example of follow. Alternate translation: “who follow our father Abraham’s example of faith” or “who have faith as our father Abraham did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 4 13 x9s9 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης πίστεως 1 but through the righteousness of faith The words **the promise came** are understood from the first phrase. You can translate this by adding these implied words. Alternate translation: “but the promise came through faith, which God considers as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 4 14 cf9t figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι 1 are heirs The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 4 14 p51n figs-explicit εἰ…οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι 1 if those from the law are heirs Here, **live by the law** refers to obeying the law. Alternate translation: “if those who obey the law are the ones who will inherit the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -306,11 +306,11 @@ ROM 4 18 b92q figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον 1 according
|
|||
ROM 4 18 p5el figs-explicit οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου 1 So will your seed be The full promise God gave to Abraham can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You will have more descendants than you can count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 19 m9gq figs-litotes καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει 1 And not becoming weak in the faith You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “He remained strong in his faith, although” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ROM 4 20 ep2z figs-doublenegatives οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 did not waver in unbelief You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “kept on acting in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 4 20 zdj5 figs-activepassive ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει 1 he…was strengthened in faith You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he became stronger in his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 20 zdj5 figs-activepassive ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει 1 he … was strengthened in faith You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he became stronger in his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 21 y2sh καὶ πληροφορηθεὶς 1 and fully convinced “Abraham was completely sure”
|
||||
ROM 4 21 sbu3 δυνατός ἐστιν καὶ ποιῆσαι 1 he was also able to do “God was able to do”
|
||||
ROM 4 22 i56a figs-activepassive διὸ καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore God counted Abraham’s belief as righteousness” or “Therefore God considered Abraham righteous because Abraham believed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 23 a92n ἐγράφη δὲ 1 Now it was…written **Now** is used here to connect Abraham’s being made right by faith to present-day believer’s being made right by faith in Christ’s death and resurrection.
|
||||
ROM 4 23 a92n ἐγράφη δὲ 1 Now it was … written **Now** is used here to connect Abraham’s being made right by faith to present-day believer’s being made right by faith in Christ’s death and resurrection.
|
||||
ROM 4 23 r65c δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον 1 only for his sake “for Abraham only”
|
||||
ROM 4 23 z432 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 1 that it was counted to him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God counted righteousness to him” or “God considered him righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 24 pfc9 figs-exclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς 1 for our sake The word **us** refers to Paul and includes all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -325,16 +325,16 @@ ROM 5 1 p11y διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστο
|
|||
ROM 5 1 me59 τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Lord Here, **Lord** means that Jesus is God.
|
||||
ROM 5 2 du8b δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand Here, **by faith** refers to our trust in Jesus, which allows us to stand before God. Alternate translation: “Because we trust in Jesus, God allows us to come into his presence”
|
||||
ROM 5 3 q5p7 οὐ μόνον δέ 1 But not only this The word **this** refers to the ideas described in [Romans 5:1-2](./01.md).
|
||||
ROM 5 3 u14f figs-exclusive καυχώμεθα 1 we…rejoice These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 3 u14f figs-exclusive καυχώμεθα 1 we … rejoice These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 4 sx5f ἐλπίδα 1 produces certain hope This is the certainty that God will fulfill all his promises for those who trust in Christ.
|
||||
ROM 5 5 i8pd figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν 1 our…to us These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 5 i8pd figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν 1 our … to us These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 5 pp1n figs-personification ἡ…ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει 1 that hope does not disappoint Paul uses personification here as he speaks of **confidence** as if it were alive. Alternate translation: “we are very confident that we will receive the things that we wait for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 5 5 qka8 figs-metonymy ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 because the love of God has been poured into our hearts Here, **hearts** represents a person’s thoughts, feelings, or inner person. The phrase **the love of God has been poured into our hearts** is a metaphor for God showing love to his people. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “because he has loved us greatly” or “because God has shown us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 6 x5eg figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 we The word **we** here refers to all believers and so should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 7 xv5w μόλις γὰρ ὑπὲρ δικαίου τις ἀποθανεῖται 1 For one will hardly die for a righteous man “It is hard to find someone who is willing to die, even for a righteous man”
|
||||
ROM 5 7 nnj9 ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, τάχα τις καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν 1 Perhaps, though, someone might dare to die for a good person “But you might find someone who is willing to die for such a good person”
|
||||
ROM 5 8 xew8 συνίστησιν 1 proves You can translate this verb in past tense using “demonstrated” or “showed.”
|
||||
ROM 5 8 bw77 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 we…us All occurrences of “us” and “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 8 bw77 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 we … us All occurrences of “us” and “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 9 l35j figs-explicit πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Much more, then, now that we are justified by his blood Here, **justified** means that God puts us in a right relationship with himself. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “How much more will God do for us now that he has made us right with himself because of the death of Jesus on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 9 nvs3 figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι 1 blood This is a metonym for the sacrificial death of Jesus on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 5 9 sh8f σωθησόμεθα 1 we will be saved This means that through Jesus’ sacrificial death on the cross, God has forgiven us and rescued us from being punished in hell for our sin.
|
||||
|
|
@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ ROM 5 9 bev3 figs-metonymy τῆς ὀργῆς 1 his wrath Here, **wrath** is a
|
|||
ROM 5 10 v8a1 figs-exclusive ὄντες 1 while we were All occurrences of “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 10 u6bn Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον καταλλαγέντες, σωθησόμεθα ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ 1 of his Son, much more, after having been reconciled, will we be saved by his life “God’s Son … the life of God’s Son”
|
||||
ROM 5 10 rnc5 figs-activepassive κατηλλάγημεν τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 we were reconciled to God through the death of his Son The death of the Son of the God has provided eternal forgiveness and made us friends with God, for all who believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God allowed us to have a peaceful relationship with him because his son died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 10 cu3c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 of…Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 5 10 cu3c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 of … Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 5 10 qe6y figs-activepassive καταλλαγέντες 1 after having been reconciled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “now that God has made us his friends again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 12 hjx4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains why death happened even before God gave the law to Moses.
|
||||
ROM 5 12 wf9f figs-personification δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος 1 through one man sin entered into the world, in this way death entered through sin Paul describes sin as a dangerous thing that came into the world through the actions of **one man**, Adam. This sin then became an opening through which death, pictured here as another dangerous thing, also came into the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -355,15 +355,15 @@ ROM 5 14 hdj4 ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος 1 who is
|
|||
ROM 5 15 kln1 figs-explicit εἰ γὰρ τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι, οἱ πολλοὶ ἀπέθανον 1 For if by the trespass of one the many died Here, **one** refers to Adam. Alternate translation: “For if by one man’s sin, many died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 15 p83v figs-explicit πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι, τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν 1 how much more did the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ, abound for the many Here, **grace** refers to God’s free gift that he made available to everyone through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “even more through the man Jesus Christ, who died for us all, did God kindly offer us this gift of everlasting life, although we do not deserve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 pe38 figs-explicit καὶ οὐχ ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος, τὸ δώρημα 1 For the gift is not like the outcome of that one man ’ s sin Here, **the gift** refers to God’s freely erasing the record of our sins. Alternate translation: “The gift is not like the result of Adam’s sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 ci72 figs-explicit τὸ…γὰρ κρίμα ἐξ ἑνὸς, εἰς κατάκριμα, τὸ δὲ χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα 1 the…For…judgment followed one trespass and brought condemnation, but the gift followed many trespasses and brought justification Here Paul gives two reasons why “the gift is not like the result of Adam’s sin.” The “judgment of condemnation” implies that we all deserve God’s punishment for our sins. Alternate translation: “Because on the one hand, God declared that all people deserve to be punished because of the sin of one man, but on the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 m63g figs-explicit τὸ…χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα 1 the…gift followed many trespasses and brought justification This refers to how God makes us right with him even when we do not deserve it. Alternate translation: “God’s kind gift to put us right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 ci72 figs-explicit τὸ…γὰρ κρίμα ἐξ ἑνὸς, εἰς κατάκριμα, τὸ δὲ χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα 1 the … For … judgment followed one trespass and brought condemnation, but the gift followed many trespasses and brought justification Here Paul gives two reasons why “the gift is not like the result of Adam’s sin.” The “judgment of condemnation” implies that we all deserve God’s punishment for our sins. Alternate translation: “Because on the one hand, God declared that all people deserve to be punished because of the sin of one man, but on the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 m63g figs-explicit τὸ…χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα 1 the … gift followed many trespasses and brought justification This refers to how God makes us right with him even when we do not deserve it. Alternate translation: “God’s kind gift to put us right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 uh4x ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων 1 followed many trespasses “after the sins of many”
|
||||
ROM 5 17 f94r τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι 1 trespass of the one This refers to the sin of Adam.
|
||||
ROM 5 17 kz6z figs-personification ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσεν 1 death ruled Here Paul speaks of **death** as a king who ruled. The “rule” of death causes everyone to die. Alternate translation: “everyone died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 5 18 wr2r ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς παραπτώματος 1 by one trespass “through the one sin committed by Adam” or “because of Adam’s sin”
|
||||
ROM 5 18 ta2j figs-explicit εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς κατάκριμα 1 condemnation came to all people Here, **condemnation** refers to God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “all people deserve God’s punishment for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 18 wgh4 δι’ ἑνὸς δικαιώματος 1 one act of righteousness the sacrifice of Jesus Christ
|
||||
ROM 5 18 ifk1 figs-explicit εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους…δικαίωσιν ζωῆς 1 to all people,…justification and life Here, **justification** refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: “God’s offer to make all people right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 18 ifk1 figs-explicit εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους…δικαίωσιν ζωῆς 1 to all people, … justification and life Here, **justification** refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: “God’s offer to make all people right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 19 j5yh τῆς παρακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου 1 the one man ’ s disobedience the disobedience of Adam
|
||||
ROM 5 19 q8lj figs-activepassive ἁμαρτωλοὶ κατεστάθησαν οἱ πολλοί 1 the many were made sinners You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many people sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 19 aa3e τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς 1 the obedience of the one the obedience of Jesus
|
||||
|
|
@ -415,8 +415,8 @@ ROM 6 14 fl3e figs-explicit ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν 1 but under grace To
|
|||
ROM 6 15 zxb8 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν? μὴ γένοιτο 1 What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be Paul is using a question to emphasize that living under grace is not a reason to sin. Alternate translation: “However, just because we are bound to grace instead of the law of Moses certainly does not mean we are allowed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 15 c77g μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We would never want that to happen!” or “May God help me not to do that!” This expression shows an extremely strong desire that this does not take place. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated it in [Romans 3:31](../03/31.md).
|
||||
ROM 6 16 jl1w figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι ᾧ παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους εἰς ὑπακοήν, δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε 1 Do you not know that the one to whom you present yourselves to obey as slaves, you are slaves to the one you obey Paul uses a question to scold anyone who may think God’s grace is a reason to keep sinning. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should know that you are slaves to the master you choose to obey!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 16 q2i4 figs-personification ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας…ἢ ὑπακοῆς 1 This is true whether you are slaves to sin…or slaves to obedience Here, Paul speaks of “sin” and “obedience” as if they were masters that a slave would obey. Alternate translation: “whether you are like slaves to sin … or like slaves to obedience” or “You are either a slave to sin … or you are a slave to obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 16 w9wf εἰς θάνατον…εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 which leads to death,…which leads to righteousness “which results in death … which results in righteousness”
|
||||
ROM 6 16 q2i4 figs-personification ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας…ἢ ὑπακοῆς 1 This is true whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Here, Paul speaks of “sin” and “obedience” as if they were masters that a slave would obey. Alternate translation: “whether you are like slaves to sin … or like slaves to obedience” or “You are either a slave to sin … or you are a slave to obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 16 w9wf εἰς θάνατον…εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 which leads to death, … which leads to righteousness “which results in death … which results in righteousness”
|
||||
ROM 6 17 dz5x χάρις δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But thanks be to God “But I thank God!”
|
||||
ROM 6 17 yxt7 figs-metaphor ὅτι ἦτε δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 For you were slaves of sin Slavery of sin is a metaphor meaning having such a strong desire to sin that one is unable to stop himself from sinning. It is as if sin controls the person. Alternate translation: “you were like slaves of sin” or “you were controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 17 my2z figs-metonymy ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας 1 but you have obeyed from the heart Here the word **heart** refers to having sincere or honest motives for doing something. Alternate translation: “but you truly obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ ROM 6 23 ze3f τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατ
|
|||
ROM 6 23 pf3s τὸ δὲ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιος ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν 1 but the gift of God is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord “but God gives eternal life to those who belong to Christ Jesus our Lord”
|
||||
ROM 7 intro fl1y 0 # Romans 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “Or do you not know”<br><br>Paul uses this phrase to discuss a new topic, while connecting what follows with the previous teaching.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “We have been released from the law”<br><br>Paul explains that the law of Moses is no longer in effect. While this is true, the timeless principles behind the law reflect the character of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Marriage<br><br>Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
ROM 7 1 nj1k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains how the law controls those who want to live under the law.
|
||||
ROM 7 1 mk7w figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ? 1 Or do you not know, brothers…for I am speaking to people who know about law) that the law controls a person for as long as he lives Paul asks this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “So you certainly know that people have to obey laws only while they are alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 7 1 mk7w figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ? 1 Or do you not know, brothers … for I am speaking to people who know about law) that the law controls a person for as long as he lives Paul asks this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “So you certainly know that people have to obey laws only while they are alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 7 1 r9fl ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 7 2 as1h 0 Connecting Statement: This verse begins a description of what Paul means by “the law controls a person for as long as he lives” ([Romans 7:1](../07/01.md)).
|
||||
ROM 7 2 l6d9 figs-metaphor ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ…ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ 1 the married woman is bound by law to the husband Here, **bound by law to the husband** is a metaphor for a woman being united to her husband according to the law of marriage. Alternate translation: “according to the law, the married woman is united to the husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -477,17 +477,17 @@ ROM 7 13 cz5k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about the struggle inside his
|
|||
ROM 7 13 us69 οὖν 1 So Paul is introducing a new topic.
|
||||
ROM 7 13 e1bx figs-rquestion τὸ…ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος 1 did what is good become death to me Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 7 13 g451 τὸ…ἀγαθὸν 1 what is good This refers to God’s law.
|
||||
ROM 7 13 qwe9 ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος 1 did…become death to me “cause me to die”
|
||||
ROM 7 13 qwe9 ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος 1 did … become death to me “cause me to die”
|
||||
ROM 7 13 hgm6 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “Of course that is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 7 13 m4l5 figs-personification ἡ ἁμαρτία…μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον; 1 sin,…brought about death in me Paul is viewing sin as though it were a person who could act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 13 m4l5 figs-personification ἡ ἁμαρτία…μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον; 1 sin, … brought about death in me Paul is viewing sin as though it were a person who could act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 13 pnq6 μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον 1 brought about death in me “separated me from God”
|
||||
ROM 7 13 a6zb διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 through the commandment “because I disobeyed the commandment”
|
||||
ROM 7 15 udc8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about the struggle inside his inner man between his flesh and the law of God—between sin and good.
|
||||
ROM 7 15 u3av ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι, οὐ γινώσκω 1 For what I do, I do not really understand “I am not sure why I do some of the things that I do”
|
||||
ROM 7 15 hv9g ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι 1 For what I do “because what I do”
|
||||
ROM 7 15 az2z figs-hyperbole οὐ…ὃ θέλω, τοῦτο πράσσω, 1 do not…what I want to do, this I…do The words **I do not do** are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does not do what he wants to do as often as he would like or that he does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: “I do not always do what I want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 7 15 az2z figs-hyperbole οὐ…ὃ θέλω, τοῦτο πράσσω, 1 do not … what I want to do, this I … do The words **I do not do** are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does not do what he wants to do as often as he would like or that he does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: “I do not always do what I want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 7 15 zv5l figs-hyperbole ὃ μισῶ, τοῦτο ποιῶ. 1 what I hate, this I do The words **I do**, which implies that he always does what he hates to do, are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: “the things that I know are not good are the things that I sometimes do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 7 16 y26s εἰ δὲ…ποιῶ 1 But if…I do “However, if I do”
|
||||
ROM 7 16 y26s εἰ δὲ…ποιῶ 1 But if … I do “However, if I do”
|
||||
ROM 7 16 q3b5 σύνφημι τῷ νόμῳ 1 I agree with the law “I know God’s law is good”
|
||||
ROM 7 17 f6n8 figs-personification ἡ ἐνοικοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία 1 the sin that lives in me Paul describes sin as a living being that has the power to influence him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 18 p1c1 figs-metonymy τῇ σαρκί μου 1 my flesh Here, **flesh** is a metonym for the sinful nature. Alternate translation: “my sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -523,20 +523,20 @@ ROM 8 4 j9ff figs-activepassive τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου πλη
|
|||
ROM 8 4 acc4 figs-metaphor τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν 1 we who walk not according to the flesh Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. The flesh is an idiom for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “we who do not obey our sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] or [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 8 4 a5t4 ἀλλὰ κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 but according to the Spirit “but who obey the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
ROM 8 6 y6p7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to contrast the flesh with the Spirit we now have.
|
||||
ROM 8 6 vyw4 figs-personification τὸ…φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς…τὸ δὲ φρόνημα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the mind set on the flesh…but the mind set on the Spirit Here Paul speaks of both the **flesh** and the “spirit” as if they were living persons. Alternate translation: “the way sinful people think … the way people who listen to the Holy Spirit think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 8 6 vyw4 figs-personification τὸ…φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς…τὸ δὲ φρόνημα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the mind set on the flesh … but the mind set on the Spirit Here Paul speaks of both the **flesh** and the “spirit” as if they were living persons. Alternate translation: “the way sinful people think … the way people who listen to the Holy Spirit think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 8 6 ec7j θάνατος 1 is death Here this means the separation of a person from God.
|
||||
ROM 8 8 me7u οἱ…ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες 1 those who are in the flesh This refers to people who do what their sinful nature tells them to do.
|
||||
ROM 8 9 czm9 ἐν σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh “acting according to your sinful natures.” See how “the flesh” was translated in [Romans 8:5](../08/05.md).
|
||||
ROM 8 9 e54u ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit “acting according to the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
ROM 8 9 p55f Πνεύματι,…Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ…Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ 1 the Spirit,…God ’ s Spirit…the Spirit of Christ These all refer to the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
ROM 8 9 p55f Πνεύματι,…Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ…Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ 1 the Spirit, … God ’ s Spirit … the Spirit of Christ These all refer to the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
ROM 8 9 bei3 εἴπερ 1 if indeed This phrase does not mean Paul doubts that some of them have God’s Spirit. Paul wants them to realize that they all have God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “since” or “because”
|
||||
ROM 8 10 q8be figs-explicit εἰ…Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 if Christ is in you How Christ lives in a person could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “If Christ lives in you through the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 10 e6g9 figs-idiom τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διὰ ἁμαρτίαν 1 the body is dead with respect to sin This could mean: (1) A person is spiritually dead to the power of sin. (2) The physical body will still die because of sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 8 10 yb1b figs-idiom τὸ…Πνεῦμα ζωὴ διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 the…spirit is alive with respect to righteousness This could mean: (1) A person is spiritually alive because God has given him power to do what is right. (2) God will bring the person back to life after he dies because God is righteous and gives believers eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 8 10 yb1b figs-idiom τὸ…Πνεῦμα ζωὴ διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 the … spirit is alive with respect to righteousness This could mean: (1) A person is spiritually alive because God has given him power to do what is right. (2) God will bring the person back to life after he dies because God is righteous and gives believers eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 8 11 jlc9 εἰ δὲ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὁ ἐγείρας ἐκ νεκρῶν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν ζῳοποιήσει καὶ τὰ θνητὰ σώματα ὑμῶν, διὰ τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος αὐτοῦ Πνεῦμα ἐν ὑμῖν. 1 If indeed the Spirit of him who raised Jesus from the dead lives in you, he who raised Christ Jesus from the dead will give life also to your mortal bodies through his Spirit, who lives in you Paul assumes that the Holy Spirit lives in his readers. Alternate translation: “Since the Spirit … lives in you”
|
||||
ROM 8 11 b9pu τοῦ ἐγείραντος 1 of him who raised “of God, who raised”
|
||||
ROM 8 11 jr6p figs-idiom ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 of him who raised Jesus Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “caused Jesus to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 8 11 t27d τὰ θνητὰ σώματα 1 to…mortal bodies “physical bodies” or “bodies, which will die someday”
|
||||
ROM 8 11 t27d τὰ θνητὰ σώματα 1 to … mortal bodies “physical bodies” or “bodies, which will die someday”
|
||||
ROM 8 12 mv1r ἄρα οὖν 1 So then “Because what I have just told you is true”
|
||||
ROM 8 12 qw5b ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 8 12 e3j8 figs-metaphor ὀφειλέται ἐσμέν 1 we are debtors Paul is speaking of obedience as if it were paying back a debt. Alternate translation: “we need to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -571,11 +571,11 @@ ROM 8 26 h8jy 0 Connecting Statement: Though Paul has been emphasizing that th
|
|||
ROM 8 26 jmp8 στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις 1 with inexpressible groans “groanings that we cannot express in words”
|
||||
ROM 8 27 tq4n figs-metonymy ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 he who searches the hearts Here, **He** refers to God. Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts and emotions. The phrase **searches the hearts** is a metaphor for examining thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “God, who knows all our thoughts and feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 28 w4rz 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers that nothing can separate them from God’s love.
|
||||
ROM 8 28 q3ce figs-activepassive τοῖς…κλητοῖς οὖσιν 1 for those…who are called You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for those whom God chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 28 q3ce figs-activepassive τοῖς…κλητοῖς οὖσιν 1 for those … who are called You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for those whom God chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 29 m3vv οὓς προέγνω 1 those whom he foreknew “those whom he knew before he even created them”
|
||||
ROM 8 29 rg4t καὶ προώρισεν 1 he also predestined “he also made it their destiny” or “he also planned in advance”
|
||||
ROM 8 29 xhn2 figs-activepassive συμμόρφους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 to be conformed to the image of his Son God planned from before the beginning of creation to grow those who believe in Jesus, the Son of God, into persons who are like Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that he would change them to be like his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 29 yuw2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ 1 of…Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 8 29 yuw2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ 1 of … Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 8 29 lf49 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν πρωτότοκον 1 that he might be the firstborn “so that his Son would be the firstborn”
|
||||
ROM 8 29 s552 figs-explicit ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 among many brothers Here, **brothers** refers to all believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “among many brothers and sisters who belong to the family of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 30 hg3f οὓς…προώρισεν 1 those whom he predestined “Those whom God made plans for in advance”
|
||||
|
|
@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ ROM 8 31 xpu3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν πρὸς ταῦτα
|
|||
ROM 8 32 l73i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὅς γε τοῦ ἰδίου Υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 He who did not spare his own Son God the Father sent the Son of God, Jesus Christ, to the cross as the holy, infinite sacrifice necessary to satisfy God’s infinite, holy nature against the sin of humanity. Here, **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 8 32 b3au ἀλλὰ…παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 but delivered him up “but put him under the control of his enemies”
|
||||
ROM 8 32 gk4l figs-rquestion πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται 1 how will he not also with him freely give us all things Paul is using a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “he will certainly and freely give us all things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 32 rib2 τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται 1 will he…freely give us all things “kindly give us all things”
|
||||
ROM 8 32 rib2 τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται 1 will he … freely give us all things “kindly give us all things”
|
||||
ROM 8 33 vr1b figs-rquestion τίς ἐγκαλέσει κατὰ ἐκλεκτῶν Θεοῦ? Θεὸς ὁ δικαιῶν 1 Who will bring any accusation against God ’ s chosen ones? God is the one who justifies Paul uses a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “No one can accuse us before God because he is the one who makes us right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 34 vt5r figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κατακρινῶν 1 Who is the one who condemns Paul uses a question for emphasis. He does not expect an answer. Alternate translation: “No one will condemn us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 34 vd8g translate-symaction ὅς, καί ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who also is at the right hand of God To be at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor beside God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -616,8 +616,8 @@ ROM 9 6 s2ma 0 Connecting Statement: Paul emphasizes that those who are born i
|
|||
ROM 9 6 equ8 οὐχ οἷον δὲ, ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 But it is not as though the promises of God have failed “But God has not failed to keep his promises” or “God has kept his promises”
|
||||
ROM 9 6 wy8z οὐ γὰρ πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ οὗτοι, Ἰσραήλ 1 For it is not everyone who is from Israel who truly belongs to Israel God did not make his promises to all the physical descendants of Israel (or Jacob), but to his spiritual descendants, that is, those who trust in Jesus.
|
||||
ROM 9 7 s3rj οὐδ’ ὅτι εἰσὶν σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ πάντες τέκνα 1 Neither are all Abraham ’ s descendants truly his children “Nor are they all children of God just because they are Abraham’s descendants”
|
||||
ROM 9 8 s5xa figs-metonymy οὐ τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκὸς, 1 the children of the flesh…not Here, **children of the flesh** is a metonym that refers to the physical descendants of Abraham. Alternate translation: “not all of Abraham’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 9 8 y17u figs-metaphor ταῦτα τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 are…the children of God This is a metaphor that refers to people who are spiritual descendants, those who have faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 8 s5xa figs-metonymy οὐ τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκὸς, 1 the children of the flesh … not Here, **children of the flesh** is a metonym that refers to the physical descendants of Abraham. Alternate translation: “not all of Abraham’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 9 8 y17u figs-metaphor ταῦτα τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 are … the children of God This is a metaphor that refers to people who are spiritual descendants, those who have faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 8 ta8t τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 the children of the promise This refers to people who will inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham.
|
||||
ROM 9 9 up57 ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 this is the word of promise “these are the words God used when he made the promise”
|
||||
ROM 9 9 wqb2 figs-activepassive ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός 1 a son will be given to Sarah You can translate this in an active form to express that God will give a son to Sarah. Alternate translation: “I will give Sarah a son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ ROM 9 11 eez1 μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων 1 for the children were n
|
|||
ROM 9 11 iw56 μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 and had not yet done anything good or bad “not because of anything they had done”
|
||||
ROM 9 12 ze3m 0 Connecting Statement: It may be necessary in your language to place this verse between verse 10 and verse 11: “our father Isaac, it was said to her, ‘The older will serve the younger.’ Now the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad, but so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand—not because of actions, but because of him who calls. It is just”
|
||||
ROM 9 12 d6mr ἐκ τοῦ 1 because of him because of God
|
||||
ROM 9 12 wv7n ἐρρέθη αὐτῇ, ὅτι ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι 1 it was said to her,…The older will serve the younger “God said to Rebecca, ‘The older son will serve the younger son’”
|
||||
ROM 9 12 wv7n ἐρρέθη αὐτῇ, ὅτι ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι 1 it was said to her, … The older will serve the younger “God said to Rebecca, ‘The older son will serve the younger son’”
|
||||
ROM 9 13 xt7t figs-hyperbole τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἠγάπησα, τὸν δὲ Ἠσαῦ ἐμίσησα 1 Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated The word **hated** is an exaggeration. God loved Jacob much more than he loved Esau. He did not literally hate Esau. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 9 14 m8xk figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 What then will we say Paul is using the question to get the attention of his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 14 s1hm μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here.
|
||||
|
|
@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ ROM 9 15 kq2c figs-metaphor τῷ Μωϋσεῖ γὰρ λέγει 1 For he says
|
|||
ROM 9 16 d4f5 οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 it is not of him who wills, nor because of him who runs “it is not because of what people want or because they try hard”
|
||||
ROM 9 16 ues3 figs-metaphor οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 nor because of him who runs Paul speaks of a person who does good things in order to gain God’s favor as if that person were running a race. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 x1cj figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ 1 For the scripture says Here the **scripture** is personified as if God were talking to Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “The scripture records that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 xu7s ἐξήγειρά…ἐνδείξωμαι…μου 1 I raised…up,…I might demonstrate my God is referring to himself.
|
||||
ROM 9 17 xu7s ἐξήγειρά…ἐνδείξωμαι…μου 1 I raised … up, … I might demonstrate my God is referring to himself.
|
||||
ROM 9 17 nfv5 figs-you σε 1 you singular (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 pz5x figs-idiom ἐξήγειρά σε 1 I raised you up **Raised** here is an idiom for “to cause something to be what it is.” Alternate translation: “I made you the powerful man that you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 gps5 figs-activepassive ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 so that my name might be proclaimed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that people might proclaim my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -646,13 +646,13 @@ ROM 9 17 jn7u figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ 1 in all the earth “w
|
|||
ROM 9 18 a1uv ὃν δὲ θέλει, σκληρύνει 1 but whom he wishes, he makes stubborn God makes stubborn whoever he wishes to make stubborn.
|
||||
ROM 9 19 z4j2 figs-you ἐρεῖς μοι οὖν 1 You will say then to me Paul is talking to the critics of his teaching as though he were only talking to one person. You may need to use the plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 9 19 bbe4 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἔτι μέμφεται? τῷ γὰρ βουλήματι αὐτοῦ, τίς ἀνθέστηκεν 1 Why then does he still find fault? For who has ever withstood his will These rhetorical questions are complaints against God. You can translate them as strong statements. Alternate translation: “He should not find fault with us. No one has ever been able to withstand his will.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 19 hqr7 μέμφεται…αὐτοῦ 1 does he…find fault?…his The words **he** and **his** here refer to God.
|
||||
ROM 9 19 n1ti τῷ…βουλήματι αὐτοῦ…ἀνθέστηκεν 1 For…has ever withstood his will “has … stopped him from doing what he wanted to do”
|
||||
ROM 9 20 arw8 figs-metaphor μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 Will what has been molded say to the one who molds it,…Why did you make me this way Paul uses the potter’s right to make any kind of container he wants from the clay as a metaphor for the creator’s right to do whatever he wants with his creation. Paul asks questions to emphasize his point. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “What a person has molded should never say to the one who molds it, ‘Why … way?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 19 hqr7 μέμφεται…αὐτοῦ 1 does he … find fault? … his The words **he** and **his** here refer to God.
|
||||
ROM 9 19 n1ti τῷ…βουλήματι αὐτοῦ…ἀνθέστηκεν 1 For … has ever withstood his will “has … stopped him from doing what he wanted to do”
|
||||
ROM 9 20 arw8 figs-metaphor μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 Will what has been molded say to the one who molds it, … Why did you make me this way Paul uses the potter’s right to make any kind of container he wants from the clay as a metaphor for the creator’s right to do whatever he wants with his creation. Paul asks questions to emphasize his point. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “What a person has molded should never say to the one who molds it, ‘Why … way?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 20 wcj3 figs-rquestion τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 Why did you make me this way This question is a rebuke and can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have made me this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 21 e94a figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, ὃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν 1 Does the potter not have the right over the clay to make from the same lump a container for special use, and another container for daily use This rhetorical question is a rebuke. Alternate translation: “The potter certainlly has the right … for daily use.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 22 we86 figs-metaphor σκεύη ὀργῆς 1 containers of wrath Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: “people who deserve wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 23 ufj7 γνωρίσῃ…αὐτοῦ 1 he might make known…his The words **he** and **his** here refer to God.
|
||||
ROM 9 23 ufj7 γνωρίσῃ…αὐτοῦ 1 he might make known … his The words **he** and **his** here refer to God.
|
||||
ROM 9 23 v33r figs-metaphor σκεύη ἐλέους 1 containers of mercy Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: “people who deserve mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 23 she3 figs-metaphor τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ 1 the riches of his glory upon Paul compares God’s wonderful actions here to great **riches**. Alternate translation: “his glory, which is of great value, upon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 23 t41s figs-explicit ἃ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν 1 which he had previously prepared for glory Here, **glory** refers to life in heaven with God. Alternate translation: “whom he prepared ahead of time in order that they might live with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ ROM 9 29 tk2e figs-explicit ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, κα
|
|||
ROM 9 30 m5l2 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 What will we say then Paul uses this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “This is what we must say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 30 ki4k ὅτι ἔθνη 1 That the Gentiles “We will say that the Gentiles”
|
||||
ROM 9 30 bnl6 τὰ μὴ διώκοντα δικαιοσύνην 1 who were not pursuing righteousness “who were not trying to please God”
|
||||
ROM 9 30 gl4m figs-explicit δικαιοσύνην…τὴν ἐκ πίστεως 1 righteousness,…that is by faith Here, **by faith** refers to placing one’s trust in Christ. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “because God made them right with him when they trusted in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 30 gl4m figs-explicit δικαιοσύνην…τὴν ἐκ πίστεως 1 righteousness, … that is by faith Here, **by faith** refers to placing one’s trust in Christ. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “because God made them right with him when they trusted in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 31 f18n figs-explicit οὐκ ἔφθασεν 1 did not attain it This means that the Israelites could not please God by trying to keep the law. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “were not able to please God by keeping the law because they could not keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 32 y4pf figs-ellipsis διὰ τί 1 Why not This is an ellipsis. You can include the implied words in your translation. Paul asks this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “Why could they not attain righteousness?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 32 j5jp figs-explicit ὡς ἐξ ἔργων 1 by works This refers to things that people do to try to please God. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “by trying to do things that would please God” or “by keeping the Law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -703,8 +703,8 @@ ROM 10 7 iw13 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have
|
|||
ROM 10 7 t8dd νεκρῶν 1 the dead This word speaks of physical death.
|
||||
ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification ἀλλὰ τί λέγει 1 But what does it say The word **it** refers to “the righteousness” of [Romans 10:6](../10/06.md). Here Paul describes **righteousness** as a person who can speak. Paul uses a question to emphasize the answer he is about to give. Alternate translation: “But this is what Moses says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-personification ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν 1 The word is near you Paul speaks of God’s message as if it were a person who can move. Alternate translation: “You have heard the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 The word is…in your mouth The word **mouth** is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “You know how to speak … God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν,…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is…in your heart The phrase **in your heart** is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: “You know what … God’s message means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 The word is … in your mouth The word **mouth** is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “You know how to speak … God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν,…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your heart The phrase **in your heart** is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: “You know what … God’s message means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 8 lh5d τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith “God’s message that tells us that we must believe in him”
|
||||
ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, Κύριον Ἰησοῦν 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord “if you confess that Jesus is Lord”
|
||||
ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner person. Alternate translation: “believe in your mind” or “truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -718,19 +718,19 @@ ROM 10 12 z8p4 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολὴ Ἰου
|
|||
ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 and he is rich to all who call upon him Here, **he is rich** means that God blesses richly. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “he richly blesses all who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here the word **name** is a metonym for Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The Lord will save everyone who trusts in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν 1 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word **they** refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: “Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 lx52 figs-rquestion πῶς…πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 How…can they believe in whom they have not heard Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: “And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard his message!” or “And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard the message about him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 lx52 figs-rquestion πῶς…πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 How … can they believe in whom they have not heard Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: “And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard his message!” or “And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard the message about him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 mrl8 πιστεύσωσιν 1 can they believe in Here this means to acknowledge that what that person has said is true.
|
||||
ROM 10 14 iwc1 figs-rquestion πῶς…ἀκούσωσιν χωρὶς κηρύσσοντος 1 How…can they hear without a preacher Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: “And they cannot hear the message if someone does not tell them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 iwc1 figs-rquestion πῶς…ἀκούσωσιν χωρὶς κηρύσσοντος 1 How … can they hear without a preacher Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: “And they cannot hear the message if someone does not tell them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim the gospel Paul uses “feet” to represent those who travel and bring the message to those who have not heard it. Alternate translation: “It is wonderful when messengers come and tell us the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 16 hku8 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **they** refers to the Jews. “not all of the Jews obeyed”
|
||||
ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 Lord, who has believed our message Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Lord, so many of them do not believe our message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 16 z4s9 τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, “our” refers to God and Isaiah.
|
||||
ROM 10 17 wu5a ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Here, **faith** refers to “believing in Christ”
|
||||
ROM 10 17 nq87 ἡ…ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 1 faith…and hearing by the word of Christ “hearing by listening to the message about Christ”
|
||||
ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? μενοῦνγε 1 But I say,…Did they not hear?…Yes, most certainly Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ROM 10 17 nq87 ἡ…ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 1 faith … and hearing by the word of Christ “hearing by listening to the message about Christ”
|
||||
ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? μενοῦνγε 1 But I say, … Did they not hear? … Yes, most certainly Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. The word **their** refers to the sun, moon, and stars. Here they are described as human messengers that tell people about God. This refers to how their existence shows God’s power and glory. You can make explicit that Paul is quoting Scripture here. Alternate translation: “As the Scriptures record, ‘The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God’s power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω 1 Moreover, I say,…Did Israel not know Paul uses a question for emphasis. The word **Israel** is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-you πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει, ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς. 1 First Moses says,…I will provoke you to jealousy…I will stir you up to anger This means that Moses wrote down what God said. “I” refers to God, and “you” refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “First Moses says that God will provoke you … God will stir you up to anger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω 1 Moreover, I say, … Did Israel not know Paul uses a question for emphasis. The word **Israel** is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-you πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει, ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς. 1 First Moses says, … I will provoke you to jealousy … I will stir you up to anger This means that Moses wrote down what God said. “I” refers to God, and “you” refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “First Moses says that God will provoke you … God will stir you up to anger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 ve6t ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation “by those you do not consider to be a real nation” or “by people who do not belong to any nation”
|
||||
ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here, **without understanding** means that the people do not know God. Alternate translation: “By a nation with people who do not know me or my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 g7zt παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 I will stir you up to anger “I will make you angry” or “I will cause you to become angry”
|
||||
|
|
@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ ROM 11 10 c1nj figs-metonymy τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντ
|
|||
ROM 11 11 z8tw 0 Connecting Statement: With Israel as a nation rejecting God, Paul warns the Gentiles to be careful they do not make the same mistake.
|
||||
ROM 11 11 r9hg figs-rquestion μὴ ἔπταισαν ἵνα πέσωσιν 1 Did they stumble so as to fall Paul uses this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Has God rejected them forever because they sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 11 qbx4 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md).
|
||||
ROM 11 11 f1jw παραζηλῶσαι 1 to provoke…to jealousy See how you translated this phrase in [Romans 10:19](../10/19.md).
|
||||
ROM 11 11 f1jw παραζηλῶσαι 1 to provoke … to jealousy See how you translated this phrase in [Romans 10:19](../10/19.md).
|
||||
ROM 11 12 ew4i figs-doublet εἰ…τὸ παράπτωμα αὐτῶν, πλοῦτος κόσμου, καὶ τὸ ἥττημα αὐτῶν, πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν 1 if their failure is the riches of the world, and if their loss is the riches of the Gentiles Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. If you need to, you can combine them in your translation. Alternate translation: “when the Jews failed spiritually, the result was that God abundantly blessed the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 11 12 dh1g πλοῦτος κόσμου 1 is the riches of the world Because the Jews rejected Christ, God richly blessed the Gentiles by giving them the opportunity to receive Christ.
|
||||
ROM 11 12 it9k κόσμου 1 of the world Here the **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world, especially the Gentiles.
|
||||
|
|
@ -798,20 +798,20 @@ ROM 11 20 puj9 ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 they were broken off The pronouns
|
|||
ROM 11 20 v2ua figs-metaphor σὺ δὲ τῇ πίστει ἕστηκας 1 but you stand firm because of your faith Paul speaks of the Gentile believers remaining faithful as if they were standing firm and no one could move them. Alternate translation: “but you remain because of your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 21 f6i7 figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων οὐκ ἐφείσατο, οὐδὲ σοῦ φείσεται 1 For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you Here the **natural branches** refers to the Jewish people who rejected Jesus. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare those unbelieving Jews, who grew up like a tree’s natural branches that came from the root, then know, if you do not believe, he will not spare you either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 xdm3 χρηστότητα καὶ ἀποτομίαν Θεοῦ 1 the kind actions and the severity of God Paul is reminding the Gentile believers that although God may act very kindly toward them, he will not hesitate to judge and punish them.
|
||||
ROM 11 22 p691 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πεσόντας, ἀποτομία; ἐπὶ…σὲ, χρηστότης Θεοῦ 1 severity came on those who fell,…God ’ s kindness comes on you This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “severity” and “kindness.” Alternate translation: “God dealt harshly with the Jews who fell … but God acts kindly toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 p691 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πεσόντας, ἀποτομία; ἐπὶ…σὲ, χρηστότης Θεοῦ 1 severity came on those who fell, … God ’ s kindness comes on you This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “severity” and “kindness.” Alternate translation: “God dealt harshly with the Jews who fell … but God acts kindly toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 scf8 figs-metaphor τοὺς πεσόντας 1 those who fell Doing what is wrong is spoken of as if it is falling down. Alternate translation: “the Jews who have done wrong” or “the Jews who have refused to trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 z41m figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν ἐπιμένῃς τῇ χρηστότητι 1 if you continue in his kindness This can be restated to remove the abstract noun “kindness.” Alternate translation: “if you continue doing what is right so that he continues being kind to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 t4mk figs-metaphor ἐπεὶ καὶ σὺ ἐκκοπήσῃ 1 Otherwise you also will be cut off Paul again uses the metaphor of a branch, which God can **cut off** if he needs to. Here, **cut off** is a metaphor for rejecting someone. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Otherwise God will cut you off” or “Otherwise God will reject you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 23 lvk7 figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἐπιμένωσι τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 if they do not continue in their unbelief The phrase **do not continue in their unbelief** is a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “if the Jews start believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 11 23 zu7k figs-metaphor ἐνκεντρισθήσονται 1 will be grafted in Paul speaks of the Jews as if they were branches that could be grafted back into a tree if they start to believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will graft them back in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 23 yjj6 ἐνκεντρίσαι 1 to graft…in This is a common process where the end of a live branch of one tree is inserted into another tree so that the new branch will continue to grow in that tree.
|
||||
ROM 11 23 r5kg κἀκεῖνοι…αὐτούς 1 they,…them All occurrences of “they” or “them” refer to the Jews.
|
||||
ROM 11 23 yjj6 ἐνκεντρίσαι 1 to graft … in This is a common process where the end of a live branch of one tree is inserted into another tree so that the new branch will continue to grow in that tree.
|
||||
ROM 11 23 r5kg κἀκεῖνοι…αὐτούς 1 they, … them All occurrences of “they” or “them” refer to the Jews.
|
||||
ROM 11 24 s1a4 figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ σὺ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἐξεκόπης ἀγριελαίου, καὶ παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεκεντρίσθης εἰς καλλιέλαιον, πόσῳ μᾶλλον οὗτοι, οἱ κατὰ φύσιν ἐνκεντρισθήσονται τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ 1 For if you were cut out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature were grafted into a good olive tree, how much more will these, who are the natural, be grafted back into their own olive tree Paul continues speaking of the Gentile believers and Jews as if they were branches of a tree. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For if God had cut you out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature had grafted you into a good olive tree, how much more will he graft these Jews, who are the natural branches, into their own olive tree?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 24 yn21 figs-metaphor οἱ κατὰ φύσιν 1 who are the natural Paul is speaking of the Jews and Gentiles as if they were branches. The “natural branches” represent the Jews, and the “grafted branches” represent the Gentile believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 ye5w figs-doublenegatives οὐ…θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Here Paul uses a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I very much want you to be aware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 w7lx ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 11 25 q3i2 θέλω 1 I…want The pronoun “I” refers to Paul.
|
||||
ROM 11 25 sf4v ὑμᾶς…ἦτε…ἑαυτοῖς 1 you…you will…be…your own thinking The pronouns “you” and “your” refer to the Gentile believers.
|
||||
ROM 11 25 q3i2 θέλω 1 I … want The pronoun “I” refers to Paul.
|
||||
ROM 11 25 sf4v ὑμᾶς…ἦτε…ἑαυτοῖς 1 you … you will … be … your own thinking The pronouns “you” and “your” refer to the Gentile believers.
|
||||
ROM 11 25 me1g figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ ἦτε παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι 1 in order that you will not be wise in your own thinking Paul does not want the Gentile believers to think they are wiser than the Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “so that you will not think you are wiser than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 ec4j figs-metaphor πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν 1 a partial hardening has occurred in Israel Paul speaks of “hardening” or stubbornness as if it were a hardening of physical organs in the body. Some Jews have refused to accept salvation through Jesus. Alternate translation: “many people of Israel continue to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 db1x ἄχρι οὗ τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσέλθῃ 1 until the completion of the Gentiles come in The word **until** here implies that some Jews will believe after God has finished bringing the Gentiles into the church.
|
||||
|
|
@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ ROM 11 26 bkr2 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ Ἰακώβ 1 from Jacob Here, **Jacob** i
|
|||
ROM 11 27 ll39 figs-metaphor ἀφέλωμαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 I will take away their sins Here Paul speaks of sins as if they were objects that someone could take away. Alternate translation: “I will remove the burden of their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 ctn9 figs-explicit κατὰ μὲν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 As far as the gospel is concerned You can make explicit why Paul mentions the gospel. Alternate translation: “Because the Jews rejected the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 x6aa figs-explicit ἐχθροὶ δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 they are enemies for your sake You can make explicit whose enemies they are, and how this was for the Gentiles’ sake. Alternate translation: “they are God’s enemies for your sake” or “God has treated them as enemies in order that you also might hear the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 dr2q figs-explicit κατὰ…τὴν ἐκλογὴν 1 As far as…is concerned,…election You can make explicit why Paul mentions election. Alternate translation: “because God has elected the Jews” or “because God has chosen the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 dr2q figs-explicit κατὰ…τὴν ἐκλογὴν 1 As far as … is concerned, … election You can make explicit why Paul mentions election. Alternate translation: “because God has elected the Jews” or “because God has chosen the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 jas2 figs-explicit ἀγαπητοὶ διὰ τοὺς πατέρας 1 they are beloved because of their forefathers You can make explicit who loves the Jews and why Paul mentions their forefathers. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God still loves them because of what he promised to do for their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 29 p2sf figs-metaphor ἀμεταμέλητα γὰρ τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For the gifts and the call of God are unchangeable Paul speaks of the spiritual and material blessings that God promised to give his people as if they were gifts. The call of God refers to the fact that God called the Jews to be his people. Alternate translation: “For God never changed his mind about what he has promised to give them, and about how he has called them to be his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 30 bj8g ὑμεῖς ποτε ἠπειθήσατε 1 you were formerly disobedient “you did not obey in the past”
|
||||
|
|
@ -880,8 +880,8 @@ ROM 12 17 fzh8 προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων
|
|||
ROM 12 18 pgt7 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people “do whatever you can to live in peace with everyone”
|
||||
ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym for God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “allow God to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 for it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For someone has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me…I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-you ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν;…πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν,…σωρεύσεις 1 your enemy…feed him.…give him a drink. For if you do this, you will heap All forms of “you” and “your” are addressed as to one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me … I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-you ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν;…πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν,…σωρεύσεις 1 your enemy … feed him. … give him a drink. For if you do this, you will heap All forms of “you” and “your” are addressed as to one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 12 20 q7dq ἀλλὰ ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 But if your enemy is hungry, feed him. If he is thirsty, give him a drink. For if you do this, you will heap coals of fire on his head In 12:20 Paul quotes another part of Scripture. Alternate translation: “But the Scripture also says, ‘If your enemy is hungry … his head’”
|
||||
ROM 12 20 e49j ψώμιζε αὐτόν 1 feed him “give him some food”
|
||||
ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-metaphor ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 you will heap coals of fire on his head Paul speaks of the blessings that the enemies will receive as if someone were pouring hot coals on their heads. This could mean: (1) You will make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you. (2) You will give God a reason to judge your enemy more harshly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -898,20 +898,20 @@ ROM 13 2 ui8y τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ 1 that authority “that government author
|
|||
ROM 13 2 dsa3 figs-activepassive οἱ…ἀνθεστηκότες, ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται 1 those who oppose it will bring judgment on themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will judge those who oppose government authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 13 3 m3yf γὰρ 1 For rulers Paul uses this word to begin his explanation of [Romans 13:2](../13/02.md) and to tell about what will result if the government condemns a person.
|
||||
ROM 13 3 c2xa οἱ…ἄρχοντες οὐκ εἰσὶν φόβος 1 For rulers are not a terror Rulers do not make good people afraid.
|
||||
ROM 13 3 jt2z τῷ ἀγαθῷ ἔργῳ,…τῷ κακῷ 1 to good deeds,…to evil deeds People are identified with their “good deeds” or “evil deeds.”
|
||||
ROM 13 3 jt2z τῷ ἀγαθῷ ἔργῳ,…τῷ κακῷ 1 to good deeds, … to evil deeds People are identified with their “good deeds” or “evil deeds.”
|
||||
ROM 13 3 z4sq figs-rquestion θέλεις δὲ μὴ φοβεῖσθαι τὴν ἐξουσίαν 1 Now do you desire to be unafraid of the one in authority Paul uses this question to get people to think about what they need to do in order not to be afraid of rulers. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you how you can be unafraid of the ruler.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 13 3 ahl9 ἕξεις ἔπαινον ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 you will receive his approval The government will say good things about people who do what is good.
|
||||
ROM 13 4 ink8 figs-litotes οὐ…εἰκῇ τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 he does not carry the sword for no reason You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he carries the sword for a very good reason” or “he has the power to punish people, and he will punish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ROM 13 4 s3vz figs-metonymy τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 he…carry the sword Roman governors carried a short sword as a symbol of their authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 13 4 s3vz figs-metonymy τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 he … carry the sword Roman governors carried a short sword as a symbol of their authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 13 4 au7j figs-metonymy ἔκδικος εἰς ὀργὴν 1 an avenger for wrath Here, **wrath** represents the punishment people receive when they do evil deeds. Alternate translation: “a person who punishes people as an expression of the government’s anger against evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 13 5 q81v οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience “not only so the government will not punish you, but also so you will have a clear conscience before God”
|
||||
ROM 13 6 r1jy διὰ τοῦτο 1 because of this “Because the government punishes evildoers”
|
||||
ROM 13 6 r4b3 figs-you τελεῖτε 1 you pay Paul is addressing the believers here, so this is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 13 6 hy4f γὰρ…εἰσιν 1 For…they are “This is why you should pay taxes: authorities”
|
||||
ROM 13 6 j1jm προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 who attend…continually “administer” or “work on”
|
||||
ROM 13 6 hy4f γὰρ…εἰσιν 1 For … they are “This is why you should pay taxes: authorities”
|
||||
ROM 13 6 j1jm προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 who attend … continually “administer” or “work on”
|
||||
ROM 13 7 z9cn figs-you ἀπόδοτε πᾶσι 1 Pay to everyone Paul is addressing the believers here, so this is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 13 7 wg2l figs-ellipsis τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον; τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος; τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due…fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due The word “pay” is understood from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Pay tax to whom tax is due and toll to whom toll is due. Pay fear to whom fear is due and honor to him to whom honor is due” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 13 7 nwi2 figs-metaphor τῷ τὸν…φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 to whom tax is due,…fear…fear is due, honor to whom honor is due Here paying **fear** and **honor** is a metaphor for fearing and honoring those who deserve to be feared and honored. Alternate translation: “Fear those who deserve to be feared, and honor those who deserved to be honored” or “Respect those whom you ought to respect, and honor those whom you ought to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 7 wg2l figs-ellipsis τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον; τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος; τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due … fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due The word “pay” is understood from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Pay tax to whom tax is due and toll to whom toll is due. Pay fear to whom fear is due and honor to him to whom honor is due” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 13 7 nwi2 figs-metaphor τῷ τὸν…φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 to whom tax is due, … fear … fear is due, honor to whom honor is due Here paying **fear** and **honor** is a metaphor for fearing and honoring those who deserve to be feared and honored. Alternate translation: “Fear those who deserve to be feared, and honor those who deserved to be honored” or “Respect those whom you ought to respect, and honor those whom you ought to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 7 s2nf τὸ τέλος 1 toll is due This is a kind of tax.
|
||||
ROM 13 8 s8pb 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells believers how to act toward neighbors.
|
||||
ROM 13 8 a69g figs-doublenegatives μηδενὶ μηδὲν ὀφείλετε, εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν 1 Owe no one anything, except to love one another This is a double negative. You can translate it in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Pay all you owe to everyone, and love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ ROM 13 9 wad4 ἐπιθυμήσεις 1 covet to desire to have or possess some
|
|||
ROM 13 10 vy62 figs-personification ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον κακὸν οὐκ ἐργάζεται 1 Love does not cause harm to one ’ s neighbor This phrase portrays love as a person who is being kind to other people. Alternate translation: “People who love their neighbors do not harm them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 13 11 b6l3 figs-metaphor εἰδότες τὸν καιρόν, ὅτι ὥρα ἤδη ὑμᾶς ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι 1 because we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep Paul speaks of the need for the Roman believers to change their behavior as if they needed to wake up from being asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 ahn4 figs-metaphor ἡ νὺξ προέκοψεν 1 The night has advanced Paul speaks of the time when people do evil deeds as night. Alternate translation: “The sinful time is almost over” or “It is as though the night is almost finished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 p7xp figs-metaphor ἡ…ἡμέρα ἤγγικεν 1 The…day has come near Paul speaks of the time when people do what is right as the day. Alternate translation: “the time of righteousness will begin soon” or “it is as though it will soon be day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 p7xp figs-metaphor ἡ…ἡμέρα ἤγγικεν 1 The … day has come near Paul speaks of the time when people do what is right as the day. Alternate translation: “the time of righteousness will begin soon” or “it is as though it will soon be day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 bb8t figs-metaphor ἀποθώμεθα οὖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους 1 Let us therefore put aside the works of darkness Paul speaks of **works of darkness** as if they are clothing that a person puts aside. Here to **put aside** means to stop doing something. Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for evil. Alternate translation: “Let us therefore stop doing the evil things that people do in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 y5n4 figs-metaphor ἐνδυσώμεθα…τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός 1 let us put on the armor of light Here, **light** is a metaphor for what is good and right. Paul speaks of doing what is right as if it were putting on armor to protect one’s self. Alternate translation: “let us start doing what is right. Doing this will protect us from what is evil like armor protects a solider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 13 gv4q figs-exclusive περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk Paul includes his readers and other believers with himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ ROM 14 21 mrr4 καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα, μηδὲ πιε
|
|||
ROM 14 21 iq9g ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female.
|
||||
ROM 14 21 e1du σου 1 your This refers to the strong in faith and “brother” refers to the weak in faith.
|
||||
ROM 14 22 hjk9 σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have This refers back to the beliefs about food and drink.
|
||||
ROM 14 22 b3hi figs-you σὺ…σεαυτὸν 1 you…yourself singular. Because Paul is addressing the believers, you may have to translate this using plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 14 22 b3hi figs-you σὺ…σεαυτὸν 1 you … yourself singular. Because Paul is addressing the believers, you may have to translate this using plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 14 22 r53r μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves “Blessed are those who do not feel guilty for what they decide to do”
|
||||
ROM 14 23 s1ph figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ διακρινόμενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ, κατακέκριται 1 But he who doubts is condemned if he eats You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will say that the person does wrong if he is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but he eats it anyway” or “The person who is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but then eats it anyway will have a troubled conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως 1 because it is not from faith Anything that is **not from faith** is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: “God will say that he is wrong because he is eating something he believes God does not want him to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -994,10 +994,10 @@ ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-explicit πρὸς οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build hi
|
|||
ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written Here Paul refers to a scripture where Christ (the Messiah) speaks to God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Messiah said to God in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 3 qni7 οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me The insults of those who insulted God fell on Christ.
|
||||
ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα γὰρ προεγράφη, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For in times past, the prophets wrote everything in the Scriptures to teach us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 4 m7yy figs-exclusive ἡμετέραν…ἔχωμεν 1 our…we would have Paul includes his readers and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 4 m7yy figs-exclusive ἡμετέραν…ἔχωμεν 1 our … we would have Paul includes his readers and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-explicit ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here, **have confidence** means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 5 u2zm 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers to remember that both Gentile believers and Jews that believe are made one in Christ.
|
||||
ROM 15 5 g5xm Θεὸς…δῴη 1 may…God…grant “I pray that … God … will grant”
|
||||
ROM 15 5 g5xm Θεὸς…δῴη 1 may … God … grant “I pray that … God … will grant”
|
||||
ROM 15 5 ws7q figs-metonymy τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 to be of the same mind with each other Here to be of the **same mind** is a metonym that means to be in agreement with each other. Alternate translation: “to be in agreement with each other” or “to be united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 6 uz1z figs-metonymy ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε 1 you may praise with one mouth This means to be united in praising God. Alternate translation: “praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 7 z941 προσλαμβάνεσθε ἀλλήλους 1 receive one another “accept one another”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1010,10 +1010,10 @@ ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is writt
|
|||
ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 sing praise to your name Here, **your name** is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “sing praise to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 10 yvy9 καὶ πάλιν λέγει 1 Again it says “Again the scripture says”
|
||||
ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people This refers to God’s people. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 11 xw7t ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν 1 let…praise him “praise the Lord”
|
||||
ROM 15 11 xw7t ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν 1 let … praise him “praise the Lord”
|
||||
ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metonymy ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse Jesse was the physical father of King David. Alternate translation: “descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 12 i4nn figs-explicit ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν 1 in him the Gentiles will have hope Here, **him** refers to the descendant of Jesse, the Messiah. Those who are not Jews will also trust him to fulfill his promises. Alternate translation: “The people who are not Jews can trust him to do what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-hyperbole πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 may…fill you with all joy and peace Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “fill you with great joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-hyperbole πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 may … fill you with all joy and peace Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “fill you with great joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 15 14 h98x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers in Rome that God chose him to reach the Gentiles.
|
||||
ROM 15 14 qfs6 figs-explicit πέπεισμαι…ἀδελφοί μου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ περὶ ὑμῶν 1 I myself am also convinced about you, my brothers Paul is quite sure that the believers in Rome are honoring each other in their behavior. Alternate translation: “I myself am completely sure that you yourselves have acted toward others in a completely good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 14 d878 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ ROM 15 24 vya3 figs-explicit καὶ ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆνα
|
|||
ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐὰν ὑμῶν…ἐμπλησθῶ 1 I have enjoyed your company “have enjoyed spending some time with you” or “have enjoyed visiting you”
|
||||
ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Here the words **Macedonia** and **Achaia** are synecdoches for the people who live in those areas. Alternate translation: “the believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Achaia were happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 15 27 w5ap εὐδόκησαν γάρ 1 Indeed they were pleased to do this “The believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased to do it”
|
||||
ROM 15 27 tfz1 γάρ…ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν αὐτῶν 1 Indeed…they are their debtors “indeed the people of Macedonia and Achaia are in debt to the believers in Jerusalem”
|
||||
ROM 15 27 tfz1 γάρ…ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν αὐτῶν 1 Indeed … they are their debtors “indeed the people of Macedonia and Achaia are in debt to the believers in Jerusalem”
|
||||
ROM 15 27 en7l εἰ…τοῖς πνευματικοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ ἔθνη, ὀφείλουσιν καὶ…λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them “since the Gentiles have shared in the spiritual things of the Jerusalem believers, the Gentiles owe service to the Jerusalem believers”
|
||||
ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 have made sure that they have received what was collected Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were a fruit that was collected for them. Alternate translation: “and have safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-explicit οἶδα δὲ ὅτι ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ, ἐλεύσομαι 1 But I know that when I come to you I will come in the fullness of the blessing of Christ This phrase means that Christ will bless Paul and the Roman believers. Alternate translation: “And I know that when I visit you, Christ will abundantly bless us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1071,18 +1071,18 @@ ROM 16 7 z9uk translate-names Ἰουνίαν 1 Junias This could mean: (1) This
|
|||
ROM 16 7 gce3 figs-activepassive οἵτινές εἰσιν ἐπίσημοι ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 They are prominent among the apostles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The apostles know them very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 16 8 h976 translate-names Ἀμπλιᾶτον 1 Ampliatus This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 8 alh2 τὸν ἀγαπητόν μου ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 my beloved in the Lord “my dear friend and fellow believer”
|
||||
ROM 16 9 bd5l translate-names Οὐρβανὸν…Στάχυν 1 Urbanus,…Stachys These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 10 k55t translate-names Ἀπελλῆν…Ἀριστοβούλου 1 Apelles,…of Aristobulus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 9 bd5l translate-names Οὐρβανὸν…Στάχυν 1 Urbanus, … Stachys These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 10 k55t translate-names Ἀπελλῆν…Ἀριστοβούλου 1 Apelles, … of Aristobulus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 10 q96n τὸν δόκιμον ἐν Χριστῷ 1 the approved in Christ The word **approved** refers to someone who has been tested and proved to be genuine. Alternate translation: “whom Christ has approved”
|
||||
ROM 16 11 gt6r translate-names Ἡρῳδίωνα…Ναρκίσσου 1 Herodion,…of Narcissus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 11 gt6r translate-names Ἡρῳδίωνα…Ναρκίσσου 1 Herodion, … of Narcissus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 11 ket9 figs-explicit τοὺς ὄντας ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 who are in the Lord This refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “who are believers” or “who belong to the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 16 12 sq9n translate-names Τρύφαιναν…Τρυφῶσαν…Περσίδα 1 Tryphaena…Tryphosa,…Persis These are women’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 16 12 sq9n translate-names Τρύφαιναν…Τρυφῶσαν…Περσίδα 1 Tryphaena … Tryphosa, … Persis These are women’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 16 13 zmf4 translate-names Ῥοῦφον 1 Rufus This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 16 13 zy3x figs-activepassive τὸν ἐκλεκτὸν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 chosen in the Lord You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the Lord has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 16 13 hqf6 figs-metaphor τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 his mother and mine Paul speaks of the mother of Rufus as if she were his own mother. Alternate translation: “his mother, whom I also think of as my mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 14 dwh9 translate-names Ἀσύγκριτον, Φλέγοντα, Ἑρμῆν, Πατροβᾶν, Ἑρμᾶν 1 Asyncritus, Phlegon, Hermes, Patrobas, Hermas These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 16 14 ck2w ἀδελφούς 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 16 15 ye9j translate-names Φιλόλογον…Νηρέα…Ὀλυμπᾶν 1 Philologus…Nereus…Olympas These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 16 15 ye9j translate-names Φιλόλογον…Νηρέα…Ὀλυμπᾶν 1 Philologus … Nereus … Olympas These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 16 15 n2rx translate-names Ἰουλίαν 1 Julia The name of a woman. Julia was probably the wife of Philologus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 16 16 g2z1 φιλήματι ἁγίῳ 1 a holy kiss an expression of affection for fellow believers
|
||||
ROM 16 16 t1q4 figs-hyperbole ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς αἱ ἐκκλησίαι πᾶσαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 All the churches of Christ greet you Here Paul speaks in a general manner concerning the **churches** of Christ. Alternate translation: “The believers in all the churches in this area send their greetings to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ ROM 16 21 z4g3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives greetings from the believers
|
|||
ROM 16 21 ku15 translate-names Λούκιος, καὶ Ἰάσων, καὶ Σωσίπατρος 1 Lucius, and Jason, and Sosipater These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 22 xu3q translate-names ἐγὼ, Τέρτιος, ὁ γράψας τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 I, Tertius, who write this epistle Tertius is the man who wrote down what Paul spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 22 nx4g ἀσπάζομαι ὑμᾶς…ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 greet you in the Lord “greet you as a fellow believer”
|
||||
ROM 16 23 sw7r translate-names Γάϊος…Ἔραστος…Κούαρτος 1 Gaius,…Erastus,…Quartus These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 23 sw7r translate-names Γάϊος…Ἔραστος…Κούαρτος 1 Gaius, … Erastus, … Quartus These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 23 j9u7 ὁ ξένος 1 the host This refers to Gaius, the person in whose house Paul and his fellow believers gathered for worship.
|
||||
ROM 16 23 m5hg ὁ οἰκονόμος 1 the treasurer This is a person who takes care of the money for a group.
|
||||
ROM 16 25 psm3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes with a prayer of blessing.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1114,4 +1114,4 @@ ROM 16 25 kmw1 κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, καὶ τὸ κή
|
|||
ROM 16 25 s5ky figs-metaphor κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου 1 according to the revelation of the mystery that had been kept secret for long ages Paul says that God has revealed previously hidden truths to the believers. He speaks of these truths as if they were a secret. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God has revealed to us believers the secret that he was keeping for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 16 26 d7r5 figs-doublet φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά τε Γραφῶν προφητικῶν, κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ…εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος 1 but now has been revealed and made known through the prophetic writings to all nations, by the command of the eternal God The verbs “revealed” and “made known” mean basically the same thing. Paul uses both of them to emphasize his point. You can combine these words and translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but now the eternal God has made it known to all the nations through the prophetic writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to bring about the obedience of faith Here, **obedience** and **faith** are abstract nouns. You can use the verbs “obey” and “trust” in your translation. You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ…ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God,…be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ…ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God, … be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
184
en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
184
en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
|
|
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 1 2 r9kg τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ…ἐν Κορίνθῳ 1 to the church of God at Corinth Your language may have a particular way of introducing the intended audience. Alternate translation: “wrote this letter to you in Corinth who believe in God”
|
||||
1CO 1 2 e75p ἡγιασμένοις ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 having been sanctified in Christ Jesus Here, **sanctified** refers to people whom God has reserved to honor him. Alternate translation: “to those whom Christ Jesus has set apart for God” or “to those whom God has set apart for himself because they belong to Christ Jesus”
|
||||
1CO 1 2 e8jw figs-activepassive τῇ οὔσῃ…κλητοῖς ἁγίοις 1 who are called to be saints You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has called to be holy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 1 2 l21m figs-metonymy τοῖς ἐπικαλουμένοις τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 those…who call on the name of our Lord Jesus Christ The word **name** here is a metonym for person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “who call on the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 1 2 l21m figs-metonymy τοῖς ἐπικαλουμένοις τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 those … who call on the name of our Lord Jesus Christ The word **name** here is a metonym for person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “who call on the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 1 2 l9rq figs-exclusive αὐτῶν καὶ ἡμῶν 1 their Lord and ours The word **ours** includes Paul’s audience. Jesus is the Lord of Paul and the Corinthians and all the churches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 1 3 gc2b 0 General Information: Paul and Sosthenes wrote this letter to the Christians who belonged to the church in Corinth.
|
||||
1CO 1 3 gc2c figs-you 0 General Information: Unless otherwise noted, such words as “you” and “your” refer to Paul’s audience and so are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 1 15 hv3m figs-metonymy ἵνα μή τις εἴπῃ, ὅτι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 so that no one might say that you were baptized into my name Here, **name** represents “authority.” This means Paul did not baptize others because they may claim that they became Paul’s disciples. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For some of you might have claimed that I baptized you to make you my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 1 16 ed59 translate-names τὸν Στεφανᾶ οἶκον 1 the household of Stephanas This refers to the family members and slaves in the house where Stephanas, a man, was the head. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CO 1 17 tg7i οὐ…ἀπέστειλέν με Χριστὸς βαπτίζειν 1 Christ did not send me to baptize This means that baptism was not the primary goal of Paul’s ministry.
|
||||
1CO 1 17 zn1n figs-activepassive σοφίᾳ λόγου…μὴ κενωθῇ ὁ σταυρὸς τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 clever speech,…the cross of Christ would not be emptied of its power Paul speaks of “words of human wisdom” as if they were people, the cross as a container, and of power as a physical thing that Jesus can put in that container. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “words of human wisdom … those words of human wisdom should not empty the cross of Christ of its power” or “words of human wisdom … people should not stop believing the message about Jesus and start thinking I am more important than Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 1 17 zn1n figs-activepassive σοφίᾳ λόγου…μὴ κενωθῇ ὁ σταυρὸς τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 clever speech, … the cross of Christ would not be emptied of its power Paul speaks of “words of human wisdom” as if they were people, the cross as a container, and of power as a physical thing that Jesus can put in that container. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “words of human wisdom … those words of human wisdom should not empty the cross of Christ of its power” or “words of human wisdom … people should not stop believing the message about Jesus and start thinking I am more important than Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 1 18 j7cw 0 Connecting Statement: Paul emphasizes God’s wisdom rather than man’s wisdom.
|
||||
1CO 1 18 fq4x ὁ λόγος…ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the message about the cross “the preaching about the crucifixion” or “the message of Christ’s dying on the cross”
|
||||
1CO 1 18 p4wb μωρία ἐστίν 1 is foolishness “is senseless” or “is silly”
|
||||
|
|
@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 1 26 w6l1 οὐ πολλοὶ 1 not many of you You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “Very few of you”
|
||||
1CO 1 26 pws2 σοφοὶ κατὰ σάρκα 1 were wise according to the flesh “what most people would call wise”
|
||||
1CO 1 26 w8rv εὐγενεῖς 1 were of noble birth “special because your family is important”
|
||||
1CO 1 27 qv5l figs-parallelism ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεός…τοὺς σοφούς…ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεός…τὰ ἰσχυρά 1 God chose…the wise,…God chose…the strong Paul repeats many of the same words in two sentences that mean almost the same thing to emphasize the difference between God’s way of doing things and how people think God should do them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 1 27 qv5l figs-parallelism ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεός…τοὺς σοφούς…ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεός…τὰ ἰσχυρά 1 God chose … the wise, … God chose … the strong Paul repeats many of the same words in two sentences that mean almost the same thing to emphasize the difference between God’s way of doing things and how people think God should do them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 1 27 b5n6 τὰ μωρὰ τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεός, ἵνα καταισχύνῃ τοὺς σοφούς 1 God chose the foolish things of the world in order to shame the wise “God chose to use those whom the world thinks are foolish to shame those whom the world thinks are wise”
|
||||
1CO 1 27 tsv5 τὰ ἀσθενῆ τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεός, ἵνα καταισχύνῃ τὰ ἰσχυρά 1 God chose the weak things of the world in order to shame the strong “God chose to use those whom the world thinks are weak to shame those whom the world thinks are strong”
|
||||
1CO 1 28 k3kd τὰ ἀγενῆ…καὶ τὰ ἐξουθενημένα 1 what is low and what is despised the people whom the world rejects. Alternate translation: “people who are humble and rejected”
|
||||
|
|
@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 2 intro k86p 0 # 1 Corinthians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verses 9 and 16, which are from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>Paul continues the discussion from the first chapter that contrasts human wisdom and God’s wisdom. For Paul, wisdom can be simple and human ideas foolish. He said the wisdom from the Holy Spirit is the only true wisdom. Paul uses the phrase “hidden wisdom” when he refers to previously unknown truths. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])
|
||||
1CO 2 1 kjc7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul contrasts human wisdom and God’s wisdom. He emphasizes that spiritual wisdom comes from God.
|
||||
1CO 2 1 qvj7 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1CO 2 2 a2g9 figs-hyperbole ἔκρινά τι εἰδέναι…εἰ μὴ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν 1 I decided…to know anything…except Jesus Christ When Paul said that he “decided to know nothing” he exaggerated to emphasize that he decided focus on and teach about nothing other than Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “I decided to teach nothing … except Jesus Christ” or “I decided not to teach anything … except Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1CO 2 2 a2g9 figs-hyperbole ἔκρινά τι εἰδέναι…εἰ μὴ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν 1 I decided … to know anything … except Jesus Christ When Paul said that he “decided to know nothing” he exaggerated to emphasize that he decided focus on and teach about nothing other than Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “I decided to teach nothing … except Jesus Christ” or “I decided not to teach anything … except Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1CO 2 3 s9lp κἀγὼ…ἐγενόμην πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 I was with you “I was visiting with you”
|
||||
1CO 2 3 e8li ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ 1 in weakness Possible meanings are: (1) “physically weak” (2) “feeling like I could not do what I needed to do.”
|
||||
1CO 2 4 z81a πειθοῖς σοφίας λόγοις 1 persuasive words of wisdom words that sound wise and with which the speaker hopes to cause people to do or believe something
|
||||
|
|
@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 2 7 k2ct πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων 1 before the ages “before God created anything”
|
||||
1CO 2 7 q2z9 εἰς δόξαν ἡμῶν 1 for our glory “in order to ensure our future glory”
|
||||
1CO 2 8 zc89 τὸν Κύριον τῆς δόξης 1 the Lord of glory “Jesus, the glorious Lord”
|
||||
1CO 2 9 fu1y ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ…ἀνέβη, ἃ…ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν 1 What eye…not…has…arisen…these things…who love him This is an incomplete sentence. Some translations make it a complete sentence: “Things that no eye … imagined; these are the things … who love him.” Others leave it incomplete but show that it is incomplete by using non-final punctuation here and beginning the next verse as a continuation of this verse: “‘Things that no eye … imagined, the things … who love him’—”
|
||||
1CO 2 9 fu1y ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ…ἀνέβη, ἃ…ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν 1 What eye … not … has … arisen … these things … who love him This is an incomplete sentence. Some translations make it a complete sentence: “Things that no eye … imagined; these are the things … who love him.” Others leave it incomplete but show that it is incomplete by using non-final punctuation here and beginning the next verse as a continuation of this verse: “‘Things that no eye … imagined, the things … who love him’—”
|
||||
1CO 2 9 j9ib figs-metonymy ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν, καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσεν, καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη 1 What eye has not seen, and ear has not heard, and has not arisen in man ’ s heart This is a triplet referring to all parts of a person to emphasize that no man has ever been aware of the things that God has prepared. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 2 9 t61v ἃ ἡτοίμασεν ὁ Θεὸς τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν 1 these things God has prepared for those who love him The Lord has created in heaven wonderful surprises for those who love him.
|
||||
1CO 2 11 h4p8 figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ οἶδεν ἀνθρώπων τὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, εἰ μὴ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ? 1 For who among men knows the things of a man except the spirit of the man that is within him Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one knows what a person is thinking except the person himself. Alternate translation: “No one knows what a person is thinking except that person’s spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 2 14 hq3u ψυχικὸς…ἄνθρωπος 1 the natural person the non-Christian person, who has not received the Holy Spirit
|
||||
1CO 2 14 gwe3 ὅτι πνευματικῶς ἀνακρίνεται 1 because they are spiritually discerned “because understanding these things requires the aid of the Spirit”
|
||||
1CO 2 15 w4q7 ὁ…πνευματικὸς 1 the one who is spiritual “The believer who has received the Spirit”
|
||||
1CO 2 16 m4pu figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ὃς συμβιβάσει αὐτόν? 1 For who has known the mind of the Lord…who will instruct him Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one knows the mind of the Lord. No one is as wise as the Lord. Alternate translation: “No one can know the mind of the Lord, so no one can teach him anything he does not already know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 2 16 m4pu figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ὃς συμβιβάσει αὐτόν? 1 For who has known the mind of the Lord … who will instruct him Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one knows the mind of the Lord. No one is as wise as the Lord. Alternate translation: “No one can know the mind of the Lord, so no one can teach him anything he does not already know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 3 intro g6ku 0 # 1 Corinthians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verses 19 and 20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fleshly people<br><br>The Corinthian believers were immature because of their unrighteous actions. He calls them “fleshly,” meaning acting as nonbelievers. This term is used in opposition to those who are “spiritual.” Christians following their “flesh” are acting foolishly. They are following the wisdom of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>There are many metaphors in this chapter. Paul uses “babies” and “milk” to illustrate spiritual immaturity. He uses the metaphors of planting and watering to describe the roles he and Apollos played in growing the church in Corinth. Paul uses other metaphors to help teach spiritual truths to the Corinthians and to help them to understand his teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 1 a43d 0 Connecting Statement: Paul now reminds the Corinthian believers of how they are actually living instead of behaving as their position before God is. He then reminds them that the person who teaches them is not as important as God who gives their growth.
|
||||
1CO 3 1 r4iw ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
|
|
@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 3 6 iah7 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἐφύτευσα 1 I planted The knowledge of God is compared to a seed which must be planted in order to grow. Alternate translation: “When I preached God’s word to you, I was like one who plants seeds in a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 6 gyi5 figs-metaphor Ἀπολλῶς ἐπότισεν 1 Apollos watered As seeds need water, faith needs further teaching in order for it to grow. Alternate translation: “and when Apollos continued to teach you God’s word, he was like one who waters a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 6 iq9n figs-metaphor ἀλλὰ ὁ Θεὸς ηὔξανεν 1 but God gave the growth As plants grow and develop, so faith and knowledge in God also grow and become deeper and stronger. Alternate translation: “but God caused you to grow” or “but just as God causes plants to grow, he causes you to grow spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 7 dl3z οὔτε ὁ φυτεύων ἐστίν τι…ἀλλ’ ὁ αὐξάνων, Θεός 1 neither he who plants…is anything, but God is the one who causes the growth Paul stresses that neither he nor Apollos is responsible for the believers’ spiritual growth, but it is God’s doing.
|
||||
1CO 3 7 dl3z οὔτε ὁ φυτεύων ἐστίν τι…ἀλλ’ ὁ αὐξάνων, Θεός 1 neither he who plants … is anything, but God is the one who causes the growth Paul stresses that neither he nor Apollos is responsible for the believers’ spiritual growth, but it is God’s doing.
|
||||
1CO 3 7 c68g figs-abstractnouns ὁ αὐξάνων, Θεός 1 God is the one who causes the growth Here to give growth means to cause growth. The abstract noun **growth** can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “it is God who causes you to grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1CO 3 8 s16b figs-metaphor ὁ φυτεύων…καὶ ὁ ποτίζων, ἕν εἰσιν 1 he who plants and he who waters are one Paul speaks of telling people the good news and teaching those who have accepted it as if they were planting and watering plants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 8 za43 ἕν εἰσιν 1 are one Here, **one** could mean: (1) This means “united in purpose.” (2) This means “equal in importance.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -145,14 +145,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 3 13 mv14 figs-metaphor ἡ γὰρ ἡμέρα δηλώσει 1 for the daylight will display it The **daylight** here is a metaphor for the time when God will judge everyone. When God shows everyone what these teachers have done, it will be like the sun has come up to reveal what happened during the night. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 13 ndu3 figs-metaphor ὅτι ἐν πυρὶ ἀποκαλύπτεται; καὶ ἑκάστου τὸ ἔργον, ὁποῖόν ἐστιν, τὸ πῦρ αὐτὸ δοκιμάσει 1 for it will be revealed in fire. The fire itself will test what is the quality of each one ’ s work Just as fire will reveal the strengths or destroy the weaknesses of a building, God’s fire will judge man’s efforts and activities. Alternate translation: “God will use fire to show the quality of his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 14 t8yv 0 General Information: The terms “a person” and “anyone’s” and “he” and “himself” refer to believers.
|
||||
1CO 3 14 s4u3 τὸ ἔργον μενεῖ 1 work…remains “work lasts” or “work survives”
|
||||
1CO 3 14 s4u3 τὸ ἔργον μενεῖ 1 work … remains “work lasts” or “work survives”
|
||||
1CO 3 15 c2xj figs-activepassive εἴ τινος τὸ ἔργον κατακαήσεται 1 if anyone ’ s work is burned up You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “if the fire destroys anyone’s work” or “if the fire ruins anyone’s work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 3 15 ups4 figs-abstractnouns ζημιωθήσεται 1 he will suffer loss The abstract noun “loss” can be expressed with the verb “lose.” Alternate translation: “he will lose his reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1CO 3 15 w1zv figs-activepassive αὐτὸς δὲ σωθήσεται 1 but…he himself will be saved You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but God will save him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 3 15 w1zv figs-activepassive αὐτὸς δὲ σωθήσεται 1 but … he himself will be saved You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but God will save him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 3 16 uq2g figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ναὸς Θεοῦ ἐστε, καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν? 1 Do you not know that you are God ’ s temple and the Spirit of God lives in you Paul is rebuking the Corinthians. Alternate translation: “You act as though you do not know that you are God’s temple and the Spirit of God lives in you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 3 18 glg8 μηδεὶς ἑαυτὸν ἐξαπατάτω 1 Let no one deceive himself Nobody should believe the lie that he himself is wise in this world.
|
||||
1CO 3 18 p3wi ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 in this age according to the way people who do not believe decide what is wise
|
||||
1CO 3 18 s7xi figs-irony μωρὸς γενέσθω 1 let him become a…fool “that person should be willing to have people who do not believe call him a fool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
1CO 3 18 s7xi figs-irony μωρὸς γενέσθω 1 let him become a … fool “that person should be willing to have people who do not believe call him a fool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
1CO 3 19 zws3 ὁ δρασσόμενος τοὺς σοφοὺς ἐν τῇ πανουργίᾳ αὐτῶν 1 He catches the wise in their craftiness God traps the people who think they are clever and uses their own schemes to trap them.
|
||||
1CO 3 20 la6x Κύριος γινώσκει τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς τῶν σοφῶν, ὅτι εἰσὶν μάταιοι 1 The Lord knows the thoughts of the wise, that they are futile “The Lord knows that what people who think they are wise plan to do is futile”
|
||||
1CO 3 20 kz2u μάταιοι 1 futile useless
|
||||
|
|
@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 4 5 wl3i figs-metaphor ὃς καὶ φωτίσει τὰ κρυπτὰ τοῦ σκότους, καὶ φανερώσει τὰς βουλὰς τῶν καρδιῶν 1 He will both bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the purposes of the hearts Here, **bring to light the hidden things of darkness** is a metaphor for making known to everyone things that were done in secret. Here, **heart** is a metonym for people’s thoughts and intentions. Alternate translation: “Like a light that shines on things in darkness, God will show what people have secretly done and what they secretly planned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 4 6 ijn5 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1CO 4 6 ziz9 δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 for your sakes “for your welfare”
|
||||
1CO 4 7 fnu3 figs-you σε…ἔχεις…ἔλαβες…ἔλαβες…καυχᾶσαι…λαβών 1 you…you have…you…receive?…you received it,…you boast…you…receive it Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of **you** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 4 7 fnu3 figs-you σε…ἔχεις…ἔλαβες…ἔλαβες…καυχᾶσαι…λαβών 1 you … you have … you … receive? … you received it, … you boast … you … receive it Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of **you** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 4 7 gtb5 figs-rquestion τίς γάρ σε διακρίνει? 1 For who makes you superior Paul is rebuking the Corinthians who think they are better than those who heard the gospel from someone else. Alternate translation: “For there is no difference between you and others.” or “For you are not superior to other people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 4 7 r6yw figs-rquestion τί δὲ ἔχεις ὃ οὐκ ἔλαβες? 1 What do you have that you did not receive Paul uses this question to emphasize that they did not earn the things they have. Alternate translation: “Everything that you have is what you have freely received.” or “God gave to you everything that you have for free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 4 7 e8l2 figs-rquestion τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών? 1 why do you boast as if you did not receive it Paul was rebuking them for boasting in what they had. Alternate translation: “you should not boast as if you had not done so.” or “you have no right to boast!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -176,10 +176,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 4 9 bb41 figs-parallelism ὁ Θεὸς ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀποστόλους…ἀπέδειξεν 1 God has exhibited us apostles Paul expresses two ways how God has put his apostles on display for the world to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 4 9 vfq3 figs-metaphor ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀποστόλους…ἀπέδειξεν 1 has exhibited us apostles God has displayed the apostles just like prisoners at the end of a Roman military parade, who are humiliated before their execution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 4 9 cs4r figs-metaphor ὡς ἐπιθανατίους 1 as men sentenced to death God put the apostles on display like men who are about to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 4 9 cqh4 figs-merism τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις 1 to the world…both to angels, and to men This could mean: (1) The **world** consists of both supernatural (“angels”) and natural (“human beings”). (2) The list consists of three items: “to the world, to angels, and to human beings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
1CO 4 10 fkw2 figs-irony ἡμεῖς μωροὶ…ἄτιμοι 1 We are fools…are dishonored Paul uses irony to shame the Corinthians so they will think about what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
1CO 4 9 cqh4 figs-merism τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις 1 to the world … both to angels, and to men This could mean: (1) The **world** consists of both supernatural (“angels”) and natural (“human beings”). (2) The list consists of three items: “to the world, to angels, and to human beings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
1CO 4 10 fkw2 figs-irony ἡμεῖς μωροὶ…ἄτιμοι 1 We are fools … are dishonored Paul uses irony to shame the Corinthians so they will think about what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
1CO 4 10 wqh7 ὑμεῖς ἔνδοξοι 1 You are honored “People treat you Corinthians as though you are important people”
|
||||
1CO 4 10 z22c ἡμεῖς…ἄτιμοι 1 We…are dishonored “people shame us apostles”
|
||||
1CO 4 10 z22c ἡμεῖς…ἄτιμοι 1 We … are dishonored “people shame us apostles”
|
||||
1CO 4 11 i298 ἄχρι τῆς ἄρτι ὥρας 1 Up to this present hour “Until now” or “Up to now”
|
||||
1CO 4 11 jj2y figs-activepassive κολαφιζόμεθα 1 we are brutally beaten This refers to hitting with the hand, not with whips or clubs. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people beat us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 4 11 yhf4 ἀστατοῦμεν 1 we are homeless Paul means that they had places to stay, but they had to move around from place to place. They had no fixed home.
|
||||
|
|
@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 4 14 t8jc νουθετῶ 1 to correct you tell someone that what they are doing is wrong and will cause bad things to happen
|
||||
1CO 4 14 ruu5 figs-metaphor τέκνα μου ἀγαπητὰ 1 my beloved children Because Paul had led the Corinthians to Christ, they are like his spiritual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 4 15 n8c1 figs-hyperbole μυρίους παιδαγωγοὺς 1 ten thousand guardians This is an exaggeration of the number of people guiding them, to emphasize the importance of the one spiritual father. Alternate translation: “very many guardians” or “a large crowd of guardians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1CO 4 15 m9ek ἐν…Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς ἐγέννησα 1 in…I became your father…Christ Jesus through the gospel Paul is emphasizing firstly that his relationship with the Corinthians is most importantly “in Christ,” secondly that it came because he told them the good news, and thirdly that he is the one who is like a father to them. Alternate translation: “it was because God joined you to Christ when I told you the good news that I was the one who became your father”
|
||||
1CO 4 15 m9ek ἐν…Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς ἐγέννησα 1 in … I became your father … Christ Jesus through the gospel Paul is emphasizing firstly that his relationship with the Corinthians is most importantly “in Christ,” secondly that it came because he told them the good news, and thirdly that he is the one who is like a father to them. Alternate translation: “it was because God joined you to Christ when I told you the good news that I was the one who became your father”
|
||||
1CO 4 15 n9hp figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς ἐγέννησα 1 I became your father Because Paul had led the Corinthians to Christ, he is like a father to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 4 17 hi7w μου τέκνον, ἀγαπητὸν καὶ πιστὸν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 my beloved and faithful child in the Lord “whom I love and whom I teach about the Lord as if he were my own child”
|
||||
1CO 4 18 v4fn δέ 1 Now This word indicates that Paul is shifting his topic to rebuking the arrogant behavior of the Corinthian believers.
|
||||
|
|
@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 6 intro s6hb 0 # 1 Corinthians 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lawsuits<br><br>Paul teaches that a Christian should not take another Christian to court before a non-Christian judge. It is better to be cheated. Christians will judge the angels. So they should be able to solve problems among themselves. It is especially bad to use a court to cheat another believer. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The temple of the Holy Spirit is an important metaphor. It refers to the place where the Holy Spirit stays and is worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Paul uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize important points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
|
||||
1CO 6 1 hv79 0 Connecting Statement: Paul then explains how believers are to settle disagreements with other believers.
|
||||
1CO 6 1 q5d3 πρᾶγμα 1 a dispute disagreement or argument
|
||||
1CO 6 1 gmy5 figs-rquestion τολμᾷ…κρίνεσθαι…τῶν ἁγίων? 1 does he dare to go to court…the saints Paul is emphasizing that Christians must resolve disagreements among themselves. Alternate translation: “he should not dare to go … saints!” or “he should be fear God and not go … saints!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 1 gmy5 figs-rquestion τολμᾷ…κρίνεσθαι…τῶν ἁγίων? 1 does he dare to go to court … the saints Paul is emphasizing that Christians must resolve disagreements among themselves. Alternate translation: “he should not dare to go … saints!” or “he should be fear God and not go … saints!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 2 i1m5 figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ ἅγιοι τὸν κόσμον κρινοῦσιν? 1 Or do you not know that the saints will judge the world Paul is shaming the Corinthians for acting like they do not know. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 2 i67f figs-rquestion καὶ εἰ ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος, ἀνάξιοί ἐστε κριτηρίων ἐλαχίστων? 1 And if the world will be judged by you, are you not competent to judge the least important cases Because they will be given greater responsibility later, they should be responsible for lesser things now. Alternate translation: “you will judge the world in the future, so you should be able to settle this matter now.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 3 h374 βιωτικά 1 the matters of this life “stop arguments about things that have to do with this life”
|
||||
|
|
@ -240,16 +240,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 6 4 xn32 βιωτικὰ μὲν οὖν κριτήρια ἐὰν ἔχητε, τοὺς ἐξουθενημένους ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τούτους καθίζετε? 1 So then, if you have legal disputes about things of this life, why do you appoint those men as judges who are of no account in the church “If you are called upon to make decisions about daily life” or “If you must settle matters that are important in this life”
|
||||
1CO 6 4 e791 figs-rquestion τοὺς ἐξουθενημένους ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τούτους καθίζετε? 1 why do you appoint those men as judges who are of no account in the church Paul is rebuking the Corinthians for how they are handling these cases. This could mean: (1) They should stop giving such cases to people who are outside the church. (2) They should give such cases even to members of the church who are not well regarded by other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 5 b2vy πρὸς ἐντροπὴν ὑμῖν 1 to your shame “to your dishonor” or “to show how you have failed in this matter”
|
||||
1CO 6 5 fue4 figs-rquestion οὕτως οὐκ ἔνι ἐν ὑμῖν οὐδεὶς σοφὸς, ὃς δυνήσεται διακρῖναι ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ? 1 this…Is there not any wise man among you who is able to settle a dispute between his brothers Paul is shaming the Corinthians. Alternate translation: “You should be ashamed that you cannot find a wise believer to settle arguments between believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 5 fue4 figs-rquestion οὕτως οὐκ ἔνι ἐν ὑμῖν οὐδεὶς σοφὸς, ὃς δυνήσεται διακρῖναι ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ? 1 this … Is there not any wise man among you who is able to settle a dispute between his brothers Paul is shaming the Corinthians. Alternate translation: “You should be ashamed that you cannot find a wise believer to settle arguments between believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 5 l1hd τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1CO 6 5 h8sv διακρῖναι 1 to settle a dispute argument or disagreement
|
||||
1CO 6 6 m7ls ἀλλὰ ἀδελφὸς μετὰ ἀδελφοῦ κρίνεται, καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ ἀπίστων? 1 But brother goes to court against brother, and this before unbelievers “believers who have disputes with each other ask unbelieving judges to make decisions for them”
|
||||
1CO 6 7 sv9j ἤδη…ἥττημα…ἐστιν 1 This…is…already a…defeat “is already a failure”
|
||||
1CO 6 7 sv9j ἤδη…ἥττημα…ἐστιν 1 This … is … already a … defeat “is already a failure”
|
||||
1CO 6 7 tn9m figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθε? διὰ τί οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἀποστερεῖσθε? 1 Why not rather suffer wrong? Why not rather be cheated Paul continues to shame the Corinthians. Alternate translation: “It would be better to let others wrong you and cheat you than to take them to court.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 8 kk7b ἀδελφούς 1 to your brothers All believers in Christ are brothers and sisters of each other. “your own fellow believers”
|
||||
1CO 6 9 h17l figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι 1 Or do you not know that Paul emphasizes that they should already know this truth. Alternate translation: “You already know that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 9 t1rt figs-metaphor κληρονομήσουσιν 1 will…inherit Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 6 9 vqx4 Θεοῦ Βασιλείαν οὐ κληρονομήσουσιν 1 will…inherit the kingdom of God?…not God will not judge them as righteous at the judgment, and they will not enter eternal life.
|
||||
1CO 6 9 t1rt figs-metaphor κληρονομήσουσιν 1 will … inherit Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 6 9 vqx4 Θεοῦ Βασιλείαν οὐ κληρονομήσουσιν 1 will … inherit the kingdom of God? … not God will not judge them as righteous at the judgment, and they will not enter eternal life.
|
||||
1CO 6 9 h2na figs-merism μαλακοὶ, οὔτε ἀρσενοκοῖται 1 male prostitutes, nor those who practice homosexuality This could mean: (1) This is a merism for all homosexual activity. (2) Paul is naming two different activities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
1CO 6 9 blc7 μαλακοὶ, οὔτε ἀρσενοκοῖται 1 male prostitutes, nor those who practice homosexuality This could mean: (1) This refers to men who allow other men to sleep with them. (2) This refers to men who allow men who pay them to sleep with them. (3) This refers to men who allow other men to sleep with them as part of a religious activity.
|
||||
1CO 6 9 qja8 ἀρσενοκοῖται 1 those who practice homosexuality men who sleep with other men
|
||||
|
|
@ -263,20 +263,20 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 6 12 r4mx πάντα μοι ἔξεστιν 1 Everything is lawful for me This could mean: (1) Paul is answering what some Corinthians might be thinking, “Some say, ‘I can do anything’.” (2) Paul is actually saying what he thinks is true, “God allows me to do anything.”
|
||||
1CO 6 12 q7dc ἀλλ’ οὐ πάντα συμφέρει 1 but not everything is beneficial Paul is answering whoever says, “Everything is lawful for me.” Alternate translation: “but not everything is good for me”
|
||||
1CO 6 12 c8vz figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐγὼ ἐξουσιασθήσομαι ὑπό τινος 1 I will not be mastered by anything You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not allow these things to rule over me like a master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 6 13 jz55 τὰ βρώματα τῇ κοιλίᾳ, καὶ ἡ κοιλία τοῖς βρώμασιν; ὁ δὲ Θεὸς καὶ ταύτην καὶ ταῦτα καταργήσει 1 Food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food,…but God will do away with both of them This could mean: (1) Paul is correcting what some Corinthians might be thinking, “food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food,” by answering that God will do away with both the stomach and food. (2) Paul actually agrees that “food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food,” but he is adding that God will do away with both of them.
|
||||
1CO 6 13 jta4 τὰ βρώματα τῇ κοιλίᾳ, καὶ ἡ κοιλία τοῖς βρώμασιν; ὁ δὲ Θεὸς καὶ ταύτην καὶ ταῦτα καταργήσει 1 Food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food,…but God will do away with both of them One possible meanings is that the speaker is speaking indirectly of the body and sex, but you should translate this literally as “stomach” and “food.”
|
||||
1CO 6 13 jz55 τὰ βρώματα τῇ κοιλίᾳ, καὶ ἡ κοιλία τοῖς βρώμασιν; ὁ δὲ Θεὸς καὶ ταύτην καὶ ταῦτα καταργήσει 1 Food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food, … but God will do away with both of them This could mean: (1) Paul is correcting what some Corinthians might be thinking, “food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food,” by answering that God will do away with both the stomach and food. (2) Paul actually agrees that “food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food,” but he is adding that God will do away with both of them.
|
||||
1CO 6 13 jta4 τὰ βρώματα τῇ κοιλίᾳ, καὶ ἡ κοιλία τοῖς βρώμασιν; ὁ δὲ Θεὸς καὶ ταύτην καὶ ταῦτα καταργήσει 1 Food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food, … but God will do away with both of them One possible meanings is that the speaker is speaking indirectly of the body and sex, but you should translate this literally as “stomach” and “food.”
|
||||
1CO 6 13 uc1v καταργήσει 1 will do away with “destroy”
|
||||
1CO 6 14 ev9l τὸν Κύριον ἤγειρεν 1 raised the Lord “caused the Lord to live again”
|
||||
1CO 6 15 gt2x figs-metaphor οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν μέλη Χριστοῦ ἐστιν? 1 Do you not know that your bodies are members of Christ The word translated as “members” refers to parts of a body. Our belonging to Christ is spoken of as if we were parts of his body. We belong to him so much that even our bodies belong to him. Paul uses this question to remind the people of something they should already know. Alternate translation: “You should know that your bodies belong to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 15 f4vd figs-rquestion ἄρας οὖν τὰ μέλη τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ποιήσω πόρνης μέλη? μὴ γένοιτο! 1 Should I then take away the members of Christ and make them members of a prostitute? May it never be Paul uses this question to emphasize how wrong it is for someone who belongs to Christ to go to a prostitute. Alternate translation: “I am part of Christ. I will not take my body and join myself to a prostitute!” or “We are parts of Christ’s body. We must not take our bodies and join ourselves to prostitutes!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 15 kmt2 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “That should never happen!” or “We must never do that!”
|
||||
1CO 6 16 seg6 figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι…σῶμά ἐστιν? 1 Or do you not know that…is…flesh with her Paul begins to teach the Corinthians by emphasizing a truth that they already know. “I want to remind you that … her.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 16 seg6 figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι…σῶμά ἐστιν? 1 Or do you not know that … is … flesh with her Paul begins to teach the Corinthians by emphasizing a truth that they already know. “I want to remind you that … her.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 16 z54k figs-activepassive ὁ κολλώμενος τῇ πόρνῃ, ἓν σῶμά ἐστιν 1 the one who is joined to a prostitute is one flesh with her You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when a man joins his body to the body of a prostitute, it is as if their bodies become one body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 6 17 c2tb figs-activepassive ὁ…κολλώμενος τῷ Κυρίῳ, ἓν πνεῦμά ἐστιν 1 the one who is joined to the Lord is one spirit with him You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when the Lord joins his spirit to the spirit of a person, it is as if their spirits become one spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 6 18 ex92 figs-metaphor φεύγετε 1 Flee from Paul speaks of a person rejecting sexual sin as if that person were running away from danger. Alternate translation: “Get away from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 6 18 sc9d figs-explicit τὴν πορνείαν. πᾶν ἁμάρτημα ὃ ἐὰν ποιήσῃ ἄνθρωπος ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν…δὲ 1 sexual immorality! Every other sin that a person might commit is outside the body, but This could mean: (1) Paul is showing that sexual sin is especially bad because it is not only against others but against the sinner’s own body. (2) Paul is quoting what some Corinthians were thinking. Alternate translation: “immorality! Some of you are saying, ‘Every sin that a person commits is outside the body,’ but I say that.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 6 18 jr46 ἁμάρτημα ὃ ἐὰν ποιήσῃ ἄνθρωπος 1 sin that a person might commit “evil deed that a person does”
|
||||
1CO 6 19 qy5j figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι…ἀπὸ Θεοῦ? καὶ οὐκ ἐστὲ ἑαυτῶν 1 Or do you not know that…from God? You are not your own Paul is continuing to teach the Corinthians by emphasizing what they already know. Alternate translation: “I want to remind you … God and that you are not your own.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 19 qy5j figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι…ἀπὸ Θεοῦ? καὶ οὐκ ἐστὲ ἑαυτῶν 1 Or do you not know that … from God? You are not your own Paul is continuing to teach the Corinthians by emphasizing what they already know. Alternate translation: “I want to remind you … God and that you are not your own.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 19 bb35 τὸ σῶμα ὑμῶν 1 your body the body of each individual Christian is a temple of the Holy Spirit
|
||||
1CO 6 19 d2mc figs-metaphor ναὸς τοῦ…Ἁγίου Πνεύματός 1 a temple of the Holy Spirit A temple is dedicated to divine beings, and it is also where they dwell. In the same way, each Corinthian believer’s body is like a temple because the Holy Spirit is present within them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 6 20 qv47 figs-activepassive ἠγοράσθητε γὰρ τιμῆς 1 for you were bought with a price God paid for the freedom of the Corinthians from the slavery of sin. You can state this as active. Alternate translation: “God paid for your freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -309,14 +309,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 7 11 lxf7 figs-activepassive τῷ ἀνδρὶ καταλλαγήτω 1 be reconciled to her husband You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “she should make peace with her husband and return to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 11 jd5w μὴ ἀφιέναι 1 should not divorce his Paul’s readers knew no difference between divorcing and simply separating. To do either was to end the marriage. Alternate translation: “should not separate from”
|
||||
1CO 7 12 k9yd συνευδοκεῖ 1 agrees willing or satisfied
|
||||
1CO 7 13 mw6k ἄνδρα 1 an…husband This is the same Greek word as for “man.”
|
||||
1CO 7 13 mw6k ἄνδρα 1 an … husband This is the same Greek word as for “man.”
|
||||
1CO 7 14 l84p figs-activepassive ἡγίασται γὰρ ὁ ἀνὴρ ὁ ἄπιστος ἐν τῇ γυναικί 1 For the unbelieving husband is sanctified through his wife This could mean: (1) God has set apart the unbelieving husband for himself because of his believing wife. (2) God treats the unbelieving husband as he would treat a son for the sake of his believing wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 14 s3gw ὁ ἀνὴρ…τῇ γυναικί 1 the…husband…his wife These are the same Greek words as for “man” and “woman.”
|
||||
1CO 7 14 s3gw ὁ ἀνὴρ…τῇ γυναικί 1 the … husband … his wife These are the same Greek words as for “man” and “woman.”
|
||||
1CO 7 14 w5y9 figs-activepassive ἡγίασται ἡ γυνὴ ἡ ἄπιστος ἐν τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 the unbelieving wife is sanctified through the brother This could mean: (1) God has set apart the unbelieving wife for himself because of her husband who believes. (2) God treats the unbelieving wife as he would treat a daughter for the sake of her husband who believes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 14 i1x4 τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 the brother the believing man or husband
|
||||
1CO 7 14 fmu5 figs-activepassive ἅγιά ἐστιν 1 they are holy This could mean: (1) God has set them apart for himself. (2) God treats them as he would treat his own children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 15 jef4 figs-metaphor οὐ δεδούλωται ὁ ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἡ ἀδελφὴ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις 1 In such cases, the brother or the sister is not bound Here, **brother** and **sister** refers to a Christian husband or wife. Here, **not bound to their vows** is a metaphor that mean the person is not obligated to do what they vowed to do. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “In such cases, God does not require the believing spouse to continue to obey the marriage vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 16 l559 figs-you οἶδας, γύναι…τὸν ἄνδρα σώσεις…οἶδας, ἄνερ…τὴν γυναῖκα σώσεις 1 you know, woman,…you will save your husband?…you know, man,…you will save your wife Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of **you** and **your** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 7 16 l559 figs-you οἶδας, γύναι…τὸν ἄνδρα σώσεις…οἶδας, ἄνερ…τὴν γυναῖκα σώσεις 1 you know, woman, … you will save your husband? … you know, man, … you will save your wife Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of **you** and **your** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 7 16 h5td figs-rquestion τί…οἶδας, γύναι, εἰ τὸν ἄνδρα σώσεις 1 how do you know, woman, whether you will save your husband Paul uses a question to cause women to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “you cannot know if you will save your unbelieving husband.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 7 16 dbz6 figs-rquestion τί οἶδας, ἄνερ, εἰ τὴν γυναῖκα σώσεις 1 how do you know, man, whether you will save your wife Paul uses a question to cause men to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “you cannot know if you will save your unbelieving wife.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 7 17 ya76 ἑκάστῳ 1 to each one “each believer”
|
||||
|
|
@ -324,8 +324,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 7 18 unc4 figs-rquestion περιτετμημένος τις ἐκλήθη? 1 Was anyone called when he was circumcised Paul was addressing the circumcised ones (the Jews). Alternate translation: “To the circumcised ones, when God called you to believe, you had already been circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 7 18 fqv6 figs-rquestion ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ κέκληταί τις? 1 Was anyone called in uncircumcision Paul was now addressing the uncircumcised ones. Alternate translation: “To the uncircumcised ones, when God called you to believe, you were not circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 7 20 yy8l figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words **us** and **we** refer to all Christians and include Paul’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 20 hsz1 ἐν τῇ κλήσει…μενέτω 1 in the calling…he should remain Here, **calling** refers to the work or social position in which you were involved. Alternate translation: “live and work as you did”
|
||||
1CO 7 21 ag5a figs-you ἐκλήθης…σοι…δύνασαι 1 Were you called…to you.…you are able Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of **you** and the command **be** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 7 20 hsz1 ἐν τῇ κλήσει…μενέτω 1 in the calling … he should remain Here, **calling** refers to the work or social position in which you were involved. Alternate translation: “live and work as you did”
|
||||
1CO 7 21 ag5a figs-you ἐκλήθης…σοι…δύνασαι 1 Were you called … to you. … you are able Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of **you** and the command **be** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 7 21 nli9 figs-rquestion δοῦλος ἐκλήθης? μή σοι μελέτω 1 Were you called as a slave? Let it not be a concern to you You can state this as a statement. Alternate translation: “To those who were slaves when God called you to believe, I say this: do not be concerned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 7 22 l6vq ἀπελεύθερος Κυρίου 1 the Lord ’ s freedman This freeman is forgiven by God and therefore free from Satan and sin.
|
||||
1CO 7 23 m53p figs-activepassive τιμῆς ἠγοράσθητε 1 You were bought with a price You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Christ bought you by dying for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -333,11 +333,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 7 24 c83e figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη 1 was called You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when God called us to believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 25 f71a περὶ δὲ τῶν παρθένων, ἐπιταγὴν Κυρίου οὐκ ἔχω 1 Now concerning the virgins, I do not have a commandment from the Lord Paul knows no teaching of Jesus that speaks about this situation. Alternate translation: “The Lord has not commanded me to say anything to people who have never married”
|
||||
1CO 7 25 vaa4 γνώμην…δίδωμι 1 I give an opinion “I tell you what I think”
|
||||
1CO 7 25 qqz7 ὡς ἠλεημένος ὑπὸ Κυρίου, πιστὸς εἶναι 1 having received mercy from the Lord,…as one who is trustworthy “because, by the Lord’s mercy, I am trustworthy”
|
||||
1CO 7 25 qqz7 ὡς ἠλεημένος ὑπὸ Κυρίου, πιστὸς εἶναι 1 having received mercy from the Lord, … as one who is trustworthy “because, by the Lord’s mercy, I am trustworthy”
|
||||
1CO 7 27 a77x figs-you 0 General Information: Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if he were speaking to each person, so all these instances of “you” and the command “do not seek” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 7 27 k9td figs-rquestion δέδεσαι γυναικί? μὴ ζήτει 1 Are you bound to a wife? Do not seek Paul uses this question to introduce a possible condition. The question can be translated as a phrase with “if.” Alternate translation: “If you are married, do not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 7 27 x2lk μὴ ζήτει λύσιν 1 Do not seek to be released “Do not try to divorce her” or “Do try to separate from her”
|
||||
1CO 7 27 d79c μὴ ζήτει…γυναῖκα 1 Do not seek…a wife “do not try to get married”
|
||||
1CO 7 27 d79c μὴ ζήτει…γυναῖκα 1 Do not seek … a wife “do not try to get married”
|
||||
1CO 7 28 whf5 figs-explicit ἐγὼ…ὑμῶν φείδομαι 1 I want to spare you from this The word **this** refers to the kinds of worldly trouble that married people might have. Alternate translation: “I want to help you not to have worldly trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 7 29 r594 ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν 1 The time is shortened “There is little time” or “Time is almost gone”
|
||||
1CO 7 30 vm8k οἱ κλαίοντες 1 those who weep cry or grieve with tears
|
||||
|
|
@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 7 36 wdj5 γαμείτωσαν 1 let them marry This could mean: (1) He should marry his fiancée. (2) He should let his daughter get married.
|
||||
1CO 7 37 nm99 figs-metaphor ὃς δὲ ἕστηκεν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἑδραῖος 1 But the one who stands firm in his heart Here, **standing firm** is a metaphor for deciding something with certainty. Here, **heart** is metonym for a person’s mind or thoughts. Alternate translation: “But if he has decided firmly in his own mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 7 39 d413 figs-metaphor γυνὴ δέδεται ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς 1 A wife is bound for as long as her husband lives Here, **bound** is a metaphor for a close relationship between people in which they support each other emotionally, spiritually, and physically. Here it means the union of marriage. Alternate translation: “A woman is married to her husband” or “A woman is united with her husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 7 39 ms7z ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ 1 for as long as…lives “until he dies”
|
||||
1CO 7 39 ms7z ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ 1 for as long as … lives “until he dies”
|
||||
1CO 7 39 y6rz ᾧ θέλει 1 whomever she wishes “anyone she wants”
|
||||
1CO 7 39 rr2d ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord “if the new husband is a believer”
|
||||
1CO 7 40 hwz4 τὴν ἐμὴν γνώμην 1 my judgment “my understanding of God’s word”
|
||||
|
|
@ -372,21 +372,21 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 8 4 v4gx figs-exclusive 0 General Information: “We” and “us” here refer to all believers and include Paul’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 8 4 y3ee figs-explicit οἴδαμεν ὅτι οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κόσμῳ, καὶ ὅτι οὐδεὶς Θεὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς 1 We know that an idol in this world is nothing and that there is no God but one Paul is probably quoting phrases that some Corinthians used. Being “nothing” represents having no power. Alternate translation: “We all know, as you yourselves like to say, that an idol in this world has no power and that there is no God but one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 8 5 sl8j λεγόμενοι θεοὶ 1 so - called gods “things that people call gods”
|
||||
1CO 8 5 l7ib θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κύριοι πολλοί 1 many…gods…and many…lords Paul does not believe that many gods and many lords exist, but he recognizes that the pagans believe they do.
|
||||
1CO 8 5 l7ib θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κύριοι πολλοί 1 many … gods … and many … lords Paul does not believe that many gods and many lords exist, but he recognizes that the pagans believe they do.
|
||||
1CO 8 6 y6hq ἀλλ’ ἡμῖν εἷς Θεὸς 1 yet for us there is only one God “Yet we know that there is only one God”
|
||||
1CO 8 7 th5p 0 General Information: Paul is speaking here of **weak** brothers, people who cannot separate food sacrificed to idols from the worship of those idols. If a Christian eats food that has been sacrificed to an idol, weak brothers might think that God will allow them to worship the idol by eating the food. Even if the eater has not worshiped the idol and is simply eating the food, he has still corrupted his weak brothers’ conscience.
|
||||
1CO 8 7 v7lt πᾶσιν…τινὲς 1 everyone.…some “all people … some people who are now Christians”
|
||||
1CO 8 7 v7lt πᾶσιν…τινὲς 1 everyone. … some “all people … some people who are now Christians”
|
||||
1CO 8 7 ba7e μολύνεται 1 is defiled ruined or harmed
|
||||
1CO 8 8 ii4m figs-personification βρῶμα…ἡμᾶς οὐ παραστήσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 food will not present us to God Paul speaks of food as though it were a person who could make God welcome us. Alternate translation: “food does not give us favor with God” or “the food we eat does not make God pleased with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1CO 8 8 x91v figs-doublenegatives οὔτε ἐὰν μὴ φάγωμεν, ὑστερούμεθα; οὔτε ἐὰν φάγωμεν, περισσεύομεν 1 We are not worse if we do not eat, nor better if we do eat You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “Some people might think that if we do not eat some things, God will love us less. But they are wrong. Those who think that God will love us more if we do eat those things are also wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1CO 8 9 f3ds τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν 1 for those who are weak believers not strong in their faith
|
||||
1CO 8 10 usg7 figs-you ἴδῃ τὸν ἔχοντα 1 sees the one who has Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so these words are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 8 10 i6ej ἡ συνείδησις αὐτοῦ 1 his conscience what he understands to be right and wrong
|
||||
1CO 8 10 x5pa οἰκοδομηθήσεται, εἰς…ἐσθίειν 1 will…be built up so as to eat “encouraged to eat”
|
||||
1CO 8 10 x5pa οἰκοδομηθήσεται, εἰς…ἐσθίειν 1 will … be built up so as to eat “encouraged to eat”
|
||||
1CO 8 11 ez6t figs-you τῇ σῇ γνώσει 1 your knowledge Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **your** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 8 11 g5tn ἀπόλλυται…ὁ ἀσθενῶν 1 the one who is weak,…is destroyed The brother or sister who is not strong in his or her faith will sin or lose his or her faith.
|
||||
1CO 8 11 g5tn ἀπόλλυται…ὁ ἀσθενῶν 1 the one who is weak, … is destroyed The brother or sister who is not strong in his or her faith will sin or lose his or her faith.
|
||||
1CO 8 13 i8tb διόπερ 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true”
|
||||
1CO 8 13 vf92 figs-metonymy εἰ βρῶμα σκανδαλίζει 1 if food causes…to stumble **Food** here is a metonym for the person eating the food. Alternate translation: “if I cause by eating” or “if I, because of what I eat, cause” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 8 13 vf92 figs-metonymy εἰ βρῶμα σκανδαλίζει 1 if food causes … to stumble **Food** here is a metonym for the person eating the food. Alternate translation: “if I cause by eating” or “if I, because of what I eat, cause” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 9 intro z8d4 0 # 1 Corinthians 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul defends himself in this chapter. Some people claimed that he was trying to gain financially from the church.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Earning money from the church<br><br>People accused Paul of just wanting money from the church. Paul answered that he rightfully could get money from the church. The Old Testament taught that those who worked should get their living from their work. He and Barnabas purposefully never used this right and earned their own living.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Paul uses many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors teach complex truths. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Contextualization<br><br>This passage is important because Paul “contextualizes” ministering the gospel to different audiences. This means that Paul makes himself and the gospel understandable without his actions hindering the gospel being received. The translator should take extra care to preserve aspects of this “contextualization” if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize various points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
|
||||
1CO 9 1 fu7x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains how he uses the liberty he has in Christ.
|
||||
1CO 9 1 mdm4 figs-rquestion οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐλεύθερος 1 Am I not free Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of the rights he has. Alternate translation: “I am a free person.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -394,9 +394,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 9 1 re1t figs-rquestion οὐχὶ Ἰησοῦν τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν ἑόρακα 1 Have I not seen Jesus our Lord Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of who he is. Alternate translation: “I have seen Jesus our Lord.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 1 zd7e figs-rquestion οὐ τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Are you not my workmanship in the Lord Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of their relationship to him. Alternate translation: “You believe in Christ because I have worked the way the Lord wants me to.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 2 j6qz figs-metonymy ἡ…σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς, ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 you are the proof of my apostleship in the Lord **Proof** here is a metonym for the evidence needed to prove something. Alternate translation: “you are evidence I can use to prove that the Lord has chosen me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 9 3 b17x ἡ ἐμὴ ἀπολογία…ἐμὲ…αὕτη: 1 This…my defense…me This could mean: (1) The words that follow are Paul’s defense. (2) The words in 1 Corinthians 9:1-2 are Paul’s defense. Alternate translation: “This is my defense … me.”
|
||||
1CO 9 3 b17x ἡ ἐμὴ ἀπολογία…ἐμὲ…αὕτη: 1 This … my defense … me This could mean: (1) The words that follow are Paul’s defense. (2) The words in 1 Corinthians 9:1-2 are Paul’s defense. Alternate translation: “This is my defense … me.”
|
||||
1CO 9 4 mr4g figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν φαγεῖν καὶ πεῖν 1 Do we not have the right to eat and drink Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: “We have the absolute right to receive food and drink from the churches.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 4 p4vq figs-exclusive ἔχομεν 1 we…have Here, **we** refers to Paul and Barnabas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 9 4 p4vq figs-exclusive ἔχομεν 1 we … have Here, **we** refers to Paul and Barnabas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 9 5 s9k8 figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν ἀδελφὴν, γυναῖκα περιάγειν, ὡς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπόστολοι, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ Κηφᾶς? 1 Do we not have the right to take along with us a believing wife, even as the rest of the apostles, and the brothers of the Lord, and Cephas Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: “If we have believing wives, we have a right to take them with us just as the other apostles take them, and the brothers of the Lord, and Cephas.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 6 wx1p figs-rquestion ἢ μόνος ἐγὼ καὶ Βαρναβᾶς, οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν μὴ ἐργάζεσθαι? 1 Or is it only Barnabas and I who do not have the right not to work Paul is shaming the Corinthians. Alternate translation: “You seem to think that the only people you think need to work to earn money are Barnabas and me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 7 f3qf figs-rquestion τίς στρατεύεται ἰδίοις ὀψωνίοις ποτέ? 1 Who serves as a soldier at any time at his own expense Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: “We all know that no soldier has to buy his own supplies.” or “We all know that every soldier receives his supplies from the government.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -438,8 +438,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 9 24 urh5 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι οἱ ἐν σταδίῳ τρέχοντες, πάντες μὲν τρέχουσιν, εἷς δὲ λαμβάνει τὸ βραβεῖον? 1 Do you not know that in a race all the runners run, but only one receives the prize Paul is reminding the Corinthians of what they know so he can add new information. Alternate translation: “Let me remind you that although all runners run the race, only one runner receives the prize.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 24 mq1d figs-metaphor τρέχουσιν 1 run Paul compares living the Christian life and working for God to running a race and being an athlete. As in a race, the Christian life and work require strict discipline on the part of the runner, and, as in a race, the Christian has a specific goal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 9 24 mh8z figs-metaphor οὕτως τρέχετε, ἵνα καταλάβητε 1 So run in such a way that you might obtain it Paul is speaking of the reward God will give his faithful people as if it were a prize given for an athletic contest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 9 25 bfe4 figs-metaphor φθαρτὸν στέφανον…ἄφθαρτον 1 a perishable crown,…an imperishable one A wreath is a bunch of leaves twisted together. Wreaths were given as prizes to athletes who won games and races. Paul speaks of eternal life as if it were a wreath that would never dry up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 9 26 k64n figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…οὕτως τρέχω, ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως; οὕτως πυκτεύω, ὡς οὐκ ἀέρα δέρων 1 I run thus, not as without purpose…I fight thus, not as boxing the air Here, **running** and **boxing** are both metaphors for living the Christian life and serving God. You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “I know very well why I am running, and I know what I am doing when I box” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1CO 9 25 bfe4 figs-metaphor φθαρτὸν στέφανον…ἄφθαρτον 1 a perishable crown, … an imperishable one A wreath is a bunch of leaves twisted together. Wreaths were given as prizes to athletes who won games and races. Paul speaks of eternal life as if it were a wreath that would never dry up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 9 26 k64n figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…οὕτως τρέχω, ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως; οὕτως πυκτεύω, ὡς οὐκ ἀέρα δέρων 1 I run thus, not as without purpose … I fight thus, not as boxing the air Here, **running** and **boxing** are both metaphors for living the Christian life and serving God. You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “I know very well why I am running, and I know what I am doing when I box” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1CO 9 27 blb7 figs-activepassive μή…αὐτὸς ἀδόκιμος γένωμαι 1 I myself might not be disqualified This passive sentence can be rephrased to an active form. The judge of a race or competition is a metaphor for God. Alternate translation: “the judge will not disqualify me” or “God will not say that I have failed to obey the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 10 intro abcd 0 # 1 Corinthians 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 8-10 together answer the question: “Is it acceptable to eat meat that has been sacrificed to an idol?”<br><br>In this chapter, Paul uses the exodus to warn people not to sin. Then, he returns to discussing meat offered to idols. He uses the Lord’s Supper as an example. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exodus<br><br>Paul uses the experiences of Israel leaving Egypt and roaming the desert as a warning to the believers. Although the Israelites all followed Moses, they all died on the way. None of them reached the Promised Land. Some worshiped an idol, some tested God, and some grumbled. Paul warns Christians not to sin. We can resist temptation because God provides a way of escape. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### Eating meat sacrificed to idol<br><br>Paul discusses meat offered to idols. Christians are allowed to eat, but it may hurt others. So when buying meat or eating with a friend, do not ask if it has been offered to idols. But if someone tells you it has been offered to idols, don’t eat it for the sake of that person. Do not offend anyone. Seek to save them instead. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize important points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
|
||||
1CO 10 1 r66h 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds them of the example of their ancient Jewish fathers’ experiences with immorality and idolatry.
|
||||
|
|
@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 10 1 z5s9 διὰ…διῆλθον 1 passed through “walked through” or “traveled through”
|
||||
1CO 10 2 f7cq πάντες εἰς τὸν Μωϋσῆν ἐβαπτίσαντο 1 They all were baptized into Moses “All followed and were committed to Moses”
|
||||
1CO 10 2 y72i ἐν τῇ νεφέλῃ 1 in the cloud by the cloud that represented the presence of God and led the Israelites during the day
|
||||
1CO 10 4 xut2 τὸ αὐτὸ πνευματικὸν ἔπιον πόμα…πνευματικῆς…πέτρας 1 They…drank the same spiritual drink,…a spiritual rock “drank the same water that God supernaturally brought out of the rock … supernatural rock”
|
||||
1CO 10 4 xut2 τὸ αὐτὸ πνευματικὸν ἔπιον πόμα…πνευματικῆς…πέτρας 1 They … drank the same spiritual drink, … a spiritual rock “drank the same water that God supernaturally brought out of the rock … supernatural rock”
|
||||
1CO 10 4 whj4 figs-metonymy ἡ…πέτρα ἦν ὁ Χριστός 1 that rock was Christ The “rock” was a literal, physical rock, so it would be best to translate this literally. If your language cannot say that a rock “was” a person’s name, treat the word **rock** as a metonym for the power of Christ that worked through the rock. Alternate translation: “it was Christ who worked through that rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 10 5 lh93 figs-litotes οὐκ…ηὐδόκησεν 1 was not well pleased “displeased” or “angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
1CO 10 5 tnu4 τοῖς πλείοσιν αὐτῶν 1 most of them the Israelite fathers
|
||||
|
|
@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 10 7 nzt9 εἰδωλολάτραι 1 idolaters people who worship idols
|
||||
1CO 10 7 n175 ἐκάθισεν…φαγεῖν καὶ πεῖν 1 sat down to eat and drink “sat down to eat a meal”
|
||||
1CO 10 7 ukp4 figs-euphemism παίζειν 1 to play Paul is quoting the Jewish scriptures. His readers would have understood from this one word that the people were worshiping an idol by singing and dancing and engaging in sexual activities, not simply enjoying innocent fun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1CO 10 8 vw5g ἔπεσαν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ εἴκοσι τρεῖς χιλιάδες 1 twenty…three thousand people fell in one day “God killed 23,000 people in one day”
|
||||
1CO 10 8 vw5g ἔπεσαν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ εἴκοσι τρεῖς χιλιάδες 1 twenty … three thousand people fell in one day “God killed 23,000 people in one day”
|
||||
1CO 10 9 l5h4 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ τῶν ὄφεων ἀπώλλυντο 1 were destroyed by the snakes You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “did. As a result, snakes destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 10 10 nye7 γογγύζετε 1 grumble complaining
|
||||
1CO 10 10 i3q3 figs-activepassive ἀπώλοντο ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀλοθρευτοῦ 1 were destroyed by the destroyer You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “did. As a result, an angel of death destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -483,18 +483,18 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 10 21 dy2g figs-metonymy οὐ δύνασθε ποτήριον Κυρίου πίνειν, καὶ ποτήριον δαιμονίων 1 You cannot drink the cup of the Lord and the cup of demons Paul speaks of a person drinking from the same cup as the demon as evidence that that person is a friend of the demon. Alternate translation: “It is impossible for you to be true friends with both the Lord and demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 10 21 qwk7 οὐ δύνασθε τραπέζης Κυρίου μετέχειν, καὶ τραπέζης δαιμονίων 1 You cannot partake of the table of the Lord and of the table of demons “It is impossible for you to be truly one with the Lord’s people and also with demons”
|
||||
1CO 10 22 l8ik ἢ παραζηλοῦμεν τὸν Κύριον 1 Or do we provoke the Lord to jealousy Paul wants the Corinthians to answer this question in their minds. Alternate translation: “You should know without me telling you that it is not right to make the Lord jealous.”
|
||||
1CO 10 22 h9fh παραζηλοῦμεν 1 do we provoke…to jealousy to anger or irritate
|
||||
1CO 10 22 h9fh παραζηλοῦμεν 1 do we provoke … to jealousy to anger or irritate
|
||||
1CO 10 22 zv17 figs-rquestion μὴ ἰσχυρότεροι αὐτοῦ ἐσμεν? 1 We are not stronger than him, are we Paul wants the Corinthians to answer this question in their minds. Alternate translation: “You should know without me telling you that we are not stronger than God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 10 23 ped1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul again reminds them of the law of liberty and doing everything for the benefit of others.
|
||||
1CO 10 23 tu2m πάντα ἔξεστιν 1 Everything is lawful This could mean: (1) Paul is answering what some Corinthians might be thinking, “Some say, ‘I can do anything’.” (2) Paul is actually saying what he thinks is true, “God allows me to do anything.” This should be translated as in [1 Corinthians 6:12](../06/12.md).
|
||||
1CO 10 23 jm4k οὐ πάντα συμφέρει 1 not everything is beneficial “some things are not beneficial”
|
||||
1CO 10 23 ex6z figs-metaphor οὐ πάντα οἰκοδομεῖ 1 not everything builds people up Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. See how you translated “builds up” in [1 Corinthians 8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “not everything strengthens people” or “some things do not strengthen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 10 27 g31y ὑμῖν…μηδὲν ἀνακρίνοντες διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 you without asking questions for the sake of your conscience “you. God wants you to eat the food with a clear conscience”
|
||||
1CO 10 28 q3zt figs-you ἐὰν δέ τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ…μὴ ἐσθίετε…τὸν μηνύσαντα 1 But if someone says to you,…do not eat it,…who informed you Some translations put this verse, continuing to “and not yours” in the next verse, in parentheses because: (1) The forms of **you** and **eat** here are singular, but Paul uses the plural form immediately before and after this sentence. (2) The words “For why should my freedom be judged by another’s conscience?” in the next verse seem to build on “eat whatever is set before you without asking questions of conscience” ([1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md)) rather than “the conscience of the other man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 10 28 qi77 figs-you ὑμῖν εἴπῃ…μὴ ἐσθίετε…τὸν μηνύσαντα 1 says to you,…do not eat it,…who informed you Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **you** and the command **do not eat** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 10 28 q3zt figs-you ἐὰν δέ τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ…μὴ ἐσθίετε…τὸν μηνύσαντα 1 But if someone says to you, … do not eat it, … who informed you Some translations put this verse, continuing to “and not yours” in the next verse, in parentheses because: (1) The forms of **you** and **eat** here are singular, but Paul uses the plural form immediately before and after this sentence. (2) The words “For why should my freedom be judged by another’s conscience?” in the next verse seem to build on “eat whatever is set before you without asking questions of conscience” ([1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md)) rather than “the conscience of the other man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 10 28 qi77 figs-you ὑμῖν εἴπῃ…μὴ ἐσθίετε…τὸν μηνύσαντα 1 says to you, … do not eat it, … who informed you Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **you** and the command **do not eat** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 10 29 v1d9 figs-you συνείδησιν δὲ λέγω, οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ 1 now I mean the conscience, not your own Some translations put these words, along with the words in the verse before this one, in parentheses because (1) the form of **yours** here is singular, but Paul uses the plural form immediately before and after this sentence, and (2) The words **For why should my freedom be judged by another’s conscience?** in this verse seem to build on “eat whatever is set before you without asking questions of conscience” ([1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md)) rather than “the conscience of the other man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 10 29 s1wk figs-you οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ 1 not your own Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **yours** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 10 29 k8xr ἵνα τί γὰρ…συνειδήσεως? 1 For why…conscience Possible meanings for this question, along with the question in the next verse, are (1) The word **for** refers back to [1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md). Alternate translation: “I am not to ask questions of conscience, so why … conscience?” (2) Paul is quoting what some Corinthians were thinking. Alternate translation: “As some of you might be thinking, ‘For why … conscience?’”
|
||||
1CO 10 29 k8xr ἵνα τί γὰρ…συνειδήσεως? 1 For why … conscience Possible meanings for this question, along with the question in the next verse, are (1) The word **for** refers back to [1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md). Alternate translation: “I am not to ask questions of conscience, so why … conscience?” (2) Paul is quoting what some Corinthians were thinking. Alternate translation: “As some of you might be thinking, ‘For why … conscience?’”
|
||||
1CO 10 29 d4q1 figs-rquestion ἵνα τί…ἡ ἐλευθερία μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως? 1 why should my freedom be judged by another ’ s conscience The speaker wants the hearer to answer the question in his mind. Alternate translation: “You should know without me telling you that no one should be able to say I am doing wrong just because that person has ideas about right and wrong that are different from mine.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 10 30 dv5f figs-rquestion εἰ ἐγὼ χάριτι μετέχω, τί βλασφημοῦμαι ὑπὲρ οὗ ἐγὼ εὐχαριστῶ? 1 If I partake of the meal with gratitude, why am I being insulted for that for which I gave thanks The speaker wants the hearer to answer the question in his mind. Alternate translation: “I partake of the meal with gratitude, so no one should insult me for that for which I gave thanks.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 10 30 x2v5 εἰ ἐγὼ…μετέχω 1 If I partake of the meal If Paul is not quoting what some Corinthians might be thinking, the “I” represents those who eat meat with thankfulness. “If a person partakes” or “When a person eats”
|
||||
|
|
@ -508,18 +508,18 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 11 2 qsk9 πάντα μου μέμνησθε 1 you remember me in everything “you think of me at all times” or “you always try act as I would want you to act” The Corinthians had not forgotten who Paul was or what he had taught them.
|
||||
1CO 11 3 k5um θέλω δὲ 1 Now I want This could mean: (1) Paul is saying, “Because of this, I want.” (2) Paul is saying, “However, I want.”
|
||||
1CO 11 3 hbt7 ἡ κεφαλὴ…ἐστιν 1 is the head has authority over
|
||||
1CO 11 3 en95 κεφαλὴ…γυναικὸς ὁ ἀνήρ 1 head…the man…of a woman This could mean: (1) Men are to have authority over women. (2) The husband is to have authority over the wife.
|
||||
1CO 11 3 en95 κεφαλὴ…γυναικὸς ὁ ἀνήρ 1 head … the man … of a woman This could mean: (1) Men are to have authority over women. (2) The husband is to have authority over the wife.
|
||||
1CO 11 4 uuv2 κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων 1 having something on his head “and does so after placing a cloth or veil over his head”
|
||||
1CO 11 4 lit3 καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 dishonors his head This could mean: (1) Paul is saying this brings disgrace on the man. (2) Paul is saying this brings disgrace on Christ, who is the head of the man.
|
||||
1CO 11 5 b7ku γυνὴ προσευχομένη…καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς 1 woman who prays…dishonors her head This could mean: (1) Paul is saying that a woman who prays with her head uncovered brings disgrace on herself. (2) Paul is saying that a woman who prays with her head uncovered brings disgrace on her husband.
|
||||
1CO 11 5 b7ku γυνὴ προσευχομένη…καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς 1 woman who prays … dishonors her head This could mean: (1) Paul is saying that a woman who prays with her head uncovered brings disgrace on herself. (2) Paul is saying that a woman who prays with her head uncovered brings disgrace on her husband.
|
||||
1CO 11 5 k5yl ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 with her head uncovered That is, without the cloth that was worn on the top of the head and that covered the hair and shoulders.
|
||||
1CO 11 5 e1pz τῇ ἐξυρημένῃ 1 as having her head shaved as if she had removed all the hair on her head with a razor
|
||||
1CO 11 6 s4r5 εἰ…αἰσχρὸν γυναικὶ 1 if…it is disgraceful for a woman It was a mark of disgrace or humiliation for a woman to have her hair shaved off or cut short.
|
||||
1CO 11 6 s4r5 εἰ…αἰσχρὸν γυναικὶ 1 if … it is disgraceful for a woman It was a mark of disgrace or humiliation for a woman to have her hair shaved off or cut short.
|
||||
1CO 11 6 i624 κατακαλύπτεται 1 cover her head place on her head the cloth that was worn on the top of the head and that covered the hair and shoulders
|
||||
1CO 11 7 aa4r figs-activepassive οὐκ ὀφείλει κατακαλύπτεσθαι τὴν κεφαλήν 1 ought not to have his head covered You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: This could mean: (1) A man must not cover his head. (2) A man does not need to cover his head. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 11 7 t5jn δόξα ἀνδρός 1 the glory of man Just as man reflects God’s greatness, the woman reflects the man’s character.
|
||||
1CO 11 8 s5ns figs-activepassive οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἀνὴρ ἐκ γυναικός, ἀλλὰ γυνὴ ἐξ ἀνδρός. 1 For man is not from woman. Instead, woman is from man God made the woman by taking a bone from the man and making the woman from that bone. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not make the man from the woman. Instead, he made the woman from the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 11 9 w8jm γὰρ οὐκ…διὰ τὸν ἄνδρα 1 For…not…for the man These words and all of [1 Corinthians 11:8](../11/08.md) could be put in parentheses so that the reader can see that the word **this** in **this is why … the angels** clearly refers back to the words “the woman is the glory of the man” in [1 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md).
|
||||
1CO 11 9 w8jm γὰρ οὐκ…διὰ τὸν ἄνδρα 1 For … not … for the man These words and all of [1 Corinthians 11:8](../11/08.md) could be put in parentheses so that the reader can see that the word **this** in **this is why … the angels** clearly refers back to the words “the woman is the glory of the man” in [1 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md).
|
||||
1CO 11 10 wh4c ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς 1 to have a symbol of authority on her head This could mean: (1) This symbolizes that she has man as her head.” (2) This symbolizes that she has the authority to pray or prophesy.
|
||||
1CO 11 11 pir4 πλὴν…ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Nevertheless, in the Lord “While what I have just said is all true, the most important thing is this: in the Lord”
|
||||
1CO 11 11 h9t4 ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord This could mean: (1) This means “among Christians, who belong to the Lord.” (2) This means “in the world as created by God.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -527,8 +527,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 11 12 i8qu τὰ…πάντα ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 all things are from God “God created everything”
|
||||
1CO 11 13 eex3 ἐν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς κρίνατε 1 Judge for yourselves “Judge this issue according to the local customs and church practices you know”
|
||||
1CO 11 13 hp13 figs-activepassive πρέπον ἐστὶν γυναῖκα ἀκατακάλυπτον, τῷ Θεῷ προσεύχεσθαι? 1 Is it proper for a woman to pray to God with her head uncovered Paul expects the Corinthians to agree with him. You can state this in active form. “To honor God, a woman should pray to God with a covering on her head.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 11 14 v5b5 figs-rquestion οὐδὲ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ διδάσκει ὑμᾶς…αὐτῷ ἐστιν; 1 Does not even nature itself teach you…it is…for him Paul expects the Corinthians to agree with him. Alternate translation: “Nature itself even teaches you … for him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 11 14 gyw9 figs-personification οὐδὲ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ διδάσκει ὑμᾶς…αὐτῷ ἐστιν; 1 Does not even nature itself teach you…it is…for him He is speaking of the way people in society normally act as if it were a person who teaches. Alternate translation: “You know just from looking at the way people normally act … for him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1CO 11 14 v5b5 figs-rquestion οὐδὲ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ διδάσκει ὑμᾶς…αὐτῷ ἐστιν; 1 Does not even nature itself teach you … it is … for him Paul expects the Corinthians to agree with him. Alternate translation: “Nature itself even teaches you … for him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 11 14 gyw9 figs-personification οὐδὲ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ διδάσκει ὑμᾶς…αὐτῷ ἐστιν; 1 Does not even nature itself teach you … it is … for him He is speaking of the way people in society normally act as if it were a person who teaches. Alternate translation: “You know just from looking at the way people normally act … for him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1CO 11 15 s7ys figs-activepassive ὅτι ἡ κόμη…δέδοται αὐτῇ 1 For her long hair has been given to her You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For God created woman with hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 11 17 id4f 0 Connecting Statement: As Paul talks about communion, the Lord’s supper, he reminds them to have right attitudes as well as unity. He reminds them that if they fail in those things when taking communion, they will become sick and die, as has already happened to some of them.
|
||||
1CO 11 17 vt5a τοῦτο δὲ παραγγέλλων, οὐκ ἐπαινῶ, ὅτι 1 But in the following instructions, I do not praise you, for Another possible meaning is “as I give you these instructions, there is something for which I cannot praise you: when”
|
||||
|
|
@ -541,12 +541,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 11 19 kcr7 αἱρέσεις 1 factions opposing groups of people
|
||||
1CO 11 19 vfv4 figs-irony ἵνα καὶ οἱ δόκιμοι φανεροὶ γένωνται ἐν ὑμῖν 1 so that also those who are approved may become evident among you This could mean: (1) As a result, people will know the most highly regarded believers among them. (2) As a result, people can display this approval to the others among them. Paul may have been using irony, saying the opposite of what he wanted the Corinthians to understand, to shame them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
1CO 11 19 j7db δόκιμοι 1 who are approved This could mean: (1) This may refer to the one whom God approves” (2) This may refer to the one whom the church approves.
|
||||
1CO 11 20 x9h5 συνερχομένων 1 when…come together “gather together”
|
||||
1CO 11 20 x9h5 συνερχομένων 1 when … come together “gather together”
|
||||
1CO 11 20 dse7 οὐκ ἔστιν Κυριακὸν δεῖπνον φαγεῖν 1 it is not to eat the Lord ’ s Supper “you may believe you are eating the Lord’s Supper, but you do not treat it with respect”
|
||||
1CO 11 22 zl1h ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν 1 to eat and drink “in which to gather for a meal”
|
||||
1CO 11 22 d2cm καταφρονεῖτε 1 do you despise hate or treat with dishonor and disrespect
|
||||
1CO 11 22 w476 καταισχύνετε 1 humiliate embarrass or cause to feel shame
|
||||
1CO 11 22 nz88 figs-rquestion τί εἴπω ὑμῖν? ἐπαινέσω ὑμᾶς ἐν τούτῳ? 1 What should I say to you? Should…for this? I…praise you Paul is rebuking the Corinthians. Alternate translation: “I can say nothing good about this. I cannot praise you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 11 22 nz88 figs-rquestion τί εἴπω ὑμῖν? ἐπαινέσω ὑμᾶς ἐν τούτῳ? 1 What should I say to you? Should … for this? I … praise you Paul is rebuking the Corinthians. Alternate translation: “I can say nothing good about this. I cannot praise you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 11 23 av31 ἐγὼ γὰρ παρέλαβον ἀπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου, ὃ καὶ παρέδωκα ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος 1 For I received from the Lord what I also passed on to you, that the Lord “For it was from the Lord that I heard what I told you, and it was this: the Lord”
|
||||
1CO 11 23 c197 figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ᾗ παρεδίδετο 1 on the night in which he was betrayed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “on the night that Judas Iscariot betrayed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 11 24 e19d ἔκλασεν 1 he broke it “he pulled pieces from it”
|
||||
|
|
@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 11 26 sj1l τὸν θάνατον τοῦ Κυρίου καταγγέλλετε 1 you proclaim the Lord ’ s death teach about the crucifixion and resurrection
|
||||
1CO 11 26 m89f figs-explicit ἄχρι οὗ ἔλθῃ 1 until he comes Where Jesus comes to can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “until Jesus comes back to the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 11 27 as6y ἂν ἐσθίῃ τὸν ἄρτον ἢ πίνῃ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 eats the bread or drinks the cup of the Lord “eats the bread of the Lord or drinks the cup of the Lord”
|
||||
1CO 11 28 nhx7 figs-metaphor δοκιμαζέτω 1 let…examine Paul speaks of a person looking at his relationship to God and how he has been living his life as if that person is looking over something he wants to buy. See how “test the quality” is translated in [1 Corinthians 3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 11 28 nhx7 figs-metaphor δοκιμαζέτω 1 let … examine Paul speaks of a person looking at his relationship to God and how he has been living his life as if that person is looking over something he wants to buy. See how “test the quality” is translated in [1 Corinthians 3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 11 29 gqd2 μὴ διακρίνων τὸ σῶμα 1 without discerning the body This could mean: (1) That person does not recognize that the church is the body of the Lord. (2) That person does not consider that he is handling the Lord’s body.
|
||||
1CO 11 30 kbi6 ἀσθενεῖς καὶ ἄρρωστοι 1 are weak and ill These words mean almost the same thing and can be combined, as in UST.
|
||||
1CO 11 30 vx5t figs-euphemism κοιμῶνται ἱκανοί 1 many of you have fallen asleep **Sleep** here is a euphemism for death. Alternate translation: “and some of you have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]).
|
||||
|
|
@ -567,11 +567,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 11 33 maa7 συνερχόμενοι εἰς τὸ φαγεῖν 1 when you come together to eat gather to eat a meal together before celebrating the Lord’s Supper
|
||||
1CO 11 33 nky5 ἀλλήλους ἐκδέχεσθε 1 wait for one another “allow the others to arrive before beginning the meal”
|
||||
1CO 11 34 v2uh ἐν οἴκῳ ἐσθιέτω 1 let him eat at home “let him eat before attending this gathering”
|
||||
1CO 11 34 x1l8 figs-metonymy μὴ εἰς κρίμα 1 not…for judgment “it will not be an occasion for God to discipline you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 11 34 x1l8 figs-metonymy μὴ εἰς κρίμα 1 not … for judgment “it will not be an occasion for God to discipline you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 12 intro abcf 0 # 1 Corinthians 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Gifts of the Holy Spirit<br><br>This chapter begins a new section. Chapters 12-14 discuss spiritual gifts within the church.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Church, the body of Christ<br><br>This is an important metaphor in Scripture. The Church has many different parts. Each part has different functions. They combine to make one church. All of the different parts are necessary. Each part is to be concerned for all the other parts, even those that seem less important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “No one can say, ‘Jesus is Lord,’ except by the Holy Spirit.”<br><br>In reading the Old Testament, the Jews would have substituted the word “Lord” for the word “Yahweh.” This sentence probably means that no one can say that Jesus is Yahweh, God in the flesh, without the Holy Spirit’s influence drawing them to accept this truth. If this statement is translated poorly, it can have unintended theological consequences.
|
||||
1CO 12 1 da2e 0 Connecting Statement: Paul lets them know that God has given special gifts to believers. These gifts are to help the body of believers.
|
||||
1CO 12 1 i3k7 figs-doublenegatives οὐ θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be ignorant You can state this as a positive. Alternate translation: “I want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1CO 12 2 hbt8 figs-metaphor ἦτε, πρὸς τὰ εἴδωλα τὰ ἄφωνα ὡς ἂν ἤγεσθε, ἀπαγόμενοι 1 you were…you were led astray to mute idols, in whatever ways you were led Here, **led astray** is a metaphor for being persuaded to do something wrong. Being led astray to idols represents being wrongly persuaded to worship idols. You can state the phrases “were led astray” and “you were led by them” in active form. Alternate translation: “you were persuaded in some way to worship idols who cannot speak” or “you believed lies somehow and so you worshiped idols who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 12 2 hbt8 figs-metaphor ἦτε, πρὸς τὰ εἴδωλα τὰ ἄφωνα ὡς ἂν ἤγεσθε, ἀπαγόμενοι 1 you were … you were led astray to mute idols, in whatever ways you were led Here, **led astray** is a metaphor for being persuaded to do something wrong. Being led astray to idols represents being wrongly persuaded to worship idols. You can state the phrases “were led astray” and “you were led by them” in active form. Alternate translation: “you were persuaded in some way to worship idols who cannot speak” or “you believed lies somehow and so you worshiped idols who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 12 3 zg4j οὐδεὶς ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ λαλῶν, λέγει 1 no one speaking by the Spirit of God says This could mean: (1) This means “no Christian who has the Spirit of God in him can say.” (2) This means “no one who is prophesying by the power of the Spirit of God can say.”
|
||||
1CO 12 3 jak6 ἀνάθεμα Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus is accursed “God will punish Jesus” or “God will make Jesus suffer”
|
||||
1CO 12 6 eth3 ὁ ἐνεργῶν τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν 1 who works all things in everyone “causes everyone to have them”
|
||||
|
|
@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 12 8 c9ak figs-activepassive ᾧ μὲν…διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος δίδοται λόγος 1 to one is given by the Spirit a word You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit God gives to one person the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 12 8 us1k λόγος 1 a word “the message”
|
||||
1CO 12 8 gi53 διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 by the Spirit God gives the gifts through the work of the Spirit.
|
||||
1CO 12 8 a872 σοφίας…γνώσεως 1 of wisdom,…of knowledge The difference between these two words is not as important here as the fact that God gives them both by the same Spirit.
|
||||
1CO 12 8 a872 σοφίας…γνώσεως 1 of wisdom, … of knowledge The difference between these two words is not as important here as the fact that God gives them both by the same Spirit.
|
||||
1CO 12 8 p2pm figs-hendiadys λόγος σοφίας 1 a word of wisdom Paul is communicating one idea through two words. Alternate translation: “wise words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1CO 12 8 a9pr figs-hendiadys λόγος γνώσεως 1 a word of knowledge Paul is communicating one idea through two words. Alternate translation: “words that show knowldge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1CO 12 8 pe8s figs-activepassive δίδοται 1 is given You can state this in active form. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 12:8](../12/08.md). Alternate translation: “God gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -587,14 +587,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 12 10 x572 figs-ellipsis ἄλλῳ προφητεία 1 to another prophecy The phrase “is given by the same Spirit” is understood from the previous phrases. Alternate translation: “to another prophecy is given by the same Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CO 12 10 v7xy figs-ellipsis ἑτέρῳ γένη γλωσσῶν 1 to another various kinds of tongues The phrase “are given by the same Spirit” is understood from the previous phrases. Alternate translation: “to another various kinds of tongues are given by the same Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CO 12 10 skl8 figs-metonymy γένη γλωσσῶν 1 various kinds of tongues Here, **tongues** represents languages. Alternate translation: “the ability to speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 12 10 j8qk figs-ellipsis ἄλλῳ…ἑρμηνία γλωσσῶν 1 to another…the interpretation of tongues The phrase “is given by the same Spirit” is understood from the previous phrases. Alternate translation: “to another the interpretation of tongues is given by the same Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CO 12 10 j8qk figs-ellipsis ἄλλῳ…ἑρμηνία γλωσσῶν 1 to another … the interpretation of tongues The phrase “is given by the same Spirit” is understood from the previous phrases. Alternate translation: “to another the interpretation of tongues is given by the same Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CO 12 10 c14y ἑρμηνία γλωσσῶν 1 the interpretation of tongues This is the ability to listen to what someone says in one language and use another language to tell people what that person is saying. Alternate translation: “the ability to interpret what is said in other languages”
|
||||
1CO 12 11 z383 τὸ ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ Πνεῦμα 1 the one and the same Spirit God gives the gifts through the work of the one and only Holy Spirit. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 12:8](../12/08.md).
|
||||
1CO 12 12 j3xl 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to talk of the variety of gifts God gives believers, God gives different gifts to different believers, but Paul wants them to know that all believers are made into one body, which is called the body of Christ. For this reason believers should have unity.
|
||||
1CO 12 13 g8uk figs-activepassive γὰρ ἐν ἑνὶ Πνεύματι ἡμεῖς πάντες…ἐβαπτίσθημεν 1 For by one Spirit we were all baptized This could mean: (1) The Holy Spirit is the one who baptizes us. Alternate translation: “For one Spirit baptized us” (2) The Spirit, like the water of baptism, is the medium through which we are baptized into the body. Alternate translation: “For in one Spirit we were all baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 12 13 r9hm figs-metonymy εἴτε…δοῦλοι, εἴτε ἐλεύθεροι 1 whether…bound or free **Bound** here is a metonym for “slaves.” Alternate translation: “whether slave-people or free-people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 12 13 r9hm figs-metonymy εἴτε…δοῦλοι, εἴτε ἐλεύθεροι 1 whether … bound or free **Bound** here is a metonym for “slaves.” Alternate translation: “whether slave-people or free-people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 12 13 r5kw figs-activepassive πάντες ἓν Πνεῦμα ἐποτίσθημεν 1 all were made to drink of one Spirit You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave all of us the same Spirit, and we share the Spirit as people might share a drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 12 17 rsl6 figs-rquestion ποῦ ἡ ἀκοή?…ποῦ ἡ ὄσφρησις? 1 where would the sense of hearing be?…where would the sense of smell be This can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “you could not hear anything … you could not smell anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 12 17 rsl6 figs-rquestion ποῦ ἡ ἀκοή?…ποῦ ἡ ὄσφρησις? 1 where would the sense of hearing be? … where would the sense of smell be This can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “you could not hear anything … you could not smell anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 12 19 zw6k τὰ…ἓν μέλος 1 the same member The word **member** is a general word for the parts of the body, like the head, arm, or knee. Alternate translation: “the same part of the body”
|
||||
1CO 12 19 y4vg figs-rquestion ποῦ τὸ σῶμα? 1 where would the body be This can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “there would be no body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 12 21 u9r9 χρείαν σου οὐκ ἔχω 1 I do not have need of you “I do not need you”
|
||||
|
|
@ -615,12 +615,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 12 31 vb1m ζηλοῦτε…τὰ χαρίσματα τὰ μείζονα 1 earnestly desire the greater gifts This could mean: (1) They must eagerly seek from God the gifts that best help the church. (2) They are eagerly looking for gifts that they think are greater because they think those are more exciting to have.
|
||||
1CO 13 intro abcg 0 # 1 Corinthians 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul seems to interrupt his teaching about spiritual gifts. However, this chapter probably serves a larger function in his teaching.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Love<br><br>Love is the most important characteristic of the believer. This chapter fully describes love. Paul tells why love is more important than the gifts of the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Paul uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He uses these metaphors to instruct the Corinthians, especially on difficult topics. Readers often need spiritual discernment to understand these teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 13 1 n8lm 0 Connecting Statement: Having just talked about the gifts that God gave to believers, Paul emphasizes what is more important.
|
||||
1CO 13 1 cm2n figs-hyperbole ταῖς γλώσσαις…τῶν ἀγγέλων 1 with the tongues…of angels This could mean: (1) Paul is exaggerating for the sake of effect and does not believe that people speak the language that angels use. (2) Paul thinks that some who speak in tongues actually speak the language that angels use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1CO 13 1 cm2n figs-hyperbole ταῖς γλώσσαις…τῶν ἀγγέλων 1 with the tongues … of angels This could mean: (1) Paul is exaggerating for the sake of effect and does not believe that people speak the language that angels use. (2) Paul thinks that some who speak in tongues actually speak the language that angels use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1CO 13 1 k2gk figs-metaphor γέγονα χαλκὸς ἠχῶν ἢ κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον 1 I have become a noisy gong or a clanging cymbal I have become like instruments that make loud, annoying sounds (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 13 1 krt1 translate-unknown χαλκὸς 1 a…gong a large, thin, round metal plate that is hit with a padded stick to make a loud sound (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1CO 13 1 krt1 translate-unknown χαλκὸς 1 a … gong a large, thin, round metal plate that is hit with a padded stick to make a loud sound (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1CO 13 1 qbx6 translate-unknown κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον 1 a clanging cymbal two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1CO 13 3 ar2q figs-activepassive παραδῶ τὸ σῶμά μου 1 I give my body The phrase **to be burned** can be made active. Alternate translation: “I allow those who persecute me to burn me to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 13 4 m671 figs-personification ἡ ἀγάπη μακροθυμεῖ…οὐ φυσιοῦται 1 Love is patient…it is not arrogant Here Paul speaks about love as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1CO 13 4 m671 figs-personification ἡ ἀγάπη μακροθυμεῖ…οὐ φυσιοῦται 1 Love is patient … it is not arrogant Here Paul speaks about love as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1CO 13 5 cp6x figs-personification 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues speaking about love as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1CO 13 5 xt3v figs-activepassive οὐ παροξύνεται 1 it is not easily angered You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “No one will be able to make it angry quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 13 6 wl5y figs-personification 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues speaking about love as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -650,12 +650,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 14 13 j87g διερμηνεύῃ 1 he may interpret This means to tell what someone has said in a language to others who do not understand that language. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 2:13](../02/13.md).
|
||||
1CO 14 14 kjh6 figs-metaphor ὁ…νοῦς μου ἄκαρπός ἐστιν 1 but my mind is unfruitful The mind not understanding what is being prayed and, therefore, receiving no benefit from the prayer is spoken of as if the “mind is unfruitful.” Alternate translation: “I do not understand it in my mind” or “my mind does not benefit from the prayer, because I do not understand the words I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 14 15 vm6p figs-rquestion τί…ἐστιν 1 what should I do Paul is introducing his conclusion. Alternate translation: “This is what I will do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 14 15 r11f προσεύξομαι τῷ Πνεύματι…προσεύξομαι…τῷ νοΐ…ψαλῶ τῷ Πνεύματι…ψαλῶ…τῷ νοΐ 1 I will pray with my spirit,…I will…pray with my mind. I will sing with my spirit,…I will…sing with my mind Prayers and songs must be in a language that the people present can understand.
|
||||
1CO 14 15 r11f προσεύξομαι τῷ Πνεύματι…προσεύξομαι…τῷ νοΐ…ψαλῶ τῷ Πνεύματι…ψαλῶ…τῷ νοΐ 1 I will pray with my spirit, … I will … pray with my mind. I will sing with my spirit, … I will … sing with my mind Prayers and songs must be in a language that the people present can understand.
|
||||
1CO 14 15 fi2f τῷ νοΐ 1 with my mind “with words that I understand”
|
||||
1CO 14 16 niu5 figs-you εὐλογῇς…τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ…λέγεις 1 you praise God…your thanksgiving,…you are saying Though **you** is singular here, Paul is addressing everyone who prays only in the spirit, but not with the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 14 16 r4w5 figs-rquestion πῶς ἐρεῖ, τὸ ἀμήν…οὐκ οἶδεν? 1 how will…say the…Amen…he does not know This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “the outsider will never be able to say ‘Amen’ … saying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 14 16 niu5 figs-you εὐλογῇς…τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ…λέγεις 1 you praise God … your thanksgiving, … you are saying Though **you** is singular here, Paul is addressing everyone who prays only in the spirit, but not with the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 14 16 r4w5 figs-rquestion πῶς ἐρεῖ, τὸ ἀμήν…οὐκ οἶδεν? 1 how will … say the … Amen … he does not know This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “the outsider will never be able to say ‘Amen’ … saying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 14 16 j3e3 τοῦ ἰδιώτου 1 of the ungifted This could mean: (1) This refers to another person. (2) This refers to people who are new to their group.
|
||||
1CO 14 16 ev63 figs-synecdoche ἐρεῖ, τὸ ἀμήν 1 will…say the…Amen “be able to agree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1CO 14 16 ev63 figs-synecdoche ἐρεῖ, τὸ ἀμήν 1 will … say the … Amen “be able to agree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1CO 14 17 a7wr figs-you σὺ μὲν…εὐχαριστεῖς 1 you certainly give thanks Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 14 17 w25k figs-metaphor ὁ ἕτερος οὐκ οἰκοδομεῖται 1 the other person is not built up Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. You can state this in active form. See how you translated “builds up” in [1 Corinthians 8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “the other person is not strengthened” or “what you say does not strengthen any outsider who might hear you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 19 cbw8 translate-numbers ἢ μυρίους λόγους ἐν γλώσσῃ 1 than ten thousand words in a tongue Paul was not counting words, but used exaggeration to emphasize that a few understandable words are far more valuable than even a great number of words in a language that people cannot understand. Alternate translation: “10,000 words” or “a great many words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -678,9 +678,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 14 29 m5l8 figs-activepassive προφῆται δὲ δύο ἢ τρεῖς λαλείτωσαν 1 Let two or three prophets speak You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “to what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 30 sl1q figs-activepassive ἐὰν…ἄλλῳ ἀποκαλυφθῇ 1 if a revelation is given to another You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “if God gives someone insight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 14 31 xr69 καθ’ ἕνα…προφητεύειν 1 prophesy one by one Only one person should prophesy at a time.
|
||||
1CO 14 31 nrq1 figs-activepassive πάντες…παρακαλῶνται 1 all…may be encouraged You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you may encourage all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 31 nrq1 figs-activepassive πάντες…παρακαλῶνται 1 all … may be encouraged You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you may encourage all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 33 my65 οὐ…ἐστιν ἀκαταστασίας ὁ Θεὸς 1 God is not a God of confusion God does not create confusing situations by making people all speak at the same time.
|
||||
1CO 14 34 gjv2 σιγάτωσαν 1 let…be silent This could mean: (1) They should stop speaking. (2) They should stop speaking when someone is prophesying. or (3) They should be absolutely silent during the church service.
|
||||
1CO 14 34 gjv2 σιγάτωσαν 1 let … be silent This could mean: (1) They should stop speaking. (2) They should stop speaking when someone is prophesying. or (3) They should be absolutely silent during the church service.
|
||||
1CO 14 36 h8lp figs-rquestion ἢ ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν, ἢ εἰς ὑμᾶς μόνους κατήντησεν? 1 Or did the word of God go out from you? Or has it come only to you Paul emphasizes that the Corinthians are not the only ones who understand what God wants Christians to do. Alternate translation: “The word of God did not come from you in Corinth; you are not the only people who understand God’s will.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 14 36 mj6b figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God **Word of God** here is a metonym for the message from God. Alternate translation: “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 14 37 ab6u ἐπιγινωσκέτω 1 he should acknowledge A true prophet or truly spiritual person will accept Paul’s writings as coming from the Lord.
|
||||
|
|
@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 15 intro abci 0 # 1 Corinthians 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Resurrection<br><br>This chapter includes a very important teaching about the resurrection of Jesus. The Greek people did not believe that a person could live after they died. Paul defends the resurrection of Jesus. He teaches why it is important to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Resurrection<br><br>Paul presents the resurrection as the ultimate proof that Jesus is God. Christ is the first of many who God will raise to life. The resurrection is central to the gospel. Few doctrines are as important as this one. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>Paul uses many different figures of speech in this chapter. He uses them to express difficult theological teachings in a way that people can understand.
|
||||
1CO 15 1 gc6n 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds them that it is the gospel that saves them and he tells them again what the gospel is. Then he gives them a short history lesson, which ends with what will yet happen.
|
||||
1CO 15 1 la9v γνωρίζω…ὑμῖ 1 NO GLQuote AVAILABLE!!! “help you remember”
|
||||
1CO 15 1 xv53 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ…ἑστήκατε 1 on which you…stand Paul is speaking of the Corinthians as if they were a house and the gospel as if it were the foundation on which the house was standing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 1 xv53 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ…ἑστήκατε 1 on which you … stand Paul is speaking of the Corinthians as if they were a house and the gospel as if it were the foundation on which the house was standing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 2 xh29 figs-activepassive σῴζεσθε 1 you are being saved You can state this in active form. “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 2 le2k τίνι λόγῳ εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν 1 to the word I preached to you “the message I preached to you”
|
||||
1CO 15 3 sp4p ἐν πρώτοις 1 as of first importance This could mean: (1) This is the most important of many things. (2) This is the first in time.
|
||||
|
|
@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 15 15 gi99 0 Connecting Statement: Paul wants them assured that Christ rose from the dead.
|
||||
1CO 15 15 ctn5 εὑρισκόμεθα…ψευδομάρτυρες τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 we are found to be false witnesses about God Paul is arguing that if Christ did not rise from the dead, then they are bearing false witness or lying about Christ’s coming alive again.
|
||||
1CO 15 15 aq5s figs-activepassive εὑρισκόμεθα 1 we are found to be You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will realize that we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 17 v6vz ματαία ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν, ἔτι ἐστὲ ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 your faith is in vain…you are still in your sins Their faith is based on Christ having risen from the dead, so if that did not happen, their faith will do them no good.
|
||||
1CO 15 17 v6vz ματαία ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν, ἔτι ἐστὲ ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 your faith is in vain … you are still in your sins Their faith is based on Christ having risen from the dead, so if that did not happen, their faith will do them no good.
|
||||
1CO 15 19 d9nq πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 of all people “of everyone, including believers and non-believers”
|
||||
1CO 15 19 ts7u ἐλεεινότεροι πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἐσμέν 1 of all people we are most to be pitied “people should feel sorry for us more than they do for anyone else”
|
||||
1CO 15 20 cxp9 νυνὶ…Χριστὸς 1 now Christ “as it is, Christ” or “this is the truth: Christ”
|
||||
|
|
@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 15 26 x49h figs-activepassive ἔσχατος ἐχθρὸς καταργεῖται ὁ θάνατος 1 The last enemy to be abolished is death Paul speaks of death here as if it were a person whom God will kill. Alternate translation: “The final enemy that God will destroy is death itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1CO 15 27 df59 figs-idiom πάντα…ὑπέταξεν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 he has put everything under his feet Kings who won wars would put their feet on the necks of those whom they had defeated. See how “put … under his feet” is translated in [1 Corinthians 15:25](../15/25.md). Alternate translation: “God has completely destroyed all of Christ’s enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CO 15 28 xm8u figs-activepassive ὑποταγῇ αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα 1 all things have been subjected to him This can stated as active. Alternate translation: “God has made all things subject to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 28 a1cd figs-activepassive αὐτὸς ὁ Υἱὸς, ὑποταγήσεται 1 the Son himself will…be subjected This can stated as active. Alternate translation: “the Son himself will become subject” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 28 a1cd figs-activepassive αὐτὸς ὁ Υἱὸς, ὑποταγήσεται 1 the Son himself will … be subjected This can stated as active. Alternate translation: “the Son himself will become subject” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 28 ksj4 αὐτὸς ὁ Υἱὸς 1 the Son himself In the previous verses he was referred to as “Christ.” Alternate translation: “Christ, that is, the Son himself”
|
||||
1CO 15 28 im2j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς 1 the Son This is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1CO 15 29 a4d4 figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ τί ποιήσουσιν, οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι ὑπὲρ τῶν νεκρῶν? 1 Otherwise, what will those do who are baptized for the dead Paul uses this question to teach the Corinthians. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Otherwise it would be useless for Christians to receive baptism for the dead.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -743,19 +743,19 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 15 31 d51t νὴ τὴν ὑμετέραν καύχησιν 1 I swear by my boasting in you Paul uses this statement as evidence that he faces death every day. Alternate translation: “You can know that this is true, because you know about my boasting in you” or “You can know that this is true, because you know about how much I boast in you”
|
||||
1CO 15 31 znl3 figs-explicit τὴν ὑμετέραν καύχησιν, ἀδελφοί, ἣν ἔχω ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν 1 by my boasting in you, brothers, which I have in Christ Jesus our Lord Paul boasted in them because of what Christ Jesus had done for them. Alternate translation: “my boasting in you, which I do because of what Christ Jesus our Lord has done for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 15 31 p3ym τὴν ὑμετέραν καύχησιν 1 by my boasting in you “the way I tell other people how good you are”
|
||||
1CO 15 32 q6mb figs-rquestion εἰ…ἐθηριομάχησα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ…τί μοι τὸ ὄφελος…οὐκ ἐγείρονται 1 What is the profit to me,…if I fought wild beasts at Ephesus?…are not raised Paul wants the Corinthians to understand without him having to tell them. This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “I gained nothing … by fighting with beasts at Ephesus … not raised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 15 32 q6mb figs-rquestion εἰ…ἐθηριομάχησα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ…τί μοι τὸ ὄφελος…οὐκ ἐγείρονται 1 What is the profit to me, … if I fought wild beasts at Ephesus? … are not raised Paul wants the Corinthians to understand without him having to tell them. This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “I gained nothing … by fighting with beasts at Ephesus … not raised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 15 32 lm3v figs-metaphor ἐθηριομάχησα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ 1 I fought wild beasts at Ephesus Paul is referring to something that he actually did. This could mean: (1) Paul was speaking figuratively about his arguments with learned pagans or other conflicts with people who wanted to kill him. (2) Paul was actually put into the arena to fight against dangerous animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 32 c36a φάγωμεν καὶ πίωμεν, αὔριον γὰρ ἀποθνῄσκομεν 1 Let us eat and drink, for tomorrow we die Paul concludes that if there is no further life after death, it is better for us to enjoy this life as we can, for tomorrow our life will end without any further hope.
|
||||
1CO 15 33 q7uc φθείρουσιν ἤθη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί 1 Bad company corrupts good morals If you live with bad people, you will act like them. Paul is quoting a common saying.
|
||||
1CO 15 34 gr3v ἐκνήψατε 1 Sober up “You must think seriously about this”
|
||||
1CO 15 35 w4hk 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives some specifics about how the resurrection of the believers’ bodies will take place. He gives a picture of natural and spiritual bodies and compares the first man Adam with the last Adam, Christ.
|
||||
1CO 15 35 hw4a figs-rquestion ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις, πῶς ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροί? ποίῳ δὲ σώματι ἔρχονται? 1 But someone will say,…How are the dead raised, and with what kind of body will they come This could mean: (1) The person is asking sincerely. (2) The person is using the question to mock the idea of a resurrection. Alternate translation: “But some will say that they cannot imagine how God will raise the dead, and what kind of body God would give them in the resurrection.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 15 35 hw4a figs-rquestion ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις, πῶς ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροί? ποίῳ δὲ σώματι ἔρχονται? 1 But someone will say, … How are the dead raised, and with what kind of body will they come This could mean: (1) The person is asking sincerely. (2) The person is using the question to mock the idea of a resurrection. Alternate translation: “But some will say that they cannot imagine how God will raise the dead, and what kind of body God would give them in the resurrection.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 15 35 ty4t ἐρεῖ τις 1 someone will say “someone will ask”
|
||||
1CO 15 35 e5lv ποίῳ…σώματι ἔρχονται 1 with what kind of body will they come That is, will it be a physical body or a spiritual body? What shape will the body have? What will the body be made of? Translate using the most general question that someone who wants to know the answers to these questions would ask.
|
||||
1CO 15 36 ha84 figs-you ἄφρων! σὺ ὃ σπείρεις 1 You are so foolish! What you sow Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so both instances of **you** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 15 36 jnf9 ἄφρων! σὺ 1 You are so foolish “You do not know about this at all”
|
||||
1CO 15 36 q2zd figs-metaphor ὃ σπείρεις, οὐ ζῳοποιεῖται, ἐὰν μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 What you sow does not come to life unless it dies A seed will not grow unless it is first buried underground. In the same way, a person has to die before God can resurrect him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 37 pw6v figs-metaphor ὃ σπείρεις, οὐ τὸ σῶμα τὸ γενησόμενον 1 what you sow,…do not…the body that will be Paul uses the metaphor of the seed again to say that God will resurrect the dead body of the believer, but that body will not appear as it was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 37 pw6v figs-metaphor ὃ σπείρεις, οὐ τὸ σῶμα τὸ γενησόμενον 1 what you sow, … do not … the body that will be Paul uses the metaphor of the seed again to say that God will resurrect the dead body of the believer, but that body will not appear as it was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 37 h6zi figs-you ὃ σπείρεις 1 what you sow Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 15 38 dmx1 ὁ…Θεὸς δίδωσιν αὐτῷ σῶμα, καθὼς ἠθέλησεν 1 But God will give it a body as he desires “God will decide what kind of body it will have”
|
||||
1CO 15 39 qi8y σὰρξ 1 flesh In the context of animals, “flesh” may be translated as “body,” “skin,” or “meat.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -763,38 +763,38 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 15 40 k9pg σώματα ἐπίγεια 1 earthly bodies This refers to humans.
|
||||
1CO 15 40 qg3p ἑτέρα μὲν ἡ τῶν ἐπουρανίων δόξα, ἑτέρα δὲ ἡ τῶν ἐπιγείων 1 the glory of the heavenly is one kind, and the glory of the earthly is another “the glory that heavenly bodies have is different from the glory of human bodies”
|
||||
1CO 15 40 j1kb δόξα 1 glory Here, **glory** refers to the relative brightness to the human eye of objects in the sky.
|
||||
1CO 15 42 s12t figs-idiom σπείρεται…ἐγείρεται 1 What is sown…is raised The writer speaks of a person’s body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person’s body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. You can state the passive verbs in active form. Alternate translation: “What goes into the ground … what comes out of the ground” or “What people bury … what God raises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 42 s12t figs-idiom σπείρεται…ἐγείρεται 1 What is sown … is raised The writer speaks of a person’s body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person’s body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. You can state the passive verbs in active form. Alternate translation: “What goes into the ground … what comes out of the ground” or “What people bury … what God raises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 42 ay76 ἐγείρεται 1 is raised “is caused to live again”
|
||||
1CO 15 42 rw3k ἐν φθορᾷ…ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ 1 in decay,…in immortality “can rot … cannot rot”
|
||||
1CO 15 43 h4u5 figs-idiom σπείρεται…ἐγείρεται 1 It is sown…it is raised The writer speaks of a person’s body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person’s body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. You can state the passive verbs in active form. Alternate translation: “It goes into the ground … it comes out of the ground” or “People bury it … God raises it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 44 u856 figs-idiom σπείρεται…ἐγείρεται 1 It is sown…it is raised The writer speaks of a person’s body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person’s body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. You can state the passive verbs in active form. Alternate translation: “It goes into the ground … it comes out of the ground” or “People bury it … God raises it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 42 rw3k ἐν φθορᾷ…ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ 1 in decay, … in immortality “can rot … cannot rot”
|
||||
1CO 15 43 h4u5 figs-idiom σπείρεται…ἐγείρεται 1 It is sown … it is raised The writer speaks of a person’s body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person’s body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. You can state the passive verbs in active form. Alternate translation: “It goes into the ground … it comes out of the ground” or “People bury it … God raises it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 44 u856 figs-idiom σπείρεται…ἐγείρεται 1 It is sown … it is raised The writer speaks of a person’s body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person’s body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. You can state the passive verbs in active form. Alternate translation: “It goes into the ground … it comes out of the ground” or “People bury it … God raises it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 46 fc51 ἀλλ’ οὐ πρῶτον τὸ πνευματικὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ψυχικόν, ἔπειτα τὸ πνευματικόν 1 But the spiritual did not come first but the natural, and then the spiritual “The natural being came first. The spiritual being is from God and came later.”
|
||||
1CO 15 46 nd64 ψυχικόν 1 natural created by earthly processes, not yet connected to God
|
||||
1CO 15 47 m2pj figs-activepassive ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος ἐκ γῆς, χοϊκός 1 The first man is of the earth, made of dust God made the first man, Adam, from the dust of the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 47 zmx6 χοϊκός 1 made of dust dirt
|
||||
1CO 15 48 r9be ὁ ἐπουράνιος 1 the one is heavenly Jesus Christ
|
||||
1CO 15 48 s9pn οἱ…ἐπουράνιοι 1 are those…of heaven “those who belong to God”
|
||||
1CO 15 49 mq8z ἐφορέσαμεν τὴν εἰκόνα…φορέσωμεν καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα 1 we have borne the image…we will also bear the image “have been just like … will also be just like”
|
||||
1CO 15 48 s9pn οἱ…ἐπουράνιοι 1 are those … of heaven “those who belong to God”
|
||||
1CO 15 49 mq8z ἐφορέσαμεν τὴν εἰκόνα…φορέσωμεν καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα 1 we have borne the image … we will also bear the image “have been just like … will also be just like”
|
||||
1CO 15 50 jub2 0 Connecting Statement: Paul wants them to realize that some believers will not die physically but will still get a resurrected body through Christ’s victory.
|
||||
1CO 15 50 mwy3 figs-parallelism σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ κληρονομῆσαι οὐ δύναται, οὐδὲ ἡ φθορὰ, τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν κληρονομεῖ 1 flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God. Neither does the perishable inherit the imperishable This could mean: (1) The two sentences mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “human beings who will surely die cannot inherit the permanent kingdom of God” (2) The second sentence finishes the thought begun by the first. Alternate translation: “weak human beings cannot inherit the kingdom of God. Neither do those who will certainly die inherit a kingdom that will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 15 50 nz7s figs-metaphor σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα 1 flesh and blood Those who inhabit a body that is doomed to die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 15 50 e4gd figs-metaphor κληρονομῆσαι 1 inherit Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 50 b9hc ἡ φθορὰ, τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν 1 the perishable…the imperishable “can rot … cannot rot.” See how these words are translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md).
|
||||
1CO 15 51 k5dw figs-activepassive πάντες…ἀλλαγησόμεθα 1 all…we will…be changed You can state this as active. Alternate translation: “God will change us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 50 b9hc ἡ φθορὰ, τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν 1 the perishable … the imperishable “can rot … cannot rot.” See how these words are translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md).
|
||||
1CO 15 51 k5dw figs-activepassive πάντες…ἀλλαγησόμεθα 1 all … we will … be changed You can state this as active. Alternate translation: “God will change us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 52 p8f8 figs-activepassive ἀλλαγησόμεθα 1 will be changed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will change us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 52 r4ix ἐν ῥιπῇ ὀφθαλμοῦ 1 in the twinkling of an eye It will happen as fast as it takes for a person to blink his or her eye.
|
||||
1CO 15 52 h668 ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι 1 at the last trumpet “when the last trumpet sounds”
|
||||
1CO 15 52 l66q figs-activepassive οἱ νεκροὶ ἐγερθήσονται 1 the dead will be raised You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 52 ymk9 ἐγερθήσονται 1 will be raised “caused to live again”
|
||||
1CO 15 52 bmx2 ἄφθαρτοι 1 imperishable “in a form that cannot rot.” See how a similar phrase is translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md).
|
||||
1CO 15 53 nua2 τὸ φθαρτὸν τοῦτο…ἀφθαρσίαν 1 this perishable body…what is imperishable “this body that can rot … cannot rot.” See how similar phrases are translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md).
|
||||
1CO 15 53 nua2 τὸ φθαρτὸν τοῦτο…ἀφθαρσίαν 1 this perishable body … what is imperishable “this body that can rot … cannot rot.” See how similar phrases are translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md).
|
||||
1CO 15 53 iyd2 figs-metaphor δεῖ…ἐνδύσασθαι 1 must put on Paul is speaking of God making our bodies so they will never die again as if God were putting new clothes on us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 54 qq5m figs-personification ὅταν…τὸ φθαρτὸν τοῦτο ἐνδύσηται ἀφθαρσίαν 1 when this perishable body has put on what is imperishable Here the body is spoken of as if it were a person, and becoming **imperishable** is spoken of as if being imperishable was clothing that a body would wear. Alternate translation: “when this perishable body has become imperishable” or “when this body that can rot can no longer rot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 54 j9zs figs-personification τὸ θνητὸν τοῦτο ἐνδύσηται ἀθανασίαν 1 when this mortal body has put on immortality Here the body is spoken of as if it were a person, and becoming immortal is spoken of as if being immortal was clothing that a body would wear. Alternate translation: “when this mortal body has become immortal” or “when this body that can die can no longer die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 55 c9zw figs-apostrophe ποῦ σου, θάνατε, τὸ νῖκος? ποῦ σου, θάνατε, τὸ κέντρον? 1 Death, where is your victory? Death, where is your sting Paul speaks as if death were a person, and he uses this question to mock the power of death, which Christ has defeated. Alternate translation: “Death has no victory. Death has no sting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 15 55 gg3d figs-you σου…σου 1 your…your These are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 15 55 gg3d figs-you σου…σου 1 your … your These are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 15 56 iyd3 τὸ…κέντρον τοῦ θανάτου ἡ ἁμαρτία 1 the sting of death is sin It is through sin that we are destined to face death, that is to die.
|
||||
1CO 15 56 pf4e ἡ…δύναμις τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ νόμος 1 is sin,…power of sin is the law God’s law that was passed down by Moses defines sin and shows us how we sin before God.
|
||||
1CO 15 56 pf4e ἡ…δύναμις τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ νόμος 1 is sin, … power of sin is the law God’s law that was passed down by Moses defines sin and shows us how we sin before God.
|
||||
1CO 15 57 ztj6 τῷ διδόντι ἡμῖν τὸ νῖκος 1 who gives us the victory “has defeated death for us”
|
||||
1CO 15 58 k4c4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul wants believers, while they work for the Lord, to remember the changed, resurrected bodies that God is going to give them.
|
||||
1CO 15 58 j1pl figs-metaphor ἑδραῖοι γίνεσθε, ἀμετακίνητοι 1 be steadfast, immovable Paul speaks of someone who lets nothing stop him from carrying out his decisions as if he could not be physically moved. Alternate translation: “be determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -806,15 +806,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 16 2 h8n9 θησαυρίζων 1 storing up Possible meanings are: (1) “keep it at home” (2) “leave it with the church”
|
||||
1CO 16 2 wc3w ἵνα μὴ ὅταν ἔλθω, τότε λογεῖαι γίνωνται 1 so that when I come, there will not be collections then “so that you will not have to collect more money while I am with you”
|
||||
1CO 16 3 yj6c οὓς ἐὰν δοκιμάσητε 1 whomever you approve Paul is telling the church to choose some of their own people to take their offering to Jerusalem. “whomever you choose” or “the people you appoint”
|
||||
1CO 16 3 j612 δι’ ἐπιστολῶν…πέμψω 1 I will send…with letters This could mean: (1) This mean Paul will send with letters that he will write. (2) This means Paul will send with letters that they will write.
|
||||
1CO 16 3 j612 δι’ ἐπιστολῶν…πέμψω 1 I will send … with letters This could mean: (1) This mean Paul will send with letters that he will write. (2) This means Paul will send with letters that they will write.
|
||||
1CO 16 6 w94k ὑμεῖς με προπέμψητε, οὗ ἐὰν πορεύωμαι 1 you may help me on my way, wherever I go This means they might give Paul money or other things he needs so that he and his ministry team could continue to travel.
|
||||
1CO 16 7 xr88 οὐ θέλω…ὑμᾶς ἄρτι…ἰδεῖν 1 I do not desire to see you now Paul is stating that he wants to visit for a long time later, not just for a short time soon.
|
||||
1CO 16 8 qkw9 τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς 1 Pentecost Paul would stay in Ephesus until this festival, which came in May or June, 50 days after Passover. He would then travel through Macedonia, and later try to arrive in Corinth before winter started in November.
|
||||
1CO 16 9 fyj3 figs-metaphor θύρα…ἀνέῳγεν μεγάλη 1 a wide…door has opened Paul speaks of the opportunity God has given him to win people to the gospel as if it were a door that God had opened so he could walk through it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 16 9 fyj3 figs-metaphor θύρα…ἀνέῳγεν μεγάλη 1 a wide … door has opened Paul speaks of the opportunity God has given him to win people to the gospel as if it were a door that God had opened so he could walk through it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 16 10 p6vb βλέπετε ἵνα ἀφόβως γένηται πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 see that he might be unafraid with you “see that he has no cause to fear being with you”
|
||||
1CO 16 11 f4mw μή τις…αὐτὸν ἐξουθενήσῃ 1 let no one despise him Because Timothy was much younger than Paul, sometimes he was not shown the respect he deserved as a minister of the gospel.
|
||||
1CO 16 12 is6j figs-exclusive Ἀπολλῶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 our brother Apollos Here the word **our** refers to Paul and his readers, so it is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 16 13 p2la figs-parallelism γρηγορεῖτε, στήκετε ἐν τῇ πίστει, ἀνδρίζεσθε, κραταιοῦσθε 1 Stay alert…stand firm in the faith…act like men…be strong Paul is describing what he wants the Corinthians to do as if he was giving four commands to soldiers in war. These four commands mean almost the same thing and are used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 16 13 p2la figs-parallelism γρηγορεῖτε, στήκετε ἐν τῇ πίστει, ἀνδρίζεσθε, κραταιοῦσθε 1 Stay alert … stand firm in the faith … act like men … be strong Paul is describing what he wants the Corinthians to do as if he was giving four commands to soldiers in war. These four commands mean almost the same thing and are used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 16 13 ng8n figs-metaphor γρηγορεῖτε 1 Stay alert Paul speaks of people being aware of what is happening as if they were guards keeping watch over a city or vineyard. You can state this more clearly. Alternate translation: “Be careful whom you trust” or “Watch out for danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 16 13 uys8 figs-metaphor στήκετε ἐν τῇ πίστει 1 stand firm in the faith Paul speaks of people continuing to believe in Christ according to his teaching as if they were soldiers refusing to retreat when the enemy attacks. This could mean: (1) They should keep strongly believing what Paul and his companions have taught them. (2) They should keep strongly trusting in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 16 13 a3fs figs-metaphor ἀνδρίζεσθε 1 act like men In the society in which Paul and his audience lived, men usually provided for families by doing the heavy work and fighting against invaders. You can state this more clearly. Alternate translation: “be responsible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -826,5 +826,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 16 17 e79z translate-names Στεφανᾶ, καὶ Φορτουνάτου, καὶ Ἀχαϊκοῦ 1 of Stephanas, and Fortunatus, and Achaicus These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CO 16 17 an3e τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα οὗτοι ἀνεπλήρωσαν 1 they have supplied what was lacking on your part “They made up for the fact that you were not here.”
|
||||
1CO 16 18 f3kg ἀνέπαυσαν γὰρ τὸ ἐμὸν πνεῦμα 1 For they have refreshed my spirit Paul is saying he was encouraged by their visit.
|
||||
1CO 16 21 izu6 ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ, Παύλου 1 This greeting is in my own hand…Paul Paul was making it clear that the instructions in this letter are from him, even though one of his co-laborers wrote what Paul was saying in the rest of the letter. Paul wrote this last part with his own hand.
|
||||
1CO 16 21 izu6 ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ, Παύλου 1 This greeting is in my own hand … Paul Paul was making it clear that the instructions in this letter are from him, even though one of his co-laborers wrote what Paul was saying in the rest of the letter. Paul wrote this last part with his own hand.
|
||||
1CO 16 22 c1kx ἤτω ἀνάθεμα 1 may he be accursed “may God curse him.” See how “accursed” was translated in [1 Corinthians 12:3](../12/03.md).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
130
en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
130
en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
|
|
@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ GAL 1 15 wd26 καλέσας διὰ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 call
|
|||
GAL 1 16 l97h ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 to reveal his Son in me This could mean: (1) God allowed Paul to know his Son. (2) God showed the world through Paul that Jesus is God’s Son.
|
||||
GAL 1 16 l5bb guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
GAL 1 16 xx4c εὐαγγελίζωμαι αὐτὸν 1 I might preach him “I would proclaim that he is God’s Son” or “I might preach the good news about God’s Son”
|
||||
GAL 1 16 qme5 figs-idiom προσανεθέμην σαρκὶ καὶ αἵματι 1 I did…consult with flesh and blood This is an expression that means talking with other people. Alternate translation: “I did … ask people to help me understand the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
GAL 1 16 qme5 figs-idiom προσανεθέμην σαρκὶ καὶ αἵματι 1 I did … consult with flesh and blood This is an expression that means talking with other people. Alternate translation: “I did … ask people to help me understand the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
GAL 1 17 qh88 οὐδὲ ἀνῆλθον εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 nor I did go up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was in a region of high hills, making it necessary to climb many hills in order to get there, and so it was common to describe travel to Jerusalem as **go up to Jerusalem**.
|
||||
GAL 1 19 av43 figs-doublenegatives ἕτερον…τῶν ἀποστόλων οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ Ἰάκωβον 1 I did not see another of the apostles except James This double negative emphasizes that James was the only apostle whom Paul saw. Alternate translation: “the only other apostle I saw was James” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
GAL 1 20 lh36 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Paul wants the Galatians to understand that Paul is completely serious and that he knows that God hears what he says and will judge him if he does not tell the truth.
|
||||
|
|
@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ GAL 2 intro xe28 0 # Galatians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and format
|
|||
GAL 2 1 zt61 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to give the history of how he learned the gospel from God, not the apostles.
|
||||
GAL 2 1 zth5 ἀνέβην 1 I went up “I traveled.” Jerusalem is located in hilly country. The Jews also viewed Jerusalem as the place on earth that is closest to heaven, so Paul may have been speaking figuratively, or it may be that it was reflecting the difficult, uphill, journey to get to Jerusalem.
|
||||
GAL 2 2 msv4 τοῖς δοκοῦσιν 1 to those who seemed to be important “to the most important leaders among the believers”
|
||||
GAL 2 2 ejb8 figs-metaphor μή πως εἰς κενὸν τρέχω ἢ ἔδραμον 1 lest I might run…or had run…in vain Paul uses running as a metaphor for work. Alternate translation: “unless perhaps I was doing, or had done, profitable work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 2 2 s6tw figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰς κενὸν τρέχω ἢ ἔδραμον 1 lest I might run…or had run…in vain Paul uses a double negative to emphasize that the work he had done was profitable. Alternate translation: “to be sure that I was doing, or had done, profitable work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
GAL 2 2 ejb8 figs-metaphor μή πως εἰς κενὸν τρέχω ἢ ἔδραμον 1 lest I might run … or had run … in vain Paul uses running as a metaphor for work. Alternate translation: “unless perhaps I was doing, or had done, profitable work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 2 2 s6tw figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰς κενὸν τρέχω ἢ ἔδραμον 1 lest I might run … or had run … in vain Paul uses a double negative to emphasize that the work he had done was profitable. Alternate translation: “to be sure that I was doing, or had done, profitable work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
GAL 2 2 t6we εἰς κενὸν 1 in vain “for no benefit” or “for nothing”
|
||||
GAL 2 3 xs8k figs-activepassive περιτμηθῆναι 1 to be circumcised You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “to have someone circumcise him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 2 4 j5ka τοὺς παρεισάκτους ψευδαδέλφους 1 the false brothers who came in secretly “people who pretended to be Christians came into the church,” or “people who pretended to be Christians came among us”
|
||||
|
|
@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ GAL 2 14 xhbp figs-you ἀναγκάζεις 1 can you force The word **you** is
|
|||
GAL 2 14 y1zw ἀναγκάζεις 1 can you force This could mean: (1) This refers to force by using words. (2) This refers to persuasion.
|
||||
GAL 2 15 p3x8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers that Jews who know the law, as well as Gentiles who do not know the law, are saved only by faith in Christ and not by keeping the law.
|
||||
GAL 2 15 tz45 οὐκ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί 1 not sinners from the Gentiles “not those whom the Jews call Gentile sinners”
|
||||
GAL 2 16 j7g5 figs-synecdoche οὐ…σάρξ 2 no…flesh The word **flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
GAL 2 16 j7g5 figs-synecdoche οὐ…σάρξ 2 no … flesh The word **flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
GAL 2 17 vnp6 ζητοῦντες δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ 1 seeking to be justified in Christ The phrase **justified in Christ** means justified because we are united with Christ and justified by means of Christ.
|
||||
GAL 2 17 sge2 figs-idiom εὑρέθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἁμαρτωλοί 1 we ourselves, were also found to be sinners The words **were also found to be** are an idiom that emphasizes that “we are” certainly sinners. Alternate translation: “we see that we also certainly are sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
GAL 2 17 yy9s figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “Of course, that is not true!” This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question “is Christ then a minister of sin?” You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -118,10 +118,10 @@ GAL 3 11 i537 figs-nominaladj ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσετ
|
|||
GAL 3 12 rep5 ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 will live in them This could mean: (1) A person who keeps the Law must obey them all. (2) A person who keeps the Law will be judged by his ability to do what the Law demands.
|
||||
GAL 3 13 x2lc 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds these believers again that keeping the law could not save a person and that the law did not add a new condition to the promise by faith given to Abraham.
|
||||
GAL 3 13 ml63 ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόμου 1 from the curse of the law The noun **curse** can be expressed with the verb “curse.” Alternate translation: “from being cursed because of the law” or “from being cursed for not obeying the law”
|
||||
GAL 3 13 mp4p figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόμου, γενόμενος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν κατάρα…ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς 1 from the curse of the law, having become a curse for us…Cursed is everyone The word **curse** here is a metonym for God condemning the person whom he has cursed. Alternate translation: “from us having God condemn us because we broke the law … having God condemn him instead of us … God condemns everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 3 13 mp4p figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόμου, γενόμενος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν κατάρα…ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς 1 from the curse of the law, having become a curse for us … Cursed is everyone The word **curse** here is a metonym for God condemning the person whom he has cursed. Alternate translation: “from us having God condemn us because we broke the law … having God condemn him instead of us … God condemns everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 3 13 mt6z ὁ κρεμάμενος ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 who is hanging on a tree Paul expected his audience to understand that he was referring to Jesus hanging on the cross.
|
||||
GAL 3 14 brf7 ἵνα…ἡ εὐλογία τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ γένηται 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come “because Christ became a curse for us, the blessing of Abraham will come”
|
||||
GAL 3 14 fa98 ἵνα…λάβωμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 2 so that…through faith we might receive “because Christ became a curse for us, by faith we will receive”
|
||||
GAL 3 14 fa98 ἵνα…λάβωμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 2 so that … through faith we might receive “because Christ became a curse for us, by faith we will receive”
|
||||
GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we might receive The word **we** includes the people who would read the letter and so is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 3 15 c3gs κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 according to man “as a person” or “of things most people understand”
|
||||
|
|
@ -167,13 +167,13 @@ GAL 4 3 u462 τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the elemental princ
|
|||
GAL 4 4 l5tf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
GAL 4 5 v5cb figs-metaphor ἐξαγοράσῃ 1 he might redeem Paul uses the metaphor of a person buying back lost property or buying the freedom of a slave as a picture of Jesus paying for his people’s sins by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 6 a274 ἐστε υἱοί 1 you are sons Paul uses the word for male child here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here.
|
||||
GAL 4 6 eqx5 ἐξαπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν κρᾶζον, Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, crying out,…Abba, Father By calling out “Abba, Father” the Spirit assures us that we are God’s children and he loves us.
|
||||
GAL 4 6 eqx5 ἐξαπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν κρᾶζον, Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, crying out, … Abba, Father By calling out “Abba, Father” the Spirit assures us that we are God’s children and he loves us.
|
||||
GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy ἐξαπέστειλεν…τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts Here, **hearts** is metonym for the part of a person that thinks and feels. Alternate translation: “sent his Son’s Spirit to show us how to think and act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 4 6 xhe6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 of his Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 crying out The Spirit is the one who calls.
|
||||
GAL 4 6 mlg1 Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 Abba, Father This is the way a young child would address his father in Paul’s home language, but not in the language of the Galatian readers. To keep the sense of a foreign language, translate this as a word that sounds as much like **Abba** as your language allows.
|
||||
GAL 4 7 e7tc οὐκέτι εἶ δοῦλος, ἀλλὰ υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses the word for male child here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here.
|
||||
GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you οὐκέτι εἶ δοῦλος…καὶ κληρονόμος 1 you are no longer a slave,…also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you οὐκέτι εἶ δοῦλος…καὶ κληρονόμος 1 you are no longer a slave, … also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 an heir The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 8 s4ic 0 General Information: He continues to rebuke the Galatians by asking rhetorical questions.
|
||||
GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God’s laws rather than living by faith.
|
||||
|
|
@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ GAL 4 24 sxtj figs-metaphor εἰς δουλείαν γεννῶσα 1 giving bi
|
|||
GAL 4 25 u1cc συνστοιχεῖ 1 corresponding to “she is a picture of” or “she represents”
|
||||
GAL 4 25 ck7v figs-metaphor δουλεύει…μετὰ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 she is in slavery with her children Hagar is a slave and her children are slaves with her. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem, like Hagar, is a slave, and her children are slaves with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 26 wa1u ἐλευθέρα ἐστίν 1 is free “is not bound” or “is not a slave”
|
||||
GAL 4 27 ih2f figs-you στεῖρα…ἡ οὐκ ὠδίνουσα 1 you barren one…you who are not suffering the pains of childbirth Here, **you** refers to the barren woman and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 4 27 ih2f figs-you στεῖρα…ἡ οὐκ ὠδίνουσα 1 you barren one … you who are not suffering the pains of childbirth Here, **you** refers to the barren woman and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 4 28 ad75 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 4 28 ct63 ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα 1 children of promise This could mean: (1) The Galatians have become God’s **children** by believing God’s promise. (2) The Galatians have become God’s **children** because God worked miracles to fulfill his promises to Abraham, first by giving Abraham a son and then by making the Galatians children of Abraham and thus sons of God.
|
||||
GAL 4 29 c9lf figs-metaphor κατὰ σάρκα 1 according to flesh This refers to Abraham’s becoming Ishmael’s father by taking Hagar as a wife. Alternate translation: “by means of human action” or “because of what people did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ GAL 5 16 rl5s figs-personification ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς 1 the desir
|
|||
GAL 5 18 san8 οὐκ…ὑπὸ νόμον 1 not under the law “not obligated to obey the law of Moses”
|
||||
GAL 5 19 yf2a τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός 1 the works of the flesh The abstract noun **works** can be translated with the verb “does.” Alternate translation: “what the sinful nature does”
|
||||
GAL 5 19 u2pu figs-personification τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός 1 the works of the flesh The **flesh** is spoken of as if it were a person who does things. Alternate translation: “what people do because of their sinful nature” or “the things people do because they are sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 5 21 rs9b figs-metaphor κληρονομήσουσιν 1 will…inherit Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 21 rs9b figs-metaphor κληρονομήσουσιν 1 will … inherit Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 22 hez3 figs-metaphor ὁ…καρπὸς τοῦ Πνεύματός ἐστιν 1 the fruit of the Spirit is Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “what the Spirit produces is” or “the Spirit produces in God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 23 ss5k πραΰτης, ἐνκράτεια 1 gentleness, and self - control The list of “the fruit of the Spirit” that begins with the words “love, joy, peace” ends here.
|
||||
GAL 5 24 l6ux figs-metaphor τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 have crucified the flesh with the passions and the desires Paul speaks of Christians who refuse to live according to their **flesh** as if they have killed it on a cross. Alternate translation: “refuse to live according the sinful nature with its passions and desires, as if they killed it on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ GAL 6 1 ss7l ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatia
|
|||
GAL 6 1 vm8f ἐὰν…ἄνθρωπος 1 if a man “if anyone among you”
|
||||
GAL 6 1 vts8 ἐὰν καὶ προλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 even if a man might be caught in any trespass This could mean: (1) Someone else found that person in the act. Alternate translation: “if someone is discovered in an act of sin” (2) That person committed the sin without intending to do evil. Alternate translation: “if someone gave in and sinned”
|
||||
GAL 6 1 t4rm ὑμεῖς, οἱ πνευματικοὶ 1 you, the spiritual “those of you who are guided by the Spirit” or “you who are living in the guidance of the Spirit”
|
||||
GAL 6 1 hdj8 καταρτίζετε τὸν τοιοῦτον 1 let…restore such a one “let him … correct the person who sinned” or “let him … exhort the person who sinned to return to a correct relationship with God”
|
||||
GAL 6 1 hdj8 καταρτίζετε τὸν τοιοῦτον 1 let … restore such a one “let him … correct the person who sinned” or “let him … exhort the person who sinned to return to a correct relationship with God”
|
||||
GAL 6 1 tr5r ἐν πνεύματι πραΰτητος 1 in a spirit of gentleness This could mean: (1) The Spirit is directing the one who is offering correction. (2) We should have an attitude of gentleness, or speak to them in a kind way.
|
||||
GAL 6 1 rrg9 figs-you σκοπῶν σεαυτόν 1 considering yourself These words treat the Galatians as though they are all one person to emphasize that he is talking to each of them. Alternate translation: “being concerned about yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 6 1 ljx6 figs-activepassive μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς 1 lest you also might be tempted You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that nothing will tempt you also to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ GAL 6 8 dge9 figs-metaphor θερίσει φθοράν 1 will reap destruction G
|
|||
GAL 6 8 aqz2 figs-metaphor σπείρων εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 sowing to the Spirit Here, **sowing** seeds is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, the person is doing good actions because he is listening to God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “doing the things God’s Spirit loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 6 8 k1p7 ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος θερίσει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 from the Spirit will reap eternal life “will receive eternal life as a reward from God’s Spirit”
|
||||
GAL 6 9 pnq1 τὸ δὲ καλὸν ποιοῦντες, μὴ ἐνκακῶμεν 1 But we should not become discouraged in doing good “We should continue to do good”
|
||||
GAL 6 9 a4n4 τὸ δὲ καλὸν ποιοῦντες 1 But…in doing good in doing good to others for their well-being
|
||||
GAL 6 9 a4n4 τὸ δὲ καλὸν ποιοῦντες 1 But … in doing good in doing good to others for their well-being
|
||||
GAL 6 9 u77c καιρῷ γὰρ ἰδίῳ 1 for in due time “for at the right time” or “because at the time God has chosen”
|
||||
GAL 6 10 ax66 ἄρα οὖν 1 So then “As a result of this” or “Because of this”
|
||||
GAL 6 10 ud5u μάλιστα δὲ πρὸς τοὺς 1 but especially to those “but most of all to those” or “but in particular to those”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
|
|
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ PHP 1 17 z8ty figs-metonymy τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου 1 in my chains Here
|
|||
PHP 1 18 z5ia figs-rquestion τί γάρ? 1 What then Paul uses this question to introduce how he feels about the situation he wrote about in [Philippians 1:15-17](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “This is what I think about this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
PHP 1 18 gcfh figs-idiom τί γάρ? 1 What then This may be an idiom that means “It does not matter.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
PHP 1 18 wnn0 figs-ellipsis τί γάρ? 1 What then The words “shall I think about this” are understood as part of the question. Alternate translation: “What then shall I think about this?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
PHP 1 18 ah9v πλὴν ὅτι παντὶ τρόπῳ, εἴτε προφάσει εἴτε ἀληθείᾳ, Χριστὸς καταγγέλλεται 1 Only that in every way…whether in pretext or in truth…Christ is proclaimed “As long as people preach about Christ, it does not matter if they do it for good reasons or for bad reasons”
|
||||
PHP 1 18 ah9v πλὴν ὅτι παντὶ τρόπῳ, εἴτε προφάσει εἴτε ἀληθείᾳ, Χριστὸς καταγγέλλεται 1 Only that in every way … whether in pretext or in truth … Christ is proclaimed “As long as people preach about Christ, it does not matter if they do it for good reasons or for bad reasons”
|
||||
PHP 1 18 c8tr ἐν τούτῳ χαίρω 1 in this I rejoice “I am happy because people are preaching about Jesus”
|
||||
PHP 1 18 cf58 χαρήσομαι 1 I will rejoice “I will celebrate” or “I will be glad”
|
||||
PHP 1 19 qp81 τοῦτό μοι ἀποβήσεται εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 this will result to me in deliverance “because people proclaim Christ, God will deliver me”
|
||||
|
|
@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ PHP 1 27 jey6 figs-metaphor μιᾷ ψυχῇ συναθλοῦντες 1 with o
|
|||
PHP 1 27 ej2s συναθλοῦντες 1 striving together “working hard together”
|
||||
PHP 1 27 ya3h τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for the faith of the gospel This could mean: (1) This refers to spreading **the faith** that is based on **the gospel**. (2) This refers to believing and living as the gospel teaches us.
|
||||
PHP 1 28 i9yt figs-you μὴ πτυρόμενοι ἐν μηδενὶ 1 do not be frightened in anything This is a command to the Philippian believers. If your language has a plural command form, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHP 1 28 l495 ἥτις ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς ἔνδειξις ἀπωλείας, ὑμῶν δὲ σωτηρίας, καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 This is a sign to them of their destruction, but of your salvation…and this from God “Your courage will show them that God will destroy them. It will also show you that God will save you”
|
||||
PHP 1 28 l495 ἥτις ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς ἔνδειξις ἀπωλείας, ὑμῶν δὲ σωτηρίας, καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 This is a sign to them of their destruction, but of your salvation … and this from God “Your courage will show them that God will destroy them. It will also show you that God will save you”
|
||||
PHP 1 28 nb4b καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 and this from God “and this is from God.” Here, **this** could mean: (1) This refers to the believers’ courage. (2) This refers to the sign. (3) This refers to destruction and salvation.
|
||||
PHP 1 30 x4z3 τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες, οἷον εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ νῦν ἀκούετε ἐν ἐμοί 1 having the same struggle which you saw in me, and now you hear in me “suffering in the same way that you saw me suffer, and that you now hear that I am still suffering”
|
||||
PHP 2 intro ixw8 0 # Philippians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations, like the ULT, set apart the lines of verses 6-11. These verses describe the example of Christ. They teach important truths about the person of Jesus.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Practical instructions<br><br>In this chapter Paul gives many practical instructions to the church in Philippi.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “If there is any”<br><br>This appears to be a type of hypothetical statement. However, it is not a hypothetical statement, because it expresses something that is true. The translator may also translate this phrase as “Since there is.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ PHP 2 16 u3qb figs-metaphor λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες 1 holding f
|
|||
PHP 2 16 eq86 λόγον ζωῆς 1 the word of life “the message that brings life” or “the message that shows how to live the way God wants you to”
|
||||
PHP 2 16 q7y8 εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ 1 on the day of Christ This refers to when Jesus comes back to set up his kingdom and rule over the earth. Alternate translation: “when Christ returns”
|
||||
PHP 2 16 m5aq figs-parallelism οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον, οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα 1 I did not run in vain nor labor in vain The phrases **run in vain** and **labor in vain** here mean the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how hard he has worked to help people believe in Christ. Alternate translation: “I did not work so hard for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
PHP 2 16 m1z7 figs-metaphor ἔδραμον 1 I did…run The scriptures often use the image of walking to represent conducting one’s life. To **run** is to live life intensively. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 16 m1z7 figs-metaphor ἔδραμον 1 I did … run The scriptures often use the image of walking to represent conducting one’s life. To **run** is to live life intensively. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 17 bky1 figs-metaphor ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ σπένδομαι ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν, χαίρω καὶ συνχαίρω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν 1 But even if I am being poured out as an offering on the sacrifice and service of your faith, I am glad and rejoice with you all Paul speaks of his death as if he were a drink **offering** which is **poured out** upon the animal **sacrifice** to honor God. What Paul means is that he would gladly die for the Philippians if that would make them more pleasing to God. Alternate translation: “But, even if the Romans kill me and it is as if my blood pours out as an offering, I will be glad and rejoice with you all if my death will make your faith and obedience more pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 19 dr9c 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the Philippian believers about his plan to send Timothy soon and that they should treat Epaphroditus as special.
|
||||
PHP 2 19 gml9 ἐλπίζω δὲ ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 Now I hope in the Lord Jesus “Now I confidently expect the Lord Jesus to allow me”
|
||||
|
|
@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ PHP 3 1 zu9l ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philipp
|
|||
PHP 3 1 ymm2 χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 rejoice in the Lord “be happy because of all the Lord has done”
|
||||
PHP 3 1 qb78 figs-explicit ὑμῖν δὲ ἀσφαλές 1 and is a safeguard for you You can state explicitly how writing these things is a **safeguard** for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “because these teachings will protect you from those who teach what is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 3 2 ny6y βλέπετε 1 Beware “Watch out for” or “Look out for”
|
||||
PHP 3 2 zin8 τοὺς κύνας…τοὺς κακοὺς ἐργάτας…τὴν κατατομήν 1 the dogs,…the evil workers,…the mutilation These are three different ways of describing the same group of false teachers. Paul is using strong expressions to convey his feeling about these Jewish Christian teachers.
|
||||
PHP 3 2 zin8 τοὺς κύνας…τοὺς κακοὺς ἐργάτας…τὴν κατατομήν 1 the dogs, … the evil workers, … the mutilation These are three different ways of describing the same group of false teachers. Paul is using strong expressions to convey his feeling about these Jewish Christian teachers.
|
||||
PHP 3 2 yr9n figs-irony τοὺς κύνας 1 the dogs The word **dogs** was used by the Jews to refer to those who were not Jews. Paul reverses this and calls the Jews “dogs.”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
PHP 3 2 yeax figs-metaphor τοὺς κύνας 1 the dogs Paul speaks of the false teachers as though they were **dogs**, to insult them, because dogs were unclean. If you have a different animal in your culture that is considered unclean or whose name is used as an insult, you could use this animal instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 2 cka6 figs-hyperbole τὴν κατατομήν 1 the mutilation Paul is exaggerating about the act of circumcision to insult the false teachers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ PHP 3 6 ksr3 κατὰ ζῆλος διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 a
|
|||
PHP 3 6 n51b διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 persecuting the church “attacking Christians”
|
||||
PHP 3 6 hln8 κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος 1 according to righteousness that is under the law, having become blameless The phrase **righteousness that is under the law** refers to being righteous by obeying the law. Paul obeyed the law so carefully that he believed that no one could find any part of it that he disobeyed. Alternate Translation: “being so righteous by obeying the law that I was blameless”
|
||||
PHP 3 7 n4lg figs-metaphor ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη 1 Whatever was a profit for me Paul is referring here to the praise he received for being an eager Pharisee. He speaks of this praise as if he had viewed it in the past as a businessman’s profit. Alternate translation: “Anything that other Jews praised me for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 7 lb8f κέρδη…ζημίαν 1 a profit…loss These are common business terms. If many people in your culture do not understand formal business terms, you could translate these terms as “things that made my life better” and “things that made my life worse.”
|
||||
PHP 3 7 lb8f κέρδη…ζημίαν 1 a profit … loss These are common business terms. If many people in your culture do not understand formal business terms, you could translate these terms as “things that made my life better” and “things that made my life worse.”
|
||||
PHP 3 7 y1sg figs-metaphor ταῦτα ἥγημαι…ζημίαν 1 I consider this loss Paul speaks of that praise as if he were now viewing it as a business **loss** instead of a profit. In other words, Paul says that all his religious acts of righteousness are worthless before Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 8 e1fp figs-metaphor καὶ ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν εἶναι 1 I consider even all things to be loss Paul is continuing the business metaphor from [Philippians 3:7](../03/07.md), saying it is worthless to trust in anything other than Christ. Alternate translation: “I consider everything to be worthless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 8 cv55 διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου 1 because of the surpassing value of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord “because knowing Christ Jesus my Lord is worth so much more”
|
||||
|
|
@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ PHP 3 16 pxn9 figs-exclusive εἰς ὃ ἐφθάσαμεν, τῷ αὐτῷ
|
|||
PHP 3 17 jed4 συνμιμηταί μου γίνεσθε 1 Become imitators of me “Do what I do” or “Live as I live”
|
||||
PHP 3 17 uxc5 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
|
||||
PHP 3 17 h4tv τοὺς οὕτω περιπατοῦντας, καθὼς ἔχετε τύπον ἡμᾶς 1 those who are thus walking, just as you have us as an example “those who already are living just as I live” or “those who already are doing what I do”
|
||||
PHP 3 18 ab61 πολλοὶ…περιπατοῦσιν…τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 many walk…as enemies of the cross of Christ These words are Paul’s main thought for this verse.
|
||||
PHP 3 18 ab61 πολλοὶ…περιπατοῦσιν…τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 many walk … as enemies of the cross of Christ These words are Paul’s main thought for this verse.
|
||||
PHP 3 18 kr19 figs-metaphor πολλοὶ…περιπατοῦσιν 1 many walk A person’s behavior is spoken of as if that person would **walk** along a path. Alternate translation: “many live” or “many conduct their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 18 x2lu οὓς πολλάκις ἔλεγον ὑμῖν, νῦν δὲ καὶ κλαίων, λέγω 1 about whom I have often told you, but now even weeping, I say Paul interrupts his main thought with these words that describe the “many.” You can move them to the beginning or end of the verse if you need to.
|
||||
PHP 3 18 zwp3 πολλάκις ἔλεγον ὑμῖν 1 I have often told you “I have told you many times”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -5,14 +5,14 @@ COL 1 1 h5gl 0 General Information: Though this letter is from Paul and Timoth
|
|||
COL 1 1 nlf1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Throughout this letter the words “we,” “our,” and “ours” include the Colossians unless noted otherwise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 1 bqvt figs-you 0 General Information: The words “you,” “your,” and “yours” refer to the Colossian believers and so are plural unless noted otherwise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
COL 1 1 fny3 ἀπόστολος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ διὰ θελήματος Θεοῦ 1 an apostle of Christ Jesus through the will of God “whom God chose to be an apostle of Christ Jesus”
|
||||
COL 1 3 q1su figs-exclusive εὐχαριστοῦμεν…τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 We give thanks…of our Lord The words **We** and **our** do not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 3 q1su figs-exclusive εὐχαριστοῦμεν…τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 We give thanks … of our Lord The words **We** and **our** do not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 4 z6eb τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 your faith in Christ Jesus “your belief in Christ Jesus”
|
||||
COL 1 5 n1qz figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν ἐλπίδα τὴν ἀποκειμένην ὑμῖν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 because of the hope that is being reserved for you in the heavens Here, **hope** stands for what the believer can confidently expect, that is, the things that God has promised to do for all believers. These things are spoken of as if they were physical objects that God was keeping in the **heavens** for the believers to possess later. Alternate translation: “because you are certain that God, who is in heaven, will do the many good things that he has promised you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 5 xn8s τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας, τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 the word of truth, the gospel This could mean: (1) This refers to the message about the truth, the gospel. (2) This refers to the true message, the gospel.
|
||||
COL 1 6 wk21 figs-metaphor ἐστὶν καρποφορούμενον καὶ αὐξανόμενον 1 is bearing fruit and growing Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “is having good results, more and more” or “this gospel is having increasing results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 6 z3g5 figs-hyperbole ἐν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in all the world This is a generalization referring to the part of the **world** that they knew about. Alternate translation: “throughout the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
COL 1 6 ait7 τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 the grace of God in truth “the true grace of God”
|
||||
COL 1 7 f8t1 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 our…our The word **our** does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 7 f8t1 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 our … our The word **our** does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 7 mjv5 ἐμάθετε ἀπὸ Ἐπαφρᾶ, τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ συνδούλου ἡμῶν, ὅς 1 you learned it from Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, who “you learned from Epaphras, who is our beloved fellow servant and who” or “Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, taught you. He”
|
||||
COL 1 7 q8gt Ἐπαφρᾶ, τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ συνδούλου ἡμῶν, ὅς ἐστιν πιστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν διάκονος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, who is a faithful servant of Christ on our behalf Here, **on our behalf** means that Epaphras was doing work for Christ that Paul himself would have done if he were not in prison.
|
||||
COL 1 7 pz3h translate-names Ἐπαφρᾶ 1 Epaphras This is the man who preached the gospel to the people in Colossae. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ COL 1 26 a9kw figs-activepassive νῦν…ἐφανερώθη 1 now has been re
|
|||
COL 1 27 c8yb figs-metaphor τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης τοῦ μυστηρίου τούτου 1 the riches of the glory of this mystery Paul speaks of the value of this **mystery** about God as if it were a treasure of material wealth. “riches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 27 c7ln figs-metaphor Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Christ in you Paul speaks of the believers as if they were actual containers in which **Christ** is present. This is one of his ways of expressing the union of the believers with Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 27 mr83 ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς δόξης 1 the hope of glory “so you can confidently expect to share in God’s glory”
|
||||
COL 1 28 va1x figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς καταγγέλλομεν…παραστήσωμεν 1 We proclaim…we may present These words **We** and **we** do not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 28 va1x figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς καταγγέλλομεν…παραστήσωμεν 1 We proclaim … we may present These words **We** and **we** do not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 28 na8w νουθετοῦντες πάντα ἄνθρωπον 1 admonishing every man “warning everyone”
|
||||
COL 1 28 lyz1 figs-explicit ἵνα παραστήσωμεν πάντα ἄνθρωπον 1 so that we may present every man You may need to make explicit to whom they will present every person. Alternate translation: “so that we may present to God every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 1 28 uk2i figs-metaphor τέλειον 1 complete Being **complete** is a metaphor for being spiritually mature. Alternate translation: “spiritually mature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ COL 2 5 bz56 figs-idiom τῷ πνεύματι σὺν ὑμῖν εἰμι 1 I
|
|||
COL 2 5 ev9p τὴν τάξιν 1 good order doing things properly
|
||||
COL 2 5 hth1 τὸ στερέωμα…πίστεως ὑμῶν 1 the strength of your faith “how nothing and no one can cause you to stop believing”
|
||||
COL 2 6 m3f1 figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ περιπατεῖτε 1 walk in him To **walk** on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. The words **in him** refer to being in close relationship with Christ and so doing what pleases him. Alternate translation: “live your lives the way he wants you to” or “live so that people can see that you belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 e2x6 figs-idiom ἐρριζωμένοι…ἐποικοδομούμενοι ἐν αὐτῷ…βεβαιούμενοι τῇ πίστει…περισσεύοντες ἐν εὐχαριστίᾳ 1 being rooted…built up in him,…confirmed in the faith…abounding in thanksgiving These words explain what it means to “walk in him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 e2x6 figs-idiom ἐρριζωμένοι…ἐποικοδομούμενοι ἐν αὐτῷ…βεβαιούμενοι τῇ πίστει…περισσεύοντες ἐν εὐχαριστίᾳ 1 being rooted … built up in him, … confirmed in the faith … abounding in thanksgiving These words explain what it means to “walk in him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 fw47 figs-metaphor ἐρριζωμένοι 1 being rooted Paul speaks of a person with true faith in Christ as if that person were a tree growing in solid ground with deep roots. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 tb5m figs-metaphor ἐποικοδομούμενοι ἐν αὐτῷ 1 built up in him Paul speaks of a person with true faith in Christ as if that person were a building that has a strong foundation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 yh83 βεβαιούμενοι τῇ πίστει 1 confirmed in the faith “trusting in Jesus for everything”
|
||||
|
|
@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ COL 2 8 cbw5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul urges the believers to be careful no
|
|||
COL 2 8 ga9l figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς ἔσται ὁ συλαγωγῶν 1 will be the one who takes you captive Paul speaks of the way a person can believe false teachings (because they believe false things or love the wrong things) as if someone had physically caught and held that person by force. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 8 p3vx τῆς φιλοσοφίας 1 philosophy religious doctrines and beliefs that are not from God’s word but are based on man’s thoughts about God and life
|
||||
COL 2 8 t8xx figs-metaphor κενῆς ἀπάτης 1 empty deceit Paul speaks of false ideas that produce nothing and so are without value as though they are containers with nothing in them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 8 l9jt τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων…τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the tradition of men,…the elemental teaching of the world Both Jewish traditions and pagan (Gentile) belief systems are worthless. The **elemental teaching of the world** perhaps refers to evil spirits that claimed to rule the world and that were adored by people. But some interpreters view the **elemental teaching of the world** as people’s basic teachings about the world.
|
||||
COL 2 8 l9jt τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων…τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the tradition of men, … the elemental teaching of the world Both Jewish traditions and pagan (Gentile) belief systems are worthless. The **elemental teaching of the world** perhaps refers to evil spirits that claimed to rule the world and that were adored by people. But some interpreters view the **elemental teaching of the world** as people’s basic teachings about the world.
|
||||
COL 2 9 ahq5 ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς Θεότητος σωματικῶς 1 in him all the fullness of deity dwells in bodily form “God’s total nature lives in physical form in Christ”
|
||||
COL 2 10 lbk7 figs-metaphor ἐστὲ ἐν αὐτῷ πεπληρωμένοι 1 you are filled in him Paul speaks of people as though they were containers into which God has placed Christ. Alternate translation: “you are made complete in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 10 je36 figs-metaphor ὅς ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλὴ πάσης ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐξουσίας 1 who is the head of all rule and authority Christ is the ruler over every other ruler (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ COL 2 12 yp7u figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ…συνηγέρθητε 1 in whom yo
|
|||
COL 2 12 rec6 figs-idiom συνηγέρθητε 1 you were raised up Here to be **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “God caused you to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 2 12 qcsm figs-activepassive συνηγέρθητε 1 you were raised up You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God raised you up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 13 v6vi figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς νεκροὺς ὄντας 1 you, being dead Paul speaks of unresponsiveness to God as if it were death. Alternate translation: “when you Colossian believers were unable to respond to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 13 f9ms figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς νεκροὺς ὄντας…συνεζωοποίησεν ὑμᾶς 1 you, being dead…he made you alive together With this metaphor Paul speaks of coming into new spiritual life as if it were coming back to life physically. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 13 f9ms figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς νεκροὺς ὄντας…συνεζωοποίησεν ὑμᾶς 1 you, being dead … he made you alive together With this metaphor Paul speaks of coming into new spiritual life as if it were coming back to life physically. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 13 wh4z νεκροὺς…ἐν τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 dead in the trespasses and the uncircumcision of your flesh You were dead on two accounts: (1) You were spiritually dead, living a life of sin against Christ. (2) You were not circumcised according to the law of Moses.
|
||||
COL 2 13 k2hw χαρισάμενος ἡμῖν πάντα τὰ παραπτώματα 1 having forgiven us all of our trespasses “for he forgave us, both us Jews and you Gentiles, of all our trespasses”
|
||||
COL 2 14 w22z figs-metaphor ἐξαλείψας τὸ καθ’ ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον τοῖς δόγμασιν, ὃ ἦν ὑπεναντίον ἡμῖν 1 having canceled the written record of the decrees against us, which were opposed to us Paul speaks of the way God forgives our sins as if it were the way a person, to whom many people owe money or goods, destroys the **record** of that debt so they do not have to pay him back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ COL 2 15 cg37 figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῷ 1 in the cross Here, **the cross**
|
|||
COL 2 16 cii9 ἐν βρώσει, καὶ ἐν πόσει 1 in food or in drink The law of Moses included what one can eat and drink. “for what you eat or what you drink”
|
||||
COL 2 16 b4kd ἐν μέρει ἑορτῆς, ἢ νουμηνίας, ἢ Σαββάτων 1 in regard to a festival, or a new moon, or Sabbaths The law of Moses specified the days to celebrate, to worship, and to offer sacrifice. “for the way you celebrate feast days or new moons or the Sabbath”
|
||||
COL 2 17 ip3a figs-metaphor ἅ ἐστιν σκιὰ τῶν μελλόντων, τὸ δὲ σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 which are a shadow of the things coming, but the body is of Christ A **shadow** shows the shape of an object, but it is not the object itself. In a similar way, the festivals, celebrations, and Sabbath show us something about how God would save people, but those things do not save people. The savior is **Christ**. Alternate translation: “which are like a shadow of what would happen, but the reality is Christ” or “which are like a shadow of the savior who would come, but the savior is Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 zv2t figs-metaphor μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω 1 Let no one…deprive you of your prize Here Paul refers to false teachers as if they were corrupt judges at an athletic contest who would unjustly disqualify the believers from winning the **prize** they deserve, and he speaks of Christ saving a person as if Christ were giving a prize to the winner of such a contest. Alternate translation: “Let no one … disqualify you from winning a prize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 zv2t figs-metaphor μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω 1 Let no one … deprive you of your prize Here Paul refers to false teachers as if they were corrupt judges at an athletic contest who would unjustly disqualify the believers from winning the **prize** they deserve, and he speaks of Christ saving a person as if Christ were giving a prize to the winner of such a contest. Alternate translation: “Let no one … disqualify you from winning a prize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 b5ce figs-metonymy θέλων ἐν ταπεινοφροσύνῃ 1 delighting in false humility The word **humility** is a metonym for actions one does to make others think that one is humble. Alternate translation: “who wants you to do things to show that you are humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 kn5d figs-metaphor ἃ ἑόρακεν ἐμβατεύων 1 standing on things he has seen Here Paul speaks about people who claim to have dreams and visions from God and who talk proudly about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 p7q4 figs-activepassive εἰκῇ φυσιούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 becoming puffed up without cause by the mind of his flesh Here Paul says that sinful ways of thinking make a person arrogant. Alternate translation: “puffing himself up by means of his fleshly thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ COL 4 14 hq1k Δημᾶς 1 Demas This is another co-worker with Paul.
|
|||
COL 4 15 sc5g τοὺς…ἀδελφοὺς 1 the brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
COL 4 15 zkp3 ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ 1 in Laodicea a city very close to Colossae where there was also a church
|
||||
COL 4 15 wyk3 Νύμφαν, καὶ τὴν κατ’ οἶκον αὐτῆς ἐκκλησίαν 1 Nympha, and the church in her house A woman named **Nympha** hosted a **house** **church**. Alternate translation: “Nympha and the group of believers that meets in her house”
|
||||
COL 4 17 d39x figs-you εἴπατε Ἀρχίππῳ, βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρέλαβες ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς. 1 say to Archippus,…Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it Paul reminds Archippus of the task God had given him and that he, Archippus, was under obligation to the Lord to fulfill it. The words **Look**, **you have received**, and **you may fulfill** all refer to Archippus and should be singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
COL 4 17 d39x figs-you εἴπατε Ἀρχίππῳ, βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρέλαβες ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς. 1 say to Archippus, … Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, so that you may fulfill it Paul reminds Archippus of the task God had given him and that he, Archippus, was under obligation to the Lord to fulfill it. The words **Look**, **you have received**, and **you may fulfill** all refer to Archippus and should be singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
COL 4 18 an7s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes his letter with a greeting written in his own handwriting.
|
||||
COL 4 18 h3kx figs-metonymy μνημονεύετέ μου τῶν δεσμῶν 1 Remember my chains Paul speaks of **chains** when he means his imprisonment. Alternate translation: “Remember me and pray for me while I am in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 18 w2vm figs-metonymy ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with you Here, **Grace** stands for God, who shows grace or acts kindly to believers. Alternate translation: “I pray that our Lord Jesus Christ would continue to act graciously toward you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 1 3 bl7l τοῦ ἔργου τῆς πίστεως 1 work of faith acts done because of trust in God
|
||||
1TH 1 4 xky4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to give thanks for the believers at Thessalonica and praises them for their faith in God.
|
||||
1TH 1 4 erb6 ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1TH 1 5 ude4 οὐκ…ἐν λόγῳ μόνον 1 not…in word only “not only in what we said”
|
||||
1TH 1 5 ude4 οὐκ…ἐν λόγῳ μόνον 1 not … in word only “not only in what we said”
|
||||
1TH 1 5 h675 ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but also in power, and in the Holy Spirit This could mean: (1) This refers to the **Holy Spirit** gave Paul and his companions the ability to preach the gospel powerfully. (2) This refers to the **Holy Spirit** made the preaching of the gospel have a powerful effect among the Thessalonian believers. (3) This refers to the **Holy Spirit** demonstrated the truth of the gospel preaching by means of miracles, signs, and wonders.
|
||||
1TH 1 5 t1w3 figs-abstractnouns πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ 1 in much assurance The abstract noun **assurance** can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “God made you sure that it was true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 1 5 e889 οἷοι 1 what kind of men “how we conducted ourselves when”
|
||||
|
|
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 2 4 qqj2 figs-explicit λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak Paul is referring to preaching the gospel message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 2 4 k1m9 figs-metonymy τῷ δοκιμάζοντι τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 the one who examines our hearts The word **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s desires and thoughts. Alternate translation: “who knows our desires and thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 5 xcy6 0 General Information: Paul tells the Thessalonian believers that his conduct was not based in flattery, greed, or self glory.
|
||||
1TH 2 5 i8cr οὔτε…ἐν λόγῳ κολακίας ἐγενήθημεν 1 we did not come…in words of flattery “we never spoke to you … with false praise”
|
||||
1TH 2 5 i8cr οὔτε…ἐν λόγῳ κολακίας ἐγενήθημεν 1 we did not come … in words of flattery “we never spoke to you … with false praise”
|
||||
1TH 2 7 ag1l figs-simile ὡς ἐὰν τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα 1 as if a mother might comfort her own children Just as a **mother** would gently **comfort** her **children**, so Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy spoke gently to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 2 8 r8b4 οὕτως ὁμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν 1 Having affection for you in this manner “Because of our great affection for you”
|
||||
1TH 2 8 g73f ὁμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν 1 Having affection for you “Loving you”
|
||||
|
|
@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 2 17 vr7v figs-metonymy προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ 1 by face, not in heart Here, **heart** represents thoughts and emotions. Though Paul and those traveling with him were not present physically in Thessalonica, they continued to care and think about the believers there. Alternate translation: “in person, but we continued to think about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 17 t5d5 figs-synecdoche τὸ πρόσωπον ὑμῶν ἰδεῖν 1 to see your faces Here, **your faces** means the entire person. Alternate translation: “to see you” or “to be with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1TH 2 19 j7j5 figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως? ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ? 1 For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of boasting? Is it not even you before our Lord Jesus at his coming Paul uses these questions to emphasize the reasons he wants to come see the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: “For you are our confidence for the future, and joy, and crown of pride in front of our Lord Jesus at his coming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1TH 2 19 mj9n figs-metonymy ἡμῶν ἐλπὶς…ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 our hope,…Is it not even you By **hope** Paul means the assurance he has that God will reward him for his work. The Thessalonian Christians are the reason for his hope. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 19 mj9n figs-metonymy ἡμῶν ἐλπὶς…ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 our hope, … Is it not even you By **hope** Paul means the assurance he has that God will reward him for his work. The Thessalonian Christians are the reason for his hope. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 19 ty78 figs-metonymy ἢ χαρὰ 1 or joy The Thessalonians are the reason for his joy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 19 e7tl figs-metonymy στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 crown of boasting Here, **crown** refers to a laurel wreath awarded to victorious athletes. The expression **crown of boasting** means a reward for victory, or having done well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 3 intro j379 0 # 1 Thessalonians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Standing<br><br>In this chapter, Paul uses “stand firm” to illustrate being steadfast. This is a common way to describe being steadfast or faithful. Paul uses “be shaken” as the opposite of being steadfast. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -104,9 +104,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 3 10 k71n ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ 1 earnestly “fervently”
|
||||
1TH 3 10 eb26 figs-synecdoche εἰς τὸ ἰδεῖν ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον 1 to see your face The word **face** refers to their whole person. Alternate translation: “to visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 tet9 0 General Information: In these verses, the word “our” does not always refer to the same group of people. Please see the translation notes for specifics.
|
||||
1TH 3 11 bql9 figs-exclusive ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν…ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν 1 our God and Father…our Lord Paul uses **our** to include the Thessalonian believers with his ministry team. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 mc2m ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν…κατευθύναι 1 may our God and Father…direct “we pray that our God and Father … will direct”
|
||||
1TH 3 11 um1c figs-metaphor κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 may…direct our way to you Paul speaks as if he wants God to show him and his companions the route to take to visit the Thessalonian Christians. He means that he wants God to make it possible for them to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 bql9 figs-exclusive ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν…ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν 1 our God and Father … our Lord Paul uses **our** to include the Thessalonian believers with his ministry team. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 mc2m ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν…κατευθύναι 1 may our God and Father … direct “we pray that our God and Father … will direct”
|
||||
1TH 3 11 um1c figs-metaphor κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 may … direct our way to you Paul speaks as if he wants God to show him and his companions the route to take to visit the Thessalonian Christians. He means that he wants God to make it possible for them to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 efl5 figs-exclusive τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 our way to you The word **our** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy but not the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 mp6s figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…Πατὴρ 1 Father himself Here, **himself** refers back to “Father” for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 12 f5z3 figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς…ὁ Κύριος πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Paul speaks of **love** as an object that one could obtain more of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -151,12 +151,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 4 14 bi9w figs-euphemism τοὺς κοιμηθέντας 1 those who have fallen asleep Here, **fallen asleep** is a polite way to refer to having died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1TH 4 15 ni3m figs-metonymy ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου 1 by the word of the Lord Here, **word** is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “by means of understanding the teachings of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 4 15 b786 εἰς τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 at the coming of the Lord “when the Lord returns”
|
||||
1TH 4 16 ah7p αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος…καταβήσεται 1 the Lord himself,…will descend “the Lord himself … will come down”
|
||||
1TH 4 16 ah7p αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος…καταβήσεται 1 the Lord himself, … will descend “the Lord himself … will come down”
|
||||
1TH 4 16 z9ka ἀρχαγγέλου 1 of the archangel “of the chief angel”
|
||||
1TH 4 16 dr89 figs-explicit οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον 1 the dead in Christ will rise first The **dead in Christ** are those believers who have passed away. Alternate translation: “those who believe in Jesus Christ, but who have already died, will rise first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 17 l5l1 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες 1 we who are alive Here, **we** refers to all believers who have not died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 17 wvi8 σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word **them** refers to the dead believers who were made alive again.
|
||||
1TH 4 17 se1y ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα 1 will be caught up…in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air “will be pulled up … to meet the Lord Jesus in the sky”
|
||||
1TH 4 17 se1y ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα 1 will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air “will be pulled up … to meet the Lord Jesus in the sky”
|
||||
1TH 5 intro ay3d 0 # 1 Thessalonians 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul concludes his letter in a way that was typical of letters in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br><br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will be a surprise to the world. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to live prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Quench the Spirit<br><br>This means to ignore or work against the Holy Spirit’s guidance and work.
|
||||
1TH 5 1 i2vm figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In this chapter the words “we” and “us” refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 5 1 caue figs-you 0 General Information: The word **you** is plural and refers to the believers at the church of Thessalonica. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 5 1 h84m τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν 1 the times and the seasons This refers to the events preceding the Lord Jesus’ return.
|
||||
1TH 5 1 uq3n ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 5 2 mcq9 ἀκριβῶς 1 perfectly well “very well” or “accurately”
|
||||
1TH 5 2 tmj3 figs-simile ὡς κλέπτης ἐν νυκτὶ οὕτως 1 in this manner…like a thief in the night Just as one does not know which night a **thief** may come, we do not know when the day of the Lord will come. Alternate translation: “unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 5 2 tmj3 figs-simile ὡς κλέπτης ἐν νυκτὶ οὕτως 1 in this manner … like a thief in the night Just as one does not know which night a **thief** may come, we do not know when the day of the Lord will come. Alternate translation: “unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 5 3 p1wi ὅταν λέγωσιν 1 When they may say “When the people may say”
|
||||
1TH 5 3 ne9n τότε αἰφνίδιος…ὄλεθρος 1 then sudden destruction “then unexpected destruction”
|
||||
1TH 5 3 f1xr figs-simile ὥσπερ ἡ ὠδὶν τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ 1 like birth pains to the one having in the womb Just as a pregnant woman’s **birth pains** come suddenly and do not stop until the birth is complete, the destruction will come, and people will not escape. Alternate translation: “like the birth pains of a pregnant woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 5 8 wh3g figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς…ἡμέρας ὄντες 1 we, being of the day Paul speaks of knowing the truth about God as belonging to the **day**. Alternate translation: “we, knowing the truth” or “we, having received the light of truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 i8j1 figs-metaphor νήφωμεν 1 might stay sober Paul compares being **sober** to exercising self-control. Alternate translation: “should exercise self-control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 ev6i figs-metaphor ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης 1 having put on the breastplate of faith and of love As a soldier would **put on** a **breastplate** to protect his body, a believer who lives by **faith** and **love** will find protection. Alternate translation: “protect ourselves with faith and love” or “protect ourselves by trusting Christ and loving him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 fk6r figs-metaphor περικεφαλαίαν, ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας 1 the helmet…the hope of salvation As a **helmet** protects a soldier’s head, assurance of **salvation** protects the believer. Alternate translation: “protect ourselves by being certain that Christ will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 fk6r figs-metaphor περικεφαλαίαν, ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας 1 the helmet … the hope of salvation As a **helmet** protects a soldier’s head, assurance of **salvation** protects the believer. Alternate translation: “protect ourselves by being certain that Christ will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 10 w59c figs-euphemism εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν 1 whether we might be awake or asleep These are polite ways of saying alive or dead. Alternate translation: “whether we are alive or dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1TH 5 11 r921 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς τὸν ἕνα 1 build up one the other Here, **build up** is a metaphor that means “encourage.” Alternate translation: “encourage each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 12 pd47 0 General Information: Paul begins to give his final instructions to the church in Thessalonica.
|
||||
|
|
@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 5 20 iv1n προφητείας μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε 1 Do not despise prophecies “Do not have contempt for prophecies” or “Do not hate anything the Holy Spirit tells someone”
|
||||
1TH 5 21 wx69 πάντα δοκιμάζετε 1 Test all things “Make sure that all messages that seem to come from God truly come from him”
|
||||
1TH 5 21 r12r figs-metaphor τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε 1 Hold fast to what is good Paul speaks of messages from the Holy Spirit as if they were objects that one could grasp in his hands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 23 gu2c ἁγιάσαι ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς 1 may…sanctify you completely This refers to God making a person sinless and perfect in his sight.
|
||||
1TH 5 23 gu2c ἁγιάσαι ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς 1 may … sanctify you completely This refers to God making a person sinless and perfect in his sight.
|
||||
1TH 5 23 s36k figs-activepassive ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα, ἀμέμπτως…τηρηθείη 1 may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly Here, **spirit, and soul, and body** represent the whole person. If your language does not have three words for these parts you can state it as “your whole life” or “you.” You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “may God make your whole life without sin” or “may God keep you completely blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TH 5 24 mq2u πιστὸς ὁ καλῶν ὑμᾶς 1 Faithful is he who calls you “He is faithful who calls you” or “God who calls you is faithful”
|
||||
1TH 5 24 c3jg ὃς καὶ ποιήσει 1 who will also do it “and he will be helping you”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 1 7 lu43 figs-ellipsis ὑμῖν…ἄνεσιν 1 relief to you You can make it explicit that God is the one who provides relief. Alternate translation: “for God to provide relief to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 yix7 ἀγγέλων δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 his mighty angels “his powerful angels”
|
||||
2TH 1 8 y3uv ἐν πυρὶ φλογός διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσι Θεὸν 1 in flaming fire taking vengeance on those who have not known God “he will punish with blazing fire those who do not know God” or “then with blazing fire he will punish those who do not know God”
|
||||
2TH 1 9 plw5 figs-activepassive οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν ὄλεθρον αἰώνιον 1 who will pay the penalty…eternal destruction Here, **who** refers to the people who do not obey the gospel. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish them with eternal destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 9 plw5 figs-activepassive οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν ὄλεθρον αἰώνιον 1 who will pay the penalty … eternal destruction Here, **who** refers to the people who do not obey the gospel. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish them with eternal destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 10 ugk9 ὅταν ἔλθῃ…ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 when he comes on that day Here, **that day** is the day when Jesus will return to the world.
|
||||
2TH 1 10 bi2u figs-activepassive ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύσασιν 1 to be glorified by his saints and to be marveled at by all those who have believed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when his people will glorify him and all those who believed will stand in awe of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 11 ik19 figs-hyperbole καὶ προσευχόμεθα πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν 1 we also pray always for you Paul is using **always** as an exaggeration in order to emphasize how often he prays for them. Alternate translation: “we also pray regularly for you” or “we continue to pray for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 2 3 tkg9 figs-metaphor ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 the son of destruction Paul speaks of **destruction** as a person who bore a **son** whose goal is to totally destroy everything. Alternate translation: “the one who destroys everything he can” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 4 t485 figs-activepassive πάντα λεγόμενον θεὸν ἢ σέβασμα 1 everything being called god or an object of worship You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everything that people consider to be God or everything that people worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 4 wj33 ἀποδεικνύντα ἑαυτὸν ὅτι ἔστιν Θεός 1 showing that he himself is God “showing himself as God”
|
||||
2TH 2 5 rsz1 figs-rquestion οὐ μνημονεύετε…ταῦτα 1 Do you not remember…these things Paul uses a rhetorical question to remind them of his teaching when he was with them previously. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am sure you remember … these things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2TH 2 5 rsz1 figs-rquestion οὐ μνημονεύετε…ταῦτα 1 Do you not remember … these things Paul uses a rhetorical question to remind them of his teaching when he was with them previously. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am sure you remember … these things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2TH 2 5 lkk7 ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to the return of Jesus, the day of the Lord, and the man of lawlessness.
|
||||
2TH 2 6 ask4 figs-activepassive τὸ ἀποκαλυφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ καιρῷ 1 he is revealed in his time You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will reveal the man of lawlessness when the time is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 7 si9i μυστήριον…τῆς ἀνομίας 1 mystery of lawlessness This refers to a sacred secret that only God knows.
|
||||
|
|
@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 2 15 jrg4 figs-explicit εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter You can make clear the implicit information. Alternate translation: “whether by what we taught you in person or by what we wrote to you in a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 njk1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends with a blessing from God.
|
||||
2TH 2 16 g8m1 δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word here to mark a change in topic.
|
||||
2TH 2 16 yge9 figs-exclusive ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν…ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς καὶ δοὺς 1 our Lord…who loved us and gave us The words **our** and **us** refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 yge9 figs-exclusive ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν…ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς καὶ δοὺς 1 our Lord … who loved us and gave us The words **our** and **us** refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 cm54 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς 1 our Lord Jesus Christ himself Here, **himself** gives additional emphasis to the phrase **Lord Jesus Christ.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι 1 may he comfort and strengthen your hearts Here, **hearts** represents the seat of emotions. Alternate translation: “may he comfort you and strengthen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 2 17 yw5f παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ 1 every good work and word “every good thing you do and say”
|
||||
|
|
@ -117,5 +117,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 3 16 nef4 0 General Information: Paul makes closing remarks to the believers at Thessalonica.
|
||||
2TH 3 16 whb9 figs-explicit αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης, δῴη ὑμῖν 1 may the Lord of peace himself give you You can make explicit that this is Paul’s prayer for the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord of peace himself gives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 3 16 zl1s figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης 1 the Lord of peace himself Here, **himself** emphasizes that the Lord will personally give peace to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 3 17 c2cb ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ, Παύλου, ὅ ἐστιν σημεῖον ἐν πάσῃ ἐπιστολῇ, οὕτως γράφω 1 This greeting is in my own hand…Paul…which is a sign in every letter. In this manner I write “I, Paul, write this greeting with my own hand, which I do in every letter, as a sign that this letter is truly from me”
|
||||
2TH 3 17 c2cb ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ, Παύλου, ὅ ἐστιν σημεῖον ἐν πάσῃ ἐπιστολῇ, οὕτως γράφω 1 This greeting is in my own hand … Paul … which is a sign in every letter. In this manner I write “I, Paul, write this greeting with my own hand, which I do in every letter, as a sign that this letter is truly from me”
|
||||
2TH 3 17 wg3f οὕτως γράφω 1 In this manner I write Paul makes it clear that this letter is from him and is not a forgery.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 1 4 p2sr figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν πίστει 1 which is by faith If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translations: “which we learn by believing in God” or “which we do by trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 1 5 myi5 δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word to introduce background information that will help Timothy understand the purpose of what he is commanding him. You can translate it with a word or phrase in your language that introduces background information.
|
||||
1TI 1 5 iwnk grammar-connect-logic-goal τὸ δὲ τέλος τῆς παραγγελίας ἐστὶν 1 Now the goal of this command is Here Paul is expressing to Timothy the **goal** or the outcome that he desires from the commands that Paul gave him. Alternate translation: “I am commanding these things in order to get this result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
1TI 1 5 l7un παραγγελίας 1 of…command This refers to the instructions that Paul has given Timothy in [1:3](../01/03.md) and [1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
1TI 1 5 l7un παραγγελίας 1 of … command This refers to the instructions that Paul has given Timothy in [1:3](../01/03.md) and [1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
1TI 1 5 i9rs figs-explicit ἐστὶν ἀγάπη 1 is love That God’s people would show **love** is the goal of the command. If it is necessary to include the object of “love,” you can say “each other” or “others.” This may also include love for God. Alternate translation: “is that God’s people would love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 1 5 t123 figs-metaphor ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 from a pure heart Here the **heart** figuratively represents a person’s thoughts and inclinations. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 5 mbe6 figs-metonymy ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 from a pure heart Here, **pure** figuratively indicates that the person wants only good things and does not have mixed motives that also include some bad ones. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 1 6 se38 figs-metaphor ἐξετράπησαν εἰς 1 have turned away to Here, **turned away** figuratively means these people have stopped doing what God has commanded. Alternate translation: “are no longer doing what God commands. Instead of that, they just engage in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 7 v28u figs-explicit νομοδιδάσκαλοι 1 teachers of the law Here, **law** refers specifically to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 1 7 kz8x grammar-connect-logic-contrast μὴ νοοῦντες 1 not understanding If the contrast is not clear in your language between what these people want to be (teachers of the law) and their ability to do it, you may want to mark the contrast. Alternate translations: “but not understanding” or “and yet they do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
1TI 1 7 t131 figs-doublenegatives μὴ…μήτε…μήτε 1 not…either…or Paul uses a triple negative in Greek for emphasis here, “not … neither … nor.” None of these negatives cancel each other to create a positive meaning. Instead, the negative meaning is retained throughout. If your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1TI 1 7 t131 figs-doublenegatives μὴ…μήτε…μήτε 1 not … either … or Paul uses a triple negative in Greek for emphasis here, “not … neither … nor.” None of these negatives cancel each other to create a positive meaning. Instead, the negative meaning is retained throughout. If your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1TI 1 7 t132 figs-parallelism ἃ λέγουσιν, μήτε περὶ τίνων διαβεβαιοῦνται 1 what they are saying or about which they make confident affirmations These two phrases mean similar things. Paul uses the repetition for emphasis. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the things that they say so confidently are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1TI 1 8 d6dz οἴδαμεν δὲ ὅτι καλὸς ὁ νόμος 1 But we know that the law is good Alternate translations: “we understand that the law is useful” or “we understand that the law is beneficial”
|
||||
1TI 1 8 t134 figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 we know In this letter, Paul uses the words **we**, **us,** and **our** to refer either to Timothy and himself, or else to all believers, which would also include the two of them. So generally, these words include the addressee. A note will discuss the one possible exception in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -77,9 +77,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 1 18 w2ex figs-metaphor στρατεύῃ…τὴν καλὴν στρατείαν 1 you might fight the good fight Paul speaks figuratively about Timothy doing his best for the Lord as if he were a soldier fighting a battle. Alternate translation: “continue to do your best on behalf of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 19 jj6k figs-abstractnouns ἔχων πίστιν 1 holding faith If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a phrase that uses a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could mean: (1) It refers to a relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “continue trusting in Jesus” (2) It refers to a belief in the message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “keep believing the true teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 1 19 ly6q figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν 1 a good conscience See how you translated this in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “continuing to choose to do what is right instead of what is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 1 19 h2wk figs-metaphor τινες…περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν 1 some,…have shipwrecked regarding the faith Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a ship that had sunk. He means that these people no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. You could use this same figure, or a similar one from your culture, if your readers would understand this meaning. Otherwise, you could say as an alternative translation, “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 19 h2wk figs-metaphor τινες…περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν 1 some, … have shipwrecked regarding the faith Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a ship that had sunk. He means that these people no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. You could use this same figure, or a similar one from your culture, if your readers would understand this meaning. Otherwise, you could say as an alternative translation, “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 19 dyr6 figs-abstractnouns περὶ τὴν πίστιν 1 regarding the faith If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith**. Here, **faith** could mean: (1) This refers to a relationship with Jesus (or God). Alternate translation: “their relationship with Jesus” (2) This refers to the teachings about Jesus. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 1 20 pv7f translate-names Ὑμέναιος…Ἀλέξανδρος 1 Hymenaeus…Alexander These are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1TI 1 20 pv7f translate-names Ὑμέναιος…Ἀλέξανδρος 1 Hymenaeus … Alexander These are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1TI 1 20 ty7n figs-metaphor οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 whom I have given over to Satan Paul speaks figuratively as if he physically took hold of these men and handed them to Satan. If this does not make sense in your language, you can state it plainly. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to command them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 20 az10 figs-explicit οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 whom I have given over to Satan This probably means that Paul expelled them from the community of believers. Since they are no longer a part of the community, Satan has access to them and can harm them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you may want to include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to make them suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 1 20 s76c figs-activepassive ἵνα παιδευθῶσι 1 so that they may be taught If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God may teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 3 1 t229 translate-unknown ἐπισκοπῆς 1 an overseer This term describes a leader of the early Christian church whose work was to take care of the spiritual needs of believers and make sure that they received accurate biblical teaching. Alternate translation: “spiritual leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1TI 3 1 f133 καλοῦ ἔργου 1 a noble work Alternate translations: “an honorable task” or “an honorable role”
|
||||
1TI 3 2 dff6 μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρα 1 a husband of one wife This means that he has only one wife, that is, he does not have any other wives or concubines. This also means that he does not commit adultery and may also mean that he has not divorced a previous wife. Alternate translations: “a man who has only one woman” or “a man who is faithful to his wife”
|
||||
1TI 3 2 qnq9 δεῖ…εἶναι…νηφάλιον, σώφρονα, κόσμιον, φιλόξενον 1 must be…sober, self - controlled, orderly, hospitable Alternate translation: “He must … not do anything to excess, he must be reasonable and behave well, and he must be welcoming to strangers”
|
||||
1TI 3 2 qnq9 δεῖ…εἶναι…νηφάλιον, σώφρονα, κόσμιον, φιλόξενον 1 must be … sober, self - controlled, orderly, hospitable Alternate translation: “He must … not do anything to excess, he must be reasonable and behave well, and he must be welcoming to strangers”
|
||||
1TI 3 3 c2c7 μὴ πάροινον, μὴ πλήκτην, ἀλλὰ ἐπιεικῆ, ἄμαχον 1 not a drunkard, not a brawler, but gentle, peaceful Alternate translation: “he must not drink alcohol to excess, and he must not fight and argue, but instead, he must be gentle and peaceful”
|
||||
1TI 3 3 pc2g figs-metaphor ἀφιλάργυρον 1 not money - loving If the expression **loving** money would not convey the idea of something inappropriate in your language, it might be helpful to use a term that expresses the idea of “greed.” Alternate translation: “not greedy for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 4 a8gu προϊστάμενον 1 managing Alternate translations: “he should lead” or “he should take care of”
|
||||
|
|
@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 3 6 q7hu μὴ νεόφυτον 1 not a new convert Alternate translations: “he should not be still just learning the faith” or “he must be mature from a long, steady growth in the faith”
|
||||
1TI 3 6 t240 figs-explicit τυφωθεὶς 1 being puffed up Paul is warning that a new convert might become excessively proud if he were given an important leadership position right away. Alternate translation: “becoming proud of himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 3 6 t241 figs-metaphor τυφωθεὶς 1 being puffed up Paul describes being proud figuratively as if it made a person swell in size. Alternate translation: “thinking that he is better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 6 v6f5 figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ…εἰς κρίμα ἐμπέσῃ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 so that he may not fall,…into the judgment of the devil Paul describes the experience of being condemned for having done wrong as like falling into a hole. Alternate translation: “and have God condemn him … as he condemned the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 6 v6f5 figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ…εἰς κρίμα ἐμπέσῃ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 so that he may not fall, … into the judgment of the devil Paul describes the experience of being condemned for having done wrong as like falling into a hole. Alternate translation: “and have God condemn him … as he condemned the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 7 si1d figs-metaphor τῶν ἔξωθεν 1 those outside Paul speaks of the church figuratively as though it were a place and unbelievers were physically outside of it. Alternate translation: “those who are not believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 7 qsa6 figs-metaphor μὴ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν ἐμπέσῃ 1 he may not fall into disgrace Paul speaks of disgrace figuratively as if it were a hole that a person could fall into. Alternate translation: “so that he does not do anything that would make him ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 7 t245 figs-metaphor παγίδα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 the trap of the devil Paul speaks of the devil tempting someone to sin as if it were a trap that could catch a person. Alternate translation: “so that the devil is not able to tempt him to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 4 10 c9db figs-doublet κοπιῶμεν καὶ ἀγωνιζόμεθα 1 we toil and struggle The terms **toil** and **struggle** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize the intensity with which he and his fellow workers are serving God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “we work so hard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TI 4 10 t320 figs-exclusive κοπιῶμεν καὶ ἀγωνιζόμεθα 1 we toil and struggle This could be the one place where **we** does not include the addressee. Paul has just told Timothy to make godliness his priority rather than physical exercise, and he may be offering himself and his other fellow workers as an example of that for Timothy to follow. So if your language makes that distinction, you may wish to use the exclusive form in this phrase. However, **we** in the next phrase would include Timothy, since Paul is encouraging Timothy to join him and his fellow workers in making godliness his priority as someone who, like them, has hoped in the living God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TI 4 10 qmj6 figs-idiom Θεῷ ζῶντι 1 the living God See how you translated this in [3:15](../03/15.md). Alternate translations: “the God who is genuinely alive” or “the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TI 4 10 t322 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 of…men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1TI 4 10 t322 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 of … men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1TI 4 12 qi8l μηδείς σου τῆς νεότητος καταφρονείτω 1 Let no one despise your youth The term **despise** here does not mean “hate,” but “think little of” or “scorn.” Alternate translation: “Do not let anyone disrespect you just because you are young”
|
||||
1TI 4 12 t325 ἐν λόγῳ 1 in word In this context, the term **word** means “what you say.” Alternate translation: “in your speech”
|
||||
1TI 4 13 t326 figs-explicit πρόσεχε τῇ ἀναγνώσει, τῇ παρακλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 attend to the reading, to the exhortation, to the teaching If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what Timothy is to read and to whom, and whom he is to exhort and teach. Alternate translation: “continue reading the Scriptures to the people in the church there, exhorting them, and teaching them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 5 4 t347 grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 for Paul uses this term to introduce an additional reason why family members should support their widowed mothers or grandmothers. Alternate translation: “also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1TI 5 4 t348 figs-metaphor τοῦτο…ἐστιν ἀπόδεκτον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 this is pleasing before God Paul uses the expression **before God**, which means “in front of God,” to mean “where God can see.” Alternate translations: “this is pleasing in God’s view” or “this pleases God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 5 5 xp1u figs-hendiadys ἡ…ὄντως χήρα καὶ μεμονωμένη 1 the genuine and left - alone widow The two words **genuine** and **left-alone** work together to describe one condition, and they may be combined if that is clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “a widow who is genuinely alone” Or it may be that **left-alone** further defines **genuine**. Alternate translation: “a real widow, that is, one who has no family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1TI 5 5 ggk0 ἡ…χήρα 1 the…widow Here, **the … widow** does not refer to any specific widow, but to all widows who meet this description. Alternate translations: “any … widow” or “all … widows”
|
||||
1TI 5 5 ggk0 ἡ…χήρα 1 the … widow Here, **the … widow** does not refer to any specific widow, but to all widows who meet this description. Alternate translations: “any … widow” or “all … widows”
|
||||
1TI 5 5 u1lj figs-ellipsis προσμένει ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 continues in requests and prayers Paul leaves a verb unexpressed here that your language might need to express. Alternate translations: “continues in making requests and prayers” or “continues to make requests and to offer prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1TI 5 5 rwp4 figs-hendiadys ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 in requests and prayers The phrase **requests and prayers** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **requests** tells what kind of **prayers** Paul is talking about here. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translations: “making requests to God in prayer” or “praying to God for what she needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]).
|
||||
1TI 5 5 rb9f figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας 1 night and day The words **night** and **day** are used together to mean that she prays to God often, no matter what time it is. It does not mean that she prays all night and all day without ever stopping. Alternate translation: “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 5 11 vqq9 figs-explicit ὅταν…καταστρηνιάσωσιν τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 when they become wanton against Christ The implication is that when a widow accepted a place on the register, she promised to remain unmarried and devote herself to serving other believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when they feel bodily desires that are contrary to their pledge of chastity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 5 12 t372 ἔχουσαι κρίμα 1 having judgment Alternate translation: “and so they incur God’s judgment”
|
||||
1TI 5 12 nha7 τὴν πρώτην πίστιν ἠθέτησαν 1 they have broken their first pledge The term **pledge** here refers to a commitment that the widows made, as the last note to [5:11](../05/11.md) explains, that they would serve the Christian community for the rest of their lives and not remarry if the community would supply their needs. Alternate translations: “they have not kept their prior commitment” or “they have not done what they had previously promised to do”
|
||||
1TI 5 13 t4iv ἀργαὶ μανθάνουσιν 1 they…learn to be lazy Alternate translation: “they get into the habit of doing nothing”
|
||||
1TI 5 13 t4iv ἀργαὶ μανθάνουσιν 1 they … learn to be lazy Alternate translation: “they get into the habit of doing nothing”
|
||||
1TI 5 13 t375 figs-nominaladj ἀργαὶ 1 lazy Paul is using the adjective **lazy** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1TI 5 13 t376 περιερχόμεναι τὰς οἰκίας 1 wandering about the houses Alternate translation: “going from house to house”
|
||||
1TI 5 13 nll4 figs-doublet φλύαροι καὶ περίεργοι, λαλοῦσαι τὰ μὴ δέοντα 1 babblers and busybodies, saying what they should not These three phrases may be ways of speaking about the same activity. Paul may be using repetition to emphasize that these women should not be looking into the private lives of people and telling about them to others who would be no better off after hearing this gossip. If you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these phrases into a single one. Alternate translation: “people who interfere openly in other people’s business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) (A doublet can consist of more than two terms.)
|
||||
|
|
@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 5 25 bb2t figs-doublenegatives κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί 1 are not able to be hidden If it is clearer in your language, you can say this in a positive way. Alternate translation: “people will learn about later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1TI 6 intro rks4 0 # 1 Timothy 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Slavery<br><br>In this chapter Paul teaches slaves about honoring, respecting, and diligently serving their masters. This does not mean that he is endorsing slavery as a good thing or as something that God approves of. Instead, Paul is encouraging believers to be godly and content in every situation that they are in. This does not mean that they cannot also work to change those situations.
|
||||
1TI 6 1 nm4n figs-metaphor ὅσοι εἰσὶν ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι 1 As many slaves as are under the yoke Paul speaks of people who work as slaves as though they were oxen plowing or pulling with a yoke around their necks. Alternate translation: “concerning people who are working as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 ep1l figs-explicit ὅσοι εἰσὶν 1 As many…as are The implication in context is that Paul is speaking about believers who are slaves. Alternate translation: “believers who are working as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 ep1l figs-explicit ὅσοι εἰσὶν 1 As many … as are The implication in context is that Paul is speaking about believers who are slaves. Alternate translation: “believers who are working as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 he2n figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται 1 so that the name of God and the teaching may not be blasphemed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that unbelievers will not insult God’s character or what we believe and teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 e3ce ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται 1 so that the name of God and the teaching may not be blasphemed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a positive way. Alternate translation: “so that unbelievers will always speak respectfully about God’s character and about the things that we teach”
|
||||
1TI 6 1 xb92 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the name of God Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. Alternate translations: “God’s character” or “God’s reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 1 5 ayl4 figs-idiom ὑπόμνησιν λαβὼν 1 having received remembrance This is an idiom that simply means, “remembering.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TI 1 5 buc3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως 1 of the genuine faith in you Paul refers to Timothy’s **faith** with an abstract noun. Your language may have a particular way of expressing this concept, such as with a verb. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “that you genuinely believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TI 1 5 p008 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως 1 of the genuine faith in you Paul speaks of **faith** as if it were an object inside of Timothy. Paul is referring to Timothy’s faith in God here, not to anyone’s faith in Timothy. Alternate translation: “your genuine faith” or “your faith that is genuine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 1 5 vgz2 figs-personification ἐν σοὶ…πίστεως, ἥτις ἐνῴκησεν πρῶτον ἐν τῇ μάμμῃ σου, Λωΐδι, καὶ τῇ μητρί σου, Εὐνίκῃ; πέπεισμαι δὲ ὅτι καὶ ἐν σοί 1 of…faith in you which dwelt first in your grandmother Lois and your mother Eunice, and I am convinced that it is also in you Paul is speaking figuratively of their **faith** as if it were something that was alive and lived **in** each of them. Alternate translation: “of … faith that you have. Lois, your grandmother, and then Eunice, your mother, had this genuine faith in God, and now I am confident that you have this same genuine faith as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2TI 1 5 vgz2 figs-personification ἐν σοὶ…πίστεως, ἥτις ἐνῴκησεν πρῶτον ἐν τῇ μάμμῃ σου, Λωΐδι, καὶ τῇ μητρί σου, Εὐνίκῃ; πέπεισμαι δὲ ὅτι καὶ ἐν σοί 1 of … faith in you which dwelt first in your grandmother Lois and your mother Eunice, and I am convinced that it is also in you Paul is speaking figuratively of their **faith** as if it were something that was alive and lived **in** each of them. Alternate translation: “of … faith that you have. Lois, your grandmother, and then Eunice, your mother, had this genuine faith in God, and now I am confident that you have this same genuine faith as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2TI 1 5 l8wc translate-names Λωΐδι 1 Lois This is the name of a woman, Timothy’s grandmother, who is probably his mother’s mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 1 5 p009 translate-names Εὐνίκῃ 1 Eunice This is the name of a woman, Timothy’s mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 1 6 j58k δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν 1 for which reason Paul writes that the **reason** for asking Timothy to rekindle his gift is that he is confident of Timothy’s faith in Jesus. Alternative translation: “for this reason” or “because of your faith in Jesus”
|
||||
|
|
@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 1 12 hhu5 figs-possession τὴν παραθήκην μου 1 my deposit The term **my** here conveys the idea that this **deposit** is associated with Paul in some way. The particular association depends on what we consider the deposit to be. This could mean: (1) The deposit is associated with Paul because it is Paul’s own life or Paul’s faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “my faithfulness to him” (2) The deposit is associated with Paul because it is the gospel message that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “the gospel message that he has entrusted to me to preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2TI 1 12 qcu3 figs-explicit ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 that day This refers to the **day** when Jesus returns for judgment. Alternate translation: “the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 1 13 h1qd figs-metonymy ὑγιαινόντων λόγων 1 of the healthy words Paul wants Timothy to teach the things that he taught and thereby to follow his example. The expression **the healthy words** figuratively means “the correct message” by association, since a healthy mind would recognize that the correct message was reasonable. Alternate translation: “the correct message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 1 13 p016 figs-metonymy λόγων 1 of the…words Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the expression in words of what Christians believe. Alternate translation: “of … message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 1 13 p016 figs-metonymy λόγων 1 of the … words Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the expression in words of what Christians believe. Alternate translation: “of … message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 1 13 p017 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus Paul uses two abstract nouns, **faith** and **love**, to refer to actions that Timothy should do. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TI 1 13 b2ld ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus Here, **love** could mean: (1) This refers to the love that Timothy should show others. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (2) This refers to the love that Timothy should show to God. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving him”
|
||||
2TI 1 13 ix6w figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus Paul speaks figuratively of **faith and love** as if they were objects inside of **Christ Jesus**. This refers to the faith and love that Jesus enables us to have when we belong to him. See how you translated this in 1:9. Alternate translation: “ours through our relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -312,12 +312,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 4 8 n3k8 figs-explicit ἐν, ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on that day As in [1:12](../01/12.md), this refers to the **day** when Jesus returns to judge people. Alternate translation: “on the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 4 8 uh88 τοῖς ἠγαπηκόσι τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ 1 those who have loved his appearing Alternate translation: “those who are looking forward to his return”
|
||||
2TI 4 8 p109 figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ 1 his appearing See how you translated this in [4:1](../04/01.md). Paul is referring figuratively to Christ’s return by association with the fact that he will appear once again to people on earth when he returns. Alternate translation: “his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 4 9 t8b7 σπούδασον ἐλθεῖν…ταχέως 1 Hasten to come…quickly Alternate translation: “come … as soon as possible”
|
||||
2TI 4 10 e4xx translate-names Δημᾶς…Κρήσκης…Τίτος 1 Demas…Crescens…Titus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 4 9 t8b7 σπούδασον ἐλθεῖν…ταχέως 1 Hasten to come … quickly Alternate translation: “come … as soon as possible”
|
||||
2TI 4 10 e4xx translate-names Δημᾶς…Κρήσκης…Τίτος 1 Demas … Crescens … Titus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 4 10 ji2l figs-metonymy τὸν νῦν αἰῶνα 1 the present age The expression **the present age** refers to worldly things as opposed to the things of God. Paul refers to these worldly things figuratively by association with the present time when people generally desire them, as opposed to the future time when the things of God will be established throughout the earth. Alternate translation: “the temporary comforts of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 4 10 u2qb figs-ellipsis Κρήσκης εἰς Γαλατίαν, Τίτος εἰς Δαλματίαν 1 Crescens to Galatia, Titus to Dalmatia Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. He means that like Demas, Crescens and Titus have left him. However, he is probably not saying that they did this because they also “loved this present age” like Demas. It is more likely that they are traveling to help the churches. Alternate translation: “Crescens has left me and gone to Galatia, and Titus has left me and gone to Dalmatia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2TI 4 10 gs61 translate-names Γαλατίαν…Δαλματίαν 1 Galatia,…Dalmatia This are the names of parts of the Roman empire. **Galatia** is an official Roman province and **Dalmatia** is an area in the southern part of the province of Illyricum. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 4 11 p110 translate-names Λουκᾶς…Μᾶρκον 1 Luke…Mark These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 4 10 gs61 translate-names Γαλατίαν…Δαλματίαν 1 Galatia, … Dalmatia This are the names of parts of the Roman empire. **Galatia** is an official Roman province and **Dalmatia** is an area in the southern part of the province of Illyricum. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 4 11 p110 translate-names Λουκᾶς…Μᾶρκον 1 Luke … Mark These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 4 11 w21u μοι εὔχρηστος εἰς διακονίαν 1 useful to me for service This could mean: (1) Mark is **useful** in helping Paul to take care of his personal needs. Alternate translation: “he can help take care of my needs” (2) Mark is **useful** in helping Paul minister to others, especially by preaching and teaching. Alternate translation: “he is helpful to me in my ministry”
|
||||
2TI 4 12 p111 translate-names Τυχικὸν 1 Tychicus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 4 12 y60r ἀπέστειλα 1 I sent Timothy is at Ephesus when he receives this letter. It may be that Tychicus is the one who carried this letter to Timothy at Ephesus. If so, then Paul is writing from Timothy’s perspective, who would view Paul’s sending of Tychicus as a past event. If this is confusing in your language and you want to include this possibility, you may need to change the tense of the verb to future. Alternate translation: “soon I will be sending”
|
||||
|
|
@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 4 14 un4v translate-unknown Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ χαλκεὺς 1 Alexander the coppersmith The term **coppersmith** refers to a person who worked with things made of copper and other metals. Alternate translation: “Alexander, who works with metal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
2TI 4 14 kv94 translate-names Ἀλέξανδρος 1 Alexander This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 4 14 wbx4 figs-metaphor ἀποδώσει αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 The Lord will repay him according to his deeds Paul speaks figuratively of punishment as if it were repayment. Alternate translation: “the Lord will give him the right punishment for what he has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 4 15 i4aj figs-metonymy ἀντέστη τοῖς ἡμετέροις λόγοις 1 he…opposed our words The term **words** refers to the message that Paul and Timothy and their co-workers teach. Alternate translation: “he … opposed the message that we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 4 15 i4aj figs-metonymy ἀντέστη τοῖς ἡμετέροις λόγοις 1 he … opposed our words The term **words** refers to the message that Paul and Timothy and their co-workers teach. Alternate translation: “he … opposed the message that we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 4 16 v847 ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ μου ἀπολογίᾳ 1 At my first defense Paul is referring to the opening session of his trial. By writing **first**, he is likely indicating that he will have to appear in court again. Alternate translation: “At the opening session of my trial” or “When I first appeared in court and explained my actions”
|
||||
2TI 4 16 f2c3 οὐδείς μοι παρεγένετο 1 no one appeared with me Paul explains to Timothy that he had to go to court alone, without any supporters. Alternate translation: “no one testified on my behalf”
|
||||
2TI 4 16 rm2t figs-activepassive μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη 1 May it not be counted against them If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “May God not hold it against them” or “I pray that God does not punish those believers for deserting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -345,12 +345,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 4 19 n4zc figs-metonymy τὸν Ὀνησιφόρου οἶκον 1 the household of Onesiphorus See how you translated this in [1:16](../01/16.md). The word **household** refers to **Onesiphorus** and all the people in his family, possibly even his servants. Alternate translation: “Onesiphorus and everyone who lives with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 4 19 mef8 translate-names Ὀνησιφόρου 1 of Onesiphorus This is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 4 20 p118 translate-names Κορίνθῳ 1 Corinth This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 4 20 lie9 translate-names Ἔραστος…Τρόφιμον 1 Erastus…Trophimus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 4 20 lie9 translate-names Ἔραστος…Τρόφιμον 1 Erastus … Trophimus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 4 20 wp9h translate-names Μιλήτῳ 1 Miletus This is the name of a city to the south of Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 4 21 cvc7 σπούδασον…ἐλθεῖν 1 Hasten to come Alternate translation: “Do your best to come” or “Try as hard as you can to come”
|
||||
2TI 4 21 eh95 figs-explicit πρὸ χειμῶνος 1 before winter The implication is that Timothy should try to come to Paul before the cold weather arrives and makes travel difficult or even impossible. If winter is the warm season in your area and summer is the cold season, or if your area does not have a cold season but a rainy season, you can use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “before the cold weather makes travel difficult” or “before the weather changes and makes travel difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 4 21 z1j9 figs-ellipsis ἀσπάζεταί σε Εὔβουλος, καὶ Πούδης, καὶ Λίνος, καὶ Κλαυδία, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 Eubulus greets you, and Pudens and Linus and Claudia and the brothers Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. To make sure that the meaning is clear, you can supply these words. The people listed after Eubulus are also greeting Timothy. Eubulus is not greeting them. Alternate translation: “Eubulus greets you, and so do Pudens, Linus, Claudia, and all the believers here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2TI 4 21 p7px translate-names Εὔβουλος…Πούδης…Λίνος 1 Eubulus…Pudens…Linus These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 4 21 p7px translate-names Εὔβουλος…Πούδης…Λίνος 1 Eubulus … Pudens … Linus These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 4 21 er77 translate-names Κλαυδία 1 Claudia This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 4 21 mk26 figs-gendernotations οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The word **brothers** means all believers, whether male or female. Alternate translation: “all the believers here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TI 4 22 tx26 figs-you ὁ Κύριος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματός σου 1 The Lord be with your spirit Paul ends his letter with a blessing for Timothy. Here, **you** is singular and refers to Timothy. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord makes your spirit strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ TIT 1 7 d6l1 μὴ πάροινον 1 not addicted to wine “not an alcoholic
|
|||
TIT 1 7 j1qq μὴ πλήκτην 1 not a brawler “not one who is violent” or “not one who likes to fight”
|
||||
TIT 1 8 i549 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Instead The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast between the things an elder is not to be (that Paul already stated), and the things an elder is to be (which Paul is about to state). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
TIT 1 8 vkq1 φιλάγαθον 1 a friend of what is good “a person who loves to do good”
|
||||
TIT 1 8 xy11 figs-doublet σώφρονα…ἐγκρατῆ 1 sensible,…and self - controlled These two terms are very similar in meaning and may be translated by one term if the target language does not have two similar terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
TIT 1 8 xy11 figs-doublet σώφρονα…ἐγκρατῆ 1 sensible, … and self - controlled These two terms are very similar in meaning and may be translated by one term if the target language does not have two similar terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
TIT 1 8 xy12 figs-doublet δίκαιον, ὅσιον 1 righteous, holy These two terms are very similar in meaning and may be translated by one term if the target language does not have two similar terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
TIT 1 9 xwy6 figs-metaphor ἀντεχόμενον 1 He must hold tightly to Paul speaks of devotion to the Christian faith as if it were grasping the faith with one’s hands. Alternate translation: “He must be devoted to” or “He should know well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 9 xy10 κατὰ τὴν διδαχὴν 1 that is in accordance with the teaching “that agrees with the things that we taught him”
|
||||
|
|
@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ TIT 1 14 m4a5 figs-metaphor ἀποστρεφομένων τὴν ἀλήθει
|
|||
TIT 1 15 qtb9 πάντα καθαρὰ τοῖς καθαροῖς 1 All things are pure to those who are pure “If people are pure on the inside, everything that they do will be pure” or “When people have only good thoughts, nothing that they do will offend God”
|
||||
TIT 1 15 nx42 τοῖς καθαροῖς 1 to those who are pure “to those who are acceptable to God”
|
||||
TIT 1 15 abcn grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast between people who are pure and people who are corrupt and unbelieving. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
TIT 1 15 n3wk figs-metaphor τοῖς…μεμιαμμένοις καὶ ἀπίστοις, οὐδὲν καθαρόν 2 to those who…who are corrupt and unbelieving, nothing is pure Paul speaks of sinners as if they were physically dirty. Alternate translation: “if people are morally defiled and do not believe, they cannot do anything pure” or “when people are full of sin and unbelief, nothing that they do is acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 15 n3wk figs-metaphor τοῖς…μεμιαμμένοις καὶ ἀπίστοις, οὐδὲν καθαρόν 2 to those who … who are corrupt and unbelieving, nothing is pure Paul speaks of sinners as if they were physically dirty. Alternate translation: “if people are morally defiled and do not believe, they cannot do anything pure” or “when people are full of sin and unbelief, nothing that they do is acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 16 abco grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 but The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast between what these corrupt people say (they know God) and what their actions show (they do not know God). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
TIT 1 16 i3l2 τοῖς…ἔργοις ἀρνοῦνται 1 they deny him by their actions “how they live proves that they do not know him”
|
||||
TIT 1 16 ja47 βδελυκτοὶ ὄντες 1 They are detestable “They are disgusting”
|
||||
|
|
@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ TIT 2 1 ph2j τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 with sound te
|
|||
TIT 2 2 xyz3 figs-ellipsis πρεσβύτας…εἶναι 1 Older men are to be The Greek does not have **are**, but only “Older men to be.” We need to supply a verb here, drawing from the idea of **speak** in the previous verse, such as **teach** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “Teach older men to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
TIT 2 2 xy13 figs-doublet νηφαλίους…σεμνούς, σώφρονας 1 temperate, dignified, sensible These three words are very close in meaning and may be combined into one or two terms if the target language does not have three separate terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
TIT 2 2 xc6t νηφαλίους 1 temperate “sober-minded” or “self-controlled”
|
||||
TIT 2 2 y3j2 εἶναι…σώφρονας 1 are to be…sensible “to … control their desires”
|
||||
TIT 2 2 y3j2 εἶναι…σώφρονας 1 are to be … sensible “to … control their desires”
|
||||
TIT 2 2 abc1 ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει 1 sound in faith Here the word **sound** means to be firm and unwavering. See the note about **sound** on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1) and the note about **sound in faith** on [Titus 1:13](../01/13/je3r).
|
||||
TIT 2 2 m14y figs-abstractnouns ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει 1 sound in faith You can state the abstract noun **faith** as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “firmly believe the true teachings about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 2 2 z14y figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 in love You can state the abstract noun **love** as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “truly love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ TIT 2 12 qy8k figs-personification παιδεύουσα ἡμᾶς 1 training us
|
|||
TIT 2 12 abce figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
TIT 2 12 lxb3 τὴν ἀσέβειαν 1 godlessness “things that dishonor God”
|
||||
TIT 2 12 n3k5 τὰς κοσμικὰς ἐπιθυμίας 1 worldly passions “strong desires for the things of this world” or “strong desires for sinful pleasures”
|
||||
TIT 2 12 xy19 ἀσέβειαν…εὐσεβῶς 1 godlessness…godly way These terms are direct opposites, meaning “God-dishonoring” and “God-honoring,” respectively.
|
||||
TIT 2 12 xy19 ἀσέβειαν…εὐσεβῶς 1 godlessness … godly way These terms are direct opposites, meaning “God-dishonoring” and “God-honoring,” respectively.
|
||||
TIT 2 12 fk8j ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι 1 in the present age “while we live in this world” or “during this time”
|
||||
TIT 2 13 rz93 προσδεχόμενοι 1 while we look forward to receiving **while we wait to welcome**
|
||||
TIT 2 13 xyz6 figs-metonymy τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα 1 the blessed hope Here what is **blessed** is that for which we hope, which is the return of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “the wonderful thing for which we hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -129,13 +129,13 @@ TIT 2 15 abc7 παρακάλει 1 exhort “encourage them to do these things
|
|||
TIT 2 15 b94z figs-explicit ἔλεγχε, μετὰ πάσης ἐπιταγῆς 1 rebuke with all authority If it is helpful, the people whom Titus should correct can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “correct with all authority those people who do not do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 2 15 h15y μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω 1 Let no one disregard you “Do not allow anyone to ignore you”
|
||||
TIT 2 15 xy22 figs-doublenegatives μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω 1 Let no one disregard you You can state this positively: “Make sure that everyone listens to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
TIT 2 15 jbu1 figs-explicit σου περιφρονείτω 1 Let…disregard you The way that people would disregard Titus can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Let … refuse to listen to your words” or “Let … refuse to respect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 2 15 jbu1 figs-explicit σου περιφρονείτω 1 Let … disregard you The way that people would disregard Titus can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Let … refuse to listen to your words” or “Let … refuse to respect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 3 intro zh6x 0 # Titus 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul gives Titus personal instructions in this chapter.<br><br>Verse 15 formally concludes this letter. This is a common way of ending a letter in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogies<br><br>Genealogies (verse 9) are lists that record a person’s ancestors or descendants, and show from what tribe and family a person came. For example, priests came from the tribe of Levi and the family of Aaron. Some of these lists included stories of ancestors and even of spiritual beings. These lists and stories were used to argue about where things came from and about how important various people were.
|
||||
TIT 3 1 y9tr 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues giving Titus instructions on how to teach the elders and people under his care in Crete.
|
||||
TIT 3 1 j2sa ὑπομίμνῃσκε αὐτοὺς…ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 Remind them to submit “Tell our people again what they already know, to submit” or “Keep reminding them to submit”
|
||||
TIT 3 1 w3fy ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις, ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν 1 to submit to rulers and authorities, to obey them “to do as the political rulers and government authorities say by obeying them”
|
||||
TIT 3 1 wa9x figs-doublet ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις 1 to rulers and authorities These words have similar meanings and both refer to anyone who holds authority in the government. If the target language has only one term for this, then just use that term (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
TIT 3 1 xy25 figs-doublet ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν 1 to submit…to obey them These words have similar meanings and both refer to doing what someone tells you to do. If the target language has only one term for this, then just use that term (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
TIT 3 1 xy25 figs-doublet ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν 1 to submit … to obey them These words have similar meanings and both refer to doing what someone tells you to do. If the target language has only one term for this, then just use that term (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
TIT 3 1 in7u πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἑτοίμους εἶναι 1 to be ready for every good work “be ready to do good whenever there is opportunity”
|
||||
TIT 3 2 lug7 βλασφημεῖν 1 to revile “to speak evil of”
|
||||
TIT 3 2 abcx figs-doublenegatives ἀμάχους εἶναι 1 to be uncontentious You can state this positively: “to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -176,11 +176,11 @@ TIT 3 11 inh5 figs-metaphor ἐξέστραπται 1 has turned from the right
|
|||
TIT 3 11 p81k ὢν αὐτοκατάκριτος 1 being self - condemned “bringing judgment on himself”
|
||||
TIT 3 12 z7i4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes the letter by telling Titus what to do after he appoints elders in Crete and by giving greetings from those with him.
|
||||
TIT 3 12 mba6 ὅταν πέμψω 1 When I send “After I send”
|
||||
TIT 3 12 c32w translate-names Ἀρτεμᾶν…Τυχικόν 1 Artemas…Tychicus These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
TIT 3 12 c32w translate-names Ἀρτεμᾶν…Τυχικόν 1 Artemas … Tychicus These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
TIT 3 12 knt1 σπούδασον ἐλθεῖν 1 hurry to come “come quickly”
|
||||
TIT 3 12 xy30 σπούδασον 1 hurry The verb is singular and directed at Titus alone. Artemas or Tychicus would stay in Crete, probably to take Titus’ place.
|
||||
TIT 3 12 gdw9 παραχειμάσαι 1 to spend the winter “to stay for the winter”
|
||||
TIT 3 13 a46f translate-names Ζηνᾶν…Ἀπολλῶν 1 Zenas…Apollos These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
TIT 3 13 a46f translate-names Ζηνᾶν…Ἀπολλῶν 1 Zenas … Apollos These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
TIT 3 13 s757 καὶ Ἀπολλῶν 1 and Apollos “and also Apollos”
|
||||
TIT 3 13 j496 σπουδαίως πρόπεμψον 1 Diligently send on their way “Do not delay in sending”
|
||||
TIT 3 13 xy31 figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μηδὲν αὐτοῖς λείπῃ 1 so that they lack nothing You can state this positively: “so that they have everything that they need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
158
en_tn_59-HEB.tsv
158
en_tn_59-HEB.tsv
|
|
@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ HEB 1 4 mn1p 0 General Information: The first prophetic quotation (You are my
|
|||
HEB 1 4 x4bh γενόμενος 1 He has become “The Son has become”
|
||||
HEB 1 4 fzg3 figs-metonymy ὅσῳ διαφορώτερον παρ’ αὐτοὺς, κεκληρονόμηκεν ὄνομα 1 just as he has inherited a name that is more excellent than their name Here, **name** refers to honor and authority. Alternate translation: “as the honor and authority he has inherited is superior to their honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 4 qt7q figs-metaphor κεκληρονόμηκεν 1 he has inherited The author speaks of receiving honor and authority as if he were inheriting wealth and property from his father. Alternate translation: “he has received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 5 ww5h figs-rquestion τίνι γὰρ εἶπέν ποτε τῶν ἀγγέλων, Υἱός μου εἶ σύ…μοι εἰς Υἱόν? 1 For to which of the angels did God ever say,…You are my son,…a son to me This question emphasizes that God does not call any angel his son. Alternate translation: “For God never said to any of the angels ‘You are my son … a son to me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 1 5 t48e figs-parallelism Υἱός μου εἶ σύ…ἐγὼ…γεγέννηκά σε 1 You are my son,…I have become your father These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
HEB 1 5 ww5h figs-rquestion τίνι γὰρ εἶπέν ποτε τῶν ἀγγέλων, Υἱός μου εἶ σύ…μοι εἰς Υἱόν? 1 For to which of the angels did God ever say, … You are my son, … a son to me This question emphasizes that God does not call any angel his son. Alternate translation: “For God never said to any of the angels ‘You are my son … a son to me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 1 5 t48e figs-parallelism Υἱός μου εἶ σύ…ἐγὼ…γεγέννηκά σε 1 You are my son, … I have become your father These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
HEB 1 6 b6dy 0 General Information: The first quotation in this section, “All God’s angels … him,” comes from one of the books that Moses wrote. The second quotation, “He is the one who makes … fire,” is from the Psalms.
|
||||
HEB 1 6 b4s2 figs-metaphor τὸν πρωτότοκον 1 the firstborn This means Jesus. The author refers to him as the “firstborn” to emphasize the Son’s importance and authority over everyone else. It does not imply that there was a time before Jesus existed or that God has other sons like Jesus. Alternate translation: “his honored Son, his only Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 6 n7ph λέγει 1 he says “God says”
|
||||
|
|
@ -36,22 +36,22 @@ HEB 1 10 tmu5 κατ’ ἀρχάς 1 In the beginning “Before anything exist
|
|||
HEB 1 10 j64k figs-metaphor τὴν γῆν ἐθεμελίωσας 1 laid the earth ’ s foundation The author speaks of God creating the earth as if he built a building on a foundation. Alternate translation: “you created the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 10 r19v figs-metonymy ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν σού εἰσιν οἱ οὐρανοί 1 The heavens are the work of your hands Here, **hands** refer to God’s power and action. Alternate translation: “You made the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 11 a6le αὐτοὶ ἀπολοῦνται 1 They will perish “The heavens and earth will disappear” or “The heavens and earth will no longer exist”
|
||||
HEB 1 11 qy4e figs-simile ὡς ἱμάτιον παλαιωθήσονται 1 will…wear out like a piece of clothing The author speaks of the heavens and earth as if they were a piece of clothing that will get old and eventually become useless. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
HEB 1 11 qy4e figs-simile ὡς ἱμάτιον παλαιωθήσονται 1 will … wear out like a piece of clothing The author speaks of the heavens and earth as if they were a piece of clothing that will get old and eventually become useless. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
HEB 1 12 n4hl figs-simile ὡσεὶ περιβόλαιον ἑλίξεις αὐτούς 1 You will roll them up like a cloak The author speaks of the heavens and earth as if they were a robe or another kind of outer garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
HEB 1 12 iv4r figs-simile ὡς ἱμάτιον καὶ ἀλλαγήσονται 1 and they will be changed like a piece of clothing The author speaks of the heavens and earth as if they were clothing that could be exchanged for other clothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
HEB 1 12 i761 figs-activepassive ἀλλαγήσονται 1 they will be changed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you will change them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 1 12 v5mf figs-metaphor ἔτη σου οὐκ ἐκλείψουσιν 1 your years do not end Periods of time are used to represent God’s eternal existence. Alternate translation: “your life will never end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 13 pqs9 0 General Information: This quotation comes from another Psalm.
|
||||
HEB 1 13 kz68 figs-rquestion πρὸς τίνα δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἴρηκέν ποτε…τῶν ποδῶν σου? 1 But to which of the angels has God said at any time,…for your feet The author uses a question to emphasize that God has never said this to an angel. Alternate translation: “But God has never said to an angel at any time … feet.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 1 13 kz68 figs-rquestion πρὸς τίνα δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἴρηκέν ποτε…τῶν ποδῶν σου? 1 But to which of the angels has God said at any time, … for your feet The author uses a question to emphasize that God has never said this to an angel. Alternate translation: “But God has never said to an angel at any time … feet.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 1 13 s6k7 translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 1 13 ulp5 figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου, ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies a stool for your feet Christ’s enemies are spoken of as if they will become an object on which a king rests his feet. This image represents defeat and dishonor for his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 14 fk5v figs-rquestion οὐχὶ πάντες εἰσὶν λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα…κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν? 1 Are not all angels spirits…to care…inherit salvation The author uses this question to remind the readers that angels are not as powerful as Christ, but they have a different role. Alternate translation: “All angels are spirits who … inherit salvation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 1 14 fk5v figs-rquestion οὐχὶ πάντες εἰσὶν λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα…κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν? 1 Are not all angels spirits … to care … inherit salvation The author uses this question to remind the readers that angels are not as powerful as Christ, but they have a different role. Alternate translation: “All angels are spirits who … inherit salvation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 1 14 v541 figs-metaphor διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν 1 for those who will inherit salvation Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “for those whom God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 intro s2gd 0 # Hebrews 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is about how Jesus is better than Moses, the greatest Israelite.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:6-8, 12-13, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers<br><br>The author probably uses the term “brothers” to refer to Christians who grew up as Jews.
|
||||
HEB 2 1 x7px 0 Connecting Statement: This is the first of five urgent warnings the author gives.
|
||||
HEB 2 1 c72f figs-exclusive δεῖ…ἡμᾶς 1 we must Here, **we** refers to the author and includes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 2 1 ayd1 figs-metaphor μήποτε παραρυῶμεν 1 so that we do not drift away from it This could mean: (1) People who stop believing in God’s word are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop believing it” (2) People who stop obeying God’s words are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop obeying it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 2 j4fa figs-explicit εἰ γὰρ ὁ δι’ ἀγγέλων λαληθεὶς λόγος 1 For if the message…spoken through the angels The Jews believed that God spoke his law to Moses through angels. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For if the message that God spoke through the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 2 2 j4fa figs-explicit εἰ γὰρ ὁ δι’ ἀγγέλων λαληθεὶς λόγος 1 For if the message … spoken through the angels The Jews believed that God spoke his law to Moses through angels. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For if the message that God spoke through the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 2 2 k5kb εἰ γὰρ ὁ…λόγος 1 For if the message The author is certain that these things are true. Alternate translation: “Because the message”
|
||||
HEB 2 2 u52i figs-metonymy πᾶσα παράβασις καὶ παρακοὴ ἔλαβεν ἔνδικον μισθαποδοσίαν 1 every trespass and disobedience receives just punishment Here, **trespass** and **disobedience** stand for the people who are guilty of these sins. Alternate translation: “every person who sins and disobeys will receive just punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 2 2 y2y7 figs-doublet παράβασις καὶ παρακοὴ 1 trespass and disobedience These two words mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -67,21 +67,21 @@ HEB 2 6 df5a figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι μιμν
|
|||
HEB 2 6 wkd9 figs-idiom ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου, ὅτι ἐπισκέπτῃ αὐτόν? 1 Or a son of man, that you care for him The idiom “son of man” refers to human beings. This rhetorical question means basically the same thing as the first question. It expresses surprise that God would care for humans, who are insignificant. Alternate translation: “Human beings are of little importance, and yet you care for them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 2 6 e47v figs-ellipsis ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου 1 Or a son of man The verb may be supplied from the previous question. Alternate translation: “Or what is a son of man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
HEB 2 7 ka5a figs-metaphor ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν, βραχύ τι παρ’ ἀγγέλους 1 You made him a little lower than the angels The author speaks of people being less important than angels as if the people are standing in a position that is lower than the angels’ position. Alternate translation: “less important than the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 7 tjn6 figs-genericnoun ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν…ἐστεφάνωσας αὐτόν 1 You made him…lower…you crowned him Here, these phrases do not refer to a specific person but to humans in general, including both males and females. Alternate translation: “made humans … crowned them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 2 7 tjn6 figs-genericnoun ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν…ἐστεφάνωσας αὐτόν 1 You made him … lower … you crowned him Here, these phrases do not refer to a specific person but to humans in general, including both males and females. Alternate translation: “made humans … crowned them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 2 7 s85x figs-metaphor δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφάνωσας αὐτόν 1 you crowned him with glory and honor The gifts of glory and honor are spoken of as if they were a wreath of leaves placed on the head of a victorious athlete. Alternate translation: “you have given them great glory and honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 8 ac9f figs-genericnoun τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ…αὐτῷ 1 his feet.…to him Here, these phrases do not refer to a specific person but to humans in general, including both males and females. Alternate translation: “their feet … to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 2 8 ac9f figs-genericnoun τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ…αὐτῷ 1 his feet. … to him Here, these phrases do not refer to a specific person but to humans in general, including both males and females. Alternate translation: “their feet … to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 2 8 k5j2 figs-metaphor πάντα ὑπέταξας ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 You put everything in subjection under his feet The author speaks of humans having control over everything as if they have stepped on everything with their feet. Alternate translation: “You have given them control over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 8 rf44 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ ἀνυπότακτον 1 he did not leave anything not subjected to him This double negative means that all things will be subject to Christ. Alternate translation: “God made everything subject to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 2 8 xy7c οὔπω ὁρῶμεν αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα ὑποτεταγμένα 1 we do not yet see everything subjected to him “we know that humans are not in control of everything yet”
|
||||
HEB 2 9 ijd1 0 Connecting Statement: The writer reminds these Hebrew believers that Christ became lower than the angels when he came to earth to suffer death for forgiveness of sins, and that he became a merciful high priest to believers.
|
||||
HEB 2 9 gi12 βλέπομεν Ἰησοῦν 1 we see Jesus “we know there is one”
|
||||
HEB 2 9 ma4j figs-activepassive ἠλαττωμένον 1 who was made lower You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 2 9 i4fc παρ’ ἀγγέλους ἠλαττωμένον…δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφανωμένον 1 who was made lower than the angels…crowned with glory and honor See how you translated these words in [Hebrews 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
HEB 2 9 i4fc παρ’ ἀγγέλους ἠλαττωμένον…δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφανωμένον 1 who was made lower than the angels … crowned with glory and honor See how you translated these words in [Hebrews 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
HEB 2 9 bil4 figs-metaphor γεύσηται θανάτου 1 he might taste death The experience of death is spoken of as if it were food that people can taste. Alternate translation: “he might experience death” or “he might die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 r899 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς υἱοὺς εἰς δόξαν ἀγαγόντα 1 in bringing many sons to glory The gift of **glory** is spoken of here as if it were a place to which people could be brought. Alternate translation: “save many sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 l95y figs-gendernotations πολλοὺς υἱοὺς 1 many sons Here this refers to believers in Christ, including males and females. Alternate translation: “many believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 sw9t figs-metaphor τὸν ἀρχηγὸν τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν 1 the leader of their salvation This could mean: (1) This is a metaphor in which the writer speaks of salvation as if it were a destination and of Jesus as the person who goes before the people on the road and leads them to salvation. Alternate translation: “the one who leads people to salvation” (2) The word translated here as **leader** can mean “founder” and the author speaks of Jesus as the one who establishes salvation, or makes it possible for God to save people. Alternate translation: “the one who makes their salvation possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 l321 figs-metaphor τελειῶσαι 1 to make…complete Becoming mature and completely trained is spoken of as if a person were made complete, perhaps complete in all his body parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 l321 figs-metaphor τελειῶσαι 1 to make … complete Becoming mature and completely trained is spoken of as if a person were made complete, perhaps complete in all his body parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 11 jy9p 0 General Information: This prophetic quotation comes from a Psalm of King David.
|
||||
HEB 2 11 ky9v ὅ…ἁγιάζων 1 the one who sanctifies “the one who makes others holy” or “the one who makes others pure from sin”
|
||||
HEB 2 11 jzw3 figs-activepassive οἱ ἁγιαζόμενοι 1 those who are sanctified You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom he makes holy” or “those whom he makes pure from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ HEB 3 intro mu26 0 # Hebrews 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatti
|
|||
HEB 3 1 m1cv 0 Connecting Statement: This second warning is longer and more detailed and includes chapters 3 and 4. The writer begins by showing that Christ is better than his servant Moses.
|
||||
HEB 3 1 tp7e figs-metaphor ἀδελφοὶ ἅγιοι 1 holy brothers Here, **brothers** refer to fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “holy brothers and sisters” or “my holy fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 3 1 af15 figs-metonymy κλήσεως ἐπουρανίου, μέτοχοι 1 you share in a heavenly calling Here, **heavenly** represents God. Alternate translation: “God has called us together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 1 zma3 τὸν ἀπόστολον καὶ ἀρχιερέα τῆς 1 the apostle and high priest of…confession Here the word **apostle** means someone who has been sent. In this passage, it does not refer to any of the twelve apostles. Alternate translation: “the one whom God sent and is the high priest”
|
||||
HEB 3 1 zma3 τὸν ἀπόστολον καὶ ἀρχιερέα τῆς 1 the apostle and high priest of … confession Here the word **apostle** means someone who has been sent. In this passage, it does not refer to any of the twelve apostles. Alternate translation: “the one whom God sent and is the high priest”
|
||||
HEB 3 1 mnd4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὁμολογίας ἡμῶν 1 of our confession This can be reworded so that the abstract noun “confession” is expressed as the verb “confess.” Alternate translation: “whom we confess” or “in whom we believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 3 2 eqp7 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ 1 in God ’ s house The Hebrew people to whom God revealed himself are spoken of as if they were a literal house. Alternate translation: “to all of God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 3 py5n figs-activepassive οὗτος…ἠξίωται 1 he has been considered worthy You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has considered Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -133,13 +133,13 @@ HEB 3 9 i3wb figs-you οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν 1 your fathers Here, **you
|
|||
HEB 3 9 q7c2 ἐν δοκιμασίᾳ 1 by testing me Here, **me** refers to God.
|
||||
HEB 3 10 we42 translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη 1 for forty years “40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
HEB 3 10 upb8 προσώχθισα 1 I was displeased with “I was angry” or “I was greatly unhappy”
|
||||
HEB 3 10 kh4v figs-metaphor ἀεὶ πλανῶνται τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 They have always gone astray in…hearts Here, **gone astray in their hearts** is a metaphor for not being loyal to God. Here, **hearts** is a metonym for minds or desires. Alternate translation: “They have always rejected me” or “They have always refused to obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 10 kh4v figs-metaphor ἀεὶ πλανῶνται τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 They have always gone astray in … hearts Here, **gone astray in their hearts** is a metaphor for not being loyal to God. Here, **hearts** is a metonym for minds or desires. Alternate translation: “They have always rejected me” or “They have always refused to obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 10 l5t7 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὰς ὁδούς μου 1 they have not known my ways This speaks of a manner of conducting one’s life as if it were a way or a path. Alternate translation: “They have not understood how I want them to conduct their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 11 tz3l figs-metaphor εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσίν μου 1 They will never enter into my rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: “They will never enter the place of rest” or “I will never allow them to experience my blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 12 gv84 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this refers to fellow Christians including males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 3 12 lma5 figs-metonymy μήποτε ἔσται ἔν τινι ὑμῶν καρδία πονηρὰ ἀπιστίας, ἐν τῷ ἀποστῆναι ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 so that there will not be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief, that turns away from the living God Here, **heart** is a metonym that represents a person’s mind or will. Refusing to believe and obey God is spoken of as if the heart did not believe and it physically turned away from God. Alternate translation: “there will not be any of you who refuse to believe the truth and who stop obeying the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 12 kjm7 Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the living God “the true God who is really alive”
|
||||
HEB 3 13 d3k2 ἄχρις οὗ, τὸ σήμερον, καλεῖται 1 as long as it is called…today “while there is still opportunity,”
|
||||
HEB 3 13 d3k2 ἄχρις οὗ, τὸ σήμερον, καλεῖται 1 as long as it is called … today “while there is still opportunity,”
|
||||
HEB 3 13 m1e7 figs-activepassive μὴ σκληρυνθῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ἀπάτῃ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 no one among you will be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the deceitfulness of sin will not harden any of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 13 b198 figs-abstractnouns μὴ σκληρυνθῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ἀπάτῃ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 no one among you will be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin Being stubborn is spoken of as being hard or having a hard heart. The hardness is a result of being deceived by sin. This can be reworded so that the abstract noun “deceitfulness” is expressed as the verb “deceive.” Alternate translation: “no one among you will be deceived by sin and become stubborn” or “you do not sin, deceiving yourselves so that you become stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 14 znu5 0 General Information: This continues the quotation from the same psalm that was also quoted in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ HEB 4 13 i9hh figs-metaphor τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτοῦ, πρὸ
|
|||
HEB 4 14 a51p διεληλυθότα τοὺς οὐρανούς 1 who has passed through the heavens “who has entered where God is”
|
||||
HEB 4 14 ph6z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
HEB 4 14 vt4v figs-metaphor κρατῶμεν τῆς ὁμολογίας 1 let us firmly hold to our beliefs Belief and trust are spoken of as if they were objects that a person could grasp firmly. Alternate translation: “let us continue to believe confidently in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 15 i2fw figs-doublenegatives οὐ…ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα μὴ δυνάμενον συνπαθῆσαι…δὲ 1 we do not have a high priest who cannot feel sympathy…but This double negative means that, in fact, Jesus does feel sympathy with people. Alternate translation: “we have a high priest who can feel sympathy … Indeed, we have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 4 15 i2fw figs-doublenegatives οὐ…ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα μὴ δυνάμενον συνπαθῆσαι…δὲ 1 we do not have a high priest who cannot feel sympathy … but This double negative means that, in fact, Jesus does feel sympathy with people. Alternate translation: “we have a high priest who can feel sympathy … Indeed, we have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 4 15 d26h figs-activepassive πεπειρασμένον…κατὰ πάντα καθ’ ὁμοιότητ 1 NO GLQuote AVAILABLE!!! You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who has endured temptation in every way that we have” or “whom the devil has tempted in every way that he tempts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 4 15 fve3 χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας 1 yet without sin “he did not sin”
|
||||
HEB 4 16 aj1p figs-metonymy τῷ θρόνῳ τῆς χάριτος 1 to the throne of grace “to God’s throne, where there is grace.” Here, **throne** refers to God ruling as king. Alternate translation: “to where our gracious God is sitting on his throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ HEB 5 1 dn18 0 Connecting Statement: The writer describes the sinfulness of th
|
|||
HEB 5 1 whq1 figs-activepassive ἐξ ἀνθρώπων λαμβανόμενος 1 chosen from among people You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God chooses from among the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 5 1 ndz7 figs-activepassive καθίσταται 1 is appointed to act You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God appoints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 5 1 mzd9 ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων καθίσταται 1 is appointed to act on the behalf of people “to represent the people”
|
||||
HEB 5 2 gt9j figs-activepassive τοῖς…πλανωμένοις 1 those…who have been deceived You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those … whom others have deceived” or “those … who believe what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 5 2 gt9j figs-activepassive τοῖς…πλανωμένοις 1 those … who have been deceived You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those … whom others have deceived” or “those … who believe what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 5 2 f781 πλανωμένοις 1 who have been deceived “who believe false things and so behave badly”
|
||||
HEB 5 2 ny8u figs-metaphor περίκειται ἀσθένειαν 1 is subject to weakness The high priest’s own weakness is spoken of as if it were a another person who rules over him. Alternate translation: “is spiritually weak” or “is weak against sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 2 ihs9 ἀσθένειαν 1 weakness the desire to sin
|
||||
|
|
@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ HEB 5 4 c336 figs-metaphor λαμβάνει τὴν τιμήν 1 takes this hono
|
|||
HEB 5 4 n2e1 figs-metonymy λαμβάνει τὴν τιμήν 1 takes this honor The “honor” or praise and respect that people gave to the high priest stand for his task. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 5 4 p6hc figs-activepassive καλούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καθώσπερ καὶ Ἀαρών 1 he is called by God, just as also Aaron was You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God called him, just as he called Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 5 5 pr3f ὁ λαλήσας πρὸς αὐτόν 1 the one speaking to him said “God said to him”
|
||||
HEB 5 5 i694 figs-parallelism Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε 1 You are my Son…today I have become your Father These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
HEB 5 5 i694 figs-parallelism Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε 1 You are my Son … today I have become your Father These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
HEB 5 5 mfa8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱός 1 Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
HEB 5 6 bce6 0 General Information: This prophecy is from a Psalm of David.
|
||||
HEB 5 6 ds6v figs-ellipsis καὶ…λέγει 1 he also says You can state clearly to whom God is speaking. Alternate translation: “he also says to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -249,17 +249,17 @@ HEB 5 14 e3yh figs-metonymy τῶν διὰ τὴν ἕξιν τὰ αἰσθη
|
|||
HEB 6 intro nz5i 0 # Hebrews 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Abrahamic Covenant<br><br>In the covenant that God made with Abraham, God promised to make Abraham’s descendants into a great nation. He also promised to protect Abraham’s descendants and to give them land of their own. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
|
||||
HEB 6 1 f1nk 0 Connecting Statement: The writer continues with what immature Hebrew believers need to do to become mature Christians. He reminds them of the foundational teachings.
|
||||
HEB 6 1 i4xr figs-metaphor ἀφέντες τὸν τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ λόγον, ἐπὶ τὴν τελειότητα φερώμεθα 1 let us leave the beginning of the message of Christ and move forward to maturity This speaks about the basic teachings as if they were the beginning of a journey and the mature teachings as if they were the end of a journey. Alternate translation: “let us stop only discussing what we first learned and start understanding more mature teachings as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 1 thw8 figs-metaphor μὴ πάλιν θεμέλιον καταβαλλόμενοι…πίστεως ἐπὶ Θεόν 1 Let us not lay again the foundation…of faith in God Basic teachings are spoken of as if they were a building whose construction begins by laying a foundation. Alternate translation: “Let us not repeat the basic teachings … of faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 1 thw8 figs-metaphor μὴ πάλιν θεμέλιον καταβαλλόμενοι…πίστεως ἐπὶ Θεόν 1 Let us not lay again the foundation … of faith in God Basic teachings are spoken of as if they were a building whose construction begins by laying a foundation. Alternate translation: “Let us not repeat the basic teachings … of faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 1 d5q3 figs-metaphor νεκρῶν ἔργων 1 dead works Sinful deeds are spoken of as if they belonged to the world of the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 2 s1cv figs-metaphor διδαχὴν…κρίματος αἰωνίου 1 teaching about…eternal judgment Basic teachings are spoken of as if they were a building whose construction begins by laying a foundation. Alternate translation: “nor the basic teachings … eternal judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 2 xww5 ἐπιθέσεώς τε χειρῶν 1 laying on…hands This practice was done to set someone apart for special service or position.
|
||||
HEB 6 2 s1cv figs-metaphor διδαχὴν…κρίματος αἰωνίου 1 teaching about … eternal judgment Basic teachings are spoken of as if they were a building whose construction begins by laying a foundation. Alternate translation: “nor the basic teachings … eternal judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 2 xww5 ἐπιθέσεώς τε χειρῶν 1 laying on … hands This practice was done to set someone apart for special service or position.
|
||||
HEB 6 4 e7px figs-metaphor τοὺς ἅπαξ φωτισθέντας 1 for those who were once enlightened Understanding is spoken of as if it were illumination. Alternate translation: “those who once understood the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 4 l5mc figs-metaphor γευσαμένους…τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς ἐπουρανίου 1 who…tasted the heavenly gift Experiencing salvation is spoken of as if it were tasting food. Alternate translation: “who experienced God’s saving power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 4 l5mc figs-metaphor γευσαμένους…τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς ἐπουρανίου 1 who … tasted the heavenly gift Experiencing salvation is spoken of as if it were tasting food. Alternate translation: “who experienced God’s saving power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 4 d2lp figs-metaphor μετόχους γενηθέντας Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 who were sharers of the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit, who comes to believers, is spoken of as if he were an object that people could share. Alternate translation: “who received the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 5 vp46 figs-metaphor καλὸν γευσαμένους Θεοῦ ῥῆμα 1 who tasted God ’ s good word…of Learning God’s message is spoken of as if it were tasting food. Alternate translation: “who learned God’s good message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 5 tw1u figs-metonymy δυνάμεις…μέλλοντος αἰῶνος 1 the powers…the age to come This means the power of God when his kingdom is fully present in all the world. In this sense, “the powers” refer to God himself, who holds all power. Alternate translation: “learned how God will work powerfully in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 6 5 vp46 figs-metaphor καλὸν γευσαμένους Θεοῦ ῥῆμα 1 who tasted God ’ s good word … of Learning God’s message is spoken of as if it were tasting food. Alternate translation: “who learned God’s good message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 5 tw1u figs-metonymy δυνάμεις…μέλλοντος αἰῶνος 1 the powers … the age to come This means the power of God when his kingdom is fully present in all the world. In this sense, “the powers” refer to God himself, who holds all power. Alternate translation: “learned how God will work powerfully in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 6 6 l8nx πάλιν ἀνακαινίζειν εἰς μετάνοιαν 1 it is impossible to restore them again to repentance “it is impossible to bring them back to repent again”
|
||||
HEB 6 6 dj3g figs-metaphor ἀνασταυροῦντας ἑαυτοῖς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This is because…crucify the Son of God for themselves again When people turn away from God, it is as though they crucify Jesus again. Alternate translation: “it is like they crucify for themselves the very Son of God again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 6 dj3g figs-metaphor ἀνασταυροῦντας ἑαυτοῖς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This is because … crucify the Son of God for themselves again When people turn away from God, it is as though they crucify Jesus again. Alternate translation: “it is like they crucify for themselves the very Son of God again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 6 y47b guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
HEB 6 7 p4tf figs-personification γῆ…ἡ πιοῦσα τὸν…ὑετόν 1 the land that drinks in the rain Farmland that benefits from much rain is spoken of as if it were a person who drinks in the rainwater. Alternate translation: “the land that absorbs the rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 6 7 r32n figs-personification τίκτουσα βοτάνην 1 that produces plants Farmland that produces crops is spoken of as if it gives birth to them. Alternate translation: “that produces plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -277,19 +277,19 @@ HEB 6 11 k4si σπουδὴν 1 diligence careful, hard work
|
|||
HEB 6 11 xfy1 figs-explicit ἄχρι τέλους 1 to the end You can state explicitly the implicit meaning. Alternate translation: “to the end of your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 6 11 i2yc πρὸς τὴν πληροφορίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 in order to make your hope certain “in order to have complete certainty that you will receive what God has promised you”
|
||||
HEB 6 12 yrh2 μιμηταὶ 1 imitators An “imitator” is someone who copies the behavior of someone else.
|
||||
HEB 6 12 q8ry figs-metaphor κληρονομούντων τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 who…inherit the promises Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “receive what God promised them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 12 q8ry figs-metaphor κληρονομούντων τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 who … inherit the promises Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “receive what God promised them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 14 ymh2 λέγων 1 He said God said
|
||||
HEB 6 14 n47a figs-metonymy πληθύνων, πληθυνῶ σε 1 I will greatly increase you Here, **increase** stands for give descendants. Alternate translation: “I will give you many descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 6 15 x5zs figs-activepassive τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 what was promised You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God promised him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 6 17 rpv9 figs-metaphor τοῖς κληρονόμοις τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 to the heirs of the promise The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “to those who would receive what he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 17 ug6j τὸ ἀμετάθετον τῆς βουλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 the unchangeable quality of his purpose “that his purpose would never change” or “that he would always do what he said he would do”
|
||||
HEB 6 18 gjw3 figs-metaphor οἱ καταφυγόντες 1 who have fled for refuge Believers, who trust in God for him to protect them, are spoken of as if they were running to a safe place. Alternate translation: “we, who have trusted him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 18 gk6n figs-metaphor ἰσχυρὰν παράκλησιν ἔχωμεν…κρατῆσαι τῆς προκειμένης ἐλπίδος 1 we,…will have a strong encouragement to hold firmly to the hope set before us Trust in God is spoken of as if encouragement were an object that could be presented to a person and that person could hold on to it. Alternate translation: “will continue to trust in God just has he encouraged us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 18 gk6n figs-metaphor ἰσχυρὰν παράκλησιν ἔχωμεν…κρατῆσαι τῆς προκειμένης ἐλπίδος 1 we, … will have a strong encouragement to hold firmly to the hope set before us Trust in God is spoken of as if encouragement were an object that could be presented to a person and that person could hold on to it. Alternate translation: “will continue to trust in God just has he encouraged us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 18 hs84 figs-activepassive προκειμένης 1 set before us You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God has placed before us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 6 19 w66k 0 Connecting Statement: Having finished his third warning and encouragement to the believers, the writer of Hebrews continues his comparison of Jesus as priest to Melchizedek as priest.
|
||||
HEB 6 19 ng9i figs-metaphor ὡς ἄγκυραν…τῆς ψυχῆς, ἀσφαλῆ τε καὶ βεβαίαν 1 as both a secure and reliable anchor for the soul Just as an anchor keeps a boat from drifting in the water, Jesus keeps us secure in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “that causes us to live securely in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 19 vdt3 figs-doublet ἄγκυραν…ἀσφαλῆ…καὶ βεβαίαν 1 a secure and reliable anchor Here the words **secure** and **reliable** mean basically the same thing and emphasize the complete reliability of the anchor. Alternate translation: “a completely reliable anchor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 6 19 d223 figs-personification ἣν…καὶ εἰσερχομένην εἰς τὸ ἐσώτερον τοῦ καταπετάσματος 1 this hope…that even enters into the inner place behind the curtain Confidence is spoken of as if it were a person who could go into the most holy place of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 6 19 d223 figs-personification ἣν…καὶ εἰσερχομένην εἰς τὸ ἐσώτερον τοῦ καταπετάσματος 1 this hope … that even enters into the inner place behind the curtain Confidence is spoken of as if it were a person who could go into the most holy place of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 6 19 aj2m figs-metaphor τὸ ἐσώτερον 1 the inner place behind This was the most holy place in the temple. It was thought to be the place where God was most intensely present among his people. In this passage, this place stands for heaven and God’s throne room. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 20 zgj6 κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 after the order of Melchizedek This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with Melchizedek as a priest. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest”
|
||||
HEB 7 intro y8j3 0 # Hebrews 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:17, 21, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### High priest<br><br>Only a high priest could offer sacrifices so that God could forgive sins, so Jesus had to be a high priest. The law of Moses commanded that the high priest be from the tribe of Levi, but Jesus was from the tribe of Judah. God made him a priest like the priest Melchizedek, who lived at the time of Abraham, before there was a tribe of Levi.
|
||||
|
|
@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ HEB 7 1 mwy8 0 Connecting Statement: The writer of Hebrews continues his compa
|
|||
HEB 7 1 rfc9 translate-names Σαλήμ 1 of Salem This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
HEB 7 1 rx36 figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὑποστρέφοντι ἀπὸ τῆς κοπῆς τῶν βασιλέων 1 Abraham returning from the slaughter of the kings This is refers to when Abraham and his men went and defeated the armies of four kings in order to rescue his nephew, Lot, and his family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 7 2 q87x ᾧ 1 to him “It was to Melchizedek”
|
||||
HEB 7 2 abh4 βασιλεὺς δικαιοσύνης…βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης 1 king of righteousness,…king of peace “righteous king … peaceful king”
|
||||
HEB 7 2 abh4 βασιλεὺς δικαιοσύνης…βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης 1 king of righteousness, … king of peace “righteous king … peaceful king”
|
||||
HEB 7 3 q4eh ἀπάτωρ, ἀμήτωρ, ἀγενεαλόγητος, μήτε ἀρχὴν ἡμερῶν, μήτε ζωῆς τέλος ἔχων 1 He is without father, without mother, without genealogy, having neither beginning of days nor end of life It is possible to think from this passage that Melchizedek was neither born nor did he die. However, it is likely that all the writer means is that the Scriptures provide no information about Melchizedek’s ancestry, birth, or death.
|
||||
HEB 7 4 h2bg 0 Connecting Statement: The writer states that the priesthood of Melchizedek is better than Aaron’s priesthood and then reminds them that the priesthood of Aaron did not make anything perfect.
|
||||
HEB 7 4 w2gg οὗτος 1 this man was “Melchizedek was”
|
||||
|
|
@ -308,17 +308,17 @@ HEB 7 5 x4za figs-metaphor ἐξεληλυθότας ἐκ τῆς ὀσφύος
|
|||
HEB 7 6 r2rs ὁ…μὴ γενεαλογούμενος ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Melchizedek, whose descent was not traced from them “who was not a descendant of Levi”
|
||||
HEB 7 6 d2hq figs-metaphor τὸν ἔχοντα τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 the one who had the promises The things that God promised to do for Abraham are spoken of as if they were objects that he could possess. Alternate translation: the one to whom God had spoken his promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 7 7 k6pc figs-activepassive τὸ ἔλαττον ὑπὸ τοῦ κρείττονος εὐλογεῖται 1 the lesser person is blessed by the greater person You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the more important person blesses the less important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 8 sf79 ὧδε μὲν…ἐκεῖ 1 In this case,…in that case These phrases are used to compare the Levite priests with Melchizedek. Your language may have a way to emphasize that the author is making a comparison.
|
||||
HEB 7 8 sf79 ὧδε μὲν…ἐκεῖ 1 In this case, … in that case These phrases are used to compare the Levite priests with Melchizedek. Your language may have a way to emphasize that the author is making a comparison.
|
||||
HEB 7 8 c9zz figs-metaphor μαρτυρούμενος ὅτι ζῇ 1 it is testified that he lives on It is never explicitly written in scripture that Melchizedek dies. The author of Hebrews speaks of this absence of information about Melchizedek’s death in scripture as if it were a positive statement that he is still alive. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “scripture shows that he lives on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 9 v1yu figs-metaphor δι’ Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Λευεὶς, ὁ δεκάτας λαμβάνων, δεδεκάτωται 1 Levi, the one who received tithes, also paid tithes through Abraham Since Levi had not been born yet, the author speaks of him as still being in Abraham’s body. In this way, the author argues that Levi paid tithes to Melchizedek through Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 7 10 g26s figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ ὀσφύϊ τοῦ πατρὸς ἦν 1 Levi was…in the body of his ancestor Since Levi had not been born yet, the author speaks of him as still being in Abraham’s body. In this way, the author argues that Levi paid tithes to Melchizedek through Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 7 10 g26s figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ ὀσφύϊ τοῦ πατρὸς ἦν 1 Levi was … in the body of his ancestor Since Levi had not been born yet, the author speaks of him as still being in Abraham’s body. In this way, the author argues that Levi paid tithes to Melchizedek through Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 7 11 kdb8 μὲν οὖν 1 So This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
HEB 7 11 wgp5 figs-rquestion τίς ἔτι χρεία κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ, ἕτερον ἀνίστασθαι ἱερέα, καὶ οὐ κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Ἀαρὼν λέγεσθαι? 1 what further need was there for another priest to arise according to the order of Melchizedek, and to not be called according to the order of Aaron This question emphasizes that it was unexpected that priests come after the order of Melchizedek. Alternate translation: “no one would have needed another priest, one who was like Melchizedek and not like Aaron, to arise.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 7 11 hi4e ἀνίστασθαι 1 to arise “to come” or “to appear”
|
||||
HEB 7 11 cc5f κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 according to the order of Melchizedek This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with Melchizedek as a priest. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest”
|
||||
HEB 7 11 kt3a figs-activepassive οὐ κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Ἀαρὼν λέγεσθαι 1 to not be called according to the order of Aaron You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “not be after the manner of Aaron” or “who is not a priest like Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 12 c7f1 figs-activepassive μετατιθεμένης γὰρ τῆς ἱερωσύνης, ἐξ ἀνάγκης καὶ νόμου μετάθεσις γίνεται 1 For when the priesthood is changed, of necessity a change of the law also happens You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For when God changed the priesthood, he also had to change the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 13 k9zi ὃν γὰρ 1 For…whom This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
HEB 7 13 k9zi ὃν γὰρ 1 For … whom This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
HEB 7 13 m9mm figs-activepassive ἐφ’ ὃν…λέγεται ταῦτα 1 the one about whom these things are said You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “about whom I am speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 14 t3dm γὰρ 1 For This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
HEB 7 14 qsk5 ἐξ Ἰούδα ἀνατέταλκεν ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν 1 our Lord is descended from Judah The words **our Lord** refer to Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ HEB 7 15 i17g 0 General Information: This quote comes from a psalm of King Dav
|
|||
HEB 7 15 jn1p figs-exclusive περισσότερον ἔτι κατάδηλόν ἐστιν 1 this is even more clear “We can understand even more clearly.” Here, **we** refers to the author and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 15 md9i εἰ…ἀνίσταται ἱερεὺς ἕτερος 1 if another priest arises “if another priest comes”
|
||||
HEB 7 15 z1yl κατὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα Μελχισέδεκ 1 in the likeness of Melchizedek This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with Melchizedek as a priest. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest”
|
||||
HEB 7 16 fr4a ὃς οὐ κατὰ νόμον 1 He…not based on a law “His becoming priest was not based on the law”
|
||||
HEB 7 16 fr4a ὃς οὐ κατὰ νόμον 1 He … not based on a law “His becoming priest was not based on the law”
|
||||
HEB 7 16 erq7 figs-metonymy νόμον ἐντολῆς σαρκίνης 1 a law of physical descent The idea of human descent is spoken of as if it had only to do with the flesh of one’s body. Alternate translation: “the law of human descent” or “the law about priests’ descendants becoming priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 7 17 xmj8 figs-personification μαρτυρεῖται γὰρ 1 For scripture testifies about him This speaks about scripture as if it were a person who could witness about something. Alternate translation: “For God witnesses about him through the scriptures” or “For this is what was written about him in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 7 17 g6zd κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 according to the order of Melchizedek There were two groups of priests. One was made up of the descendants of Levi. The other was made up of Melchizedek and Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “according to the line of Melchizedek” or “according to the priesthood of Melchizedek”
|
||||
|
|
@ -340,13 +340,13 @@ HEB 7 20 vf69 figs-explicit καὶ καθ’ ὅσον οὐ χωρὶς ὁρ
|
|||
HEB 7 22 h462 0 Connecting Statement: The writer then assures these Jewish believers that Christ has the better priesthood because he lives forever and the priests that descended from Aaron all died.
|
||||
HEB 7 22 e23d κρείττονος διαθήκης, γέγονεν ἔγγυος 1 has become the guarantee of a better covenant “has told us that we can be sure that there will be a better covenant”
|
||||
HEB 7 24 u941 figs-abstractnouns ἀπαράβατον ἔχει τὴν ἱερωσύνην 1 he has a permanent priesthood A priest’s work is spoken of as if it were an object that Jesus possesses. This can be worded to avoid the abstract noun. Alternate translation: “he is a priest permanently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 7 25 a4gg figs-explicit ὅθεν…δύναται 1 Therefore he is…able You can make explicit what “Therefore” implies. Alternate translation: “Because Christ is our high priest who lives forever, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 7 25 a4gg figs-explicit ὅθεν…δύναται 1 Therefore he is … able You can make explicit what “Therefore” implies. Alternate translation: “Because Christ is our high priest who lives forever, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 7 25 b182 τοὺς προσερχομένους δι’ αὐτοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 those who approach God through him “those who come to God because of what Jesus has done”
|
||||
HEB 7 26 cmq1 figs-metaphor ὑψηλότερος τῶν οὐρανῶν γενόμενος 1 has become higher than the heavens “God has raised him up to the highest heavens.” The author speaks of possessing more honor and power than anyone else as if it were position that is up above all things. Alternate translation: “God has given him more honor and power than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 7 27 b6nv 0 General Information: Here the words **He**, **his**, and **himself** refer to Christ.
|
||||
HEB 7 28 n693 figs-metonymy ὁ νόμος…ἀνθρώπους καθίστησιν ἀρχιερεῖς ἔχοντας ἀσθένειαν 1 the law appoints as high priests men who have weaknesses Here, **the law** is a metonym for the men who appointed the high priests according to the law of Moses. The focus is not on the men who did this, but on the fact that they did this according to the law. Alternate translation: “according to the law, men appoint as high priests men who have weaknesses” or “for according to the law, men who have weaknesses are appointed as high priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 7 28 u5ny ἀνθρώπους…ἔχοντας ἀσθένειαν 1 men who have weaknesses “men who are spiritually weak” or “men who are weak against sin”
|
||||
HEB 7 28 yez2 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος…τῆς ὁρκωμοσίας, τῆς μετὰ τὸν νόμον, Υἱόν 1 the word of the oath, which came after the law,…a Son The “word of the oath” represents God who made the oath. Alternate translation: “God appointed a Son by his oath, which he made after he gave the law” or “after he had given the law, God swore an oath and appointed his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 7 28 yez2 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος…τῆς ὁρκωμοσίας, τῆς μετὰ τὸν νόμον, Υἱόν 1 the word of the oath, which came after the law, … a Son The “word of the oath” represents God who made the oath. Alternate translation: “God appointed a Son by his oath, which he made after he gave the law” or “after he had given the law, God swore an oath and appointed his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 7 28 msa4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱόν 1 a Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
HEB 7 28 fkl3 figs-activepassive τετελειωμένον 1 who has been made perfect You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who has completely obeyed God and become mature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 8 intro ks94 0 # Hebrews 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The author finishes describing how and why Jesus is the most important high priest. Then he begins to speak about how the new covenant is better to the covenant God made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:8-12, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### New covenant<br><br>The author tells how Jesus has established a new covenant that is better than the covenant that God established with the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ HEB 8 1 tw7l δὲ 1 Now This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used t
|
|||
HEB 8 1 z4dh figs-exclusive λεγομένοις 1 what we are saying Even though the author uses the plural pronoun **we**, he is most likely referring only to himself. Because the writer does not include his readers here, The word **we** is exclusive. Alternate translation: “I am saying” or “I am writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
HEB 8 1 m2b4 figs-exclusive ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα 1 We have a high priest The author is including the readers here, so the word **we** is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 8 1 b8qy translate-symaction ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θρόνου τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης 1 has sat down at the right hand of the throne of the Majesty To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Hebrews 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “sat down at the place of honor and authority beside the throne of the Majesty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 8 2 lrb7 τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ Κύριος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος 1 in…the true tabernacle that the Lord, not a man, set up People built the earthly tabernacle out of animal skins fastened to a wooden framework, and they set it up in the manner of a tent. Here, **true tabernacle** means the heavenly tabernacle that God created.
|
||||
HEB 8 2 lrb7 τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ Κύριος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος 1 in … the true tabernacle that the Lord, not a man, set up People built the earthly tabernacle out of animal skins fastened to a wooden framework, and they set it up in the manner of a tent. Here, **true tabernacle** means the heavenly tabernacle that God created.
|
||||
HEB 8 3 su9j figs-activepassive πᾶς γὰρ ἀρχιερεὺς…καθίσταται 1 For every high priest is appointed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For God appoints every priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 8 4 p2v6 οὖν 1 Now This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
HEB 8 4 gfz1 κατὰ νόμον 1 according to the law “as God requires in the law”
|
||||
|
|
@ -369,8 +369,8 @@ HEB 8 5 j3tz figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὄρει 1 on the mountain You can make
|
|||
HEB 8 6 qdj6 0 Connecting Statement: This section begins to show that the new covenant is better than the old covenant with Israel and Judah.
|
||||
HEB 8 6 rt2a διαφορωτέρας 1 Christ has received “God has given Christ”
|
||||
HEB 8 6 spy1 κρείττονός…διαθήκης μεσίτης 1 the mediator of a better covenant This means Christ caused a better covenant between God and humans to exist.
|
||||
HEB 8 6 aw58 figs-activepassive διαθήκης…ἥτις ἐπὶ κρείττοσιν ἐπαγγελίαις νενομοθέτηται 1 of a…covenant, which is based on better promises You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “covenant. It was this covenant that God made based on better promises” or “covenant. God promised better things when he made this covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 8 7 wb9d translate-ordinal ἡ πρώτη ἐκείνη…δευτέρας 1 that covenant…for a second covenant The words **first** and **second** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “old covenant … new covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
HEB 8 6 aw58 figs-activepassive διαθήκης…ἥτις ἐπὶ κρείττοσιν ἐπαγγελίαις νενομοθέτηται 1 of a … covenant, which is based on better promises You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “covenant. It was this covenant that God made based on better promises” or “covenant. God promised better things when he made this covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 8 7 wb9d translate-ordinal ἡ πρώτη ἐκείνη…δευτέρας 1 that covenant … for a second covenant The words **first** and **second** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “old covenant … new covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
HEB 8 7 gig6 ἦν ἄμεμπτος 1 had been faultless “had been perfect”
|
||||
HEB 8 8 ya4n 0 General Information: In this quotation the prophet Jeremiah foretold of a new covenant that God would make.
|
||||
HEB 8 8 sqb4 αὐτοῖς 1 with them “with the people of Israel”
|
||||
|
|
@ -385,9 +385,9 @@ HEB 8 10 e45g figs-metonymy ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν ἐπιγράψ
|
|||
HEB 8 10 hs53 ἔσομαι αὐτοῖς εἰς Θεόν 1 I will be their God “I will be the God they worship”
|
||||
HEB 8 10 xgm3 αὐτοὶ ἔσονταί μοι εἰς λαόν 1 they will be my people “they will be the people for whom I care”
|
||||
HEB 8 11 lsq6 0 General Information: This continues the quotation from the prophet Jeremiah.
|
||||
HEB 8 11 jl1h figs-quotations οὐ μὴ διδάξωσιν ἕκαστος τὸν πολίτην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἕκαστος τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ λέγων, γνῶθι τὸν Κύριον 1 They will certainly not teach each one his neighbor and each one his brother, saying,…Know the Lord You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “They will not need to teach their neighbors or brothers to know me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
HEB 8 11 wne2 figs-doublet τὸν πολίτην…τὸν ἀδελφὸν 1 neighbor…brother Both of these refer to fellow Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 8 11 q5ki figs-metonymy γνῶθι τὸν Κύριον…πάντες εἰδήσουσίν με 1 Know the Lord.…they will all know me **Know** here stands for acknowledge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 8 11 jl1h figs-quotations οὐ μὴ διδάξωσιν ἕκαστος τὸν πολίτην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἕκαστος τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ λέγων, γνῶθι τὸν Κύριον 1 They will certainly not teach each one his neighbor and each one his brother, saying, … Know the Lord You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “They will not need to teach their neighbors or brothers to know me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
HEB 8 11 wne2 figs-doublet τὸν πολίτην…τὸν ἀδελφὸν 1 neighbor … brother Both of these refer to fellow Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 8 11 q5ki figs-metonymy γνῶθι τὸν Κύριον…πάντες εἰδήσουσίν με 1 Know the Lord. … they will all know me **Know** here stands for acknowledge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 8 12 cu1b figs-metonymy ταῖς ἀδικίαις αὐτῶν 1 toward their evil deeds This stands for the people who committed these evil deeds. Alternate translation: “to those who did evil deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 8 12 a1xr figs-metonymy τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν οὐ μὴ μνησθῶ ἔτι 1 their sins I will certainly not remember any longer Here, **remember** stands for “think about.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 intro p8vy 0 # Hebrews 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter describes how Jesus is better than the temple and all its laws and rules. This chapter will be difficult to understand if the first five books of the Old Testament have not yet been translated.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Will<br><br>A will is a legal document that describes what will happen to a person’s property after he dies.<br><br>### Blood<br><br>In the Old Testament, God had commanded the Israelites to offer sacrifices so that he would forgive their sins. Before they could offer these sacrifices, they had to kill animals and then offer not only the animal’s body but also its blood. Shedding blood is a metaphor for killing an animal or person. Jesus offered his life, his blood, as a sacrifice when he allowed men to kill him. The writer of the Book of Hebrews is saying in this chapter that this sacrifice is better than the sacrifices of the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### Return of Christ<br><br>Jesus will return to finish the work that he began when he died so that God would forgive his people’s sins. He will finish saving those people who are waiting for him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### First covenant<br><br>This refers to the covenant that God made with Moses. However, before he made this covenant, God had made a covenant with Abraham. But this was the first covenant that God had made with the people of Israel. You may decide to translate “the first covenant” as “the earlier covenant.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -424,28 +424,28 @@ HEB 9 11 bnc6 0 Connecting Statement: Having described the service of the tabe
|
|||
HEB 9 11 da2i ἀγαθῶν 1 good things This does not refer to material things. It means the good things that God promised in his new covenant.
|
||||
HEB 9 11 czx6 τῆς μείζονος καὶ τελειοτέρας σκηνῆς 1 the greater and more perfect tabernacle This refers to the heavenly tent or tabernacle, which is more important and more perfect than the earthly tabernacle.
|
||||
HEB 9 11 lxw8 figs-activepassive οὐ χειροποιήτου 1 that was not made by human hands You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that humans hands did not make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 11 mtj9 figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτου 1 that was…made by human hands Here, **hands** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
HEB 9 11 mtj9 figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτου 1 that was … made by human hands Here, **hands** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
HEB 9 12 wp9n figs-metaphor ἅγια 1 most holy place God’s presence in heaven is spoken of as if it were the most holy place, the innermost room in the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 13 ch3c σποδὸς δαμάλεως, ῥαντίζουσα τοὺς κεκοινωμένους 1 the sprinkling of a heifer ’ s ashes on those who have become unclean The priest would drop small amounts of the ashes on the unclean people.
|
||||
HEB 9 13 seb3 figs-metonymy πρὸς τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς καθαρότητα 1 for the cleansing of their flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the entire body. Alternate translation: “for the cleansing of their bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 t58w figs-rquestion πόσῳ μᾶλλον τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὃς διὰ Πνεύματος αἰωνίου, ἑαυτὸν προσήνεγκεν ἄμωμον τῷ Θεῷ, καθαριεῖ τὴν συνείδησιν ὑμῶν ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ἔργων, εἰς τὸ λατρεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι! 1 how much more will the blood of Christ, who through the eternal Spirit offered himself without blemish to God, cleanse your conscience from dead works to serve the living God The author uses this question to emphasize that Christ’s sacrifice was the most powerful. Alternate translation: “then certainly Christ’s blood will cleanse our conscience even more from dead works to serve the living God! Because, through the eternal Spirit, he offered himself without blemish to God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 r22p figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the blood of Christ The “blood” of Christ stands for his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 xj6g figs-metaphor ἄμωμον 1 without blemish This is a small sin or moral fault spoken of here as if it were a small, unusual spot or defect on Christ’s body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 rkh4 figs-metonymy καθαριεῖ τὴν συνείδησιν ὑμῶν 1 will…cleanse your conscience Here, **conscience** refers to a person’s feeling of guilt. Believers no longer have to feel guilty for the sins they have committed because Jesus sacrificed himself and has forgiven them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 suu7 figs-metaphor καθαριεῖ 1 will…cleanse Here, **cleanse** stands for the action of relieving our consciences from guilt for the sins we have committed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 rkh4 figs-metonymy καθαριεῖ τὴν συνείδησιν ὑμῶν 1 will … cleanse your conscience Here, **conscience** refers to a person’s feeling of guilt. Believers no longer have to feel guilty for the sins they have committed because Jesus sacrificed himself and has forgiven them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 suu7 figs-metaphor καθαριεῖ 1 will … cleanse Here, **cleanse** stands for the action of relieving our consciences from guilt for the sins we have committed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 zbj1 figs-metaphor νεκρῶν ἔργων 1 dead works Sinful deeds are spoken of as if they belonged to the world of the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 15 x3xr διὰ τοῦτο 1 For this reason “As a result” or “Because of this”
|
||||
HEB 9 15 p2kg διαθήκης καινῆς μεσίτης ἐστίν 1 he is the mediator of a new covenant This means Christ caused the new covenant between God and humans to exist.
|
||||
HEB 9 15 q3x3 τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ 1 the first covenant See how you translated this in [Hebrews 8:7](../08/07.md).
|
||||
HEB 9 15 z29a figs-metonymy εἰς ἀπολύτρωσιν τῶν ἐπὶ τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ παραβάσεων 1 to redeem those under the first covenant from their transgressions “to take away the sins of those who were under the first covenant.” This could mean: (1) Here, **their sins** is a metonym for the guilt of their sins. Alternate translation: “to take away the guilt of those who were under the first covenant” (2) Here, **their sins** is a metonym for the punishment for their sins. Alternate translation: “to take away the punisment for sins of those who were under the first covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 15 ve3v figs-activepassive οἱ κεκλημένοι 1 those who are called You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God has chosen to be his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 15 xb9f figs-metaphor κληρονομίας 1 of…inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 15 xb9f figs-metaphor κληρονομίας 1 of … inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 16 rng2 διαθήκη 1 there is a will a legal document in which a person states who should receive his possessions when he himself dies
|
||||
HEB 9 16 um9a θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθεμένου 1 the death of the one who made it must be proven You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone must prove that the person who made the will has died”
|
||||
HEB 9 18 wpf1 figs-activepassive ὅθεν οὐδ’ ἡ πρώτη χωρὶς αἵματος ἐνκεκαίνισται 1 So not even the first covenant was established without blood You can state this in active and positive form. Alternate translation: “So God established even the first covenant with blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 9 18 kq87 πρώτη 1 first covenant See how you translated this in [Hebrews 8:7](../08/07.md).
|
||||
HEB 9 18 v838 figs-metonymy αἵματος 1 blood The death of animals sacrificed to God is spoken of as if it were nothing but blood. Alternate translation: “the death of animals sacrificed to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 19 zl2n translate-symaction λαβὼν τὸ αἷμα…μετὰ ὕδατος…τὸ βιβλίον…πάντα τὸν λαὸν, ἐράντισεν 1 he took the blood…with water,…sprinkled…the scroll…all the people The priest dipped the hyssop in the blood and the water and then shook the hyssop so drops of blood and water would fall on the scroll and on the people. Sprinkling was a symbolic action done by the priests by which they applied the benefits of the covenant to people and to objects. Here the scroll and the people’s acceptability to God are renewed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 9 19 zl2n translate-symaction λαβὼν τὸ αἷμα…μετὰ ὕδατος…τὸ βιβλίον…πάντα τὸν λαὸν, ἐράντισεν 1 he took the blood … with water, … sprinkled … the scroll … all the people The priest dipped the hyssop in the blood and the water and then shook the hyssop so drops of blood and water would fall on the scroll and on the people. Sprinkling was a symbolic action done by the priests by which they applied the benefits of the covenant to people and to objects. Here the scroll and the people’s acceptability to God are renewed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 9 19 tgc2 ὑσσώπου 1 hyssop a woody shrub with flowers in summer, used in ceremonial sprinkling
|
||||
HEB 9 20 j7en figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης 1 the blood of the covenant Here, **blood** refers to the death of the animals sacrificed to carry out the covenant’s requirements. Alternate translation: “the blood that brings into effect the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 21 k6dm ἐράντισεν 1 he sprinkled “Moses sprinkled”
|
||||
|
|
@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ HEB 10 1 kj83 figs-metaphor σκιὰν…ἔχων ὁ νόμος τῶν με
|
|||
HEB 10 1 r6ly οὐκ αὐτὴν τὴν εἰκόνα τῶν πραγμάτων 1 not the real forms of those things themselves “not the real things themselves”
|
||||
HEB 10 1 at4v κατ’ ἐνιαυτὸν 1 year after year “every year”
|
||||
HEB 10 2 aw6g figs-rquestion οὐκ ἂν ἐπαύσαντο προσφερόμεναι 1 would the sacrifices not have ceased to be offered The author uses a question to state that the sacrifices were limited in their power. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they would have ceased offering those sacrifices.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 2 zc3d ἐπαύσαντο 1 would the sacrifices…have ceased “stopped being”
|
||||
HEB 10 2 zc3d ἐπαύσαντο 1 would the sacrifices … have ceased “stopped being”
|
||||
HEB 10 2 mu42 figs-metaphor τοὺς λατρεύοντας…κεκαθαρισμένους 1 the worshipers would have been cleansed Here being cleansed represents no longer being guilty of sin. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sacrifices would have taken away their sin” or “God would have made them no longer guilty of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 2 m9tj τὸ μηδεμίαν ἔχειν ἔτι συνείδησιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 and would no longer have any consciousness of sin “would no longer think that they are guilty of sin” or “would know that they are no longer guilty of sin”
|
||||
HEB 10 4 di8i figs-metaphor ἀδύνατον γὰρ αἷμα ταύρων καὶ τράγων ἀφαιρεῖν ἁμαρτίας 1 For it is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to take away sins Sins are spoken of as if they were objects that animal blood could sweep away as it flowed. Alternate translation: “For it is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to cause God to forgive sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -485,12 +485,12 @@ HEB 10 5 ml8e figs-you οὐκ ἠθέλησας 1 you did not desire Here, **yo
|
|||
HEB 10 5 cu51 σῶμα…κατηρτίσω 1 a body you have prepared “you have made a body ready”
|
||||
HEB 10 7 zn6c τότε εἶπον 1 Then I said Here, **I** refers to Christ.
|
||||
HEB 10 8 c8eb 0 General Information: Though changing the wording slightly, the author repeats these quotations from a psalm of David for emphasis.
|
||||
HEB 10 8 rlv8 θυσίας…προσφορὰς 1 Sacrifices,…offerings See how you translated these words in [Hebrews 10:5](./05.md).
|
||||
HEB 10 8 n7kc ὁλοκαυτώματα…περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 whole burnt offerings,…sin offerings See how you translated similar words in [Hebrews 10:6](./06.md).
|
||||
HEB 10 8 rlv8 θυσίας…προσφορὰς 1 Sacrifices, … offerings See how you translated these words in [Hebrews 10:5](./05.md).
|
||||
HEB 10 8 n7kc ὁλοκαυτώματα…περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 whole burnt offerings, … sin offerings See how you translated similar words in [Hebrews 10:6](./06.md).
|
||||
HEB 10 8 d3ek figs-activepassive αἵτινες…προσφέρονται 1 which are offered You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that priests offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 9 k5kv ἰδοὺ 1 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
HEB 10 9 n29v figs-abstractnouns ἀναιρεῖ τὸ πρῶτον, ἵνα τὸ δεύτερον στήσῃ 1 He takes away the first practice in order to establish the second practice The abstract noun **practice** here refers to a way of atoning for sins. Stopping doing it is spoken of as if it were an object that could be taken away. Starting the second way of atoning for sins is spoken of as establishing that practice. Alternate translation: “He stops people atoning for sins the first way in order to atone for sins the second way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 9 ja8n translate-ordinal τὸ πρῶτον…τὸ δεύτερον 1 the first practice…the second practice The words **first** and **second** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “old practice … the new practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
HEB 10 9 ja8n translate-ordinal τὸ πρῶτον…τὸ δεύτερον 1 the first practice … the second practice The words **first** and **second** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “old practice … the new practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
HEB 10 10 xj9i figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένοι ἐσμὲν 1 we have been sanctified You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has sanctified us” or “God has dedicated us to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 10 xk24 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς προσφορᾶς τοῦ σώματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ The abstract noun “offering” can be expressed with the verb “offer” or “sacrifice.” Alternate translation: “because Jesus Christ offered his body as a sacrifice” or “because Jesus Christ sacrificed his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 10 11 f4wd καθ’ ἡμέραν 1 day after day “day by day” or “every day”
|
||||
|
|
@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ HEB 10 19 ih5u 0 Connecting Statement: Having made it clear that there is only
|
|||
HEB 10 19 f6g3 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means all believers in Christ whether male or female. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 10 19 fii7 figs-metaphor τῶν ἁγίων 1 the most holy place This means the presence of God, not the most holy place in the old tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 19 zl87 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι Ἰησοῦ 1 by the blood of Jesus Here, **blood of Jesus** refers to the death of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 20 l7wh ὁδὸν…ζῶσαν 1 the…living way This could mean: (1) The new way to God that Jesus has provided results in believers living forever. (2) Jesus is alive, and he is the way believers enter into the presence of God.
|
||||
HEB 10 20 l7wh ὁδὸν…ζῶσαν 1 the … living way This could mean: (1) The new way to God that Jesus has provided results in believers living forever. (2) Jesus is alive, and he is the way believers enter into the presence of God.
|
||||
HEB 10 20 c3ve figs-metaphor διὰ τοῦ καταπετάσματος 1 through the curtain The curtain in the earthly temple represents the separation between people and God’s true presence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 20 ega9 figs-metonymy τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 his flesh Here, **flesh** stands for the body of Jesus, and his body stands for his sacrificial death. Alternate translation: “by means of his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 21 uh6i καὶ ἱερέα μέγαν ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Because we have a great priest over the house of God This must be translated in such a way as to make it clear that Jesus is this “great priest.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ HEB 10 22 wez1 figs-metonymy μετὰ ἀληθινῆς καρδίας 1 with
|
|||
HEB 10 22 i7ti ἐν πληροφορίᾳ πίστεως 1 in the full assurance of faith “and with a confident faith” or “and trusting completely in Jesus”
|
||||
HEB 10 22 zkg5 figs-activepassive ῥεραντισμένοι τὰς καρδίας 1 having our hearts sprinkled clean You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as if had he made our hearts clean with his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 w775 figs-metonymy ῥεραντισμένοι τὰς καρδίας 1 having our hearts sprinkled clean Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the conscience, the awareness of right and wrong. Being made clean is a metaphor for being forgiven and being given the status of righteousness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 pc1a translate-symaction ῥεραντισμένοι 1 having…sprinkled clean Sprinkling was a symbolic action done by the priests by which they applied the benefits of the covenant to people and to objects. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 9:19](../09/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 pc1a translate-symaction ῥεραντισμένοι 1 having … sprinkled clean Sprinkling was a symbolic action done by the priests by which they applied the benefits of the covenant to people and to objects. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 9:19](../09/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 p2sk figs-activepassive λελουμένοι τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι καθαρῷ 1 having our bodies washed with pure water You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as if he had washed our bodies in pure water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 tk9p figs-metonymy λελουμένοι τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι καθαρῷ 1 having our bodies washed with pure water If the translator understands this phrase as referring to Christian baptism, then **water** is literal, not figurative. But if water is taken as literal, then “pure” is figurative, standing for the spiritual purity that baptism is said here to accomplish. The **washing** stands for the believer being made acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 23 k5ui figs-metaphor κατέχωμεν τὴν ὁμολογίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 Let us hold tightly to the confession of our hope Here, **hold tightly** is a metaphor that refers to a person determining to do something and refusing to stop. The abstract nouns “confession” and “expectation” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “Let us be determined to continue confessing the things that we confidently expect from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -539,12 +539,12 @@ HEB 10 26 sil4 περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν…θυσία 1 a sacrifice for sins
|
|||
HEB 10 27 fza4 figs-explicit κρίσεως 1 of judgment Of God’s judgment, that is, that God will judge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 27 t6da figs-metaphor πυρὸς ζῆλος ἐσθίειν μέλλοντος τοὺς ὑπεναντίους 1 a fury of fire that will consume God ’ s enemies God’s fury is spoken of as if it were fire that would burn up his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 28 c1aj figs-explicit δυσὶν ἢ τρισὶν μάρτυσιν 1 two or three witnesses It is implied that this means “of at least two or three witness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 gv5z figs-rquestion πόσῳ δοκεῖτε χείρονος, ἀξιωθήσεται τιμωρίας, ὁ…τῆς χάριτος ἐνυβρίσας! 1 How much worse punishment do you think one deserves…insulted…of grace The author is emphasizing the greatness of the punishment for those who reject Christ. Alternate translation: “This was severe punishment. But the punishment will be even greater for anyone … grace!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 gv5z figs-rquestion πόσῳ δοκεῖτε χείρονος, ἀξιωθήσεται τιμωρίας, ὁ…τῆς χάριτος ἐνυβρίσας! 1 How much worse punishment do you think one deserves … insulted … of grace The author is emphasizing the greatness of the punishment for those who reject Christ. Alternate translation: “This was severe punishment. But the punishment will be even greater for anyone … grace!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 jd69 figs-metaphor τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταπατήσας 1 who has trampled underfoot the Son of God Disregarding Christ and scorning him are spoken of as if someone had walked on him. Alternate translation: “has rejected the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 d2z9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 m7lw τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης κοινὸν ἡγησάμενος 1 considered the blood of the covenant…as profane This shows how the person has trampled the Son of God. Alternate translation: “by treating the blood of the covenant as unholy”
|
||||
HEB 10 29 m7lw τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης κοινὸν ἡγησάμενος 1 considered the blood of the covenant … as profane This shows how the person has trampled the Son of God. Alternate translation: “by treating the blood of the covenant as unholy”
|
||||
HEB 10 29 el74 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης 1 the blood of the covenant Here, **blood** stands for Christ’s death, by which God established the new covenant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 wj2p figs-activepassive τὸ αἷμα…ἐν ᾧ ἡγιάσθη 1 the blood…by which he was sanctified You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the blood by which God sanctified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 wj2p figs-activepassive τὸ αἷμα…ἐν ᾧ ἡγιάσθη 1 the blood … by which he was sanctified You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the blood by which God sanctified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 qr6c τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος 1 the Spirit of grace “the Spirit of God, who provides grace”
|
||||
HEB 10 30 ynr1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **we** here refers to the writer and all believers. These two quotations come from the law that Moses gave in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 30 v8ad figs-metaphor ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις 1 Vengeance is mine Vengeance is spoken of as if it were an object that belongs to God, who has the right to do as he wishes with what he owns. God has the right to take vengeance on his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ HEB 10 31 hhu7 figs-metaphor τὸ ἐμπεσεῖν εἰς χεῖρας 1 to
|
|||
HEB 10 32 tlh3 τὰς πρότερον ἡμέρας 1 the former days “the time in the past”
|
||||
HEB 10 32 p3q3 figs-metaphor φωτισθέντες 1 after you were enlightened Learning the truth is spoken of as if God shined a light on the person. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after you learned the truth about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 32 v25j πολλὴν ἄθλησιν ὑπεμείνατε παθημάτων 1 you endured a great struggle of suffering “how much suffering you had to endure”
|
||||
HEB 10 33 cig1 figs-activepassive ὀνειδισμοῖς…καὶ θλίψεσιν θεατριζόμενοι 1 you were publically exposed to…ridicule and persecution You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People ridiculed you by insulting and persecuting you in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 33 cig1 figs-activepassive ὀνειδισμοῖς…καὶ θλίψεσιν θεατριζόμενοι 1 you were publically exposed to … ridicule and persecution You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People ridiculed you by insulting and persecuting you in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 33 u1gk κοινωνοὶ τῶν…γενηθέντες 1 you became partners with those “you joined those”
|
||||
HEB 10 34 cjr6 figs-metaphor κρείσσονα ὕπαρξιν, καὶ μένουσαν 1 a better and everlasting possession God’s eternal blessings are spoken of as a “possession.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 35 xh64 0 General Information: In 10:37 is a quotation from the prophet Isaiah in the Old Testament.
|
||||
|
|
@ -561,8 +561,8 @@ HEB 10 35 m35c figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποβάλητε οὖν τὴν παρρ
|
|||
HEB 10 37 st8v figs-explicit ἔτι γὰρ μικρὸν ὅσον, ὅσον 1 For in a very little while You can make this explicit. Alternate translation: “As God said in the scriptures, ‘For in a very little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 37 cna2 ἔτι…μικρὸν ὅσον, ὅσον 1 in a very little while “very soon”
|
||||
HEB 10 38 j2ck 0 General Information: In 10:38 the author quotes from the prophet Habakkuk, which directly follows the quotation from the prophet Isaiah in 10:37.
|
||||
HEB 10 38 j6d1 figs-genericnoun ὁ…δίκαιός μου…ἐὰν ὑποστείληται…ἐν αὐτῷ 1 my righteous one…if he shrinks back,…with him These refer to any of God’s people in general. Alternate translation: “My faithful people … If any one of them shrinks … with that person” or “My faithful people … If they shrink … with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
HEB 10 38 r8mh ὁ…δίκαιός μου…εὐδοκεῖ 1 my righteous one…will…be pleased Here, **My** and **I** refer to God.
|
||||
HEB 10 38 j6d1 figs-genericnoun ὁ…δίκαιός μου…ἐὰν ὑποστείληται…ἐν αὐτῷ 1 my righteous one … if he shrinks back, … with him These refer to any of God’s people in general. Alternate translation: “My faithful people … If any one of them shrinks … with that person” or “My faithful people … If they shrink … with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
HEB 10 38 r8mh ὁ…δίκαιός μου…εὐδοκεῖ 1 my righteous one … will … be pleased Here, **My** and **I** refer to God.
|
||||
HEB 10 38 h5bw ὑποστείληται 1 he shrinks back stops doing the good thing he is doing
|
||||
HEB 10 39 i9zh figs-metaphor ὑποστολῆς εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 of those who shrink back to destruction A person who loses courage and faith are spoken of as if he were stepping back in fear from something. And “destruction” is spoken of as if it were a destination. Alternate translation: “who stop trusting God, which will cause him to destroy us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 39 dv8y figs-metaphor εἰς περιποίησιν ψυχῆς 1 to preserve the soul Living eternally with God is spoken of as if it were keeping one’s soul. Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “, which will result in us living with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ HEB 11 4 w5de 0 Connecting Statement: The writer then gives many examples (mos
|
|||
HEB 11 4 r2m8 figs-activepassive ἐμαρτυρήθη εἶναι δίκαιος 1 he was attested to be righteous You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God declared him to be righteous” or “God declared that Abel was righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 4 g52j figs-metaphor ἔτι λαλεῖ 1 he still speaks Reading the scriptures and learning about Abel’s faith is spoken of as if Abel himself were still speaking. Alternate translation: “we still learn from what Abel did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 5 r3yl figs-activepassive πίστει Ἑνὼχ μετετέθη, τοῦ μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον 1 By faith Enoch was taken up so that he did not see death You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “It was by faith that Enoch did not die because God took him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 5 ki2t figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν θάνατον 1 he…see death This speaks of death as if it were an object that people can see. It means to experience death. Alternate translation: “die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 5 ki2t figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν θάνατον 1 he … see death This speaks of death as if it were an object that people can see. It means to experience death. Alternate translation: “die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 5 kb5l figs-activepassive πρὸ…τῆς μεταθέσεως 1 before he was taken up You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “before God took him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 5 jbx2 figs-activepassive μεμαρτύρηται εὐηρεστηκέναι τῷ Θεῷ 1 it was testified that he had pleased God You can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God said that Enoch had pleased him. (2) People said that Enoch pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 6 hd94 χωρὶς δὲ πίστεως 1 Now without faith Here, **Now** does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
|
|
@ -620,12 +620,12 @@ HEB 11 16 cvh1 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται αὐτοὺ
|
|||
HEB 11 17 bk7a figs-activepassive πειραζόμενος 1 when he was tested You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when God tested him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 18 wy2j figs-activepassive πρὸς ὃν ἐλαλήθη 1 To him it had been said You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “to whom God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 18 c23z figs-activepassive κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 1 your descendants will be named Here, **named** means assigned or designated. You can state this sentence in active form. Alternate translation: “that I will designate your descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 19 p43u ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγείρειν δυνατὸς ὁ Θεός 1 God was able to raise up Isaac…from the dead “God was able to cause Isaac to live again”
|
||||
HEB 11 19 sar1 ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγείρειν 1 to raise up Isaac…from the dead In this verse, “to raise up” is to make alive again. The words **from the dead** speak of all dead people together in the underworld.
|
||||
HEB 11 19 p43u ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγείρειν δυνατὸς ὁ Θεός 1 God was able to raise up Isaac … from the dead “God was able to cause Isaac to live again”
|
||||
HEB 11 19 sar1 ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγείρειν 1 to raise up Isaac … from the dead In this verse, “to raise up” is to make alive again. The words **from the dead** speak of all dead people together in the underworld.
|
||||
HEB 11 19 aea3 ἐν παραβολῇ 1 figuratively speaking “in a manner of speaking.” This means that what the author says next is not to be understood literally. God did not bring Isaac back from death literally. But because Abraham was about to sacrifice Isaac when God stopped him, it was as if God brought him back from the dead.
|
||||
HEB 11 19 k7u3 ὅθεν αὐτὸν 1 him…from there “it was from the dead”
|
||||
HEB 11 19 k7u3 ὅθεν αὐτὸν 1 him … from there “it was from the dead”
|
||||
HEB 11 19 g19x αὐτὸν…ἐκομίσατο 1 he received him back “Abraham received Isaac back”
|
||||
HEB 11 21 sg26 Ἰακὼβ…προσεκύνησεν 1 Jacob,…worshiped “Jacob worshiped God”
|
||||
HEB 11 21 sg26 Ἰακὼβ…προσεκύνησεν 1 Jacob, … worshiped “Jacob worshiped God”
|
||||
HEB 11 22 lkp6 figs-euphemism τελευτῶν 1 when his end was near Here, **his end** is a polite way of referring to death. Alternate translation: “when he was about to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
HEB 11 22 hhs3 περὶ τῆς ἐξόδου τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐμνημόνευσεν 1 spoke of the departure of the sons of Israel from Egypt “spoke of when the children of Israel would leave Egypt”
|
||||
HEB 11 22 t6i5 τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ 1 of the sons of Israel “the Israelites” or “the descendants of Israel”
|
||||
|
|
@ -636,8 +636,8 @@ HEB 11 24 mq2x figs-activepassive ἠρνήσατο λέγεσθαι 1 refused t
|
|||
HEB 11 26 i9sc figs-abstractnouns τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the reproach for the sake of Christ This can be reworded so that the abstract noun “disgrace” is express as the verb “disrespect.” Alternate translation: “the experience of people disrespecting him because he did what Christ would want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 11 26 xq6t figs-metaphor τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the sake of Christ Obeying Christ is spoken of as if it were following him down a path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 26 t588 figs-metaphor ἀπέβλεπεν…εἰς τὴν μισθαποδοσίαν 1 he was fixing his eyes on his reward Fully concentrating on achieving a goal is spoken of as if a person were staring at an object and refusing to look away. Alternate translation: “doing what he knew would earn him a reward in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 11 27 rc43 figs-simile τὸν…ἀόρατον ὡς ὁρῶν, ἐκαρτέρησεν 1 the…he endured as if he were seeing…who is invisible Moses is spoken of as if he saw God, who is invisible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
HEB 11 27 cc8w τὸν…ἀόρατον 1 the…who is invisible “the one no one can see”
|
||||
HEB 11 27 rc43 figs-simile τὸν…ἀόρατον ὡς ὁρῶν, ἐκαρτέρησεν 1 the … he endured as if he were seeing … who is invisible Moses is spoken of as if he saw God, who is invisible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
HEB 11 27 cc8w τὸν…ἀόρατον 1 the … who is invisible “the one no one can see”
|
||||
HEB 11 28 tz7k πεποίηκεν τὸ Πάσχα καὶ τὴν πρόσχυσιν τοῦ αἵματος 1 he kept the Passover and the sprinkling of the blood This was the first Passover. Moses kept it by obeying God’s commands concerning the Passover and by commanding the people to obey them every year. Alternate translation: “he commanded the people to obey God’s commands concerning the Passover and to sprinkle blood on their doors” or “he established the Passover and the sprinkling of blood”
|
||||
HEB 11 28 bef7 figs-explicit τὴν πρόσχυσιν τοῦ αἵματος 1 the sprinkling of the blood This refers to God’s command to the Israelites to kill a lamb and spread its blood on the doorposts of every house where Israelites lived. This would prevent the destroyer from harming their firstborn sons. This was one of the Passover commands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 11 28 bm2f figs-metonymy μὴ…θίγῃ 1 should not touch Here, **touch** refers to harming or to killing someone. Alternate translation: “would not harm” or “would not kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -682,30 +682,30 @@ HEB 12 1 hf97 μαρτύρων 1 of witnesses Here, **witnesses** refers to the
|
|||
HEB 12 1 yw1t figs-metaphor ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 let us lay aside every weight and the easily entangling sin Here, **weight** and **easily entangling sin** are spoken of as if a person could take them off himself and put them down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 zln7 figs-metaphor ὄγκον…πάντα 1 every weight Attitudes or habits that keep believers from trusting and obeying God are spoken of as if they were loads that would make it difficult for a person to carry while running. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 t6wu figs-metaphor τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 the easily entangling sin Sin is spoken of as if it were a net or something else that can trip people up and make them fall. Alternate translation: “sin that makes obeying God difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 g5dn figs-metaphor τρέχωμεν τὸν προκείμενον ἡμῖν ἀγῶνα 1 Let us run…the race that is placed before us Following Jesus is spoken of as if it were running a race. Alternate translation: “Let us continue obeying what God has commanded us, just like a runner keeps going until the race is over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 g5dn figs-metaphor τρέχωμεν τὸν προκείμενον ἡμῖν ἀγῶνα 1 Let us run … the race that is placed before us Following Jesus is spoken of as if it were running a race. Alternate translation: “Let us continue obeying what God has commanded us, just like a runner keeps going until the race is over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 2 a946 τὸν τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τελειωτὴν 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith Jesus gives us faith and makes our faith perfect by causing us to reach our goal. Alternate translation: “creator and finisher of our faith” or “the one who enables us to have faith from beginning to end”
|
||||
HEB 12 2 za14 figs-metaphor ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς 1 For the joy that was placed before him The joy that Jesus would experience is spoken of as if God the Father had placed it before him as a goal to reach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 2 y7me αἰσχύνης καταφρονήσας 1 despising its shame This means he was not concerned about the shame of dying on a cross.
|
||||
HEB 12 2 vm9b translate-symaction ἐν δεξιᾷ τε τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ Θεοῦ κεκάθικεν 1 and sat down at the right hand of the throne of God To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Hebrews 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “sat down at the place of honor and authority beside the throne of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-metonymy κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 you…become weary in your hearts Here, **hearts** represents a person’s thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “discouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-metonymy κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 you … become weary in your hearts Here, **hearts** represents a person’s thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “discouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 12 4 q1w8 0 Connecting Statement: The author of Hebrews has been comparing the Christian life to a race.
|
||||
HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification οὔπω…ἀντικατέστητε, πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 You have not yet resisted…struggling against sin Here, **sin** is spoken of as if it were a person whom someone fights in a battle. Alternate translation: “You have not yet had to endure attacks of sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification οὔπω…ἀντικατέστητε, πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 You have not yet resisted … struggling against sin Here, **sin** is spoken of as if it were a person whom someone fights in a battle. Alternate translation: “You have not yet had to endure attacks of sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 12 4 i4ip figs-metaphor μέχρις αἵματος 1 to the point of blood Resisting opposition so much that one dies for it is spoken of as if one reached a certain place where he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 4 uwg6 figs-metonymy αἵματος 1 of blood Here, **blood** refers to death. Alternate translation: “of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 12 5 y6cv figs-personification τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν…διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that addreses you Old Testament scripture is spoken of as if it were a person who could encourage others. Alternate translation: “what God has instructed you in the scriptures to encourage you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 12 5 e6a9 figs-gendernotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου 1 as sons:…My son The word translated “sons” and “son” is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. However, as stated by the UST and some English versions, the author is directing his words to both males and females. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 12 5 a7vf υἱέ μου…ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son,…when you are corrected by him Here the author is quoting from the book of Proverbs in the Old Testament, which was the words of Solomon to his male children.
|
||||
HEB 12 5 e6a9 figs-gendernotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου 1 as sons: … My son The word translated “sons” and “son” is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. However, as stated by the UST and some English versions, the author is directing his words to both males and females. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 12 5 a7vf υἱέ μου…ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son, … when you are corrected by him Here the author is quoting from the book of Proverbs in the Old Testament, which was the words of Solomon to his male children.
|
||||
HEB 12 5 cxe9 figs-litotes μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord ’ s discipline, nor grow weary You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “take it very seriously when the Lord disciplines you, and do not grow weary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
HEB 12 5 cjq5 μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 nor grow weary “and do not become discouraged”
|
||||
HEB 12 5 i1a6 figs-activepassive ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 when you are corrected by him You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he corrects you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 6 zu3c πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται 1 every son whom he receives The word translated “son” is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations)
|
||||
HEB 12 7 y3z3 εἰς παιδείαν ὑπομένετε 1 Endure suffering as discipline “Understand that during suffering God teaches us discipline”
|
||||
HEB 12 7 v1gu figs-simile ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 God deals with you as with sons This compares God disciplining his people to a father disciplining his sons. You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “God deals with you the same way a father deals with his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
HEB 12 7 i3k4 figs-gendernotations ὑμῖν…υἱὸς 1 with you…son is there You can state all occurrences of these words to include males and females. Alternate translation: “children … child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 12 7 i3k4 figs-gendernotations ὑμῖν…υἱὸς 1 with you … son is there You can state all occurrences of these words to include males and females. Alternate translation: “children … child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 12 7 jb38 figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει πατήρ? 1 For what son is there whom his father does not discipline The author makes the point throught this question that every good father disciplines his children. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “every father disciplines his children!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 12 8 kwc6 figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας, ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασι πάντες 1 But if you are without discipline, of which all people have become partakers You can restate the abstract noun “discipline” as the verb “disciplining.” Alternate translation: “So if you have not experienced God disciplining you like he disciplines all his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 12 8 s5u9 figs-metaphor ἄρα νόθοι καὶ οὐχ υἱοί ἐστε 1 then you are illegitimate and not his sons Those whom God does not discipline are spoken of as if they are sons born to a man and a woman who are not married each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 9 r4lb figs-exclamations πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων, καὶ ζήσομεν? 1 Should we…much more submit to the Father of spirits and live The author uses an exclamation to emphasize that we should obey God the Father. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “Therefore even more so, we should obey the Father of spirits and live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
HEB 12 9 r4lb figs-exclamations πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων, καὶ ζήσομεν? 1 Should we … much more submit to the Father of spirits and live The author uses an exclamation to emphasize that we should obey God the Father. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “Therefore even more so, we should obey the Father of spirits and live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
HEB 12 9 cl95 figs-idiom τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων 1 to the Father of spirits This idiom contrasts with “fathers in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “our spiritual Father” or “our Father in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
HEB 12 9 pem8 καὶ ζήσομεν 1 and live “so that we will live”
|
||||
HEB 12 10 l1a3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ μεταλαβεῖν τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness This metaphor speaks of “holiness” as if it were an object that can be shared among people. Alternate translation: “so that we may become holy as God is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ HEB 12 17 b7k3 καίπερ μετὰ δακρύων ἐκζητήσας αὐ
|
|||
HEB 12 18 y1ed 0 General Information: The two instances of **you** refer to the Hebrew believers to whom the author wrote. The word **they** refers to people of Israel after Moses led them out of Egypt. The first quotation comes from the writings of Moses. God reveals in this passage in Hebrews that Moses said he shook at seeing the mountain.
|
||||
HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: The author gives a contrast between what believers in Moses’ time had while living under the law and what present day believers have after coming to Jesus under the new covenant. He illustrates the experience of the Israelites by describing how God appeared to them at Mount Sinai.
|
||||
HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ γὰρ προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 For you have not come to something that can be touched You can state the implicit information explicitly. Alternate translation: “For you have not come, as the people of Israel came, to a mountain that can be touched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 12 18 w6j6 figs-activepassive προσεληλύθατε 1 you have…come to This means that believers in Christ have not come to a physical mountain like Mount Sinai that a person can touch or see. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that a person can touch” or “that people can perceive with their senses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 18 w6j6 figs-activepassive προσεληλύθατε 1 you have … come to This means that believers in Christ have not come to a physical mountain like Mount Sinai that a person can touch or see. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that a person can touch” or “that people can perceive with their senses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 19 s3x2 σάλπιγγος ἤχῳ 1 to a trumpet blast “You have not come to a place where there is the loud sound of a trumpet”
|
||||
HEB 12 19 x2qk figs-metonymy καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο, μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 or to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here, **voice** refers to someone speaking. You can state the phrase **be spoken** in active form. Alternate translation: “or where God was speaking in such a way that those who heard him begged him not to speak another word to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 20 p7qu figs-activepassive τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ HEB 12 23 km4a figs-activepassive ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρα
|
|||
HEB 12 23 i7qb figs-activepassive τετελειωμένων 1 who have been made perfect You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has made perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 24 kq1v διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ 1 the mediator of a new covenant This means Jesus caused the new covenant between God and humans to exist. See how you translated this phrase in [Hebrews 9:15](../09/15.md).
|
||||
HEB 12 24 nz8l figs-personification αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ, κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 to the sprinkled blood that speaks better than Abel ’ s blood The blood of Jesus and the blood of Abel are spoken of as if they were people calling out. Alternate translation: “the sprinkled blood of Jesus that says better things than the blood of Abel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι 1 to the…blood Here, **blood** stands for Jesus’ death, as Abel’s blood stands for his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι 1 to the … blood Here, **blood** stands for Jesus’ death, as Abel’s blood stands for his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-you 0 General Information: This quotation is from the prophet Haggai in the Old Testament. The word **you** continues to refer to believers. The word **we** continues to refer to the writer and the readers who are believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 25 c9cn 0 Connecting Statement: Having contrasted the Israelites’ experience at Mount Sinai with the believers’ experience after Christ died, the writer reminds believers that they have the same God who warns them today. This is the fifth main warning given to believers.
|
||||
HEB 12 25 nnk9 figs-doublenegatives μὴ παραιτήσησθε τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “you pay attention to the one who is speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -750,14 +750,14 @@ HEB 12 25 gkn1 figs-explicit εἰ…ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον
|
|||
HEB 12 25 fy9u ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα 1 the one who warned them on earth This could mean: (1) This refers to Moses, who warned them here on earth. (2) This refers to God, who warned them at Mount Sinai.
|
||||
HEB 12 25 s5lj figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 will we escape if we turn away from the one who warns us from heaven Disobeying God is spoken of as if a person were changing direction and walking away from him. Alternate translation: “if we disobey the one who is warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 26 rf4e οὗ ἡ φωνὴ τὴν γῆν ἐσάλευσεν 1 his voice shook the earth “when God spoke, the sound of his voice caused the earth to shake”
|
||||
HEB 12 26 i1c8 ἐσάλευσεν…σείσω 1 shook…will shake Use the word for what an earthquake does in moving the ground. This refers back to [Hebrews 12:18-21](./18.md) and what happened when the people saw the mountain where Moses received the law from God.
|
||||
HEB 12 26 i1c8 ἐσάλευσεν…σείσω 1 shook … will shake Use the word for what an earthquake does in moving the ground. This refers back to [Hebrews 12:18-21](./18.md) and what happened when the people saw the mountain where Moses received the law from God.
|
||||
HEB 12 27 ylq9 0 General Information: Here the quotation from the prophet Haggai is repeated from the previous verse.
|
||||
HEB 12 27 z6ys figs-abstractnouns δηλοῖ τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν, ὡς πεποιημένων 1 mean the removal of what is shaken, that is, of what has been created The abstract noun “removal” can be translated with the verb “remove.” You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “mean that God will remove the things that he can shake, that is, the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 27 l29r τῶν σαλευομένων 1 of what is shaken Use the word for what an earthquake does in moving the ground. This refers back to [Hebrews 12:18-21](./18.md) and what happened when the people saw the mountain where Moses received the law from God. See how you translated “shook” and “shake” in [Hebrews 12:26](../12/26.md).
|
||||
HEB 12 27 s3xt figs-activepassive πεποιημένων 1 of what has been created You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God has created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 27 ta84 figs-activepassive τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 what is not shaken You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the things that do not shake” or “the things that cannot shake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 27 zr9x figs-activepassive τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 what is not shaken You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that does not shake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 28 m44c grammar-connect-words-phrases βασιλείαν…παραλαμβάνοντες 1 since we are receiving an…kingdom You can add the words **because we are** to make clear the logical connection between this statement and the next statement. Alternate translation: “because we are receiving a kingdom” or “because God is making us members of his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
HEB 12 28 m44c grammar-connect-words-phrases βασιλείαν…παραλαμβάνοντες 1 since we are receiving an … kingdom You can add the words **because we are** to make clear the logical connection between this statement and the next statement. Alternate translation: “because we are receiving a kingdom” or “because God is making us members of his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
HEB 12 28 btf6 ἔχωμεν χάριν 1 let us have gratitude “let us give thanks”
|
||||
HEB 12 28 f382 figs-doublet μετὰ εὐλαβείας καὶ δέους 1 with reverence and awe The words **reverence** and **awe** share similar meanings and emphasize the greatness of reverence due to God. Alternate translation: “with great respect and dread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 12 29 f899 figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν πῦρ καταναλίσκον 1 our God is a consuming fire God is spoken of here as if he were a fire that can burn up anything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ HEB 13 4 ix27 figs-activepassive τίμιος ὁ γάμος ἐν πᾶσιν 1
|
|||
HEB 13 4 ix79 figs-euphemism ἡ κοίτη ἀμίαντος 1 the marriage bed be pure This refers to the act of sexual union as if it were only the bed of a married couple. Alternate translation: “Let husbands and wives honor their marriage relationship to one another and not sleep with other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 5 sz35 ἀφιλάργυρος ὁ τρόπος 1 Let your conduct be free from the love of money Here, **conduct** refers to a person’s character or the way he lives, and “free from the love of money” refers to not greatly desiring to have more money. A person who loves money is not content with the amount of money he has. Alternate translation: “Let your conduct not be affected by the love of money” or “Do not greatly wish to have more money”
|
||||
HEB 13 5 n19c ἀρκούμενοι 1 Be content “Be satisfied”
|
||||
HEB 13 6 c8w6 figs-explicit Κύριος ἐμοὶ βοηθός…ποιήσει μοι ἄνθρωπος 1 The Lord is my helper…can a man do to me This is a quotation from the book of Psalms in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 13 6 c8w6 figs-explicit Κύριος ἐμοὶ βοηθός…ποιήσει μοι ἄνθρωπος 1 The Lord is my helper … can a man do to me This is a quotation from the book of Psalms in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 13 6 q8ie figs-rquestion οὐ φοβηθήσομαι; τί ποιήσει μοι ἄνθρωπος? 1 I will not be afraid. What can a man do to me The author uses a question to emphasize that he does not fear people because God is helping him. Here, **man** means any person in general. Alternate translation: “I will not fear what any person can do to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 13 7 e6b5 τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 God ’ s word “what God has said”
|
||||
HEB 13 7 ym9m τὴν ἔκβασιν τῆς ἀναστροφῆς 1 the result of their conduct “the outcome of the way they behave”
|
||||
|
|
@ -792,12 +792,12 @@ HEB 13 11 iv19 figs-activepassive τούτων τὰ σώματα κατακαί
|
|||
HEB 13 11 f7nb ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς 1 outside the camp “away from where the people lived”
|
||||
HEB 13 12 x48h 0 Connecting Statement: There is a comparison here between Jesus’ sacrifice and the tabernacle sacrifices of the Old Testament.
|
||||
HEB 13 12 fw9g διὸ 1 So “In the same way” or “Because the bodies of the sacrifices were burned outside the camp” ([Hebrews 13:11](../13/11.md))
|
||||
HEB 13 12 eq6t figs-metonymy ἔξω τῆς πύλης 1 outside…city gate,…the This stands for “outside the city.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 12 eq6t figs-metonymy ἔξω τῆς πύλης 1 outside … city gate, … the This stands for “outside the city.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 13 zf8v figs-metaphor τοίνυν ἐξερχώμεθα πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς 1 Let us therefore go to him outside the camp Obeying Jesus is spoken of as if a person were leaving the camp to go out where Jesus is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 13 h3j4 figs-metaphor τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν αὐτοῦ φέροντες 1 bearing his shame Disgrace is spoken of as if it were an object that had to be carried in one’s hands or on one’s back. Alternate translation: “while allowing others to insult us just like people insulted him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 14 u2wn ἐπιζητοῦμεν 1 we are looking for “waiting for”
|
||||
HEB 13 15 zfy9 figs-metaphor θυσίαν αἰνέσεως 1 a sacrifice of praise Praise is spoken of as if it were a sacrifice of animals or incense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 15 b4p1 figs-metaphor αἰνέσεως…τοῦτ’ ἔστιν καρπὸν χειλέων 1 of praise…that is, the fruit of lips Praise is spoken of as if it were fruit produced by the lips of people. Alternate translation: “praise that is produced by the lips of those who acknowledge his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 15 b4p1 figs-metaphor αἰνέσεως…τοῦτ’ ἔστιν καρπὸν χειλέων 1 of praise … that is, the fruit of lips Praise is spoken of as if it were fruit produced by the lips of people. Alternate translation: “praise that is produced by the lips of those who acknowledge his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 15 zr2d figs-synecdoche χειλέων ὁμολογούντων τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 of lips that acknowledge his name Here, **lips** represents people who speak. Alternate translation: “the lips of those who acknowledge his name” or “those who acknowledge his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
HEB 13 15 v52x figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 his name A person’s name represents that person. Alternate translation: “him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 16 ma8c figs-litotes τῆς…εὐποιΐας καὶ κοινωνίας μὴ ἐπιλανθάνεσθε 1 But let us not neglect doing good and sharing You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “Let us always remember to do good and help others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -811,8 +811,8 @@ HEB 13 19 cg4l figs-activepassive ἵνα τάχειον ἀποκατασταθ
|
|||
HEB 13 20 n66e δὲ 1 Now may This marks a new section of the letter. Here the author praises God and gives a final prayer for his readers.
|
||||
HEB 13 20 d8yq ὁ ἀναγαγὼν ἐκ νεκρῶν τὸν Ποιμένα τῶν προβάτων τὸν μέγαν…τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 NO GLQuote AVAILABLE!!! “raised the great shepherd of the sheep, our Lord Jesus, to life”
|
||||
HEB 13 20 k6n6 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To raise someone from among them speaks of causing that person to become alive again.
|
||||
HEB 13 20 gn9w figs-metaphor τὸν Ποιμένα τῶν προβάτων τὸν μέγαν 1 the great shepherd of the sheep,…the Christ in his role of leader and protector of those who believe in him is spoken of as if he were a shepherd of sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 20 qxb8 figs-metonymy ἐν αἵματι διαθήκης αἰωνίου 1 by…blood of the eternal covenant Here, **blood** stands for the death of Jesus, which is the basis for the covenant that will last forever between God and all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 20 gn9w figs-metaphor τὸν Ποιμένα τῶν προβάτων τὸν μέγαν 1 the great shepherd of the sheep, … the Christ in his role of leader and protector of those who believe in him is spoken of as if he were a shepherd of sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 20 qxb8 figs-metonymy ἐν αἵματι διαθήκης αἰωνίου 1 by … blood of the eternal covenant Here, **blood** stands for the death of Jesus, which is the basis for the covenant that will last forever between God and all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 21 qj79 καταρτίσαι ὑμᾶς ἐν παντὶ ἀγαθῷ, εἰς τὸ ποιῆσαι τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ 1 equip you with everything good in order to do his will “give you every good thing you need in order to do his will “make you capable of doing every good thing according to his will”
|
||||
HEB 13 21 r3mi figs-exclusive ποιῶν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 working in us The word **us** refers to the author and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 21 u6iq ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 to whom be the glory forever and ever “whom all people will praise forever”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ JAS 1 17 j044 figs-explicit τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα 1 shadow of turn
|
|||
JAS 1 17 g5ge figs-metaphor τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα 1 shadow of turning There could not literally be a **shadow** in God, so this is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “variability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 18 j045 βουληθεὶς, ἀπεκύησεν ἡμᾶς 1 Having willed, he gave birth to us Alternate translation: “God chose to give birth to us”
|
||||
JAS 1 18 mj29 figs-metaphor βουληθεὶς, ἀπεκύησεν ἡμᾶς 1 Having willed, he gave birth to us James says figuratively that God **gave birth to us** because God gives spiritual life to everyone who believes in Jesus. Alternate translation: “God chose to give us spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 18 j046 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…ἡμᾶς 1 us…us Here and throughout this letter, James uses the pronoun **us** to refer to himself and his readers. Sometimes by extension he also means all believers or all people. In every case, therefore, the pronoun **us** is inclusive, so use the inclusive form if your language makes that distinction. The same applies to the pronoun “our.” However, in some cases the pronoun “we” is exclusive. Notes will identify those places. Everywhere else, the pronoun “we” is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 18 j046 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…ἡμᾶς 1 us … us Here and throughout this letter, James uses the pronoun **us** to refer to himself and his readers. Sometimes by extension he also means all believers or all people. In every case, therefore, the pronoun **us** is inclusive, so use the inclusive form if your language makes that distinction. The same applies to the pronoun “our.” However, in some cases the pronoun “we” is exclusive. Notes will identify those places. Everywhere else, the pronoun “we” is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 18 j047 figs-possession λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 by the word of truth James is using the possessive form to describe a **word** that is characterized by **truth**. Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JAS 1 18 ykq9 figs-metonymy λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 by the word of truth James is using term **word** figuratively to describe the message about Jesus that was conveyed by using words. Alternate translation: “by the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 1 18 j048 figs-abstractnouns λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 by the word of truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression that uses an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “when we believed the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ JAS 1 24 wu34 κατενόησεν…ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἀπελήλυθε
|
|||
JAS 1 24 j066 writing-pronouns κατενόησεν…ἑαυτὸν 1 he beheld himself James is continuing the simile he began in the previous verse, so the pronouns **he** and **himself** refer to the hypothetical person who looks in the mirror. Alternate translation (using the present tense): “such a person looked at himself in a mirror” or, if you are using the present tense, “such a person looks at himself in a mirror” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 24 j067 figs-explicit καὶ ἀπελήλυθεν, καὶ εὐθέως ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν 1 and went away and immediately forgot of what sort he was James is saying implicitly that this is a person who sees but does not do, just like a person who hears the word of God but does not obey it. The implication is that he sees in the mirror that he needs to do something such as wash his face or fix his hair. But because he does not do that when he is looking in the mirror, when he walks away, he forgets to do it. The point of the comparison is that a person who does not obey God’s word is like this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but because he did not immediately do what he saw he should do, when he walked away from the mirror, he forgot what he saw and so he did nothing about it” or, if you are using the present tense, “but because he does not immediately do what he sees he should do, when he walks away from the mirror, he forgets what he saw and so he does nothing about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 1 24 j068 ὁποῖος ἦν 1 of what sort he was Alternate translation: “what he needed to do about his appearance” or, if you are using the present tense, “what he needs to do about his appearance”
|
||||
JAS 1 25 j069 figs-hypo ὁ δὲ παρακύψας εἰς νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας, καὶ παραμείνας…οὗτος μακάριος…ἔσται 1 But the one having gazed into the perfect law of freedom and having continued,…this one will be blessed James is using a further hypothetical situation to teach. This illustration is a contrast to the one he offered in [1:23](../01/23.md). Alternate translation: “But suppose someone gazes into the perfect law of freedom and perseveres … . Then that person will be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 j069 figs-hypo ὁ δὲ παρακύψας εἰς νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας, καὶ παραμείνας…οὗτος μακάριος…ἔσται 1 But the one having gazed into the perfect law of freedom and having continued, … this one will be blessed James is using a further hypothetical situation to teach. This illustration is a contrast to the one he offered in [1:23](../01/23.md). Alternate translation: “But suppose someone gazes into the perfect law of freedom and perseveres … . Then that person will be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 kvr7 figs-metaphor ὁ…παρακύψας εἰς νόμον τέλειον 1 the one having gazed into the perfect law In this verse, James continues to compare hearing the word of God to looking in a mirror. But the image now becomes a metaphor rather than a simile, since James speaks figuratively about someone who has **gazed into** the **law**. He means someone who has listened attentively to God’s word. Alternate translation: “someone who has listened attentively to the perfect law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 j070 figs-possession νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom James is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that brings **freedom**. See the notes to [2:12](../02/12.md) for a further explanation of what James means by the **law of freedom**. Alternate translation: “the perfect law that brings freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 sf8k figs-abstractnouns νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind the abstract noun **freedom** with an adjective such as “free.” Alternate translation: “the perfect law that sets people free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ JAS 1 25 j073 figs-ellipsis καὶ παραμείνας 1 and having continued
|
|||
JAS 1 25 j074 figs-possession ἀκροατὴς ἐπιλησμονῆς 1 a hearer of forgetfulness James is using the possessive form to describe a **hearer** who is characterized by **forgetfulness**. Alternate translation: “a hearer who is forgetful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 j075 figs-abstractnouns ἀκροατὴς ἐπιλησμονῆς 1 a hearer of forgetfulness If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind the abstract noun **forgetfulness** with a verb such as “forget.” Alternate translation: “a hearer who forgets” or “someone who forgets what he hears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 j076 figs-metonymy ποιητὴς ἔργου 1 a doer of the work By association with the **work** that it takes to carry out God’s commands, James is using the term **work** figuratively to mean what God commands. Alternate translation: “someone who does what God commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 jku1 figs-activepassive οὗτος μακάριος…αὐτοῦ ἔσται 1 this one will be blessed…his While the word **blessed** is an adjective and so the expression **will be blessed** is not a passive verbal form, it may be clearer in your language to translate this with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “God will bless such a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 jku1 figs-activepassive οὗτος μακάριος…αὐτοῦ ἔσται 1 this one will be blessed … his While the word **blessed** is an adjective and so the expression **will be blessed** is not a passive verbal form, it may be clearer in your language to translate this with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “God will bless such a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 j077 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ποιήσει αὐτοῦ 1 in his doing If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind the abstract noun **doing** with a verb such as “do.” Alternate translation: “in what he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 26 j078 figs-hypo εἴ τις δοκεῖ θρησκὸς εἶναι, μὴ χαλιναγωγῶν γλῶσσαν αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀπατῶν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ, τούτου μάταιος ἡ θρησκεία 1 If anyone thinks to be religious, not bridling his tongue, but deceiving his heart, the religion of that one is worthless James is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone thinks that he is religious, but he does not bridle his tongue, thus deceiving his heart. Then his religion is worthless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
JAS 1 26 j1bg δοκεῖ θρησκὸς εἶναι 1 thinks to be religious The word translated **religious** could refer to a pattern of behavior rather than to participation in worship activities. Alternate translation: “thinks that he is honoring God by his actions”
|
||||
|
|
@ -168,18 +168,18 @@ JAS 2 1 qs2x figs-possession τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶ
|
|||
JAS 2 1 x32n figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τῆς δόξης 1 of our Lord Jesus Christ of glory James is using the possessive form to describe **Jesus** as characterized by **glory**. Alternate translation: “our glorious Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JAS 2 2 h5uh figs-hypo ἐὰν γὰρ 1 For if James is using a hypothetical situation to teach. He describes the condition in this verse and the next verse, and he describes the result in [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “Suppose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
JAS 2 2 j8d5 figs-explicit ἀνὴρ χρυσοδακτύλιος, ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ 1 a gold - ringed man in splendid clothing James assumes that his readers will know that he is giving an example of what a wealthy person might wear. (The expression **a gold-ringed man** does not mean a man who is ringed around with gold, but a man who is wearing a gold ring.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a different example from your own culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is dressed like a wealthy person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 2 j086 figs-gendernotations ἀνὴρ 1 a…man James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that could mean either a man or a woman. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JAS 2 2 j086 figs-gendernotations ἀνὴρ 1 a … man James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that could mean either a man or a woman. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JAS 2 2 j087 translate-unknown συναγωγὴν 1 synagogue A **synagogue** is a Jewish meeting place for worship. James uses the term because he is writing primarily to Jews who have put their faith in Jesus as their Messiah. (See the discussion in Part 1 of the Introduction to James.) In your translation you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “meeting place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JAS 2 2 j088 figs-nominaladj πτωχὸς 1 a poor one James is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to mean a kind of person. (ULT adds **one** to indicate this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who is poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JAS 2 3 j089 figs-hypo δὲ 1 and James is continuing to describe the condition in the hypothetical situation that he introduced in the previous verse. Alternate translation, as in UST: “and suppose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
JAS 2 3 j090 figs-you ἐπιβλέψητε…εἴπητε…εἴπητε 1 you look…say,…you say In these three instances **you** is plural, since James is speaking to all of his readers about what they might do in such a situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JAS 2 3 j090 figs-you ἐπιβλέψητε…εἴπητε…εἴπητε 1 you look … say, … you say In these three instances **you** is plural, since James is speaking to all of his readers about what they might do in such a situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JAS 2 3 j091 figs-idiom ἐπιβλέψητε…ἐπὶ 1 you look at In this context, this expression means to look at someone or something with admiration. Alternate translation: “you look admiringly at” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JAS 2 3 j092 figs-yousingular σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς…σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ…κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 You sit here well,…You stand there,…Sit under my footstool Since these comments are addressed to the rich person and to the poor person as individuals, **you** is singular in the first two instances and the implied “you” in the command to **sit** is also singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
JAS 2 3 j092 figs-yousingular σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς…σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ…κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 You sit here well, … You stand there, … Sit under my footstool Since these comments are addressed to the rich person and to the poor person as individuals, **you** is singular in the first two instances and the implied “you” in the command to **sit** is also singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
JAS 2 3 zx9f figs-idiom σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς 1 You sit here well In this context **well** means “honorably.” It does not refer to how well the rich person would be able to sit in the indicated seat. Alternate translation: “Sit here in this place of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JAS 2 3 j093 figs-imperative σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς 1 You sit here well This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please sit here in this place of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
JAS 2 3 j094 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and The term **and** introduces a contrast between the way the rich person and the poor person are treated. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
JAS 2 3 j095 figs-imperative σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ…κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 You stand there,…Sit under my footstool These statements addressed to the poor person probably are direct imperatives rather than polite requests, since James is illustrating how believers might treat poor people differently from rich people. Not adding “please” to these statements would show the contrast with the way the rich person is addressed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
JAS 2 3 ce14 figs-explicit σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ…κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 You stand there,…Sit under my footstool The implications are that the poor person is being told to stand or sit in a humbler and less honorable place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 3 j095 figs-imperative σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ…κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 You stand there, … Sit under my footstool These statements addressed to the poor person probably are direct imperatives rather than polite requests, since James is illustrating how believers might treat poor people differently from rich people. Not adding “please” to these statements would show the contrast with the way the rich person is addressed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
JAS 2 3 ce14 figs-explicit σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ…κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 You stand there, … Sit under my footstool The implications are that the poor person is being told to stand or sit in a humbler and less honorable place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 3 h2fy figs-you κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 Sit under my footstool This imperative statement uses the singular first-person pronoun **my**, since it is something that one of the believers might say to the hypothetical poor person. If this would not be natural in your language, since the statement is introduced by **you** (plural) **say**, you could also use a plural form in the statement itself. Alternate translation: “Sit on the floor by our feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JAS 2 4 j096 figs-hypo οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν? 1 have you not distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts In this verse James describes the result of the hypothetical situation he has been describing since [2:2](../02/02.md). It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then you have distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
JAS 2 4 j097 grammar-connect-logic-result οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν 1 have you not distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “have you not become judges who think evil things and so begun to consider some people better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ JAS 2 10 j113 πάντων ἔνοχος 1 guilty of all Alternate translation:
|
|||
JAS 2 10 j114 figs-explicit πάντων ἔνοχος 1 guilty of all If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why James says that this is true. Alternate translation: “guilty of breaking the entire law, because God gave the entire law to show people how he wanted them to live, and if you break one part of it, you are not living in that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 11 j115 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For James is giving the reason for the statement he made in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The reason why breaking one law makes a person guilty of breaking every law is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JAS 2 11 ez11 figs-explicit ὁ…εἰπών 1 the one who said James is referring implicitly to God, who spoke the commandments quoted in this verse when he gave the law to Moses. Alternate translation: “God who said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 11 c8jm figs-youcrowd μὴ μοιχεύσῃς…μὴ φονεύσῃς…οὐ μοιχεύεις…φονεύεις…γέγονας 1 Do not commit adultery,…Do not murder.…you do not commit adultery…you do murder, you have become The implied “you” in the two commandments that James quotes in this verse is singular because, even though Moses gave these laws to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was expected to obey them. The word **you** is also singular in the rest of the verse because James is carrying forward that usage from the commandments. So in your translation, use the singular form of “you” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
JAS 2 11 c8jm figs-youcrowd μὴ μοιχεύσῃς…μὴ φονεύσῃς…οὐ μοιχεύεις…φονεύεις…γέγονας 1 Do not commit adultery, … Do not murder. … you do not commit adultery … you do murder, you have become The implied “you” in the two commandments that James quotes in this verse is singular because, even though Moses gave these laws to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was expected to obey them. The word **you** is also singular in the rest of the verse because James is carrying forward that usage from the commandments. So in your translation, use the singular form of “you” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
JAS 2 12 c6y8 figs-you οὕτως λαλεῖτε, καὶ οὕτως ποιεῖτε 1 Thus speak and thus act The implied “you” in these imperatives is plural. James returns here to the plural usage that he follows in most of his letter. So in your translation, use the plural form of “you” if your language marks that distinction and if it reflects it in imperatives. Alternate translation: “Speak and act in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JAS 2 12 yp6i figs-activepassive μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι 1 ones who are going to be judged If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people whom God is going to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 12 e87r figs-possession νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom As in [1:25](../01/25.md), James is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that brings **freedom**. Alternate translation: “the law that brings freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ JAS 2 15 j129 figs-hypo ἐὰν 1 If James is using a hypothetical situation to
|
|||
JAS 2 15 f6el figs-metaphor ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἀδελφὴ 1 a brother or sister As everywhere else in the book, the term **brother** refers to a fellow believer. In every other instance, the term can mean either a man or a woman. But in this verse James uses **brother** to mean a believer who is a man and **sister** to mean a believer who is a woman. If your language has both masculine and the feminine forms of the word you have been using to translate “brother,” you can use them both here. Otherwise, you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another man or woman who believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 15 j130 γυμνοὶ 1 unclothed **Unclothed** can mean “naked,” and if a Bible translation already exists in your area, it may say that. But in this context, the word actually refers to lacking adequate clothes. Alternate translation: “badly clothed”
|
||||
JAS 2 16 j131 figs-hypo δέ 1 and James is continuing to describe the condition of the hypothetical situation that he is using to teach. Alternate translation: “and suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
JAS 2 16 j132 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς…αὐτοῖς 1 to them,…them Even though in the previous verse James spoke in the singular of “a brother or sister,” he now speaks of needy people generally in the plural, saying **them**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use the singular in this verse as well. Alternate translation: “to him or her … him or her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 16 j132 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς…αὐτοῖς 1 to them, … them Even though in the previous verse James spoke in the singular of “a brother or sister,” he now speaks of needy people generally in the plural, saying **them**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use the singular in this verse as well. Alternate translation: “to him or her … him or her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 16 j133 figs-metonymy θερμαίνεσθε καὶ χορτάζεσθε 1 warm yourself and be satisfied The person who would say this to people in need would be speaking figuratively of clothing by association with the way its keeps people warm and figuratively of food by association with the way it satisfies people. Alternate translation: “have adequate clothing and enough food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 2 16 lj89 θερμαίνεσθε 1 warm yourself Alternate translation: “stay warm”
|
||||
JAS 2 16 ngj8 figs-activepassive χορτάζεσθε 1 be satisfied If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an equivalent expression that uses an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “have enough food to satisfy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -265,8 +265,8 @@ JAS 2 16 yi63 figs-rquestion τί τὸ ὄφελος? 1 what would be the profi
|
|||
JAS 2 16 j137 figs-hypo τί τὸ ὄφελος? 1 what would be the profit This is the result of the hypothetical situation that James has been using to teach. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then that does no good!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
JAS 2 17 me1d figs-personification ἡ πίστις, ἐὰν μὴ ἔχῃ ἔργα, νεκρά ἐστιν καθ’ ἑαυτήν 1 faith by itself, if it does not have works, is dead James is speaking figuratively of **faith** as if it would be a living thing if it had works but not be alive if it did not have them. Alternate translation: “a person’s faith is not genuine by itself; he must express it through works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 2 17 j138 figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις, ἐὰν μὴ ἔχῃ ἔργα, νεκρά ἐστιν καθ’ ἑαυτήν 1 faith by itself, if it does not have works, is dead If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **faith** and **works** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “if a person says he believes in God but he does not do what God wants him to do, then he does not really believe in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 j139 figs-quotations ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις, σὺ πίστιν ἔχεις, κἀγὼ ἔργα ἔχω 1 But someone will say,…You have faith, and I have works See the discussion of this sentence in the General Notes to this chapter. It may be helpful to turn the direct quotation into an indirect quotation to make it clearer that the **you** who is being addressed is the same “one of you” as in [2:16](../02/16.md) and that when James says **I**, he is referring to himself. Alternate translation: “But someone may tell you that you have faith and I have works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 j140 figs-explicit ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις, σὺ πίστιν ἔχεις, κἀγὼ ἔργα ἔχω 1 But someone will say,…You have faith, and I have works See the discussion of this sentence in the General Notes to this chapter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate more explicitly what this statement means. (UST explains the implications even further than is suggested here.) Alternate translation: “But someone may try to reassure you that you nevertheless have faith, while I, James, have works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 j139 figs-quotations ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις, σὺ πίστιν ἔχεις, κἀγὼ ἔργα ἔχω 1 But someone will say, … You have faith, and I have works See the discussion of this sentence in the General Notes to this chapter. It may be helpful to turn the direct quotation into an indirect quotation to make it clearer that the **you** who is being addressed is the same “one of you” as in [2:16](../02/16.md) and that when James says **I**, he is referring to himself. Alternate translation: “But someone may tell you that you have faith and I have works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 j140 figs-explicit ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις, σὺ πίστιν ἔχεις, κἀγὼ ἔργα ἔχω 1 But someone will say, … You have faith, and I have works See the discussion of this sentence in the General Notes to this chapter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate more explicitly what this statement means. (UST explains the implications even further than is suggested here.) Alternate translation: “But someone may try to reassure you that you nevertheless have faith, while I, James, have works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 al63 figs-hypo ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις 1 But someone will say James is using a hypothetical situation to teach. This expression introduces the condition of the hypothetical situation. (As Part 1 of the General Introduction to James explains, in the style of speakers of this time, James is anticipating an objection that someone might make and saying how he would respond to it.) Alternate translation: “But suppose someone said to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 j141 figs-yousingular σὺ πίστιν ἔχεις 1 You have faith Here, **you** is singular because James is illustrating how someone might address one individual. James himself then addresses that same individual in the rest of this verse and in verses [19-22](../02/19.md). So if your language marks the distinction, use the singular form of “you” in your translation from here through verse 22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 j142 figs-quotations δεῖξόν μοι τὴν πίστιν σου χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων, κἀγώ σοι δείξω ἐκ τῶν ἔργων μου τὴν πίστιν 1 Show me your faith without works, and I will show you my faith from works It may be helpful to make this sentence a direct quotation after an introduction to show that it is what James would say in response to the hypothetical objection. Alternate translation: “Then I would say to you, ‘Show me your faith without works, and I will show you my faith from works’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ JAS 2 21 q8iv figs-rquestion Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ
|
|||
JAS 2 21 j156 figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον? 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar James assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the book of Genesis. In that story, God tells Abraham to offer his son Isaac as a sacrifice, but God does not really want Abraham to do that. Rather, God wants Abraham to demonstrate his faith and obedience by showing that he is willing to do it. God ultimately stops Abraham from sacrificing his son Isaac. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story and if they would think that Abraham actually did offer his son as a sacrifice. Alternate translation, as a statement: “Abraham our father was justified by works when he demonstrated that he was willing to obey God even if that meant offering his son Isaac as a sacrifice, although God did not actually want him to do that and God stopped him from doing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 v3ft figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works See the discussion in Part 2 of the General Introduction to James about how a person is justified before God. James is not saying that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Rather, as James will explain in more detail in the next two verses, God had previously declared Abraham to be righteous because Abraham believed in him. What Abraham did subsequently, when he proved that he was willing to obey God, demonstrated that his faith was genuine. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they might misunderstand and think that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous because what he did demonstrated that he genuinely believed in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 j157 figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 Was not Abraham our father justified If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God justified Abraham our father” or “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 j158 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ 1 Abraham…Isaac These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 j158 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ 1 Abraham … Isaac These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 ph1s figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our father James is using the term **father** figuratively to mean “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 j159 figs-exclusive ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our father James is Jewish, descended from Abraham, and the people to whom he is writing also come from a Jewish background, so the word **our** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 22 l1gj figs-metaphor βλέπεις 1 You see Here, to **see** figuratively represents to understand. Alternate translation: “So you should understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ JAS 3 1 aw5f figs-explicit μεῖζον κρίμα λημψόμεθα 1 we will
|
|||
JAS 3 2 j176 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For James is using **For** to introduce the reason why most of his readers should not become teachers, not the reason why God will judge teachers more strictly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this reason more fully as a separate sentence, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JAS 3 2 j177 πολλὰ…πταίομεν ἅπαντες 1 we all stumble much James is using the adjective **much** as an adverb. Alternate translation: “we all stumble in many ways”
|
||||
JAS 3 2 ab9h figs-exclusive πολλὰ…πταίομεν ἅπαντες 1 we all stumble much James is now speaking of himself and other teachers and also of his readers and people in general, so the pronoun **we** is inclusive here. Alternate translation: “everyone stumbles in many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JAS 3 2 p9ek figs-metaphor πολλὰ…πταίομεν ἅπαντες…ἐν λόγῳ οὐ πταίει 1 we all stumble much.…does not stumble in word As in [2:10](../02/10.md), James is speaking figuratively of people sinning as if they would **stumble**, that is, trip and lose their balance while walking. Alternate translation: “we all sin in many ways … does not sin in word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 2 p9ek figs-metaphor πολλὰ…πταίομεν ἅπαντες…ἐν λόγῳ οὐ πταίει 1 we all stumble much. … does not stumble in word As in [2:10](../02/10.md), James is speaking figuratively of people sinning as if they would **stumble**, that is, trip and lose their balance while walking. Alternate translation: “we all sin in many ways … does not sin in word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 2 t6xt figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἐν λόγῳ οὐ πταίει 1 If anyone does not stumble in word James is using the term **word** figuratively to mean what people say by using words. Alternate translation: “If anyone does not sin in what he says” or “If anyone does not say things that are wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 3 2 kn4v οὗτος τέλειος ἀνήρ 1 he is a perfect man As in [1:4](../01/04.md) and several other places earlier in this letter, the term **perfect** refers to something that has developed to the point where it is fully suited to its purpose. Alternate translation: “he is a spiritually mature person”
|
||||
JAS 3 2 j178 figs-metaphor δυνατὸς χαλιναγωγῆσαι καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα 1 able to bridle even the whole body As in [1:26](../01/26.md), James speaks figuratively of a person being able to **bridle** himself as if that person were controlling a horse with a bridle. Alternate translation: “able to control his whole body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ JAS 3 3 j179 εἰς τὸ πείθεσθαι αὐτοὺς ἡμῖν 1 for t
|
|||
JAS 3 3 j180 figs-metonymy καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα αὐτῶν μετάγομεν 1 we also turn their whole body James means that by using a bit, people can **turn** the body of a horse in whatever direction they want. James is figuratively using the action of turning a horse to mean guiding or controlling it in general. Alternate translation: “this enables us to guide their whole body” or “this enables us to control their whole body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 3 3 j181 ὅλον τὸ σῶμα αὐτῶν 1 their whole body Since James speaks of **horses** in the plural, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **body**. Alternate translation: “their whole bodies”
|
||||
JAS 3 4 j182 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, καὶ τὰ πλοῖα 1 Behold also the ships The term **behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” the term can be used figuratively to mean giving notice and attention, and that is how James is using it here. Alternate translation: “Also consider the case of ships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 4 yn42 translate-unknown πλοῖα…πηδαλίου 1 ships,…the…rudder **Ships** are large vessels that are used to transport people or goods by water. A **rudder** is a flat device attached to the back of a ship that is used to steer it. If your readers would not be familiar with what **ships** are and what a **rudder** is, in your translation you could use the name of another transportation vehicle and a different device, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “trucks … steering wheel” or “large vehicles … steering device” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JAS 3 4 yn42 translate-unknown πλοῖα…πηδαλίου 1 ships, … the … rudder **Ships** are large vessels that are used to transport people or goods by water. A **rudder** is a flat device attached to the back of a ship that is used to steer it. If your readers would not be familiar with what **ships** are and what a **rudder** is, in your translation you could use the name of another transportation vehicle and a different device, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “trucks … steering wheel” or “large vehicles … steering device” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JAS 3 4 j183 τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα 1 being so large and driven by strong winds It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Even though they are so large and driven by strong winds”
|
||||
JAS 3 4 k7f5 figs-activepassive τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα 1 being so large and driven by strong winds If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Even though they are so large and strong winds drive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 3 4 jrk1 figs-metonymy μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 it is turned by the smallest rudder James is figuratively using the action of turning a ship to mean guiding or controlling the ship in general. (For example, a person might turn a ship in order to keep it upright, not just to direct it to a certain place.) Alternate translation: “it is controlled by the smallest rudder” or “it is guided by the smallest rudder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -387,8 +387,8 @@ JAS 3 8 j211 figs-metonymy τὴν…γλῶσσαν 1 the tongue James is using
|
|||
JAS 3 8 j212 figs-nominaladj ἀκατάστατον κακόν 1 an unsettled evil James is using the adjective **evil** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “an unsettled evil thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JAS 3 8 j213 figs-personification ἀκατάστατον κακόν 1 an unsettled evil In this context, the word **unsettled** means “restless.” James is speaking figuratively of the **tongue** as if it were a living thing that could never rest because it always had to be saying bad things. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “We are constantly saying evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 3 8 m7vi figs-metaphor μεστὴ ἰοῦ θανατηφόρου 1 full of deadly poison James is using **deadly poison** as an analogy for the destructive effects of what people say. Alternate translation (continuing a new sentence): “and what we say has very destructive effects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 9 le6h writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῇ εὐλογοῦμεν…καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ καταρώμεθα 1 With it we bless…and with it we curse The pronoun **it** refers to the tongue. Alternate translation: “With our tongue we bless … and with our tongue we curse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 9 j214 figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῇ εὐλογοῦμεν…καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ καταρώμεθα 1 With it we bless…and with it we curse James is using the **tongue** figuratively to represent what people say, by association with the way the tongue is used for speech. Alternate translation: “We use our tongue in speech to bless … and we use our tongue in speech to curse” or “By what we say, we bless … and by what we say, we curse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 3 9 le6h writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῇ εὐλογοῦμεν…καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ καταρώμεθα 1 With it we bless … and with it we curse The pronoun **it** refers to the tongue. Alternate translation: “With our tongue we bless … and with our tongue we curse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 9 j214 figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῇ εὐλογοῦμεν…καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ καταρώμεθα 1 With it we bless … and with it we curse James is using the **tongue** figuratively to represent what people say, by association with the way the tongue is used for speech. Alternate translation: “We use our tongue in speech to bless … and we use our tongue in speech to curse” or “By what we say, we bless … and by what we say, we curse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 3 9 ucm9 εὐλογοῦμεν 1 we bless In this context, **bless** does not mean to confer a blessing on someone, as a superior would to an inferior. Rather, it means to say good things about someone. Alternate translation: “we say good things about”
|
||||
JAS 3 9 j215 figs-hendiadys τὸν Κύριον καὶ Πατέρα 1 the Lord and Father James is not talking about two different people. He is expressing a single idea by using two nouns connected with **and**. The noun **Father** further identifies **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord our Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
JAS 3 9 j216 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ JAS 4 6 j260 writing-pronouns μείζονα δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν 1 B
|
|||
JAS 4 6 j261 μείζονα…χάριν 1 greater grace The comparative **greater** refers to quantity rather than to size. Alternate translation: “even more grace”
|
||||
JAS 4 6 hyh2 writing-pronouns διὸ λέγει 1 Therefore it says The pronoun **it** refers to the Scripture, the antecedent from the previous verse. Even though James is now quoting a specific passage, [Proverbs 3:34](../pro/03/34.md), rather than a general teaching, the reference is to the Bible as a whole. Alternate translation: “Therefore the Scripture says” or “Therefore the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JAS 4 6 j262 figs-personification λέγει 1 it says James is speaking figuratively of the Bible as if it could speak on its own. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” or “we can read in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 4 6 qs61 figs-nominaladj ὑπερηφάνοις…ταπεινοῖς 1 the proud,…to the humble James is using the adjectives **proud** and **humble** as nouns to refer to types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “proud people … humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JAS 4 6 qs61 figs-nominaladj ὑπερηφάνοις…ταπεινοῖς 1 the proud, … to the humble James is using the adjectives **proud** and **humble** as nouns to refer to types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “proud people … humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JAS 4 7 g7e5 figs-activepassive ὑποτάγητε οὖν 1 Be submitted, therefore If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Submit, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 4 7 da5t grammar-connect-logic-result ὑποτάγητε οὖν 1 Be submitted, therefore James is giving the reason for the result he described in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Because God gives grace to the humble, be submitted” or “Because God gives grace to the humble, submit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JAS 4 7 j263 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀντίστητε δὲ τῷ διαβόλῳ, καὶ φεύξεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν 1 But resist the devil, and he will flee from you James is using the word translated **and** to describe a result. Alternate translation: “But resist the devil. If you do, then he will flee from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ JAS 4 10 j276 figs-activepassive ταπεινώθητε 1 Be humbled If it would
|
|||
JAS 4 10 an8i figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον Κυρίου 1 before the Lord The word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. While in one sense God is present everywhere, the believers to whom James is writing are not in the direct physical presence of God, so he likely means this expression in a figurative sense. He is referring to the attitude they should have towards God. Alternate translation: “in your attitude towards God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 10 tn5w figs-metaphor ὑψώσει ὑμᾶς 1 he will lift you up James is speaking figuratively as if his readers would humbly kneel down or bow down in front of God to show their repentance and as if God would have them stand up to show that he accepted them. Alternate translation: “he will show that he accepts you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 11 r3hc μὴ καταλαλεῖτε ἀλλήλων 1 Do not speak against one another Alternate translation: “Do not say bad things about one another”
|
||||
JAS 4 11 uyi9 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί…ἀδελφοῦ…τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 brothers.…a brother…his brother See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers … a fellow believer … his fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 11 uyi9 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί…ἀδελφοῦ…τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 brothers. … a brother … his brother See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers … a fellow believer … his fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 11 j277 figs-explicit καταλαλεῖ νόμου καὶ κρίνει νόμον 1 speaks against the law and judges the law By **the law**, James means the same thing that he calls the “royal law” in [2:8](../02/08.md) and the “law of freedom” in [1:25](../01/25.md) and [2:12](../02/12.md). That is, he means the commandment “you will love your neighbor as yourself.” James is teaching his readers that by saying or assuming that their fellow believers were doing wrong things, they were not following this commandment and they were treating the commandment as if it were not important to follow. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated the term “neighbor” in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “contradicts the law that says to love other people as oneself and judges that law to be unimportant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 4 11 j278 figs-youcrowd εἰ…νόμον κρίνεις, οὐκ εἶ ποιητὴς νόμου 1 if you judge the law, you are not a doer of the law The word **you** is singular in these two cases because even though James is addressing a group of people, he is describing an individual situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
JAS 4 11 j279 figs-ellipsis οὐκ εἶ ποιητὴς νόμου, ἀλλὰ κριτής 1 you are not a doer of the law, but a judge In the second phrase, James is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the first phrase. Alternate translation: “you are not a doer of the law, but a judge of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -600,8 +600,8 @@ JAS 5 11 j323 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι πολύσπλαγχνός
|
|||
JAS 5 12 fug7 figs-metaphor πρὸ πάντων 1 before all James is using a spatial metaphor to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Your language may use a different spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “above all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 12 bjt3 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 12 s755 μὴ ὀμνύετε 1 do not swear Here, to **swear** means to guarantee, by appealing to something that is considered to be certain and reliable, that a statement is true or that an action will be performed. Alternate translation: “do not make an oath” or “do not make a vow”
|
||||
JAS 5 12 j324 figs-ellipsis ἤτω…ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ 1 let your…Yes…be…Yes…and…No,…No In the second phrase, James is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the first phrase. Alternate translation: “let your ‘Yes’ be ‘Yes’ and let your ‘No’ be ‘No’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JAS 5 12 m3ve ἤτω…ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ 1 let your…Yes…be…Yes…and…No,…No Alternate translation: “simply give your word, without making an oath”
|
||||
JAS 5 12 j324 figs-ellipsis ἤτω…ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ 1 let your … Yes … be … Yes … and … No, … No In the second phrase, James is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the first phrase. Alternate translation: “let your ‘Yes’ be ‘Yes’ and let your ‘No’ be ‘No’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JAS 5 12 m3ve ἤτω…ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ 1 let your … Yes … be … Yes … and … No, … No Alternate translation: “simply give your word, without making an oath”
|
||||
JAS 5 12 f6mx figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ κρίσιν πέσητε 1 so that you may not fall under judgment James is speaking figuratively of **judgment** as something that a person might **fall under**. Alternate translation: “so that you will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 12 j325 figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ κρίσιν πέσητε 1 so that you may not fall under judgment If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “so that God will not have to judge and punish you for breaking your oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 5 13 m3e6 figs-rquestion κακοπαθεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν? προσευχέσθω 1 Is anyone among you suffering hardship? Let him pray James is not looking for information. He is using the question form to state a condition, and he describes the result in a short sentence right after the question. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the question and that sentence together as a single statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone among you is suffering hardship, then he should pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -3,17 +3,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 intro ql4i 0 # 1 Peter 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 1:24-25.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### What God reveals<br><br>When Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.<br><br>### Holiness<br><br>God wants his people to be holy because God is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Eternity<br><br>Peter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))
|
||||
1PE 1 1 g6b4 0 General Information: Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing.
|
||||
1PE 1 1 u3zc figs-metaphor ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς 1 to the elect exiles of the dispersion Peter speaks of his readers as people who live away from their homes in many different countries. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 1 qkl8 Καππαδοκίας…Βιθυνίας 1 Cappadocia,…Bithynia Along with the other places that Peter mentions, **Cappadocia** and **Bithynia** were Roman provinces located in what is now the country of Turkey.
|
||||
1PE 1 1 qkl8 Καππαδοκίας…Βιθυνίας 1 Cappadocia, … Bithynia Along with the other places that Peter mentions, **Cappadocia** and **Bithynia** were Roman provinces located in what is now the country of Turkey.
|
||||
1PE 1 1 cf7b ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις 1 to the elect exiles “to the chosen foreigners” or “the ones whom God the Father has chosen.” God has chosen them according to his own foreknowledge.
|
||||
1PE 1 2 ba1h figs-abstractnouns πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός 1 the foreknowledge of God the Father The abstract noun **foreknowledge** can be translated with a verbal phrase. This could mean: (1) God had determined what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father decided previously” (2) God knew what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father knew beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 i9kf figs-metonymy αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 of the blood of Jesus Christ Here the **blood** refers to the death of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 rwkk figs-metaphor ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel to symbolize their covenant with God, believers are in covenant with God because of Jesus’ death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 z7df figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace and peace be multipled to you This passage speaks of **grace** as if it were an object that believers could possess, and of **peace** as if it were something that could increase in amount. Of course, grace is in reality the kind way God acts toward believers, and peace is how believers live in safety and joy with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 y6aq 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about the believers’ salvation and faith. Here he elaborates on a metaphor in which what God promises to do for all believers is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he passes on to them.
|
||||
1PE 1 3 cyf6 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς 1 our…us The words **our** and **us** refer to Peter and those to whom he is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 c92y ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 who,…has given us new birth “he has caused us to be born again”
|
||||
1PE 1 3 cyf6 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς 1 our … us The words **our** and **us** refer to Peter and those to whom he is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 c92y ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 who, … has given us new birth “he has caused us to be born again”
|
||||
1PE 1 4 b2zy figs-abstractnouns εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον 1 for an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance You can translate **inheritance** using a verb. Alternate translation: “which we confidently expect to receive as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 4 cy1g figs-metaphor κληρονομίαν 1 an…inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 4 cy1g figs-metaphor κληρονομίαν 1 an … inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 4 vr9s figs-metaphor ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον 1 imperishable and undefiled and unfading Peter uses three similar phrases to describe the inheritance as something that is perfect and eternal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 4 z6w4 figs-activepassive τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 reserved in heaven for you You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “which God is reserving in heaven for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 r4es figs-activepassive τοὺς ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ φρουρουμένους 1 who are protected by the power of God You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and God is protecting you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 9 j2qe figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν 1 the salvation of your souls The abstract noun “salvation” can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “God saving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 9 hw6y σωτηρίαν 1 the salvation This words presents the idea as if it were an object. In reality, **salvation** refers to the action of God saving us, or to what happens as a result.
|
||||
1PE 1 9 uk4a figs-synecdoche σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν 1 the salvation of your souls Here the word **souls** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “your salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 1 10 p4p5 σωτηρίας…χάριτος 1 salvation,…grace These words present two ideas as if they were things or objects. In reality, **salvation** refers to the action of God saving us, or to what happens as a result. Similarly, **grace** refers to the kind way in which God deals with believers.
|
||||
1PE 1 10 p4p5 σωτηρίας…χάριτος 1 salvation, … grace These words present two ideas as if they were things or objects. In reality, **salvation** refers to the action of God saving us, or to what happens as a result. Similarly, **grace** refers to the kind way in which God deals with believers.
|
||||
1PE 1 10 yyz4 figs-doublet ἐξεζήτησαν καὶ ἐξηραύνησαν 1 searched and inquired carefully The phrase **inquired carefully** means basically the same thing as “searched.” Together these words emphasize how hard the prophets tried to understand this salvation. Alternate translation: “examined very carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 1 11 x5x8 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues talking about the prophets’ search for salvation.
|
||||
1PE 1 11 r5jf ἐραυνῶντες 1 examining “trying to determine”
|
||||
|
|
@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 19 smu8 figs-doublet ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου 1 unblemished and spotless Peter expresses the same idea in two different ways to emphasize Christ’s purity. Alternate translation: “with no imperfections” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 msw5 figs-activepassive προεγνωσμένου 1 having been foreknown You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God chose Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 ky7a figs-abstractnouns πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 before the foundation of the world You can translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “before God created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 dkk2 figs-activepassive φανερωθέντος…δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 he has been revealed…for your sake You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has revealed him … for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 u7e3 figs-metaphor φανερωθέντος…δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 he has been revealed…for your sake Peter does not mean that his readers actually saw Christ, but that they learned the truth about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 dkk2 figs-activepassive φανερωθέντος…δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 he has been revealed … for your sake You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has revealed him … for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 u7e3 figs-metaphor φανερωθέντος…δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 he has been revealed … for your sake Peter does not mean that his readers actually saw Christ, but that they learned the truth about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 21 lt5u figs-idiom τὸν ἐγείραντα αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 who has raised him from the dead Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “who caused him to live again so that he was no longer among the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 1 21 f7mn figs-abstractnouns δόξαν αὐτῷ δόντα 1 has given him glory You can state the abstract noun **glory** in verbal form. Alternate translation: “glorified him” or “showed that he is glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 luj3 figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες 1 Having purified your souls Here the word **souls** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “Since you made yourselves pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -67,8 +67,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 23 tjq9 figs-metonymy διὰ λόγου ζῶντος Θεοῦ, καὶ μένοντος 1 through the living and enduring word of God Peter speaks of the **word of God** as if it were alive forever. In reality, it is God who lives forever, and whose instructions and promises last eternally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 24 kyc5 0 General Information: In these verses Peter quotes a passage from the prophet Isaiah relating to what he has just said about them being born of imperishable seed.
|
||||
1PE 1 24 dr75 figs-metonymy πᾶσα σὰρξ 1 All flesh The word **flesh** refers to humanity. Alternate translation: “All people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 24 r0fd figs-metonymy πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος…ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος 1 All flesh is like grass,…The grass was dried up The prophet Isaiah compares humanity to grass that grows and dies quickly. Alternate translation: “All people are temporary like grass … They will die like the grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 24 hd2f figs-simile πᾶσα δόξα αὐτῆς ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου…τὸ ἄνθος ἐξέπεσεν 1 all its glory is like the flower of the grass.…its flower fell off Here the word **glory** refers to beauty or goodness. Isaiah compares the things that people consider to be good or beautiful about humanity to flowers that die quickly. Alternate translation: “all their goodness is as temporary as a flower … it will fall away like a dying flower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 1 24 r0fd figs-metonymy πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος…ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος 1 All flesh is like grass, … The grass was dried up The prophet Isaiah compares humanity to grass that grows and dies quickly. Alternate translation: “All people are temporary like grass … They will die like the grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 24 hd2f figs-simile πᾶσα δόξα αὐτῆς ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου…τὸ ἄνθος ἐξέπεσεν 1 all its glory is like the flower of the grass. … its flower fell off Here the word **glory** refers to beauty or goodness. Isaiah compares the things that people consider to be good or beautiful about humanity to flowers that die quickly. Alternate translation: “all their goodness is as temporary as a flower … it will fall away like a dying flower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 1 25 aba2 τὸ…ῥῆμα Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord “the message that comes from the Lord”
|
||||
1PE 1 25 s11j figs-activepassive τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν 1 the word that has been proclaimed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the gospel that we proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Peter 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Stones<br><br>The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, the most important stone. The apostles and prophets are the foundation, the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Milk and babies<br><br>When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk,” he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 2 6 klv2 figs-explicit λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον 1 a cornerstone, chosen, precious God is the one who chose the stone. Alternate translation: “a most important cornerstone, which I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 6 xsx8 figs-metaphor λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον 1 a cornerstone The prophet speaks of the Messiah as the most important stone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 7 ze1c 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues quoting from the scriptures.
|
||||
1PE 2 7 uu3j figs-metaphor λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν…ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The stone that was rejected by…has become the head of the corner This is a metaphor that means people, like builders, **rejected** Jesus, but God has made him the most important **stone** in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 7 uu3j figs-metaphor λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν…ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The stone that was rejected by … has become the head of the corner This is a metaphor that means people, like builders, **rejected** Jesus, but God has made him the most important **stone** in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 7 i4jl figs-activepassive λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 The stone that was rejected by the builders You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The stone that the builders rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 7 ql12 κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the head of the corner This refers to the most important stone in a building and means basically the same thing as “cornerstone” in [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md).
|
||||
1PE 2 8 ptx5 figs-parallelism λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου 1 A stone of stumbling and a rock of offense These two phrases share similar meanings. Together they emphasize that people will take **offense** at this “stone,” which refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “a stone or a rock over which people will stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 2 18 xgk8 figs-doublet τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἐπιεικέσιν 1 to the good and gentle Here the words **good** and **gentle** share similar meanings and emphasize that such masters treat their servants kindly. Alternate translation: “the very kind masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 2 18 a6gc τοῖς σκολιοῖς 1 to the perverse “to the cruel ones” or “to the mean ones”
|
||||
1PE 2 19 r1h1 τοῦτο…χάρις 1 this is praiseworthy “this is deserving of praise” or “it is pleasing to God”
|
||||
1PE 2 19 zm8e διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ, ὑποφέρει…λύπας 1 endures sorrow…because of conscience toward God This could mean: (1) This person accepts suffering because he knows he is obeying God. (2) This person is able to endure unjust punishment because he knows that God knows how he is suffering.
|
||||
1PE 2 19 zm8e διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ, ὑποφέρει…λύπας 1 endures sorrow … because of conscience toward God This could mean: (1) This person accepts suffering because he knows he is obeying God. (2) This person is able to endure unjust punishment because he knows that God knows how he is suffering.
|
||||
1PE 2 20 y5ue figs-rquestion ποῖον γὰρ κλέος, εἰ ἁμαρτάνοντες καὶ κολαφιζόμενοι ὑπομενεῖτε? 1 For what kind of credit is there if, sinning and being tormented, you will endure Peter asks this question to emphasize that there is nothing praiseworthy about suffering for doing something wrong. Alternate translation: “For God will not reward you if you are punished because you sinned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 2 20 pr8b figs-activepassive ἁμαρτάνοντες καὶ κολαφιζόμενοι 1 sinning and being tormented You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “while someone punishes you because you sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 20 ly9f figs-activepassive ἀγαθοποιοῦντες καὶ πάσχοντες ὑπομενεῖτε 1 doing good and suffering, you will endure You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you endure when someone punishes you for doing good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -181,8 +181,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 3 10 p9bl figs-parallelism ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to love life and to see good days These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 btkp figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to see good days Here experiencing good things is spoken of as seeing good things. Alternate translation: “experience good things during life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 t5en figs-metonymy ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 good days The word **days** refers to one’s lifetime. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 wq2b figs-parallelism παυσάτω τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 Let…stop his tongue from evil and his lips from speaking deceit These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the command not to lie. Alternate translation: “stop saying evil and deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 rqa9 figs-synecdoche τὴν γλῶσσαν…χείλη 1 his tongue…his lips The words **tongue** and **lips** refer to the person who is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 wq2b figs-parallelism παυσάτω τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 Let … stop his tongue from evil and his lips from speaking deceit These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the command not to lie. Alternate translation: “stop saying evil and deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 rqa9 figs-synecdoche τὴν γλῶσσαν…χείλη 1 his tongue … his lips The words **tongue** and **lips** refer to the person who is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 let him turn away from evil Here, **turn away** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “let him stop doing what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-synecdoche ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The word **eyes** refers to the Lord’s ability to know things. Alternate translation: “The Lord knows the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 3 12 m2a0 figs-metaphor ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The Lord’s approval of the righteous is spoken of as his seeing them. Alternate translation: “The Lord approves of the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -207,12 +207,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 3 18 n7nh πνεύματι 1 in the spirit This could mean: (1) This refers to a spiritual existence. (2) This refers to the Holy Spirit’s power.
|
||||
1PE 3 19 hp82 ἐν ᾧ 1 in which This could mean: (1) This refers to his spiritual existence. (2) This refers to the Holy Spirit’s power.
|
||||
1PE 3 19 ez3d τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 to the spirits in prison Here, **spirits** could mean: (1) This refers to evil spirits. (2) This refers to spirits of the dead people.
|
||||
1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-metonymy ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the…of God was waiting The word **patience** is a metonym for God himself. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-metonymy ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the … of God was waiting The word **patience** is a metonym for God himself. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 20 qxah figs-personification ὅτε ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία 1 when the patience of God was waiting Peter writes of God’s patience as if it is a person. Alternate translation: “when God was waiting patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε, κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, while an ark is being constructed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “during the time of Noah, when he was building an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 21 jti3 δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ “because of the resurrection of Jesus Christ.” This phrase completes the thought, “This is a symbol of the baptism that saves you now.”
|
||||
1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God To be at the **right hand of God** is a symbol that God has given Jesus greatest honor and authority over all others. Alternate translation: “who is beside God in the place of honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 22 f6jq ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ 1 after…had been subjected to him “when … had submitted to Jesus Christ”
|
||||
1PE 3 22 f6jq ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ 1 after … had been subjected to him “when … had submitted to Jesus Christ”
|
||||
1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungodly Gentiles<br><br>This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Martyrdom<br><br>It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”<br><br>Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do.
|
||||
1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings.
|
||||
1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh “in his body”
|
||||
|
|
@ -255,10 +255,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 4 17 z9zc τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying “what will happen to those who disobey”
|
||||
1PE 4 17 l3db τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God “of those who do not believe God’s gospel.” Here the word **disobeying** means they do not believe.
|
||||
1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Here the word **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “If the righteous person experiences many difficulties before God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 the righteous…where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Peter use this question to emphasize that sinners will suffer much more than believers do. Alternate translation: “the righteous man … the outcome will be much worse for the ungodly and the sinner.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 the righteous … where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Peter use this question to emphasize that sinners will suffer much more than believers do. Alternate translation: “the righteous man … the outcome will be much worse for the ungodly and the sinner.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 4 18 ms54 ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner”
|
||||
1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 let…entrust their souls Here the word **souls** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let … entrust themselves” or “let … entrust their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 let … entrust their souls Here the word **souls** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let … entrust themselves” or “let … entrust their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 4 19 wih1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 in well - doing The abstract noun **well-doing** can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “while they do good” or “while they live rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Most people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crowns<br><br>The crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Lion<br><br>All animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Babylon<br><br>Babylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders.
|
||||
|
|
@ -286,9 +286,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 5 10 suu9 ὀλίγον 1 for a little while “for a short time”
|
||||
1PE 5 10 p648 ὁ…Θεὸς πάσης χάριτος 1 the God of all grace Here the word **grace** may refer either to the things that **God** gives or to God’s character. This could mean: (1) This refers to the God who always gives us what we need. (2) This refers to the God who is always gracious.
|
||||
1PE 5 10 lwz6 ὁ καλέσας ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν ἐν Χριστῷ 1 who has called you to his eternal glory in Christ “who has chose you to share his eternal glory in heaven because you are joined to Christ”
|
||||
1PE 5 10 qf2h καταρτίσει 1 will…perfect “make perfect” or “restore” or “make well again”
|
||||
1PE 5 10 qf2h καταρτίσει 1 will … perfect “make perfect” or “restore” or “make well again”
|
||||
1PE 5 10 j2nt figs-metaphor σθενώσει, θεμελιώσει 1 strengthen, and establish you These two expressions have similar meanings, that is, that God will enable the believers to trust in him and to obey him regardless of any suffering they may experience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 12 an6q διὰ Σιλουανοῦ, ὑμῖν…δι’ ὀλίγων ἔγραψα 1 Through Silvanus,…I wrote to you briefly Silvanus wrote the words that Peter told him to write in the letter.
|
||||
1PE 5 12 an6q διὰ Σιλουανοῦ, ὑμῖν…δι’ ὀλίγων ἔγραψα 1 Through Silvanus, … I wrote to you briefly Silvanus wrote the words that Peter told him to write in the letter.
|
||||
1PE 5 12 g1t6 figs-metonymy ταύτην εἶναι ἀληθῆ χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 this is the true grace of God This refers back to what Paul has written. Here the word **grace** refers to the gospel message, which tells of the kind things that God has done for believers. Alternate translation: “I have written about the true grace of God” or “the gospel message I have written is God's grace to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 5 12 nm72 figs-metaphor εἰς ἣν στῆτε 1 Stand in it The word **it** refers to “the true grace of God.” Being strongly committed to this grace is spoken of as standing firmly in one place, refusing to move. Alternate translation: “Remain strongly committed to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 13 muq7 writing-symlanguage ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι 1 She who is in Babylon Here, **she** probably refers to the group of believers who live in **Babylon**. Here, **Babylon** could mean: (1) This is a symbol for the city of Rome. (2) This is a symbol for anywhere that Christians are suffering. (3) This is a literal reference to the city of Babylon. It most likely refers to the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 8 f9qm figs-doublet ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους 1 barren nor unfruitful These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that this person will be productive and experience the benefits from knowing Jesus. Alternate translation: “unproductive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 ppd8 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἐπίγνωσιν 1 in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ You can translate **knowledge** using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “through your knowing God and Jesus our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 9 gg2c ᾧ…μὴ πάρεστιν ταῦτα 1 in whom these things are not present the person who does not have these things
|
||||
2PE 1 9 h6fn figs-metaphor τυφλός ἐστιν μυωπάζων 1 he…is blind, nearsighted Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if he were a **blind** or **nearsighted** person because he does not understand their value. Alternate translation: “is like a shortsighted person who cannot see their importance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 9 h6fn figs-metaphor τυφλός ἐστιν μυωπάζων 1 he … is blind, nearsighted Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if he were a **blind** or **nearsighted** person because he does not understand their value. Alternate translation: “is like a shortsighted person who cannot see their importance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 9 gq4d figs-abstractnouns τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν 1 of the cleansing from his past sins You can use a verb to translate this. Alternate translation: “that God has cleansed him from his old sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 10 raa1 figs-doublet βεβαίαν ὑμῶν τὴν κλῆσιν καὶ ἐκλογὴν ποιεῖσθαι 1 to make your calling and election sure The words **calling** and **election** share similar meanings and refer to God’s choosing them to belong to him. Alternate translation: “make sure that God has really chosen you to belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 1 10 jcv9 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε 1 you may certainly not ever stumble Here, **stumble** could mean: (1) This refers to committing sin. Alternate translation: “you will not practice sinful behavior” (2) This refers to becoming unfaithful to Christ. Alternate translation: “you will not become unfaithful to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 2 nzx7 figs-activepassive ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται 1 the way of truth will be slandered The phrase **way of truth** refers to the Christian faith as the true path to God. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “unbelievers will blaspheme the way of truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 dl1k πλαστοῖς λόγοις ὑμᾶς ἐμπορεύσονται 1 they will exploit you with false words “they will convince you to give them money by telling you lies”
|
||||
2PE 2 3 k359 figs-parallelism οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 whose condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep The two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize how soon the false teachers will be condemned. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 jvh9 figs-personification κρίμα…ἀπώλεια 1 condemnation…destruction Peter speaks of **condemnation** and **destruction** as if they are persons who act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 c57u figs-abstractnouns οἷς τὸ κρίμα…οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 whose condemnation…is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep The abstract nouns “condemnation” and “destruction” can be expressed in verbal form. Alternate translation: “it will not be long until they are condemned, and they will soon be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 jvh9 figs-personification κρίμα…ἀπώλεια 1 condemnation … destruction Peter speaks of **condemnation** and **destruction** as if they are persons who act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 c57u figs-abstractnouns οἷς τὸ κρίμα…οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 whose condemnation … is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep The abstract nouns “condemnation” and “destruction” can be expressed in verbal form. Alternate translation: “it will not be long until they are condemned, and they will soon be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 jetw figs-doublenegatives οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 whose condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep You can translate these phrases with verbs in positive terms. Alternate translation: “God will soon condemn them; he is ready to destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 s115 0 Connecting Statement: Peter gives examples of people who acted against God and whom God punished because of what they did.
|
||||
2PE 2 4 pr13 οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 did not spare “did not refrain from punishing” or “punished”
|
||||
|
|
@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 4 uzy2 figs-metaphor σειροῖς ζόφου 1 in chains of darkness This could mean: (1) This refers to chains in a very dark place. (2) This refers to a very deep darkness that imprisons them like chains. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 c2ak εἰς κρίσιν 1 to judgment This refers to the day of **judgment** when God will judge every person.
|
||||
2PE 2 5 hpv7 figs-metonymy ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 he did not spare the ancient world Here the word **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 5 iw5v ὄγδοον, Νῶε…ἐφύλαξεν 1 protected Noah,…along with seven others God did not destroy **Noah** and **seven** other people when he destroyed the rest of the people who lived in the ancient world.
|
||||
2PE 2 5 iw5v ὄγδοον, Νῶε…ἐφύλαξεν 1 protected Noah, … along with seven others God did not destroy **Noah** and **seven** other people when he destroyed the rest of the people who lived in the ancient world.
|
||||
2PE 2 6 gp3e πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας 1 having reduced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes “after burning the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah with fire until only ashes remained”
|
||||
2PE 2 6 reg3 καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 he condemned them to destruction Here the word **them** refers to Sodom and Gomorrah and the people who lived in them.
|
||||
2PE 2 6 hgt7 ὑπόδειγμα μελλόντων ἀσεβέσιν 1 an example of what is going to happen to the ungodly Sodom and Gomorrah serve as an **example** and a warning of what will happen to others who disobey God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 18 nks3 figs-explicit τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους 1 those who are barely escaping from those living in error This phrase refers to people who recently became believers. The phrase **those who live in error** refers to unbelievers who still live in sin. Alternate translation: “people who try to live rightly, instead of living sinfully as they used to and as other people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 18 jec8 figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας 1 those who are barely escaping from Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they are slaves to sin who need to be released from their captivity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 uyw6 figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι, αὐτοὶ δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες τῆς φθορᾶς 1 promising freedom to them, while themselves being slaves of corruption Here, **freedom** is a metaphor for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: **promising to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live, but they themselves cannot escape their own sinful desires** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 v5tt figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν…ἐπαγγελλόμενοι…δοῦλοι…τῆς φθορᾶς 1 promising freedom…slaves of corruption Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they are slaves to sin who need to be released from their captivity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 v5tt figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν…ἐπαγγελλόμενοι…δοῦλοι…τῆς φθορᾶς 1 promising freedom … slaves of corruption Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they are slaves to sin who need to be released from their captivity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 b79v figs-metaphor ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 For by what someone has been overcome, by this he has been enslaved Peter speaks of a person as a slave when anything has control over that person, and that thing as the master of that person. Alternate translation: “For if something has control over a person, that person becomes like a slave to that thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 d6ra 0 Connecting Statement: The words **they** and **them** refer to the false teachers Peter speaks of in verses 12-19.
|
||||
2PE 2 20 q96i grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τούτοις δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 if, having escaped the impurities of the world through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, but having become entangled again, having been overcome by them, the last has become worse for them than the first This sentence is a description of a conditional statement that is true. The false teachers had at one time **escaped**, but if they are again **entangled** and **overcome**, so their **last** state has become **worse** than their **first** state. You can state this as a fact. Alternate translation: “they have escaped the impurities of the world through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, but having become entangled and overcome by them again, so that the last has become worse for them than the first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 4 t6hl figs-euphemism οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 the fathers fell asleep Here, **fathers** refers to ancestors who lived long ago. Falling asleep is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: “our ancestors died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 c2en figs-hyperbole πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 all things continue in the same way from the beginning of creation The mockers exaggerate with the word **all**, and they argue that since nothing in the world has ever changed, it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 yue7 figs-abstractnouns ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 from the beginning of creation You can translate this as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “since God created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 5 mku9 figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι, καὶ γῆ…συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 the heavens existed long ago, and the earth had been formed…by the word of God You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God long ago established the heavens and the earth … by his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 5 mku9 figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι, καὶ γῆ…συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 the heavens existed long ago, and the earth had been formed … by the word of God You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God long ago established the heavens and the earth … by his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 5 s77f ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα 1 had been formed from water and through water This means that God caused the land to come up out of the **water**, gathering the bodies of water together to make the land appear.
|
||||
2PE 3 6 jh4r δι’ ὧν 1 through which Here this phrase refers to God’s word and water.
|
||||
2PE 3 6 nyb7 figs-activepassive ὁ τότε κόσμος ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς ἀπώλετο 1 the world at that time perished, having been flooded by water You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world that existed at that time with water and destroyed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -187,8 +187,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 16 sh4j πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction “resulting in their own destruction”
|
||||
2PE 3 17 kn3d 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes instructing the believers and ends his letter.
|
||||
2PE 3 17 z54q φυλάσσεσθε 1 guard yourselves “protect yourselves”
|
||||
2PE 3 17 h2ik figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες, ἐκπέσητε 1 so that you might not lose…having been led astray by the deceit of the lawless Here, **led astray** is a metaphor for being persuaded to do something wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 xjht figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες, ἐκπέσητε 1 so that you might not lose…having been led astray by the deceit of the lawless You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that lawless people do not deceive you and cause you do something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 h2ik figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες, ἐκπέσητε 1 so that you might not lose … having been led astray by the deceit of the lawless Here, **led astray** is a metaphor for being persuaded to do something wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 xjht figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες, ἐκπέσητε 1 so that you might not lose … having been led astray by the deceit of the lawless You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that lawless people do not deceive you and cause you do something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 w3sp figs-metaphor μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 you might not lose your own steadfastness **Steadfastness** is spoken of as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. Alternate translation: “you will not stop being faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 lk3c figs-abstractnouns αὐξάνετε…ἐν χάριτι 1 grow in grace The abstract noun **grace** can be expressed with the phrase “act kindly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 ccm3 figs-metaphor αὐξάνετε…ἐν χάριτι, καὶ γνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 grow in grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ Here growing in the **grace and knowledge** of the **Lord** represents experiencing his grace more and knowing him more. Alternate translation: “receive more of the grace of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, and know him more” or “be more aware of how our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ acts kindly toward you, and know him better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
112
en_tn_63-1JN.tsv
112
en_tn_63-1JN.tsv
|
|
@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 1 intro ab9v 0 # 1 John 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Opening of the letter (1:1-4)<br>2. Genuine believers obey God and love one another (1:5-10, continues through 2:17)<br><br>## Important translation issues in this chapter<br><br>Like many Greek compositions of this time, for stylistic purposes this letter begins with a very long sentence. It goes from the beginning of [1:1](../01/01.md) to the middle of [1:3](../01/03.md). The parts of this sentence are not in the order that is customary in many languages. The direct object comes first, and it is very long, made up of many different clauses. The subject and verb do not come until near the end. And in the middle, there is a long digression. So it will be a challenge to translate.<br><br>One approach that might work well in your language would be to create a verse bridge that includes all of 1:1-3. You could break up this long sentence into several smaller sentences, repeating the subject and verb for clarity. This would allow you to present the parts of the sentence in an order that might be more customary in your language and that your readers might understand better. For example:<br><br>“So that you will have fellowship with us, we are declaring to you what we have seen and heard. We are declaring to you what was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked at and our hands have touched. It has to do with the Word of life. Indeed, the life appeared, and we have seen it, and we are testifying to it. Yes, we are announcing to you the eternal life that was with the Father and that appeared to us.”<br><br>If you take this approach, another way to translate the second sentence would be, “We are declaring to you what was from the beginning, what we have heard, what we have seen with our eyes, what we have looked at and our hands have touched.”<br><br>Another approach that could also work well, and which would not require a verse bridge, would be to leave the phrases in their present order, but to divide the sentence into three parts at the verse divisions. If you do that, you could also put your translation of the phrase “regarding the Word of life” at the beginning rather than the end of [1:1](../01/01.md) and present it as a topical introduction to the letter. Otherwise, your readers might not get the sense that this is a letter until they reached [1:4](../01/04.md), where John formally states his purpose for writing.<br><br>The notes to [1:1-4](../01/01.md) provide further specific suggestions for how to translate this long opening sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>In [1:4](../01/04.md), the most accurate ancient manuscripts read “so that our joy may be fulfilled.” ULT follows that reading. However, some other ancient manuscripts read “your joy” instead of “our joy.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
1JN 1 1 j363 writing-pronouns ὃ ἦν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ὃ ἀκηκόαμεν, ὃ ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν, ὃ ἐθεασάμεθα, καὶ αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν 1 What was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked at and our hands have touched See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter for how to translate the long sentence in [1:1-3](../01/01.md). If you follow the suggestion to translate the phrase “regarding the Word of life” as a topical introduction to this letter, you will already have indicated that the four clauses in this verse refer to a person, Jesus. You could therefore introduce them with the personal pronouns “who” and “whom.” Alternate translation: “He is the one who has existed from all eternity, whom we heard speak, whom we saw with our own eyes, and whom we looked at and touched with our own hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 1 1 j364 figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 from the beginning John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the eternal existence of Jesus. Alternate translation: “from all eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 1 1 jd7p figs-exclusive ἀκηκόαμεν…ἑωράκαμεν…ἡμῶν…ἐθεασάμεθα…ἡμῶν 1 we have heard,…we have seen…our…we have looked at…our In most cases in this letter, the first-person plural pronouns are inclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, use the inclusive form in your translation. John is speaking of what both he and the recipients know, or of things that are true of both him and the recipients. However, in a few cases, the first-person pronouns are exclusive, since John is telling the recipients what he and his fellow apostles saw and heard from Jesus. These notes will identify all such places, and in them you should use the exclusive forms, if your language marks that distinction. Here the pronouns **we** and **our** are exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 1 jd7p figs-exclusive ἀκηκόαμεν…ἑωράκαμεν…ἡμῶν…ἐθεασάμεθα…ἡμῶν 1 we have heard, … we have seen … our … we have looked at … our In most cases in this letter, the first-person plural pronouns are inclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, use the inclusive form in your translation. John is speaking of what both he and the recipients know, or of things that are true of both him and the recipients. However, in a few cases, the first-person pronouns are exclusive, since John is telling the recipients what he and his fellow apostles saw and heard from Jesus. These notes will identify all such places, and in them you should use the exclusive forms, if your language marks that distinction. Here the pronouns **we** and **our** are exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 1 ej5x figs-explicit ὃ ἀκηκόαμεν 1 which we have heard The implication is that what John and the other eyewitnesses **heard** was Jesus speaking. Alternate translation: “whom we heard speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 1 1 rb73 figs-parallelism ὃ ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν, ὃ ἐθεασάμεθα 1 which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked at These two phrases mean the same thing. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. You could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression if that would be clearer for your readers. Alternate translation: “whom we saw clearly ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1JN 1 1 j001 figs-extrainfo ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν…αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν 1 we have seen with our eyes,…our hands have touched In your language, it might seem that these phrases express unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate them. However, your language may have its own way of using such extra information for emphasis, and you could also do that in your translation. Alternate translation: “whom we saw … touched” or “whom we saw with our own eyes … touched with our own hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
1JN 1 1 j002 figs-explicit ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν…αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν 1 we have seen with our eyes,…our hands have touched The implications of what John is saying are that Jesus must have been a real human being, even though the false teachers are denying this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 1 1 j001 figs-extrainfo ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν…αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν 1 we have seen with our eyes, … our hands have touched In your language, it might seem that these phrases express unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate them. However, your language may have its own way of using such extra information for emphasis, and you could also do that in your translation. Alternate translation: “whom we saw … touched” or “whom we saw with our own eyes … touched with our own hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
1JN 1 1 j002 figs-explicit ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν…αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν 1 we have seen with our eyes, … our hands have touched The implications of what John is saying are that Jesus must have been a real human being, even though the false teachers are denying this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 1 1 j003 περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 regarding the Word of life As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, you could put your translation of this phrase, **regarding the Word of life**, at the beginning of this verse and present it as a sentence of its own as a topical introduction to the letter, as UST does. Alternate translation: “We are writing to you about Jesus, the Word of life”
|
||||
1JN 1 1 j004 writing-pronouns περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 regarding the Word of life Letter writers of this time typically began by giving their own names. That is the case for most of the letters in the New Testament. This letter is an exception, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply John’s name here, as UST does. As noted above, John uses the plural pronoun “we” because he is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to Jesus’ earthly life. But it may be more natural in your language for him to refer to himself with a singular pronoun, and if so, you could do that in your translation. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing to you about Jesus, the Word of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 1 1 gt44 figs-explicit τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 the Word of life Here, **the Word of life** is implicitly a description of Jesus. As the General Introduction explains, there are many similarities between this letter and the Gospel of John. That gospel begins by saying about Jesus, “In the beginning was the Word.” So it is likely that when John speaks in this letter of **the Word of life** that “was from the beginning,” he is also speaking about Jesus. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word of God, who gives life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 1 1 i8b4 figs-metaphor τῆς ζωῆς 1 of life In this letter, John uses **life** in different ways, either to refer literally to physical life or figuratively to spiritual life. Here the reference is to spiritual life. Alternate translation: “of spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 la4a figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἐφανερώθη 1 indeed, the life appeared See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. This could mean: (1) John may be emphasizing how Jesus came to this earth. (UST brings this out by saying “he came here to the earth.”) In that case, this would be a situation in which a Greek passive verbal form has an active meaning. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life came right here” (2) John may be emphasizing how God revealed Jesus to the world and thereby revealed himself to the world through Jesus. To bring out that emphasis, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life was made visible” or “Indeed, God made the life visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 j006 figs-metonymy ἡ ζωὴ 1 the life John is speaking figuratively of Jesus, whom he calls the “Word of life” in the previous verse by referring to the **life** that is associated with him. In this case it seems to describe the **life** that Jesus embodies rather than the **life** that he gives. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “Jesus, who is life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 j007 figs-exclusive ἑωράκαμεν…μαρτυροῦμεν…ἀπαγγέλλομεν…ἡμῖν 1 we have seen it,…we are testifying to it,…we are announcing…to us John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, so the pronouns **we** and **us** are exclusive in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 j007 figs-exclusive ἑωράκαμεν…μαρτυροῦμεν…ἀπαγγέλλομεν…ἡμῖν 1 we have seen it, … we are testifying to it, … we are announcing … to us John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, so the pronouns **we** and **us** are exclusive in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 j008 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 to you As the General Introduction explains, John is writing this letter to believers in various churches, and so the pronouns **you**, “your,” and “yourselves” are plural throughout the entire letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 jp6s writing-pronouns ἑωράκαμεν, καὶ μαρτυροῦμεν 1 we have seen it, and we are testifying to it If you decided to use personal pronouns in [1:1](../01/01.md), you could use them in these cases as well. Alternate translation: “we have seen him, and we are testifying that we saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 ih36 figs-parallelism μαρτυροῦμεν, καὶ ἀπαγγέλλομεν ὑμῖν 1 we are testifying to it, yes, we are announcing to you These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -24,12 +24,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 1 2 fru2 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐφανερώθη ἡμῖν 1 and appeared to us See how you translated **appeared** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “and came right to us” or “and was made visible to us” or “and whom God made visible to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 3 j009 grammar-connect-logic-result ὃ ἑωράκαμεν, καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν, ἀπαγγέλλομεν καὶ ὑμῖν, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς κοινωνίαν ἔχητε μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 what we have seen and heard, we declare also to you, so you also will have fellowship with us If it would be clearer in your language, you could move the last clause to the beginning of the verse, since that clause gives the reason for the action that the rest of the verse describes. For clarity, you could also place the direct-object clause **what we have seen and heard** after the subject and verb **we declare … to you**. In that case, you would not need to translate **also** after **declare**. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “So that you also will have fellowship with us, we are declaring to you what we have seen and heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1JN 1 3 vw2w figs-explicit ὃ ἑωράκαμεν, καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν 1 what we have seen and heard John is referring implicitly to the way that he and the other eyewitnesses had **seen and heard** Jesus when he was alive on earth. Alternate translation: “what we saw and heard of Jesus when he was alive on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 1 3 j010 figs-exclusive ἑωράκαμεν…ἀπαγγέλλομεν…ἡμῶν 1 we have seen…we declare…us John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, so the pronouns **we** and **us** are exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 3 dw7l figs-abstractnouns καὶ ὑμεῖς κοινωνίαν ἔχητε μεθ’ ἡμῶν…ἡ κοινωνία…ἡ ἡμετέρα μετὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ μετὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 you also will have fellowship with us.…our fellowship is with the Father and with his Son If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **fellowship** with a concrete noun such as “friends” and an adjective such as “close.” Alternate translation: “so that you can be close friends with us … we are all close friends with God the Father and with his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 1 3 j010 figs-exclusive ἑωράκαμεν…ἀπαγγέλλομεν…ἡμῶν 1 we have seen … we declare … us John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, so the pronouns **we** and **us** are exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 3 dw7l figs-abstractnouns καὶ ὑμεῖς κοινωνίαν ἔχητε μεθ’ ἡμῶν…ἡ κοινωνία…ἡ ἡμετέρα μετὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ μετὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 you also will have fellowship with us. … our fellowship is with the Father and with his Son If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **fellowship** with a concrete noun such as “friends” and an adjective such as “close.” Alternate translation: “so that you can be close friends with us … we are all close friends with God the Father and with his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 1 3 tf4m figs-exclusive ἡ κοινωνία…ἡ ἡμετέρα 1 our fellowship is The word **our** is likely inclusive, since John is speaking of how the believers to whom he is writing will have fellowship with him and the others on whose behalf he is writing. So if your language marks that distinction, you should translate the term as inclusive. Even if your language does not mark that distinction, you can indicate in your translation that the term applies both to John and to the people he is writing to. Alternate translation: “we are all close friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 3 rxq7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς…τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the Father…his Son These are important titles. Alternate translation: “God the Father … his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 1 3 rxq7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς…τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the Father … his Son These are important titles. Alternate translation: “God the Father … his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 1 4 j011 writing-pronouns ταῦτα γράφομεν ἡμεῖς 1 we are writing these things As the General Notes to this chapter explain, here John is formally stating his purpose for writing. If you decided in [1:1](../01/01.md) that it would be more natural in your language for him to refer to himself with a singular pronoun in such a context, you could do the same thing in this instance. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 1 4 j012 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἡμῶν 1 we…our If you use the plural pronoun **we**, it would be exclusive, since John is speaking of himself and the other eyewitnesses on whose behalf he is writing. However, the term **our** is likely inclusive, since John probably means that he wants both himself and his readers to have joy in the shared fellowship with one another and with the Father and the Son that he describes in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 4 j012 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἡμῶν 1 we … our If you use the plural pronoun **we**, it would be exclusive, since John is speaking of himself and the other eyewitnesses on whose behalf he is writing. However, the term **our** is likely inclusive, since John probably means that he wants both himself and his readers to have joy in the shared fellowship with one another and with the Father and the Son that he describes in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 4 j013 translate-textvariants ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and say **our joy** or to follow the reading of some other versions and say “your joy.” The note below discusses a translation issue related to the variant reading “your joy,” for those who decide to use it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
1JN 1 4 j014 figs-you ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled If you follow the variant reading “your joy,” the word “your” would be plural, as in the rest of this letter, since it would refer to a group of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1JN 1 4 xn9d figs-abstractnouns ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy may be fulfilled If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -65,12 +65,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 1 8 tt51 figs-metaphor ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the truth is not in us John speaks figuratively of the **truth** as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: “we do not believe that what God says is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 1 8 j035 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the truth is not in us If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “we do not believe that what God says is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 1 9 j036 figs-hypo ἐὰν ὁμολογῶμεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν, πιστός ἐστιν καὶ δίκαιος 1 If we confess our sins, he is faithful and righteous John is using another hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the value and benefits of living in holiness. Alternate translation: “Suppose we confess our sins. Then he is faithful and righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
1JN 1 9 gb5l writing-pronouns πιστός ἐστιν…ἵνα ἀφῇ 1 he is faithful…that he should forgive The pronoun **he** refers to God in both instances in this verse. Alternate translation: “God is faithful … and God will forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 1 9 gb5l writing-pronouns πιστός ἐστιν…ἵνα ἀφῇ 1 he is faithful … that he should forgive The pronoun **he** refers to God in both instances in this verse. Alternate translation: “God is faithful … and God will forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 1 9 f68c figs-parallelism ἵνα ἀφῇ ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας 1 that he should forgive us our sins and cleanse us from all unrighteousness These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John is likely using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them, especially if it might be confusing for your readers if you put both phrases in. Alternate translation: “and he will completely forgive us of what we have done wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1JN 1 9 j038 figs-metaphor ἀφῇ ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας 1 he should forgive us our sins and cleanse us from all unrighteousness As in [1:7](../01/07.md), John is speaking figuratively of **sins** as if they made a person dirty and of God’s forgiveness as if it made a person clean. Alternate translation: “he should not hold against us anything that we have done wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 1 9 j039 figs-abstractnouns πάσης ἀδικίας 1 all unrighteousness If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unrighteousness** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “anything that we have done wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 1 10 j040 figs-hypo ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι οὐχ ἡμαρτήκαμεν, ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸν 1 If we say that we have not sinned, we make him a liar John is using another hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the serious implications of not living in holiness. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say that we have not sinned. Then we are calling God a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
1JN 1 10 j041 writing-pronouns αὐτὸν…αὐτοῦ 1 him…his The pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God in this verse. Alternate translation: “God … God’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 1 10 j041 writing-pronouns αὐτὸν…αὐτοῦ 1 him … his The pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God in this verse. Alternate translation: “God … God’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 1 10 hii2 figs-explicit ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸν 1 we make him a liar Be sure that it is clear in your translation that God would not actually be a **liar** in this case. Rather, a person who claimed to be without sin would be calling God a liar, since God has said that everyone is a sinner. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that is the same as calling God a liar, because God has said that we have all sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 1 10 j042 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 his word is not in us John is using the term **word** figuratively to mean what God has said by using words. Alternate translation: “we do not believe what God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 1 10 m3p1 figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 his word is not in us As he did about the “truth” in [1:8](../01/08.md), John is speaking figuratively of God’s **word** as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: “we do not believe what God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -89,12 +89,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 3 j049 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν, ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 in this we know that we have known him, if we keep his commandments If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “if we obey what he has commanded, then we can be assured that we have a close relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1JN 2 3 j050 figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι 1 in this we know that This is an idiomatic expression that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “this is how we know that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 2 3 el7q γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 we know that we have known him John is using the word **know** in two different senses. See the discussion of the word **know** in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. If your language has different words for these different senses, it would be appropriate to use them here. Alternate translation: “we can be assured that we have a close relationship with him”
|
||||
1JN 2 3 j051 writing-pronouns αὐτόν…αὐτοῦ 1 him,…his In this verse, the pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God, the one who has given the commandments that people must obey. Alternate translation: “God … God’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 3 j051 writing-pronouns αὐτόν…αὐτοῦ 1 him, … his In this verse, the pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God, the one who has given the commandments that people must obey. Alternate translation: “God … God’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 3 qn85 figs-idiom ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 if we keep his commandments Here, **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “if we obey what he has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 2 4 j052 figs-hypo ὁ λέγων, ὅτι ἔγνωκα αὐτὸν, καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ μὴ τηρῶν, ψεύστης ἐστίν 1 The one who says,…I know him,…and does not keep his commandments is a liar John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to challenge his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone says, ‘I have a close relationship with God,’ but he does not obey what God has commanded. Then that person is a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
1JN 2 4 j052 figs-hypo ὁ λέγων, ὅτι ἔγνωκα αὐτὸν, καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ μὴ τηρῶν, ψεύστης ἐστίν 1 The one who says, … I know him, … and does not keep his commandments is a liar John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to challenge his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone says, ‘I have a close relationship with God,’ but he does not obey what God has commanded. Then that person is a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
1JN 2 4 kmz5 ὁ λέγων 1 The one who says Alternate translation: “Anyone who says” or “The person who says”
|
||||
1JN 2 4 q665 ἔγνωκα αὐτὸν 1 I know him As in the second instance in [2:3](../02/03.md), John is using the word **know** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “I have a close relationship with God”
|
||||
1JN 2 4 j053 writing-pronouns αὐτὸν…αὐτοῦ 1 him,…his In this verse, the pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God, the one who has given the commandments that people must obey. Alternate translation: “God … God’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 4 j053 writing-pronouns αὐτὸν…αὐτοῦ 1 him, … his In this verse, the pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God, the one who has given the commandments that people must obey. Alternate translation: “God … God’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 4 j054 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what such a person might say and what his conduct actually indicates to be true. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
1JN 2 4 qp1j figs-idiom μὴ τηρῶν 1 does not keep In this instance, the word **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “does not obey” or “disobeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 2 4 j055 figs-parallelism ψεύστης ἐστίν, καὶ ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν 1 is a liar, and the truth is not in this one These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “is certainly not speaking the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 5 j057 figs-hypo ὃς δ’ ἂν τηρῇ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον, ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ τετελείωται 1 But whoever keeps his word, in this one truly the love of God has been perfected John is suggesting another hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “But suppose someone keeps his word. Then the love of God truly has been perfected in that person.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 j058 figs-metonymy τηρῇ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον 1 keeps his word John is using the term **word** figuratively to mean what God has commanded by using words. Alternate translation: “obeys what God has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 aqa4 figs-idiom τηρῇ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον 1 keeps his word In this instance, the word **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “obeys what God has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 j059 writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ…αὐτῷ 1 his…him The pronouns **his** and **him** in this verse refer to God. Alternate translation: “God’s … God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 j059 writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ…αὐτῷ 1 his … him The pronouns **his** and **him** in this verse refer to God. Alternate translation: “God’s … God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 x88p figs-possession ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ τετελείωται 1 in this one truly the love of God has been perfected The phrase **the love of God** could mean: (1) It may refer to a person loving God. Alternate translation: “that person indeed loves God completely” (2) It may refer to God loving people. Alternate translation: “God’s love has achieved its purpose in that person’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 j060 figs-activepassive ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ τετελείωται 1 in this one truly the love of God has been perfected If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an active verbal form in place of the passive verbal form **has been perfected**. The person or thing doing the action will depend on how you decide to translate the phrase **the love of God** (see previous note). Alternate translation: “that person indeed loves God completely” or “God’s love has achieved its purpose in that person’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 b688 figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ ἐσμεν 1 we are in him John is speaking figuratively as if believers could be inside of God. This expression describes having a close relationship. Alternate translation: “we have a close relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -195,10 +195,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 17 j111 figs-metaphor μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 remains to the age See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the word seems to refer to continuing existence. Alternate translation: “will live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 17 j112 figs-idiom εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 to the age This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 2 18 c7td figs-metaphor παιδία 1 Young children This is the same term that John used figuratively in [2:14](../02/14.md) to describe new believers, but here it seems to be just a stylistic variation of the term that he uses in [2:1](../02/01.md), as well as in several other places in the book, to address all of the believers to whom he is writing. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “My dear children” or “You dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 18 esd9 figs-idiom ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν…ὅτι ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν 1 it is the last hour,…that it is the last hour John is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer a specific time. The expression **the last hour** refers specifically to the time at the end of earthly history just before Jesus returns. Alternate translation: “Jesus will return soon … that Jesus will return soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 2 18 esd9 figs-idiom ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν…ὅτι ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν 1 it is the last hour, … that it is the last hour John is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer a specific time. The expression **the last hour** refers specifically to the time at the end of earthly history just before Jesus returns. Alternate translation: “Jesus will return soon … that Jesus will return soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 2 18 r2vq ἀντίχριστος ἔρχεται, καὶ νῦν ἀντίχριστοι πολλοὶ γεγόνασιν 1 the Antichrist is coming, indeed now many antichrists have come See the discussion of the terms **Antichrist** and **antichrists** in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “someone is coming who will lead a great opposition to Jesus, many people are already opposing Jesus now”
|
||||
1JN 2 19 rmj7 figs-metaphor ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξῆλθαν 1 They went out from us These people formerly met with the group of believers to whom John is writing. While they physically left the places where the believers met, John is also using the expression **went out** figuratively to mean that these people stopped being part of the group. Alternate translation: “They stopped being part of our group of believers in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 19 ytb1 figs-explicit ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν…οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 but they were not from us.…they are all not from us John is using the expression **from us** in a slightly different sense in these instances than in the first instance in the verse. In the first instance, it means that these people left the group. In this instance, it means that they were never genuinely part of the group. Alternate translation: “but they were never genuinely part of our group … none of them are genuinely part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 19 ytb1 figs-explicit ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν…οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 but they were not from us. … they are all not from us John is using the expression **from us** in a slightly different sense in these instances than in the first instance in the verse. In the first instance, it means that these people left the group. In this instance, it means that they were never genuinely part of the group. Alternate translation: “but they were never genuinely part of our group … none of them are genuinely part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 19 j113 figs-explicit οὐκ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 they were not from us If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why John makes this claim. Alternate translation: “they were never genuinely part of our group, because they did not actually believe in Jesus in the first place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 19 j114 figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ ἐξ ἡμῶν ἦσαν, μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 For if they had been from us, they would have remained with us John is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize why the claim he is making is true. Alternate translation: “Suppose they had genuinely been part of our group. Then they would have continued to participate in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
1JN 2 19 jin1 figs-metaphor μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 they would have remained with us See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the word seems to refer to continuing participation in a group. Alternate translation: “they would have continued to participate in our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -213,8 +213,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 20 j121 translate-textvariants οἴδατε πάντες 1 you all know See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and say **you all know** or to follow the reading of some other versions and say “you know all things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
1JN 2 20 j122 figs-explicit οἴδατε πάντες 1 you all know Based on what he says in the next verse, John likely means here that the believers to whom he is writing **all know** the truth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all know the truth” or “you all know what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 21 j123 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι οἴδατε αὐτήν 1 I have not written to you because you do not know the truth, but because you do know it If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Since John then repeats the statement in positive form in the next phrase, you can make the connection to that phrase as an affirmation rather than as a contrast. Alternate translation: “I have written to you because you know the truth, yes, because you do know it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1JN 2 21 r8yr figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the truth,…from the truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “what is true … from what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 21 j124 figs-metonymy τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the truth,…from the truth John is likely referring figuratively to the teaching that believers have received from Jesus by association with the way that it is true. Alternate translation: “the true teaching that we received from Jesus … from this true teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 21 r8yr figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the truth, … from the truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “what is true … from what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 21 j124 figs-metonymy τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the truth, … from the truth John is likely referring figuratively to the teaching that believers have received from Jesus by association with the way that it is true. Alternate translation: “the true teaching that we received from Jesus … from this true teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 21 j125 figs-ellipsis καὶ ὅτι πᾶν ψεῦδος ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἔστιν 1 and that every lie is not from the truth John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and you know that every lie is not from the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 2 21 j126 πᾶν ψεῦδος ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἔστιν 1 every lie is not from the truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “no lie is from the truth”
|
||||
1JN 2 22 d71l figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ὁ ψεύστης, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Χριστός? 1 Who is the liar, if not the one who denies that Jesus is the Christ John is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Anyone who denies that Jesus is the Messiah is certainly a liar!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -224,22 +224,22 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 22 z4t1 figs-explicit ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱόν 1 the one who denies the Father and the Son If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly why John says this about these people. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “By denying that Jesus is the Messiah, he is denying both God the Father, who sent Jesus to be the Messiah, and Jesus his Son, whom he sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 22 pth9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱόν 1 the Father and the Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 2 23 j129 figs-explicit πᾶς ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν Υἱὸν 1 Everyone who denies the Son If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this means in light of what John says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Everyone who denies that Jesus is the Son of God and the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 23 j130 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν…τὸν Υἱὸν 1 the Son…the Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 2 23 k78f figs-possession οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα ἔχει…τὸν Πατέρα ἔχει 1 does not have the Father.…has the Father The language of possession that John is using actually indicates that such a person does not or does belong to God, rather than that God does not or does belong to such a person. Alternate translation: “does not belong to the Father … belongs to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1JN 2 23 j131 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα…τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father.…the Father **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father … God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 2 23 j130 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν…τὸν Υἱὸν 1 the Son … the Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 2 23 k78f figs-possession οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα ἔχει…τὸν Πατέρα ἔχει 1 does not have the Father. … has the Father The language of possession that John is using actually indicates that such a person does not or does belong to God, rather than that God does not or does belong to such a person. Alternate translation: “does not belong to the Father … belongs to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1JN 2 23 j131 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα…τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father. … the Father **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father … God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 2 23 u9ep figs-explicit ὁ ὁμολογῶν τὸν Υἱὸν 1 The one who confesses the Son If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this means in light of what John says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Everyone who truly believes and acknowledges publicly that Jesus is the Son of God and the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 24 zl8y figs-explicit ὃ ἠκούσατε…ὃ…ἠκούσατε 1 what you have heard…what you have heard John is referring implicitly to the teaching about Jesus that these believers **have heard**. Alternate translation: “the teaching you have heard … the teaching you have heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 24 dsl7 figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς…ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 from the beginning,…from the beginning John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the time when the people to whom he is writing first believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “ever since you first believed in Jesus … ever since you first believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 2 24 rfz8 figs-metaphor ἐν ὑμῖν μενέτω…ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ 1 let it remain in you.…remains in you See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In these instances, in reference to the teaching about Jesus, the word seems to refer to continuing belief in that teaching. Alternate translation: “continue to believe it … you continue to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 24 zl8y figs-explicit ὃ ἠκούσατε…ὃ…ἠκούσατε 1 what you have heard … what you have heard John is referring implicitly to the teaching about Jesus that these believers **have heard**. Alternate translation: “the teaching you have heard … the teaching you have heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 24 dsl7 figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς…ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 from the beginning, … from the beginning John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the time when the people to whom he is writing first believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “ever since you first believed in Jesus … ever since you first believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 2 24 rfz8 figs-metaphor ἐν ὑμῖν μενέτω…ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ 1 let it remain in you. … remains in you See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In these instances, in reference to the teaching about Jesus, the word seems to refer to continuing belief in that teaching. Alternate translation: “continue to believe it … you continue to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 24 j132 figs-hypo ἐὰν ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ ὃ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἠκούσατε, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ μενεῖτε 1 If what you have heard from the beginning remains in you, you will also remain in the Son and in the Father John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose that what you have heard from the beginning remains in you. Then you will also remain in the Son and in the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
1JN 2 24 ty7q figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ μενεῖτε 1 you will also remain in the Son and in the Father See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to mean the same thing as in [2:6](../02/06.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “you will also continue to have a close relationship with the Son and with the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 24 j133 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Υἱῷ…τῷ Πατρὶ 1 the Son…the Father **Son** and **Father** are important titles. Alternate translation: “Jesus the Son of God … God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 2 24 j133 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Υἱῷ…τῷ Πατρὶ 1 the Son … the Father **Son** and **Father** are important titles. Alternate translation: “Jesus the Son of God … God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 2 25 llj2 ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἣν αὐτὸς ἐπηγγείλατο ἡμῖν 1 the promise that he promised to us Here John uses a cognate accusative, that is, an object that comes from the same root as its verb. You may be able to do the same thing in your translation. If not, you could explain what this means. Alternate translation: “the promise that he made to us” or “what he promised us”
|
||||
1JN 2 25 j134 writing-pronouns αὐτὸς 1 he The pronoun **he** could refer in this context either to Jesus or to God the Father. However, it seems more likely that it refers to Jesus, since John has just talked in [2:22-23](../02/22.md) about denying or confessing him, and it was Jesus who promised **eternal life** to everyone who believed in him. See, for example, the Gospel of John [3:36](../jhn/03/36.md) and [6:47](../jhn/06/47.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 25 id51 figs-metaphor τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον 1 eternal life John means more than physical **life**. This expression can indicate living forever in the presence of God after death, a commonly recognized meaning, but it can also indicate receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way. Alternate translation: “that we would have power to live a new life now and that we would live with him forever after we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 26 fe44 figs-metaphor τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς 1 those who are leading you astray John speaks figuratively of these people as if they were guides who were **leading** others in the wrong direction. This is a metaphor for their attempts to get the people to whom John is writing to believe things that are not true. Alternate translation: “those who are deceiving you” or “those who are trying to get you to believe things that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 27 cn2f figs-metaphor τὸ χρῖσμα ὃ ἐλάβετε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 the anointing that you received from him See how you translated the word **anointing** in [2:20](../02/20.md). Alternate translation: “the Spirit, whom Jesus has given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 27 j135 writing-pronouns ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ…αὐτοῦ…ἐν αὐτῷ 1 from him…his…in him Like the pronoun “he” in [2:25](../02/25.md), the words **him** and **his** in this verse likely refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “from Jesus … in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 27 j135 writing-pronouns ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ…αὐτοῦ…ἐν αὐτῷ 1 from him … his … in him Like the pronoun “he” in [2:25](../02/25.md), the words **him** and **his** in this verse likely refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “from Jesus … in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 27 j136 figs-metaphor μένει ἐν ὑμῖν 1 remains in you See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to refer to the continuing presence of the Spirit inside a believer. Alternate translation: “lives inside of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 27 j137 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 2 And John is using the word **and** to introduce the results of what he says in the previous part of this sentence. Alternate translation: “and so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1JN 2 27 j138 figs-metaphor τὸ αὐτοῦ χρῖσμα 1 his anointing See how you translated this earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 28 tii1 καὶ νῦν 1 And now John uses this expression to introduce a new part of the letter, in which he will talk about being children of God and the return of Jesus. In your translation, you can use a word, phrase, or other method that is natural in your language for introducing a new topic.
|
||||
1JN 2 28 kjn9 figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 little children John readdresses the recipients as he begins a new section of the letter. See how you translated this in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “you dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 28 j142 figs-metaphor μένετε ἐν αὐτῷ 1 remain in him See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, John seems to be using the expression in the same way that he has just used it in [2:27](../02/27.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “continue to have a close relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 28 j143 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…ἐὰν φανερωθῇ…ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ…αὐτοῦ 1 him,…when he appears,…by him…his The pronouns **him**, **he**, and **his** likely refer to Jesus in this verse, since John speaks of his **coming** or return. It might be natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in the first instance and pronouns in the other instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 28 j143 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…ἐὰν φανερωθῇ…ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ…αὐτοῦ 1 him, … when he appears, … by him … his The pronouns **him**, **he**, and **his** likely refer to Jesus in this verse, since John speaks of his **coming** or return. It might be natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in the first instance and pronouns in the other instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 28 zz4x figs-activepassive ἐὰν φανερωθῇ 1 when he appears See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term could have either an active or a passive meaning. (1) If the meaning is active, John is speaking of how Jesus will actually return to earth. John is not saying that Jesus will only appear to return. Alternate translation: “when Jesus returns” (2) If the meaning is passive, John is speaking of how God will reveal Jesus to the world as its true king. To bring out that meaning, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “when Jesus is revealed” or “when God reveals Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 28 j144 figs-parallelism σχῶμεν παρρησίαν, καὶ μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 we may have boldness and not be put to shame by him These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. You could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression if that would be clearer for your readers. Alternate translation: “we may be completely confident at his coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1JN 2 28 lnk2 figs-abstractnouns σχῶμεν παρρησίαν 1 we may have boldness If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **boldness** with an adjective such as “confident.” Alternate translation: “we may be confident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 28 j145 figs-activepassive μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 not be put to shame by him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 28 x7ic ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 at his coming Alternate translation: “when he returns to earth”
|
||||
1JN 2 29 j146 grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐὰν εἰδῆτε ὅτι δίκαιός ἐστιν 1 If you know that he is righteous John is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you know that God is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
1JN 2 29 j147 writing-pronouns ἐστιν…αὐτοῦ 1 he is…him The pronouns **he** and **him** likely refer to God the Father, since in the next two verses John says that believers are “children of God,” and he speaks in this verse of those who have **been begotten from him**. Alternate translation: “God is … God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 29 j147 writing-pronouns ἐστιν…αὐτοῦ 1 he is … him The pronouns **he** and **him** likely refer to God the Father, since in the next two verses John says that believers are “children of God,” and he speaks in this verse of those who have **been begotten from him**. Alternate translation: “God is … God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 29 j148 figs-abstractnouns πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 everyone who does righteousness If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** with an adjective such as “right.” Alternate translation: “everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 29 u6er figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who does righteousness has been begotten from him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 29 j149 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 everyone who does righteousness has been begotten from him Since believers have not literally **been begotten** by God, John means this figuratively. He says in [4:9](../04/09.md) that Jesus is the “only-begotten” of God, since God is the actual Father of Jesus in a way that he is not the actual father of believers. Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 3 1 j152 translate-textvariants καὶ ἐσμέν 1 and we are See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and include these words or to follow the reading of some other versions and not include them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
1JN 3 1 fq4t grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο, ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 For this reason the world does not know us, because it did not know him If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the world did not know God, for that reason it does not know us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1JN 3 1 l5e7 figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦτο, ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 For this reason the world does not know us, because it did not know him John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it figuratively refers to people who do not honor God and who do not live as God wishes. Alternate translation: “because ungodly people have not known God, for that reason they do not know us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 3 1 j155 οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς…οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 does not know us,…it did not know him John is using the word **know** in two different senses. See the discussion of the word “know” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. If your language has different words for these different senses, it would be appropriate to use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “does not recognize who we are … it did not become acquainted with him”
|
||||
1JN 3 1 j155 οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς…οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 does not know us, … it did not know him John is using the word **know** in two different senses. See the discussion of the word “know” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. If your language has different words for these different senses, it would be appropriate to use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “does not recognize who we are … it did not become acquainted with him”
|
||||
1JN 3 1 j156 figs-explicit οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς 1 does not know us If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **the world does not know** about believers in Jesus. Alternate translation: “does not recognize that we are truly God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 3 1 j157 writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 him The pronouns **him** refers to God, the antecedent in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 ek9v figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” or “Dear friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -280,18 +280,18 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 3 2 j159 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what is “now” known about believers and what is “not yet” known. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 anq1 figs-activepassive οὔπω ἐφανερώθη τί ἐσόμεθα 1 what we will be has not yet been revealed See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term could have either an active or a passive meaning. (1) If the meaning is active, John is speaking of what believers will become. He is not saying that believers will only appear to be this. Alternate translation: “we have not yet become what we will be” (2) If the meaning is passive, John is saying that God has not yet revealed what believers will become. To bring out that meaning, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “what we will be has not yet been revealed” or “God has not yet revealed what we will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 j160 figs-activepassive ἐὰν φανερωθῇ 1 when he appears See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. The meaning of the term in this instance seems to be the same as in [2:28](../02/28.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “when Jesus returns” or “when Jesus is revealed” or “when God reveals Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 j161 writing-pronouns ἐὰν φανερωθῇ…αὐτῷ…αὐτὸν…ἐστιν 1 when he appears,…him…him…he is The pronouns **he** and **him** likely refer to Jesus in this verse, since John speaks of **when he appears** or returns. It might be natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in the first instance and pronouns in the other instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 j161 writing-pronouns ἐὰν φανερωθῇ…αὐτῷ…αὐτὸν…ἐστιν 1 when he appears, … him … him … he is The pronouns **he** and **him** likely refer to Jesus in this verse, since John speaks of **when he appears** or returns. It might be natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in the first instance and pronouns in the other instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 j162 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅμοιοι αὐτῷ ἐσόμεθα, ὅτι ὀψόμεθα αὐτὸν καθώς ἐστιν 1 we will be like him because we will see him just as he is If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because we will see him as he is, we will be like him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1JN 3 3 pj6a writing-pronouns πᾶς ὁ ἔχων τὴν ἐλπίδα ταύτην ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 everyone who has this hope upon him The pronoun **him** does not refer to **everyone**; it refers to Jesus. The expression **this hope** refers to the hope that John describes in the previous verse, of seeing Jesus as he is. Alternate translation: “everyone who hopes to see Jesus as he really is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 3 j163 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…ἐκεῖνος 1 him…that one These pronouns refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 3 j163 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…ἐκεῖνος 1 him … that one These pronouns refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 4 j164 figs-abstractnouns πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ τὴν ἀνομίαν ποιεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐστὶν ἡ ἀνομία 1 Everyone who commits sin also commits lawlessness. Indeed, sin is lawlessness If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **lawlessness** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Everyone who commits sin is also breaking God’s law. Indeed, sin is breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 4 j165 figs-explicit πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ τὴν ἀνομίαν ποιεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐστὶν ἡ ἀνομία 1 Everyone who commits sin also commits lawlessness. Indeed, sin is lawlessness If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why John gives this warning. See the discussion of **sin** in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Alternate translation: “Everyone who commits sin is also breaking God’s law. Indeed, sin is breaking God’s law. So do not listen to the false teachers who are saying that it does not matter what you do in your physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 3 5 j166 writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος…ἄρῃ…αὐτῷ 1 that one…he might take away…him The pronouns **that one**, **he**, and **him** refer to Jesus in this verse. It might be natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in the first instance and pronouns in the other instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 5 j166 writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος…ἄρῃ…αὐτῷ 1 that one … he might take away … him The pronouns **that one**, **he**, and **him** refer to Jesus in this verse. It might be natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in the first instance and pronouns in the other instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 5 g4ph figs-activepassive ἐκεῖνος ἐφανερώθη 1 that one appeared See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term seems to have an active meaning. Alternate translation: “Jesus came to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 5 j167 figs-metaphor ἁμαρτία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 sin is not in him John speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that could be inside of Jesus, although he is emphasizing that **sin** is not in Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus has never sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 6 j999 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ μένων 1 Everyone who remains in him See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to mean the same thing as in [2:6](../02/06.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Everyone who has a close relationship with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 6 j168 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ μένων 1 Everyone who remains in him John is speaking figuratively as if believers could be inside of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Everyone who has a close relationship with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 6 j169 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…αὐτὸν…αὐτόν 1 him…him…him The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus in this verse. It might be natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in the first instance and pronouns in the other instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 6 j169 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…αὐτὸν…αὐτόν 1 him … him … him The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus in this verse. It might be natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in the first instance and pronouns in the other instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 6 j170 figs-explicit οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει 1 does not sin If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say what this implicitly means in light of the situation that John is addressing in this letter. See the discussion of **sin** in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. John acknowledges elsewhere in this letter that genuine believers actually do sin, but they do not sin continually or wantonly. Alternate translation: “does not sin wantonly and continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 3 6 eu9c figs-doublet οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν, οὐδὲ ἔγνωκεν αὐτόν 1 has not seen him and has not known him The words **seen** and **known** mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “certainly does not have a close relationship with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1JN 3 6 j172 figs-metaphor οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν 1 has not seen him John is not referring to people literally seeing Jesus. Rather, he is using sight figuratively to mean perception and recognition. Alternate translation: “has not recognized who Jesus is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -305,8 +305,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 3 8 p9ks guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Son of God” or “God’s Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 3 8 nq4w figs-activepassive ἐφανερώθη 1 appeared See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term seems to have an active meaning and to mean the same thing as in [3:5](../03/05.md). Alternate translation: “came to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 8 j175 figs-explicit ἵνα λύσῃ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 so that he might destroy the works of the devil If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this means in this context. Alternate translation: “so that he might free people from continually sinning, as the devil had gotten them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 3 9 ftw3 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ…ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 Everyone who has been begotten from God…because he has been begotten from God See how you translated this in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “Everyone whose father is God … because God is his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 9 j176 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ…ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 Everyone who has been begotten from God…because he has been begotten from God See whether in [2:29](../02/29.md) you decided to explain this metaphor. Alternate translation: “Everyone whose spiritual father is God … because God is his spiritual father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 9 ftw3 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ…ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 Everyone who has been begotten from God … because he has been begotten from God See how you translated this in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “Everyone whose father is God … because God is his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 9 j176 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ…ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 Everyone who has been begotten from God … because he has been begotten from God See whether in [2:29](../02/29.md) you decided to explain this metaphor. Alternate translation: “Everyone whose spiritual father is God … because God is his spiritual father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 9 j177 writing-pronouns σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 his seed remains in him In this phrase, **his** refers to “God” and **him** refers to the person “who has been begotten from God.” Alternate translation: “God’s seed remains in such a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 9 j178 figs-metaphor σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 his seed remains in him See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, as in [2:27](../02/27.md), it seems to refer to a continuing presence. Alternate translation: “God’s seed continues to be present in such a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 9 ps9v figs-metaphor σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 his seed remains in him John is using the word **seed** figuratively. This could mean: (1) This refers to a metaphorical reference to the **seed** from which plants grow. Alternate translation: “the new life that God has put in that person continues to grow” (2) This refers to a metaphorical reference to the characteristics of a father that a child is born with and displays more and more as he grows. Alternate translation: “the characteristics that show that God is his father become continually more evident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 3 10 v1bx figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 11 j183 figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 from the beginning John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the time when the people to whom he is writing first believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “ever since you first believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 3 12 frz9 figs-ellipsis οὐ καθὼς Κάϊν 1 not like Cain John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and we should not be like Cain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 3 12 w83v figs-explicit Κάϊν…ἔσφαξεν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Cain,…killed his brother John assumes that his readers will know that Cain was a son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve. As the book of Genesis describes, Cain was jealous of his younger brother Abel and murdered him. If your readers might not know this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cain, the son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve … murdered his younger brother Abel because he was jealous of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 3 12 w83v figs-explicit Κάϊν…ἔσφαξεν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Cain, … killed his brother John assumes that his readers will know that Cain was a son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve. As the book of Genesis describes, Cain was jealous of his younger brother Abel and murdered him. If your readers might not know this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cain, the son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve … murdered his younger brother Abel because he was jealous of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 3 12 j184 translate-names Κάϊν 1 Cain **Cain** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1JN 3 12 j185 ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ἦν 1 who was from the evil one Alternate translation: “who belonged to the evil one” or “who was influenced by the evil one”
|
||||
1JN 3 12 j186 figs-nominaladj τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the evil one John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 3 18 j203 figs-metonymy μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ, μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ 1 let us not love in word nor in tongue John is using the phrases **in word** and **in tongue** figuratively to refer to what a person says. Alternate translation: “let us not merely say that we love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 3 18 j204 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 but in deed and truth John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but let us love in deed and in truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 3 18 j205 figs-hendiadys ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 in deed and truth John is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **truth** indicates the quality that loving **in deed** would have. Alternate translation: “truly, in actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1JN 3 19 j206 translate-versebridge ἐν τούτῳ γνωσόμεθα…καὶ…πείσομεν τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 In this we will know…and we will persuade our hearts John describes a result in this verse. He gives the reason for that result in the next verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put the reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could put [3:20](../03/20.md) first in your translation, making it a separate sentence and leaving out both instances of the word “that.” You could put this verse next, translating it as in the following suggestions. Alternate translation: “That is how we can know … and how we can persuade our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
1JN 3 19 j206 translate-versebridge ἐν τούτῳ γνωσόμεθα…καὶ…πείσομεν τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 In this we will know … and we will persuade our hearts John describes a result in this verse. He gives the reason for that result in the next verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put the reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could put [3:20](../03/20.md) first in your translation, making it a separate sentence and leaving out both instances of the word “that.” You could put this verse next, translating it as in the following suggestions. Alternate translation: “That is how we can know … and how we can persuade our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
1JN 3 19 j207 figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ γνωσόμεθα 1 In this we will know This is an idiomatic expression that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we can know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 3 19 j208 figs-parallelism ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν, καὶ…πείσομεν τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 we are from the truth and we will persuade our hearts The phrases **we will know** and **we will persuade our hearts** mean similar things. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. You could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression if that would be clearer for your readers. Alternate translation: “we will be completely convinced that we are from the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1JN 3 19 qx9c figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν 1 we are from the truth This could mean: (1) John may be referring figuratively to God by association with the way that God is true. In other words, God always tells **the truth** and does what he says. Alternate translation: “we are from God, who is true” (2) As in [2:21](../02/21.md), the word **truth** may refer to the true teaching that believers have received from Jesus. That is the interpretation of UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 3 20 j213 figs-hypo ὅτι ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία, ὅτι μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν, καὶ γινώσκει πάντα 1 that if our heart condemns us, that God is greater than our heart and knows everything John is discussing a hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “suppose our heart condemns us. Then we should remember that God is greater than our heart and knows everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
1JN 3 20 f594 figs-metaphor ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 if our heart condemns us John is speaking figuratively of the **heart** to mean the thoughts and feelings. Alternate translation: “if our feelings condemn us” or “if our thoughts accuse us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 20 j214 figs-explicit ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 if our heart condemns us The topic here, continuing from [3:19](../03/19.md), is how we can know that “we are from the truth,” so this is likely a reference to needing reassurance about that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if we ever feel that we do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 3 20 j215 figs-possession ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία…τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 our heart…our heart If it would be unusual in your language to speak as if one **heart** belonged to a number of people, and if you decide to retain the word **heart** as a metaphor in your translation, you can make it plural. Alternate translation: “our hearts … our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1JN 3 20 j215 figs-possession ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία…τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 our heart … our heart If it would be unusual in your language to speak as if one **heart** belonged to a number of people, and if you decide to retain the word **heart** as a metaphor in your translation, you can make it plural. Alternate translation: “our hearts … our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1JN 3 20 j216 figs-parallelism μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν, καὶ γινώσκει πάντα 1 God is greater than our heart and knows everything Since John is using the **heart** figuratively to mean the thoughts and feelings, the statement that **God is greater than our heart** likely means that God knows and understands more than we do and that God has greater compassion for us than we have for ourselves. In that case, the phrases **is greater than our heart** and **knows everything** would mean similar things. You could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression if that would be clearer for your readers. Alternate translation: “God certainly knows better than we do that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1JN 3 20 lv7z figs-explicit μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν, καὶ γινώσκει πάντα 1 God is greater than our heart and knows everything The implications are that, given God’s greater knowledge, we should believe what he has said rather than what our thoughts and feelings are saying. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God certainly knows better than we do that we belong to him, and so we should believe that because he has said so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 3 21 rf96 figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” or “Dear friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -383,9 +383,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 3 22 j223 figs-idiom τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηροῦμεν 1 we keep his commandments As in [2:3](../02/03.md), the word **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “we obey his commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 3 22 j224 figs-nominaladj τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ποιοῦμεν 1 we do the pleasing things before him John is using the adjective **pleasing** as a noun. ULT adds **things** to show this. (The word is plural.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the things that please him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1JN 3 22 p3ga figs-metaphor τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 the pleasing things before him The word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. In this case, **before him** indicates “where God can see.” Seeing, for its part, represents attention and judgment. So this means the things that God regards as pleasing. Alternate translation: “the things that please him” or “what pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 23 irb3 writing-pronouns αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ…καθὼς ἔδωκεν ἐντολὴν ἡμῖν 1 this is his commandment:…just as he gave us a commandment The pronouns **his** and **he** refer to God in this verse. Alternate translation: “this is what God has commanded … as God commanded us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 23 irb3 writing-pronouns αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ…καθὼς ἔδωκεν ἐντολὴν ἡμῖν 1 this is his commandment: … just as he gave us a commandment The pronouns **his** and **he** refer to God in this verse. Alternate translation: “this is what God has commanded … as God commanded us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 23 j225 figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of his Son Jesus Christ As in [2:12](../02/12.md), John is using the **name** of Jesus figuratively to represent who Jesus is and what he has done. Alternate translation: “in Jesus Christ his Son and what he has done for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 3 23 feq7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 of…Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 3 23 feq7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 of … Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 3 24 j226 writing-pronouns ὁ τηρῶν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ, ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the one who keeps his commandments remains in him, and he in him The pronouns **his** and **his** are indicating “the one who keeps God’s commandments remains in God, and God remains in that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 24 j227 figs-idiom ὁ τηρῶν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ 1 the one who keeps his commandments The word **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “the person who obeys God’s commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 3 24 we1m figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 remains in him See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to mean the same thing as in [2:6](../02/06.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “continues to have a close relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 4 2 e6ww figs-metonymy Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυθότα 1 Jesus Christ having come in the flesh As in [2:16](../02/16.md), John is using the term **flesh** figuratively to mean the physical human body, which is made of **flesh**. See Part 2 of the Introduction to 1 John for an explanation of why the false teachers denied that Jesus had a human body. Alternate translation: “that Jesus Christ had a real human body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 2 j238 figs-idiom ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 is from God See how you translated this expression in [4:1](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “is inspired by God” or, if your language does not use passive forms, “God is inspiring,” placing that phrase before “every spirit” or “every prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 4 3 j239 figs-metonymy πᾶν πνεῦμα ὃ μὴ ὁμολογεῖ 1 every spirit that does not confess See how you translated the similar expression in [4:2](../04/02.md). Alternate translation: “every prophet who does not teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 3 j240 translate-textvariants ὁμολογεῖ τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 does…confess Jesus See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and say **Jesus** or to follow the reading of some other versions and say “Jesus Christ having come in the flesh.” The note below discusses a translation issue related to the variant reading, for those who decide to use it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
1JN 4 3 j240 translate-textvariants ὁμολογεῖ τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 does … confess Jesus See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and say **Jesus** or to follow the reading of some other versions and say “Jesus Christ having come in the flesh.” The note below discusses a translation issue related to the variant reading, for those who decide to use it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
1JN 4 3 j241 figs-metonymy τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Jesus If you follow the variant reading “Jesus Christ having come in the flesh,” see how you translated that expression in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “that Jesus Christ had a real human body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 3 j242 figs-explicit τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Jesus Even if you do not do so on the basis of a textual variant, you may wish to explain more fully what John means by **Jesus** in order to make implied information explicit. Alternate translation: “that Jesus Christ had a real human body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 4 3 j243 figs-idiom ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 is not from God See how you translated the similar expression in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “is not inspired by God” or, if your language does not use passive forms, “God is not inspiring,” placing that phrase before **every spirit** or “every prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -425,11 +425,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 4 5 j252 writing-pronouns αὐτοὶ 1 They The pronoun **They** refers to the false prophets whom John describes in [4:1](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 4 5 em2t figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος αὐτῶν ἀκούει 1 the world listens to them In this instance, the term **world** figuratively refers to people living in the world, and specifically to people who do not honor or obey God. Alternate translation: “ungodly people listen to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 5 j253 figs-idiom ὁ κόσμος αὐτῶν ἀκούει 1 the world listens to them The word **listens** is an idiom that means “believes” or “is persuaded by.” Alternate translation: “ungodly people believe them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 4 6 j254 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 We…to us.…to us These pronouns in the first three sentences of this verse would be exclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, use the inclusive form in your translation. John is speaking of himself and his fellow eyewitnesses of the resurrection as teachers of the truth about Jesus. He is not speaking of himself and the believers to whom he is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 6 j254 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 We … to us. … to us These pronouns in the first three sentences of this verse would be exclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, use the inclusive form in your translation. John is speaking of himself and his fellow eyewitnesses of the resurrection as teachers of the truth about Jesus. He is not speaking of himself and the believers to whom he is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 6 j328 figs-idiom ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν 1 We are from God Here, **from God** could mean: (1) It may mean the same thing as it does in [4:4](../04/04.md) and in [4:1-3](../04/01.md). That is the interpretation in UST. Alternate translation: “We belong to God” (2) John may be saying that he and his fellow eyewitnesses teach the truth about Jesus because God has sent them to do that. Alternate translation: “God has sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 4 6 j256 figs-idiom ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν 1 We are from God If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what God has sent John and the other eyewitnesses to do. Alternate translation: “God has sent us to teach the truth about Jesus as eyewitnesses to his life on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 4 6 j257 ὁ γινώσκων τὸν Θεὸν 1 The one who knows God As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **knows** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has a close relationship with God”
|
||||
1JN 4 6 j258 figs-idiom ἀκούει ἡμῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει ἡμῶν 1 listens to us.…does not listen to us As in [4:5](../04/05.md), the word **listens** is an idiom that means “believes” or “is persuaded by.” Alternate translation: “believes what we teach … does not believe what we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 4 6 j258 figs-idiom ἀκούει ἡμῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει ἡμῶν 1 listens to us. … does not listen to us As in [4:5](../04/05.md), the word **listens** is an idiom that means “believes” or “is persuaded by.” Alternate translation: “believes what we teach … does not believe what we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 4 6 j259 figs-idiom ὃς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Whoever is not from God The expression **from God** means the same thing in this verse as in [4:4](../04/04.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Whoever does not belong to God” or “Whoever is not living in relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 4 6 j260 figs-idiom ἐκ τούτου γινώσκομεν 1 From this we know This is an idiomatic expression. It means the same thing as the expression “in this we know” which John uses several times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we can recognize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 4 6 j261 figs-exclusive γινώσκομεν 1 we know Since John is once again speaking of himself and the believers to whom he is writing, **we** in this last sentence in the verse would be inclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, use the inclusive form in your translation. This inclusive usage continues through [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -467,14 +467,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 4 13 gj7p ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ μένομεν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος αὐτοῦ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν 1 In this we know that we remain in him and he in us: that he has given us of his Spirit Your translation may be clearer if you do not translate the word **that** or if you translate it as “because” and leave out the expression **in this**. Alternate translation: “This is how we know that we remain in him, and he in us: He has given us of his Spirit” or “We know that we remain in him, and he in us, because he has given us of his Spirit”
|
||||
1JN 4 13 dge3 ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος αὐτοῦ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν 1 he has given us of his Spirit The word **of** means “some of.” John is not saying that God has only given some of his Spirit to the whole community of believers. Rather, John is saying that through his Spirit, God is fully present in the entire community, and that each believer experiences some of that full presence of God through the presence of the Spirit in his own life. Be sure that it is also clear in your translation that God does not have less of his Spirit now that each of us has some. Alternate translation: “he has sent his Spirit to live in each of us”
|
||||
1JN 4 14 w6mz figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς τεθεάμεθα καὶ μαρτυροῦμεν, ὅτι 1 we have seen and we testify that In this verse, John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses of the earthly life of Jesus, so the pronoun **we** is exclusive. Alternate translation: “we apostles have seen and bear witness to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 14 m7cb guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ…τὸν Υἱὸν 1 the Father…the Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “God the Father … Jesus his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 4 14 m7cb guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ…τὸν Υἱὸν 1 the Father … the Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “God the Father … Jesus his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 4 14 j277 figs-metonymy Σωτῆρα τοῦ κόσμου 1 as the Savior of the world John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it figuratively refers to the people living in the world. Alternate translation: “to save the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 15 j278 figs-hypo ὃς ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃ ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ Θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 Whoever confesses that Jesus is the Son of God, God remains in him and he in God John is actually making a conditional statement. He is saying that what he describes in the second phrase will only happen, although it will certainly happen, if what he describes in the first phrase happens. Alternate translation: “If someone confesses that Jesus is the Son of God, then God will remain in him and he will remain in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
1JN 4 15 nvb1 figs-explicit ὃς ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃ ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Whoever confesses that Jesus is the Son of God The meaning of this expression is similar to the expression “the one who confesses the Son” in 2:23. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Everyone who truly believes and acknowledges publicly that Jesus is the Son of God and the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 4 15 b6td guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 4 15 a7rx figs-ellipsis ὁ Θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 God remains in him and he in God In the expression **and he in God**, John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “God remains in him and he remains in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 4 15 l3ft figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 God remains in him and he in God See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to mean the same thing as in [2:6](../02/06.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “God continues to have a close relationship with him, and he continues to have a close relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 16 j279 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἡμῖν 1 we…us Here and in the rest of the letter, John once speaks of himself and the believers to whom he is writing, so the words **we** and **us** will be inclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, use the inclusive form in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 16 j279 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἡμῖν 1 we … us Here and in the rest of the letter, John once speaks of himself and the believers to whom he is writing, so the words **we** and **us** will be inclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, use the inclusive form in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 16 j280 figs-idiom ἡμεῖς ἐγνώκαμεν καὶ πεπιστεύκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην ἣν ἔχει ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν 1 we have known and believed the love that God has in us The meaning of the phrase **in us** is not entirely clear. Some interpreters take it to mean “for us.” However, other interpreters understand it to be comparable to the phrase “in this” that John uses in many places in this letter. In that case, “in us” would mean “in ourselves” and it would be indicating the means by which believers have known the love of God. Alternate translation: “from our own experience, we have recognized God’s love and come to trust in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 4 16 t5am figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 God is love This is a metaphor that describes what **God** is like in his character. See how you translated it in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “God is entirely loving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 16 dyr6 figs-metaphor ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 the one who remains in love See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. As in [2:24](../02/24.md), in this instance the word seems to refer to maintaining a pattern of behavior. Alternate translation: “someone who continues to love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -498,10 +498,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 4 19 j292 grammar-connect-logic-result ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν, ὅτι αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 We love because he first loved us If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because God first loved us, we love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1JN 4 19 j293 figs-explicit ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν 1 We love This could mean one of two things. UST takes it to mean both things. Alternate translation: (1) “We love God” (2) “We love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 4 19 j294 writing-pronouns αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 he first loved us The pronoun **he** refers to God. Alternate translation: “God first loved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 4 20 j295 figs-hypo ἐάν τις εἴπῃ, ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν Θεόν, καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ μισῇ, ψεύστης ἐστίν 1 If anyone says,…I love God,…and hates his brother, he is a liar John is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the importance of consistency between their words and their actions. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone says, ‘I love God,’ but he hates his brother. Then he is a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
1JN 4 20 j295 figs-hypo ἐάν τις εἴπῃ, ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν Θεόν, καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ μισῇ, ψεύστης ἐστίν 1 If anyone says, … I love God, … and hates his brother, he is a liar John is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the importance of consistency between their words and their actions. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone says, ‘I love God,’ but he hates his brother. Then he is a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
1JN 4 20 j296 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what would be expected, that someone who loved God would also love his fellow believers, and what would actually be true of this hypothetical person. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
1JN 4 20 tfq3 figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 20 a8zh figs-doublenegatives ὁ…μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ…τὸν Θεὸν…οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 the one who does not love his brother,…is not able to love God If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those who love their fellow believers … are able to love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1JN 4 20 a8zh figs-doublenegatives ὁ…μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ…τὸν Θεὸν…οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 the one who does not love his brother, … is not able to love God If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those who love their fellow believers … are able to love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1JN 4 21 j297 ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔχομεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 we have this commandment from him Alternate translation: “this is what God has commanded us”
|
||||
1JN 4 21 j298 writing-pronouns ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 from him The pronoun **him** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 4 21 j299 figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “each fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 5 5 db4f figs-metaphor νικῶν τὸν κόσμον 1 who overcomes the world See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “who does not live by the value system of ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 5 j311 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the value system of ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 5 drv2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 6 js27 figs-metonymy οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἐλθὼν δι’ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος, Ἰησοῦς Χριστός; οὐκ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι μόνον, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1 This is the one who came by water and blood: Jesus Christ…not in water alone, but in water and in blood The terms **water** and **blood** likely mean one of two things. Either way, John is specifying what it means to believe fully that “Jesus is the Son of God,” as he described in the previous verse. (1) As John indicates in [4:2](../04/02.md), the false teachers denied that God had come to earth in a real human body. Some false teachers at this time claimed instead that the divine Son of God had united himself with a human being, Jesus, only at the time of his baptism. So John may be using the term **water** to refer figuratively to the baptism of Jesus and the term **blood** to refer figuratively to the real human birth of Jesus by association with the way that there is blood when mothers give birth. A reference to the birth of Jesus would suit John’s statement that this is how how Jesus **came**. Alternate translation: “It is vital to affirm that the Son of God did not come to earth only at the baptism of Jesus, but that he was born as Jesus, who was a real human being” (2) The term **blood** could also be a figurative reference to the death of Jesus on the cross, where he shed his blood as the Savior of the world. That is the interpretation of UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 6 js27 figs-metonymy οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἐλθὼν δι’ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος, Ἰησοῦς Χριστός; οὐκ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι μόνον, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1 This is the one who came by water and blood: Jesus Christ … not in water alone, but in water and in blood The terms **water** and **blood** likely mean one of two things. Either way, John is specifying what it means to believe fully that “Jesus is the Son of God,” as he described in the previous verse. (1) As John indicates in [4:2](../04/02.md), the false teachers denied that God had come to earth in a real human body. Some false teachers at this time claimed instead that the divine Son of God had united himself with a human being, Jesus, only at the time of his baptism. So John may be using the term **water** to refer figuratively to the baptism of Jesus and the term **blood** to refer figuratively to the real human birth of Jesus by association with the way that there is blood when mothers give birth. A reference to the birth of Jesus would suit John’s statement that this is how how Jesus **came**. Alternate translation: “It is vital to affirm that the Son of God did not come to earth only at the baptism of Jesus, but that he was born as Jesus, who was a real human being” (2) The term **blood** could also be a figurative reference to the death of Jesus on the cross, where he shed his blood as the Savior of the world. That is the interpretation of UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 6 j312 figs-explicit ὁ ἐλθὼν 1 the one who came If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means, as UST does. Alternate translation: “the one who came to earth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 5 6 j313 τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ μαρτυροῦν 1 the Spirit is the one who testifies Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit gives us assurance about this”
|
||||
1JN 5 6 j314 figs-metaphor τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 the Spirit is truth Like the statement “God is love” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and [4:16](../04/16.md), which describes God’s character, this is a metaphor that describes the character of the Holy **Spirit**. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is entirely truthful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -557,30 +557,30 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 5 11 k2qn figs-metaphor ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 eternal life As in [4:9](../04/09.md), **eternal life** means two things at once. It means receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way, and it also means living forever in the presence of God after death. See how you translated the expression in [4:9](../04/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 11 sz21 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ 1 his Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 12 st2z figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὸν Υἱὸν, ἔχει τὴν ζωήν; ὁ μὴ ἔχων τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὴν ζωὴν οὐκ ἔχει 1 The one who has the Son has life. The one who does not have the Son of God does not have life John speaks figuratively of believers who are in a close relationship with Jesus as if Jesus were their possession. Alternate translation: “Anyone who is in a close relationship with the Son has life. Anyone who is not in a close relationship with the Son of God does not have life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 12 j329 figs-metaphor ἔχει τὴν ζωήν…τὴν ζωὴν οὐκ ἔχει 1 has life.…does not have life Since both groups of people are alive literally, John means this in a figurative sense. As in [4:9](../04/09.md), he is likely referring to what he calls “eternal life” in [3:15](../03/15.md). See how you translated that term in those verses. Alternate translation: “has power from God to live as a new person now and will live forever in God’s presence after death … does not have power from God to live as a new person now and will not live forever in God’s presence after death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 12 j330 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν…τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son…the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 12 j329 figs-metaphor ἔχει τὴν ζωήν…τὴν ζωὴν οὐκ ἔχει 1 has life. … does not have life Since both groups of people are alive literally, John means this in a figurative sense. As in [4:9](../04/09.md), he is likely referring to what he calls “eternal life” in [3:15](../03/15.md). See how you translated that term in those verses. Alternate translation: “has power from God to live as a new person now and will live forever in God’s presence after death … does not have power from God to live as a new person now and will not live forever in God’s presence after death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 12 j330 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν…τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son … the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 13 ezl8 ταῦτα 1 these things Alternate translation: “this letter”
|
||||
1JN 5 13 wns6 figs-metonymy ὑμῖν…τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to you, the ones believing in the name of the Son of God As in [2:12](../02/12.md), John is using the **name** of Jesus figuratively to represent who Jesus is and what he has done. Alternate translation: “to you who believe in Jesus and what he has done for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 13 gg32 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 13 j331 figs-metaphor ὅτι ζωὴν ἔχετε αἰώνιον 1 that you have eternal life The emphasis in this verse seems to be more on the future aspect of the expression **eternal life**. Alternate translation: “that you will live forever in God’s presence after you die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 14 j332 figs-explicit αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ παρρησία ἣν ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 this is the confidence that we have towards him If it would be helpful to your readers, as in [3:21](../03/21.md) you could say explicitly what this **confidence** applies to, in light of what John says in the rest of this sentence. Alternate translation: “we can be confident of this as we pray to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 5 14 yj31 figs-abstractnouns αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ παρρησία ἣν ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 this is the confidence that we have towards him If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **confidence** with an adjective such as “confident.” Alternate translation: “we can be confident of this as we pray to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 14 j333 writing-pronouns αὐτόν…αὐτοῦ…ἀκούει 1 him,…his…he listens The pronouns **him**, **his**, and **he** refer to God in this verse. It might be natural in your language to use the name “God” in the first instance and pronouns in the other instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 14 j333 writing-pronouns αὐτόν…αὐτοῦ…ἀκούει 1 him, … his … he listens The pronouns **him**, **his**, and **he** refer to God in this verse. It might be natural in your language to use the name “God” in the first instance and pronouns in the other instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 14 at5n ἐάν τι αἰτώμεθα κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ 1 if we ask anything according to his will Alternate translation: “if we ask for the things that God wants for us”
|
||||
1JN 5 14 j334 figs-idiom ἀκούει ἡμῶν 1 he listens to us As in [4:5](../04/05.md), the word **listens** is an idiom. However, the meaning here is not as strong as the meaning there, “is persuaded by.” Rather, this refers to God hearing our prayers with a disposition to grant what we ask. Alternate translation: “he is disposed to give it to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 5 15 j335 grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐὰν οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀκούει ἡμῶν 1 if we know that he listens to us John is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since we know that he listens to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
1JN 5 15 j336 figs-idiom ἀκούει ἡμῶν 1 he listens to us See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “he is disposed to give us what we ask for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 5 15 j337 figs-explicit ἀκούει ἡμῶν 1 he listens to us It may be helpful to repeat the condition that John specifies in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “he is disposed to give us what we ask for if it is according to his will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 5 15 j338 writing-pronouns ἀκούει…αὐτοῦ 1 he listens…him The pronouns **he** and **him** refer to God in this verse. It might be natural in your language to use the name “God” for **he** and to say **him** later in the verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 15 j338 writing-pronouns ἀκούει…αὐτοῦ 1 he listens … him The pronouns **he** and **him** refer to God in this verse. It might be natural in your language to use the name “God” for **he** and to say **him** later in the verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 15 ev49 οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἔχομεν τὰ αἰτήματα ἃ ᾐτήκαμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 we know that we have the requests that we have asked from him Alternate translation: “we know that we will receive what we have asked God for”
|
||||
1JN 5 16 j339 figs-hypo ἐάν τις ἴδῃ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντα ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον, αἰτήσει 1 If anyone sees his brother sinning a sin not towards death, he will ask John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to counsel his readers. UST models a way of showing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
1JN 5 16 sc1f figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 16 j340 ἁμαρτάνοντα ἁμαρτίαν 1 sinning a sin John is using a cognate accusative, that is, an object that comes from the same root as its verb. You may be able to do the same thing in your translation. If not, you could explain what this means. Alternate translation: “committing a sin”
|
||||
1JN 5 16 j341 figs-metaphor ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον…τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον…ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον 1 a sin not towards death,…for those sinning not towards death.…a sin towards death Here, **death** could mean: (1) This refers to a figurative reference to spiritual death, that is, to eternal separation from God. (See the later note to this verse for a discussion of what kind of sin John may have in mind that would lead to that.) Alternate translation: “a sin that does not lead to eternal separation from God … those whose sin will not lead to eternal separation from God … a sin that does lead to eternal separation from God” (2) This refers to a literal reference to physical death. Alternate translation: “a sin that will not cause him to die … those whose sin will not cause them to die … a sin that will cause a person to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 16 j341 figs-metaphor ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον…τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον…ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον 1 a sin not towards death, … for those sinning not towards death. … a sin towards death Here, **death** could mean: (1) This refers to a figurative reference to spiritual death, that is, to eternal separation from God. (See the later note to this verse for a discussion of what kind of sin John may have in mind that would lead to that.) Alternate translation: “a sin that does not lead to eternal separation from God … those whose sin will not lead to eternal separation from God … a sin that does lead to eternal separation from God” (2) This refers to a literal reference to physical death. Alternate translation: “a sin that will not cause him to die … those whose sin will not cause them to die … a sin that will cause a person to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 16 j342 figs-declarative αἰτήσει 1 he will ask John is using a future statement to give an instruction and command. Alternate translation: “he should pray for that fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
1JN 5 16 j343 writing-pronouns δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν 1 he will give him life In this clause, the pronoun **he** refers to God and the pronoun **him** refers to the believer who is sinning. Elsewhere in the verse, the words **his** and **he** refers to the person who sees a fellow believer sinning. Alternate translation: “God will give life to the believer who is sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 16 myf6 figs-metaphor δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν 1 he will give him life The meaning of the word **life** depends on the meaning of the word “death.” (1) The word “death” could be figurative. Alternate translation: “God will make sure that the believer who is sinning is not separated from him eternally” (2) The word **death** could be literal. Alternate translation: “God will make sure that the believer who is sinning does not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 16 q1me figs-explicit ἔστιν ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον; οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ 1 There is a sin towards death…I am not saying that he should pray about that If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this likely means if the word **death** is figurative. In the context of the whole letter, by **a sin towards death**, John is probably referring to the behavior that the false teachers engaged in and encouraged. As Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John explains, these false teachers claimed that it did not matter what people did in their bodies, and so they would have been committing many serious sins without feeling any conviction that their actions were wrong. This showed that they had abandoned faith in Jesus and had rejected the influence of the Holy Spirit. John implicitly corrects this false teaching again in [5:18](../05/18.md) His statement that believers should not pray for people who behave in this way is likely descriptive rather than prescriptive. That is, he is not saying that he does not want the believers to pray for them. Rather, he is explaining that it will not do any good to pray for them, since they are determined to live in a way that is contrary to faith in Jesus and the influence of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “The false teachers who say that it does not matter what people do in their bodies are committing many serious sins without feeling any conviction that their actions are wrong. This shows that they no longer believe in Jesus, they have rejected the influence of the Holy Spirit, and they are no longer living in relationship with God. This suggests that they will also be separated from God for eternity. Praying for them is not likely to make any difference” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 5 16 q1me figs-explicit ἔστιν ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον; οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ 1 There is a sin towards death … I am not saying that he should pray about that If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this likely means if the word **death** is figurative. In the context of the whole letter, by **a sin towards death**, John is probably referring to the behavior that the false teachers engaged in and encouraged. As Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John explains, these false teachers claimed that it did not matter what people did in their bodies, and so they would have been committing many serious sins without feeling any conviction that their actions were wrong. This showed that they had abandoned faith in Jesus and had rejected the influence of the Holy Spirit. John implicitly corrects this false teaching again in [5:18](../05/18.md) His statement that believers should not pray for people who behave in this way is likely descriptive rather than prescriptive. That is, he is not saying that he does not want the believers to pray for them. Rather, he is explaining that it will not do any good to pray for them, since they are determined to live in a way that is contrary to faith in Jesus and the influence of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “The false teachers who say that it does not matter what people do in their bodies are committing many serious sins without feeling any conviction that their actions are wrong. This shows that they no longer believe in Jesus, they have rejected the influence of the Holy Spirit, and they are no longer living in relationship with God. This suggests that they will also be separated from God for eternity. Praying for them is not likely to make any difference” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 5 17 j344 figs-abstractnouns πᾶσα ἀδικία ἁμαρτία ἐστίν, καὶ ἔστιν ἁμαρτία οὐ πρὸς θάνατον 1 All unrighteousness is sin, and there is sin not towards death If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unrighteousness** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Every time we do what God does not want, that is sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 17 j345 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrasting statement that is intended to encourage the believers to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
1JN 5 17 j346 figs-metaphor ἔστιν ἁμαρτία οὐ πρὸς θάνατον 1 there is sin not towards death See how you translated the word **death** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “not every sin leads to eternal separation from God” or “not every sin causes a person to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -600,8 +600,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 5 20 j356 figs-explicit ἥκει 1 has come If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means, as you may have done in [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “has come to earth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 n1nh figs-abstractnouns δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν 1 has given us understanding If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **understanding** with a verb such as “understand.” Alternate translation: “has enabled us to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 j357 figs-abstractnouns δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν 1 has given us understanding If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what Jesus has enabled us to understand. Alternate translation: “has enabled us to understand the truth” or “has enabled us to understand what God is truly like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 hvr7 figs-nominaladj τὸν Ἀληθινόν…τῷ Ἀληθινῷ 1 the True One.…the True One John is using the adjective **True** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **One** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the One who is true … the One who is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 j358 figs-metonymy τὸν Ἀληθινόν…τῷ Ἀληθινῷ 1 the True One.…the True One John is speaking figuratively of God by association with the way that he is **True**. Alternate translation: “God, who always tells the truth and does what he says he will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 hvr7 figs-nominaladj τὸν Ἀληθινόν…τῷ Ἀληθινῷ 1 the True One. … the True One John is using the adjective **True** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **One** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the One who is true … the One who is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 j358 figs-metonymy τὸν Ἀληθινόν…τῷ Ἀληθινῷ 1 the True One. … the True One John is speaking figuratively of God by association with the way that he is **True**. Alternate translation: “God, who always tells the truth and does what he says he will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 ge7c figs-metaphor ἐσμὲν ἐν τῷ Ἀληθινῷ, ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ, Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ 1 we are in the True One, in his Son Jesus Christ As in [2:5](../02/05.md), John is speaking figuratively as if believers could be inside of God and Jesus. This expression describes having a close relationship with God. Alternate translation: “we have a close relationship with God and with his Son Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 j359 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ 1 his Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 w5yl writing-pronouns οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀληθινὸς Θεὸς 1 This is the true God **This** could refer either to God or to Jesus. ULT takes it to refer to God and UST takes it to refer to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -9,11 +9,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2JN 1 1 src4 figs-abstractnouns ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 love in the truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression. This could mean: (1) The phrase **the truth** describes how John loves. Alternate translation: “truly love” (2) The phrase **the truth** provides the reason for John’s love. Alternate translation: “love because we both know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2JN 1 1 a50f figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἐγνωκότες τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 all who have known the truth John uses the phrase **all who have known the truth** to refer to believers who know and accept the true message about Jesus Christ. John is most likely using the term **all** as a generalization to mean all the believers who are with him and who know the people of this church. Alternate translation: “all who are with me and who know and accept the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2JN 1 2 spdg figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the truth John uses the abstract noun **truth** to refer to the true message that Christians believe. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind this term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2JN 1 2 et6b figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἡμῶν 1 us…us If your language marks this distinction, the pronoun **us** would be inclusive here and throughout the epistle, because John always uses it to refer to both himself and to the recipients of the letter. The pronoun “we” would also be inclusive for that same reason, as would the pronoun “our,” if you choose to use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2JN 1 2 et6b figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἡμῶν 1 us … us If your language marks this distinction, the pronoun **us** would be inclusive here and throughout the epistle, because John always uses it to refer to both himself and to the recipients of the letter. The pronoun “we” would also be inclusive for that same reason, as would the pronoun “our,” if you choose to use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2JN 1 2 a7rm figs-idiom εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 to the age This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “for all time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2JN 1 3 gad9 figs-abstractnouns ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρός καὶ παρὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us from God the Father and from Jesus Christ If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **grace**, **mercy**, and **peace** with verbal phrases, with **God the Father** and **Jesus Christ** as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus Christ will be kind to us, be merciful to us, and enable us to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2JN 1 3 zfgr ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us In this culture, letter writers would normally offer a good wish or blessing for the recipients before introducing the main business of the letter. But instead of a blessing here, John makes a declarative statement. This probably expresses his confidence that God will do as he promised. Be sure that your translation also expresses this confidence.
|
||||
2JN 1 3 vpl9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός…Υἱοῦ 1 the Father…Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus Christ. Be sure to translate them accurately and consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2JN 1 3 vpl9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός…Υἱοῦ 1 the Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus Christ. Be sure to translate them accurately and consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2JN 1 3 w6tr figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπῃ 1 in truth and love If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **love** with adjectives or verbs. Here, these abstract nouns could mean: (1) This refers to qualities of God the Father and Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: “who are truthful and loving” (2) This refers to how believers should live, and thus are the conditions under which believers will receive the “grace, mercy, and peace” from God. Alternative translation: “as we continue to hold on to what is true and to love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2JN 1 4 ir6v figs-you σου 1 your The word **your** is singular here, since John is addressing the church figuratively as a “lady.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2JN 1 4 ajlf grammar-connect-logic-result ἐχάρην λείαν 1 I rejoiced greatly If it is more natural in your language to state the reason first and then the result, you can put this after “I found some of your children walking in the truth,” as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -23,13 +23,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2JN 1 4 s7hr καθὼς ἐντολὴν ἐλάβομεν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός 1 just as we have received a commandment from the Father The expression **received a commandment** expresses the idea that God commanded the believers to do something. If it would be clearer in your language, you could make **the Father** the subject of a sentence with the verb “command.” Alternate translation: “just as the Father has commanded us”
|
||||
2JN 1 4 w7f1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. Be careful to translate it accurately and consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2JN 1 5 r4hx καὶ νῦν 1 And now These words signal that what follows is the main point of the letter, or at least the first main point. Use a natural way for introducing the main point in your language.
|
||||
2JN 1 5 c9xi figs-you σε,…σοι 1 you,…to you These instances of **you** are singular since John is once again addressing the church in a figurative way as a “lady.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2JN 1 5 c9xi figs-you σε,…σοι 1 you, … to you These instances of **you** are singular since John is once again addressing the church in a figurative way as a “lady.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2JN 1 5 xjsu figs-metaphor κυρία 1 lady See how you translated this in [verse 1](../01/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 5 u38f figs-explicit οὐχ ὡς ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφων σοι 1 not as writing a new commandment to you John does not refer to himself explicitly as the person writing. If your language requires you to state the subject of a verb, you could add a pronoun here. Alternate translation: “not as though I were writing you a new commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2JN 1 5 uhs8 figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 from the beginning The phrase **from the beginning** refers to the time when John and his audience first believed in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “since the time that we first believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2JN 1 5 vmm8 ἀρχῆς, ἵνα ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους 1 the beginning…that we should love one another If it would be clearer in your language, you could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “the beginning. He commanded that we should love one another”
|
||||
2JN 1 6 nw4g figs-metaphor περιπατῶμεν κατὰ…ἐν…περιπατῆτε 1 we should walk according to…you should walk in In these instances the expression **walk** figuratively means to “obey.” Alternate translation: “we should obey … you should obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 6 cl95 figs-you ἠκούσατε…περιπατῆτε 1 you heard…you should walk The term **you** is plural in this verse, because John is addressing a congregation of believers. This is the case throughout the rest of the letter, as well, except in verse 13, because there John returns to his metaphor of referring to a church as a woman and its members as her children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2JN 1 5 vmm8 ἀρχῆς, ἵνα ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους 1 the beginning … that we should love one another If it would be clearer in your language, you could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “the beginning. He commanded that we should love one another”
|
||||
2JN 1 6 nw4g figs-metaphor περιπατῶμεν κατὰ…ἐν…περιπατῆτε 1 we should walk according to … you should walk in In these instances the expression **walk** figuratively means to “obey.” Alternate translation: “we should obey … you should obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 6 cl95 figs-you ἠκούσατε…περιπατῆτε 1 you heard … you should walk The term **you** is plural in this verse, because John is addressing a congregation of believers. This is the case throughout the rest of the letter, as well, except in verse 13, because there John returns to his metaphor of referring to a church as a woman and its members as her children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2JN 1 7 u749 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For Here, **For** introduces the reason why John wrote about the commandment to love and obey God in the previous verses—it is because there are many who pretend to be believers but they do not love or obey God. Use a natural way to introduce this reason in your language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2JN 1 7 w25m figs-explicit ὅτι πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθαν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 For many deceivers have gone out into the world This seems to be an implicit reference to the false teachers whom John discusses in [verses 10-11](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “For many deceivers are going around from place to place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2JN 1 7 x8yl figs-metonymy Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐρχόμενον ἐν σαρκί 1 Jesus Christ coming in flesh The expression **coming in flesh** is a metonym for being a real, physical person and not a spiritual being only. Alternate translation: “that Jesus Christ came as a real human” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2JN 1 10 x7pw figs-explicit εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς, καὶ ταύτην τὴν διδαχὴν οὐ φέρει 1 If anyone comes to you and does not bring this teaching The word **anyone** here implies “any teacher or preacher.” John does not want the believers to welcome any teacher who does not teach what Jesus taught, and specifically that Jesus came as a human being (see [verse 7](../01/07.md)). Alternate translation: “If anyone comes to you, claiming to be a teacher, but he teaches differently than this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2JN 1 10 xafi figs-metaphor ταύτην τὴν διδαχὴν οὐ φέρει 1 does not bring this teaching John is speaking of a **teaching** or a message as if it were an object that someone could **bring**. If you would not use this kind of metaphor in your language, you can use one that has the same meaning or use plain language. Alternate translation: “does not teach this same message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 10 ls1c figs-explicit μὴ λαμβάνετε αὐτὸν εἰς οἰκίαν 1 do not receive him into your house John does not want the believers to accept a false teacher into their homes and, as a result, support his false teaching by showing him respect and providing for his needs. Alternate translation: “do not support him or encourage him by welcoming him into your home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2JN 1 10 lbct figs-explicit χαίρειν αὐτῷ μὴ λέγετε 1 do not say to him,…Greetings John warns the believers not to greet a false teacher respectfully in public. The implication is that he does not want them to do anything that might look like they are endorsing a false teacher or that would give a false teacher good standing in the eyes of others. Alternate translation: “do not give him a respectful public greeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2JN 1 11 uhea ὁ λέγων…αὐτῷ χαίρειν 1 the one who says to him,…Greetings “any person who gives him a respectful public greeting”
|
||||
2JN 1 10 lbct figs-explicit χαίρειν αὐτῷ μὴ λέγετε 1 do not say to him, … Greetings John warns the believers not to greet a false teacher respectfully in public. The implication is that he does not want them to do anything that might look like they are endorsing a false teacher or that would give a false teacher good standing in the eyes of others. Alternate translation: “do not give him a respectful public greeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2JN 1 11 uhea ὁ λέγων…αὐτῷ χαίρειν 1 the one who says to him, … Greetings “any person who gives him a respectful public greeting”
|
||||
2JN 1 11 n7zt κοινωνεῖ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς 1 shares in his evil deeds The verb **shares in** expresses the concept of assisting and helping to advance the activity of the false teacher. Alternate translation: “takes part in his evil deeds” or “helps him in his evil deeds”
|
||||
2JN 1 12 gq26 figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐβουλήθην διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος 1 I did not want with paper and ink Here John leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “I did not want to write these things with paper and ink” (See: Ellipsis)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2JN 1 12 nx77 figs-metonymy διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος 1 with paper and ink John is not saying that he would rather write these things with something other than **paper and ink**. Rather, he is speaking figuratively of those writing materials to represent writing in general. He means that he wants to visit the believers personally and to continue his communication with them directly. Alternate translation: “to communicate these things in writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -61,4 +61,4 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2JN 1 13 fh6j figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς 1 The children of your chosen sister This could mean: (1) This is a metaphor. Just as John uses the term “chosen lady” as a figurative expression for the group of believers to whom he is writing in [verse 1](../01/01.md) and the term “her children” for the members of that group, also here John is figuratively describing his own group of believers as the **chosen sister** of that group and the members of his group as the **children** of this sister. Alternate translation: “The members of the chosen group of believers here” If you choose to keep the metaphor in the text, you may want to include an explanation of the meaning in a footnote. (2) This may refer to the biological children of a specific woman who is the biological sister of another specific woman to whom John is writing. (3) John may be using the words **sister** and **children** figuratively in a spiritual sense, but to refer to an individual woman and the other people that she has led to faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 13 aonw figs-idiom τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς 1 The children of your chosen sister In this context, the term **chosen** indicates someone whom God has chosen to receive salvation. In the context of John’s metaphor, this indicates a church or group of people whom God has chosen to receive salvation. Alternate translation: “The members of this group of believers in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2JN 1 13 a4rc ἀσπάζεταί σε 1 greet you As was customary in this culture, John concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “send you their greetings” or “ask to be remembered to you”
|
||||
2JN 1 13 qjdz figs-you σε…σου 1 your…you The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular here, in keeping with John’s metaphor of writing to a congregation as though it were a lady. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2JN 1 13 qjdz figs-you σε…σου 1 your … you The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular here, in keeping with John’s metaphor of writing to a congregation as though it were a lady. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
3JN front intro kwv9 0 # Introduction to 3 John<br><br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 3 John<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1)<br>2. Encouragement and instructions to show hospitality (1:2-8)<br>3. Diotrephes and Demetrius (1:9-12)<br>4. Conclusion (1:13-14)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 3 John?<br><br>The letter does not give the name of the author. The author only identified himself as **The elder** (1:1). The letter was probably written by the apostle John near the end of his life.<br><br>### What is the Book of 3 John about?<br><br>John wrote this letter to a believer named Gaius. He instructed Gaius to be hospitable to fellow believers who were traveling through his area.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “3 John” or “Third John.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Third Letter from John” or “The Third Letter John Wrote”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is hospitality?<br><br>Hospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. In 2 John, John discouraged Christians from showing hospitality to false teachers. In 3 John, John encouraged Christians to show hospitality to faithful teachers.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the author use family relationships in his letter?<br><br>The author used the terms **brother** and **children** in a way that can be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **brothers** to refer to Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to Christians. Also, John called some believers his **children**. These were believers he taught to obey Christ.<br><br>John also used the term **Gentile** in a way that could be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **Gentile** to refer to people who are not Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to those who did not believe in Jesus.
|
||||
3JN 1 1 rni7 figs-you 0 General Information: This is a personal letter from John to Gaius. All instances of **you** and **your** refer to Gaius and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
3JN 1 1 w99t figs-explicit ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 The elder This refers to John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as the **elder** either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church. The name of the author can be made explicit: “I, John the elder, am writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3JN 1 1 lls6 translate-names Γαΐῳ 1 to…Gaius This is a fellow believer to whom John is writing this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
3JN 1 1 lls6 translate-names Γαΐῳ 1 to … Gaius This is a fellow believer to whom John is writing this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
3JN 1 1 mp9w ὃν ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 whom I love in truth “whom I truly love”
|
||||
3JN 1 2 v6dv περὶ πάντων εὔχομαί σε εὐοδοῦσθαι καὶ ὑγιαίνειν 1 I pray concerning everything for you to prosper and to be healthy “I pray that you may do well in all things and be healthy”
|
||||
3JN 1 2 i269 καθὼς εὐοδοῦταί σου ἡ ψυχή 1 just as your soul prospers “just as you are doing well spiritually”
|
||||
|
|
@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
3JN 1 9 cz9d translate-names Διοτρέφης 1 Diotrephes He was a member of the congregation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
3JN 1 9 s82w ὁ φιλοπρωτεύων αὐτῶν 1 who loves to be first among them “who loves to be the most important one among them” or “who loves to act as though he is their leader”
|
||||
3JN 1 9 dp1v figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us The word **us** is exclusive; it refers to John and those with him and does not include Gaius. It may also be a polite way for John to refer to himself. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
3JN 1 9 rrgg figs-metonymy Διοτρέφης, οὐκ ἐπιδέχεται ἡμᾶς 1 Diotrephes,…does not accept us Saying **Diotrephes … does not accept us** does not mean that he has physically rejected John and those with John, but it is a shorter way of saying that he does not accept John’s authority or the instructions that John gives. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3JN 1 9 rrgg figs-metonymy Διοτρέφης, οὐκ ἐπιδέχεται ἡμᾶς 1 Diotrephes, … does not accept us Saying **Diotrephes … does not accept us** does not mean that he has physically rejected John and those with John, but it is a shorter way of saying that he does not accept John’s authority or the instructions that John gives. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3JN 1 10 f6qj λόγοις πονηροῖς φλυαρῶν ἡμᾶς 1 accusing us with evil words “that is, that he says evil things about us that certainly are not true”
|
||||
3JN 1 10 wi6a οὔτε αὐτὸς ἐπιδέχεται τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 he does not receive the brothers “he does not welcome the fellow believers”
|
||||
3JN 1 10 it7p figs-ellipsis τοὺς βουλομένους κωλύει 1 he stops those who are willing There are words left out but they are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “he stops those who want to welcome the believers” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
3JN 1 12 m22h translate-names Δημητρίῳ 1 Demetrius This is probably a man whom John wants Gaius and the congregation to welcome when he comes to visit. He may be the person delivering this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
3JN 1 12 rad4 figs-personification ὑπὸ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας 1 by the truth itself “the truth itself speaks well of him.” Here, **truth** is described as though it were a person speaking. Here, **truth** refers to “the true message from God.” Alternate translation: “everyone who knows the truth knows that he is a good person” Also see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
3JN 1 12 mftm figs-ellipsis ὑπὸ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας 1 by the truth itself There are words left out of this clause but they are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “he is borne witness to by the truth itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
3JN 1 12 s712 figs-explicit ἡμεῖς δὲ μαρτυροῦμεν 1 And we…bear witness What John is confirming is implied and can be made explicit here. Alternate translation: “we also speak well of Demetrius” Also see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3JN 1 12 s712 figs-explicit ἡμεῖς δὲ μαρτυροῦμεν 1 And we … bear witness What John is confirming is implied and can be made explicit here. Alternate translation: “we also speak well of Demetrius” Also see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3JN 1 12 a16a figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we Here, **we** refers to John and those with him and does not include Gaius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
3JN 1 13 v27c 0 General Information: This is the end of John’s letter to Gaius. In this section, he mentions coming to see him and closes with a greeting.
|
||||
3JN 1 13 am6k figs-doublet οὐ θέλω διὰ μέλανος καὶ καλάμου σοι γράφειν 1 I do not wish to write them to you with ink and pen This is a doublet, because **ink and pen** stand for the process of writing that was already mentioned. John is not saying that he would write them with something other than ink and pen. He is saying that he does not wish to write these other things at all. Alternate translation: “I do not want to write about them to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ JUD 1 1 ek3q figs-you 0 General Information: Jude identifies himself as the wri
|
|||
JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας 1 Jude **Jude** is the brother of James. Alternate translation: “I am Jude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JUD 1 1 m3v1 ἀδελφὸς…Ἰακώβου 1 brother of James **James** and Jude were half brothers of Jesus. Joseph as their physical father, but he was not the physical father or Jesus.
|
||||
JUD 1 2 r5ae figs-abstractnouns ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη 1 May mercy and peace and love be multiplied to you This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns **mercy**, **peace**, and **love**. Alternate translation: “May God continue to be merciful to you so that you live peacefully and love one another more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JUD 1 2 q2qo figs-metaphor ὑμῖν…πληθυνθείη 1 May…be multiplied to you These ideas are spoken of as if they were objects that could grow in size or number. Alternate translation: “May … be increased many times for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 2 q2qo figs-metaphor ὑμῖν…πληθυνθείη 1 May … be multiplied to you These ideas are spoken of as if they were objects that could grow in size or number. Alternate translation: “May … be increased many times for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 3 kjk6 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “our” in this letter includes both Jude and believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JUD 1 3 yfa8 0 Connecting Statement: Jude tells the believers his reason for writing this letter.
|
||||
JUD 1 3 mi3w τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας 1 our common salvation “the salvation we share”
|
||||
|
|
@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ JUD 1 8 ez4l figs-metaphor σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν 1 defile the
|
|||
JUD 1 8 e73k βλασφημοῦσιν 1 blaspheme “speak insults”
|
||||
JUD 1 8 pn3j δόξας 1 the glorious ones This refers to spiritual beings, such as angels.
|
||||
JUD 1 9 rmg9 0 General Information: Balaam was a prophet who refused to curse Israel for an enemy but then taught that enemy to get the people to marry unbelievers and become idol worshipers. Korah was a man of Israel who rebelled against Moses’ leadership and Aaron’s priesthood.
|
||||
JUD 1 9 uzj1 οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν…ἐπενεγκεῖν 1 he did not dare to bring…against him “controlled himself. He did not bring … against him” or “was not willing to bring … against him”
|
||||
JUD 1 9 uzj1 οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν…ἐπενεγκεῖν 1 he did not dare to bring … against him “controlled himself. He did not bring … against him” or “was not willing to bring … against him”
|
||||
JUD 1 9 v9fh κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 to bring a slanderous judgment against him “to say evil, untrue things about him”
|
||||
JUD 1 9 kib4 κρίσιν…βλασφημίας 1 a slanderous judgment “an evil-speaking judgment” or “an evil judgment”
|
||||
JUD 1 10 h6sq οὗτοι 1 these people the ungodly people
|
||||
|
|
@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ JUD 1 21 s6w6 προσδεχόμενοι 1 waiting for “eagerly looking forwa
|
|||
JUD 1 21 p3bw figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ to eternal life Here, **mercy** stands for Jesus Christ himself, who will show his mercy to the believers by making them live forever with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 22 wbr5 οὓς…διακρινομένους 1 some who are doubting “those who do not yet believe that Jesus is God”
|
||||
JUD 1 23 wkj9 figs-metaphor ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες 1 snatching them from the fire The picture is that of pulling people from a **fire** before they start to burn. Alternate translation: “doing for them whatever needs to be done to keep them from dying without Christ. This is like pulling them from the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 23 ign7 οὓς…ἐλεᾶτε ἐν φόβῳ 2 others,…have mercy on…with fear “be kind to others, but be afraid of sinning the way they did”
|
||||
JUD 1 23 ign7 οὓς…ἐλεᾶτε ἐν φόβῳ 2 others, … have mercy on … with fear “be kind to others, but be afraid of sinning the way they did”
|
||||
JUD 1 23 u4px figs-hyperbole μισοῦντες καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐσπιλωμένον χιτῶνα 1 hating even the garment having been defiled by the flesh Jude exaggerates to warn his readers that they can become like those sinners. Alternate translation: “Treat them as though you could become guilty of sin just by touching their clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JUD 1 24 r3jx 0 Connecting Statement: Jude closes with a blessing.
|
||||
JUD 1 24 w1dc figs-metaphor στῆσαι κατενώπιον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 to cause you to stand before his glory His **glory** is brilliant light that represents his greatness. Alternate translation: “to allow you to enjoy and worship his glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
196
en_tn_67-REV.tsv
196
en_tn_67-REV.tsv
|
|
@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 about the word of God “th
|
|||
REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ This could mean: (1) This refers to the testimony that John has given about Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “he has also given testimony about Jesus Christ” (2) This refers to the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about himself.
|
||||
REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads This does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone who reads it aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 who obey what is written in it You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “obey what John has written in it” or “obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 1 the one…time is near “the things that must happen will soon happen”
|
||||
REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 1 the one … time is near “the things that must happen will soon happen”
|
||||
REV 1 4 vw1t 0 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the people he is writing to.
|
||||
REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν…καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is,…and from the seven spirits This is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if these were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: “May he who is … and the seven spirits … treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν…καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is, … and from the seven spirits This is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if these were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: “May he who is … and the seven spirits … treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 1 4 hl5c ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν 1 from the one who is “from God, who is”
|
||||
REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number seven is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The “seven spirits” refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in
|
|||
REV 1 8 c96p writing-quotations λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός 1 says the Lord God Some languages would put “The Lord God says” at the beginning or the end of the whole sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
REV 1 9 up7y 0 General Information: John explains how his vision began and the instructions the Spirit gave him.
|
||||
REV 1 9 mg1k figs-you ὑμῶν 1 your These refer to the believers in the seven churches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
REV 1 9 p7ii ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ, ἐγενόμην 1 I, John…your brother and the one who shares with you in the suffering and kingdom and patient endurance that are in Jesus…was You can state this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “I, John, am your brother who shares with you in God’s kingdom and also suffers and patiently endures trials along with you because we belong to Jesus. I was”
|
||||
REV 1 9 p7ii ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ, ἐγενόμην 1 I, John … your brother and the one who shares with you in the suffering and kingdom and patient endurance that are in Jesus … was You can state this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “I, John, am your brother who shares with you in God’s kingdom and also suffers and patiently endures trials along with you because we belong to Jesus. I was”
|
||||
REV 1 9 c1a9 διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of the word of God “because I told others the word of God”
|
||||
REV 1 9 j5rg τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God “the message that God spoke.” Translate as in [Revelation 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
REV 1 9 sim8 τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus “the testimony that God has given about Jesus.” Translate as in [Revelation 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -43,19 +43,19 @@ REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the
|
|||
REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord ’ s day the day of worship for believers in Christ
|
||||
REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 a loud voice like a trumpet The voice was so loud it sounded like a trumpet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 1 10 dn8e σάλπιγγος 1 a trumpet This refers to an instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting.
|
||||
REV 1 11 kq6x translate-names Σμύρναν…Πέργαμον…Θυάτειρα…Σάρδεις…Φιλαδέλφιαν…Λαοδίκιαν 1 Smyrna,…Pergamum,…Thyatira,…Sardis,…Philadelphia,…Laodicea These are names of cities in the region of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 1 11 kq6x translate-names Σμύρναν…Πέργαμον…Θυάτειρα…Σάρδεις…Φιλαδέλφιαν…Λαοδίκιαν 1 Smyrna, … Pergamum, … Thyatira, … Sardis, … Philadelphia, … Laodicea These are names of cities in the region of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 1 12 dkp1 0 Connecting Statement: John begins to explain what he saw in his vision.
|
||||
REV 1 12 r89l figs-synecdoche τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 the voice that This refers to the person speaking. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-metaphor Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 a son of man This expression describes a human figure, someone who looks human. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 1 13 y6qk ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 a golden sash a piece of cloth worn around the chest. It may have had golden threads in it.
|
||||
REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ…κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool…as white as snow Wool and snow are examples of things that are very white. The repetition of “as white as” emphasizes that they were very white. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ…κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool … as white as snow Wool and snow are examples of things that are very white. The repetition of “as white as” emphasizes that they were very white. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool This is the hair of a sheep or goat. It was known to be very white.
|
||||
REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire His eyes are described as being full of light like a flame of fire. Alternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς 1 His feet were like polished bronze, like bronze Bronze is polished to make it shine and reflect light. Alternate translation: “His feet were very shiny like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 were like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace The bronze would be refined first and then polished. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
REV 1 15 ldx7 καμίνῳ 1 a furnace a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal in it, and the hot fire would burn away any impurities that were in the metal.
|
||||
REV 1 15 izg6 ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 his voice was like the sound of many rushing waters This is very loud, like the sound of a large, fast flowing river, of a large waterfall, or of loud waves in the sea.
|
||||
REV 1 16 pp58 ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία…ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword…was coming out of his mouth The sword blade was sticking out of his mouth. The sword itself was not in motion.
|
||||
REV 1 16 pp58 ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία…ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth The sword blade was sticking out of his mouth. The sword itself was not in motion.
|
||||
REV 1 16 zy4d ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα 1 a sword with two sharp edges This refers to a double-edged sword, which is sharpened on both sides to cut both directions.
|
||||
REV 1 17 twy9 figs-simile ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεκρός 1 I fell at his feet like a dead man John lay down facing the ground. He was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 1 17 jw5r ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 He placed his right hand on me “He touched me with his right hand”
|
||||
|
|
@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ REV 2 1 mn8x 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’
|
|||
REV 2 1 kq5r τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 To the angel Here, **angel** could mean: (1) This refers to a heavenly angels who protects this church. (2) This refers to a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 2 1 i92a writing-symlanguage ἀστέρας 1 stars These stars are symbols. They represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 2 1 ugs3 writing-symlanguage λυχνιῶν 1 lampstands The lampstands are symbols that represent the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 2 2 jg1u figs-abstractnouns οἶδα…τὸν κόπον καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου 1 I know…your hard labor and your patient endurance “Labor” and “endurance” are abstract nouns and can be translated with verbs “work” and “endure.” Alternate translation: “I know … that you work very hard and that you endure patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 2 2 jg1u figs-abstractnouns οἶδα…τὸν κόπον καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου 1 I know … your hard labor and your patient endurance “Labor” and “endurance” are abstract nouns and can be translated with verbs “work” and “endure.” Alternate translation: “I know … that you work very hard and that you endure patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 2 2 szc1 καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν 1 but are not “but are not apostles”
|
||||
REV 2 2 ka9e εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς 1 you have found them to be false “you have recognized that those people are false apostles”
|
||||
REV 2 3 muq8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name **Name** here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in my name” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fal
|
|||
REV 2 5 j6p5 εἰ δὲ μή 1 But if not “If you do not repent”
|
||||
REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου 1 I will remove your lampstand The lampstands are symbols that represent the seven churches. See how you translated “lampstand” in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 of the Nicolaitans people who followed the teachings of a man named Nicolaus (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who…an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who … an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 To the one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. Alternate translation: “anyone who resists evil” or “those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God “God’s garden.” This is a symbol for heaven.
|
||||
REV 2 8 is3w 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Smyrna.
|
||||
|
|
@ -91,15 +91,15 @@ REV 2 8 ie9x τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 To the angel Here, **angel** could mean: (1
|
|||
REV 2 8 key2 translate-names Σμύρνῃ 1 Smyrna This is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 The one who is the first and the last This refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty “Sufferings” and “poverty” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 2 9 f6bp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά…τὴν βλασφημίαν ἐκ τῶν λεγόντων Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς 1 I know…the slander of those who say they are Jews,…they “Slander” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “I know how people have slandered you—those who say they are Jews” or “I know how people have said terrible things about you—those who say they are Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 2 9 qf9p καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν 1 but…are not “but they are not real Jews”
|
||||
REV 2 9 f6bp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά…τὴν βλασφημίαν ἐκ τῶν λεγόντων Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς 1 I know … the slander of those who say they are Jews, … they “Slander” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “I know how people have slandered you—those who say they are Jews” or “I know how people have said terrible things about you—those who say they are Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 2 9 qf9p καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν 1 but … are not “but they are not real Jews”
|
||||
REV 2 9 a4yu figs-metaphor συναγωγὴ τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 a synagogue of Satan People who gather to obey or honor Satan are spoken of as if they were a synagogue, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 10 agx4 figs-metonymy μέλλει βάλλειν ὁ διάβολος ἐξ ὑμῶν εἰς φυλακὴν 1 The devil is about to throw some of you into prison The words **the Devil** here are a metonym for the people who obey the devil. Alternate translation: “The devil will soon cause others to put some of you in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 10 f5t1 γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου 1 Be faithful until death “Be faithful to me even if they kill you.” The use os the word **until** does not mean that you should stop being faithful at death.
|
||||
REV 2 10 sp8z τὸν στέφανον 1 the crown “the winner’s crown.” This was a wreath, originally of olive branches or laurel leaves, that was put on the head of a victorious athlete.
|
||||
REV 2 10 zhj8 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 the crown of life This could mean: (1) This refers to a crown that shows that Christ has given the believers eternal life. (2) This refers to true life as a prize like a winner’s crown. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 g7zq figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 dc3n figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 dc3n figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 s9d2 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who resists evil” or “Those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 q6w2 οὐ μὴ ἀδικηθῇ ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου 1 will not be hurt by the second death “will not experience the second death” or “will not die a second time”
|
||||
REV 2 12 ll17 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Pergamum.
|
||||
|
|
@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ REV 2 16 f8dy figs-ellipsis εἰ δὲ μή 1 But if you do not The verb can be
|
|||
REV 2 16 fd6u πολεμήσω μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 I will wage war against them “fight against them”
|
||||
REV 2 16 j52q writing-symlanguage ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 with the sword in my mouth This refers to the sword in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). Although symbols in apocalyptic language are not normally to be replaced with the item they represent, translators may choose whether or not to show that this as a symbol represents God’s word, as the UST does. This symbol indicates that Christ will defeat his enemies by giving a simple command. Alternate translation: “with the sword in my mouth, which is the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 2 17 lm1j figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 17 m867 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 2 17 m867 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 2 17 i61b figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 To the one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “anyone who resists evil” or “those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 2 18 b83m 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Thyatira.
|
||||
REV 2 18 nd4m τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 To the angel Here, **angel** could mean: (1) This refers to a heavenly angel who protects this church. (2) This refers to a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
|
|
@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ REV 2 19 y2mu figs-explicit τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν πίστιν,
|
|||
REV 2 20 wbu1 ἀλλ’ ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ 1 But I have this against you “But I disapprove of some of the things you are doing” or “But I am angry with you because of something you are doing.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
REV 2 20 f6e8 figs-metaphor τὴν γυναῖκα Ἰεζάβελ, ἡ 1 the woman Jezebel, who calls Jesus spoke of a certain woman in their church as if she were Queen Jezebel, because she did the same kinds of sinful things that Queen Jezebel had done long before that time. Alternate translation: “the woman who is just like Jezebel and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 21 g7yh ἔδωκα αὐτῇ χρόνον ἵνα μετανοήσῃ 1 I gave her time to repent “I gave her opportunity to repent” or “I waited for her to repent”
|
||||
REV 2 22 twa2 figs-metonymy βάλλω αὐτὴν εἰς κλίνην…εἰς θλῖψιν μεγάλην 1 I will throw her onto a sickbed,…into great suffering Her having to lie in bed would be the result of Jesus making her very sick. Alternate translation: “I will make her lie sick in bed … I will make suffer greatly” or “I will make her very sick … I will make suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 22 twa2 figs-metonymy βάλλω αὐτὴν εἰς κλίνην…εἰς θλῖψιν μεγάλην 1 I will throw her onto a sickbed, … into great suffering Her having to lie in bed would be the result of Jesus making her very sick. Alternate translation: “I will make her lie sick in bed … I will make suffer greatly” or “I will make her very sick … I will make suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 22 lj36 figs-metaphor τοὺς μοιχεύοντας μετ’ αὐτῆς εἰς θλῖψιν μεγάλην 1 those who commit adultery with her into great suffering Jesus speaks of causing people to suffer as throwing them into suffering. Alternate translation: “I will make those who commit adultery with her to suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 22 h8fz μοιχεύοντας 1 who commit adultery “practice adultery”
|
||||
REV 2 22 g53b figs-explicit ἐὰν μὴ μετανοήσουσιν ἐκ τῶν ἔργων αὐτῆς 1 unless they repent of her deeds This implies that they have participated with her in her wicked behavior. By repenting of her deeds, they also repent of participating in her behavior. Alternate translation: “if they do not repent from doing the evil that she does” or “if they do not repent of participating in her deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -146,22 +146,22 @@ REV 2 24 tli6 figs-metaphor ὅσοι οὐκ ἔχουσιν τὴν διδαχ
|
|||
REV 2 24 scu6 οὐκ ἔχουσιν τὴν διδαχὴν ταύτην 1 does not hold this teaching The noun “teaching” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “does not hold to what she teaches” or “does not believe what she teaches”
|
||||
REV 2 24 d5i9 figs-metaphor βαθέα 1 deep things Secret things are spoken of as if they were deep. Alternate translation: “secret things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 26 z5xi figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who resists evil” or “The person who does not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 2 27 c9gu ποιμανεῖ…συντρίβεται 1 He will rule…he will break them into pieces This is a prophecy from the Old Testament about a king of Israel, but Jesus applied it here to those to whom he gives authority over the nations.
|
||||
REV 2 27 c9gu ποιμανεῖ…συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … he will break them into pieces This is a prophecy from the Old Testament about a king of Israel, but Jesus applied it here to those to whom he gives authority over the nations.
|
||||
REV 2 27 w8pp figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling with an iron rod. Alternate translation: “He will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like jars of clay, he will break them into pieces Breaking them to pieces is an image that represents either: (1) It refer to destroying evildoers. (2) It refer to defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “He will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was received. This could mean: (1) This may mean he received authority from his Father. (2) This may mean he received the morning star from his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here, **him** refers to the one who conquers.
|
||||
REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 the morning star This is a bright star that sometimes appears early in the morning just before dawn. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who…an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who … an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Seven spirits of God<br><br>These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).<br><br>### Seven stars<br><br>These stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking<br><br>Jesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”<br><br>The speaker knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The angel of the church”<br><br>The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).<br><br>### “The words of the one who”<br><br>The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3.
|
||||
REV 3 1 k6b7 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Sardis.
|
||||
REV 3 1 u1zs τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 To the angel Here, **angel** could mean: (1) This refers to a heavenly angel who protects this church. (2) This refers to a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
REV 3 1 q7n9 translate-names Σάρδεσιν 1 Sardis This is the name of a city in the western part of Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα 1 The one who holds the seven spirits The number seven is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The “seven spirits” refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These stars are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς…νεκρὸς 1 you are alive,…dead Obeying and honoring God is spoken of as being alive; disobeying and dishonoring him is spoken of as being dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς…νεκρὸς 1 you are alive, … dead Obeying and honoring God is spoken of as being alive; disobeying and dishonoring him is spoken of as being dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, which is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1
|
|||
REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father “in the presence of my Father”
|
||||
REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
REV 3 6 zxc7 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 6 k2k6 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 3 6 k2k6 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 3 7 rf9b 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Philadelphia.
|
||||
REV 3 7 ksg4 τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 To the angel Here, **angel** could mean: (1) This refers to a heavenly angel who protects this church. (2) This refers to a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 3 7 mm6x translate-names Φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Philadelphia This is the name of a city in the western part of Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ REV 3 11 n9a9 figs-metaphor κράτει ὃ ἔχεις 1 Hold to what you have
|
|||
REV 3 11 a4m5 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανόν 1 crown A crown was a wreath, originally of olive branches or laurel leaves, that was put on the head of a victorious athlete. Here, **crown** stands for a reward. See how you translated “crown” in [Revelation 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 12 px36 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν, ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 The one who conquers, I will make him a pillar in the temple of my God Here, **The one who conquers** refers to anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). The “pillar” represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “I will make anyone who resists evil strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” or “Those who do not agree to do evil I will make strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 13 ug5m figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 3 13 ug5m figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 3 14 r6bz 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Laodicea.
|
||||
REV 3 14 jg3b τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 To the angel Here, **angel** could mean: (1) This refers to a heavenly angel who protects this church. (2) This refers to a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 3 14 wzg9 translate-names Λαοδικίᾳ 1 Laodicea This is the name of a city in the western part of Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ REV 3 21 n83q figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers This refer
|
|||
REV 3 21 mn2c figs-metonymy καθίσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ μου 1 to sit down with me on my throne To sit on a throne means to rule. Alternate translation: “to rule with me” or “to sit down on my throne and rule with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 21 un17 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
REV 3 22 m13x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 22 mjv6 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 3 22 mjv6 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 4 intro cl9f 0 # Revelation 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 8 and 11.<br><br>John has finished describing the letters to the churches. He now begins to describe a vision that God showed him.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jasper, carnelian, and emerald<br><br>These words refer to kinds of special stones that the people in John’s day considered valuable. It may be difficult for you to translate these words if people in your culture do not value special kinds of stones.<br><br>### Twenty-four elders<br><br>Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### Seven spirits of God<br><br>These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).<br><br>### Giving glory to God<br><br>God’s glory is the great beauty and radiant majesty that God has because he is God. Other Bible writers describe it as if it were a light so bright that no one can look at it. No one can give God this kind of glory, because it is already his. When people give glory to God or when God receives glory, people say that God has the glory that is his, that it is right for God to have that glory, and that people should worship God because he has that glory. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worthy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Difficult images<br><br>Such things as bolts of lightning coming from the throne, lamps that are spirits, and a sea in front of the throne may be difficult to imagine, and so the words for them may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
|
||||
REV 4 1 ws2q 0 General Information: John begins to describe his vision of the throne of God.
|
||||
REV 4 1 vh4i μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things “After I had just seen these things” ([Revelation 2:1-3:22](../02/01.md))
|
||||
|
|
@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ REV 4 1 j713 σάλπιγγος 1 a trumpet This refers to an instrument for pr
|
|||
REV 4 2 ie3w figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit John speaks of being influenced by God’s Spirit as if he were in the Spirit. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit” or “The Spirit influenced me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
REV 4 3 m4mi translate-unknown λίθῳ, ἰάσπιδι καὶ σαρδίῳ 1 jasper and carnelian These are valuable stones. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal, and carnelian may have been red. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 4 3 aap1 translate-unknown σμαραγδίνῳ 1 an emerald a green, valuable stone (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 4 4 u2b2 translate-numbers εἴκοσι τέσσαρας πρεσβυτέρους 1 were twenty…four elders “24 elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 4 4 u2b2 translate-numbers εἴκοσι τέσσαρας πρεσβυτέρους 1 were twenty … four elders “24 elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 4 4 ivw8 στεφάνους χρυσοῦς 1 golden crowns These were likenesses of wreaths of olive branches or laurel leaves, hammered out in gold. Such crowns, made of leaves, were given to victorious athletes to wear on their heads.
|
||||
REV 4 5 ryb1 ἀστραπαὶ 1 flashes of lightning Use your language’s way of describing what lightning looks like each time it appears.
|
||||
REV 4 5 u1da φωναὶ, καὶ βρονταί 1 rumblings, and crashes of thunder These are the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language’s way of describing the sound of thunder.
|
||||
|
|
@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ REV 4 8 n8g2 κυκλόθεν καὶ ἔσωθεν γέμουσιν ὀφθα
|
|||
REV 4 8 y1u5 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 4 9 xj6b τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ, τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 to the one who sits on the throne, the one who lives forever and ever This is one person. The one who sits on the throne lives forever and ever.
|
||||
REV 4 9 a19z figs-doublet εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 forever and ever These two words mean about the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “for all eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
REV 4 10 cmj9 translate-numbers εἴκοσι τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι 1 twenty…four elders “24 elders.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 4 10 cmj9 translate-numbers εἴκοσι τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι 1 twenty … four elders “24 elders.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 4 10 c2vg πεσοῦνται 1 fall down They purposely lie down facing the ground to show that they are worshiping.
|
||||
REV 4 10 sly8 translate-symaction βαλοῦσιν τοὺς στεφάνους αὐτῶν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου 1 They lay their crowns before the throne These crowns looked like wreaths of olive branches or laurel leaves, hammered out in gold. The elders were respectfully placing the crowns on the ground, showing that they were submitting to God’s authority to rule. Alternate translation: “they lay their crowns before the throne to show that they were submitting to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
REV 4 10 wvf9 βαλοῦσιν 1 They lay This could mean: (1) This refers to placing something. (2) This refers to throwing down forcibly, as of something worthless ([Revelation 2:22](../02/22.md)). The reader should understand that the elders are acting respectfully.
|
||||
|
|
@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ REV 5 6 erg2 writing-symlanguage τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα τοῦ Θε
|
|||
REV 5 6 t7d1 figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένοι εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν 1 sent out into all the earth You can translate this with an active verb. Alternate translation: “which God sent out over all the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 5 7 egp6 figs-go ἦλθεν 1 He went He approached the throne. Some languages would use the verb “come.” Alternate translation: “He came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
REV 5 8 e3fh writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb This is a young male sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 5 8 cgs1 translate-numbers οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι 1 the twenty…four elders “24 elders.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 5 8 cgs1 translate-numbers οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι 1 the twenty … four elders “24 elders.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 5 8 ff8y ἔπεσαν 1 fell down “lay down on the ground.” Their faces were toward the ground to show that they were worshiping the Lamb. They did this on purpose; they did not fall accidentally.
|
||||
REV 5 8 uv6w ἕκαστος 1 Each of them This could mean: (1) This refers to each of the elders and living creatures. (2) This refers to each of the elders.
|
||||
REV 5 8 qak6 writing-symlanguage φιάλας χρυσᾶς γεμούσας θυμιαμάτων, αἵ εἰσιν αἱ προσευχαὶ τῶν ἁγίων 1 a golden bowl full of incense, which are the prayers of the saints The incense here is a symbol for the believers’ prayers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ REV 6 2 t2qg figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στέφανος 1 he was
|
|||
REV 6 2 r5mh στέφανος 1 a crown This was a wreath of olive branches or of laurel leaves like the wreaths that winning athletes received in contests at the time of John.
|
||||
REV 6 3 bs66 translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν δευτέραν 1 the second seal “the next seal” or “seal number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 3 i1p4 translate-ordinal τοῦ δευτέρου ζῴου 1 the second living creature “the next living creature” or “living creature number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 4 qg8s ἐξῆλθεν…πυρρός 1 came out…fiery red This can the stated as a second sentence. Alternate translation: “came out. It was red like fire” or “came out. It was bright red”
|
||||
REV 6 4 qg8s ἐξῆλθεν…πυρρός 1 came out … fiery red This can the stated as a second sentence. Alternate translation: “came out. It was red like fire” or “came out. It was bright red”
|
||||
REV 6 4 w57m figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 The one sitting on it was granted You can state this with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God gave permission to its rider” or “Its rider received person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 6 4 je64 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη 1 This rider was given a huge sword You can state this with an active verb. Alternate translation: “This rider received a huge sword” or “God gave this rider a huge sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 6 4 n58n μάχαιρα μεγάλη 1 a huge sword “a very large sword” or “a great sword”
|
||||
|
|
@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ REV 6 5 v4us translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην 1
|
|||
REV 6 5 zec1 translate-ordinal τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου 1 the third living creature “the next living creature” or “living creature number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 5 rm4y ζυγὸν 1 a pair of scales a tool used for weighing things
|
||||
REV 6 6 cq7h χοῖνιξ σίτου δηναρίου 1 A choenix of wheat for one denarius Some languages might want a verb such as “cost” or “buy” in the sentence. There was very little wheat for all the people, so its price was very high. Alternate translation: “A choenix of wheat now costs one denarius” or “Buy a choenix of wheat with one denarius”
|
||||
REV 6 6 b5rr translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου…τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν 1 A choenix of wheat…three choenices of barley a “choenix” was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of “choenix” is “choenices.” Alternate translation: “one liter of wheat … three liters of barley” or “one bowl of wheat … three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
REV 6 6 b5rr translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου…τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν 1 A choenix of wheat … three choenices of barley a “choenix” was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of “choenix” is “choenices.” Alternate translation: “one liter of wheat … three liters of barley” or “one bowl of wheat … three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
REV 6 6 v3sn translate-bmoney δηναρίου 1 for one denarius This coin was worth a day’s wages. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “the pay for one day of work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
REV 6 6 ej1v καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον μὴ ἀδικήσῃς 1 But do not harm the oil and the wine If the oil and wine were harmed, there would be less of them for people to buy, and their prices would go up.
|
||||
REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the oil and the wine These expressions probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -312,11 +312,11 @@ REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword A sword is a weapon, and
|
|||
REV 6 8 n9x3 ὑπὸ τῶν θηρίων τῆς γῆς 1 by the wild animals of the earth This means that Death and Hades would cause the wild animals to attack and kill people.
|
||||
REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 9 n3mi ὑποκάτω τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου 1 under the altar This may have been “at the base of the altar.”
|
||||
REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 of those who…killed You can translate this with an active verb. AT “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 of those who … killed You can translate this with an active verb. AT “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 6 9 y8c6 figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 because of the word of God and because of the testimony which they held Here, **Word of God** is a metonym for the message from God and “held” is a metaphor. This could mean: (1) Holding the testimony refers to believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the teachings of scripture and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” (2) Holding the testimony refers to testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy ἐκδικεῖς τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 you avenge our blood The word **blood** here represents their deaths. Alternate translation: “punish those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 11 bq1p figs-rquestion ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of both their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were going to be killed, just as they also had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should be killed by their enemies. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants … sisters whom God had decided people would kill, just as people had killed their fellow servants … sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 6 11 q9xh οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν 1 of…their fellow servants and their brothers This is one group of people described in two ways: as servants and as brothers. Alternate translation: “their brothers who serve God with them” or “their fellow believers who serve God with them”
|
||||
REV 6 11 q9xh οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν 1 of … their fellow servants and their brothers This is one group of people described in two ways: as servants and as brothers. Alternate translation: “their brothers who serve God with them” or “their fellow believers who serve God with them”
|
||||
REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s brothers. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 6 12 z9qm translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 the sixth seal “the next seal” or “seal number six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Sometimes sackcloth was made of black hair. People would wear sackcloth when they were mourning. The image of sackcloth is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning. Alternate translation: “as black as mourning clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -334,36 +334,36 @@ REV 7 intro f27i 0 # Revelation 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and forma
|
|||
REV 7 1 b1yl 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of 144,000 servants of God who become marked with seals. Their marking takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal.
|
||||
REV 7 1 id3y τὰς τέσσαρας γωνίας τῆς γῆς 1 the four corners of the earth The earth is spoken of as if it were flat and square like a sheet of paper. The phrase **the four corners** refers to the north, south, east, and west.
|
||||
REV 7 2 sgq7 figs-metonymy σφραγῖδα Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the seal of the living God The word **seal** here refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God’s people. Alternate translation: “the marker” or “stamp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 7 3 upb7 figs-metonymy σφραγίσωμεν…ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν 1 we have sealed…on their foreheads The word **seal** here refers to a mark. This mark shows that the people belong to God and that he will protect them. Alternate translation: “put a mark on the foreheads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 7 3 upb7 figs-metonymy σφραγίσωμεν…ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν 1 we have sealed … on their foreheads The word **seal** here refers to a mark. This mark shows that the people belong to God and that he will protect them. Alternate translation: “put a mark on the foreheads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 7 3 je8m μετώπων 1 foreheads The forehead is the top of the face, above the eyes.
|
||||
REV 7 4 m58v figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφραγισμένων 1 of those who were sealed You can state this with an active verb. Alternate translation: “those whom God’s angel marked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 7 4 lh7h translate-numbers ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες 1 144,000 “one hundred forty-four thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
REV 7 5 lyz8 translate-numbers ἐκ φυλῆς…δώδεκα χιλιάδες 1 twelve thousand…from the tribe “12,000 people from the tribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 7 5 lyz8 translate-numbers ἐκ φυλῆς…δώδεκα χιλιάδες 1 twelve thousand … from the tribe “12,000 people from the tribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 7 7 ru7t 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the list of the people of Israel who were sealed.
|
||||
REV 7 9 cj5k 0 General Information: John begins to describe a second vision about a multitude praising God. This vision also takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal.
|
||||
REV 7 9 au1m ὄχλος πολύς 1 a huge multitude “a huge crowd” or “a great number of people”
|
||||
REV 7 9 v63z στολὰς λευκάς 1 white robes Here the color **white** represents purity.
|
||||
REV 7 10 m5az ἡ σωτηρία τῷ 1 Salvation belongs to…God “Salvation comes from”
|
||||
REV 7 10 vlv1 figs-abstractnouns ἡ σωτηρία τῷ…τῷ Ἀρνίῳ 1 Salvation belongs to…God,…to the Lamb They were praising God and the Lamb. The noun “salvation” can be expressed with the verb “save.” AT “Our God, who sits on the throne, and the Lamb have saved us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 7 10 m5az ἡ σωτηρία τῷ 1 Salvation belongs to … God “Salvation comes from”
|
||||
REV 7 10 vlv1 figs-abstractnouns ἡ σωτηρία τῷ…τῷ Ἀρνίῳ 1 Salvation belongs to … God, … to the Lamb They were praising God and the Lamb. The noun “salvation” can be expressed with the verb “save.” AT “Our God, who sits on the throne, and the Lamb have saved us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 7 11 a45p τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 the four living creatures These are the four creatures mentioned in [Revelation 4:6-8](../04/06.md).
|
||||
REV 7 11 aja9 figs-idiom ἔπεσαν…ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 they fell on their faces Here, **fell on their faces** is an idiom that means hey lay down facing the ground. See how you translated “prostrated themselves” in [Revelation 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “they bowed down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
REV 7 12 lf1m ἡ εὐλογία, καὶ ἡ δόξα…τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 The praise and the glory…be to our God “Our God is worthy of all praise, glory, wisdom, thanks, honor, power and strength”
|
||||
REV 7 12 q3gt ἡ εὐλογία, καὶ ἡ δόξα…ἡ εὐχαριστία, καὶ ἡ τιμὴ…τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 The praise and the glory…the thanksgiving and the honor…be to our God The verb “give” can be used to show how praise, glory, and honor, are to be “to” God. Alternate translation: “We must give praise, glory, thanks, and honor to our God”
|
||||
REV 7 12 lf1m ἡ εὐλογία, καὶ ἡ δόξα…τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 The praise and the glory … be to our God “Our God is worthy of all praise, glory, wisdom, thanks, honor, power and strength”
|
||||
REV 7 12 q3gt ἡ εὐλογία, καὶ ἡ δόξα…ἡ εὐχαριστία, καὶ ἡ τιμὴ…τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 The praise and the glory … the thanksgiving and the honor … be to our God The verb “give” can be used to show how praise, glory, and honor, are to be “to” God. Alternate translation: “We must give praise, glory, thanks, and honor to our God”
|
||||
REV 7 12 d74f εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 forever and ever These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the praise will never end.
|
||||
REV 7 13 wz8z περιβεβλημένοι τὰς στολὰς τὰς λευκὰς 1 who are clothed with white robes These white robes showed that they were righteous.
|
||||
REV 7 14 p6en οἱ ἐρχόμενοι ἐκ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς μεγάλης 1 the ones who…come out of the great tribulation “have survived the great tribulation” or “have lived through the great tribulation”
|
||||
REV 7 14 p6en οἱ ἐρχόμενοι ἐκ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς μεγάλης 1 the ones who … come out of the great tribulation “have survived the great tribulation” or “have lived through the great tribulation”
|
||||
REV 7 14 u6fc τῆς θλίψεως τῆς μεγάλης 1 the great tribulation “the time of terrible suffering” or “the time when people will suffer terribly”
|
||||
REV 7 14 b7mi figs-metaphor ἔπλυναν τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐλεύκαναν αὐτὰς ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 They have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb Being made righteous by the blood of the Lamb is spoken of as washing their robes in his blood. Alternate translation: “They have been made righteous by washing their robes white in his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 14 ym21 figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the blood of the Lamb The word **blood** is used to refer to the death of Lamb. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 7 15 q73i 0 Connecting Statement: The elder continues to speak to John.
|
||||
REV 7 15 qs23 εἰσιν…αὐτούς 1 they are…them These words refer to those people who have come through the great tribulation.
|
||||
REV 7 15 qs23 εἰσιν…αὐτούς 1 they are … them These words refer to those people who have come through the great tribulation.
|
||||
REV 7 15 us3i figs-merism ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς 1 day and night These two parts of the day are used together to mean “all the time” or “without stopping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 7 15 k9f2 figs-metaphor σκηνώσει ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 will spread his tent over them “will put his tent up over them.” Protecting them is spoken of as if he were giving them shelter to live under. Alternate translation: “will shelter them” or “will protect them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 16 p6u7 πεινάσουσιν…αὐτοὺς 1 They will…be hungry…them These words refer to those people who have come through the great tribulation.
|
||||
REV 7 16 t45h figs-metaphor μὴ πέσῃ…ὁ ἥλιος 1 will the sun beat down…at all The sun’s heat is compared to punishment that causes people to suffer. Alternate translation: “The sun will not burn them” or “The sun will not make them weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 17 wc49 αὐτούς…αὐτοὺς 1 them,…them These words refer to those people who have come through the great tribulation.
|
||||
REV 7 16 p6u7 πεινάσουσιν…αὐτοὺς 1 They will … be hungry … them These words refer to those people who have come through the great tribulation.
|
||||
REV 7 16 t45h figs-metaphor μὴ πέσῃ…ὁ ἥλιος 1 will the sun beat down … at all The sun’s heat is compared to punishment that causes people to suffer. Alternate translation: “The sun will not burn them” or “The sun will not make them weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 17 wc49 αὐτούς…αὐτοὺς 1 them, … them These words refer to those people who have come through the great tribulation.
|
||||
REV 7 17 b5rp τὸ Ἀρνίον τὸ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ θρόνου 1 the Lamb who is at the center of the throne “the Lamb, who is standing in the middle of the area around the throne”
|
||||
REV 7 17 bi5i figs-metaphor ὅτι τὸ Ἀρνίον…ποιμανεῖ αὐτούς 1 For the Lamb…will shepherd them The elder speaks of the Lamb’s care for his people as if it were a shepherd’s care for his sheep. Alternate translation: “For the Lamb … will be like a shepherd to them” or “For the Lamb … will care for them as a shepherd cares for his sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 17 bi5i figs-metaphor ὅτι τὸ Ἀρνίον…ποιμανεῖ αὐτούς 1 For the Lamb … will shepherd them The elder speaks of the Lamb’s care for his people as if it were a shepherd’s care for his sheep. Alternate translation: “For the Lamb … will be like a shepherd to them” or “For the Lamb … will care for them as a shepherd cares for his sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 17 m6m8 figs-metaphor ὁδηγήσει αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ζωῆς πηγὰς ὑδάτων 1 he will guide them to springs of living water The elder speaks of what gives life as if it were springs of fresh water. Alternate translation: “he will guide them like a shepherd guiding his sheep to fresh water” or “he will guide them to life like a shepherd guiding his sheep to living water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 17 g3d2 figs-metonymy ἐξαλείψει ὁ Θεὸς πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 God will wipe away every tear from their eyes **Tears** here represent sadness. Alternate translation: “God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears” or “God will cause them to not be sad anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 8 intro ma7f 0 # Revelation 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Seven seals and seven trumpets<br><br>This chapter begins to show what happens when the Lamb opens the seventh seal. God uses the prayers of all believers to cause dramatic things to happen on earth. John then describes what happens when angels sound the first four of seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Passive voice<br><br>John uses the passive voice several times in this chapter. This hides who performs the action. This will be difficult to convey if the translator’s language does not have a passive voice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### Similes<br><br>In verses 8 and 10, John uses similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ REV 8 11 g4q5 ἀπέθανον ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων, ὅτι ἐπικ
|
|||
REV 8 12 z936 figs-metaphor ἐπλήγη τὸ τρίτον τοῦ ἡλίου 1 a third of the sun was struck Causing something bad to happen to the sun is spoken of as striking, or hitting, it. You can state this with an active verb. Alternate translation: “a third of the sun changed” or “God changed a third of the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 8 12 ukh6 σκοτισθῇ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῶν 1 a third of them turned dark This could mean: (1) One third of the time, they were dark. (2) One third of the sun, one third of the moon, and one third of the stars became dark.
|
||||
REV 8 12 t1ag ἡ ἡμέρα μὴ φάνῃ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῆς, καὶ ἡ νὺξ ὁμοίως 1 The day did not shine for a third of it, and likewise for the night “there was no light during one third of the day and one third of the night” or “they did not shine during one third of the day and one third of the night”
|
||||
REV 8 13 x375 figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν φωνῶν τῆς σάλπιγγος…σαλπίζειν 1 because of the remaining blasts of the trumpet…to sound their trumpets You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “because the three angels who have not yet sounded their trumpets are about to sound them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 8 13 x375 figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν φωνῶν τῆς σάλπιγγος…σαλπίζειν 1 because of the remaining blasts of the trumpet … to sound their trumpets You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “because the three angels who have not yet sounded their trumpets are about to sound them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 9 intro sq5c 0 # Revelation 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, John continues to describe what happens when angels sound seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### Woe<br><br>John describes several “woes” in the Book of Revelation. This chapter begins to describe three “woes” announced at the end of Chapter 8.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Animal imagery<br><br>This chapter includes several animals: locusts, scorpions, horses, lions, and snakes. Animals convey different qualities or traits. For example, a lion is powerful and dangerous. Translators should use the same animals in their translation if possible. If the animal is unknown, one with similar qualities or traits should be used.<br><br>### Bottomless pit<br><br>This image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])<br><br>### Abaddon and Apollyon<br><br>“Abaddon” is a Hebrew word. “Apollyon” is a Greek word. Both words mean “Destroyer.” John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. The ULT and UST write the sounds of both words with English letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate these words using the letters of the target language. The original Greek readers would have understood “Apollyon” to mean “Destroyer.” So translators may also supply what it means in the text or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>Despite great signs, people are described as not repenting and so remain in their sin. People refusing to repent are also mentioned in Chapter 16. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>John uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 9 1 d26c 0 Connecting Statement: The fifth of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet.
|
||||
REV 9 1 jim6 εἶδον ἀστέρα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεπτωκότα 1 I saw a star from heaven that had fallen John saw the star after it had fallen. He did not watch if fall.
|
||||
|
|
@ -407,9 +407,9 @@ REV 9 4 gi1a figs-metonymy τὴν σφραγῖδα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the sea
|
|||
REV 9 4 tl6n μετώπων 1 foreheads The forehead is the top of the face, above the eyes.
|
||||
REV 9 5 rui1 ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς…μὴ 1 They were not given permission “They” refers to the locusts. ([Revelation 9:3](../09/03.md))
|
||||
REV 9 5 vfj7 αὐτούς 1 them the people whom the locusts were stinging
|
||||
REV 9 5 ii8s figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἵνα βασανισθήσονται 1 but…that they should torture them Here the words “given permission” are understood. Alternate translation: “but only given permission to torture them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
REV 9 5 nm7q βασανισθήσονται μῆνας πέντε 1 only…they should torture them for five months The locusts would be allowed to do this for five months.
|
||||
REV 9 5 a3dw βασανισθήσονται μῆνας πέντε 1 only…they should torture them for five months “to make them suffer terrible pain”
|
||||
REV 9 5 ii8s figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἵνα βασανισθήσονται 1 but … that they should torture them Here the words “given permission” are understood. Alternate translation: “but only given permission to torture them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
REV 9 5 nm7q βασανισθήσονται μῆνας πέντε 1 only … they should torture them for five months The locusts would be allowed to do this for five months.
|
||||
REV 9 5 a3dw βασανισθήσονται μῆνας πέντε 1 only … they should torture them for five months “to make them suffer terrible pain”
|
||||
REV 9 5 qtk9 βασανισμὸς σκορπίου 1 the sting of a scorpion A scorpion is a small insect with a poisonous stinger at the end of its long tail. The sting can cause severe pain or even death.
|
||||
REV 9 6 p4mb figs-abstractnouns ζητήσουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὸν θάνατον, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρήσουσιν αὐτόν 1 people will seek death, but will not find it This can be restated to remove the abstract noun “death.” Alternate translation: “people will try to find a way to die, but will not find it” or “people will try to kill themselves, but will not find a way to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 9 6 hiq8 ἐπιθυμήσουσιν ἀποθανεῖν 1 They will greatly desire to die “will want very much to die” or “will wish that they could die”
|
||||
|
|
@ -420,14 +420,14 @@ REV 9 10 mac3 ἔχουσιν οὐρὰς 1 They had tails The word **They** r
|
|||
REV 9 10 qdc3 figs-simile ὁμοίας σκορπίοις καὶ κέντρα 1 with stingers like scorpions A scorpion is a small insect with a poisonous stinger at the end of its long tail. The sting can cause severe pain or even death. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 9:6](../09/06.md). Alternate translation: “with stingers like scorpion stingers” or “with stingers that could cause terrible pain as scorpion stingers can” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 9 10 lim1 ἐν ταῖς οὐραῖς αὐτῶν ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτῶν ἀδικῆσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους μῆνας πέντε 1 in their tails they had power to harm people for five months This could mean: (1) They had power for five months to harm people. (2) They could sting people and the people would be in pain for five months.
|
||||
REV 9 11 fiu6 τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 of the bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) The pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever. (2) The pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
REV 9 11 bkg6 translate-names Ἀβαδδών…Ἀπολλύων 1 was Abaddon,…Apollyon Both names mean “Destroyer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
REV 9 11 bkg6 translate-names Ἀβαδδών…Ἀπολλύων 1 was Abaddon, … Apollyon Both names mean “Destroyer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
REV 9 12 ts26 figs-metaphor ἔρχεται ἔτι δύο οὐαὶ 1 there are still two woes to come Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 9 13 cyb6 0 Connecting Statement: The sixth of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet.
|
||||
REV 9 13 x4md figs-synecdoche ἤκουσα φωνὴν μίαν ἐκ 1 I heard a voice from The voice refers to the one who was speaking. John does not say who the speaker was, but it may have been God. Alternate translation: “I heard someone speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 9 13 q3a3 τῶν κεράτων τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τοῦ χρυσοῦ 1 the horns of the golden altar These are horn-shaped extensions at each of the four corners of the top of the altar.
|
||||
REV 9 14 iq5t figs-synecdoche λέγουσαν 1 The voice said The voice refers to the speaker. Alternate translation: “The speaker said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 9 14 su17 figs-activepassive τοὺς τέσσαρας ἀγγέλους, τοὺς δεδεμένους 1 the four angels who are bound The text does not say who has bound the angels, but it implies that God told someone to bind them. You can state this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the four angels whom God has commanded them to bind” or “the four angels whom God has commanded someone to bind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 9 15 ijx2 figs-activepassive ἐλύθησαν οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι, οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι εἰς…ἐνιαυτόν 1 the four angels who had been prepared for…that year, were released You can state this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The angel released the four angels who had been prepared for … that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 9 15 ijx2 figs-activepassive ἐλύθησαν οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι, οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι εἰς…ἐνιαυτόν 1 the four angels who had been prepared for … that year, were released You can state this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The angel released the four angels who had been prepared for … that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 9 15 p3w1 figs-activepassive οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι, οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι 1 the four angels who had been prepared You can state this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The four angels whom God had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 9 15 b3d6 figs-parallelism εἰς τὴν ὥραν, καὶ ἡμέραν, καὶ μῆνα, καὶ ἐνιαυτόν 1 for that hour, that day, that month, and that year These words are used to show that there is a specific, chosen time and not just any time. Alternate translation: “for that exact time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
REV 9 16 h8uf 0 General Information: Suddenly, 200,000,000 soldiers on horseback appear in John’s vision. John is no longer speaking about the four angels mentioned in the previous verse.
|
||||
|
|
@ -458,22 +458,22 @@ REV 10 8 t61f 0 Connecting Statement: John hears the voice from heaven, which
|
|||
REV 10 8 v6a9 figs-synecdoche ἡ φωνὴ ἣν ἤκουσα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 the voice that I heard from heaven The word **voice** refers to the speaker. Alternate translation: “The one I heard speak from heaven” or “The one who had spoken to me from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 10 8 tkq7 ἤκουσα 1 I heard John heard
|
||||
REV 10 9 x13b λέγει μοι 1 He said to me “The angel said to me”
|
||||
REV 10 9 tg31 πικρανεῖ 1 It will make…bitter “make … sour” or “make … acid.” This refers to a bad taste from the stomach after eating something that is not good.
|
||||
REV 10 9 tg31 πικρανεῖ 1 It will make … bitter “make … sour” or “make … acid.” This refers to a bad taste from the stomach after eating something that is not good.
|
||||
REV 10 11 ahb4 figs-metonymy γλώσσαις 1 languages This refers to the people who speak the languages. Alternate translation: “many language communities” or “many groups of people who speak their own languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 intro s117 0 # Revelation 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 15 and 17-18.<br><br>### Woe<br><br>John describes several “woes” in the book of Revelation. This chapter describes a second and third “woe” announced at the end of Chapter 8.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gentiles<br><br>The word “Gentiles” here refers to ungodly people groups and not Gentile Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Two witnesses<br><br>Scholars have suggested many different ideas about these two witnesses. Translators do not need to understand this passage to accurately translate it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>### Bottomless pit<br><br>This image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])
|
||||
REV 11 1 ba9b 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision about receiving a measuring rod and two witnesses that God appointed. This vision also takes place between the blowing of the sixth and seventh trumpets.
|
||||
REV 11 1 lkn6 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι κάλαμος 1 a reed was given to me You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone gave me a reed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 11 1 tl86 ἐδόθη μοι…λέγων 1 was given to me…I was told The words **me** and **I** refer to John.
|
||||
REV 11 1 tl86 ἐδόθη μοι…λέγων 1 was given to me … I was told The words **me** and **I** refer to John.
|
||||
REV 11 1 ha6e τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας ἐν αὐτῷ 1 those who worship in it “count those who worship in the temple”
|
||||
REV 11 2 jae6 πατήσουσιν 1 They will trample to treat something as worthless by walking on it
|
||||
REV 11 2 b11f translate-numbers μῆνας τεσσεράκοντα δύο 1 for forty…two months “42 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 11 2 b11f translate-numbers μῆνας τεσσεράκοντα δύο 1 for forty … two months “42 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 11 3 jk7r 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to John.
|
||||
REV 11 3 rib4 translate-numbers ἡμέρας χιλίας διακοσίας ἑξήκοντα 1 for 1,260 days “for one thousand two hundred and sixty days” or “for twelve hundred and sixty days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 11 3 h8vh translate-unknown ἡμέρας…περιβεβλημένοι σάκκους 1 for…days, clothed in sackcloth Why they will wear sackcloth can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “days, wearing rough mourning clothes” or “days: they will wear scratchy clothes to show that they are very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 11 3 h8vh translate-unknown ἡμέρας…περιβεβλημένοι σάκκους 1 for … days, clothed in sackcloth Why they will wear sackcloth can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “days, wearing rough mourning clothes” or “days: they will wear scratchy clothes to show that they are very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 11 4 pa44 writing-symlanguage οὗτοί εἰσιν αἱ δύο ἐλαῖαι καὶ αἱ δύο λυχνίαι, αἱ ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου τῆς γῆς ἑστῶτες 1 These are the two olive trees and the two lampstands that stand before the Lord of the earth The two olive trees and the two lampstands symbolize these people, but they are not literally the people. Alternate translation: “The two olive trees and the two lampstands that have stood before the Lord of the earth represent these witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 11 4 p6mi figs-explicit αἱ δύο ἐλαῖαι καὶ αἱ δύο λυχνίαι, αἱ 1 the two olive trees and the two lampstands that John expects his readers to know about them because many years earlier another prophet had written about them. Alternate translation: “the two olive trees and the two lampstands, told about in scripture, that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 11 5 nr2s πῦρ ἐκπορεύεται ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτῶν, καὶ κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν 1 fire comes out of their mouth and devours their enemies Because this is about future events, you can state this in the future tense. Alternate translation: “fire will come out of their mouth and devour their enemies”
|
||||
REV 11 5 ab6b figs-metaphor πῦρ…κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν 1 fire…devours their enemies Fire burning and killing people is spoken of as if it were an animal that could eat them up. Alternate translation: “fire … will destroy their enemies” or “fire … will completely burn up their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 5 ab6b figs-metaphor πῦρ…κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν 1 fire … devours their enemies Fire burning and killing people is spoken of as if it were an animal that could eat them up. Alternate translation: “fire … will destroy their enemies” or “fire … will completely burn up their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 6 cac1 figs-metaphor κλεῖσαι τὸν οὐρανόν, ἵνα μὴ ὑετὸς βρέχῃ 1 to close up the sky so that no rain will fall John speaks of the sky as if it had a door that can be opened to let rain fall or closed to stop the rain. Alternate translation: “to keep rain from falling from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 6 a7ed στρέφειν 1 to turn “to change”
|
||||
REV 11 6 kth7 figs-metaphor πατάξαι τὴν γῆν ἐν πάσῃ πληγῇ 1 to strike the earth with every kind of plague John speaks of the plagues as if they were a stick that someone could hit the earth with. Alternate translation: “to cause all kinds of trouble to occur on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -500,10 +500,10 @@ REV 11 14 j1m5 figs-metaphor ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ τρίτη ἔρχεται τα
|
|||
REV 11 15 l1be 0 Connecting Statement: The last of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet.
|
||||
REV 11 15 sxx9 translate-ordinal ὁ ἕβδομος ἄγγελος 1 the seventh angel This is the last of the seven angels. See how you translated “seventh” in [Revelation 8.1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “the final angel” or “angel number seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 11 15 zt2f ἐγένοντο φωναὶ μεγάλαι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ λέγουσαι 1 loud voices spoke in heaven and said The phrase **loud voices** represents speakers who spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “speakers in heaven spoke loudly and said”
|
||||
REV 11 15 jsm2 figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The kingdom of the world…the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ Here, **kingdom** refers to the authority to rule the world. Alternate translation: “The authority to rule the world … the authority that belongs to our Lord and his Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 15 jsm2 figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The kingdom of the world … the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ Here, **kingdom** refers to the authority to rule the world. Alternate translation: “The authority to rule the world … the authority that belongs to our Lord and his Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 15 en51 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 of the world This refers to everyone in the world. Alternate translation: “everyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 15 sw4u ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The kingdom of the world has become the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ “Our Lord and his Christ are now the rulers of the world”
|
||||
REV 11 16 jv5s translate-numbers οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι 1 the twenty…four elders “24 elders.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 11 16 jv5s translate-numbers οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι 1 the twenty … four elders “24 elders.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 11 16 s2nv figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 fell upon their faces This is an idiom that means they lay down facing the ground. See how you translated “prostrated themselves” in [Revelation 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “they bowed down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
REV 11 17 dw6v figs-distinguish σοι, Κύριε ὁ Θεός ὁ Παντοκράτωρ, ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν 1 to you, Lord God Almighty, the one who is and who was You can state these phrases as sentences. Alternate translation: “you, Lord God, the ruler over all. You are the one who is, and you are the one who was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
REV 11 17 fq4b ὁ ὢν 1 the one who is “the one who exists” or “the one who lives”
|
||||
|
|
@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ REV 11 18 qw72 0 General Information: The words **you** and **your** refer to
|
|||
REV 11 18 kx7k 0 Connecting Statement: The twenty-four elders continue praising God.
|
||||
REV 11 18 amc2 ὠργίσθησαν 1 were enraged “were extremely angry”
|
||||
REV 11 18 iv5k figs-metaphor ἦλθεν ἡ ὀργή σου 1 your wrath has come Existing in the present is spoken of as having come. Alternate translation: “You are ready to show your anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 18 v18q figs-metaphor ἦλθεν…ὁ καιρὸς 1 has come,…the time Existing in the present is spoken of as having come. Alternate translation: “The time is right” or “Now is the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 18 v18q figs-metaphor ἦλθεν…ὁ καιρὸς 1 has come, … the time Existing in the present is spoken of as having come. Alternate translation: “The time is right” or “Now is the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 18 h833 figs-activepassive τῶν νεκρῶν κριθῆναι 1 for the dead to be judged You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for God to judge the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 11 18 zk1u figs-nominaladj τῶν νεκρῶν 1 for the dead You can state this nominal adjective as a verb or adjective. Alternate translation: “Those who have died” or “the dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
REV 11 18 k3ba figs-metonymy τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ τοῖς ἁγίοις, καὶ τοῖς φοβουμένοις τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 the prophets and the saints, and to those who fear your name This list explains what “your servants” means. These were not three completely different groups of people. The prophets also were believers and feared God’s name. **Name** here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “the prophets, those who are believers, and those who fear you” or “the prophets and the others who are believers and fear your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ REV 12 1 j9yl figs-activepassive γυνὴ περιβεβλημένη τὸν
|
|||
REV 12 1 tg62 στέφανος ἀστέρων δώδεκα 1 a crown of twelve stars This was apparently a likeness of a wreath made of laurel leaves or olive branches, but with twelve stars included in it.
|
||||
REV 12 1 x45q translate-numbers ἀστέρων δώδεκα 1 of twelve stars “12 stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 12 3 y4c1 0 Connecting Statement: John describes a dragon that appears in his vision.
|
||||
REV 12 3 s1j6 writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 a…dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 12 3 s1j6 writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 a … dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 12 4 r1lr ἡ οὐρὰ αὐτοῦ σύρει τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀστέρων 1 his tail swept away a third of the stars “With his tail he swept away a third of the stars”
|
||||
REV 12 4 ii1k translate-fraction τὸ τρίτον 1 a third “one third.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 8:7](../08/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
|
||||
REV 12 5 zr5q figs-metaphor ποιμαίνειν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 to rule all the nations with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling with an iron rod. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:27](../02/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -537,8 +537,8 @@ REV 12 6 a5bd translate-numbers ἡμέρας χιλίας διακοσίας
|
|||
REV 12 7 tb66 καὶ 1 Now John uses this word to mark a shift in his account to introduce something else happening in his vision.
|
||||
REV 12 7 wh37 writing-symlanguage δράκοντος 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 12 8 uj6a οὐδὲ τόπος εὑρέθη αὐτῶν ἔτι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 nor was a place found for them any longer in heaven “So the dragon and his angels could no longer stay in heaven”
|
||||
REV 12 9 pk5u figs-distinguish δράκων ὁ…ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος…καλούμενος, Διάβολος, καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην; ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν 1 great dragon…ancient serpent, who is called the devil and Satan, the one who deceives the whole world…he was thrown down to the earth, and his angels were thrown down with him The information about the serpent can be given in a separate sentence after the statement that it was thrown down to the earth. Alternate translation: “dragon was thrown down to earth, and his angels were thrown down with him. He is the old serpent who deceives the world and is called the devil or Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
REV 12 9 v1tp figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη ὁ δράκων ὁ μέγας, ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος, ὁ καλούμενος, Διάβολος, καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην; ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν 1 the great dragon was thrown down…the ancient serpent, who is called the devil and Satan, the one who deceives the whole world…he was thrown down to the earth, and his angels were thrown down with him You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw the great dragon … and his angels out of heaven and sent them to the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 12 9 pk5u figs-distinguish δράκων ὁ…ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος…καλούμενος, Διάβολος, καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην; ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν 1 great dragon … ancient serpent, who is called the devil and Satan, the one who deceives the whole world … he was thrown down to the earth, and his angels were thrown down with him The information about the serpent can be given in a separate sentence after the statement that it was thrown down to the earth. Alternate translation: “dragon was thrown down to earth, and his angels were thrown down with him. He is the old serpent who deceives the world and is called the devil or Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
REV 12 9 v1tp figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη ὁ δράκων ὁ μέγας, ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος, ὁ καλούμενος, Διάβολος, καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην; ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν 1 the great dragon was thrown down … the ancient serpent, who is called the devil and Satan, the one who deceives the whole world … he was thrown down to the earth, and his angels were thrown down with him You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw the great dragon … and his angels out of heaven and sent them to the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 12 10 jb7z ἤκουσα 1 I heard The word **I** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 12 10 i112 figs-metonymy ἤκουσα φωνὴν μεγάλην ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 I heard a loud voice in heaven The word **voice** refers to someone who speaks. Alternate translation: “I heard someone saying loudly from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 12 10 nt1j figs-metaphor ἄρτι ἐγένετο ἡ σωτηρία, καὶ ἡ δύναμις, καὶ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Now have come the salvation and the power and the kingdom of our God, and the authority of his Christ God saving people by his power is spoken of as if his salvation and power were things that have come. God’s ruling and Christ’s authority are also spoken of as if they have come. Alternate translation: “Now God has saved his people by his power, God rules as king, and his Christ has all authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ REV 13 intro c9mw 0 # Revelation 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and for
|
|||
REV 13 1 su49 0 General Information: John begins to describe a beast who appears in his vision. The word **I** here refers to John.
|
||||
REV 13 2 k6qh writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 13 2 xa3a ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ δράκων τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ 1 The dragon gave his power to it The dragon made the beast as powerful as he was. He did not lose his power, however, by giving it to the beast.
|
||||
REV 13 2 c4wx τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξουσίαν μεγάλην 1 his power…and his throne, and his great authority to rule These are three ways of referring to his authority, and together they emphasize that the authority was great.
|
||||
REV 13 2 c4wx τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξουσίαν μεγάλην 1 his power … and his throne, and his great authority to rule These are three ways of referring to his authority, and together they emphasize that the authority was great.
|
||||
REV 13 2 gyv9 figs-metonymy τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 his throne The word **throne** here refers to the dragon’s authority to rule as king. Alternate translation: “his royal authority” or “his authority to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 3 yt22 figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ ἐθεραπεύθη 1 but its fatal wound was healed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but its fatal wound healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 3 ba2z ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου 1 fatal wound “deadly wound.” This is an injury that is serious enough to cause a person to die.
|
||||
|
|
@ -576,27 +576,27 @@ REV 13 4 t15f writing-symlanguage δράκοντι 1 dragon This was a large, fi
|
|||
REV 13 4 yuu8 ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν τῷ θηρίῳ 1 he had given his authority to the beast “he had caused the beast to have as much authority as he had”
|
||||
REV 13 4 ep4n figs-rquestion τίς ὅμοιος τῷ θηρίῳ 1 Who is like the beast This question shows how amazed they were about the beast. Alternate translation: “No one is as powerful as the beast!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 13 4 mdd2 figs-rquestion τίς δύναται πολεμῆσαι μετ’ αὐτοῦ? 1 Who can fight against it This question shows how much the people feared the power of the beast. Alternate translation: “No one could ever fight against the beast and win!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 13 5 p2n5 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ…ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 The beast was given…was given…it to You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave the beast … God permitted the beast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 5 y29e figs-metonymy ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στόμα λαλοῦν 1 The beast was given a mouth that could speak…words Being given a mouth refers to being allowed to speak. Alternate translation: “The beast was allowed to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 5 ai5y translate-numbers μῆνας τεσσεράκοντα δύο 1 for forty…two months “42 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 13 5 p2n5 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ…ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 The beast was given … was given … it to You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave the beast … God permitted the beast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 5 y29e figs-metonymy ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στόμα λαλοῦν 1 The beast was given a mouth that could speak … words Being given a mouth refers to being allowed to speak. Alternate translation: “The beast was allowed to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 5 ai5y translate-numbers μῆνας τεσσεράκοντα δύο 1 for forty … two months “42 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 13 6 ru6v εἰς βλασφημίας πρὸς τὸν Θεόν 1 to speak blasphemies against God “to say disrespectful things about God”
|
||||
REV 13 6 k71y βλασφημῆσαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν σκηνὴν αὐτοῦ, τοὺς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ σκηνοῦντας 1 blaspheming his name, the place where he lives, and those who live in heaven These phrases tell how the beast spoke blasphemies against God.
|
||||
REV 13 7 fyp6 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐξουσία 1 authority was given to it You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave authority to the beast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 7 f5rl πᾶσαν φυλὴν, καὶ λαὸν, καὶ γλῶσσαν, καὶ ἔθνος 1 every tribe, people, language, and nation This means that people from every ethnic group are included. See how you translated a similar list in [Revelation 5:9](../05/09.md).
|
||||
REV 13 8 nr7r προσκυνήσουσιν αὐτὸν 1 will worship it “will worship the beast”
|
||||
REV 13 8 vyy8 figs-activepassive πάντες…γῆς, ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ζωῆς 1 All…earth…everyone whose name was not written,…in the Book of Life This phrase clarifies who on the earth will worship the beast. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whose names the Lamb did not write … in The Book of Life” or “those whose names were not … in the Book of Life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 8 vyy8 figs-activepassive πάντες…γῆς, ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ζωῆς 1 All … earth … everyone whose name was not written, … in the Book of Life This phrase clarifies who on the earth will worship the beast. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whose names the Lamb did not write … in The Book of Life” or “those whose names were not … in the Book of Life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 8 nj7e ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 since the creation of the world “when God created the world”
|
||||
REV 13 8 vac6 writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 which belongs to the Lamb A **lamb** is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 13 8 bcu5 figs-activepassive τοῦ ἐσφαγμένου 1 who was slaughtered You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the people slaughtered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 9 tdy8 0 General Information: These verses are a break from John’s account of his vision. Here he give a warning to the people reading his account.
|
||||
REV 13 9 rr9a figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἔχει οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 If anyone has an ear, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to listen, listen” or “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 9 tx89 figs-123person εἴ τις…ἀκουσάτω 1 If anyone…let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 13 9 tx89 figs-123person εἴ τις…ἀκουσάτω 1 If anyone … let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 13 10 r6sx figs-explicit εἴ τις εἰς 1 If anyone is to be taken into This expression means that someone has decided who should be taken. If needed, translators may state clearly who decided it. Alternate translation: “If God has decided that someone should be taken” or “If it is God’s will that someone should be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 13 10 ipw7 figs-activepassive εἴ τις εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν 1 If anyone is to be taken into captivity You can state this in active form. You can state the noun “captivity” with the verb “capture.” Alternate translation: “If it is God’s will for the enemy to capture a certain person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 13 10 na15 figs-abstractnouns ὑπάγει 1 into captivity he will go You can state the noun “captivity” with the verb “capture.” Alternate translation: “he will be captured” or “the enemy will capture him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 13 10 mtu9 figs-activepassive εἴ τις ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀποκτενεῖ 1 If anyone is to be killed with the sword You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “If it is God’s will for the enemy to kill a certain person with a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 10 cdi9 figs-metonymy ἐν μαχαίρῃ 1 with the sword The sword represents war. Alternate translation: “in war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 10 d2rw figs-activepassive αὐτὸν…ἀποκτανθῆναι 1 he…be killed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the enemy will kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 10 d2rw figs-activepassive αὐτὸν…ἀποκτανθῆναι 1 he … be killed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the enemy will kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 10 pk8r ὧδέ ἐστιν ἡ ὑπομονὴ καὶ ἡ πίστις τῶν ἁγίων 1 Here is the patient endurance and the faith of the saints “God’s holy people must endure patiently and be faithful”
|
||||
REV 13 11 pg7g 0 Connecting Statement: John begins to describe another beast who appears in his vision.
|
||||
REV 13 11 e7aw figs-simile ἐλάλει ὡς δράκων 1 it spoke like a dragon Harsh speech is spoken of as if it were the roar of a dragon. Alternate translation: “it spoke harshly like a dragon speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -610,8 +610,8 @@ REV 13 15 cw55 figs-metonymy δοῦναι πνεῦμα τῇ εἰκόνι τ
|
|||
REV 13 15 dey8 τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου 1 to the image of the beast This is the image of the first beast that had been mentioned.
|
||||
REV 13 15 ruk5 ποιήσῃ ὅσοι ἐὰν μὴ προσκυνήσωσιν τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου ἀποκτανθῶσιν 1 to cause whoever would not worship the image of the beast to be killed “put to death anyone who refused to worship the first beast”
|
||||
REV 13 16 h9u9 καὶ ποιεῖ πάντας 1 It also forced everyone “The beast from the earth also forced everyone”
|
||||
REV 13 17 t7wm figs-explicit μή τις δύνηται ἀγοράσαι ἢ πωλῆσαι, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἔχων τὸ χάραγμα, τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θηρίου 1 no one was able to buy or to sell unless he had the mark…the name of the beast “People could buy or sell things only if they had the mark of the beast.” The implicit information that the beast from the earth commanded You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “He commanded that people could buy or sell things only if they had the mark of the beast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 13 17 j8x4 τὸ χάραγμα, τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θηρίου 1 the mark…the name of the beast This was an identifying mark that indicated that the person who received it worshiped the beast.
|
||||
REV 13 17 t7wm figs-explicit μή τις δύνηται ἀγοράσαι ἢ πωλῆσαι, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἔχων τὸ χάραγμα, τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θηρίου 1 no one was able to buy or to sell unless he had the mark … the name of the beast “People could buy or sell things only if they had the mark of the beast.” The implicit information that the beast from the earth commanded You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “He commanded that people could buy or sell things only if they had the mark of the beast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 13 17 j8x4 τὸ χάραγμα, τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θηρίου 1 the mark … the name of the beast This was an identifying mark that indicated that the person who received it worshiped the beast.
|
||||
REV 13 18 i46m 0 General Information: This verse is a break from John’s account of his vision. Here he gives another warning to the people reading his account.
|
||||
REV 13 18 uk74 ὧδε ἡ σοφία ἐστίν 1 Here is wisdom “Wisdom is needed” or “You need to be wise about this”
|
||||
REV 13 18 z8tz figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἔχων νοῦν ψηφισάτω 1 The one who has understanding, let him calculate The word **insight** can be translated with the verb “understand.” Alternate translation: “If anyone is able to understand things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -639,11 +639,11 @@ REV 14 6 pp1l πᾶν ἔθνος, καὶ φυλὴν, καὶ γλῶσσαν
|
|||
REV 14 7 cj5z figs-metaphor ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα τῆς κρίσεως αὐτοῦ 1 the hour of his judgment has come Here, **the hour** represents the time that has been chosen for something, and the hour having “come” is a metaphor for now being the chosen time. The idea of “judgment” can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “now is the time that God has chosen for judgment” or “it is now the time for God to judge people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 b18s figs-metaphor ἔπεσεν, ἔπεσεν, Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 Fallen, fallen is Babylon the great The angel speaks of Babylon having been destroyed as if it had fallen. Alternate translation: “Babylon the great has been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 jh3r writing-symlanguage Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 is Babylon the great “Babylon the large city” or “the important city of Babylon.” This was probably a symbol for the city of Rome, which was large, wealthy, and sinful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 kg1i figs-metonymy ἣ…πεπότικεν 1 who persuaded…to drink Babylon is spoken of as if it were a person, instead of a city filled with people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 ldz2 writing-symlanguage τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς, πεπότικεν 1 persuaded…to drink…the wine of her immoral passion This is a symbol for participating in her sexually immoral passion. Alternate translation: “to be sexually immoral like her” or “to get drunk like her in sexual sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 kg1i figs-metonymy ἣ…πεπότικεν 1 who persuaded … to drink Babylon is spoken of as if it were a person, instead of a city filled with people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 ldz2 writing-symlanguage τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς, πεπότικεν 1 persuaded … to drink … the wine of her immoral passion This is a symbol for participating in her sexually immoral passion. Alternate translation: “to be sexually immoral like her” or “to get drunk like her in sexual sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 v3zk figs-personification τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 of her immoral passion Babylon is spoken of as if it were a prostitute who has caused other people to sin along with her. This may well have a double meaning: literal sexual immorality and also the worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 14 9 z6xp ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 with a loud voice “loudly”
|
||||
REV 14 10 qw28 writing-symlanguage αὐτὸς πίεται ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 he will…drink from the wine of the wrath of God Drinking the wine of God’s wrath is a symbol for being punished by God. Alternate translation: “will also drink some of the wine that represents God’s wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 10 qw28 writing-symlanguage αὐτὸς πίεται ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 he will … drink from the wine of the wrath of God Drinking the wine of God’s wrath is a symbol for being punished by God. Alternate translation: “will also drink some of the wine that represents God’s wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 10 fe83 figs-activepassive τοῦ κεκερασμένου ἀκράτου 1 the wine that has been poured undiluted You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God has poured full strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 14 10 bb38 writing-symlanguage τοῦ κεκερασμένου ἀκράτου 1 the wine that has been poured undiluted This means that the wine has no water mixed into it. It is strong, and a person who drinks much of it will get very drunk. As a symbol, it means that God will be extremely angry, not just a little angry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 10 zl4g writing-symlanguage τῷ ποτηρίῳ τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ 1 the cup of his anger This symbolic cup holds the wine that represents God’s anger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ REV 14 13 v4xz figs-personification τὰ…ἔργα αὐτῶν ἀκολου
|
|||
REV 14 14 ft6v writing-symlanguage 0 Connecting Statement: John begins to describe the next part of his vision. This part is about the Son of Man harvesting the earth. Harvesting the grain is a symbol of God’s judging people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 14 gvw8 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 one like a son of man This expression describes a human figure, someone who looks human. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 14 14 i8se στέφανον χρυσοῦν 1 a golden crown This was the likeness of a wreath of olive branches or laurel leaves, hammered out in gold. Examples actually made of leaves were given to victorious athletes to wear on their heads.
|
||||
REV 14 14 l89c translate-unknown δρέπανον 1 a…sickle a tool with a curved blade used for cutting grass, grain, and vines (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 14 14 l89c translate-unknown δρέπανον 1 a … sickle a tool with a curved blade used for cutting grass, grain, and vines (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 14 15 v6dy ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ 1 came out of the temple “came out of the heavenly temple”
|
||||
REV 14 15 v2xf figs-metaphor ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα θερίσαι 1 the time to reap has come Existing in the present is spoken of as having come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 14 16 nt7k figs-activepassive ἐθερίσθη ἡ γῆ 1 the earth was harvested You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he harvested the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ REV 14 18 jp7l ὁ ἔχων ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τοῦ πυρός 1 wh
|
|||
REV 14 19 f3mn τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν μέγαν 1 the great wine vat of the wrath of God “the large wine vat where God will show his wrath”
|
||||
REV 14 20 b1bw ληνὸς 1 winepress This is “the great wine vat” of [Revelation 14:19](../14/19.md).
|
||||
REV 14 20 xt4z ἄχρι τῶν χαλινῶν τῶν ἵππων 1 up to the height of a horse ’ s bridle “as high as the bridle in a horse’s mouth”
|
||||
REV 14 20 m2i9 τῶν χαλινῶν 1 of…bridle a device made of leather straps that goes around a horse’s head and is used for directing the horse
|
||||
REV 14 20 m2i9 τῶν χαλινῶν 1 of … bridle a device made of leather straps that goes around a horse’s head and is used for directing the horse
|
||||
REV 14 20 gdl8 translate-numbers σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων 1 1,600 stadia “one thousand six hundred stadia” or “sixteen hundred stadia.” A “stadium” is 185 meters. In modern measures this would be about “300 kilometers” or “200 miles.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
REV 15 intro zxt7 0 # Revelation 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, John describes events and pictures that occur in heaven.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 3-4.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Victorious over the beast”<br><br>These people are spiritually victorious. While most spiritual battles cannot be seen, the Book of Revelation pictures spiritual battles as openly occurring. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### “The temple having the tent of witness, was open in heaven”<br><br>Scripture elsewhere indicates the earthly temple copied God’s perfect dwelling place in heaven. Here John seems to refer to God’s heavenly dwelling place or temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### Songs<br><br>The Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped.
|
||||
REV 15 1 p98c 0 General Information: This verse is a summary of what will happen in 15:6-16:21.
|
||||
|
|
@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ REV 15 4 ei9k figs-activepassive τὰ δικαιώματά σου ἐφανερ
|
|||
REV 15 5 v4ye 0 Connecting Statement: The seven angels with the seven plagues come out of the most holy place. They were spoken of previously in [Revelation 15:1](../15/01.md).
|
||||
REV 15 5 da6n μετὰ ταῦτα 1 after these things “After the people finished singing”
|
||||
REV 15 6 f9gq οἱ ἑπτὰ ἄγγελοι οἱ ἔχοντες τὰς ἑπτὰ πληγὰς 1 the seven angels holding the seven plagues These angels were seen as holding seven plagues because in [Revelation 17:7](../17/07.md) they are given seven bowls full of the wrath of God.
|
||||
REV 15 6 nei2 λίθον 1 with…linen a fine, expensive cloth made from flax
|
||||
REV 15 6 nei2 λίθον 1 with … linen a fine, expensive cloth made from flax
|
||||
REV 15 6 w9kw ζώνας 1 sashes A sash is a decorative piece of cloth worn on the upper body.
|
||||
REV 15 7 s4dj τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 the four living creatures “living being” or “living thing.” See how you translated “living creatures” in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md)
|
||||
REV 15 7 z1wz figs-explicit ἑπτὰ φιάλας χρυσᾶς, γεμούσας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 seven golden bowls full of the wrath of God You can state clearly the image of the wine in the bowls. The word **wrath** here refers to punishment. The wine is a symbol for punishment. Alternate translation: “seven gold bowls full of the wine that represents the wrath of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ REV 16 5 f35a τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῶν ὑδάτων 1 the angel of the
|
|||
REV 16 5 e45u figs-you δίκαιος εἶ 1 You are righteous “You” refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
REV 16 5 itg7 ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν 1 the one who is and who was “God who is and who was.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
REV 16 6 b6wa figs-metonymy αἷμα ἁγίων καὶ προφητῶν ἐξέχεαν 1 they poured out the blood of the saints and prophets Here, **poured out the blood** means killed. Alternate translation: “they murdered God’s holy people and the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 6 jy6a αἷμα αὐτοῖς ἔδωκας πιεῖν 1 you have…given them blood to drink God will make the evil people drink the waters that he turned to blood.
|
||||
REV 16 6 jy6a αἷμα αὐτοῖς ἔδωκας πιεῖν 1 you have … given them blood to drink God will make the evil people drink the waters that he turned to blood.
|
||||
REV 16 7 p4c5 figs-metonymy ἤκουσα τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου λέγοντος 1 I heard the altar reply The word **altar** here refers perhaps to someone at the altar. “I heard someone at the altar reply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 8 nne6 figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out the wine from his bowl” or “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 8 l6n2 figs-personification ἐδόθη αὐτῷ καυματίσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 it was given permission to scorch the people John speaks about the sun as if it were a person. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and caused the sun to severely burn the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ REV 16 12 amf1 figs-activepassive τὸν Εὐφράτην, καὶ ἐξηρά
|
|||
REV 16 13 bb6d ὡς βάτραχοι 1 that looked like frogs A frog is a small animal that lives near water. Jews considered them unclean animals.
|
||||
REV 16 13 ai28 writing-symlanguage δράκοντος 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 16 15 u3v8 0 General Information: Verse 15 is a break from the main story line of John’s vision. These are words spoken by Jesus. The story line continues in verse 16.
|
||||
REV 16 15 l16g figs-explicit ἰδοὺ, ἔρχομαι…τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 Look! I am coming…his shameful condition This is in parentheses to show that it is not part of the story line in the vision. Rather, this is something that the Lord Jesus said. You can state this clearly that the Lord Jesus said this, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 16 15 l16g figs-explicit ἰδοὺ, ἔρχομαι…τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 Look! I am coming … his shameful condition This is in parentheses to show that it is not part of the story line in the vision. Rather, this is something that the Lord Jesus said. You can state this clearly that the Lord Jesus said this, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 16 15 lgi6 figs-simile ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης 1 I am coming as a thief Jesus will come at a time when people do not expect him, just as a thief comes when not expected. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 16 15 an84 figs-metaphor τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 keeping his garments on Living the right way is spoken of as keeping one’s clothes on. Alternate translation: “doing what is right, like keeping his clothes on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 16 15 cia7 τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 keeping his garments on Some versions translate, “keeping his garments with him.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -739,12 +739,12 @@ REV 16 17 nhs7 figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1
|
|||
REV 16 17 a15p figs-metonymy καὶ ἐξῆλθεν φωνὴ μεγάλη ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου 1 Then a loud voice came out of the temple, from the throne This means someone sitting on the throne or someone standing near the throne spoke loudly. It is unclear who is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 18 x586 ἀστραπαὶ 1 flashes of lightning Use your language’s way of describing what lightning looks like each time it appears. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md).
|
||||
REV 16 18 c9fa φωναὶ, καὶ βρονταί 1 rumbles, and crashes of thunder These are the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language’s way of describing the sound of thunder. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md).
|
||||
REV 16 19 q8lg figs-activepassive ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη εἰς 1 The great city…split into You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The earthquake split the great city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 16 19 q8lg figs-activepassive ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη εἰς 1 The great city … split into You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The earthquake split the great city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 16 19 r2vh ἐμνήσθη ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 was remembered before God “Then God remembered” or “Then God thought of” or “Then God started to pay attention to.” This does not mean that God remembered something he had forgotten.
|
||||
REV 16 19 g6s8 writing-symlanguage δοῦναι αὐτῇ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ 1 he gave her the cup of the wine of the fury of his wrath The wine is a symbol of his wrath. Making people drink it is a symbol of punishing them. Alternate translation: “he made the people of that city drink the wine that represents his wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 16 20 eb5w 0 Connecting Statement: This is part of the seventh bowl of God’s wrath.
|
||||
REV 16 20 byn4 figs-metonymy ὄρη οὐχ εὑρέθησαν 1 the mountains were no longer found The inability to see any mountains is metonymy expressing the idea that no mountains existed any longer. Alternate translation: “there were no longer any mountains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 21 i43r translate-bweight ταλαντιαία 1 weighing…a talent You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “33 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
REV 16 21 i43r translate-bweight ταλαντιαία 1 weighing … a talent You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “33 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
REV 17 intro ysn1 0 # Revelation 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins to describe how God will destroy Babylon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prostitute<br><br>Scripture often pictures idolatrous Jews as adulterous people and sometimes as prostitutes. This is not the reference here. The translator should allow this illustration to be vague. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### Seven hills<br><br>This possibly refers to the city of Rome, which was known as the city on seven hills. However, the translator should not attempt to identify Rome in the translation.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>John uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He explains some of their meanings, but allows them to remain relatively unclear. The translator should attempt to do the same. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The beast you saw existed, does not exist now, but is about to come up “<br><br>This and similar phrases in this chapter contrast the beast with Jesus. Jesus is called “the one who is, and who was, and who is to come” elsewhere in the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in 17:11 is a paradox: “the beast … is itself also an eighth king; but it is one of those seven kings.” The translator should not attempt to resolve this paradox. It should remain a mystery. ([Revelation 17:11](../../rev/17/11.md))
|
||||
REV 17 1 ppd7 0 General Information: John begins to describe the part of his vision about the great prostitute.
|
||||
REV 17 1 c6f4 figs-abstractnouns τὸ κρίμα τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης 1 the condemnation of the great prostitute The noun “condemnation” can be expressed with the verb “condemn.” Alternate translation: “how God will condemn the great prostitute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ REV 17 4 rw19 translate-unknown μαργαρίταις 1 pearls beautiful and va
|
|||
REV 17 5 az5b figs-activepassive ἐπὶ τὸ μέτωπον αὐτῆς ὄνομα γεγραμμένον 1 On her forehead was written a name You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had written on her forehead a name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 5 l75t figs-explicit Βαβυλὼν ἡ Μεγάλη 1 Babylon the great If it needs to be made clear that the name refers to the woman, it can be put in a sentence. Alternate translation: “I am Babylon, the powerful one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 17 6 iq7b 0 General Information: The angel begins to explain to John the meaning of the prostitute and the red beast. The angel explains these things through verse 18.
|
||||
REV 17 6 iwz1 μεθύουσαν ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος…καὶ ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος 1 was drunk with the blood…and with the blood “was drunk because she had drunk the blood … and had drunk the blood”
|
||||
REV 17 6 iwz1 μεθύουσαν ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος…καὶ ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος 1 was drunk with the blood … and with the blood “was drunk because she had drunk the blood … and had drunk the blood”
|
||||
REV 17 6 yqi7 τῶν μαρτύρων Ἰησοῦ 1 of the witnesses of Jesus “the believers who have died because they told others about Jesus”
|
||||
REV 17 6 ydi9 ἐθαύμασα 1 I marveled amazed, surprised
|
||||
REV 17 7 j412 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ἐθαύμασας 1 Why are you astonished The angel used this question to gently scold John. Alternate translation: “You should not be astonished!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -785,8 +785,8 @@ REV 17 15 zsh5 ὄχλοι 1 multitudes large groups of people
|
|||
REV 17 15 ua3s figs-metonymy γλῶσσαι 1 languages This refers to people who speak the languages. See how you translated this in [Revelation 10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 17 16 j157 ἠρημωμένην ποιήσουσιν αὐτὴν καὶ γυμνήν 1 They will make her desolate and naked “steal everything that she has and leave her with nothing”
|
||||
REV 17 16 f9as figs-metaphor τὰς σάρκας αὐτῆς φάγονται 1 they will devour her flesh Destroying her completely is spoken of as eating all her flesh. “They will destroy her completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 17 y8cn ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην, καὶ δοῦναι…ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For God has put into their hearts to do his purpose, and to do one purpose, and to give…until the words of God are fulfilled They would agree to give their power to the beast, but it would not be that they want to obey God. Alternate translation: “For God has put it into their hearts to agree to give … until God’s words are fulfilled, and by doing this, they would carry out God’s purpose”
|
||||
REV 17 17 sb1d figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην, καὶ δοῦναι…ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For God has put into their hearts to do his purpose, and to do one purpose, and to give…until the words of God are fulfilled Here, **heart** is a metonym for desires. Making them want to do something is spoken of as putting it in their hearts to do it. Alternate translation: “God has made them want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 17 y8cn ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην, καὶ δοῦναι…ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For God has put into their hearts to do his purpose, and to do one purpose, and to give … until the words of God are fulfilled They would agree to give their power to the beast, but it would not be that they want to obey God. Alternate translation: “For God has put it into their hearts to agree to give … until God’s words are fulfilled, and by doing this, they would carry out God’s purpose”
|
||||
REV 17 17 sb1d figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην, καὶ δοῦναι…ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For God has put into their hearts to do his purpose, and to do one purpose, and to give … until the words of God are fulfilled Here, **heart** is a metonym for desires. Making them want to do something is spoken of as putting it in their hearts to do it. Alternate translation: “God has made them want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 17 ku6m τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτῶν 1 their kingdom “authority” or “kingly authority”
|
||||
REV 17 17 el9y figs-activepassive ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 until the words of God are fulfilled You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until God fulfills what he said will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 18 w2lu 0 Connecting Statement: The angel finishes speaking to John about the prostitute and the beast.
|
||||
|
|
@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ REV 18 1 xxe5 0 Connecting Statement: Another angel comes down from heaven and
|
|||
REV 18 2 a2f5 figs-metaphor ἔπεσεν, Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 Fallen is Babylon the great The angel speaks of Babylon having been destroyed as if it had fallen. See how you translated this in [Revelation 14:8](../14/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 2 ii4l ὀρνέου…μεμισημένου 1 detestable bird “disgusting bird” or “repulsive bird”
|
||||
REV 18 3 l5jq figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations The nations is a metonym for the people of those nations. Alternate translation: “the people of all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 3 kpp1 writing-symlanguage τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς, πέπτωκαν 1 have drunk…the wine of her immoral passion This is a symbol for participating in her sexually immoral passion. Alternate translation: “have become sexually immoral like her” or “have become drunk like her in sexual sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 18 3 kpp1 writing-symlanguage τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς, πέπτωκαν 1 have drunk … the wine of her immoral passion This is a symbol for participating in her sexually immoral passion. Alternate translation: “have become sexually immoral like her” or “have become drunk like her in sexual sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 18 3 kp3p figs-personification τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 of her immoral passion Babylon is spoken of as if it were a prostitute who has caused other people to sin along with her. This may well have a double meaning: literal sexual immorality and also the worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 3 ejc5 ἔμποροι 1 merchants A merchant is a person who sells things.
|
||||
REV 18 3 ql37 ἐκ τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ στρήνους αὐτῆς 1 from the power of her sensual way of living “because she spent so much money on sexual immorality”
|
||||
|
|
@ -850,13 +850,13 @@ REV 18 18 ys97 0 General Information: In these verses the word “they” refe
|
|||
REV 18 18 v7qe figs-rquestion τίς ὁμοία τῇ πόλει τῇ μεγάλῃ 1 What city is like the great city This question shows the people the importance of the city of Babylon. Alternate translation: “No other city is like the great city, Babylon!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 18 20 ld6c figs-abstractnouns ἔκρινεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸ κρίμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 God has pronounced your judgment against her The noun “judgment” can be expressed with the verb “judge.” Alternate translation: “God has judged her for you” or “God has judged her because of the bad things she did to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 18 21 b94u 0 Connecting Statement: Another angel begins to speak about Babylon. This is a different angel than the ones who have spoken previously.
|
||||
REV 18 21 el4e μύλινον 1 a…millstone a large round stone used to crush grain
|
||||
REV 18 21 el4e μύλινον 1 a … millstone a large round stone used to crush grain
|
||||
REV 18 21 dlp4 figs-metaphor ὁρμήματι βληθήσεται Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη πόλις, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἔτι 1 Babylon, the great city, will be thrown down with violence and will not be seen anymore God will completely destroy the city. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will violently throw down Babylon, the great city, and it will no longer exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 21 kre6 figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἔτι 1 will not be seen anymore “no one will see it anymore.” Not being seen here means that it will not exist. Alternate translation: “it will not exist anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 22 j6aq figs-activepassive φωνὴ κιθαρῳδῶν, καὶ μουσικῶν, καὶ αὐλητῶν, καὶ σαλπιστῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 The sound made by harpists, musicians, flute players, and trumpeters will not be heard anymore in you You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “No one in your city will ever again hear the sound that harpists, musicians, flute players, and trumpeters make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 22 da3h figs-apostrophe ἐν σοὶ 1 in you The angel speaks as if Babylon were there listening to him. Alternate translation: “in Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
REV 18 22 c88l figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 will not be heard anymore in you “no one will hear them anymore in you.” Not being heard here means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: “they will not be in your city anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 22 cu19 figs-metonymy τεχνίτης οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἐν σοὶ 1 No craftsman…will be found in you Not being found there means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: “No craftsman of any kind will be in your city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 22 cu19 figs-metonymy τεχνίτης οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἐν σοὶ 1 No craftsman … will be found in you Not being found there means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: “No craftsman of any kind will be in your city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 22 c7p2 figs-metonymy φωνὴ μύλου οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 No sound of a mill will be heard anymore in you The sound of something not being heard means that no one will make that sound. Alternate translation: “No one will use a mill in your city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 23 pmd2 0 General Information: The words “you,” “your,” and “her” refer to Babylon.
|
||||
REV 18 23 d3yq 0 Connecting Statement: The angel who threw the millstone finishes talking.
|
||||
|
|
@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ REV 19 2 cj3t figs-rpronouns ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτῆς 1 from her hand Th
|
|||
REV 19 3 jm9m εἴρηκαν 1 they spoke Here, **They** refers to the crowd of people in heaven.
|
||||
REV 19 3 h1k4 ἁλληλουϊά 1 Hallelujah This word means “Praise God” or “Let us praise God.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 19:1](../19/01.md).
|
||||
REV 19 3 zy6e καπνὸς αὐτῆς ἀναβαίνει 1 smoke rises from her The word **her** refers to the city of Babylon, which is spoken of as if it were a prostitute. The smoke is from the fire that destroys the city. Alternate translation: “smoke rises from that city”
|
||||
REV 19 4 r43f translate-numbers οἱ πρεσβύτεροι οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες 1 The twenty…four elders “24 elders.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 19 4 r43f translate-numbers οἱ πρεσβύτεροι οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες 1 The twenty … four elders “24 elders.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 19 4 y4qd τὰ τέσσερα ζῷα 1 the four living creatures “the four living beings” or “the four living things.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md)
|
||||
REV 19 4 dns7 figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ 1 who was seated on the throne You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who sat on the throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 5 w9qe figs-personification φωνὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου ἐξῆλθεν 1 a voice came out from the throne Here John speaks of the **voice** as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “someone spoke from the throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ REV 19 6 e3ua ὅτι…Κύριος 1 For the Lord “Because the Lord”
|
|||
REV 19 7 hi52 0 Connecting Statement: The voice of the crowd from the previous verse continues speaking.
|
||||
REV 19 7 api6 χαίρωμεν 1 Let us rejoice Here, **us** refers to all of God’s servants.
|
||||
REV 19 7 m5av δῶμεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτῷ 1 give him the glory “give God the glory” or “honor God”
|
||||
REV 19 7 bwf9 figs-metaphor ὁ γάμος τοῦ Ἀρνίου…ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν 1 the wedding celebration of the Lamb…his bride has made herself ready Here John speaks of the joining of Jesus and his people together forever as if it were a wedding celebration. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 7 bwf9 figs-metaphor ὁ γάμος τοῦ Ἀρνίου…ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν 1 the wedding celebration of the Lamb … his bride has made herself ready Here John speaks of the joining of Jesus and his people together forever as if it were a wedding celebration. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 7 r5xt writing-symlanguage Ἀρνίου 1 Lamb This is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 19 7 j6d7 figs-metaphor ἦλθεν 1 has come Existing in the present is spoken of as having come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 7 q9e4 figs-metaphor ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν 1 his bride has made herself ready John speaks of God’s people as if they were a bride who has gotten ready for her wedding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -921,15 +921,15 @@ REV 19 20 q83v figs-activepassive ἐπιάσθη τὸ θηρίον, καὶ μ
|
|||
REV 19 20 gs37 τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ θηρίου 1 the mark of the beast This was an identifying mark that indicated that the person who received it worshiped the beast. See how you translated this in [Revelation 13:17](../13/17.md).
|
||||
REV 19 20 ht8g figs-activepassive ζῶντες ἐβλήθησαν οἱ δύο 1 The two of them were thrown alive You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw the beast and the false prophet alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 20 blr1 τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρὸς, τῆς καιομένης ἐν θείῳ 1 the lake of fire that burns with sulfur “the lake of fire that burns with sulfur” or “place full of fire that burns with sulfur”
|
||||
REV 19 21 h6ea figs-activepassive οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου, τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 The rest of them were killed by the sword of the one who sat on the horse, that came out…mouth You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The rider of the horse killed the remainder of the beast’s armies with the sword that extended from his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 21 qk9t τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ…τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 the sword of the…that came out…mouth The sword blade was sticking out of his mouth. The sword itself was not in motion. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
REV 19 21 h6ea figs-activepassive οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου, τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 The rest of them were killed by the sword of the one who sat on the horse, that came out … mouth You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The rider of the horse killed the remainder of the beast’s armies with the sword that extended from his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 21 qk9t τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ…τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 the sword of the … that came out … mouth The sword blade was sticking out of his mouth. The sword itself was not in motion. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
REV 20 intro c7eh 0 # Revelation 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The thousand-year reign of Christ<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus is said to reign for a thousand years, at the same time that Satan is bound. Scholars are divided over whether this refers to a future period of time or to Jesus reigning now from heaven. It is not necessary to understand this passage in order to translate it accurately. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>### Final rebellion<br><br>This chapter also describes what happens after the thousand years are ended. During this time, Satan and many people will attempt to rebel against Jesus. This will result in God’s ultimate and final victory over sin and evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### Great white throne<br><br>This chapter ends with God judging all people who ever lived. God separates people who believe in Jesus from those who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Book of Life<br><br>This is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Hades and the lake of fire<br><br>These appear to be two distinct places. The translator may wish to do further research to determine how to translate these two places differently. They should not be made the same as each other in translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])
|
||||
REV 20 1 rkv7 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of an angel throwing the devil into the bottomless pit.
|
||||
REV 20 1 n8b8 καὶ εἶδον 1 Then I saw Here, **I** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 20 1 c18c Ἀβύσσου 1 bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) The pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever. (2) The pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
REV 20 2 r6es writing-symlanguage δράκοντα 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 xj22 figs-explicit ἐσφράγισεν ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 sealed it over him The angel sealed the pit to keep anyone from opening it. Alternate translation: “sealed it to prevent anyone from opening it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 el4f figs-metonymy πλανήσῃ…τὰ ἔθνη 1 he would…deceive the nations Here, **nations** is a metonym for the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “deceive the people-groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 el4f figs-metonymy πλανήσῃ…τὰ ἔθνη 1 he would … deceive the nations Here, **nations** is a metonym for the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “deceive the people-groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 ns5x translate-numbers τὰ χίλια ἔτη 1 the thousand years “1,000 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 y9xd figs-activepassive δεῖ αὐτὸν λυθῆναι 1 he must be released You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will command the angel to free him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 4 lw2r 0 General Information: This is the next part of John’s vision. He describes suddenly seeing thrones and the souls of believers.
|
||||
|
|
@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ REV 20 11 pm1z figs-personification οὗ ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου ἔ
|
|||
REV 20 12 gap2 figs-activepassive βιβλία ἠνοίχθησαν 1 the books were opened You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone opened the books” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 12 lt7k figs-activepassive ἐκρίθησαν οἱ νεκροὶ 1 The dead were judged You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God judged the people who had died and now lived again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 12 vvc4 figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων 1 from the things that were written You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “by what he had recorded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 13 ea2h figs-personification ἔδωκεν ἡ θάλασσα τοὺς νεκροὺς…ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἔδωκαν τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 The sea gave up the dead…Death and Hades gave up the dead Here John speaks of the sea, death, and Hades as if they were living persons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 20 13 ea2h figs-personification ἔδωκεν ἡ θάλασσα τοὺς νεκροὺς…ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἔδωκαν τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 The sea gave up the dead … Death and Hades gave up the dead Here John speaks of the sea, death, and Hades as if they were living persons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 20 13 bg4u figs-activepassive ἐκρίθησαν 1 was judged You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God judged the dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 13 pk3k figs-metonymy ὁ ᾍδης 1 Hades Here, **Hades** is a metonym that represents the place where unbelievers go when they die, to wait for God’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 20 14 lw6b figs-activepassive ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἐβλήθησαν 1 Death and Hades were thrown You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw Death and Hades” or “God’s angel threw Death and Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ REV 21 5 rq2q figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ
|
|||
REV 21 6 dq8n figs-parallelism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the alpha and the omega, the beginning and the end These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize God’s eternal nature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 21 6 li7s figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. This could mean: (1) This refers to the one who began all things and who ends all things. (2) This refers to the one who has always lived and who always will live. If these are unclear to readers, you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 21 6 bf1p ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the beginning and the end This could mean: (1) This refers to the one who began all things and the one who will cause all things to end. (2) This refers to the one who existed before all things and who will exist after all things.
|
||||
REV 21 6 wk2c figs-metaphor τῷ διψῶντι…τοῦ ὕδατος τῆς ζωῆς 1 To the one who thirsts…of the water of life God speaks of a person’s desire for eternal life as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 21 6 wk2c figs-metaphor τῷ διψῶντι…τοῦ ὕδατος τῆς ζωῆς 1 To the one who thirsts … of the water of life God speaks of a person’s desire for eternal life as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 21 7 vms6 0 Connecting Statement: The one seated on the throne continues to speak to John.
|
||||
REV 21 8 hma7 τοῖς…δειλοῖς 1 the cowards “those who are too afraid to do what is right”
|
||||
REV 21 8 k8yp ἐβδελυγμένοις 1 the detestable “those who do terrible things”
|
||||
|
|
@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ REV 21 10 czp2 writing-background ἀπήνεγκέν με ἐν Πνεύματ
|
|||
REV 21 11 g44j ἔχουσαν 1 It had This refers to the “Jerusalem, coming down out of heaven” that he described in the previous verse and not to the physical Jerusalem.
|
||||
REV 21 11 xvg6 figs-parallelism ὅμοιος λίθῳ τιμιωτάτῳ, ὡς λίθῳ ἰάσπιδι κρυσταλλίζοντι 1 was like a very precious jewel, like a stone of crystal - clear jasper These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the brilliance of Jerusalem by naming a specific jewel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
REV 21 11 n51z κρυσταλλίζοντι 1 crystal - clear “extremely clear”
|
||||
REV 21 11 vvq1 translate-unknown ἰάσπιδι 1 of…jasper This is a valuable stone. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 21 11 vvq1 translate-unknown ἰάσπιδι 1 of … jasper This is a valuable stone. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 21 12 j9eb translate-numbers πυλῶνας δώδεκα 1 twelve gates “12 gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 21 12 qgh3 figs-activepassive ἐπιγεγραμμένα 1 were written on the gates You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 14 mm12 τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 of the Lamb This refers to Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -996,13 +996,13 @@ REV 21 17 eut1 translate-numbers ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τεσ
|
|||
REV 21 18 g7w8 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐνδώμησις τοῦ τείχους αὐτῆς ἴασπις; καὶ ἡ πόλις χρυσίον καθαρὸν 1 Its wall was built of jasper and the city of pure gold You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had built the wall with jasper and the city with pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 18 n3hu figs-simile χρυσίον καθαρὸν, ὅμοιον ὑάλῳ καθαρῷ 1 of pure gold, like clear glass The gold was so clear that it is spoken of as if it were glass. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 21 18 h239 translate-unknown ἴασπις 1 of jasper This is a valuable stone. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 21 19 ick5 figs-activepassive οἱ θεμέλιοι τοῦ τείχους…κεκοσμημένοι 1 The foundations of the wall…were adorned You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone adorned the foundations of the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 19 ke4b translate-unknown ἴασπις…σάπφειρος…χαλκηδών…σμάραγδος 1 was jasper,…was sapphire,…was agate,…was emerald These are valuable stones. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated it in [Revelation 4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 21 20 a2tm translate-unknown σαρδόνυξ…σάρδιον…χρυσόλιθος…βήρυλλος…τοπάζιον…χρυσόπρασος…ὑάκινθος…ἀμέθυστος 1 was onyx,…was carnelian,…was chrysolite,…was beryl,…was topaz,…was chrysoprase,…was jacinth,…was amethyst These are all precious gems. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 21 19 ick5 figs-activepassive οἱ θεμέλιοι τοῦ τείχους…κεκοσμημένοι 1 The foundations of the wall … were adorned You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone adorned the foundations of the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 19 ke4b translate-unknown ἴασπις…σάπφειρος…χαλκηδών…σμάραγδος 1 was jasper, … was sapphire, … was agate, … was emerald These are valuable stones. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated it in [Revelation 4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 21 20 a2tm translate-unknown σαρδόνυξ…σάρδιον…χρυσόλιθος…βήρυλλος…τοπάζιον…χρυσόπρασος…ὑάκινθος…ἀμέθυστος 1 was onyx, … was carnelian, … was chrysolite, … was beryl, … was topaz, … was chrysoprase, … was jacinth, … was amethyst These are all precious gems. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 21 21 yn6i translate-unknown μαργαρῖται 1 pearls beautiful and valuable white beads. They are formed inside the shell of a certain kind of small animal that lives in the ocean. See how you translated this in [Revelation 17:4](../17/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 21 21 g75r figs-activepassive ἀνὰ εἷς ἕκαστος τῶν πυλώνων ἦν ἐξ ἑνὸς μαργαρίτου 1 each of the gates was made from a single pearl You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had made each of the gates from a single pearl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 21 vp22 figs-simile χρυσίον καθαρὸν ὡς ὕαλος διαυγής 1 were pure gold, like transparent glass The gold was so clear that it is spoken of as if it was glass. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 21:18](../21/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 21 22 m2ew figs-metaphor ὁ…Κύριος ὁ Θεός…ναὸς αὐτῆς ἐστιν, καὶ τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 the Lord God…and the Lamb are its temple The temple represented God’s presence. This means the new Jerusalem does not need a temple because God and the Lamb will live there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 21 22 m2ew figs-metaphor ὁ…Κύριος ὁ Θεός…ναὸς αὐτῆς ἐστιν, καὶ τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 the Lord God … and the Lamb are its temple The temple represented God’s presence. This means the new Jerusalem does not need a temple because God and the Lamb will live there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 21 23 v2m9 figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος αὐτῆς τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 its lamp is the Lamb Here the glory of Jesus, the Lamb, is spoken of as if it were a lamp that gives light to the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 21 24 j3lk figs-metonymy περιπατήσουσιν τὰ ἔθνη 1 The nations will walk The words **the nations** are a metonym for the people who live in the nations. **Walk** here is a metaphor for “live.” Alternate translation: “The people from all the different nations will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 21 25 lq1z figs-activepassive οἱ πυλῶνες αὐτῆς οὐ μὴ κλεισθῶσιν 1 Its gates will never be shut You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “No one will shut the gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ REV 22 7 afr9 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 I am coming quickly It is
|
|||
REV 22 8 xr17 0 General Information: John tells his readers about how he responded to the angel.
|
||||
REV 22 8 uvk3 ἔπεσα προσκυνῆσαι ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν 1 I fell down to worship at the feet This means that John purposely lay on the ground and stretched himself out in reverence or submission. This action was an important part of worship, to show respect and willingness to serve. See how you translated similar words in [Revelation 19:10](../19/10.md).
|
||||
REV 22 10 gqa8 0 Connecting Statement: The angel finishes speaking to John.
|
||||
REV 22 10 ct48 figs-explicit μὴ σφραγίσῃς…τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 Do not seal up…of this book To seal a book was to keep it closed with something that makes it impossible for anyone to read what was inside without breaking the seal. The angel is telling John not to keep the message a secret. Alternate translation: “Do not keep secret … this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 22 10 ct48 figs-explicit μὴ σφραγίσῃς…τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 Do not seal up … of this book To seal a book was to keep it closed with something that makes it impossible for anyone to read what was inside without breaking the seal. The angel is telling John not to keep the message a secret. Alternate translation: “Do not keep secret … this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 22 10 xc15 figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 the words of the prophecy of this book Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: “This prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 12 idc6 writing-endofstory 0 General Information: As the book of Revelation is ending, Jesus gives a closing greeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
REV 22 13 f5jl figs-parallelism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the alpha and the omega, the first and the last, the beginning and the end These three phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that Jesus has and will exist for all time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1045,14 +1045,14 @@ REV 22 16 g9uj figs-metaphor ὁ ἀστὴρ ὁ λαμπρός, ὁ πρωϊν
|
|||
REV 22 17 gig5 0 Connecting Statement: This verse is a response to what Jesus said.
|
||||
REV 22 17 lt8j figs-metaphor ἡ νύμφη 1 the Bride Believers are spoken of as if they were a bride about to be married to her groom, Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 17 m9at figs-explicit ἔρχου 1 Come This could mean: (1) This is an invitation for people to come and drink the water of life. Alternate translation: “Come and drink!” (2) This is a polite request for Jesus to return. Alternate translation: “Please come!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 22 17 e2m5 figs-metaphor ὁ διψῶν ἐρχέσθω…ὕδωρ ζωῆς 1 the one who is thirsty, let him come.…the water of life A person’s desire for eternal life is spoken of as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 17 e2m5 figs-metaphor ὁ διψῶν ἐρχέσθω…ὕδωρ ζωῆς 1 the one who is thirsty, let him come. … the water of life A person’s desire for eternal life is spoken of as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 17 dwb6 figs-metaphor ὕδωρ ζωῆς 1 the water of life Eternal life is spoken of as if it were provided by life-giving water. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 18 fd5l 0 General Information: John gives his final remarks about the book of Revelation.
|
||||
REV 22 18 d95j μαρτυρῶ ἐγὼ 1 I testify Here, **I** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 22 18 s36m figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 the words of the prophecy of this book Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: “This prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 18 jzu8 ἐάν τις ἐπιθῇ ἐπ’ αὐτά, ἐπιθήσει ὁ Θεὸς 1 If anyone adds to them, God will add This is a strong warning to not change anything about this prophecy.
|
||||
REV 22 18 d4sc figs-activepassive τὰς γεγραμμένας ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 that are written about in this book You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “which I have written about in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 22 19 ss3y ἐάν τις ἀφέλῃ…ἀφελεῖ ὁ Θεὸς 1 if anyone takes away…God will take away This is a strong warning to not change anything about this prophecy.
|
||||
REV 22 19 ss3y ἐάν τις ἀφέλῃ…ἀφελεῖ ὁ Θεὸς 1 if anyone takes away … God will take away This is a strong warning to not change anything about this prophecy.
|
||||
REV 22 20 u6mb 0 General Information: In these verses John gives his and Jesus’ closing greetings.
|
||||
REV 22 20 y9p2 ὁ μαρτυρῶν 1 The one who testifies “Jesus, who testifies”
|
||||
REV 22 21 xr3d μετὰ τῶν ἁγίων 1 May…be with the saints “with every one of you”
|
||||
REV 22 21 xr3d μετὰ τῶν ἁγίων 1 May … be with the saints “with every one of you”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue